Complete French GR 00 Fras

Y
R MENARD
414 S KENILWORTH
OAK PARK IL 60302
'1*
t*
La Republique
Fran<;aise
THE NEW FRASER AND SQUA1K
COMPLETE
FRENCH GRAMMAR
BY
W. H. FRASER and
I'ROFESSORS OF THE
J.
SQUAIR
ROMANCE DEPARTMENT, UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO
WITH NEW EXERCISES IN PART
BY
Ar-eOfcEMA'N,,PROFESSOR OF FRENCH, UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO
*H^
D. C.
BOSTON
HEATH &
CO.,
NEW YORK
PUBLISHERS
CHICAGO
FRASER AND SQU AIR'S
FRENCH GRAMMARS
New
Complete French Grammar
revised edition of the original book, containing:

Part I. (a) New, direct-method Exercises, with special
Lesson Vocabularies, Exercises in Pronunciation, formal
Review Exercises; (b) Selected Anecdotes for Reading;
Part II. Systematic Grammar and Exercises; III.
Vocabularies, with phonetic transcription.
Illustrated.
573 pages.
Elementary French Grammar

The New Complete Grammar, without Part
New
of the Irregular
Illustrated.
inclusive
Index.
Verbs.
Special,
II,
but
detailed
326 pages.
Complete French Grammar

The original book, containing: Part I. Elementary
Lessons; Part II. Systematic Grammar; III. French
550 pages.
Reader; IV. Vocabularies.
Elementary French Grammar

The Complete Grammar, without Part
sive of the Irregular
Verbs and Reader.
Abridged French Grammar

The Complete Grammar, without
II,
but inclu312 pages.
the French Reader.
45 pages.
Shorter French Course

A later book than the above. More elementary, it
contains all the essentials, and has abundant Exercises.
35 pages.
Alternative English Exercises

For Parts I and II of the Complete Grammar, 76 pages.
84 pages.
For the Shorter French Course,
Copyright, 1921
by D. C. Heath
&
Co.
PREFACE TO THE REVISED EDITION

American edition of this Grammar was published
It was received with favor, and since that date
numerous reimpressions have been made to meet the demands
The
March
first
26, 1901.
of the public.
The present
revision has been undertaken for the purpose of
introducing such changes as time and experience have suggested

as likely to be useful,
without however disturbing the original
character of the book, or changing the paragraph numbers.
The
use of the phonetic symbols adopted by the Association Phonetique

Internationale has been retained throughout the book, wherever
needed to aid in the teaching of pronunciation. The pronunciation of all French words in the French-English portion of the
Vocabulary is given by phonetic transcription based upon the
Dictionnaire Phonetique of Michaelis
The most
I-XXXIX
and Passy.
considerable changes have been
made
in the Exercises
which have been rewritten by Professor A.

Coleman of the Romance Department of the University of Chicago,
who, with great unselfishness and in a spirit of admiration for the
irammar, has cooperated with the authors and publishers in their
effort to make the book more useful to teachers and students.
The grammatical part of each lesson remains substantially as it
was in the original edition. In the Exercises an attempt has been
made, in accordance with advanced methods of teaching, to provide
an abundant and varied apparatus for oral practice and for training in accuracy of pronunciation, in writing from dictation, and
in composition; also a section of useful Classroom Expressions has
been introduced for the convenience of both teachers and students.
In fact, it is everywhere emphasized throughout the book
of Part
I,
that learning
to
speak
Vocabulary of Part
tin-
language
is
of prime importance.
has been revised;

iii
The
words which are not
of
PREFACE
IV
common
made
use have been excluded, and liberal provision has been
for drill
Attention
Part
1.
on the uses and meanings
is
of the
words given.
called to the following important
new
features of
I:
In the Lesson vocabularies and in the text of the Exeremphasis is laid on Verb Forms, particularly on the
cises great
learning of the forms
and the use
of
a number of
common
irregular
verbs.
2.
The
difficult
topic of Tense
Usage
is
especially dealt with,
particularly the functions of the present, the imperfect,
and the
past indefinite forms in past narration.

3.
great variety of
drill
work and abundant opportunity
for
Oral Practice, based on continuous reading passages, have been
provided.
4.
Much
stress is laid
on the acquisition
of a
Working Vocabu-
by abundant repetition and review of the vocabulary

in the Exercises; (b) by pointing out differences in usage between
words nearly allied in meaning; (c) by the introduction of many
common idioms; (d) by formal Review Exercises.
Amongst the new features to which special attention is directed
lary:
(a)
are also the photographic reproductions of important buildings,

parks, paintings, sculpture, etc., as well as the
the appearance of which here
is
Map
of France,
due to the courtesy
of
the
Literary Digest.
The first
thirty-nine lessons of Part I contain
enough grammatical
material for four semesters with younger pupils beginning in the
Secondary School and for two semesters with beginning classes
of
High School seniors or of College freshmen. As a rule the A sections are composed of passages for reading, which can also be used
for dictation and oral practice, and the B sections of various types
of grammar drill.
These are followed by composition and translation exercises, as well as by special exercises in pronunciation
and dictation.
In regard to the Exercises in Pronunciation in which phonetic
transcription is employed, teachers must use their discretion. They
may be omitted by those who regard them as unnecessary.
There is little doubt that it is sound pedagogy to spend enough
time on the essentials of French grammar contained in these Les-
PREFACE
sons of Part
I to
great care; for
go through them, or most of them, twice with

only by such repetition, with abundant illustra-
it is
beginners can acquire that trained sense for

fowl of expression and the proper grammatical construction which is essential to a real knowledge of a foreign tongue.
In Part I, Exercises XL -LI have been retained. They have been
found useful as furnishing easy reading material in French as well
as drill in elementary grammar, particularly in the regular and
They may, like Exercises I-XXXIX, also
irregular verb forms.
be used in teaching by the direct method.
Part II contains a comprehensive statement of the grammatical
phenomena of the French language adapted for later study and
general reference. The Exercises Ia-LXXYa in tins Part have
been retained with such changes and additions as seemed necessary
The Exercises are of two kinds. Exercises
or likely to be useful.
la-La consist of detached English sentences for translation into
French, based directly upon definite sections of the Grammar
referred to in the headings and providing a thorough drill on all
important points of grammar. Exercises Lla-LXXYa are pieces
of continuous English prose of an easy character, to be translated
into French, and are fully provided with references to the sections
of the Grammar where the particular grammatical points are dealt
with.
The French Reader has been dropped from the present
edition.
A complete Index has been providnl at the end of
exercises, that
tive
the
correct
the book.
By virtue of a decree of the French Minister of Public
Instruction,
dated February 26, 1901, certain deviations from commonly accepted rules of grammar were permitted as optional at all official
examinations.
In the Appendix, on the last page, will be found a
reference
list
explaining the bearing of these deviations upon the
various sections of the
grammar
affected thereby.
As a matter
does not appear that careful users of the language, outside

examination halls in France, have availed themselves to any extent
of fact,
it
of these permissions,
may
It
and hence
for English-speaking students they
be regarded as practically non-existent.

will readily be seen that the aim has been to furnish students
with a manual on French

retical
grammar
so comprehensive in its theo-
treatment and so varied and abundant in the exercises
PREFACE
VI
offered, that it will
be useful to
all,
whether in the elementary or
advanced stages of the study of modern or classical French.

Special acknowledgements for suggestions regarding various
parts of the book are due to Professor J. Home Cameron of the
University of Toronto and to Professor G. D. Morris of Indiana
University. The manuscript of the new Exercises to Part I was
read by Messrs. Antony Constans and James Kessler of the University of Chicago, by Miss Edna C. Dunlap of Parker High School,
Chicago, and by Professor E. C. Hills of Indiana University. To
Professor Hills are due particularly thanks for excellent suggestions
in regard to the order of the material.
The authors
are indebted
H. C. Lancaster of Johns Hopkins University

and to Professor D. H. Carnahan of the University of Illinois for
also to Professor
reading the proofs of Part

policy which
made
available
I;
to the Publishers for their liberal
all this
invaluable assistance;
and
to
Dr. Alexander Green of the Editorial Office, whose zealous efforts
have contributed toward rendering the volume more accurate

contents and more attractive in appearance.
October,
1920
in
CONTEXTS
PAGE
Phonetic Introduction
Exercise in Phonetic Transcription
.".
....
12
Useful Classroom Expressions
14
PART
LESSOX
I.
II.
III.
Gender.
Definite Article.
Agreements
Case.
...
Indefinite Article
Possessives.
Negation.
Interrogation
IV. Pronoun Objects
V. Plural Forms. Possessive Adjective (continued)

Partitive Xoun and ProVI. Present Indicative of avoir.
noun. En
VII. Avoir (continued). Interrogation (continued)
.
....
VIII. Present Indicative of etre
17
20
23
26
28
32
36
39
IX. Regular Conjugations: Present Indicative of dormer.

(continued).
Interrogation
Demonstrative
ad43
jective
X. Plural Forms. Contractions. Use of il y a ....

Review of Vocabulary and Pronunciation Xo. 1
XI. Indefinite Pronoun on.
Interrogation (continued).
.
Present Indicative of faire

XII. Feminine of Adjectives.
Position
Xoun.
56
finir,
vendre.
General
60
+ Undeterminate Xoun
(besoin, etc.)
64
Participles.
Past
Indefinite.
Word-order.
Idiomatic Present Indicative
XVI. Comparatives.
verbs."
50
Adjectives.
Tout
Partitives (continued). Avoir
XV. Past
47
52
of
Interrogative Adjectives.
XIII. Present Indicative of dormer,
XIV.
Superlatives.
68
Comparison
Present Indicative of aller

of Past Participle. Relatives
XVII. Agreement
vii
of
Ad72
76
CONTENTS
Vlll
PAGE
LESSON
80
XVIII. Tenses with etre
84
Vocabulary Review No. 2
Orthographical Peculiarities:
XIX. Pronoun Objects.
86
commencer, manger, and mener
XX. Personal Pronoun Objects. Pronominal Adverbs:
,
y, en.
Possessive Force of Article
Reflexive Verb.
XXI. Imperfect
Indicative.
Use
of the Imperfect.
94
100
104
107
Ill
perfect of faire
XXII. Future Indicative. Use of the Future

XXIII. Disjunctive Personal Pronouns. Ce +
XXIV.
XXV.
Impersonal Verbs
Infinitive.
Present Participle.
of pouvoir.
XXVI.
Present
II
....
Present Indicative
113
faut
Use
Subjunctive.
Tense Sequence.
XXVII. Imperative
etre
of
the
Subjunctive.
Present Indicative of vouloir
119
of
Objects
XXVIII. Conditional Mood. Conditional Sentences
....
....
Position
(continued).
124
(continued)
XXIX. Use
of Article.
Present Indicative of savoir

XXX. Possessive Pronouns. Present Indicative of dire
XXXI. Demonstrative Pronouns
XXXII. Relative Pronouns. Present Indicative of connaitre
XXXIII. Interrogative Pronouns
XXXIV. Indefinite Pronouns
XXXV. Numerals: Cardinal, Ordinal. Fractions
.
XXXVI. Dates, Titles.

XXXVII. Time of Day
XXXVIII. Past
XXXIX.
Definite.
Seasons,
128
133
137
139
144
148
153
158
164
166
Months
171
176
Use
of the Past Definite
Imperfect Subjunctive.
of devoir
90
Im-
Tense Sequence.
.......
and vouloir
180
Meanings
184
....
188
ANECDOTES
XL. La Thdiere du Matelot
XLI. L'Arabe et les Perles
XLII. Le Paysan et les Epis de Ble
XLIII. Le Tresor du Laboureur
190
191
192
194
CONTENTS
IX
PAGE
LESSON
XLIV. Louis XIV et Jean Bart

XLV. La Fourmi et le Brin d'Herbe
XLVI. Le Bon Samaritain
XLVII. M. Laffitte et l'Epingle
XLVIII. Le
Sifflet
195
.
197
de Benjamin Franklin
XLIX. Henri IV et le Paysan

L. Thomas et les Cerises
LI.
Frederic
le
Grand
et son
Page
........
198
200
201
203
205
207
PART n
The Verb
The Noun
The Article
The Adjective
The Pronoun
The Adverb
The Numeral
The Preposition
The Conjunction
The Interjection
Abbreviations
Exercises on Part II (Detached Sentences), la-La
Exercises on Part II {Continuous Prose),
Vocabularies
Lla-LXXVa
'
209
300
313
327
342
382
394
401
411
414
416
417
467
French-English
English-French
481
515
Index
551
Appendix: Tolerances
564
FKENCH GRAMMAR
PHONETIC INTRODUCTION
General
1.
The pronunciation will be

by comparison with English
Distinctions.
explained, as far as possible,
it must never be forgotten that the sounds of

two languages rarely correspond. Important general distinctions between English and French are the following:
sounds, but
English has strong stress (7) and comparatively weak action of
1.
the organs in articulation.
French has weak
2.
tion
is
stress,
while the action of the organs in articula-
very energetic.
Hence, French sounds, both vowels and consonants, are almost

i.e., uttered with tenseness of the organs concerned in
their articulation.
(To understand 'narrow' and 'wide/ compare
the narrow sound of i in 'machine' with its wide sound in 'sit.')
3.
all
'narrow,'
4. Tongue and lip positions for French vowels are more definite,
and more promptly taken, than in English. Lip-rounding (as in
'who,' 'no,' 'law') and lip-retraction (as in 'let,' 'hat') are much
more definite and energetic in forming French vowels.
5.
The
tongue, both for vowels and consonants,
either further
advanced or further retracted than
in
is,
in
general,
forming English
sounds requiring tongue action.

6.
English long vowels
(like a in 'lady') shade off into other vowels

South of England), while all French vowels are free
off-glide, and are uniform throughout their utterance.
(especially in the
from
7.
They
this
The
nasal vowels of French are foreign to standard English.
are formed
by allowing the
soft palate to
hang
freely, as in ordi-
nary breathing, thus causing the air to escape through both nose and
mouth at once. If, for example, the a of 'father' be uttered with the
1
FRENCH GRAMMAR
soft palate
hanging
freely, the resulting
sound
2-3
will
be approximately
that of the nasal [a] in tante [ta:t]. The position of the soft palate
It
in forming this sound may be readily observed with a mirror.
must be
is absolutely no sound of n, m, or
and hence that great care must be taken
the tongue nor close the lips until the sound is complete.
carefully noted that there
ng, in French nasal vowels,
neither to raise
Sounds. The French language has thirty-seven sounds,

French spelling, -like that
exclusive of minor distinctions.
2.
of English,
is
irregular
and
Hence, to avoid
inconsistent.
confusion in indicating the pronunciation,
a phonetic alphabet
Internationale), in
(that of
we
shall
employ
the Association Phonetique
which each sound
is
represented by
own symbol, and each symbol has but one
its
sound.
In the following table, the ex3. Table of Symbols.

amples are in ordinary orthography, the heavy type indicates the sounds which correspond to the symbols, and the
phonetic transcription
is
given within brackets:
Examples
Symbols
vive [ni, vi:v]
ni,
y
e
pu,
muse
[py,
my:z]
ete [ete]
creux, creuse [kr0, kr0:z]
le
pres, pere [pre, ps:r]
s
ce
ce
a
a
a
Da]
fin,
prince
[fe,
pre:s]
neuve [ncef, nce:v]

un, humble [tie, ce:bl]
neuf,
patte, part [pat, pair]
pas, passe [pa, pa:s]
tant, tante [ta, ta:t]
note, tort [not, to:r]
rond, ronde [ro, r5:d]
chose [so, $o:z]
sot,
tout, tour [tu, tu:r]
viande [vjfl:d]
*l
lui [lqi]
oui [wi]
Symbols
Examples
4-6
4.
The Alphabet.
The
letters of the alphabet,
French names, are as follows:

a
with their
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
7-8
3. Other combinations of consonants representing two or more

sounds are divided.
Ex.: par-ler, per-dre, es-ca-lier, sep-tem-bre.
N.B.
Great care
should be taken to avoid the consonantal end-
ing of syllables, so frequent in English.

with English 'cit-y,' 'taWeau.'
Parallel rules hold in script
7.
Compare French
and print where division
ci-te,
ta-bleau,
occurs.
Stress.
'Stress' is the force with which a syllable is uttered as compared

with other syllables in the same group. In French, the syllables are
uttered with almost equal force, a very slight stress falling on the last
syllable of a word of two or more syllables, or, on the last but one, if
the last vowel of the word is [a].
Ex.: Che-val, par-ler, par-lai, per-dre, cre-di-bi-li-te (compare the

strong stress of English 'cred-i-fo'Mt-y').
In
connected discourse the rule above stated varies considerwould exceed the limits of an elementary work. The safest practice for the beginner is to pronounce all
syllables with almost equal force. All vowels except [a], see 19, whether
stressed or unstressed, are carefully sounded and not slurred over as in
Note.
ably, but a full treatment of the subject
English.
8.
1.
Vowel Quantity. The most important general

Final vowel sounds
fini [fini], vie [vi],
rules are
are usually short,
[afcl],
parlerons [parl(8)r5].
Stressed vowels are long before the sounds [v], [z],
[r final],
rive [ri:v],
e.g.,
e.g.,
loue [lu], parle [parle], rideau [rido], mais [me],
donner [done], enfant

2.
(including nasals)
[3], [j],
ruse [ry:z], rouge [ru:3], feuille
[fce:j],
faire [fe:r].
3.
Of stressed vowels standing before other consonant sounds,
nasals are long,
meule [m0:l];
or short,
e.g.,
e.g.,
e.g.,
prince [pre:s]; [o], [0], long,
e.g.,
faute [fo:t],
[a], long (almost always), e.g., passe [pa:s];
reine [rem], renne [ren];
[e],
long
other vowels regularly short,
cap [kap], poche [po$], coupe [kup], pipe [pip],
seul
[soel],
lune [lyn].
Note.
It
is
possible
to
distinguish
also
between
long'
and
half
has been thought best to omit, in an elementary work,

the rules relating to this distinction, and to indicate only 'long' vowels in
the transcriptions.
long' vowels, but
it

9-11
Vowels
Tongue
9.
relative position of the tongue

be seen from the following dia-
may
Rounded vowels
gram.
'
The
Position.
for the various vowels
are enclosed in parentheses:
< least
greatest*
o
%
o
(o)
(0)
h
O
z
3)
e e
>
(u)
(y)
(o) (5)
(oe) (ce)
<
>
id
fcosf
J^.B.
'like'
greatest
>
<
In the following descriptions of sounds, the word
means, of course, only 'resembling/ or 'approximately

The examples given after the word 'also' show
like' ( 1).
the less
common
orthographical equivalents.
10.
1.
i,
Like
in 'machine'; the corners of the
drawn back (1,
4);
avoid the sound of
mouth
in 'sit';
are slightly
avoid
'off-glide'
(1,6); narrow (1,3).

Ex.: ni [ni], vive [vi:v]; also,
ile [i:l],
lyre [li:r].
y Has
The tongue position is

no counterpart in English.
same as for \T\ above; very tense lip-rounding ( 1, 4);
narrow ( 1, 3). The sound may be best acquired either by prolonging
[i], and at the same time effecting the rounding, or by holding the lips
rounded and taking the tongue position of [i].
2.
practically the
Ex.:
pu [py], muse [myiz];
[nuzym],
j'ai
11.
1.
lips
also fut [fy],
il
eut
[il
y],
nous eumes
eu [se y].
e, 0,
Like the
more retracted
first
part of the sound of a in 'day,' but with the
4);
1,
avoid 'off-glide' (
1,
6);
Ex.: ete [ete]; also, parler Qparle], donnai [done].
narrow
1, 3).
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
Has no counterpart
2.
tically the
same
narrow (1,
12-13
The tongue position
in English.
is
as for [e], with rounding of the hps for o (
best acquired
3);
by combining,
prac1,
4);
as explained for [y]
above, the lip-rounding with the [e] position.

Ex.: creux [kr0], creuse [kr0:z]; also, bceufs [b0], yeux [j0].
Like English e in 'the man,' or a in 'Louisa,' but slightly

3. 9
rounded; best acquired by relaxing the tension of the organs required
for the production of the [0] sound.
Ex.:
le
premier [pramje];
[la],
monsieur [masj0], faisant
also,
[faza].
s, e, oe, de
12.
1.
e Like the sound
of e in
open and the hps more retracted

pres [pre], pere [peir];
Ex.:
'let,'
with the mouth more definitely

narrow ( 1, 3).
( 1, 4);
also, fete [f:t], terre
[te:r], secret
[sakrs], parlais [park], paix [ps], reine [re:n].
Note.
taining e
by
e,
e,
The e of a stressed sy liable followed by a syllable conmute has almost always this sound (orthographically denoted
or e + double consonant), e.g., je mene [men], tete [ts:t],
This principle acchere [Se:r], j'appelle [apel], ancienne [Qsjsn].

counts for the apparent irregularities of certain verbs and adjectives.
2.
The [s] sound nasalized
Ex.: fin
prince [pre:s];
[fe],
[re:s], plein [pie],
but
1, 7),
slightly
more open.
farm [f], sainte [se:t], Reims

symbole [sebol], syntaxe [setaks],
also,
simple [se:pl],
viendrai [vjedre], soin [swe].
Has no counterpart in English. It has practically the

3. ce
tongue position of [e], combined with definite rounding of the lips for
[o]; narrow (1, 3); best acquired by combining, with the [e] position, the rounding described.
Ex.:
neuf
[ncef],
neuve [nce:v];
also,
cceur [kce:r],
oeil
[ce:j],
orgueil [orgce:j].
4.
de
Ex.:
The
[ce]
un
humble
[ce],
sound nasalized
[ce:bl];
a, a,
13.
also,
1,
7),
but
slightly
more open.
a jeun [asce], parfum
[parftie].
This sound is similar to but requires wider mouth opiaing

1. a
than a of 'pot,' and lowering of the tongue, though with the point still
14-15
touching the lower teeth; narrow (

resembling English 'madam.'
patte [pat], part [pair];
Ex.:
also,
It
3).
1,
la.
[la],
7
is
generally short,
femme
[fam],
moi
[mwa], boite [bwa:t]; and, by exception, parlames [parlam], parlates

[parlat], parlat [parla].
Like
2.
a in
'
father
flat,
and so
lips
absolutely neutral,
'
the
i.e.,
especially rounding, as of a in
well open, the tongue lying
'fall.'
pas [pa], passe [pais];
Ex.:
mouth
no longer touches the lower teeth;

neither rounded nor retracted; avoid
far retracted that it
also,
pate [pa:t],
[rwa], poele
roi
[pwa:l].
The [a] sound nasalized (
3.
tant [ta], tante [ta:t];
Ex.:
entre [a:tr],
membre
o, 5,
1,
Like the vowel in

avoid
4),
(Written an, am, en, em.)
lampe
[la:p],
enfant [a:fa] r
[ma:br].
14.
1.
1, 7).
also,
'off-glide'
but .with definite

to u ( 1, 6); narrow ( 1,
'low,'
bell-like
rounding
3).
Ex.: note [not], tort [to:r]; also Paul [pol], album [albom].
2.
The
rond
Ex.:
[o] sound nasalized (1, 7), but slightly

[r5],
more
close.
ronde [r5:d]; also tomber [t5be], comte [k5:t].
Like o in 'omen,' but with more protrusion and much tenser

3. o
rounding of the lips (1, 4); avoid 'off-glide' to u ( 1, 6); narrow
(1, 3).
Ex.:
sot [so], chose [$o:z], fosse [fo:s];
cot6 [kote],
also,
cote
[ko:t], faute [fo:t], beaute [bo:te].
15.
1-
Like oo in 'pool' but with more protrusion and much tenser
rounding of the
lips
(1, 4);
avoid 'off-glide' to
1,
(1,3).
Ex.:
tout [tu], tour [tu:r];
also,
gout [gu], aout [u].
6);
narrow
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
16-17
Consonants
16.
q,
j,
10 and 15, come before a vowel

pronounced with the tongue slightly closer
to the palate, and hence assume a consonantal value, indicated by
They are sometimes called semi-vowels.
[j], [q], [w], respectively.
Like very brief and narrow y in 'yes.'
1. j
^"hen the sounds
[y], [u],
[i],
of stronger stress, they are
Ex.:
viande [vja:d];
of
also,
[travaje], travail
travailler
yeux
[travaj],
[j0],
aieul
[ajcel],
fille
[fi:j],
the last three being examples
mouillee.
Has no counterpart in English, but is similar to a w pro2. q

nounced with the tongue pressed close to the lower teeth; may also
be acquired by at first substituting [y] for it, and afterward increasing
the speed of the utterance and the elevation of the tongue until it can
be pronounced in the same syllable with the vowel which always follows.
Ex.:
lui [lqi],
huit [qit]; also, nuage [nqa:3], ecuelle [ekqel].
Like very brief and narrow w in 'we,' 'west.' It is best,

3. w
however, to proceed from the. sound of [u] in the manner described
for [q] above.
poids [pwa],
tramway [tramwe].
Ex.:
oui [wi];
17.
The remaining consonantal sounds can be sufficiently

by noting the differences between their mode of
also,
described
formation and that of the nearest English sounds (see

1.
Like
b in
1).
'6ar&.'
Ex.: beau [bo], robe [rob], abbe [abe].
Like
d in 'did,' but with the tongue so far advanced that

upper surface, forms a closure with the inner surface of
the upper teeth and gums; or the point of the tongue may be thrust
against the lower teeth, the upper surface forming a closure with the
upper teeth and gums. It must be remembered that in forming English
d (also 1, n, r, s, t, z) the tongue touches at some little distance above
2.
its
point, or
the teeth (1,

Ex.:
3.
5).
dame [dam],
Like
fade [fad], addition [adisp].
in '/at.'
Ex.: fort [fair], neuf [naef],
difficile [difisil].
17
g Like
4.
it
'go.'
also,
second [sago].
h
In orthography the letter h is known as 'h mute' (Fr. h
or h muettej, or 'h aspirate' (Fr. h aspire or h aspireej, according
5.
muet
as
g in
gant [ga], doguc [dog], guerre [ge:r];
Ex.:
does, or does not, cause elision ( 19).
in either case, as
The
learner
may
regard
it,
absolutely silent.
h mute in l'homme [lorn], l'histoire [listwa:r], l'herome

h aspirate in le heros [lo ero], le hctre [loe:tr], la haine
Ex.:
[leroin];
[la e:n], la
hate [la
a:t], je hais
[50
z].
In hiatus, however, a sound resembling, but much weaker than h

in 'haX,' is permissible, and is actually used by many Frenchmen.
aha! [aha],
Ex.:
heros [lo hero], fleau [fleho].
Like k in 'take';
6.
le
avoid the slight aspiration which generally
follows the English sound.
Ex.: car [kar], roc [rok], accorder [akorde]; also, Chretien [kretjg],
cinq [se:k], bouquet [buks], acquerir [akeri:r], kilo [kilo],
maxime
[maksim].
7.
Like
in 'Zaw,'
but with the tongue advanced as for [d]
above.
Ex.: long [lo], seul [seel], aller [ale], mille [mil], village
For soft
8.
[vila::,].
see 16, 1.
m Like m
Ex.:
9.
in 'man,' 'dumb.'
mot [mo], dame [dam], homme [am].
Like
in
'/*ot,'
'man,' but with the tongue advanced as
for [d] above.
Ex.:
ni [ni],
ane [a:n], donner [done].
10. n
Somewhat like ny in 'ban-j/an,' except that Qi] is a single,
not a double, sound, and is formed by pressing the middle of the
tongue
against the hard palate, the tip being usually thrust
against the lower
teeth.
Ex.:
agneau [apo], digne [dip].
Like p in 'pan,' 'top'; avoid the slight aspiration which

p
generally follows the English sound.
11.
Ex.:
pas [pa], tape [tap], appliquer [aplike].
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
10
17
Has
no English counterpart. It is formed by trilling the

tongue against the upper gums, or even against the upper
teeth.
This r is called in French r linguale. The tongue must, of
course, be well advanced towards the teeth, and not retracted and
turned upward, as in our r sound (1, 5). The sound may be advantageously practised at first in combination with d, e.g., 'dry,' 'drip,'
'drop,' 'drum' (as in Scotch or Irish dialect), and afterwards in combinations in which it is less easily pronounced.
12.
tip of the
Ex.: drap [dra], par [par], torrent [tora], rond [r5].
Note.
in Paris
Another r sound (called in French r uvulaire), used especially

and in the large cities and towns, is formed by withdrawing and
elevating the root of the tongue so as to cause a trilling of the uvula.

r is
usually
13.
more
Like
difficult for
This
English-speaking people to acquire.
s in 'sea,' 'cease,'
but with the tongue advanced as for
[d] above.
Ex.:
si
[si],
pense
[pfl:s],
casser [ka:se]; also seine [ss:n], place
[plas], facade [fasad], lecon [tas5], recu [rasy],
commencait [komase],
commencons [komaso], recumes [resym], portion
[porsja],
soixante
[swascnt].
14.
(1,
Like
sh in
'shoe,'
but with the tongue more advanced
5).
Ex.: chou [$u], lache
[la:], also,
schisme [$ism].
15. t
Like t in '/all,' but with the tongue advanced as for [d]
above; avoid the slight aspiration which generally follows the English
sound.
Ex.: tas
16.
[to.],
patte [pat].
Like v
in 'yine,' 'cave.'
vin [ve], cave [ka:v];
Ex.:
also,
wagon [vago], neuf heures [ncev
ce:r].
17.
Like z in
'zone,' or s in 'rose,'
but with the tongue advanced
as for [d] above.
zone [zo:n], rose [ro:z];
Ex.:
also,
deux heures [d0zce:r], exact
[egzakt].
IS.
Like
z in 'azure' or s in 'pleasure,'
more advanced (1,

Ex.:
je [sa],
but with the tongue
5).
rouge
[111:5];
also
mangeant
[masfi], Jean [3a].
18-19
19.
doubled consonant has usually the same sound as a single
consonant,
The
(1)
liquid
1,
1), e.g., fille
ville
[ale],
aller
e.g.,
Exceptions
[done], terre [te:rj.
(16,
11
Fr.
tranquille
[vil],
are,
donner
[tiakil],
however:
mouillee [niuje],
[fi:j], billet [bije],
i.e., double 1 after i

[j]
bataille [bata:j], veiller [veje],
feuiile [foc:j].
X.B.
Note also that liquid
may be
spelled -ail, etc.,
e.g.,
travail
[trava:j], soleil [sjIs:]], etc.
The verb forms acquerrai
(2)
[akerre], courrai
[kurre], mourrai
[murre].
The doubled consonant
(3)
in such
intelligence, litterature, connexe,
words as
immoral,
illegal,
intellectuel,
pronounced double,
i.e., given double its usual length, by many people.
But foreigners beginning French may neglect this manner, regarded by many as an
etc., is
affectation.
Final consonants are usually silent, but in
Liaison.
18.
within a group of words closely connected
speech,
oral
consonant (whether usually sounded or not)

and forms a syllable with the initial
vowel sound of the next word. This is called in French
logically,
is
final
regularly sounded,
= Unking,
liaison [ljezo]
joining.
Ex.: C'estûn petit^liomnie [se-tce-pd-ti-tom].

1.
final
A
s
few of the consonants change their sound in liaison, thus,

= z, d = t, g = k, f = v, e.g., nosâmis [no-za-mi],
or x
quandôn
parle [ka-to-parl];
the
t of
et is silent;
for examples sec
Exercise in Phonetic Transcription.

2.
The n
and the nasal vowel loses its nasalun bonârni [ce-b5-na-mi, or oe-bo-na-
of a nasal is carried on,
ity in part, or
even wholly,
e.g.,
mi].
19.
The
Elision.
letters a, e,
i,
are entirely silent in cer-
tain cases:
1.
me,
or
The
and
h mute
(not,
and replaced by apostrophe

que (and some of its compounds) before
e are silent
te, se, de, ne,
however,
je, ce, le, la after a
verb);
in le, la, je
initial
so also
vow
of si be-
fore il(s).
Ex.: L'arbre
(= que
a-t-il),
(=
le arbre), l'encre
jusqu'a
(= jusque
(= laencre), j'ai (=
(= si il).
a), s'il
jeai), qu'a-t-il
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
12
In prose the letter e
2.
is
silent at the
end
20-21
words (except when
of all
the only vowel in the word), silent in the verbal endings

-es, -ent, silent within words after a vowel sound, and in the combinaIn verbs which have stem g [5], g becomes ge [3]
tion ge or je [5].
of an ending, to preserve the [5] sound.
before a or
e
is
itself
Ex.: rue [ry], donnee [done], rare [ra:r], place [plas], ai-je [sis],
table [tabl], sabre [sa:br], prendre [pra:dr], tu paries [ty pari],
parlent
[il
pari], gaiete [gete],
mangeons [ma55], Jean
ils
[5a].
Note.
In ordinary discourse, this sound is usually slighted or wholly
omitted in most cases in which consonantal combinations produced by its
weakening or elision can be readily pronounced, but beginners will do well
The treatment of the
to sound it fully, except in the cases above specified.
[a] in verse is beyond the scope of this work.
Punctuation.
20.
in
French as
1.
The same punctuation marks
are used
but not with identical values.
in English,
Their French names are:
point
virgule
trait
d'union
tiret, or tiret
[ ]
de
separation
point et virgule
crochets
.
deux points
points suspensif s
asterisque
point d'interrogation
" "
guillemets
croix de renvoi
point d'exclamation
parenthese
2.
They
are not used exactly as in English, especially the colon
and
the dash, the latter being very useful in showing a change of speaker
in dialogue.
Ex.:
sonne,
Qui
est la? dis-je.
Personne. Quoi
personnel
Per-
dit-il.
21. Capitals.
Some
of the differences between French
and English in the use of capital letters (Fr. lettres majuscules, capitales) may be seen from the following examples
Un
le
livre
canadien ecrit en francais par un Canadien.

Je lui ai dit ce que je pensais.
Toronto,
lundi 3 Janvier.
EXERCISE IN PHONETIC TRANSCRIPTION

[The
Tu
ty
sign
aimeras
e:mra
(:)
le
1
in unstressed syllables indicates 'half long.']
Seigneur ton Dieu de tout ton cceur, de toute

tut
kce:r, da
to
d tu
scno?:r
t5
dj0
13
ton ame, de toutc ta force, et de toute ta pensee;

pa:se;
tut
ta
e
d
fors,
ta
tut
a:m, da
ton
comme toi-meme
prochain
kom
proê
l"n
homme
den
am
twa ni:m
de
de coups, et
b
ku,
d
briga,
l'ont depouille,
ki
parti,
s5
ils
depuje,
sont partis, en
ils
t5
descendait de Jerusalem a Jericho;

desaide
d seryzalem a 5eriko;
parrni
ton
tombe parmi des brigands, qui

t5:be
et
et
il
est
il
l'ont
charge
Jarse
Et
laissant a moitie mort.
le
a mwatje mo:r.
1e*sQ
par hasard un pretre descendait par ce chemin-la, et en

par
aza:r
voyant,
il
vwaja,
il
da
a'drwa,
st
il
il
me:m
da
est venu, et
ce
a ete
a ete
il
il
samarite,
emu
sa propre bete
sa propra
de
d
be:t
s'est
il
s et
conduire
k5:dqi:r
lui.
Et
le
lendemain
lqi.
la:dm
il
il
done
obersist,
la, et
la,
'
tu d^penseras de plus, moi je te

depasra
d plys, mwa 5 ta
du
vin;
puis
dy
ve;
pul
ober3,
le
rendrai a
kind permission of
M. Paul
Luc en
ils
the
voyant,
vwaja,
il
l'a
may
se
mis sur
mi syr
il
a pris soin
il
swe
pri
et
il
les
il
lez
lui,
et ce
lqi,
mon
mo
a
a
que
ka
retour.'
rtu:r.
Passy, from his Ver-
transcription yhonetique.
1
ses
ba:de
et
prends soin de
pra
swe de
ra:dre
however, that in pronouncing
le
deux deniers,
danje,
d0
sion populaire de VEvangile de
en
pur
apro$e
tire
di:za,
a passe outre,
utr.
a pa:se
approche pour bander
ti:re
ty
Reprinted by
vny
une auberge,
a,
donnes a l'aubergiste, en disant,

1
venu
a yn
a
a
ari:ve
qil
la
levit,
est
l'huile et
le
ce
il
il
pour
pur
o:si
il
arrive
vwaja,
et
an
aussi
levite,
voyant,
pitie;
un
pitje;
en y versant de
i
versa
da
blessures,
blesy:r,
de
d
emy
le
la,
le
vwajase,
ki
mg
Mais un Samaritain, qui voyageait,
me
en
vny,
S9
De meme
a passe outre.
utr.
a pa:se
dans cet endroit,
par
desa:ds
pr:tra
ce
be sounded.
Note,
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
14
USEFUL CLASSROOM EXPRESSIONS

que
Qu'est-ce
un (une)
C'est
is
que
c'est
What
[ksskasekasla?]
.
cela?
[setce(yn)]
A
(Que
dire
signifie) cela?
[kav0di:r
(kasijiifi)
does that
mean?
Comment
What
sala?]
(anagk)?]
French (in English)?
en francais [5di
You
ofrase]
(People) say
in French.
Commencez
.
Prononcez
ment
omilj0, obadlapaio]
o,
top, middle,
bottom
of
the page.
Commencez. Continuez. Celasuffit.
[komase.
Begin.
syfi]
kotinqe.
sala
Continue.
That
Com-
How
(spell)
Vous
Plait-il?
dites?
What
[koma? pletil? vudit?]

did you say?
[msrsibje.
Merci mille
fois.
milfwa.]
mersi
Thank you very much
(a
thou-
sand times).
n'y a pas de quoi. [ilnjapadkwa]
You
are welcome.
tion
it.
Don't men-
It's all right.
Voulez-vous bien
Will you
. .?]
Le
suivant.
La suivante. [tesqivS.
Next (boy, girl).
la sqivait]
Pro-
komatekrit5?]
Merci bien.
[komdte-
do you (people) write
II
At the
Lisez la phrase suivante,
ecrivez-vous?
Comment?
haut, au milieu, au bas de la
page, [o
s'il
vous
ecrit-on?
krivevu?
pron5se
Comment
have we to-day?
will do.
[komase
Begin
ekrive
.]
Write
nounce
Ecrivez
lesson
quelle page (lecon) en sommesnous? [akelpais (teso) fisomnu?]

What page (lesson) are we on?
Au
en francais (en
afrass
[komaditS
How do you say in
dit-on
.anglais)?
'On dit
d'hui? [kellasD avonu oju:rdqi?]
What
It
Que veut
Quelle lecon avons-nous aujour-
that?
is
.?
.
.?
[vulevubje
plait.[lizelafra:zsqiva:t,silvupk]
Read
the next sentence, please.
Prononcez
ma
toutes
distinctement
les syllabes.
[pronose distf :kta-
tutlesilab]
Pronounce
all
the syllables distinctly.
[kopronevu?]
Comprenez-vous?
Do you understand?
Je ne comprends
oonloprapa] I
understand, I do not understand.
Je comprends.
pas.
[sakSpra.
Comprenez-vous ce que j'ai dit?

ce quevousavezlu? [kopranevu
skosedi?
sksvuzavely?]
you understand what

what you read?
Do
said?
USEFUL CLASSROOM EXPRESSIONS

Traduisez le passage que vous
lapasa:5
[tradqize
lu.
avez
kavuzavely] Translate the passage that you have read.
bien
tres
C'est
Felicitations
felisitasjs!]
Robert.
fait,
la
Est-ce clair?
C'est clair, n'est-ce
pas? [eskleir? sskleir nespa?^ Is
Well done, Robert.
that clear?
Repondez en francais,
repode
en anglais, [eksplike.
it?
Expliquez.
anagk]
An-
Explain.
know?
Je vous prie de
attention.
faire
Pay
au
Ecrivez
tableau.
ekrivelafra:zotablo]
la
Go
to the
Write the sentence on
board.
the board.
Quelle est
la
Quelles sont
faute?
fo:t?]
What
the mis-
(are)
is
take (s)?
faut-il
[kel$a:3ma fotilfer?]
c'est
bien
suis
J'en
glad (sorry) about
think so (not).
tapil
bjedadhr; il no fo pa di:r; 5 na
davrepadiir; 5ndipa] It (that)
is
right now, (that's it).
It
(that) is not right to say
.
Vous avez
arc right (wrong).
(fache).
mieux.
Tant
tcimjd.
So much the
So much the worse.
polapendal
.
kawi(no)]
It's a pity.
n'est pas la peine
to
very
it.
[ssdomaio.
pis.
better.
Ce
am
que oui (non).
(krwa)
dommage.
C'est
de dire
il ne faut pas dire
on ne devrait
pas dire; on ne dit pas
[mftna scbjc, se sa, sancpa-
vuzavetorr]
(crois)
What
Tant
[vuzaverea5.
bien content
[sa pa:s
n'est pas bien
[ditmwa.
Repeat.
[3cisqibjek5ta (faê)] I
(c'est cal.
Vous avez raison.
Tell me.
faire?
change must be made?
Maintenant
forgotten?
Repetez.
rien.
Je n'ai
[kavevu?
sanerje]
What is
the matter with you? Nothing.
Qu'y a-t-il de nouveau? [kjatildanuvo?] What is the news?
Je pense
Quel changement
pas.
Do you
Qu'avez-vous?
les fautes? [kel la fo:t? kelsole
Ce
Have you
forget.
repetej
phrase au tableau, [alezotablo.
sais
do not know.
Dites-moi.
tion.
Allez
ne
Je
sansepcfj
Avez-vous oublie?
[nublijepu.avevuzublije?]Don't
atten-
beg you to pay atten-
is clear, isn't
N'oubliez pas.
[fstzatdsjo.
Ssvupridafenatasjs]
tion.
That
Savez-vous?
[savevu?
swer in French, in English.

Faites attention.
Congratulations
afrase,
la
[setrebjgf e, robe:r.
15
Commencez a page Etudiez

jusqu'a
page [komuse
alapa:3
etydjc syskala
] Begin ou page
pa:
Study as far as page
[sansde
worth while
.
It isn't
Je ne suis pas d'accord avec vous

[sansqi pcidakair avrkvu] I do
not agree with you.
tort.
Ni moi
You
(lqi.
(lui, elle^
el)
either.
non
n5ply]
plus,
I
[nimwa
(he,
she)
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
16
a-t-il
[jatil
quelque chose a corriger?

kika$o:z a korioe?]
Is
there anything to correct?

II
faut ajouter. [ilfotasute]
You
am
Preparez pour demain. [prepare

puudame]
Prepare for to-
morrow.
must add.
Asseyez-vous. [asajevu] Sit down.
Bo'njour,
C'est
Je vais vous inlecon pour demain.
Ecoutez bien.
diquer la
[ekutebje.
puirdame]
going to assign the lesson
for to-morrow.
savevuzedike
Listen
lals5
attentively.
mesdames
fini.
medam
(messieurs).
demain.
(mesjrt). se
fini.
[b5su:r
adm]
Good-by, Ladies. (Gentlemen).

Class
is
over.
to-morrow.
I shall see
you
Courtesy of V. S.
L'Arc de Triomphe, Paris

k Vol d'Oiseau
Army
Air Service
Definite
22.
Article.
PART
LESSON
1.
The
definite
article
has
the
following forms in the singular:

le [b],
The
Le
noun beginning with a consonant.

a feminine noun beginning with a consonant.
before any noun beginning with a vowel or h mute.
before a masculine
la [la], before'
1'
M>
The
The
pere, la mere.
L'enfant (m. or/.), Z'homme.

2.
to
The
which
definite article
it
child, the
man.
must be repeated before each noun
refers:
The
L'oncle et la tante.
Gender.
23.
father, the mother.
1.
All
uncle and (the) aunt.
French nouns are either masculine
or feminine:
Le papier
2.
(m.
Names
la
plume
of
The
(/.).
paper, the pen.
male beings are masculine, and names
of
female beings feminine, as in English.
French nouns have no case endings.

The
is expressed by verb
noun'; the
indirect object (dative) by the proposition a + noun; the
possessive (genitive) by de + noun, and these prepositions
must be repeated before each noun to which they refer:
24.
Case.
direct object (accusative)
The mother
La mere aime Venfant.

J'ai la plume de Robert.
loves the child.
have Robert's pen (the pen
of
Robert)
Je donne l'argent a Marie et a
I give
the
John.
Jean.
17
money
to
Man' and
(to)
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
18
25
French has the following agreements,

25. Agreements.
and they are usually expressed by change of form: (1) Verb
and subject, in number and person; (2) adjective and noun,
in gender and number;
(3) pronoun and antecedent, in
gender and number.
EXERCISE
bonjour
[b53u:r] good day
l'argent m. [larsa]
l'enfant
boy,
l'homme
Marie aime [marism] Mary
man
je donne [sadan] I give

Jean donne [sfidan] John gives
[li:vr]
est [s]
le
papier [papje] paper
is
fermez [ferine] close

montrez-moi
[matremwaj
l'oncle [l5:kl] uncle
show me
le
pere [pe:r] father
la
plume [plym] pen
la
porte [part] door
ouvrez [uvre] open

voici [vwasi] here is
la
table [tabl] table
voila [vwala] there
la
tante [ta:t] aunt
Jean [5a] John
ou? [u] where?
Louise [lwi:z] Louise

Marie [mari] Mary
a [a]
Robert [rabeir] Robert
sur [syr] on
A.
1.
Bonjour!
Le livre est sur la

mez le livre, Marie.
4.
is
(are)
of,
from
and
Bonjour, Robert!
table.
(are)
to, at, in
de [da]
et [e]
3.
likes,
loves
girl
[lorn]
[se] I have
j'aime [o:m] I love, like
child;
[lata]
j'ai
money
book
mere [meir] mother
le livre
la
m.,j.
Ouvrez
2.
Ou
le livre,
est
Jean.
livre?
le
Fer-
5.
Ouvrez la porte, Robert.

7. Fermez
la porte, Jean.
8. Montrez-moi la porte, Marie.
9. Voila
la porte.
10. Montrez-moi le papier, Marie.
11. Voila le
papier sur la table.
12. Ou est la plume de Robert
24.
example 2) ?
13. Voila la plume de Robert sur la table.
14. Et
ou est le papier de Marie?
15. Voici le papier de Marie sur
la table.
16. L'enfant aime l'oncle Jean.
17. L'homme aiuic
l'enfant.
18. L'oncle Jean aime l'enfant.
19. J'aime l'oncle
Jean et tante 2 Marie.
20. Je donne la plume a l'oncle Robert.
6.
will be indicated by
Note the idiomatic omission
Linking
w in the reading passages of Lessons I-X

of the article before tante in 19
and
21.
LESSON
25
donne
21. Je
porte est
papier
le
tante Marie.
a,
pere de Marie.
le
19
23.
L'homme
22.
La mere de Jean
a la
est la tante
24. Le pere de Jean donne le papier a Marie.

La mere de Marie donne le papier a Robert.
26. Ou est
de Louise.
25.
27.
F argent de Louise?
moi l'argent de Robert.
J'ai l'argent
table.
de Louise.
30. J'ai le livre
donne
32. Je
livre a Louise.
le
de Louise.
28. Montrezde Robert sur la

31. Louise aime le livre.
Ou est le livre, Marie?
29. Voila l'argent
33.
34. Voila le livre, Louise.
Exercise in Pronunciation
Read aloud the
(1)
series:
[i],
[e],
[e],
[a],
[a],
[o], [o],
Write in phonetic characters all the words

of the vocabulary in which any of these sounds occur.
[u] (see 9-15).
Read aloud:
(2)
[a],
[yj,
[5],
[d]
(see
11,
3;
10,
2;
Write in phonetic characters all the words

of the vocabulary in which these sounds occur.
(3) List the ways in which the following sounds in the vocabulary are spelled in the standard orthography:
[i], [e], [el
14,
2;
13,
3).
[a], [o], [u],
[el [y], [5], [a].

kind of vowels are [5] and [a]? Does the tongue
go to the position for the letter n in the pronunciation of the
What
(4)
on (see 1, 7)? Is this true in the word donne?

In Robert, papier, Marie, are the syllables divided as in
English? What is the difference (see 6, 1, 3)? Is this difspellings an, en,
(5)
ference important?
What happens
(6)
l'enfant
(see
19)?
word or as a part
characters:
of
when we write l'homme,

pronounced as a separate
the following word? Write in phonetic
to the article
Is the article
l'oncle, l'argent.
(7) In le papier, l'enfant, ouvrez, fermez, on what syllable

docs the stress seem to fall (see 7 and note)? How does this
differ
from the English paper,
the
infant,
open?
In which language
the stronger?
Pronounce difficile
[difisil], president [prezida], important [eportfi], appartement
[apart.nna], Clemenceau [klemaso], and compare the syllable
is
stress
syllable
stress
with the corresponding English words.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
20
(8)
What two
pronunciations does the spelling
(9)
(10)
have in
ai
What ways are there of spelling the sound

What is the pronunciation of the spelling
spelling
26
Mention the words.
vocabulary?
this
[a]?
oi?
of the
ou?
LESSON
II
It has the following forms, which

noun to which they refer:
each
must be repeated before
26.
Indefinite Article.
or
an
[tie (n)], before any masculine noun.

une r[ynj, before any ieminine noun.
un
i
-,
Un livre et une plume.

Un homme [oenom], une
A book and (a) pen.

A man, a school.
ecole.
EXERCISE
II
crayon [krejo] pencil
la
fenetre [lafne:tr]
le
[inadniwazd]
mademoiselle
Miss
monsieur [masj0] sir, Mr.
morceau [morso] piece
le
mot [mo] word
le
professeur [profescesr] teacher,
il
window
madame [madam] Madam
elle
il
elle ecrit [2lekri]
vous ecrivez
[ekrive] write
r
oui [wij ye?
.-,
avec [av2k] with
[ce(n)] a, an; one
derriere [derjeir] behind
deux [d0] two
devant [dava]
[trwa] three
1. Bonjour,
mesênfants [mezaffi] (lit.,
Bonjour, monsieur (madame, mademoiselle)!
A.
une table.
le
4.
Voila, la porte.
7.
professeur;
Voila,
elle
in
front
of,
before
quatre [katr] four
porte?
__.
r
no
non [no]
board
2.
you
you writing? do you write?

ecrivez
tableau noir [tablonwair] black-
trois
she writes
[vuzekrive]
ecrivez-vous [ekriveî] are
men
and women)
un
avez-vous?[avevu3haveyou?
ecrit [ilekri] he writes
write
professor (used for both
le
a [ila] he
(it) has
a [ela] she (it) has
vous avez [vuzave] you have
le
devant
3.
Voici une fenetre.
5.
un tableau
est
my
noir.
le
8.
La
professeur.
children)]
Ou
6.
est
la
Voici
table est devant

9.
Le tableau
LESSON
26
noir
derriere
est
le
Lc professeur
10.
professeur;
sur
ecrit
le
21
II
il
derriere le
est
tableau noir.
professeur.
11.
II
mot, deux mots, trois mots, quatre mots [katramo]. 1

ecrit sur un morceau de papier avec un crayon.
avec une plume.
ecrit
15.
ecrit
II
le
mot
14.
derriere
13.
un morceau de
ecrit sur
II
Marie ecrit
mot bonjour .
16.
un
Marie
Robert
ecrit
12.
papier.
mot
le
ecrivez le
17. Marie,
Oui,
devant .
monsieur (niadame, mademoiselle). 18. Ecrivez-vous, Louise?
19. Ecrivez-vous sur le tableau noir, Jean?
Xon. monsieur.
20. Ecrivez-vous avec un crayon?
Xon, monsieur.
Oui,
21. Sur un morceau de papier?
Oui, monsieur.
monsieur.
23. Oui, monsieur, j'ai un
22. Avez-vous un crayon, Jean?
24. Voila un livre.
crayon et une plume.
II
est sur la
table, devant le professeur.
25. Marie a un, deux, trois,
26. Voila une enfant.
quatre crayons [krejo].
27. Elle a
28. Avec la plume elle
deux, trois, quatre plumes [plym].
ecrit un,
B.
deux,
Write
trois,
quatre mots.
proper forms
le, la, un, une, before

of:
tableau noir, professeur, mot, morceau, papier, fenetre, crayon.
(2) Make all reasonable combinations of: avec, devant, der-
riere,
(1)
with la plume,
sur,
l'oncle,
the
la fenetre,
crayon,
le
Louise,
tableau noir, l'enfant,
le
professeur.
le
Supply proper for77is of have ':

Vous
un morceau de papier.
plumes.
4. Robert
trois tantes.
Supply suitable forms of write ': 5.
(3)
'
un crayon.
1.
2.
'
vous, Jean?
6.
8.
trois
II
mots avec
la
7.
Robert,
mots avec
3.
Yes,
sir,
the book, John, and show

pencil of Robert.
blackboard
paper.
9.
is
le
mot,
Marie.
mot avec une plume.
crayon.
9.
quatre
Elle
plume.
C. Translate into French:

book, John?
le
le
deux
Elle
3.
6.
1.
here
is
me
have the book.
2.
Have you a
4. Open
the book on the table.
the word "pen."
5.
There
Louise writes on the blackboard.
behind the teacher.
8.
He
Marie, are you writing a word?
writes one, two, three, four words.

1
See
19, note.
is
7.
the
The
writes on a piece of
10.
Yes,
sir,
she
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
22
26
(1) Pronounce: un livre, une table, une porte, une fenetre,
un crayon, une plume, un pere, une mere, un w oncle, une tante,
un^homme.
un^,enfant,
Substitute for un, une, before each
(2)
form
of le, la.
How many
noun above, the proper
cases of elision (see 19) are there?
Why
do we write phonetically and pronounce: cepe:r,

celiivr, but cenafa; loli;vresy:rlatabl, but
3Q etcenafa? What do we call this carrying over of a sound to
(3)
but denoikl, cenom;
the next
word
(see 18) ?
A the
(4)
Note
(5)
Pronounce the
spelling mots, crayons, plumes, pronounced

[mo], [krejS], [plym]. Does the addition of the -s in spelling
change the pronunciation?
in
What
avez.
in spelling?
is
last syllable of:
fermez, ouvrez, ecrivez,
the ending of the second person of French verbs
Make
the phonetic symbol for this spelling.
How must the lips and the tip of the

(6)
tongue be placed to make [0] (see 11, 2)? It is very important
to hold the tongue and lips in the right position for this sound.
Pronounce bleu [bl0], feu [f0], peu [p0]. How does position
Pronounce [d0].
for this
sound
differ
from that
for
words
(see 11, 3), professeur [profescesr]
like le [la],
(see 12, 3)?
If
de [dgj
we add
these vowels to those found in Lesson I (Exercise in Pronunciation), how many does it give us thus far?
(7)
What new way
of spelling the
sound [o] in
this
vocabu-
lary?
(8)
Write and indicate by a hyphen the syllable division::

(see 6, 2), devant, professeur, morceau, madame,
tableau
Marie, avec, fenetre.

(9)
une
Write in phonetic characters and read aloud: un livre,,

un pere, une mere, un homme, un enfant, une
table,
enfant,
un
oncle,
une
tante,
une
fenetre.
How many
cases of
linking are there in these examples?

(10) Observe by the phonetic transcription of monsieur that
the spelling indicates the pronunciation only in part. From the
pronunciation how would you expect the word to be spelled?
27-29
LESSON
23
III
LESSON
III
27. Some Possessives.

Observe the following, and remember that possessive adjectives must be repeated before
each noun to which they refer
Mon
Ton
Son
(m.) livre et
ma
(/.)
plume.
(for
My
pronunciation, see 32).
book and (my) pen.
(m.) livre et ta (/.) plume.
Thy (your) book and (thy, your) pen.
(m.) livre et sa (/.) plume.
His or her book and pen.
Votre (m.) livre et votre
(/.)
plume.
Your book and
(your) pen.
Negation. With verbs, not or no = ne

pas, with
the verb placed between them, ne becoming n' before a
28.
vowel (19,
1):
Je n'ai pas, vous n'avez pas.
29.
Interrogation.
have not, you have not.
In questions, the personal pronoun
subject comes after the verb, as in English, and is joined to

by a hyphen, or by -t- if the verb ends in a vowel:
it
Avez-vous?
a-t-il? est-elle ici?
Have you? has he?
is
she here?
EXERCISE HI
le
cahier [kaje] notebook, exercise
il
(elle) ecrit
book
la classe [kla:s] classroom, class

la craie [tare]
chalk
is
frere [fr :r] brother
la
lecon [lals5] lesson
la
maison [mez5] house; k la

maison at home, at the
house
merci [msrsi] thanks, thank
am
vous etes [vuzet] you are

etes-vous? [etvu] are you?
vous faites [vufet] you do, are
doing
faites-vous?
[fetvu]
are
you doing?
you
S"*^!
^^
place [plas] seat, place

la sceur [sce:r] sister
la
does
writing,
write
je suis [sasqi] I
le
he (she)
[il(el)etai]
writes,
bl
?^
t0
wel1
'
comfcrta-
ble
que? [ka] what?
comment [koma] how
allez! [ale] go!
ici
j'ecris
[sekri]
writing,
write,
am
do write
vous ecrivez [vuzekrive] you write,

are writing, do write
here
maintenant [metna]
tres C tre 3 very
dans [da]
ou [u] or
in,
into
now
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
24
29
2. Bonjour,
monsieur
A. (1) 1. Bonjour, mes_enfants!
3. Commentâllez-vous (are you)?
(madame, mademoiselle)!
Et vous?
5. Tres bien, merci.
6. Allezâ
4. Bien, merci.
8. Fermez la porte!
7. Ouvrez la porte!
la porte, Jean.
10. Allez w a la fenetre, Louise.
Allezâ votre place.
9. Merci.
11.
(2)
3.
Allez
Merci.
1.
Mon
wa
votre place.
Je ne suis pas
professeur
mon
w a la maison.
est
dans
la
Mon
2.
classe
Je suis dans la classe.

aussi.
4.
J'ecris la
dans son
Robert?
7. Ecrivez-vous dans
8. Oui, monsieur (madame, mademoiselle), je
votre cahier?
9. Jean n'est pasâ
suis w a ma place et j'ecris dans mon cahier.
10. II n'ecrit pas dans son cahier.
Ou
sa place maintenant.
12. II ecrit sur le tableau
11. II a un morceau de craie.
est- il?
legon dans
cahier.
cahier.
Que
6.
5.
frere ecrit sa legon
faites-vous,
Que
13.
noir.
faites-vous, Louise?
14.
une plume, mais je n'ecris pas.

17. Non, monsieur, je n'ai pas
cahier?
15. J'ai
B.
(1)
ing nouns:
(2)
II n'est
18.
classe.
pas
ici.
II
Je suis_ji
ma
place.
Avez-vous votre
mon cahier dans la
16.
est_a la maison.
Use four possessive adjectives with each of the followcrayon, plume, enfant, frere, sceur, oncle.
In what two ways may each of the following possessives

sa mere, son enfant, sa tante, son frere?
be translated:
(3)
What
is,
therefore, the difference between the
agreement of
French and in English as indicated by

2. Robert a sa
combinations like: 1. Marie a son crayon.
4. Jean est-il devant sa
plume.
3. Louise a son papier.
the possessive adjective in
table?
(4)
Change
to
negative
(taking as model for the negative ques-
pas son crayon? 'hasn't she her pencil?'):

3. Vous avez
1. Henri [Q:ri] ecrit.
2. Louise a trois freres.
5. Louise est
4. Avez-vous deux freres?
quatre crajr ons.
7. Est-il
la sceur de Robert.
6. Est-elle la tante de l'enfant?
9. Ecrit-il
8. A-t-il le morceau de papier?
votre professeur?
11. fieri vez-vous sur un
a, sa mere?
10. Allez a, la fenetre.
tions:
n'a-t-elle
morceau de papier?
sa sceur.
12.
Aime-t-elle son frere?
13.
II
aime
LESSON
29
25
III
12.
Prepare complete sentences, some affirmative and some negaanswer to the following questions: 1. Ou etes-vous?
3. Jean est-il dans la classe maintenant?
Que faites-vous?
4.
A-t-il sa
(5)
in
tive,
plumes?
Ecrit-il
8.
Ou est-il maintenant? 6. A-t-il deux

dans son cahier ou sur le tableau noir?
avec son crayon ou avec un morceau de craie?
plume?
5.
Ecrit-il
7.
C. Translate
into French:
1.
chalk?
of
is
your
in
my
seat,
6.
brother
Am
now?
How
are you,
What
my boys?
2.
Are
you doing? 4. Marie,

5. Is John writing with a piece
at home or in the classroom ?
7. Where
Robert?
3.
are you writing your lesson?
you
are
Is his sister here?
8.
Pronounce suis [sip], being careful to project the lips

and hold the tongue tip well forward as for [y] and [i]
It is well to pronounce in succession [y-i]. [y-i],
(see 16, 2).
and then try to combine them in one sound. This sound is
not like that of oui [wi] (see 16, 3), in which the lips and tongue
(1)
tensely
Practise with nuit [nip], huit [qit],

Contrast the sound of Louis [lwi] with that of
are less tensely advanced.

lui
lui
[hri].
[lip].
Pronounce: soeur [sce:r] (see 12, 3), classe [kla:s]

Xote the
(see 12, 2).
2), maintenant [metnQ]
difference in the sound value of the letter a in la, voila, papier,
mademoiselle, argent, allez, place, and in classe, pas.
(3) What new way of spelling the sound [o] is there in this
vocabulary? What sound has the spelling -ain in maintenant?
(2)
(see
13,
-ien in bien?
-ier final
in papier, cahier?
What new way
of
vocabulary? We have
had now three ways of spelling this sound: find an example of
spelling the
sound [e] have we
in this
each.
All
(4)
part
cases of linking are indicated in the sentences in
of the Exercise given above.
Which consonant sounds
seem to be oftenest linked thus far?

(5) Divide and pronounce by syllables:
maison, maintenant, aussi,
papier, morceau, mademoiselle.
ecrivez,
ecris
ouvrez,
(see
fermez,
6,
2),
cahier,
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
26
LESSON
Some Pronoun
30.
her or
it
( 19, 1).
and
Ou
Ou
Ou
Him
Objects.
They come next
1'
or
it
le
(to.),
and
h mute
before a vowel or
before the verb, or before voici
voila:
est la
plume?
est
Marie?
Note. Voici
see
+ la
Je
Where
Where
Where
Vsd.
Le voici.
La voila.
est le livre?
vois
IV
both becoming
la (/.)
30
is
the pen?
is
the book?
is
Mary?
and Voila are derived from vois =
there
see
(literally,
see
here,
have it.
Here it is.
There she is.
I
+ ici
see
here
and, owing to
there),
and
their
verbal force, govern words directly like transitive verbs.
EXERCISE IV
un(une) apres-midi [cenapremidi]
afternoon
une ecole [ynekol] school
il
je reste [rest] I stay,

il
le
main [me] hand

matin [mate] morning
le
monsieur [mesj0] gentleman
je
retourne
je vais
our,
studying,
le
matin
ferme [ferm]
A.
1.
Le matin
a la maison.
3.
lecon de francais.
5.
Je
vais_a
am
Le
w a l'ecole.
soir je reste
4.
l'ecole.
my
their)
(le
going
(his,
her, your,
hand
soir,
V apres-midi'),
morning
the
2.
a,
la
(evening,
L'apres-midi je retourne
maison
Que faites-vous
Et Henri,
6.
am
I go,
pardon! [pardo] I beg your

pardon! Excuse me!
closing
je vais
goes
afternoon)
studying,
studies
je
[ve]
a la main, in
in
is
he
[raturn]
back, returns
do study
etudie [etydf] he
is
return
anglais [agk] English
am
[restatil] does he
he staying?
retourne [o9rturn] I go back,
stay?
il
francais [fro.se] French
il
staying
is staj--
reste-t-il?
[swair] evening
j'etudie [etydi] I
do
ing
de francais, a French
book, a book for learning
French
livre
le soir
am
reste [rest] he stays,
la lettre [letr] letter
la
doing
is
am opening,
open
une lecon [taso] de francais, a

French lesson
un
he does,
fait [fe]
j'ouvre [u:vr] I
le
que
et j'etudie
matin,
fait-il
ma
Louise?
l'apres-
27
LESSON IV
30
midi?
7-
maison
retourne a
soir?
le
9.
Jeanne ban].
Et vous,
a la
maison le soir et il
Montrez-moi votre lecon de
La
11.
Reste-t-il
8.
reste a la
il
10.
etudie sa lecon d'anglais.

francais,
maison.
la
Oui,
j'ai la
voici;
lecon quatre.
Robert, vous n'avez pas votre livre de francais.

Pardon, mademoiselle, je l'ai a la main; le voici.
Mais je n'ai pas mon livre d'anglais; il estâ la maison.
12.
13
14.
Vous etes w a votre place, Louise.
15.
moiselle,
je
ne suis pas
wa ma
Pardon, made-
16.
Marie
place;
est<_a
ma
place.
17. Je suis_a la place de Jeanne et j'ecris dans son cahier.

Le voila a sa place derriere Louise.
19.
Et Henri?
18.
20. II ecrit sa lecon dans mon cahier avec sa plume.
Substitute for each direct object the proper pronoun: 1. Je

3. Je ferme la
2. J'ouvre la porte.
B.
ne ferine pas la porte.

porte.
morceau de
7.
Voila la maison.
[dypo],
8.
6.
Voici le cahier.
C.
Translate into French:
haven't
haven't
2.
it,
4.
it.
la lecon
I
1.
You have my
don't study
am
5.
it,
is
Voici
13.
ma
place.
madame Dupont
un monsieur
Voila
de francais.
have your pen; I have it,

you have it, you
notebook;
piece of chalk;
he has
it,
my
French lesson; I study

giving John the book; he gives
studying
He
Je ne donne pas
plume a la main.
9.
Voici
11.
The teacher has a
3.
it.
he hasn't
I
Vous^crivez
14.
5.
J'ai la
Voila monsieur Dupont.
12.
a la porte.
it,
craie a Louise.
Voila mademoiselle Louise.
10.
maintenant.
J'ecris la lettre
4.
le
beg your pardon, sir; he doesn't give it to

8. He is in his house.
I open it.
7. I open his door;
John.
10.
He is not studying
hand.
(la)
his
in
pen
9. He has his
11. He is studying it.
his French lesson.
it
to John.
D.
6.
school in the afternoon?

ing.
return
the evening?
home
4.
1.
2.
Do you
No,
go (Allez-vous) to (the)
go to school in the morn-
in the afternoon.
I am studying (the)
6. I beg your pardon,
your notebook.
my French book.
son.
3.
What do you do
home and study

Lesson IV now.
stay at
sir;
my
5.
French
You
there
it is
in
les-
haven't
behind
a french grammar
28
31-32
Pronounce slowly by
(1)
lable
stress:
syllables,
apres-midi,
matin,
with attention to
etudie,
francais,
syl-
anglais,
montrez, pardon, monsieur, retourne.

(2) What is the difference in pronunciation between et and
Is there any difference between them in regard to linkest?
18, 1)?
In what words so far has the spelling combination ai
been pronounced [e]? What sound value does this combination seem to stand for oftenest?
ing
(see
(3)
LESSON V
Plural Forms.
31.
tive
is
1.
regularly formed
The plural of a noun or an adjecby adding -s to the singular:

The
The
Le grand roi, la grande reine.

Les grands rois, les grandes reines.
The
2.
Les
The
great kings, the great queens.
plural of the definite article le, la,
[le] livres, les [lez] enfants.
3.
great king, the great queen.
The
plural of the personal
1'
is
les:
books, the children.
pronoun
le,
la,
1'
is
also
les:
I
Je lesâ\.
32.
The Possessive
forms in
its
full
Adjective.
1.
The
etc.).
following
agreement and repetition, see
(for
Masculine
have them (books, pens,
are
27)
Plural
Feminine
my
mon [mo]
ma
[ma]
mes
[me],
ton
[t5]
ta
[ta]
tes
[te], thy,
son
[so]
sa
[sa]
ses
[se], his, her, its
[no], our
your
notre [notr]
notre [notr]
votre [votr]
votre [votr]
nos
vos
leur
leur
leurs [lce:r], their
2.
[lo3:r]
The forms mon,
[lce:r]
ton, son, are
[vo], your
used instead of ma,
sa before feminines beginning with a vowel or h mute:
Mon [man] amie (/.).

Son [son] histoire (/.).
Son [son] autre plume
My friend.
(/.).
His story.
His other pen.
ta,
LESSON V
32
29
3. Since son (sa, ses) means his, her, or its,

known only from the context which is meant.
it
can be
EXERCISE V
am opening
ouvre [u:vr] she opens
nous ouvrons [nuzuvro] we open
vous ouvrez [vuzuvre] you open
ouvrez! [uvre] open! (im-
un ami [oenami] friend

amie [ynami] friend
le doigt [dwa] finger
j'ouvre [u:vr] I
elle
vine
cinq [sek] five

six [sis] six
perative)
sept [set] seven

hint [int] eight
je reste [rest] I stay,
neuf [ncef] nine

dix [dis] ten
j'ecris
[sekri] I
am
writing
il ecrit [ekri] he is writing

nous ecrivons [nuzekrivo] we are
ing
vous restez [reste] you stay

restez! [reste] stay! (impera-
writing
writing
tive)
je
ecrivez! [ekrive] write! (imperative)
am
studying
il etudie [etydi] he is studying
nous etudions [nuzetydj5] we are
studying
elle
etudiez! [etydje] study! (im-
retourne [sarturn] I go back

retourne [raturn] she goes
back
nous retournons
vous retournez
fermez! [ferme] close! shut!
[vurturne]
you
retournez! [raturne] go back!

return! (imperative)
je suis [sin] I
il
ferme [ferm] I am closing,

do close
elle ferme [ferm] she is closing
nous fermons [fermo] we close
vous fermez [ferme] you close
we
return
perative)
je
[nurturno]
return
vous etudiez [vuzetydje] you are

studying
(imperative)
stay-
il reste [rest] he stays

nous restons [rest 5] we are stay-
vous ecrivez [vuzekrive] you are
j'etudie [etydi] I
am
ing
est [ile]
he
elle est [ele],
am
(it) is
she
(it)
is
nous sommes [som] we are

vous etes [vuzet] you are
[ve] I am going
va [va] he is going
je vais
il
aujourd'hui [o3urdqi] to-day
combien de? pobjecta] how many? how much? (followed

by a noun naming the object of inquiry)
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
30
A.
Ouvrez vos
(1) 1.
livres.
les
5.
cinq
legon
Nous
8.
ferme,
il
[sekj.
mesâmis.
livres,
Nous_,ouvrons nos
Nous fermons.
3.
7.
Que
2.
Ouvrez
vos
Ecrivez
9.
livres
ouvre, nousôuvrons, vous
vos
livres.
w ouvrez.
lecon
la
la
cinq.
dans vos cahiers:
ferme, nous fermons, vous fermez.
32
faites-vous?
Fermez
4.
Nousâvons w aujourd'hui
6.
lesôuvrons.
10.
je
J'ouvre,
il
nous
12. Je retourne, il retourne, nous rerestons, vous restez.
tournons, vous retournez. 13. J'etudie, il etudie, nousêtudions,
vous_etudiez.
14. J'ai,
mot
il
a,
11.
Je reste,
il
reste,
nousâvons, vousâvez.
15.
Je
ou
est votre plume? Elle estâ la maison, nous sommes, vousêtes.
17. Je vais,
16. J'ecris, il ecrit, nousêcrivons, vousêcrivez.
va, nousâllons, vousâllez.
il
2.
Nous les
Maintenant fermez vos cahiers.
(2) 1.
la
Merci, mesâmis.
porte,
4. Allezâ
3.
fermons.
Nousâllons^ji
5. Que faites-vous?
6.
Louise et Marie.
suis,
est, le
il
la porte.
ma
7.
place.
est sur le tableau,
Retournezâ
9.
Ou
il
est sur le tableau;
votre place.
etes-vous
vais
Nous sommesâ nos places.

Nous^,avons deux
mesênfants?
Les void.
Montrez-moi vos mains.
12.
avez-vous,
13.
Je
14.
nous
w avons
B.
What seems
(1)
to be the
ending of the verb
Et
that corresponds
nous?
(2)
mains.
15.
dix [di] doigts.
What ending seems

Find one exception in A.
respond to vous? Find two exceptions in A.
to
wa
mesâmies?
Combien de. mains
11.
10.
8.
maintenant,
Substitute \he
possessive
adjective
for
the
to cor-
article-and-de
plumes de Jean.
2. Le
3. La mere de Marie
pere de Jeanne; les freres de Jeanne.
4. La maison
et de Pierre; les freres de Marie et de Pierre.
5. L'eVole de Louise;
de Robert; les maisons de Robert.
phrase:
l'ecole
1.
La plume de Jean;
les
les
6. La lecon de l'enfant;
La legon de deux enfants; les lecons
Devant la maison de Marie. Derriere
de Louise et de Marie.
lecons de l'enfant.
8.
de trois enfants.
maison de Pierre.
7.
la
(3)
Make
the
nouns plural: notre ami, votre doigt, sa main,
leur cahier, votre enfant, son professeur, sa place, notre sceur.
LESSON V
32
31
youi
1. Our friend, our friends;
vour fingers; his (her) hand, his (her) hands; their
2. What are you doing,
hands; her (his) letters, their letters.
am writing a letter to my mother. John
3. I
Robert?
4. Louise is writing to her
is writing a letter to his sister.
C.
finger,
She is writing her letter; he is writing his letter.

6. Do you open their
Write your letters, (my) children!
7. Henry's
Xo, sir, we do not open their letters.
letters?
S. Do
father does not open his letters; he does not open them.
not
open
we
do
sir,
Xo,
letters?children's
you open your
I have my
9. I am at my place in the classroom.
them.
father.
5.
My
friend John is
10.
notebook, and my pen.
He has his pen in his hand. He is writing his
11. There he is in front of
French lesson in his notebook.
the window. He goes to school in the morning, but he does not
my
books,
at his seat, too.
stay at school.
He
me your French
book. John.
me.
sir;
haven't
returns
at
it
home
in the afternoon.
Here
on
it is
(the) school.
my
It is
12.
table.
Show
Excuse
not here;
it is
at
home.
Exercise ix Proxuxciatiox
(1)
Pronounce
after
the
teacher:
6?n5:kl, s5pe:r, sofreir, son5:kl;

lezafa;
bfre:r,
'latait,
3etydi melso, salezetydi:
lez3:kl;
cepeir,
oefre:r,
samezo, sonekol;
lomate, laswa:r,
5ekri, solezekri;
cenom,
tapeir, lame:r,
lezapremidi;
5odonvoli:vr arobe:r,
3aledon arobeir.
pronunciation of mes
The sound [o], which is called often " mute
e," disappears when the preceding syllable ends in a vowel
sound followed by a single consonant sound, as in: les lecons
Observe the
elision of the [a] in the
lemons [melso].
Qelso], ses lecons [selso].

(2)
What
In
how many
decides this?
different
ways
are un, son, les
What name do we
pronounced?
give to the joining of
words as in mezafa, .ôlezekri, s5n5:kl? Do we say oenekol or

ynekol?
doigts;
(3) Write phonetically and pronounce: le doigt, les
l'ami, les amis; mon amie, mes amies. Do these nouns change
in sound in the plural, or only in spelling?
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
32
Pronounce:
(4)
trwazekol;
cenom;
cedwa,
katrokrejo, katrami;
33-34
d0me,
selso,
d0zafa;
sekami;
trwaplas,
sifre:r,
siizafa;
semezo, setom; qikaje, tritapremidi; noemorso, ncevami; diswaxr,

di:zafa.
how many ways
In
is
On what
each numeral pronounced?
does the change depend?
Write phonetically and read aloud: un
(5)
up
etc.,
to 10;
un
enfant,
deux enfants,
doigt,
etc.,
deux
doigts,
to 10.
(6) Write phonetically the answers to: 1. Combien de doigts

avez-vous?
3. Combien
2. Combien de tantes avez-vous?
de professeurs de francais avez-vous?
4. Combien de crayons
avez-vous a l'ecole?
5. Combien de crayons avez-vous a la
maison?
6. Combien d'oncles avez-vous {ou Combien avezvous d'oncles)?
(a) Pro(7) What have you to say about linking between:
noun subject and verb? (6) Article and noun? (c) Possessive adjective and noun?
(d) Forms of verb
to be and their
'
'
complements?
Look
for cases of
each in
above.
LESSON
Present Indicative of avoir,
33.
Affirmative
1.
I have,
ai
tu as
il
nous avons
vous avez
ils
VI
ont
have
to
2.
Negative
I have
etc.
[se]
je n'ai pas
[tya]
tu n'as pas
[ila]
il
[nuzavo]
not, etc.
n'a pas
nous n'avons pas

vous n'avez pas
[jvuzave]
[ilzo]
ils
n'ont pas
[sanepa]
[tvnapa]
[ilnapa]
[nunavopa]
[vunavepcf]
[ilnopa]
34. Pronouns in Address.

form tu = thou or you is used
in familiar address:
Avez-vous ma plume, monsieur?

As-tu ta plume, mon enfant?
Have you my pen, sir?

Have you your pen, my
N.B. Translate
you by vous
required by the context.
You
is
regularly vous;
the
child?
in the exercises, unless the use of tu is
33
lesson vi
35-36
De -f- le and de + les are always condu and des; the remaining forms are not con-
Contractions.
35.
tracted into
de
tracted, thus,
la,
de
in full:
1'
The brother's pen.

The sisters' pens.
The pupil's pen.
La plume du [dy] fiere.

Les plumes des [de] soeurs.
But: La plume de i'eleve.
The
36.
Partitive
Noun and Pronoun.
Some
1.
or any,
whether expressed or implied before a noun in English, is

regularly expressed in French by de + the definite article:
Avez-vous de
Have you (some)
la craie?
chalk
(lit.,
'of
the chalk')?
J'ai
de
Has she
(any) bread?
have (some) ink.
Has he (any) brothers?
du pain?
A-t-elle
Z'encre.
des freres?
A-t-il
In a general negation the partitive
2.
expressed by de
is
alone
de
II
n'a pas
II
n'a pas cf amis.
Some
3.
pressed in
En,
X.B.
lish of
it,
followed
yen
a une.
when the
ferent
ink?
(any)
Has he a pen?
He
has
He has one.
object of the verb
is
Eng-
a numeral not
noun.
II
en a une.
lettres ecrivez-vous?
ecris quatre aujourd'hui.
The
he
(some).
like the other partitive expressions, is often equal to
une plume?
Combien de
4.
its
Has
a.
II
of tlicm, especially
l>y
has no friends.
any as a pronoun = en, which must be exFrench, even when omitted in English (cf. 80):
en
une plume? H en
A-t-il
has no bread.
or
de l'encre?
A-t-il
A-t-il
He
He
pain.
Has he
a pen?
He has one.
How many letters

am
do you write?
from the usage of
Avez-vous des crayons?

Oui, monsieur, j'en ai.
en in the sentence is difEnglish: en always comes directly
position of the pronoun
before the verb, except in
writing four (of them) to-day.
one instance
(cf.
113):
Have you
(any) pencils?
Yes,
have some.
sir, I
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
34
36
EXERCISE VI
un eleve [cenekiv] pupil
il
marche [mar$] he walks,
is
walking, does walk
une eleve [ynels:v] pupil

le mur [my:r] wall
parler [parle] speak (infini-
le
plafond [plaf 5] ceiling
le
plancher [pla$e] floor
le
pupitre
tive)
je sors [so:r] I
desk
[pypitr]
go out,
am going
out
{pupil's)
aller [ale] to
il sort [so:r] he goes out

nous sortons [sorts] we go out
vous sortez [sorte] you go out
nous voulons [vul5] we wish,
want, are willing
vous voulez [vule] you wish,
want, are willing
go
[ve] I am going, go, do

go
il va [va] he is going, goes
nous allons [nuzal5] we go, are
going
je vais
vous allez [vuzale] you are going,

go
il
commence [koma:s] he
en [a] of it, of them (pronoun)

en [a] in (preposition; to be
is
beginning
used by pupils only in ex-
ecoutez! [ekute] listen! (im-
pressions found in text)
perative)
apres [apre] after
nous entrons (dans) [nuzatro da]
we
par [par] by
enter, go in
j'en suis
[sasqi] I belong to
n'est-ce pas?[nespa] don't
A.
ficoutez,
1.
frangais.
En
mesâmis.
parler
6.
of
them,
isn't it true?
Oui,
2.
4. Nous_avons des livres,

Le professeur en__a aussi. II a
Nousêtudions le frangais.
7.
Vous
professeur.
des crayons et du papier.
voulez
it,
classe de
monsieur (mademon_amie Marie enêstâussi. 3. Nous
sommes dixêleves et le
aussi de la craie.
of
sommesên
Nous
etes-vous, Robert?
moiselle), j'en suis, et
am
it,
you? don't we?
francais,
5.
n'est-ce
pas?
8.
Oui,
monsieur,
Eh bien (Well then),

9.
nous voulons parler francais.
10. Voila les murs de la
La classe a quatre murs.
classe.
11. Voila, le plafond, et vous marchez sur le plancher.
12. C'ombien de portes la classe a-t-elle (has the classrooni)?
Ellc en a
Combien de fenetres?
13.
Elle en a une.
14.
Lesêleves ont des pupitres et le professeur a
trois.
15. Elle est devant le professeur, et le professeur
une table.
6coutez:
LESSON VI
36
35
16. Xousêntrons dans la classe par la

nousâllonsâ nos places, nousôuvrons les livres ct la
17. Apres la classe, nous fermons les livres
lecon commence.
devant les_eleves.
est
porte,
nous sortons par
et
la porte.
18.
Pardon,
19.
Pierre [pj?:r].
Xous
sortons par la fenetre,
mademoiselle, nous ne sortons
pas par la fenetre.

B.
(1)
nous,
and
affirmatively
Xous entrons dans
A:
of
Using in turn as subjects
rewrite
je,
il,
vous in place of
sentences 16-19
elle,
negatively,
the
la classe, etc., to the end.
Substitute the partitive expression for the article
(2)
aloud:
les doigts, les
mains,
le papier, les
and read
amis, les amies, les
apres-midi, la craie, les mots.

(3)
Supply
ont
the
freres et
fenetres.
et
craie.
doigts
plumes.
II
aloud:
lis
mains.
et
5.
1.
portes
Mademoiselle
mots dans son cahier. 7. Xous

8. Vous donnez
Elle ecrit
9.
read
Xous ouvrons
ont
lis
mots dans nos
papier a Robert.
a.
2.
papier et
6.
ecrivoiis
(4)
sceurs.
3.
Donnez-moi
4.
expression and
partitive
cahiers.
craie a la main.
Write affirmative and negative answers, losing the parti-
pronoun: 1. Avez-vous des freres?

2. A-t-il du papier?
Avons-nous des doigts?
4. Etes-vous
de notre classe?
5. Etudions-nous des lecons?
6. Ont-ils des sceurs?
7. Avezvous de la craie a la main?
live
3.
Write negative answers
b.
noun
noun
the
the
objects,
and
to the
then
pronoun for
objects.
(5)
Conjugate:
C.
children.
questions under a, first keeping
substituting the partitive
2.
1.
Je n'ai pas d'amis.
You have
1.
You
2.
Je n'en
ai
are in the classroom,
pas.
(my)
paper, pens, pencils, and notebooks.
The classroom has doors, windows, and walls.

4. Listen.
you are not writing your lesson.
5. I have no paper,
3.
Louise,
You
haven't any?
Excuse me, you have some. There

I have no chalk.
Pierre has some
chalk in his hand, and Jeanne has some too.
8. How many
fingers have you?
9. There are ten of us (we are
I have ten.
ten) pupils in the classroom with our teacher.
10. Do you
>ir.
it
is
6.
in front of Robert.
7.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
36
of) the French class, Marie?

and Henri belongs to it too.
want to speak French.
belong to (Are you

I
belong to
it,
We
you want?
37-38
11.
12.
Yes,
sir,
What do
D. (1) After several readings aloud, first by the teacher,

then by the class in concert, the pupils should be asked to retell
orally and in writing the facts about the classroom in A.
(2)
Dictation:
Lesson V, A.
Write phonetically and pronounce: un oncle, des oncles;
un eleve, des eleves; un mot, des mots; une tante, des tantes;
un pupitre, des pupitres; un plancher, des planchers; un mur,
des murs. What is the plural of un, une?
LESSON
37.
1
VII
Present Indicative of avoir {continued)

Intern
3S
LESSON
VII
EXERCISE VH
le
beurre [bce:r] butter
la
bouche [bu:$] mouth
la
dent [dd] tooth

langue [ld:g] tongue,
la
j'entends [dtd] I hear, do hear

entend [ata] he hears
il
lan-
guage
une
le
oreille [ore:j] ear
hearing
pain [pe] bread, loaf of bread
la tete [te:t]
les
nous entendons [nuzdtddo] we do

hear
vous entendez [vuzdtdde] you are
yeux m.
mange [ma: 5] I am eating

mange [ma: 5] she is eating
nous mangeons [ma 13 5] we do eat
vous mangez [maise] you eat
je
head
elle
[lezjo] eyes
onze [5:z] eleven

douze [du:z] twelve
treize [tre:z] thirteen
il
je parle [pari] I
am
speaking
quatorze [katorz] fourteen

quinze [ke:z] fifteen
parle [pari] she talks, speaks

nous parlons [pari 5] we talk
donne
vous parlez [parle] you speak
[don]
he
is
elle
giving,
gives
we
[vwa] I see, do see

[vwa] she sees, is seeing
nous voyons [vwaj 5] we do see
vous voyez [vwaje] you are seeing
je vois
nous donnons [dono] we are giving,

give
vous donnez [done] you are giving

nous ecoutons [nuzekuto] we lis-
elle voit
ten
vous ecoutez [vuzekute] you are

listening
A. (1)
1.
mais [me] but, why [not in a

question); mais non! Why
no!
ficoutez, Jean! ficoutez,
mesâmis! Que faites-vous?
Xouswecoutons.
Ecrivez dans votre cahier, Marie!
Marie ou
Elle
dans son
6 Donnez votre plume
Que donnezRobert.
vous a Robert. Henri?
Je donne ma plume a Robert.
Qu'avez-vous a main, Louise?
a main
mon
de frangais.
X'avez-vous pasâussi votre
crayon a
Oui, mademoiselle;
main?
aussi
2.
3.
ecrit-êlle?
4.
5.
Serit
cahier.
7.
a,
8.
9.
la
livre
la
<
Irs livres ft
(2)
1-
10.
J'ai
la
11.
12.
et j'ai
du papier, mais Pierre n'en_â
Combien
de
tetes avez-vous,
pas.
Maurice [niDris]?
J'en_ai une, et Henri en_a une et professeur enâ une

aussi.
X'avez-vous pas deux mains, Pierre?
Oui.
mademoiselle. j'en_ai deux.
Et combien de doigts Louise
2.
le
3.
4.
5.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
38
38
Elle enwa dix [dis] et Marie a dix doigts [didwa]

Combien de mains Robert
en_a deux.
des^yeux et une bouche.
Dans
Nousâvons desw
Le
la bouche nousâvons une langue et des dents.
Oui, enwa deux.
des^preilles aussi?
professeur
Que faites-vous avec vosôreilles, meswamis (monâmi)?
Nousêntendons (j'entends) avec lesôreilles, nous
a-t-elle?
6.
a-t-il?
7.
aussi.
II
oreilles,
8.
9.
10.
a-t-il
il
11.
12.
(je vois) avec les^êux, nous parlons (je parle) avec

langue et la bouche, et nous mangeons (je mange) avec les
voyons
la
Que
mangez-vous?
Nous mangeons du
Qu'avez-vous dans la bouche?
14.
pain avec du beurre.
J'ai un morceau de pain dans la bouche.
dents.
13.
B.
I
(1)
Say in French:
(we, you) go in;
I (we,
you) open;
(we, you) go out;
I (we,
you) close;
(we, you) stay;
you) write; I (we, you) listen; I

(we, jr ou) hear; I (we, you) see; I (we, you) talk; I (we, you)
eat; listen, eat, speak, stay, go out, come in, write; I (we, you)
(we, you)
study;
go; I am,
we
(2)
(we,
(you) are.
3.
1. Vous voyez avec

Nous mangeons avec
5.
mangez-vous?
Complete:
beurre.
7.
Combien
doigts
4.
Vous
avez-vous?
9. Et combien
dix (See A, (2), 6).
10.
[a] elided) le professeur a-t-il?
parlez avec
pain avec
Je
6.
J'entends avec
2.
8.
J'
ai
yeux [j0] (preceding
II
a deux.
Study the examples of the use of en in A, (2) and
make a rule for the use of en with numerals.
(3)
try to
C. Translate into French: 1. Do you want some butter with

3. But you have some
2. I have no bread.
your bread?
4. I beg your pardon, I have none (haven't any).
butter.
5.
Has the man
ears
and eyes and teeth?
6.
He
has ears and
8. He
7. How many ears has he?
but he has no teeth.
9. I hear with my (the) ears and see with my (the)
has two.
11. I have teeth and I am
10. Have you no teeth?
eyes.
12. Do you want
eating some bread, but I have no butter.
13. I have ten fingers;
some? Why (Mais) yes, sir (miss).
14. There are fifteen of us pupils (We are fifteen
he has ten.
eyes,
pupils) in the classroom.
15.
I see fifteen in
the classroom.
LESSON
39
39
VIII
Read:
(1)
silisvr, si:zami, elanasis; nceda, noevami, vuzanadidwa, navonupadiizami? laprofesce:ranadis.
venoef;
In
how many ways
are the words for
6,
and 10 pronounced?
Explain.
In how many ways are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 pronounced (see

Lesson V, Exercise in Pronunciation, 4) ? Explain.
Count: 5:z, du:z, tre:z, katorz, ke:z.
Count 1-15, putting after each numeral a noun beginning
with a consonant, and then one beginning with a vowel. For
example: 5 crayons, 5 eleves. Write out the combinations in
phonetic characters.
What two ways do you know
of spelling the sound [e]?

sound [o]? What sound does
the letter o (not in combination or nasal) usually represent?
One exception so far: what is it? What sound does the letter
a (not in combination or nasal) usually represent? Name the
two exceptions up to this point. What sound does the combina(2)
What
three
ways
of spelling the
tion ai (not nasal) usually represent?
What
is
oreille, so as to get
how
What
is
the
name
[e:j].
of this
1.
Pronounce
sound?
LESSON
39.
the two exceptions.
the French quality (see
the -eille of oreille gives
sun.
Name
the position of your lips in pronouncing [o] as in porte,
(See 16, 1).
VIII
Present Indicative of etre,

Affirmative
14,
to
1)?
Note
le soleil [solcij],
be
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
40
Interrogative
3.
Am
I?
40
Negative Interrogative
4.
Am
etc.
I not?
etc.
suis-je?
[sqi:3]
ne
es-tu?
[ety]
n'es-tu pas?
[netypa]
est-il?
[etfl]
n'est-il
pas?
[nstilpcQ
[etvu]
sont-ils?
[s5til]
Observe that
40.
also
it,
and
elle
since there are but
Oii est la
Ou
il
plume?
Elle est
mean not only
two genders
ici.
sont les plumes? Elles sont
ici.
map, card
[kotreir] opposite
le
contraire
la
France [fra:s] France
le
jour [suit] day
la nuit
[nqi] night
of
he and she, but

nouns in French:
Where is the pen? It is here.

Where are the pens? They arehere.
EXERCISE
la carte [kart]
[nasqiispa]
ne sommes-nous pas? [nasomnupcf]

n'etes-vous pas?
[netvupa]
ne sont-ils pas?
[nasotilpa]
sommes-nous? [somnu]
etes-vous
suis-je pas?
Vm
il
comprend [koprcQ he does
understand
nous comprenons [koprano] we
understand
vous comprenez [k5prane] you
understand
autre [otr] other
compter [k5te3 count (infin.)

comptez! [k5te] count! (im-
bon [bo] good

ferme [ferme] closed
ouvert [uve:r] open
perative)
dormir
petit [pati] small, little
tout [tu]
all;
[dormi:r]
entendre
everything
sleep
be asleep
(infin.),
(as a pronoun)
[ata:dr]
hear
(infin.)
quinze [ks:z] fifteen

seize [se:z] sixteen
dix-sept [disset] seventeen

dix-huit [dizqit] eighteen
dix-neuf [dizncef] nineteen

vingt [ve] twenty
comprendre [k5pra:dr] understand

je
(infin.)
comprends [k5prfi] I understand, do understand
manger [ma:se] eat

ils
they stay, remain

nous tactions (de) [ta:$5] we are
trying
(to), etc.
vous tachez (de) [ta:$e] you are

trying
(to), etc.
bien [bj]
pour [pur]
c'est [se]
well,
very well
for, in
it is,
that
voulez-vous bien? [vulevubjg] will you (please)?

are you willing to?
(infin.)
restent, elles restent [rsst]
order to
is
LESSON
40
q)
41
VIII
_ Ou etes-vous, mesâmis?
Nous sommesj
2.
Je
Que voyez-vous, Louise? 4.
dans la classe. 3.
plancher,
un
plafond,
un
murs,
des
vois une porte, des fenetres,
C'est tout, Pierre?
5.
un tableau noir, et notre professeur.
livres,
6 -Non, monsieur (mademoiselle); je vois aussi des
l'Scole,
crayons, des pupitres.

des plumes, des cahiers, vingt eleves, des
C'est bon,
S.
France.
de
carte
7. Sur le mur je vois une
Vous voyez tout.

Pierre.
10. Jeanne:
eleves?
les
vingtêleves.
Nous
12.
Voulez-vous bien compter

un eleve, deux_eleves
9.
combien
11. Bien!
sommes vingt_eleves.
etes-vous?
d'eleves
Et
13.
porte,
la
14. Xon, mademoiselle, elle est

est-elle ouverte [uvert]?
15.
Et les fenetres, sontêlles ouvertes?
fermee [ferme].
16.
Une des fenetres estôuverte et les deux autres sont fer-
niees.
i.
(2)
le
Que
frangais.
en classe?
faites-vous
3.
nous tachons de comprendre.

mots ouverte et fermee ?
4.
et
Xousôuvrons
la
porte,
elle
2.
Xousêtudions
nous_ecoutons
francais,
Le professeur parle
5.
Comprenez-vous
Oui, mademoiselle.
les
estôuverte.
Xousêntrons
6.
Elle est fermee

nous fermons la porte.
ouverte?
est-elle
bouche
Votre
7. Bon!
maintenant,
manpour
parler
et
pour
l'ouvre
Je
mademoiselle.
Oui,
8.
Elles
sontôuvertes.
Elles
vos_oreilles?
9
Et
ger
Et vos wyeux,
10.
restent [rest] ouvertes pour entendre.
dans'la classe et
restent-ils
[restatil]
ouverts
[uve:r]?
11.
Xon.
made-
moiselle, je les^puvre le matin; le jour ils restent ouverts.

Bien!
Porte
12.
La nuit je les ferme pour dormir.
13. Ecoutez
ouverte est le contraire de porte fermSe.
mes yeux sontôuverts [uve:r], les deux portes
bien:
Louise
14. Henri est-Jl petit [pati]
sontôuvertes [uvert].
estêlle petite [patit]?
B.
(1)
Where reasonably
possible,
make
every
verb
in
negative.
Substitute the proper personal
(2)
in:
3.
1.
II
Je vois une porte.
compte
les Sieves.
4.
2.
pronoun for
Xous Scoutons
Ouvrez-vous
(he
le
la fenetre?
noun
object
professeur.
5.
Com-
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
42
40
7. Ne
6. Vous ne voyez pas mes dents.
prenez-vous le mot?
8. Ne fermez-vous pas les yeux
voyez-vous pas mes dents?
10. Je ne
9. Je vois une carte de France.
pour dormir?
12. Nous
11. Avez-vous des amis?
comprends pas le mot.
14. Nous
13. Nous entendons des mots.
avons des dents.
voyons nos amies.
Make
(3)
15.
words and using as

pas,
en.
2.
quatre.
et fenetres.
vous?
many
dents,
II,
Vous
5.
J'entends
le
mot.
sentences of the groups of words, supplying lacking
9.
Portes,
10.
Soeurs,
en, voyons,
pas.
ontraire.
3.
ne
Porte
6.
ne
mais,
4.
II voit,
pas.
J'ai,
portes,
Entendez-
8.
porte
ouverte,
ouvertes,
J'ai,
1.
avez-vous?
tachez, la nuit, de dormir.
Nous,
7.
ne
partitives as possible:
a.
fermee,
le
fermees.
fenetres,
Pierre, petit et Louise, petite.
11.
C.
1.
Are your books open? Are the
Has the classroom windows and doors?

3. It has windows, doors, walls, desks, a ceiling, and a floor.
Yes.
There are the pupils' books.
4. Have the pupils books?
5. They have notebooks too, and pens, and paper, and pencils,
6. The teacher has some in his hand.
but they have no chalk.
7. What are you doing?
We are listening to the teacher.
8. She is speaking French and we are trying to understand
her.
9. Do you understand her, Marie?
Yes, I understand
windows open?
her.
D.
10.
The
2.
That's good.
differences
of spelling
and pronunciation of ouvert,
a difference in what? To judge

by ferme, fermee, do these same differences appear in every case?
ouverte;
Would
petit, petite are
the addition of
in the pronunciation of
due
to
an s for the plural make any

any of these words?
difference
Ecrivez en caracteres phon^tiques et prononcez:
vingt eleves.
2.
leslivres.
4.
ouverts.
6.
porte.
8.
II
Oil
etes-vous,
mes amis?
Nous entrons dans la classe.

Nous tudions le francais.
compte
les eleves.
5.
7.
1.
Je vois
Vous voyez
Vos yeux restent
Vous ouvrez la
3.
LESSON IX
41-43
4S
LESSON IX
41. The Regular Conjugations.
French verbs are conveniently divided, according to the infinitive endings -er,
-re, into three conjugations:
-ir,
II
Donner [done] to give
Like these are conjugated
sponding
1.
Affirmative
am
donn
tu donn
il donn
nous donn
vous donn
ils donn
je
2.
I do not
giving, etc.
es
[sadon]
[tydon]
[ildon]
ne
tu ne
il ne
nous ne
vous ne
ils ne
je
ons [nudono]
ez
[vudone]
ent
[ildon]
Interrogative
4.
Am
Am I giving ? do I give ? etc.

donne-je?
donnes-tu?
[done: 3]
donne-t-il?
[dontil]
ne
ne
ne
ne
ne
ne
[donty]
donnons-nous? [dononu]
donnez-vous? [donevu]
donnent-ils?
43.
regular verbs with corre-
Present Indicative of donner,
give,
3.
all
[vfi:dr] to sell
infinitive endings.
42.
III
Vendre
Fini'r [fini:r] to finish
[dontil]
Interrogation.
literally,
is
it
that?
By
to give
Negative
am
give,
not giving,
donn e pas
donn es pas
donn e pas
donn ons pas
donn ez pas
donn ent pas
etc.
[3andonpa]
[tyndonpa]
[ilnadonpa]
[nundonopa]
[vundonepa]
[ilnadonpa]
Negative Interrogative
I not giving
do I not give
donne-je pas?
donnes-tu pas?
donne-t-il pas?
donnons-nous pas?
donnez-vous pas?
donnent-ils pas?
prefixing the
any statement
? etc.
[nadonsispa]
[nadontypa]
[nadontilpa]
[nadononupa]
[nadonevupa]
[nadontilpa]
words est-ce que?
may
be turned into a
question:
Vous avez mon canif.

Est-ce que vous avez mon canif?
Est-ce que vous n'aimez pas la
marche?
que?
Don't you
like
walking?
The first singular interrogative form (e.g., donne-je? suis-je?

avoided in most verbs, and must he avoided in some, by using est-ce
In the exercises, use est-ce que? everywhere with the 1st singular.
NOTE.
etc.) is
You have my penknife.

Have you my penknife?
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
44
The Demonstrative Adjective.

must be repeated
44.
forms, and they
its
which they
\
[
These, those
2.
-ci
To
=
ici)
o.
is
noun
to
ce [sa], before a masculine beginning with a consonant.
m. beginning with a vowel or

any feminine.
before any plural.
h,
mute.
or for emphasis,
add
cette [set], before
ces [se],
from
distinguish this
and
that,
respectively to the
-la.
noun
This (or that) book, man, friend.

This pencil and those pens.
In the combinations c'est and ce sont the demonstrative pronoun

it (standing for and pointing to the real
often equal to English
subject that follows),

C'est
following are
before each
cet [set], before a
Ce livre, cet homme, cette amie.

Ce crayon-cf et ces plumes-Za.
ce
The
44
refer:
[
This, that
1.
mon ami
Ce sont
he, she, they.
It (he) is
Pierre.
les enfants
Est-ce [es] vous?
ma
de
tante.
C'est vous.
They
are
my friend Pierre.
my aunt's children.
Is it (that)
you?
It
is
you.
EXERCISE IX
nous nous appelons [nunuzaplo]
we are named, etc.
vous vous appelez [vuvuzaple]
you are named
un age [cenais] age

un an [<na] year
le
la
cousin [kuze] cousin

cousine [kuzin] cousin
la fille [fi:j]
e
le
a
le
fils [fis]
daughter,
girl
son
je
garcon [garso] boy

marche [marS] walking
;, regarde [ragard] hp ^ looking

noug regardons [nurqard5]
voug regardez [vurgarde]
sport [spo:r] sport

fort [fo:r] strong
grand
regardef [ragarde] look (at)

regarde [39rgard:i t i ook at
dites [dit] say, tell (impera-
[grfi] large, tall
tive of dire)
quel? m. [kel] what:
attentivement
aimer j>me]
like,
j'aime [cm] I (do)
[atdtivma]
attentively
love
like,
love
comment? [komci] how?

lentement [lat(a)mfi] slowly
je
il
m'appelle
[mapal]
named,
my name
s'appelle [sapel] he
is
am
plus [ply]
more
is
vite [vit] rapidly, quickly
named
parce que [parska] because
LESSON IX
44
EXERCISE IX
45
(Continued)
how
quel age avez-vous [kelaioaveviO
ans [setrwazfi] I am three;

vous plait [silvupk] please.
j'ai trois
s'il
*
tive.
old are
you?
a quinze ans, he
il
Endings like donner, but observe the pronunciation

See Lesson V, Exercise in Pronunciation, (1).
A.
1.
(1)
ami?
2.
selle).
3.
monsieur
4.
(mademoiselle),
ma mere
pas grande [gra:d].
6.
que vousâvez des

(mademoiselle),
freres et des sceurs?
j'ai
un
mes
il
est grand,
tres fort
Oui,
8.
et
baseball
j'aime les sports.
14.
J'aime
[besbal] et la marche.
15.
frere
Germaine
Edouard a treize ans;

Germaine a huitâns,
10.
11.
(foir).
mais
monsieur
Mon
9.
Jeanne a dix-sept wans, et Adele en^,a dix-neuf.

grandes [grfi:d] et fortes [fort].
13. Moi, je
aussi
ans.
Est-ce
7.
sceurs s'appellent
[3ermen], Jeanne et Adele [adel].
mais
quinze
frere et trois sceurs.
s'appelle fidouard [edwa:r], et
est petit;
mon
Est-ce que votre pere est grand
[grcf|!
elle n'est
*].
(mademoi-
J'ai
Vousêtes grand
aussi?
Oui, monsieur
est petite;
fifteen.
of the pres. indica-
Comment vous_appelez-vous [vuzaplevu
Je m'appelle Maurice,
Quel age avez-vous?
5.
il
is
le
tennis
Mes
Elles sont
12.
suis
tres fort
[tenis],
le
aiment
le
sceurs
tennis; maisêlles n'aiment pas la marche.
Est-ce que cette petite

Non, mademoiselle,
Et ces
garcon-la.
petites
(2)
1.
fille-ci
c'est
2.
trois
3.
sceurs ne sont pas
grandes
filles-la
(she
wa
l'ecole;
elles
est
is)
sceur
filles-la?
sontâ
sont lesênfants de
wune de vos sceurs?
la
la
4.
de ce petit
Non,
maison.
mon woncle.
6.
5.
mes
Ces
Ce sont
(They are) mes cousines, et cet eleve-ci est son fils.

7. C'est
(He is) mon cousin.
8.
Est-ce que cetêleve-la ecoute le
professeur?
9.
Oui, il l'^coute attentivement. maisîl ne
comprend pas tres bien, parce que le professeur parle tres
vite.
10. Parlez plus lcntement, monsieur, s'il vous plait.
11. Nous 6coutons tresâttentivement mais
nous ne vous
comprenons
1
pas.
Observe the disappearance of the [a] in the pronunciation

See Lesson V, Exercise in Pronunciation, (1).
[aple].
of appelez
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
46
Write, supplying the proper form:
B.
enfant
eleve (m. and
(/.),
apres-midi,
carte,
ce,
cet,
/.),
cette, or ces;
gargon,
fille,
yeux,
cartes,
44
jour,
nuit.
count the pupils.

2. He
the classroom.
4. We
eat bread and butter.
5. You look at the map.
6. They
begin the lesson.
7. Don't I speak French? (see 43, note)
S. Doesn't he listen to the teacher? {two ways)
9. Don't
C.
(1)
studies his lesson.
1.
She enters
3.
(in)
at the map? {two ways)

10. Don't they study?
do not close the door.
12. She does not eat butter.
13. We do not eat any.
14. You do not return home in the
morning; you return home in the afternoon.
15. They do
not come in.
we look
11.
(2) 1. I count the pupils; he counts them; they count the

windows; we count them.
2. We do not stay at home in the
morning; they stay at home in the evening.
3. He opens
the door; they open it; it is open.
4. Look at the map!
What do you see? 5. They look at it; they study it. 6. Come
They
in!
bread;
enter (in) the classroom
they eat some.
bread?
9.
8.
by the
Do you want
Do you want some?
door.
7.
They
eat
(Voulez-vous) some
We
Don't you want any?
eat none.
is
2. Her name
1. My name is Robert.
4. What is your
name is Joffre Qpfr].
Their (/.) name is Hugo [ygo].
(3) Dites
en francais:
Adele.
3.
name?
D.
5.
His
Dictation:
Lesson VII, A,
(2).
(1)
Fjcrivez en caracteres phonetiques et prononcez:
garôn est
petit.
2.
Cette
fille
est petite.
3.
8.
6.
Ce
4. Cet homme est grand.

5. Cet enfant est
Mademoiselle est forte.
7. Le cahier estôuAcrt.
est grande.
fort.
1.
Cette maison
La
porte est^puverte.
(2)
Pronounce the feminine
of grand, ouvert, petit.
LESSON
45-47
47
LESSON X
Note the following exceptions to the
nouns and adjectives is formed
Plural Forms.
45.
rule (31) that the plural of
by adding
1.
Xouns
the plural,
nose(s);
2.
-ou,
-s to the singular:
bras, arm(s);
bras,
in -s, -x,
remain unchanged
voix, voix, voice(s);
in
nez, nez,
bas, bas, low; vieux, vieux, old.
Xouns and adjectives in -au, nouns in -eu, and a few nouns in

add -x instead of -s, e.g., couteau, couteaux, knife, knives;' beau,
beaux, fine;
jeu, jeux, game(s);
loux, pebble{s),
3.
and adjectives
in -s, -x, -z,

e.g.,
and a few
rarer
bijou, bijoux, jewel(s);
Xouns, and the commoner adjectives,
and add -x
(as
above),
e.g.,
general,
rivaux, rival(s), except bal, bals, ball(s),

(Eil,
4.
46.
caillou, cail-
nouns in -ou.
in -al
change
generaux,
and a few
-al to
general(s);
-au
rival,
rarer nouns.
yeux, eye(s); del, cieux, sky, skies, heaven{&).
Contractions.
The forms a
and a
4- le
4- les
are
always contracted into au and aux respectively; the remaining forms are not contracted, thus, a
Je parle au [o] frere.
Aux
[o] sceurs, aux [oz]
But: Je parle a
la soeur,
hommes.
1'
in full:
the sisters, to the
men
a 1'homme.
Voila des plumes sur la table.
y a des plumes sur
speak to the brother.
To
1.
There
47. Use of il y a [ilja],
only translated by voila, but also by
II
la,
la table.
is
and
il
y a:
there are are
There are some pens on the

There are some pens on the
not
table.
table.
2. Observe, however, that voila answers the question

'where is?' 'where are?' and makes a specific statement
about an object to which attention is directed by pointing or

the like, while il y a does not answer the question 'where is?'
'where are?' but makes a general statement.
Voila is
stressed, il y a is unstressed, just as in English there is (are)
is
usually -stressed or unstressed according as
or merely
makes a general statement.
it
points out
H7
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
48
3.
II
y a governs nouns just as other transitive verbs do:

(some) pens to Mary.
There are (some) pens on the
I give
Je donne des plumes a Marie.

y a des plumes sur la table.
II
table.
EXERCISE X
le
bas [ba] stocking
vingt-quatre [vgtkatr] 24
le
bijou [biou] jewel
vingt-cinq [vtsek] 25
vingt-six [vetsis] 26
le
bout [bu] tip, end

bras [bra] arm
le
cheval [ta$val] horse
vingt-huit [vetqit] 28
le
corps [ko:r]
le
couteau [kuto] (table-)knife
la
difference [difera:s] difference
quelle?
le
general [seneral] general
qui? [ki]
la
jambe [5a :b]
le
vingt-sept [vetset] 27
vingt-neuf [vetncef] 29
body
trente [tra:t] 30
[bo]
want
read
porter [parte] wear, carry
prononcer
plural
pro-
[pron5:se]
nounce
voix [vwa] voice
beau
what?
desirer [deziire] wish,

lire [li:r]
pied [pje] foot
le pluriel [plyrjel]
la
[ksl]
who? whom?
leg
nez [ne] nose

un ceil [denceij] eye
le
le
/.
fine,
distinctement
handsome,
[distekt(a)ma]
distinctly
beautiful
en francais [frase]
in
French
vieux [vj0] old

vingt et
un
entre [a:tr] between

pourquoi? [purkwa] why?
[vtece] 21
vingt-deux [vend0] 22
vingt-trois [vettrwa] 23
A.
(1)
classe
1.
II
a vingtêt
de francais.
desirent
le
etudiez-vous
lire,
le
livres francais,
le
2."lls
quand?
mesâmis?
when?
un ou vingt-deuxêleves dans
wetudient
eomprendre
francais?
[kfi]
4.
5.
et
le
le
Desirez
Oui,
francais
parler.
cette
parce qu'ils
3.
(voulez)-vous
Pourquoi
lire
des
monsieur, nous voulons
(dSsirons) lire les" livres de Victor Hugo, de Maupassant

[mopasa], de Balzac [balzak], d'Anatole France [anatolfra:s],
de Dumas [dyma], de Voltaire [volte :r], de Beaumarchais
[bomaree], de Lesage [bsa^], de Moliere [moljeir], et nous
dsirons
6.
(voulons) eomprendre
le
francais et le parler
aussi.
Eh bien, mesâmis, coutez-moi tresâttentivement parce
que
je vais
vous parler en francais.
MOLIERE
(JEAX-BAPTISTE POQUELIN)
Victor
Hugo
LESSON
47
49
Com2.
Oui, monsieur.
(2) 1. Entendez-vous ma voix?
Oui,
3.
prenez-vous les mots quand je parle lentement?
monsieur, mais nous ne comprenons pas quand vous parlez
4.
Eh, bien, ecoutez. Je vais parler lentement et
vite.
Voici mon corps.

5. J'ai un corps.
prononcer distinctement.
Au bout de mes deux bras, j'ai deux
6. Voici mes deux bras.
7. II y a cinq doigts a cette main et cinq doigts a
mains.
8. Voici
cette main; combien de doigts est-ce que j'ai?
mon nez. Est-ce que j'ai un nez ou deux nez? 9. Et Louise,
Et un
10. A-t-elle trois^yeux?
combien de nez a-t-elle?
11. Et combien d'yeux
cheval combien d'yeux [dj0] a-t-il?
12. Et vousâvez deux jambes
[dj0] ont douze chevaux?
13. Et les
[3fi:b] et deux pieds [d0pje], Henri, n'est-ce pas?
listen ont quatre.
chevaux combien de jambes onMls?
Qu'avez Combien de jambes ont sept chevaux?
Ou portezpieds.
aux
bas
des
vous aux pieds?
Non, monsieur,
porte
bas, aux mains?
vous
Qu'avez-vous au bout des
aux pieds et aux jambes.
15.
14.
16.
J'ai
je les
17.
les
18.
jambes?
B.
1.
19.
J'ai mes deux
Allezâu tableau
pieds au bout de
(noir), Jean.
2.
mes jambes.
Ecrivezâupluriel:
le
Maintenant ecrivez wau

bras, la voix, un general,
4. Dit-on (Do ive, people,
singulier: les yeux, les chevaux.
Voila
say): II y a vingt-trois_eleves dans cette classe, ou
II
a
mes
Dit-on:
5.
y
vingt-trois^leves dans cette classe?
II y
DhVqn:
?
6.
bras
deux
mes
deux bras , ou Voila,
un couteau.
3.
a notre professeur de francais , ou Voila notre professeur

Voil&
est la difference entre:
7. Quelle
de francais ?
qui
deux^leves
a
II
et
y
deuxêleves qui n'ecoutent pas!
n'ecoutent pas ?
C.
in
Translate into
this
French
French:
class.
2.
1.
There are twenty-nine pupils
The teacher speaks
to the pupils in
speaks slowly and the pupils try (tSchent de)

" What is your name
4. He says (dit)
to understand him.
5. " My
French? "
study
you
How old are you? Why do
6. I am studying because
name is Edward. I am sixteen.
(the) French.
I wish to read, understand, speak, and write
French.
3.
He
7.
Will you
(Voulez-vous bien) speak slowly?"
a french grammar
50
47
mon bras, mes bras;

(1) Write phonetically and pronounce:
sa voix, leurs voix; un bas, vos bas; son pere est vieux; ses
amis sont vieux; voici leurs couteaux; ces enfants sont beaux;
les bijoux de cette dame sont tres beaux.
Compare the pronunciation of the singular and plural
new words. Do they differ as to pronunciation from
words that make their plural according to 31? What will
(2)
of the
usually indicate to the ear the plural of such words?

un general,
(3) Write phonetically and read aloud:
des
generaux; un cheval, des chevaux; a l'ceil, aux yeux; au ciel,
aux cieux.
(4) Is this a mere spelling change as in livres, bijoux?
(5) Count aloud 1-30, putting after each numeral, first a
noun beginning with a consonant and then one beginning with
Note
a vowel: e.g., vingt-cinq couteaux, vingt-cinq amis.
that the final letter of vingt is heard as t in 21-29.
(6) Note the pronunciation of bras, tu as ( 33), as compared
with bas, pas. What is the usual pronunciation of the letter
a (alone and not nasal) ? Is this true of age ? of nous tachons ?
(7) Contrast the pronunciation of le soir, pourquoi, je vois,
What seems to be
la voix, voici, voila with that of trois.
the usual sound value of the spelling oi?
REVIEW OF VOCABULARY AND PRONUNCIATION

No.
(1)
(of
Nommez (Name)
parties
which) vous savez (know)
(2)
Quels sont
les
(3)
Nommez
tous
la classe
(4)
vite;
(5)
le
(parts)
nom
du corps
(12) dont
(name).
membres (members) d'une famille

(pluriel de tout) les objets
dont vous savez
le
(family)'?
(objects)
dans
nom.
Donnez les contraires de: nous ouvrons; le jour; petit;

nous sortons; ils ouvrent.
What words or expressions do you think of in connection
with the following?

le
les
plafond;
le
garcon;
l'apres-midi;
le
corps;
l'oncle;
en anglais; devant; voila;
le
le
crayon;
cahier;
LESSON X
47
pourquoi; j'ecoute; la nuit;
desirez-vous?
le
matin;
(6)
blanks with appropriate words:
Fill in
de mes
de Balzac.
Les
4.
5.
pas.
J'etudie
3.
quatre.
la famille;
la fille;
de.
mains? Les voila au

mais je ne vous
tres
51
le
Pourquoi?
sont vos
votre voix,
Parce que vous parlez
ont deux
les livres
les
dans cette
vingt-trois
II
Ou
1.
J'
je desire
francais
hommes
2.
classe.
en ont
6.
Nous
nous
avec
7. Nous
de la salle de classe par la porte.
les yeux.
de pain avec du
9. Sur le mur
8. Donnez-moi un
10. Nous tachons de vous
il y a une
de France.
?
11. Je
vous parler plus
mais vous
tres vite;
12. Quel age a-t-il?
II
vingt
ferme les yeux pour
avec ma plume dans mon
14. Com13. J'
Henri; ma sceur s'
vous? Je m'
ment vous
votre professeur de francais, s'il
15. Montrez
Louise.
Le
monsieur.
(7) What verbs do you know (seven or eight) that indicate the
avec
les
dents
nous
avec
les oreilles
activities
(a) of the brain, the eyes, or the ears, or (b) of the
limbs?
Use each in a sentence.
Pronunciation
(1)
does
To judge from words

the
spelling
ie
like papier, pied,
usually
have?
what sound value
Indicate
in
phonetic
characters.
What is the sound value of the combination ien, as in

combien? Of the combinations in, ain? Of the combination un as in un, Verdun?
Compare morceau,
(3) What two sounds has the letter c?
ciel, c'est, garcon, francais with carte, crayon, compter, and
(2)
bien,
make
(4)
a rule
(see
5,
4).
What two sounds
has the letter s?
professeur with maison, vous avez, and

part,
(5)
18,
Compare soir, sceur,

make a rule (see, in
1).
Pronounce:
avec, voir,
par,
nuit, huit, fermez, les yeux, cousin,
sceur,
anglais,
aimer (Lesson
est,
doigt,
I),
cheval
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
52
[Saval],
grand,
general,
Are
fils.
How
final
48-49
consonants
usually
compare in sound with

s as far as we have gone?
(6) What are the usual sound values for the spellings -on,
For the spelling -eu? Contrast
-en, -an, -in, -ain, -un, -ien?
beurre with vieux, yeux. For the spelling -ai? Contrast j'ai,
maison, with francais, s'il vous plait, vous faites.
(7) Compare the French sound 1 with English 1 ( 17, 7).
"Where is the tip of the tongue for French 1?
Is the tongue
(8) Compare French r with English r ( 17, 12).
brought farther forward in French? In French avoid using the
English r.
The French lingual r is sharper.
(9) Pronounce slowly and distinctly with attention to syllable division: general, desirer, regarder, attentivement, vous
comprenez, apres-midi, nous ecrivons, porter, vous vous apsounded in French?
other words ending in
does
fils
pelez, bonjour, merci, monsieur, mademoiselle.
LESSON
48.
An
Indefinite Pronoun.
XI
1.
One, some one, we, you,
used indefinitely, are represented in French by

on, with the verb always in the singular:
they, people,
On
2.
to
We
[5] parle de Jean.
it
When
by
following a verb with a final vowel,
-t- (cf
An on
Where do we
when
the agent
(etc.)
Interrogation.
is
is
begin?
brought.
Observe the frequently used
rogative phrase qu'est-ce que? = what? which
que?
joined
not mentioned:
Next the soup
Ensuite on apporte le potage.
of
is
construction often corresponds to an English
passive, especially
49.
on
29)
Par ou commence-t-on?
3.
(you, they, etc.) speak of John.
( 38, 3)
Qu'a-t-il? or Qu'est-ce
est-ce
gu'il
que?
a?
43):
What
has he?
is
inter-
made up
LESSON XI
50
53
Present Indicative of /aire,
50.
I do,
am
doing,
We
etc.
tu fais [tyfe]
fait
make
do,
{irreg.).
do, are doing, etc.
nous faisons [nufazo]

vous faites [vufet]
Us font
[ilfo]
je fais [safe]
to
[ilfe]
EXERCISE XI
l'algebre
/.
[lalseibr] algebra
l'arithmetique
apporter [aporte] cariy

bring
[laritmetik]
/.
commencer
arithmetic
une assiette [as jet] plate

la bonne [bon] maid, nurse
la cuiller [kqijeir] spoon
le
dessert [deseir] dessert
le
diner [dine] dinner
la
fourchette [turret] fork

[istwa:r]
diner [dine] dine
jouer [owe] play
nous lisons [liz5] we are reading

il prend [pra] he takes, is taking
preparer [prepare] prepare

repondez! [repode] reply!
history,
story
le
(imperative)
journal [surnal] newspaper
le latin
la
question [kestjo] question
la salle [sal] large
a manger
dining room
la salle
il
tasse [ta:s] cup
la
viande
[vjc"i:d]
se sert de [se:t] he
makes use
use
sonner [sone] ring

traduisez
[tradqize]
trans-
late (imperative)
travailler [travaje]
/.
I use,
use of
nous nous servons de [scrv5] we
work
[sjd:s-
comme [kom]
natyrel] natural science

la
de [samseirda]
of
room, hall
[salamQoe]
sciences naturelles
me sers
make
le
les
je
[late] Latin
legume [legym] vegetable

mathematiques /.
[matemat ik] mathematics
potage [pota:s] soup
le
les
[komase] be-
gin
le fruit [frqi] fruit
une histoire
(a)
(to),
as,
hke
que [ka] than
meat
d'abord [dabo:r] in the
age [aise] old, aged
first
place, first
s'amuser [samyze] enjoy oneself, have a good time

A.
2.
On
(1)
1.
Que
fait-on
etudie ses legons
(Qu'est-ce
l'6cole;
puis [pqi] then, in the next
place
qu'on
on
fait
fait)
du
1'eVole?
francais,
de
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
54
On
l'anglais,
du
matiques
et les sciences naturelles.
et
du
latin.
francais;
et le latin.
bien.
(2)
2.
4.
Je fais de l'arithmetique
est plus age, etudie aussi l'algebre
mais on joue aussi;
on s'amuse
joue au tennis et au football [futbal].
Repondez aux questions: 1. Qu'est-ce qu'on

qu'on va a l'ecole pour s'amuser?
fait
Est-ce
du latin a
Aimez-vous les sports?
4-6. Faites-vous
va-t-on a l'ecole?
de l'anglais?
l'histoire?
50
etudie aussi l'histoire, les mathe-
mon frere, qui

5. On travaille
On
6.
3.
7.
3.
a l'ecole?
Pcurquoi
l'ecole?
de
8-9. Fait-
10. Jouez-vous au
on du tennis a votre ecole? du baseball?
11. Avez-vous un frere?
12. Est-il plus age que
14. Aimez-vous les langues
13. Est-il plus grand?
vous?
15. Faites-vous de l'arithmetique
ou les sciences naturelles?
16. Aimez-vous l'histoire?
ou de l'algebre?
football?
(3)
L'apres-midi nous retournons de l'ecole et nous allons
1.
2. La porte est fermee.

Nous sonnons et on
Nous entrons dans la maison, et nous commencons
a la maison.
ouvre.
3.
4. On sonne
On commence a
nous entrons
D'abord
nous avons du potage.
6. Nous le mangeons avec une cuiller.
7. Puis la bonne apporte la viande et les legumes.
8. Pour
les manger nous nous servons d'un couteau et d'une fourchette.
9. Mon petit frere se sert d'une cuiller pour manger tout son
diner.
10. Moi, je suis grand; je me sers d'une fourchette
et d'un couteau comme mon pere et ma mere.
11. On mange
dans une assiette.
12. Puis au dessert, on mange du fruit
et on prend du cafe dans une tasse.
13. Mon petit frere ne
prend pas de cafe" parce qu'il est petit.
14. Apres le diner
nous lisons les journaux du soir.
15. Puis nous tactions de
a
lire le
journal avant
clans la salle a
le diner.
manger.
5.
et
diner.
preparer nos lecons.

B.
when
Rewrite
(1)
possible (a)
(3)
the first
above, substituting for the first plural,
person singular,
(b)
the third person
singular.
(2)
a.
What do you notice in A (3) about the verb entrer when

noun? About commencer when followed by an
followed by a
infinitive ?
LESSOX XI
50
55
What have you already noted about tacher,
b.
voulez, when- followed by an infinitive t
vous
desirer,
Translate:
We
1.
try to
understand and to speak French.

2. I learn French because I
want (desirer) to read the works of Balzac.
3. Will you,
please, speak slowly?
(3)
Insert
vous servez.
6.
Je
proper
the
and
(m.
2.
/.)
9.
pronoun:
7.
Insert the object
appelle.
II
Vous
me
1.
nous servons.
3.
se servent.
5.
appelle.
appelons.
subject
se sert.
appelez.
10.
S.
sers.
4.
prom
Nous
lis
appelle it.
(Note the shifts in pronunciation and spelling in the present tense

These icill be discussed in Lesson XIX.)
of s'appeler [saple].
1. Je me sers
(4) Supply the missing preposition:
ma
plume pour ecrire.
2. lis se servent
leur cuiller pour
manger le potage.
3. On prend le cafe
une tasse.
4. II
la main.
a une assiette
5. A l'ecole on joue
tennis.
6.
Xous etudions
salle
a manger.
le
8.
une
petit frere se sert
C.
Traduisez
your plate?
butter.
I have
in
3.
What
and
is
4.
is
7.
le cafe
Xous entrons
la
le diner.
manger son
cuiller
Mon
9.
diner.
1. What have you

(two ways)
have meat, vegetables, and bread and
en francais:
2.
no fork
to
the maid doing?
forks.
The maid
diner.
On prend
We
(pour)
She
have no
is
eat my dinner [with].

bringing spoons, knives,
fruit for
(the)
dessert.
bringing some into the dining-room now.
are fond of (aimer)
Look!
5.
You
you? Yes, I
am fond of (the) soup to (pour) begin [with] and I like (the)
fruit for dessert.
(the) dinner?
6. What do you do before
We read the evening paper. In the morning we read the
morning paper.
7. What
do people (on) do after (the)
dinner? They (On) work or they (on) have a good time.
8. First I prepare my lessons, then I enjojr n^self.
9. Does
your small sister work (arrange the question in two ways)!
10. No, she has a good time.
She looks at her books, but she
(the)
fruit
(plural), aren't
doesn't work.
D. Dictation.
Lesson IX, Exercise A, 15 sentences.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
56
51-52
Pronounce slowly and distinctly with especial attention

mathematiques, naturelles,
division and stress:
arithmetique, cuiller, couteau, nous etudions, nous nous apTry to stress all syllables alike.
pelons, vous vous servez.
notice
about the spelling of nous comyou
do
What
(2) a.
(1)
syllable
to
mencons
in
in A,
(3),
any other form
pare 78,
See
3 ?
5, 4.
Would this spelling occur

commencer? Com-
of the present tense of
anything of the same sort in the spelling of nous

mangeons [nu ma.35]? See 17, 18 and compare 78, 2.
What
(3) Note the pronunciation of the first plural of faire.
b.
Is there
sound value does the spelling
Compare
have?
What next?
maison, j'ai.
Write in phonetic characters and read aloud in singular
(4)
and
ai oftenest
faire, je fais, j'aime, anglais, la craie, la
plural,
putting in the definite article:
cuiller,
couteau,
fourchette, viande, fruit, legume, tasse, dessert.
LESSON
51.
Feminine of Adjectives.
XII
It
is
regularly formed
by
adding -e to the masculine singular, but adjectives ending

in -e remain unchanged.
Grand, m., grande,
52.
Irregularities.
adjectives
moner
M.
/., tall;
on adding
types:
facile,
m. or/., easy.
Change of stem takes place in certain

The following list shows the com-
-e.
LESSON XII
53-54
57
m. beau or bel, f. belle, fine; m. nouveau or nouveZ,

m. vieux or vieiZ, f. vieiZte, oU, with two forms for
the masculine, one of which gives the feminine. The masculine forms
in -1 are used before a vowel or h mute:
Observe
/.
also:
nouve/Ze, new;
Le bel arbre,
homme.
le bel
But: L'arbre est beau;

sont beaux.
53.
Position.
follows
its
Un homme
The
beau
le
An
1.
livre;
fine tree, the
les
handsome man.
beaux arbres;
attributive adjective
les arbres
more usually
noun:
riche,
une
pomme
mure.
rich
man, a
ripe apple.
Adjectives from proper nouns, adjectives of physical
2.
quality, participles as adjectives, almost always follow:
La langue
The English language.

Hot coffee, a broken lamp.
anglaise.
Du cafe chaud, une lampe cassee.
The
3.
common occurrence
following of very
nearly always
precede
Bon, good, mauvais, bad;
beau,
fine,
vgly; jeune, young, vieux, old; grand,
handsome,
tall, great,
pretty, vilain,
joli,
gros, big. petit, small;
long, long, court, short.
A number
common
adjectives have different
mean-
ings according as they precede or follow the noun.
Two
4.
of
examples are:
Mon
ancien
eleve.
My
old
(former) pupil.
Mon
cher ami.
Ancient his-
L'histoire ancienne.
tory.
My
dear friend.
Un
diner
cher.
An
expensive
dinner.
54.
Interrogative Adjective.
m. quel?/, quelle? m.
pi.
Quel [kel] livre?

Quelle [krl] plume?
A quelle heure?
Quelle belle vue! Quels heros!
[kdero] {see 17. 5)
Which? what? what
quels?/,
pi.
(a)!
quelles?
Which (what) book?

Which (what) pen?
At what time?
What
a fine view!
What
heroes!
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
58
There, in that place
55.
ready referred
object,
and
to,
is less
Est-il a l'ecole?
II
It stands for a place
y.
Is
EXERCISE
la dictee [dikte] dictation exercise
he at school?
XII
mauvais [move] bad, poor
beau, bel [bo] [bd]
fine,
muet [mqs] dumb,
hand-
silent
[my:r] ripe
nouveau [nuvo] new
ric he [ri$] rich
vilain [vile] ugly, naughty
rniir
some
blanc [bla] white
chaud [So] warm, hot

cher [Ss:r] dear, expensive
court [ku:r] short
_-L
asseyez-vous!
,
easy
-,
'
sit
]e
taise, cteceitmi
deceitful
Tfol false
faux [loj
taux
,.
{imperative)
_
r
mave-,^ rX %
S
[i]sava] he
a
m e
Q s>en ya
[aseievu]
,.
down!
.,_r
facile [fasill
cruel [krysl] cruel

7.,
(in
quality)
cient
(there).
is
pretty
long [15] long
ancien [osj] former, old, an-
h,
He
joli [soli]
l'eau/. [lo] water
al-
put before the verb like a pronoun

emphatic than la = there:
is
[i] est.
55
awa^
gentil [sati] nice, pretty, well-
behaved
grand [gra]
beaucoup [boku] much, many,

a great deal, a great many
peu [p0] little (quantity), few
y [i] there, to it, to them; at,
large, tall
gros [gro] big
heureux [cer0] glad, happy

jeune [seen] young
A.
(1)
in
it,
them
Write with each of the following nouns two or more

51, 52, 53, that may be reasonably used
of the adjectives in
with them, being careful about the position and form: un homme,
une soeur, ces journaux, une salle a, manger, des bijoux, quelle
voix!
mon
une jambe, cette bouche,

ami. quel jour!
ies
yeux, une tete, cet oncle,
notre professeur,
le
monsieur, un mur,
une maison, un garcon, un cheval, des fruits, ces livres.

(2) Supply the proper form of a suitable adjective in each case:
1. Le
potage est tres
2. Mon cafe n'est pas
3. Asseyez-vous, mon
ami.
4. Le professeur nous donne
6. Elle a
5. La dame a de *
bijoux.
de*
lecons.
.
de
yeux.
7.
J'aime
les
enfants
quand
* This use of de will be treated in
ils
59, 2.
sont
8.
LESSON XII
55
Louise parle beaucoup;
bon quand il
(3) Donnez
est
elle n'est
10.
59
pas
9.
Le
Voila des enfants
fruit est
contraire de: longue, vieille, jolie, bonne, petite,
le
agee, noire.
B.
nice
stockings.
Her long
2.
Happy men (note two cases of linking in this

What a nice boy! What a short lesson! What
An old Frenchman
4. An English newspaper.
A tall (grand) Englishman.
5. Their
new
knife.
phrase).
3.
a big foot!
(see
1. This hot soup.

That dumb
woman. Their pretty little boy. Her white
Some false stories. Two big (gros) spoons.
Traduisez en francais:
woman.
21).
teacher.
poor (bad) teacher.
Ancient history.
6.
Our
old
Do you want any
(= former) teacher.
There is
hot water?
7. Are we in the classroom?

no hot water.
We are (there).
S. What do you do in the dining-room?
We eat (in it). What
do you eat (there)? We eat bread, meat, vegetables and fruit
Uhere).
9. Do you have a good time at school?
Yes. we
have a very good time (nous nous amusons beaucoup [boku])
there.
Do you work
10.
or (do you) play at school?
a great deal (there) and play a
[away]
going
C.
evening.
this
away
What
little
is
(there).
your
sister
11.
doing?
We work
am going
She
is
this evening.
Dictee, Lesson X, B.
(1) Prononcez et ecrivez en caracteres phonetiques:
mon
ancienne (old = former) place, notre chere amie, un bel homme,
une grosse cuiller, une histoire fausse, ma nouvelle maison,

une vieille maison, les beaux enfants, un vilain enfant, une
courte lecon, une gentille petite fille, des enfants heureux.
(2) As regards pronunciation, is the effect of adding the -e
for the feminine the same with all adjectives?
Compare, for
example, jolie and grande. On this basis group the adjectives
in 51,
52,
53.
Pronounce slowly, with special attention to syllable division

and stress: salle a manger, je m'en vais, nous commencons,
(3)
les sciences naturelles.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
60
LESSON
give,
am
I finish,
giving,
[don]
[don]
e
es
e
[don]
ons [dono]
ez
[done]
ent [don]
Vendre
finir,
am finishing,
vendre
/
sell,
etc.
etc.
donn
donn
donn
donn
donn
donn
XIII
Present Indicative of dormer,
56.
56-58
is
finz
[fini]
[fini]
vend s
vend s
vend *
vend ons
vend ez
vend ent
[fini]
finz t
ons
finz'ss
ez
finzss ent
selling,
etc.
finz
finzss
am
[fin is o]
[finise]
[finis]
[vd]
[vd]
[vd]
[vado]
[vdde]
[vd:d]
one form. The regular verb rompre has

here given as being more useful for practice.
irregular in this
rompf, but vendre
is
Note.
The pronouns je, tu, il, etc., have been omitted in this paradigm
and in some others to economize space in printing. They should be supplied in learning or reciting the paradigms.
57.
The General Noun.
noun used
in a general sense
takes the definite article in French, though not
commonly
in English:
L'homme
Les
est mortel.
hommes
sont mortels.
Le miel est tres doux.

Le cheval est un animal
58.
Tout.
Man is mortal.
Men are mortal.
Honey
utile.
All, the whole, every
ing forms, which precede the article,
M.
S. tout
toute [tut]
Toute ma vie.
Tout le monde.
Tous
les mois.
Toute If semaine.
Tout homme, toute femme.
Tous les hommes.

Toute la journee.
very sweet.
is a useful animal.
tout,
with the follow-
when
it is
M.
F.
[tu]
is
The horse
F.
PI. tous [tu]
All
my
present:
toutes [tut]
life.
Everybody = the whole world).

Every month.
The whole week.
Every man, every woman.
(
All the
men.
The whole
day.
LESSON
58
EXERCISE
XIII
content (de) [k5td] glad (to)
la balle [bai] ball

le
la
fatigue [fatige] tired
bois [bwa] wood, woods

campagne [kapan] country
a la
{in contrast with town)
tranquille [trakil] quiet, alone

(in
campagne
to
or
un
champ
utile
[$fi] field
summer;
[ete]
ete
l'ete in
attendre
family
chercher
[grape :r]
grand-
il
grand'mere [grams :r] grandmother

deux
uneheure [ce:r] hour;
[anivs:r],
la
poupee [pupe]
in
doll
pass
prendre [prfiidr] take, get

se preparer [saprepare] get ready
voir [vwa:r] see
[vaka:s] vacation
town; en
ville
town
la voiture
comme! [kom] how!
[vwaty:r] carriage,
en voiture in a
comme [kom]
vehicle;
(as
from
ways
A.
etes.
(1)
la
3.
other
1.
a pied [apje]
distinguished
carriage
aimons
(of
monter [m5te] get (in), climb;

monter a. cheval ride horseback
passer [pase] spend (of time),
le train [trs] train

/.
inhabit
train, watch, etc.)
bed
parent [para] kinsman, parent
in,
down
warm,
marcher [mar$e] walk, go
l'hiver
le
lie
is
inviter (a) [Svite] invite
[Hvs:r] in winter
vacances
for;
habiter [abite] live
heures [d0zce:r] two o'clock

en
[oenivs:r] winter;
la ville [vil] city,
hunt
chons we go to bed,
chaud [ilfe$o] it
hot
un hiver
les
[Ssr$e]
fait
la
le lit [li]
for,
go and get
se coucher [s3ku$e] go to bed,
nous nous coulie down;
father
hiver
wait
aller chercher,
la gare [ga:r] station
grand-pere
come
[atfi:dr]
expect
la fleur [flce:r] flower
le
[ytil] useful
ete,
[fam] woman, wife
emme
leave
expression:
arriver [arive] arrive,
en
summer
la famille [famij]
la
the
alone)
the
in
country
le
61
XIII
si [si]
of traveling)
Nous habitons
campagne.
2.
Nous y passons
la ville
de
les
vacances.
ma
so
X-
J'y vais avec
as, like
on foot
(iks),
ma
4.
mais nous
famille tous les
J'ai des
parents a
grand'mere, deux oncles et

la campagne, mon
l'ete dans leur maison
passer
a
invitent
nous
lis
5.
une tante.
grand-pere,
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
62
6.
Quand
I'hiver est fini,
preparons a
aller
il
fait tres
a la campagne.
chaud en
7.
ville et
Je prends
58
nous nous
poupee,
ma
8. A une heure de l'apres-midi

petit frere prend sa balle.
9. Le train arrive a deux heures et nous
nous allons a la gare.
10. Le train marche vite et au
montons dans une voiture.
11. Notre
bout de trois heures nous arrivons a la petite gare.
grand'mere et tous nos cousins nous attendent a la gare avec
13. Les
12. Nous montons dans la voiture.
leur voiture.
deux chevaux marchent lentement et nous avons le temps de
14. Tout est en fieurs.
voir les jolis champs et les beaux bois.
15. II y a des hommes et des chevaux qui travaillent dans les
16. Notre grand-pere nous attend a la maison.
champs.
17. II est content de nous voir et nous sommes tres contents
18. Nous nous couchons (Je me couche) a
de le voir aussi.
neuf heures du soir parce que nous sommes fatigues, et nous
19. Les lits sont si bons et tout est tranquille.
dormons bien.
Les enfants s'amusent beau20. Comme j'aime la campagne!
21. Les garcons montent a cheval,
coup a la campagne en ete.
les petites filles jouent avec leurs poupees et cherchent des fieurs
dans les champs et dans les bois.
mon
(2)
Imagine
Answer
ville ou
en ete?
that
the
passage
above
[A
the questions in complete sentences:
campagne?
(1)]
1.
refers
to
you.
Habitez-vous
la
Aimez-vous la ville en hiver ou

3. Ou passez-vous les vacances?
4. Quels parents
avez-vous a la campagne?
5. Est-ce que vous prenez [prane]
(pres. of prendre) le train pour aller a la campagne?
6. A
quelle heure montez-vous dans le train?
7. Combien d'heures
restez-vous dans la voiture?
8. Le train marche-t-il vite ou
lentement?
9. Qui vous attend a, la petite gare de campagne?
10. Est-ce que votre grand-pere y est aussi?
11. Allez-vous
a la maison de vos parents a, pied ou en voiture?
12. Est-ce
que votre grand'mere est contente de vous voir?
13. Etesvous fatigue?
14. A
quelle
heure
vous couchez-vous?
15. Dormez-vous bien?
16. Mangez-vous bien?
17. Estce que les enfants aiment la campagne?
18. Que font les
garcons?
19. Que font les petites filles?
20. Est-ce que
les grandes filles montent a cheval aussi?
21. Est-ce que la
la
2.
LESSON
58
eampagne
Plus tranquille que la ville?
22.
tranquille?
est
chaud en ville en ete

25.
chaud qu'a la eampagne?
Fait-il
23.
[selwi] en ete?
24.
(or l'ete)?
plus
Fait-il
chaud a Saint-Louis
plus chaud en ete a Chicago ou
Fait-il
26.
63
XIII
Fait-il
a Paris [pari]?
and read aloud: J' atnous entend-; ils entend-;

vous fini-; ils s'amus-; vous
je comprend-;
je travaill-;
nous appel[apl]-; il fini-; ils
nous
commenc-;
nous
jou-;
B.
Add
(1)
the proper present endings
tend-, nous attend-,
attend-;
ils
nous compren[k5pr9n]- (observe the absence of the d);

compren[k3pran]- vous? Je pren[prd]-, il pren[pra]- nous
(Note the
pren[pran]-, vous pren[pran]-, ils prenn[prn]-.
that
also
the
e stands
letter
Note
plural.
the
d
in
the
ce of
fini-;
forms.)
for three different sounds in these five
(2)
Write in parallel columns the present of: finir, ouvrir,

nous dormons, vous
je dors, tu dors, il dort;
je me sers, tu te
servir
(sing,
ils dorment), sortir, se
a.
donnir
dormez,
sers,
il
(sing,
se sert).
Some verbs
Make a list of
in -ir are not conjugated in the present like finir.

those you know that are not, and point out the
b.
differences.
Dites en frangais:
C.
ing
are
(asleep);
asleep.
We
2.
pens;
he
son.
3.
is
(plural).
women,
open; he
Go
we
go out;
4.
all
out!
finish;
finishing his lesson;
They
arc sleeping;
all
We
1.
you asleep?
is
am
opening; I
Go
we (make) use
sleep-
He
to sleep!
(of)
they are finishing their
are leaving (going out of) the classroom:
men
(on) use
(make use
The whole house:

horses.
5.
all
of) horses;
night
we
is
these
les-
they
sell fruit
(the whole night);
Animals are useful to men;
am
very
6. Do you like flowers'.'

fond of (aimer beaucoup) animals.
7. Little girls like dolls and
Yery-much-indeed (beaucoup).
little boys like horses, but my uncle's son, my little cousin
Pierre, likes horses
D.
Dictee:
and
dolls too.
Lesson XI,
(3).
a french grammar
64
59-61
Note the pronunciation
(1)
of
ville,
Compare
tranquille.
Write
oreille.
gentille,
travaille,
fille,
in
six
all
phonetic
characters.
Write
(2)
(1),
in
phonetic
characters, after adding the
proper endings, and read aloud.
LESSON XIV
Partitives.
59.
alone
In
partitive
He
n'a pas de plumes.
When an
2.
Similarly
3.
De bons
rois et
has no pens.
Mary
I
I
when a noun
after
has (some) pretty flowers.
have some of your money.

have (some) ripe apples.
an adjective
understood:
is
Good kings and bad
de mauvais.
(kings).
After words of quantity in such expressions as these:
4.
A great deal of tea

A pound of meat.
Beau coup de the.

Une livre de viande.
Assez de viande.
Trop de pain.
The
60.
preposition de
Une robe de
(much
tea).
Enough (of) meat.

Too much bread.
He
n'a plus tf'argent.
La
has no more money.
a noun forms adjectival phrases:
soie.
silk dress.
The maple
feuille d'erable
leaf.
61. Observe the following expressions of frequent

formed from avoir -f an undetermined noun:
avoir
besoin
noed
of,
[bazwe] de, be
need.
chaud
be warm.
avoir froid [frwa], be cold.
avoir faim [fe], be hungry.
avoir
de
( 36),
adjective precedes the noun:
Marie a de jolies fleurs.

J'ai de voire argent.
But: J'ai des pommes mures.
II
constructions
used:
In a general negation ( 36, 2):
1.
II
is
[o],
in
use,
avoir soif [swaf], be thirsty.

avoir
sommeil [soms:j], be
avoir raison
[r8z5],
be
sleepy.
(in the)
right.
avoir tort [to:r], be (in the) wrong.
LESSON XIV
61
65
EXERCISE XIV
le
chemin
aimer mieux [memj0]
road (in
chemin de fer
[la$me]
general);
le
better,
[laSmedfeir] railroad
avoir envie
la
journee [surne] day (when

duration is emphasized)
narration [narasjS] composi-
la
theme
pomme [pom] apple
la
robe [rob] dress
la
wish,
le
[swa]
bois [bwa] I drink
vous buvez [byve] you drink

porter [portej wear, have on,
carry
repondre
silk
sommeil [some:j] sleep
[rep5:dr]
answer,
reply to
le
verre [vs:r] glass (tumbler)
le
voyage
[vwajaio]
de [avwa:ravi]
want
boire [bwa:r] drink

je
tion,
la soie
like
prefer
trouver
voyage,
sider,
[truve]
find,
con-
think
trip
assez [asej enough, rather

bien [bj] well, very
malheureux Cmalcer0] unfortunate,
unhappy
juste [3yst] exactly, just
suivant [sinva] following
trop [tro] too
much, too many
quelque chose [kelko$o:z] something

de bonne heure [dabonce:r] early
tout de suite [tudsqit] at once
A.
1.
II fait
chaud dans
les
a chaud, on a soif et on a envie
champs en
de.
6te.
2.
boire de l'eau froide.
Quand on
3.
Voici
un verre d'eau que je vais boire.

4. Quand on travaille dans
les champs, on a aussi tres faim avant l'heure du diner.
5. On
a besoin de manger quelque chose.
6. Le soir on a bien sommeil.
7. On a envie de se coucher de bonne heure.
8. On est
content de voir arriver la nuit.
9. On a besoin de six heures de
sommeil.
10.
Pardon, monsieur, vous avez tort.
Moi, j'ai
besoin de huit heures de sommeil toutes les nuits.
11.
Vous
dormez beaucoup.
Avez-vous sommeil, maintenant?
12.
Oui,
madame,
sommeil.
grand besoin de dormir. J'ai

froid aussi, et faim.
13. Vous avez sommeil et froid et
faim!
Vous etes tres malheureux. Allez vous coucher tout
de suite.
14.
Vous avez raison. Je vais me coucher.
mais d'abord j'ai grand besoin de manger quelque chose parce
que j'ai tres faim.
15. Donnez-moi, s'il vous plait, une tasse
j'ai
J'ai
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
66
61
16. Xous avons

de the, beaucoup de viande, et des legumes.
pain, mais il n'y a pas trop de beurre dans cette
17. J'ai besoin aussi de plus de cafe; je n'en ai
assiette.
assez de
pas
assez.
18.
19.
beaucoup.
buvez pas trop
trop;
Buvez-vous du cafe? Oui,

Eh bien, mon ami, vous avez
Merci. Je n'en
de
cafe.
20.
j'en
tort.
bois
bois
Xe
pas
j'en bois juste assez.
Supply the proper form of expression for some, any, no,

demanded by the sentences: 1. J' attends aujourd'hui
parents a
parents de la campagne. 2. Edouard n'a pas
fruit cet ete.
4. Mon
3. II n'y a pas
la campagne.
bonnes pommes.
5. Nous cherchons
grand-pere me donne
jolies
6. Ma sceur a
pommes pour le dessert.
poupees.
7. Les petits garcons
poupees; elle a beaucoup
bonnes balles.
poupees; ils ont
8. Je
n'ont pas
fleurs; nous voyons
fleurs; il ne voit pas
vois
vilaines; voyez-vous assez
fleurs a,
jolies fleurs et
(third plural)
fleurs
Ils voient [vwa]
la campagne?
blanches dans les champs.
B.
as
Traduisez: 1. When a man (use on) works in the

summer, he (on) gets (avoir) hungry and thirsty and
he (on) wants some cold water. But do not drink too much
Some hot
cold water. 2. What do you want for your dinner?
I am very hungry
soup, some vegetables, meat and fruit.
and I need a good dinner.
3. There is no water in her glass.
There is no tea in his cup. They need cold water and hot tea.
4. Are there any pupils in the classroom?
Yes, there are
some small boys and some pretty little girls. They are playing and are having a very good time.
5. These little girls
have-on (porter) pretty silk dresses.
Boys do not wear silk
dresses.
6. These children play all day [long] (the whole
day: " day " = journee).
They are hungry and sleepy at
dinner time (a l'heure du diner). They need a great deal of
sleep.
7. I need more sleep.
You sleep too much. I invite
you to go to bed (vous coucher) at once.
(2) Fermez le livre et ecrivez comme narration un voyage a la
C.
(1)
fields in
lampagne.
D.
vous
67
LESSON XIV
61
Repondez en frangais aux questions suivantes: 1. Habitez3. Ou

2. Restez-vous en ville en hiver?
campagne?
la
5. Quels
4. Y avez-vous des parents?
passez-vous l'ete?
inEst-ce
qu'ils
vous
6.
campagne?
la
a
parents avez-vous
7. Quels parents avez-vous dans la
vitent a aller les voir?
ville?
S.
val ou en
Comment
allez-vous a la
chemin de
fer?
train?
one go) pour prendre

11. Est-ce que
a la maison?
le
Ou
9.
10.
le
campagne, a
pied, a che-
va-t-on (do you
go,
Est-ce qu'on prend
train
marche
vite?
does
le
train
12.
Est-
13. Qui
ce qu'on vous attend a la petite gare de campagne?
pied
de
Allez-vous
a
14.
est-ce qui vous attend a la gare?
a
trouvez-vous
Qui
15.
parents?
la gare a la maison de vos
la
maison?
vous,
16.
contents
Sont-ils
content
etes-vous
de
les
de
voir?
vous voir?
18.
quelle
17.
Et
heure
19. Les enfants aiment-ils la campagne?

vous couchez-vous?
21. Et les petit es filles, montent20. Que font les garcons?
22. Que voyez-vous a la campagne?
elles a cheval aussi?
23. Aimez-vous mieux la campagne en hiver ou en <te?
(1)
Pronounce: quand on, grand homme, neuf heures, dix
heures, les eaux.
See
IS,
1.
With what does it rhyme?

(2) Pronounce sommeil.
besoin, latin, main.
(3) Pronounce: faim, pain, bien, ancien,
Be care(4) Pronounce: eau, chaud, trop, quelque chose.
position.
ful about lip
soeur, leur, heure, beurre, ceil, fleur,
(5) o. Pronounce;
Pronounce: deux,
jeune. Write each in phonetic characters.
bleu, yeux, veut, monsieur, vieux, peu. Write each in phonetic
characters.
b.
In the
first
group,
is
the vowel (spelled eu, ceu, ce) followed

is true of the vowel of the second
by a consonant sound? What

group? Try to make a rule as
and when they give [0].
to
when
these spellings give [ce],
For
c. For which of these sounds is the mouth more open?
which are the lips more tense? In trying to make these sounds
many English-speaking people fail to project the lips enough.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
68
Too
62-66
often also they allow the tongue to move, giving a dis-
agreeable r sound.
Avoid
this fault
by
all
means.
In view of the above (b), how do you explain the pronunciation of the second and third vowels of malheureux [malcerp]?
LESSON XV
67
J'ai fini
mon
have finished my work.

She has been singing all morning.
ouvrage.
Elle a chante toute la matinee.

II
a ete longtemps
He was
ici.
J'ai quitte Paris l'hiver passe.

is
the ordinary past tense of French.
in the literary style, see 148.
Present
Idiomatic
here for a long time.
I left Paris last winter.
The past indefinite

N.B.
For the past tense of narrative
67.
69
Indicative.
Besides
general, as in English, the present indicative

ically, in certain phrases,
to denote
is
its
use
in
used idiomat-
what has been and
still
continues to be:
Depuis quand etes-vous
Je suis
ici
ici?
depuis trois jours.
How
I
long have you been here?

have been here for three days
(or for three days past, or for
the last three days).
EXERCISE XV
une annee [ane] year (when duralion is emphasized)
un arbre [denarbr]
le ble [ble] wheat
le
vert [vs:r] green
tree
dejeuner [de30ne] lunch
la feuille
[fce:j]
leaf,
passe [pase] past, last

sec [ssk] dry ( 52)
sheet (of
paper)
chanter [Sate] sing

couper [kupe] cut
murir [myri:r] get
vu [vy] seen
la foret [fore] forest
visiter
matinee [marine] morning

le mois [mwa] month
un oiseau [wazo] bird
le pays [pei] country, land
le pommier [pomje] apple tree
ripe, ripen
(past participle)
[vizite] go to see (in
la
le raisin
vigne [vin] grape vine
le
vin [v] wine

agricole [agrikol] agricultural
celebre [sekbr] famous

excellent [eksdd] excellent
industriel
facturing
[edystrid]
aujourd'hui [o3urdqi] to-day

hier [js:r] yesterday
huit jours [ip3u:r] a
week
longtemps [I5ta] long (time)

quinze jours [ke:z5u:r] two
weeks
[rsze] grapes
la
detail), inspect
manu-
depuis [dapqT] since
pendant [pada] during

depuis quand [daptrika] since
when,
si [si] if
how
long (conj.)
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
70
67
2.
Nous
Depuis quand etes-vous ici a la campagne?
Que faites-vous?
Oh,
3.
sommes ici depuis deux mois.
Hier
j'ai"
passe
toute
la
matinee
4.
bien.
amusons
nous nous
5. J'ai
a cheval et j'ai eu tres faim avant l'heure du dejeuner.
6. Apres le dejeuner
ete content de voir arriver le dejeuner.
7. Nous
j'ai visite les bois et les champs avec mon oncle.
8. II a muri
avons regarde le ble, qui est beau cette annee.
9. Xous avons besoin de ble
pendant l'ete; on va le couper.
J'ai
10. Le pain francais est excellent.
pour faire le pain.
11. Puis nous
mange du pain aujourd'hui a mon dejeuner.
12. Les pommes ne
avons visite les pommiers et les vignes.
A.
1.
13. On
sont pas belles cette annee, mais le raisin est excellent.
va en faire de bon vin. On n'a pas fait de tres bon vin l'annee
14. II a fait trop froid en ete et le raisin n'a pas
passee.
bien
muri.
15.
Les
vins
francais
sont
voit tres
peu en Amerique maintenant.
un pays
agricole.
La Belgique
celebres.
16.
[belsik] est
On
en
La France est
un pays indus-
17. Dans les bois nous avons regarde les beaux arbres.
triel.
18. Leurs feuilles sont vertes et dans les arbres on entend chan20. Si
19. II y a de jolis bois en France.
ter des oiseaux.
vous allez en France, allez voir les forets de Chantilly [$atiji]
21. On ne coupe pas beauet de Fontainebleau [fotenblo].
coup d'arbres dans ces forets-la et il y en a qui sont tres vieux.
With ivhat French words is the Idiomatic Present

What verb form in English conveijs the same
generally found?
meaning as the Idiomatic Present?
week.
2. The
1. We have been here for a
(2) Traduisez:
for a fortnight
piece of bread is too dry; it has been on the table
French
3. How long have you been studying
(quinze jours).
months.
5. How
three
for
French
4. We have been studying
since
hungry
been
have
I
6.
hungry?
been
you
have
long
I am right.
7. Aren't you mistaken (wrong)? No,
five o'clock.
B.
(1)
summer. I saw a great deal in the fields

10. They
need wheat to make bread.
in France.
11. Very little is
(On) make a great deal of wine in France.
8.
Wheat
ripens in
9.
made
(use on)
We
in
America.
sing in (the) French
forests
12.
You (On)
(de la France).
hear
many
birds
LESSON XV
67
What word do we
(3)
Does
After inviter?
71
find after content before an infinitive?
the
pure
preceded by a preposition?
In
French after entendre.
infinitive follow
entendre or
is it
Notice in A, 18 the word order in
what two ways may the infinitive

entendre be translated into English? Translate: Pourquoi
n'entend-on chanter les oiseaux en hiver?
after
C. Traduisez: 1. We invited him (see 65 for word order).

They did not wait for him. She hunted for Pierre and Louise.
3. We did not sell the
2. The pupils finished their lessons.
bread.
4.
We were
(use past indef.) in the country last
Our cousins were not

hungry for a long time
all
the morning
winter.
summer.
(la
at
the station yesterday.
(see 66,
matinee).
example
6.
It
was
3).
(II
summer.
I was
5.
They were
a
fait)
cold
cold last
7. We worked all
Were you not thirsty yesterday?
Did you wait for the train? Did you need the car-
riage yesterday?
D. Repondez aux questions: 1. Ou passez-vous les vacances?

Depuis quand etes-vous a la campagne?
3. Aimez-vous a
monter a cheval? 4. Avez-vous visite les champs? 5. Qu'avez6. Le ble est-il beau cette annee?
vous vu dans les champs?
7. A-t-il muri pendant l'hiver ou pendant 1'ete?
8. Est-ce
9. Que fait-on avec le ble?
qu'on va couper le ble?
10. Avezvous vu des arbres?
11. Quel fruit les pommiers donnent-ils
2.
(bear)?
que
les
12.
Et
pommes
les vignes quel fruit donnent-elles?

13. Est-ce
sont bonnes cette annee?
14. Ont-elles muri?
15. Que fait-on avec le raisin?

16. Fait-on beaucoup de vin
17. Fait-on beaucoup de vin en Amerique?
en France?
18. Est-ce que la France est un pays industriel?
19. Ou
est-ce qu'on trouve de grands arbres?
20. Avez-vous visite"
une foret?
21. Est-elle grande ou petite?
22. Donnez les
noms de deux forets celebres en France.
23. Qu'est-ce qu'on
voit dans une foret en 6t6?
24. Qu'est-ce qu'on y entend?
25. Voit-on des feuilles vertes en hiver?
26. Est-ce qu'on
entend chanter les oiseaux en hiver?
E.
Dieted:
Lesson XIII,
(1).
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
72
68-70
nous avons eu,
(1) Write phonetically and read aloud:

a eu, vous avez ete, depuis, depuis quand,
ils
il
ont vendu.
you would expect? Note

pronounced thus only in
forms of avoir. What two other sounds does it stand for? Is
there any way of knowing which sound value it should have in
a given word? Compare Lesson XIV, Exercise in Pronunciation,
word eu pronounced
Is the
(2)
spelling
that this
combination
as
is
(5), b.
LESSON XVI
Comparatives.
68.
aussi
as,
after
it,
to
L
D
before
adjective,
He
He
grand que Jean.

moins grand que Jean.
is
is
as)
est aussi
He
grand que Jean.
Superlatives.
69.
more, moins = less, or

and que = than or as
form the comparative:
est plus
est
Place plus
the
1.
is
taller than
tall
less
John.
than
(not so tall
John.
as tall as John.
Place the definite article or a pos-
sessive adjective before plus or
moins to form the superla-
tive:
Marie
La plus jeune des deux.
Note.
de
Mary
est la plus jeune de toutes.
Obs.:
In,
after a superlative,
is
the youngest of
The younger
is
translated
by
all.
of the two.
de: le meUleur eleve
la classe, the best student in the class.
Do
2.
not omit the definite article
when the
superlative
follows the noun:
La lecon
Mes
70.
bon
la
plus
difficile.
livres les plus utiles.
Irregular Comparison.
[b5], good
The most
difficult lesson.
My most useful books.

Observe the irregular forms:
meilleur [mejoe:r], better
le meilleur
the best
Qa
mejoeir]
Comparison of Adverbs.
71.
73
LESSON XVI
71*73
1.
They
are
compared by
plus and moins like adjectives, but le in the superlative
is
invariable.
Observe the irregular forms:
2.
mieux [mj0], better

moins [mwe], less
bien [bj], well
peu [p0],
little
Present Indicative of
72.
am
I go,
je vais
going,
le
le
va
We
etc.
[ilva]
Imperative of
aller, to go
allons [al5], let
va [va], go
go, are going, etc.
nous allons [nuzal5]

vous allez [vuzale]
Us vont [ilv5]
[save]
73.
(the) best
(the) least
aller, to go (irreg.)
tu vas [tyva]
il
mieux [la mj0],

moins [la mwe],
allez [ale], go
us go
EXERCISE XVI
la rose [ro:z] rose
F air m. [e:r] au-
la
la cerise [lasrhz] cherry

le cerisier [lasrizje]
le
la
chou [$u] cabbage
les haricots
verts [le ariko ve:r]
main
highway,
[rut]
route
road, route
cherry tree
rue fry] street
la tulip e [tylip] tulip
string beans (see 17, 5)
F herbe /. [srb] grass

lejardin [sarde] yard,
park, garden
le
game, party
pois
[leptipwa]
(usually)
few
utile [ytil] useful
peche [pe:S] peach
les petits
hard, difficult
fruitier [frqitje] fruit bearing
meilleur [mejoe:r] better

quelque [kslka] some; in pi.
lapin [lape] rabbit
la partie [parti] part,
la
difficile [difisil]
lawn,
green
la poire
mieux [mjo] better

moins [mwe] less, fewer
le
tou jours [tusuir] always,
peas
le
[pwa:r] pear
poirier [pwarje] pear tree
pommier [pomje] apple tree
pomme de terre [pomdate:' ]
-
la
(Irish)
potato
aussi
que
(see 68)
[osi ka] as
still
as,
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
74
73
2. II fait
A. (1) 1. Nous sonimes toujours a la campagne.
moins chaud a la campagne et l'air y est meilleur que dans la
3. Les grandes routes et les chemins sont plus jolis
ville.
que les rues, et j'aime mieux les fleurs des champs et les feuilles
vertes des grands arbres que les petits jardins des maisons de
4. Dans la ville les jardins sont tres petits et beaucoup
ville.
5. Dans ces petits jardins on voit
de maisons n'en ont pas.
6. A la campagne les
un peu d'herbe et quelques arbres.
7. On y trouve des fleurs, des arbres
jardins sont plus grands.
8. Xous aimons mieux les
fruitiers, des legumes, de l'herbe.
jardins de campagne que les jardins de ville.
Allons voir
1.
(2)
legumes.
de
petits
les
chou est
beaucoup
pois
le
des
choux?
les
et
legume
des
et
J'aime mieux
haricots
Dans
5.
verts.
pommes de
les
que
verts
Voila les
y a des pommes
il
les
choux.
plus utile pour les lapins.
le
choux.
les
pois
petits
haricots
les
grand-pere.
du jardin
cette partie
choux,
des
terre,
Aimez-vous
3.
mon
jardin de
le
Dans
2.
cette autre partie
lis
terre,
Le
aiment
4.
du jardin
il
6. Yoici des roses et

y a des fleurs et des arbres fruitiers.
des tulipes. Voila des cerisiers, des pommiers et des poiriers.
La cerise et la poire sont excellentes, mais la pomme et la

8. La peche est le meilleur de tous
peche sont meilleures.
9. Nous
les fruits, mais elle est moins utile que la pomme.
10. II y
avons besoin de legumes et de fruits pour la table.
a peu d'arbres fruitiers dans la ville, mais il y en a beaucoup
dans le jardin de mon grand-pere a la campagne.
7.
B.
dans
(1)
Supply
la classe?
the
2.
missing words:
Nous y
etudiez-vous
puis
mois.
5.
Le pain
froid
il
le
francais?
4.
est sur la table
depuis un mois.
quand etes-vous
3. De-
1.
depuis neuf heures.
7.
J'
depuis deux
Je F
hier.
6.
froid
C'est l'hivcr.
depuis huit
jours.
(2)
1.
Ce
Supply
(attendre)
the
II
proper form of the verb given in the infinitive:

2. (murir)
son pere depuis une heure.
depuis huit jours.
ble
depuis cinq heures.

heures.
5.
(etre)
4.
(avoir)
Nous
3.
(chanter) Les oiseaux
Pierre
a la
faim depuis onze
campagne depuis quinze
LESSON XVI
73
jours.
6.
vite.
jours.
avons
Nos amis
a la
foret.
pommes
a l'ecole tous les
campagne tous
longtemps en France.
belle
Les
(murir)
S.
Ces enfants
(aller)
9.
une
hier
nos lecons.
(aller)
10.
(etre) II
11.
Nous
(voir)
Nous
(finir)
7.
75
12.
les etes.
(etre) II
depuis longtemps en France.
What
a.
(3)
is
from
Is this clear
between meilleur and
the
difference
the
English equivalent?
mieux?
II y a un peu de
much; negative force)
beurre sur la table.
We cannot say II y a un peu de pommes
sur mes arbres; we must say il y a quelques pommes sur mes
arbres.
Un peu can be used only before nouns in what number?
What is the case in regard to quelques? What is the force of
II y a eu peu de pommes de terre l'annee passee?
Of Nous allons
avoir quelques choux cette annee pour nos lapins?
Of Nous
allons avoir peu de choux cette annee pour nos lapins?
What
Note carefully
b.
the
bon,
bien;
vilain,
peu;
petit,
b.
Which
On
largest
money.
little
We
5.
better.
6.
4.
work
boy.
9.
little
noun and which follow?

an
rule for the gender of
different genders.
Fewer green
see better.
few
8.
little
is
few (some) green
dine better.
Our dinner
better than cabbages.
We
7.
peas.
We
write better.
tired.
little
boys.
Fewer
is
She hears
better book.
Not very
little girls.
tired.
Not many
girls.
Traduisez:
.
make a
nouns of
better.
string beans.
(= few)
(1), 3,
Fruit (plural)
They
better.
better
seche,
1. The most useful vegetable.

The hardest part of the lesson.
2. My
My best peach. His best pear. His most
3. Our most difficult lesson.
Little money.
rabbit.
peas.
(2)
superlatif:
lesson.
beautiful rose.
little
au
Ecrivez en frangais:
(1)
The hardest
Fewer
et
ancienne,
excellente,
difficile,
of these adjectives precede the
the basis of
adjective qualifying two
two sentences?
last
gentille.
c.
C.
(not
au tableau noir au comparatif
Ecrivez
a.
(4)
y a peu de
il
between the
is the difference
between:
difference
beurre sur la table, and
than
1.
prefer
.)
in
the
summer.
country to the city

2.
It is less
(like
warm and
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
76
74
We
went (use etre) to the country last

have a large yard (jardin), but
5. It (Ce) is not a good year
little fruit this year.
Last year was better.
6. The leaves and
for fruit (plural).
7. I like the flowers too.
grass were greener last summer.
Roses are the most beautiful of all flowers.
the air
is
better.
summer.
they have
4.
relatives
Compose questions
D.
considered replies:
en
3.
Our
1.
to
which the following sentences
Je suis a la campagne.
2.
may
be
Je passe l'hiver
J'aime mieux la campagne en
4. Les chemins
ete.
que les rues.
5. Oui, madame, les routes sont
plus grandes que les chemins.
6. II y a plus d'herbe a, la
campagne.
7. J'aime mieux les pommes de terre que les
choux.
8. Les lapins mangent les choux.
9. Voici la partie
la plus difficile de cette lecon.
10. Voila le plus grand des
arbres.
11. J'ai un petit jardin devant ma maison de ville.
12. Le jardin de ma maison de campagne est plus joli.
13. Je
travaille depuis huit heures.
14. Nous n'avons pas besoin
de ces livres.
15. Xon, la Belgique est un pays industriel.
16. Nous allons passer huit jours a New- York.
ville.
3.
sont plus
E.
jolis
Dictee:
Lesson XV, A.
LESSON
Agreement
74.
XVII
of Past Participle.
1.
In a compound
tense with avoir the past participle agrees in gender and
number with a
J'ai fini
mes
Je les ai
Quels
direct object
achetes?
N.B. Remember
that
the participle does not agree with en,
Avez-vous des plumes? Oui,

Yes, I bought some yesterday.
2.
like
it:
finies.
livres a-t-il
which precedes
have finished my lessons.

I have finished them.
What books has he bought?
leg ons.
j'en ai achete hier.
e.g.,
Have you any pens?
When used as an adjective, the past participle agrees

an adjective:
La plume achete e
hier.
The pen bought yesterday.
77
LESSON XVII
75
Some
common use
Relatives.
75.
1.
The
relative
pronouns of most
are qui as subject, and que as direct object of
a verb:
La dame qui chante.
Les livres qui sont ici.
Les pommes que j'ai achetees.
2.
The
The lady who sings.

The books which are here.
The apples that I have bought.
pronoun, often omitted in English,
relative
is
never omitted in French:

Le pain que
j'ai
The bread
achete hier.
bought yesterday
EXERCISE XVH
le
acheter [a$te] buy
cigare [siga:r] cigar
la cigarette [sigaret] cigarette

la cuisine [kqizin] kitchen,
cook-
cook
postman,
la cuisiniere [kqizinjeir]
facteur
[faktceir]
porter
le
franc [fra] franc
le kilo (gramme) [kilo
gram
la laitue
le
les
le
les
(about 2
(gram)] kilo-
lbs.,
oz.)
[kty] lettuce
marche [mar$e] market

messieurs [mesj0] gentlemen
poulet [pule] chicken
provisions
/.
[provizj5]
food,
provisions
la
etre a [e:tr a] belong to

faire visite
ing
le
ecrit [ekri] written (past part.)
salade [salad] salad
cher [$e:r] dear, costly

quelqu'un [kslkde] some one
a.
go to
see,
pay a
visit
fumer [fyme] smoke

ouvrir [uvrhr] open
ouvert [uve:r] open (past participle of ouvrir)
payer [pejej pay for, pay

prendre [pra:dr] take, get
pris [pri] got, taken (past participle of prendre)
alors [alo:r] then, therefore
comme [kom]
as
encore [ako:r] again,

ensuite
[asqit]
then,
still,
in
yet
the
next place
peut-etre[p0t8:tr] perhaps
2. Nous
A. 1. Nous avons te" (went) au marche" ce matin.
avons pris des provisions pour ce soir, parce que nous allons
3. Nous avons pris des legumes,
avoir des amis a dtner.
4. Tout est cher maindes fruits, des fieurs et deux poulets.
Nous avons pave" les deux poulets douze francs.
tenant.
5. Comme fruit nous avons pris du raisin blanc que nous
A FKENCH GRAMMAR
78
75
6. Les roses et
avons paye" quatre francs le kilo(-gramme).
tulipes que nous avons prises pour la table sont cheres
aussi.
7. Voici
les
Nous les avons payees dix francs.
legumes que nous avons achetes: des pommes de terre, de la
8. D'abord nous allons manger le
laitue et des petits pois.
potage.
9. Puis on va apporter des pommes de terre avec
10. Ensuite on va apporter (servir) le poulet
des petits pois.
et la salade de laitue et puis, apres, nous allons avoir du raisin
11. Ensuite nous allons prendre du cafe et les mesblanc.
12. La cuisisieurs vont fumer des cigares ou des cigarettes.
niere qui est dans la cuisine prepare maintenant un excellent
14. Je vais etre
diner.
13. J'ai tres faim depuis longtemps.
content de manger quelque chose.
les
B.
the
The past
(1)
of ouvrir
participle
of prendre, pris;
ecrit;
of
is
ouvert;
comprendre,
feminine form of these participles.
(?).
of ecrire,
Pronounce
Is the change one of spelling
simply, or of spelling and sound both f What is true of the change

Compare tvith
in participles like fini, eu, vu, achete, fume?
these
the following
form:
ancien,
giving in each case the feminine
adjectives,
un, grand, petit, mauvais, heureux, facile, faux, gentil,

gros,
vieux,
court,
joli,
vilain,
quel,
See
bleu.
Lesson XII, Exercise in Pronunciation, (2).

(2) Substitute pronouns for the object nouns, making the neces2. Nous
sary changes: 1. II a mange les pommes de terre.
avons crit deux lettres a nos parents.
3. La bonne a apporte
4.
Nous avons passe nos vacances chez nos
les cuillers.
5. II a ouvert la porte.
6. J'ai ecrit cette lettre.
parents.
8. Qui a mange leurs poires?
7. Quelqu'un a pris nos cerises.
1. (ecrire)
(3) Supply the correct form of the participle:
Voici les lettres que mon frere a
2. (prendre) La plume
sur la table est au professeur.
que vous avez
3. (acheter)
4. (ouvrir) A
Je n'aime pas la viande que la bonne a
1
qui est la lettre qu'il a

hier est a Jean.
6.
(visiter)
aujourd'hui.
avons
(What do you think of)
8.
(ouvrir)
5.
7.
(ouvrir)
La
lettre qu'il a
J'aime la belle foret que nous

(ecrire)
Comment
trouvez-vous
que j'ai
a notre tante?
s'il
porte que cet enfant a
la lettre
Allez fermer la
79
LESSON XVII
75
vous
(ouvrir) Cette porte n'est pas
9.
plait.
10. (ecrire)
11. (prendre) Je n'aime pas

pas encore
pour moi.
la voiture que vous avez
case a pronoun object:
(4) Reply to the questions, using in each
que votre oncle l'a
Est-ce
2.
lettre?
cette
1. Qui a ecrit
prise sur ma table de travail?
3. L'avez-vous
ouverte?
Ma
lettre n'est
5. Est-ce
Avez-vous vu les lettres que nous avons ecrit es?
6. Pierre a-t-il ecrit ces
que quelqu'uh a pris nos peches?
8. Le
7. A-t-il donne les lettres au facteur?
deux lettres?
facteur a-t-il pris les lettres que vous avez ecrites ce matin?
4.
que, depuis,
Use correctly in sentences: mieux, aussi
(5)
depuis quand, peu de, un peu de, quelques, meilleur, on, de
bonne heure, tous les soirs.
.
compounded with
from
Did you ever hear a Frenchman speaking
its use in English t
"
English use sentences like these: " I have seen him yesterday?
"I have arrived in America two months ago? " How do you
How
(6.)
does the French use of the tense
the present of the auxiliary (perfect, or past indefinite) differ
explain his mistake?
Thus far what

we had? Compare:
(7)
depuis
1'
Vary
(1)
of other persons
a.
(2)
je travaille,
heure du dejeuner.
(past indefinite)
C.
three uses of the present

il
form of
verbs have
arrive demain, je travaille
What two
uses of the perfect
form
have we had?
(orally or in writing) using subject
pronouns
and numbers.
Xote that
the
French idiom often
differs
from
the
Eng-
The French say: ecoutez le professeur; regardez le poulet;

What is the
nous attendons le train.
ila ont pave leur diner;
?
English
and
French
general difference here between
la
b. Nous entrons dans la salle, la euisiniere entre dans
lish.
cuisine.
c.
How
In A,
(2)
does this verb contrast with the four given above?
and
(3),
what special meaning does the verb prendre
have f
(3)
present
Write French sentences in which you use correctly in the

and in the past indefinite: ecouter, payer, regarder,
aimer mieux. avoir besoin de, avoir raison,

chaud.. prendre.
faire
chaud, avoir
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
80
D. Traduisez:
1.
Have you been
to market?
Yes,
76
was
there early this morning, to get some provisions for this even2. The fruit (plural)
ing.
I got some meat and vegetables.
is dear and is not very good, but the flowers that
3. We expect
we bought are very pretty. There they are.
some friends this evening who are very fond of (aimer beauThe gentlemen like to (a) smoke. Here are
coup) flowers.
4. We are' going to have
some cigars and cigarettes I bought.
that I see
an excellent dinner: soup, potatoes, peas, chicken, a lettuce

and then, as dessert, grapes, and, afterwards, coffee.
They have been
5. How long have your friends been here?
6. They are visiting (etre en visite chez)
here for a week.
They are going to stay a few days longer (still
their relatives.
a few days), perhaps a fortnight (fifteen days).
salad,
lesson
xvm
The verb etre + the past

Tenses with etre.
1.
form the compound tenses of all reflexive verbs
( 82) and of some intransitive verbs, of which the following
are the most important:
76.
participle
aller [ale] go,
be
naitre [ne:tr] be born
(of health)
come back again
arriver [arive] arrive, get (to)
rentrer [ratre]
descendre [desfi:dr] go down, stop

(at a hotel)
devenir [davni:r] become
partir [parti: r] go
entrer (dans) [atre] enter, go in
monter [mote] go up, get

Note.
(in),
climb
away, leave
rester [reste] stay, remain

sortir (de) [sorthr]
go out
tomber [tobe] fall

venir [vanhr] come
be observed that all of these intransitive verbs, except

rester, denote a change of place or state.
It will
2. The past participle of a verb (not reflexive) conjugated

with etre agrees with the subject, thus:
I have arrived,
je suis arrive(e) [arive]
tu es arrive(e)
il
(elle) est arrive(e)
[arive]
[arive]
etc.
nous sommes arrive(e)s [arive]

[arive]
vous etes arrive(e)s
ils (elles)
sont arrive(e)s
[arive]
Copyrigltf,
Le Marche
Underwood
aux Fleurs, Paris
&
Underwood
81
LESSON XVIII
76
EXERCISE
XVm
[ale] go, be (of health)
ia
comedie [komedi] comedy
aller
le
concert [k5se:r] concert
s'en aller [sonale] go
away
arriver [arive] arrive, get (to)
[fwa] time
une fois one time, once
la fois
descendre [desfi:dr] go down, stop

partir (de) [partiir] go away, leave
Monday
le
lundi
le
la
magasin [rnagaze] shop, store

musee [myze] museum
musique [myzik] music
le
palais [pais] palace
causer [koze] talk, chat
le
pare [park] park
mener [mane]
le
[ltiedi]
la piece [pies] play,

le
restaurant
room
[restora]
restau-
salon
[sal5]
venu [vany]
(past part.)
take, lead
quitter [kite] leave, quit

rire [ri:r] laugh:
directement
le
taxi [taksi] taxi
le
temps [ta]
weather
time
rectly,
(period),
le
theatre [tea:tr] theater, stage
le
tramway [tramwe]
tramway
A. (1)
1.
huit jours.
sont arrives
altes les
gare et
come
ri
[ri]
laughed
drawing room,
parlor
pas
fall
venir [vanhr] come;
(past part.)
rant
le
tomber [t5be]
ils
street car,
[direkt(9)mfi]
di-
straight
midi [midi] noon

minuit [miniri] midnight
partout [partu] everywhere
chez [$e] at the house (office)
of,
with
Nos parents de la campagne sont chez nous depuis

3. lis
2. Nous sommes tres contents de les voir.
sommes
ne
Nous
midi.
4.
de
train
le
lundi par
5. lis ont pris un taxi a la
chercher a la gare.
sont venus directement a la maison.
6.
lis
ne sont
menons partout pour

7. Nous
pas descendus a un hdtel.
et nous avons
tramway
le
pris
avons
8. Nous
les amuser.
les avons
Nous
ville.
9.
la
de
parties
differentes
visite les
les
menes aux grands magasins de
aux musses, et au con10. Nous les avons men6s
la ville,
pour entendre de la musique.

11. Nous
deux fois au theatre pour voir jouer* des pieces.
dans
entrSs
sommes
Nous
12.
theatre.
soir
au
hier
6te*
avons
places.
13. On
la salle a huit heures et nous avons trouve" nos
cert
* Observe the word order here. Compare for position and translation
with the infinitive after voir (see XIV, A, 8) and entendre (XV, B, 3).
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
82
a joue
16.
C'est une excellente comedie
14.
nous en avons beaucoup
theatre apres minuit.
Xous sommes
15.
ri.
La
7G
Moliere
Bourgeois gentilhomme [bur3\va3atijom] de
le
qui nous a beaucoup amuses.

et
du
un
sortis
nuit etait (tvas) tres noire et
de nos cousins est tombe.
Xous sommes
quelque [kelka] temps au salon

nous coucher.
2. Aujourd'hui nous
sommes tous [tus] tres fatigues, mais notre tante et deux de
3. Elles vont
nos cousines sont parties de bonne heure.
4. Demain
visiter le palais et le pare de Versailles [VersaijL
toute la famille va voir le grand marche de Paris, les Halles
[le al] (see 17, 5), et ce soir nous allons les mener diner dans
5. lis vont rester encore quelques
un des grands restaurants.
6. lis vont partir dans huit jours.
jours chez nous.
(2)
1.
pour causer avant
B.
Supply
(1)
restfes
d'aller
the auxiliary of the past indefinite tense
use the proper form of the participle:

;
(parti) elle
dans
Madame Durand
3.
La
(arriver)
2.
(descendre)
a l'hotel Crillon [krijo].
[dyra]
petite
au marche;
voiture.
la
hier chez son grand-pere.
fille
Monsieur n'est pas a
tout de
maison; il
suite apres le dejeuner.
5. (aller) Les enfants
coucher de bonne heure.
6. (entrer) Les eleves
pas
dans la classe.
7. (venir) Elles ne
4.
(sortir)
aujourd'hui.
France;
S.
(quitter)
Xous
tout
de
suite.
(partir)
la
Xos amis
Chicago lundi.
notre amie dans la rue et elle
Xous
(quitter)
se
a l'ecole
pour la
hier
(quitter)
9.
ils
10.
and
Xous
(entrer)
(aller) elles
nous
(monter)
1.
apres
la
le
dejeuner.
(2)
aller,
a.
Observe
moi apres
vais chez
finie,
the
difference
meaning and use
in
s'en aller, partir, sortir, quitter.
je vais;
la classe, but
instead,
we
say, je
We
betiveen
say in French:
we do not say: la
pars, je m'en vais.
je
classe est
That is,
Ex-
with aller alone some expression of place is usually added.
amples:
nous allons dans
France;
il
y va.
*
le
jardin;
Aller alone does not
Use the proper form
nous y allons;
mean "
il
leave, go
of s'en aller.
va en
away."
LESSON XVIII
76
For
we use partir or s'en
that
Je pars de Chicago
il
matin;
il
a quitte
il
demain a 9 heures;
est parti
it
(s'en est alle) hier
Is quitter transitive?
"
"
train a la petite gare.
le
What auxiliary does

is often
hier;
expressed in French by arriver: je suis arrive par
de huit heures.
b. Write a group of sentences about a trip
which you use correctly aller, partir, quitter.
C.
Sortir
(1)
apres
come
Observe too that the English
takef
le
diner;
means "
il
to
to
nous sommes
chambre;
le
train
the country in
go out ": je sors de la salle a
sort de sa
mean-
the different
a quelle heure partez-vous?
quitte Chicago)
(je
campagne
est alle a la
Study
aller.
New- York demain;
je vais a
ings:
83
manger
sortis
de
Ou est la cuisiniere? Elle est sortie. Est-ce que

Monsieur Hugo est chez lui (at home)? Non, mademoiselle,
la cuisine.
monsieur est
sorti.
Observe that the present tense of servir, partir, sortir, dormir
(2)
is not
Compare Lesson XIII,
murir.
inflected like that of finir,
Write and read aloud the present tense of these six verbs.
Note that servir alone means " to serve," and that used with the
B,
(2).
personal object pronoun (reflexive) and the preposition de (se

it means " to use " " make use of."
Observe also that
servir de)
the past participle of venir is different
Mon
-ir.
frere est
venu nous voir
from
hier;
that of other verbs in

elles
sont venues de
bonne heure.
D.
(1)
Rewrite A, substituting une de
mes cousines
it.
Pay
parents and je for nous, where the sense allows

attention to the use of auxiliaries
(2)
and
What seems
fois in
to
(1) 10
and
to participle
be the difference of
and
(2),
for nos
especial
agreement.
meaning between temps
1?
(1)
What ways do you know
nounce: vous etes,

(2)
mon
frere,
Note the pronunciation
of spelling the
muette,
sound [e]
Pro-
la craie.
of tous in
(jus] tres fatigues.
In this case tous
the pronunciation of
Tous mes amis sont
is
nous sommes tous
a pronoun.
partis,
and
Contrast
lis
sont
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
84
tous partis;
when
it
Tous
of
you
when tous
tell
and Tous
an adjective and
is
a pronoun?
is
VOCABULARY REVIEW,
(1)
76
les restaurants sont fermes,
How may
sont fermes.
What words
opposites
are
synonyms
or
the following {in case of nouns, always
supply
suggested by
the proper definite
plus, peu, facile, blanc, long, vieux, joli,
or indefinite article):
heureux, monter, s'en
campagne, chemin,
No. 2
mur, agricole,
raison,
froid,
6t,
aller,
entrer, arriver, midi.
1. Le petit garcon joue

(2) Supply words that make sense:
avec sa
2. Pour manger
la petite fille j
a la
et d'une
3. On
de la viande nous avons besoin d'un
et on boit le cafe dans une
mange les legumes dans une
nous faisons
4. Nous travaillons beaucoup a l'ecole;
.
du
a la
un
'attends
dans une
le
12.
8.
Je
9.
taxi
Mes
chanter
bonne a
(3)
voyons des
les
16.
un
legumes,
et
a,
et
7.
mur.
15.
le
II
10.
et
14.
lis
Nous
vacances
les
la
du
avec leurs
J'ecris une
6.
train
les
je
me
Dans
Dans
les
les
vertes et nous
ma
{adverb of quantity)
m&re.
17. La
de beurre.
all the objects that
Qu'est-ce qu'on voit a la

les fruits,
aller
Le
Je
5.
parents sont contents de
les
In your answer, enumerate
be included:
les
achete"
pour
11.
Nous
champs nous voyons des
bois nous
1'
sommes fatigues.
Nous allons
voir
allons
13.
de
parce que nous
en
ville
.
gare
la
et
(journal celebre de Paris) tous les
allons nous
chaud en
et des
1'
de
et
Temps
le
campagne
may
(les
properly
animaux,
etc.)?
(4) Qu'est-ce qu'on achate {3d
si?ig.
present)
au march?
Quand on achete quel que chose, que faut-il {must

3. Que fait-on
2. Que fait-on avec une poupee?
5-7. Que
4. Que fait-on au concert?
pendant le diner?
avec une plume? avec la laitue?
fait-on avec un couteau?
(5)
1.
one) faire?
8.
LESSON XVIII
76
85
Pourquoi est-ce qu'on mange?

9. Pourquoi est-ce qu'on
10. Que fait-on quand on a sommeil?
boit?
au concert? au marched
(6) Pourquoi va-t-on au theatre?
au magasin? au restaurant? a la campagne? dans les champs?
dans les bois?
(7)
Quels legumes aimez-vous?
Quels fruits?
Que
boit-on
(3d sing. pres. of boire) chez vous?

(8)
Quels parents avez-vous?
(9)
Distinguish (by examples of correct usage or by explana-
and temps
Lesson XVIII, A);

and quitter; of partir
and sortir; of depuis and depuis quand; of avant and devant;
of meilleur and mieux; of peu and un peu; of un peu and
quelque(s); of joli and beau; of vieux and ancien; of gentil
and joli; of je prends and je mene (1st sing, pres.); of ecouter
and entendre; of com^die and piece; of servir and se servir
de; of cher in chere cousine and le poulet est cher; of voir
and regarder; of il fait chaud and il a chaud.
tion) between the use of fois
of aller
and partir
(10) Ecrivez
au
(s'en aller);
pluriel:
feminin: blanc, vert, tout,

nouveau, gentil.
(11)
(see
of partir
monsieur, animal,
sec, court,
Conjuguez au present:
ceil,
ciel.
Au
muet, long, gros, vieux,
regarder, chercher, faire, aller,
voir, murir, ouvrir, partir, dormir, servir, entendre,
comprendre,
prendre, 6crire.
(12) Ecrivez a la premiere persoime (first person)
passe indefini:
du
pluriel
du
chercher, quitter, faire, 6tre, aller, voir, sortir,
attendre, prendre, ouvrir, 6crire, descendre, monter, s'en aller,

se coucher, s'appeler.
1. Belgium is an industrial country.
3. There are many fields
an agricultural country.
in France.
4. There are also many forests and there are some
tall and beautiful.
that are very old.
5. Their trees are
(13)
Ecrivez en francais:
2.
France
6.
One hears many
French
is
fields
during the
7. The
The wheat has ripened
birds sing in the green leaves.
are beautiful this year.
summer and they
8.
are going to cut
it.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
86
77-78
LESSON XIX
Pronoun Objects.
77.
1.
The personal pronoun
has, for
the indirect object of the third person, the following forms:

lui [lui], (to, for)
him,
leur [lce:r],
(to, for) her.
Lui and leur precede the verb
2.
( 30),
(to, for)
them.
but follow
le, la,
les:
Nous
Je
Je
donne.
les leur donne.
and
1.
I give
her
I give
them
(to her).
to her).
(to)
them.
spelling:
commencer,
to begin,
nous commencons.
written c [s] before o of the ending

2.
it (it
Observe the following peculiarities of pronunciation
78.
is
We speak to him
lui parlons.
la lui
manger,
to eat,
nous
The
c [s] of the
stem
(cf. 5, 4).
The g
mangeons.
[5] of the stem
is
written ge [3] before o of the ending ( 19, 2).
mener [mane], to lead, take (someone somewhere), je mene [men],

menes [men], il mene [men], nous menons [nurnno], vous menez
[vumne], ils menent [men].
3.
tu
In this case the change affects both the spelling and the pronunciaThe vowel [a], called mute e or feminine e, becomes [e] when
tion.
it, as in four forms of the present of mener.

This sound [e] is here spelled e. The shift of stress occurs in those
forms in which the [a] of the stem would be followed by a single consonant
e mute (cf. 12, 1, n.).
the syllable stress falls on
EXERCISE XIX
le
bonbon [bob5]
(piece of)
la bottine [botin] shoe, high

le
la
la
[kravat] cravat, neck-
ie
.,
s ,
,_
le
shoe
chapeau [$apo] hat

chaussure [$osy:r] footwear
chemise [la$mi:z] shirt
la cravate
.
candy
le
(faux-)col [(fo)kol] collar
le
marchand [mar$a] shopkeeper,

merchant
mouchoir [mu$wa:r] handkerchief
la paire [pe:r] pahle
prix [pri] price
shoe, low shoe
le Soulier [sulje]
Wgu
^^ blue
meme [me :m] same

pauyre
,-
-j
pQOI
unioHu .
plusieurs [plyzjceir] several
LESSON XIX
78
EXERCISE XIX
[ak5pane]
accompagner
with,
go
87
(.Continued)
rentrer [ratre] return (home),
come
accompany
in again
appeler [aple] call

courir [kuri:r] run, run about;
bon marche [bomaree] cheap
couru [kury] (past participle
(invariable)
enfin [fifs] finally, at length
of courir)
demander [damade]
ask, ask for
souvent [suvcQ often
2. Nous avons couru

A. 1. Que nous sommes fatigues!
3. Mes cousins sont alles a, plusieurs
beaucoup aujourd'hui.
4. Xous sommes entres
magasins et je les ai accompagnes.
5. Un de mes cousins
d'abord chez un marchand de chapeaux.
6. Le marchand lui montre un joli
a demande un chapeau.
cousin lui dit:
Combien, monsieur?
7. Mon
chapeau.
8. Trois dollars [dolar], repond le marchand, et mon cousin
10. Ensuite
l'achete.
9. J'en ai pris un aussi au meme prix.
nous sommes alles chez un marchand de chaussures ou Ton *
11. Xous avons
nous a montre des bottines et des souliers.
achete une paire de bottines pour notre cousine et deux paires
12. Les chaussures ne sont pas tres bon marche
de souliers.
1-1. Puis
maintenant.
13. Xous les avons pa}*ees bien cher.
nous sommes entres dans un grand magasin.
15. Un de mes
cousins a
demande
des chemises, des mouchoirs, des faux-cols
Le marchand lui en a montre de tres

en a achete.
II a achete aussi des mouchoirs
pour son pere.
18. J'ai achete une tres jolie cravate en soie.
19. Je l'ai payee treize francs.
20. Enfin nous avons achete"
des bonbons pour ma tante et mes cousines et nous sommes
et des cravates.
17.
jolis.
16.
II
rentres chez nous.
B.
(1)
Run
rapidly through A, changing the number or the
person (or both) of each subject.

(2) Beginning with Xous sommes entres (A, 4) change
verbs to the present form.
in French.
*
The
agreeable
1'
Would
it
of 1'on has
be so
Such a passage would

in English?
no significance.
when coming between ou and
It
on.
be quite
all the
normal
merely makes the sound more
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
88
auxiliary does
it
is the
78
past participle ?
Contrast with aller, partir, sortir,
take?
Say: he ran, he did not run, you have run about
.s'en aller, etc.
to-day, haven't you?
.a lot
Substitute
(4)
cravate
pronoun for
personal
parlons au marchand.
Nous
1.
What
Give two translations for courir.
(3)
What
au marchand.
3.
Je
the
indirect
object:
Nous avons pay6 cette

payee au marchand douze
2.
l'ai
a parle de la piece a sa tante.
5. Les petites
ont donne leurs poupees a ces pauvres enfants.
6. La
7. Elle a ecrit une courte
bonne a apporte du cafe a nos amis.
8. Louise ne repond pas a, son pere.
lettre a sa sceur.
9. Je
francs.
4.
II
.filles
mon amie.
10. Robert demande un
une cravate au marchand.
(5) Substitute personal pronouns for the direct and indirect
2. Les
objects: 1. Le general a donn6 le cheval a son fils.
3. Elle a ecrit
generaux ont donne les chevaux a leurs fils.
4. Vous ecrivez la lettre au
cette longue lettre a son oncle.
5. Voulez-vous donner
professeur en francais, n'est-ce pas?
6. Le marchand a montre les
une balle au petit gargon?
7. II a vendu les bottes a, mon cousin.
<chapeaux a mon oncle.
8. Le petit garcon a demande" la balle a son pere.
vais porter des fleurs a
Ifaux-col et
(6)
Make
(7)
Supply a
these revised sentences negative.
suitable
personal pronoun of the third person,
direct or indirect object, according to the verb:
lui?
leur?)
les?
homines
ecoutons.
regardent.
paie trois francs.
6.
2.
Nous
Je
4.
1.
Nous
(le?
parlons.
attends.
5.
3.
demande une chemise
Pierre
Les
II
et
un
mouchoir.
What
(8)
attendre,
is to be
payer,
Note that payer
equivalents?
of the thing
noted about the objects of ecouter, regarder,

as compared with the English
demander,
and another
may
of the price,
have two direct objects, one
and one
indirect object of the
person.
C.
for
them.
waited for him; we waited

them; we are talking to
4. We begin dinner
I paid ten francs for them.
5. He takes his friends to the
first we take soup.
(1)
her.
2.
3.
<to dine);
John
is
1.
listening
to
LESSON XIX
78
89
Let's take (like first plural present indicative but no

6. I took my place.
pronoun) our cousins to the park.
We take our friends to the station where they are going to take
8. I
7. Our relatives often take us to the concert.
the train.
9. Let's
ask my father for money. I ask my father for some.
10. We
ask the merchant for a blue cravat and six collars.
11. We paid
paid for the dinner. We paid five francs for it.
the merchant ten francs for the shirt. We paid him ten francs
theater.
subject
for
it.
(2)
Re-read the reading passages
XV, XVI, and
write
in
XIV,
(A) in Lessons XII,
French an account of a
visit
to
the
country.
D.
Dictee: Lesson XVII, A.
Xote the pronunciation and

the present of acheter,
to
spelling of the various forms of

buy and appeler, to call:
acheter [a$te]
appeler [aple]
1.
achete [a$t]
1.
appelle [apel]
2.
achetes [a$et]
2.
appelles [apel]
3.
achete [a$et]
3.
appelle [apel]
4.
achetons [a$to]
4.
5.
achetez [ate]
5.
appelons [aplo]
appelez [aple]
6.
achetent [a$et]
6.
appellent [apel]
Where does
in 4
and 5?
the syllable stress
What
fall in
forms
difference does this
the [a] of the stem of the infinitive?
1, 2, 3,
make
Note that
Where
6?
in the
sound
of
this [a] dis-
appears entirely in the pronunciation of the infinitive of acheter,

and in the forms nous menons, vous menez,
appelons, appelez, achetons, achetez, but that it is sounded in
appeler, devenir,
the infinitive of a word of only two syllables like
mener [mane],
venir [vanhr].
Pronunciation,
(1).
Compare Lesson V, Exercise in

Observe that we say similarly [$aval], but
[lo$val, oe^val].
Are these changes of spelling in mener, appeler, etc., clue to

any phonetic principle? Contrast them with the changes in
words like manger, commencer.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
90
79-82
LESSON XX
see 19)
me
and
indirect object of verbs (for elision,
[ma], me, to
(for)
nous [nu],
me.
te [ta], thee, to (for) thee,
se [sa], himself, herself,

self,
The remaining forms
Personal Pronoun Objects.
79.
serve both as direct
you
itself,
one-
us, to (for) us.
vous [vu], you, to
(for)
you.
se [sa], themselves, to (for) them-
to (for) himself, etc.
selves.
80. Pronominal Adverbs.

They are used with verbs,
and are equivalent to a preposition + a pronoun, standing
usually for things:

y
it
a (dans, sur, etc.)
a pronoun,
means
to {at, on, in, into, etc.)
or them; there.
en = de + a pronoun, means of (from,

some of them, some, any, thence; from there.
am
etc.)
or them, some of
it
going to the country.
Je vais a la campagne.
Yy vais demain.
Venez-vous de Paris?
Do you come from Paris?

Yes, I am coming from there.
I shall
Oui, j'en arrive.
81.
Position.
it,
go there to-morrow.
Personal pronoun objects and pronominal
adverbs, coming before the verb, are arranged thus:

before
le
la
before
lui
\ leur
\ before y} before en.

J
les
H me donne les plumes.

II me les donne.
D les leur donne.
H nous en donne.
II
y en
82.
verbs,
gives
me
gives
them to me.
them to them.
us some of it.
gives
gives
There
a.
Reflexive Verb.
e.g.,
He
He
He
He
se
is
the pens.
(are)
The compound
flatter, to flatter oneself, are
some.
tenses of reflexive
formed with
etre:
LESSON XX
83-84
91
Past Indefinite
Present Indicative
1 (have) flattered myself,
1 flatter myself, etc.
me
je
flatte
tu te flattes
il
(elle)
se flatte
[samflat]
suis
etc.
....
\flU<e)
es
[flate]
[ilsaflat]
se flattent
The
(elle) s> est
il
nous nous sommes

vous vous etes
..,
flatte (e)s
.
1
I
[flate]
ils (elles)
[ilsaflat]
Agreement.
83.
tu
[tytaflat]
nous nous flattons [nunuflato]

vous vous flattez [vuvuflate]
ils (elles)
me
je
se sont
past participle agrees with a pre-
ceding reflexive object, unless the object be indirect:

Elles se sont flattees.
But:
Ils
84.
article
se sont lave les mains.
They have nattered themselves.

They have washed their hands.
Observe the possessive force of the article, or of the

with an indirect object, when there is no ambiguity
as to the possessor, especially
when
referring to parts of
the body, clothing, etc.

Je vous donne la main.
La bonne leur lave les mains.
Ils
se lavent les mains.
I give
my
you
hand.
The maid is washing their hands.

They are washing their hands.
EXERCISE XX
la brosse [bros]
coucher [sokuSe] go to bed,
brush
la
chambre [Sa:br] bedroom
les
cheveux m. Qe$v0] hair
(usu-
la figure
[figyir]
(statue,
les
le
le
nouvelles
face,
figure
[nuvd] news
peigne [pen] comb

savon [sav5] soap
la serviette [ssrvjet] towel, nap-
lever [salve] get
penser
head
interessant [gteresQ] interesting
brosser [brose] brush
(a)
have
up
[pfise]
think
(of,
in mind)
perdre [psrdr]
lose,
waste
[promne]
promener
take
walk, ride
servir
kin
la tete [t:t]
oneself,
wash
etc..)
/.
wash
[solave]
laver
ally)
lie
down
use
de [saserviirda] make
of,
use
avant de [avada] before (with

infinitive)
deja [desa] already
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
92
A.
(1)
Supply
2.
ne
Je
ai
cigares?
(3d) ecoutons.
(3d)
ai
4.
6.
paye un
(1st
repondu.
pas
lis
3.
(1st)
lis
84
the person indicated, both
Le marchand
1.
(3d)
demandez des
pronoun of
the object
singular and plural:
(1st)
pers.)
ecoutent.
(3d)
repond.
Vous
(3d)
5.
donnent.
Nous
7.
Je
diner.
(2) Rewrite, using where possible direct and indirect object

pronouns instead of the object nouns: 1. Mon cousin a demande
2. Le marchand a
des ehapeaux (see 36, 3) au marchand.
3. La bonne a apporte les
montre des souliers a mon oncle.
4. Elle m'a apporte les lettres.
lettres a mon pere.
5. Elle
6. Elle nous a servi du potage.
m'a apporte des lettres.
7.
vend des pommes a
ma
the prepositional phrases with
de
Elle nous a servi le potage.
8.
II
sceur.
en
Substitute
(3)
and a according
or
to the
y for
sense:
a parle de ses vacances.

4.
Nous sommes
3.
sorties
de ses lecons de latin?
6.
du
II
1.
Nous
parlons du lapin.
2.
II
Elle est sortie de la salle a manger.

salon.
5.
Lui avez-vous parle
se sert d'une fourchette.
7.
Nous
avons besoin de serviettes.

8. Mes cousins se sont servis
de mes cravates.
9. Je vais avoir besoin d'un mouchoir.
10. Nous pensons a, notre voyage.
11. Elle pense a son nouveau chapeau.
12. Avez-vous pense a chercher des bonbons?
13. Ce lapin pense a manger vos choux, n'est-ce pas?
14. Nous
allons a la campagne.
15. Voyez-vous les eleves dans le pare?
16. Avez-vous quelque chose a la main?
17. II a couru a
l'ecole.
18. II sort de sa chambre de bonne heure.
19. Nous
sommes descendus du train a midi.
20. Nous sommes descendus a cet hotel et nous y sommes restes pendant l'hiver.
21. lis sont rested quinze jours a Paris.
22. Nos amis les
ont accompagnes a la gare.
23. Ces messieurs sont arrives
a Chicago hier.
24. lis sont de vos amis, n'est-ce pas?
Answer, using, instead of the nouns, personal pronouns

2. Avezy when suitable: 1. Sortez- vous du theatre?
vous 6te au theatre?
3. Allez-vous
encore au theatre?
4. Avez-vous ri de la com6die?
5. Dinez-vous avant d'aller
au theatre?
6. Vos cousins sont-ils alles au concert hier?
B.
(1)
and en
or
LESSON XX
84
93
pense
8. Avez-vous
Avez-vous pense a votre voyage?
a-t-on
servi
Vous
9.
Wanamaker?
a m'acconipagner chez
cafe
apporte
du
a-t-elle
bonne
La
10.
monsieur?
vin,
du
donne a Madame Perrin
a-t-elle
11. En
au salon?
a accompagne vos cousins ,au theatre?
12. Qui
[pere]?
7.
Avez-vous demande le journal a cette vieille femme?

Avez-vous donne a la vieille femme le prix du journal?
15. Lisez-vous les journaux tous les jours avant de quitter
16. Avez-vous trouve" des nouvelles interessantes
la maison?
17. L'eleve a-t-il repondu aux questions?
dans le journal?
19. A-t-il repondu a
18. Avez-vous repondu a sa lettre?
13.
14.
ces
dames?
Write out the present and past indefinite indicative of: se

promener (see 78, 3); se coucher; se servir d'une fourchette;
(2)
s'en aller.
C.
promener en
drive (use se
he goes to bed.
3. She washes her
2.
1.
He
voiture,
The cook
gets up early; he takes a

en automobile [otamobil])
uses lettuce to
make
salad.
84) hands before preparing dinner.
4.
my
hands and face every evening ( 58) before going to

6. These
5. I have already washed my hands once.
bed.
Now
children washed their hands with (avec) (some) soap.
promener
se
(use
horseback
ride
They
7.
they need a towel.
8. When they are tired, they go to bed
a cheval) every day.
9. It is time to (II est temps de) get up now; we get up;
early.
we got up early this morning; the girls (bonnes) got up: they
wash
(a) his feet.
our hands.
hair.
13.
He
10. I have eyes in my ( 84) head.
hands, a hat on (sur) his head, shoes on
11. We used soap and a towel to (pour) wash
12. They need a brush and a comb to brush their
up now.
are getting
has pencils in
He
(&) his
lost his hair.
you are going to lose

hair.
She washed her
hair often?
(par jour)
*
it
If
you do not wash your
(number?).
We
hair,
are washing our
15. Do you wash your

(Combien de fois) a day
17. How
do you wash your hands? Your face?
16.
hair yesterday.
How many
times
Note that y may not be substituted
Can you
14.
suggest a reason 9
in the reply to the last question.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
94
many
many
times a day do you get up?

times) do
gone away (two

now.
you eat daily?

ways) and it is time
18.
19.
85-86
How
often (=
How
The whole family has
my
to study
history lesson
Count from 1-30, putting in each case a different noun

numeral, as: un franc, deux serviettes, trois brosses, etc.
b. Pronounce and learn the following numerals: trente et un
eleves [trd:tecenele:v], trente-deux enfants [trd!td0zdfd], trenteContinue through 39, putting a noun after each
trois marchands.
D.
a.
after each
numeral.
40 = quarante
= quarante-deux
[kardit], 41
c.
42
different
50
d.
noun
Ckard:td0].
after each
= cinquante
= quarante
un
et
Count through
Qcard'.teoe],
49, putting a
numeral.
[sekdit], 51
= cinquante
et
un
[sekditece],
52=
Count through 59,

cinquante- deux [sekd:td0].
each case a noun beginning with a vowel.
using in
LESSON XXI
85.
Imperfect Indicative of dormer,
I was giving,
donn
I was finishing,
etc.
dorm aient [dons]

86.
av ais [avs]
av ais [avs]
av ait [ave]
To form
finfss aient [finiss]
vendre
I ivas selling,
vend ais
vend ais
vend ait
vend ions
vend iez
vend aient
etc.
[vfids]
[vfids]
[vfids]
[vfidjo]
[vfidje]
[vade]
Imperfect Indicative of avoir, etre
I had, used to have,
63.
etc.
ais
finir,
etc.
I ivas, used to
be-,
etc.
[avj5]
et ais [ete]
et ions
[etj5]
[avje]
av iez
av aient [ays]
et ais [ete]
et iez
[etje]
et ait [etc]
et aient [ete]
zv ions
the Pluperfect tense, add a past participle;
see
LESSON XXI
87
87.
is
Use
of the Imperfect.
95
The name
'Past Descriptive'
In general,
often given to this tense-form.
it
serves to
indicate the situation, the setting, the. state of affairs at a
time in the past, without regard to the beginning or the end

of the action, or to the length of its duration. In past narrathe past indefinite
tive,
is
events one after the other;
used to record the successive

the imperfect form is used to
and the descriptive elements
give the background
of the
situation.
Since the English language has no such special tense form,
except the progressive past (was walking,
etc.), it is
highly
important to understand clearly the meaning of the sentence before deciding whether to translate a given English
past into the French imperfect or into the past indefinite.
Often both translations are possible,
but with different
meanings.
Study the following passage:

Vous
etiez (avez ete) absent bier,
You were
absent yesterday, Pierre.
Pierre.
monsieur,
malade.
Oui,
j'etais
(ai
ete)
Yes,
sir,
I icas
Je suis reste au lit toute la journee.

]'avais (ai eu) la fievre.
Ma gorge m' a fait
My throat
(mefaisait) tres
I stayed in
bed
ill.
all
day.
had fever.
me
hurt
very badly.
mal.
Le medecin
verm deux fois a

m'a si bien soigne
que mon rhume a disparu.
]'ai ete (etais) malade comme
la
est
maison,
et
The doctor came
to the house
twice and took such good care
of
me
I teas
ill
that
my
cold disappeared.
like that last
winter too.
cela l'hiver passe aussi.
Notre medecin etait en France

avec nos soldats, et j'ai ete
toute une semaine au lit.
Our physician
In only one case above (Notre medecin

would the past indefinite be quite out of
it is
used
it
teas in
our soldiers, and I

for a whole week.
etait
France with
icas in bed
en France
.)
but wherever
.
place,
stresses the narrative element of the story, the
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
96
88-89
was completed at a time in the past,

whereas the imperfect form directs attention to the incident
fact that the incident
as
occurred, or to the state of affairs as
it
it
existed.
In certain cases, where the descriptive element

portant, the imperfect form
regularly used
is
is all
and
im-
corre-
sponds to an English progressive past, or to a past modified
by 'used
to.'
It denotes
1.
what used to or continued to take place
in
the past.
Nous
parlions souvent de vous.
We
often spoke (used to speak) of
you.
Tous
en
ans fallais a
les
la
campagne
2.
It
is
something
Quand
used to go to the country in
summer every
ete.
le
?etais au
year.
used for an action that was happening when

happened or was happening.
else
medecin
est
arrive,
When
the doctor
came
was
in
bed.
lit.
Pendant que je parlais,

fumait un gros cigare.
men ami
While I was talking, my friend was

smoking (smoked) a large cigar.
In the first example under 1 above we could just as correctly

Nous avons souvent parle de vous. The meaning, however, would
be somewhat different. The notion of an habitual action would have dis-
Note.
say:
appeared.
Imperfect of faire
88.
was doing,
je fais ais [safaze]
tu fais ais [tyfaze]

il
89.
je
tu
il
(irreg.)
etc.
nous
vous
fais ions
[nufazjS]
fais iez
[vufazje]
ils fais
fais ait [ilfaze]
aient [ilfazs]
For imperfect of commencer, manger,
commenfais [sskomass]
commenfais [tykomase]
commencait [ilkomfise], etc.
je
cf.
78, 156:
manêais [ma3e]
[maze]
tu man<7eais
il
mang'eait [maze], etc.
LESSON XXI
89
97
EXERCISE XXI
un
appetit [apeti] appetite
le
bain [be] bath
la
branche
crier [krie] shout, cry out

dit [di] said (past part.)
branch
[bra:$]
faire jour [fe:rsu:r] get light,
(of
be light; faire noir [fe:r

nwa:r] be dark
se faire mal [mal] hurt oneself
f rapper
[frape] strike, im-
tree)
une epoque [epok] time, period

le mal [mal] evil, harm
la minute [minyt] minute
le petit dejeuner [laptide30ne]
press
breakfast
la
le
s'habiller [sabije] dress
peur [pce:r] fear

reve [re:v] dream
la terre [te:r] earth,

la toilette
reveiller
wake;
[reveje]
se
wake up
rever [reve] dream
reveiller
ground
[twalet] toilet (dressfort [fo:r] loudly
ing)
heureusement
malade [malad]
[cer0:zma]
luckily
ill
tard [ta:r] late
souffrant [sufra] not well
par terre [parte :r] on the ground

avoir peur [avwa:r pce:r] be
si [si]
afraid, get frightened
cesser (de) [sese] stop
A.
across,
1. Je me suis couche hier soir de bonne heure, mais

2. Mon
pas bien dormi parce que j'etais un peu souffrant.
(1)
je n'ai
bras
so
[atrave:r]
a travers
through
me
faisait mal.
mon
eu aussi de mauvais reves.
J'ai
champs
3.
J'ai
dans les
4. Les branches des arbres me frappaient partout et
bois.
j 'avals peur de tomber et de me faire tres mal.
5. J'ai eu si
peur dans mon sommeil que j'ai crie tres fort et me suis reveille.
6. Mais il faisait tou jours tres noir quand je me suis reveille"
7. J'ai dormi encore
et je ne me suis pas leve" tout de suite.
un peu avant de me lever.
8. A six heures il a fait jour et je
reve que
cheval courait a travers
les
et
me
suis leve\
9.
J'ai fait
ma
toilette.
10.
J'ai pris
mon
bain
11. La bonne comdans de l'eau froide et je me suis habille\

12. J'avais si faim que
mencait a, preparer le petit dejeuner.
j'etais
content quand
descendu.
Bonjour!
descendue.
Ma
a dit
elle
sceur 6tait
J'ai
C'est servi!
Ma
14.
13.
Elle
Je suis
m'a
dit
mere n'e'tait pas encore

mange dc (with) bon appetit, et puis
bon appetit!
16.
d6ja k table.
nous sommes partis pour
15.
l'ecole.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
98
(2)
avons
Try
to
89
explain in each case the use of the tenses- (a) 1. Nous

un de nos amis.
2. II commengait a,
1
fait visite hier a
3. II mangeait le potage.
quand nous sommes arrives.
4. II nous a invites a
Nous sommes restes deux heures.
5. Mon
diner et apres nous avons fume plusieurs bons cigares.
6. II fumait quand il etait jeune, mais il
ami n'a pas fume.
diner
a cesse de fumer l'annee passee parce qu'il etait malade.
malade mais je
fumais pas quand j'etais
ete souvent
n'ai
pas cesse de fumer.
petit.
9.
J'ai
7.
J'ai
Je ne
8.
commence quand
j'avais vingt ans.
campagne.
2. Nous y
moins chaud qu'en ville.
5. A cette epoque-la
4. Nos parents nous accompagnaient.
6. II
mon grand-pere habitait la vieille maison de famille.
7. II se promenait
etait tres age mais il 6tait encore assez fort.
8. Souvent je l'accompagnais sur un
a cheval tous les jours.
9. Apres ces promenades
petit cheval qu'il m'avait donne.
(b)
allions
Nous avons
1.
tous
les
ete souvent a la
etes.
3.
j'etais fatigue et j'avais
cheval a eu peur.
11.
II
faisait
un
excellent appetit.
II
a couru a travers
Une fois
champs et
10.
les
le
je
12. J'avais tres peur, et je me suis fait

tombe par terre.
13. Heureusement il y avait de l'herbe et je suis
mal au bras.
tombe sur l'herbe, mais le bras m'a fait mal pendant deux ou
suis
trois jours.
B.
(1)
In nous sommes restes deux heures and nous avons
ete souvent a la
campagne
(A, 2), is the emphasis on the con-
tinuousness, the repetition of the action, the situation, or on the

event itself f
Contrast the verb forms used in le cheval a eu peur
(got frightened)
ened).
and in
What seems
j'avais tres peur (was very
to be the difference
in the
effect
much
fright-
of the two?
Note that verbs like rester, adverbs like souvent, longtemps,

and expressions of time like deux heures, deux ans, do not necessarily call for an imperfect tense, which, although it denotes
what
continued to happen,' is used only when the writer wishes to
stress that element.
Compare 66, examples 2 and 3.
'
(2)
Use
the proper
form of
the verbs in parenthesis.
the past indefinite or the imperfect
according
to
Choose
the sense of the
LESSON XXI
89
sentence:
1.
(dormir)
2.
Quand
(etre)
heure aussi et
je
me
si
10.
8.
Vary
(4)
The imperfect of dormir
C.
the
Contrast
Traduisez:
(avoir) Je
que
nuit je
mon
(dormir) Mais je
9.
(rever)
Je
7
de
encore
beaucoup.
mon
cheval.
it
3.
dormais,
is je
with je
finissais.
etc.
Conjugate
it
Conjugate in the
sortir, partir, servir.
used to go to bed early and I slept well.

ill I slept very badly and I dreamed a
got very much frightened and shouted so
I
1.
But once when
great deal.
4.
de bonne heure.
de bonne
person and number of the subject in A.
(3)
imperfect on this model:
2.
Je
plusieurs fois que je
(rever) Je
throughout.
Une
(rever)
5.
fort que je
deux heures avant de
Je
lever)
(se
avec moi a travers la foret.

6. (frapper) Une
4
dans la figure et je
tres peur.
7. (crier)
branche
3.
avec mes parents.
toujours bon appetit.
cheval
petit je
je
bien.
Je
99
was
came into my room and wakened me.

was shouting so loudly that I was waking the
saw that I was verjr much
whole family.
5. When he
frightened, he stayed in my room [for] some minutes.
6. I
7. When I got up, the
slept some hours still before waking.
maid was preparing breakfast.
8. I was hungry and was glad
9. When the maid said " Breakfast is
to eat something.
10. The family was at table
ready," I went down stairs.
11. My sister left for
already. We ate with a good appetite.
school, but I looked at (j'ai parcouru) the morning paper before
12. It was Monday and I got (arriver) to school
leaving.
loudly that
4.
He
my
father
said that I
morning.
late that
In 6 put encore (still) before some hours.' Be careful about

Note.
the position of deja in 10 (see A, (1), 13). Note the absence of any article in
a table and de bon appetit. Note the different French forms in 1 and 2
for 'I slept
';
'
why?
In 12 put tard before a l'ecole.
D. Dictee: Lesson XIX, A.

:
(se coucher).
(dejeuner).
(courir).
(avoir).
(se reveiller).
(se lever).
(tomber).
100
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
/ shall finish,
etc.
90-94
LESSON XXII
94
101
EXERCISE XXII
un autobus [otobys] motor bus
[kutyrje:r]
couturiere
la
sale [sal] dirty
dress-
blanchir [bla$i:r] launder
maker
le
devoir [ladvwa:r] exercise
le
la
gant [ga] glove

modiste [modist] milliner
le
projet [prose] plan
la
promenade
essay er [eseje] try on

[bo]
be
faire beau
weather;
[move]
faire
[promnad] walk,
semaine [lasnien] week
la
le travail [trava:j]
work
fatigant [fatiga] tiring
que
II
2.
nous
[firta:r]
behind time,
rapidement [rapidma] rapidly,
prochain [pro$e] next
1.
weather;
get dark,
late
pret [pre] ready
A.
[ntri]
demain [dome] to-morrow

en retard
dernier [dernje] last
suite.
be bad
nuit
good
mauvais
be dark
mettre [mstr] put, put on
excursion
ride,
faire
fast
Xous allons nous coucher tout de

est deja tard.
Demain nous nous leverons de bonne heure parce
avons
des
projets
de
promenade.
3.
Le
petit
4. Nous
sordejeuner sera pret quand nous descendrons.
tirons tout de suite parce que nous ne voulons pas etre en
5. S'il fait beau (temps) nous irons a pied; s'il fait
retard.
mauvais (si le temps est mauvais), nous prendrons un autobus

6. Nous passerons chez la modiste.
le tramway.
Si nos
chapeaux ne sont pas prets, nous attendrons un peu. 7. Avant
onze heures nous serons chez la couturiere pour essayer nos
8. Nous les payerons [pejro] quand elles seront pretes.
robes.
9. Quand nous serons fatiguees, nous irons de'jeuner au restaurant du Cafe Voltaire.
10. Notre pere nous y attendra a midi.
11. Apres le dejeuner nous entrerons dans un magasin pour
acheter des mouchoirs et des gants et puis nous rentrerons chez
nous.
12. Nous attendons a diner des amis qui nous meneront
au theatre ce soir.
13. Si nos nouvcllcs robes sont pretes,
nous les mettrons.
14. On sort tres tard du theatre a, Paris.
ou
15.
II
est fatigant de courir nuit et jour et
contentes quand nous serons au
lit.
nous serons bien
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
102
B.
(1)
Make
list
from
94
of the instances of the special use
of the future ( 94).
Complete the future forms, and reply
(2)
me
fer- mal.
2.
se fer- inal.
lis
to Vie questiojxs:
3.
Xous
1.
Je
ir- chez nous.
lis ir- au niusee.

5. II repon- a vos questions.
6. On
7. Vous vous reveil-.
vous enten-.
8. II fer- jour a six
heures.
9. Si j'ai peur, je cri
10. Aur--vous peur si je
crie?
11. Crie--vous si vous avez peur?
12. A quelle heure
descendr--vous ?
13. Vous servir--vous de cette
brosse?
14. Vous amus--vous au theatre ce soir?
15. Cette piece
de Moliere vous amus- beaucoup.
4.
Use in
(3)
quelle heure vous
3.
(se lever)
frere
dans
le
Vous
2.
tard,
(se lever)
mon
proehaine?
9.
8.
7.
(mener)
(acheter)
Je
(se lever)
(repondre)
Xous
Xous
Mon
(entrer)
(sortir)
vous
1.
a sept heures.
4.
5.
vous
(etre)
Xous
Je
ami.
aux questions du professeur.

6.
theatre avant huit heures.
theatre apres minuit.
matin.
verbs in parenthesis:
the future the
du
l'ecole la
semaine
au marehe
demain
a,
des haricots verts, des petits
10. (etre) Xous

chez
un chou pour mon lapin.
besoin des
11. (avoir) La cuisiniere
nous avant midi.
12. (perdre) Si vous arrivez si
legumes avant onze heures.
votre temps.
tard vous
pois, et
(4)
late:
Supply
1.
besoin.
3.
(etre)
Vous
form of the verb in parenthesis and transvous apporterai la chemise quand vous en
(avoir) Vous la mettrez quand vous la
the correct
(avoir) Je
2.
quand elle
mains quand elles
la ferez blanchir
sale.
4.
(etre)
sales.
5. (etre)
Vous vous laverez les
(etre) Xous
pret.
6.
Xous dinerons quand le diner
(avoir)
Xous
habille.
7.
descendrons quand vous
Xous sorfaim.
8. (faire)
dejeunerons quand nous
beau temps.
tirons tous les jours cet hiver quand il
jour.
10. (faire)
9. (faire) Xous nous leverons quand il
mauvais temps.
Xous resterons dans la maison quand il
venir.
11. (entendre) J'ouvrirai la porte quand je vous
chanter
12 (entendre) Je fermerai la fenetre quand je
LESSON XXII
94
votre amie.
13.
a la gare.
devoir.
(5)
of
14.
What do you
to
finir,
Serez-vous pret quand je
mon
?
observe to be the written stem of the future
vendre ?
What
be?
Je prendrai un taxi quand je

me coucher quand je
J'irai
(se reveiller)
15.
donner,
seem
(aller)
(finir)
103
What familiar
part of the verb does
do the future endings remind you oft
it
Observe
same endings are added to

Note the pronunciation of the
that for etre, avoir, faire, aller these
a new stem:
ser-, aur-, fer-, ir-.
future of donner.
demain and
Look out for the imperfect
and past indefinite forms. The si clauses must be converted into
II a fait (or il faisait) beau
affirmative statements, as (A, 5)
temps et nous sommes alles a pied; il a fait mauvais et nous
avons pris
The slight confusion of sense here may be ignored.
The two present forms in A, 14 and 15, contain general
statements, and therefore remain unchanged.
C.
(1)
Beginning with A,
shift the rest of the
passage
substitute hier for
2,
to the jmst.
(2)
early.
2.
Did you
were ripening
We
3.
used to
finish
The grapes
when
I was in the country last

Did they get ripe rapidty?
ways) week.
4.
(past indef.)
at the
singing
1.
finish it?
when you
concert yesterday?
got (arriver)
there?
6.
7.
our work
(use singular)
(translate tiro
5. Were you
Were they (on)
Had
they (on)
Did you like the music?

9. How long did you
stay?
10. Did the merchant sell (two ways, with different
senses) shoes?
11. Did you dream when you were little?
12. Did you dream last (cette) night?
13. Did jmdu get scared?
14. Did you hurt yourself when your horse fell?
15. Did
you get frightened when your horse ran through the woods?
16. You didn't come yesterday; were you ill?
17. Did you
see her often in France?
18. Did you stay long in France?
19. I worked two hours yesterday evening.
20. I worked a
great deal (beaucoup) when I was younger.
21. It got light
very late yesterday morning.
22. I
was late for (the)
school.
23. It was dark when I left.
begun?
8.
D. Dictee: Lesson XXI, A.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
104
LESSON
95-97
XXIII
The personal pro95. Disjunctive Personal Pronouns.

nouns already given are used as subject or object with the
The following
verb, and are hence called 'conjunctive.'
forms, not being immediately connected with a verb, are
called 'disjunctive':
moi [mwa],
me
him
nous [nu], we, us

vous [vu], you
eux [0], they (m.), them
her
elles [el],
I,
toi
[twa], thou, thee,
lui
[lqi], he,
elle [el], she,
The
96.
est la?
some
Moi (eux,
elles;
elles).
As
3.
avec moi; sans eux.
them
(m.)
(/.)
of their uses:
Who
is
there?
I (they).
For them; with me; without them.
logical subject after ce
etre:
toi.
It
is I, it is
c'est elle.
It
is
he, it
C'est nous, c'est vous.
It
is
we,
Ce sont eux, ce sont
It is
C'est moi, c'est
C'est
(/.),
After a preposition:
2.
Pour
following are
they
Absolutely, a verb being implied, but not expressed:
1.
Qui
you
lui,
elles.
thou (you).
is
it is
they
she.
you.
(m.), it is
they
(/.).
When
the real subject follows the verb etre, ce is

used to represent or point to this logical subject, whereas
the English would seem to demand a personal pronoun
97.
(see 44, 2, a):
mere.
It
is
Mary and
C'est nous, ce sont eux.
It
is
we,
C'est
C'est
Ce
Marie
un
homme
mes
sont
et sa
celebre.
meilleures amies.
C'est aujourd'hui lundi.

C'est a
nous
qu'il parle.
He
It
is
is
her mother.
they.
a celebrated man.
is
They
It
it is
are
my
best friends.
Monday
to-day (To-day
to us that he
is
is).
speaking.
When the logical subject is a noun, ce is used in case the noun

modified by an article or a possessive adjective; il (elle) is used when the
noun has no modifier, as when it denotes nationality or profession:
Note.
is
Cest un soldat
C'est un Americain
But
II
est soldat
// est
Americain
LESSOX XXIII
97
EXERCISE
un autobus [otobys] motor bus
le coin [kwe] corner
XXIII
demeurer
cote [kote] side, direction
la
dame [dam]
lady
la
destination
[ckstinasjS]
saluer [salqe] speak
._
[miliar]
soldier
any rank)
ito ^ soon
llttle
m aba _
over there
>
dmm
a c6t * de beside next to
sans
un ordre [ordr] order

le voisin [vwaze] neighbor
voyageur [^vaja 5 ce:r] traveler,
without, but ffor

t
rien [ne
ne
cgla
passenger
fait
rjg-]
m lUer
that doegn>t
sage [sa:s] good, well-behaved
Xous
nothing
[solanfr j g]
fien
.
de ce cote [daskote] on this
autre [otr] other
1.
'
there
numero [nvmero] number
A.
greet
to,
la " bas
(of
, x
le
live,
while
tmation
le
bientot
des-
..
militaire
[demeere]
dwell, reside
le
le
to
a stop
ductor
,-
come
s'arreter [sarste] halt,
conducteur [kodyktce:r] con-
le
105
sortirons
ce
side,
in this direction
matin, n'est-ce pas?
2.
Oui,
autobus au coin
4. J'aime
3.
AJlons a pied. II fait tres beau.
de la rue?
5. Qui est ce monsieur laa marcher quand il fait froid.
C'est un de nos
6.
bas de l'autre cote de la rue?
ancicns voisins, qui demeure maintenant dans une autre rue.
Xon, ce n'est
S.
7.
Est-ce votre professeur de francais?
pas lui. Le voila de ce cote de la rue qui monte dans (getting
9. Avez-vous vu ces trois messieurs qui nous
into) le tramway.
10.
Ce sont des amis de
Oui, je lcs ai vus.
out salu6s?
mon pere. 11. Voyez-vous cctte dame qui monte en voiture?
Xon.
12.
C'est une amie de votre mere, n'est-ce pas?
Ma mere n'a pas d'amie aussi petite qu'elle.
elle est trop petite.
voulez-vous
aller a pied
ou prendrons-nous
1'
13.
!e
Mais
a'esl
elle
nous a salues.
pas une amie de
ma
mere.
14.
Cela
15.
17.
Oui.
vous avez raison.
Ce sont deux jeunes
Ce sont eux
militaires, n'est-ce
rien.
fait
peut-
Les voyez-vous?
etre ces messieurs qui sont derriere nous.

16.
ne
Elle a -alue
a ce coin-la que nous attendrons 1'autobus.
qu'elle
pas?
IS.
10.
II
salue's.
s'arrete
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
106
97
Prenons des numeros.

20. Quand
de 1' autre cote de la rue.
arrivera, le conducteur criera les numeros et les
1' autobus
21.
voyageurs rnonteront dans l'ordre de leurs numeros.
Oh,
On ne fait pas comme cela chez nous.
je comprends!
22.
Non, mais cela ne fait rien; on fait comme cela en
23.
Eh bien, nous voila montes! Nous avons de
France.
24. L' autobus marche vite et
bonnes places, n'est-ce pas?
nous serons bientot a notre destination.
B.
Identify each case of ce
a.
(1)
Fill in
b.
the
chaud.
2.
qu'il part.
4.
fait
blank with ce or
est le
sera
7.
s'arrete.
s'arrete
que vous avez vus.

depuis huit
ici
est cuisiniere.
que l'autobus
ici
sont mes freres
sont arrives hier.
sont
12.
demeurent a Saint-Louis.
demeurent.
15.
qui est-
est a eux.
16.
with me, at
Translate:
(2)
numeros.
crie les
10.
13.
est a Saint-Louis qu'ils
14.
est
1.
est aujourd'hui
3.
8.
ici.
11.
jours.
elles):
est facteur;
6.
in A.
(elle, etc.)
ils,
conducteur qui a
midi.
bientot
9.
il
(elle,
est quatre heures.
fera jour bientot.
5.
and
il
my
house, at his house, with
them (masc), behind them (fern.), for him, of them

(masc), without her, without them (masc), by (beside) him,
by me, after you, after her.
her, before
Give eight possible answers
(3)
nuit?
3.
C.
(1)
to
each question,
Qui est la?

2. Qui a
Qui a perdu ce mouchoir?
junctive pronouns:
1.
Re-read exercise
and reproduce
it
of Lesson
crie
XXII.
using dis-
pendant
la
Close the book
in the future with the following as key words:
se coucher ce soir
des projets pour demain
se lever
prendre tramway, autobus

essayer
passer chez modiste
aller chez couturiere
au magasin
robes
dejeuner avec papa au restaurant
content
des gants
rentrer
theatre ce soir
dejeuner
d'etre
au
sortir
lit.
Translate and explain the cases of ce or il (elle, etc.):

She is here; she is my teacher.
2. They went (partir, see
(2)
1.
Lesson XVIII, B, 2) this morning;
they are the ones (=
it is
who went
they)
who spoke
this
morning.
person) to you.
(1st
3. I am the one (= It is I)
L He is famous; he is a famous
5. She is very pretty; she

man.
good boy.
is good (sage); he is a
it is
my
107
LESSON XXIV
98
here that
friends.
postman; he
is
a very pretty lady.

7.
6.
He
It (street car) stops here;
they are
8. They are gone (partir)
stops.
She stops; she is a good child. 10. He is [a]
the postman who brought the letters.
it
9.
is
imperfect, past indefinite

Fill in each blank with the present,
parenthesis: 1. (sortir)
in
verb
the
future (four forms) of
(3)
and
2. (monter) Les voyageurs
de sa maison.
Xotre voisin
rien (rien as
3. (faire) Cela ne
dans la voiture.
Le
conducteur
(crier)
4.
object has the same position as pas).
de l'autre
tramways
Les
(s'arreter)
5.
les numeros.
a cheval.
oncle
Mon
promener)
(se
6.
rue.
la
cote de
nuit et
1st future, courrai) Ces jeunes filles
7. (courir:
diner.
bon
dun
enfants
Ces
8. (avoir besom)
jour.
II
(etre)
dame.
belle
10.
une
fois
une
9. (avoir) II y
temps de
12.
(s'appeler)
11.
partir.
Le
Mon
(cesser)
de fumer.
pere
Charles
petit garcon
[Sari].
13.
icom-
la legon.
mencer) Le professeur
LESSON XXIV
Impersonal Verbs. They are conjugated in the third
person singular only, with the subject il = it, used indefAmong such are
initely and absolutely.
98.
verbs describing natural phenomena, as in English:
(a)
Quel temps fait-il?

beau temps.
II fait
What kind
It
is
of
weather
II
pleut,
il
pleuvait.
It is raining, it
II
a plu,
il
pleuvra.
It
II
neige,
II fait
il a neige.
chaud, il fait du vent
(6)
Ufaut
II
has rained,
It is
is it?
fine (weather).
snowing
It is hot, it is
was
raining.
it
will rain.
it
has snowed.
windy.
faut:
saluer ses amis.
It
you
is necessary to (we must,
must, one must) speak to our
(your, one's) friends.
A FREXCH GRAMMAR
108
The
(c)
II
II
idiomatic expression
y a des plumes sur la table.

y a dix milles d'ici a la ville.
y a
il
98
an object noun.
There are pens on the table.

It is ten miles from here to the
city.
(d)
II
II
est with expressions of time:
est trois heures, midi.
It
is
three o'clock, twelve o'clock
(noon)
II
est
une heure (du matin).
It is one o'clock (1 A.M.).
EXERCISE XXIV
Monday
une auto(mobile) [oto(mobil)] au-
le
lundi [lcedij
tomobile {often masc.)

bateau [bato] boat
le
mardi [mardi] TuesdaA7

mercredi [msrkradrj Wednesday
jeudi [30di] Thursday
vendredi [vaidradi] Friday
samedi [samdi] Saturday
dimanche [dima:] Sunday
le
le
bout [bu] end

camarade [kamarad] schoolmate, chum
ciel [sjeT] sky
conge [kose] leave jour de
le
conge holiday
coucher du soleil [ku$edyso-
le
le
le
lssj]
le
le
le
appeler [aple]
chasser [Sase] drive

neiger [ncse]
il
[lak] lake
neige [118:3]
away
snow
it is
snowing
pleuvoir [plccvwa:r] rain
lever du soleil [lolvedysokij]

sunrise
il
pleut [pld]
it is
raining
se reposer [sarpoze] rest
le
monde [m5:d3 world
le
nuage [nuais] cloud
les provisions /. [provizjS] food,
things to eat
le
repas [larpa] meal
le
vent [va] wind

couvert
call
s'appreter [saprete] get ready
spot, place
une excursion [ekskyrsjo] trip

le
le
sunset
un endroit [cenadrwa]
le lac
le
[kuve:r]
covered
propre [propr] clean
apres-demain [apredme] day

after to-morrow
avant-hier [avfi(t)J:r] day
before yesterday
overcast,
dehors [dao:r] outdoors

pres de [preda] near
sous [su] under, beneath
pendant que [padakaj while
"'
if!
WtM
>
l!i'SijB^
siiJUsi-
-':.''
'
LESSON XXIV
98
109
2. Mardi dernier nous

A. (1) 1. C'est aujourd'hui vendredi.
3. Nous nous sommes leves
avons fait une jolie excursion.
avant le lever du soleil et nous avons regarde dehors pour voir
4. Le ciel etait couvert de nuages et il
quel temps il faisait.
5. II a plu pendant une heure, mais
commencait a pleuvoir.
apres le petit dejeuner il a cesse de pleuvoir.
6. Le vent a
chasse les nuages et bientot il a fait tres beau.
7. A dix heures
nous sommes partis en automobile pour passer la journee
dans le pare de Versailles, un des plus beaux pares du monde.
avons pris des choses a manger parce que nous
8. Nous
voulions (wished) diner sous les arbres.
9.
Nous
etions huit
mais nous 6tions bien malgre cela.

10. II y avait plusieurs autres automobiles pour nos camarades.
11. En route nous avons chante et crie\ et nous avons beau12. J'aime les excursions en auto, si on ne marche
coup ri.
13. La grande route 6tait tres belle, avec de
pas trop vite.
beaux arbres des deux cotes.
14. Les petits chemins dans la
foret etaient moins bons mais cela ne faisait rien.
15. Nous
ne voulions pas aller trop vite.
dans notre automobile
Au
bout d'une heure nous nous sommes arret es dans

lac.
17. II y avait de l'herbe et
de beaux arbres.
18. Nos parents sont restes sous les arbres
pour preparer le repas, pendant que les enfants s'amusaient.
19. Quelques-uns des garcons ont jou6 a la balle.
20. D'autres
(2)
un
16.
joli
endroit pres d'un petit
ont fait une promenade en bateau sur le petit lac.

21. II
y avait plusieurs bateaux et quelques-unes des jeunes filles
les ont accompagnes.
22. Avant le repas ma mere m'a dit:
Tes mains ne sont pas propres; va les laver tout de suite.
23. Apres le diner on s'est repose' sur l'herbe parce qu'on etait
sommes partis et nous sommes

avant le coucher du soleil.
25. Quelle belle
journee! En hiver on ne fait pas de si jolies excursions.
26. II
fait froid, il neige et tres souvent il pleut toute la journee et
on s'amuse mieux a la maison.
27. Les jours sont aussi tres
courts.
Le soleil se leve tard et se couche de bonne heure.
J'aime mieux Y6t6.
fatigue.
24.
cinq heures nous
arrives chez nous
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
110
98
Memorize*: Eh, bonjour Lundi!

Comment va Mardi?
B.
Tres bien, Mercredi;

Je viens de la part de Jeudi,
Dire a Vendredi,
Qu'il s'apprete Samedi,
Pour
C.
Transfer
(1)
and
indefinites, etc.,
mes
The
etc.
in
story
the
to
the
future,
substituting
for aujourd'hui, prochain for dernier, futures for past
demain
then of
a l'eglise Dimanche.
aller
tell
it first
in the
first
person as above, and
cousins, making the proper changes of verbs, pronouns,

person, future, of voulions is
first
voudrons
(or
use
allons vouloir).
Traduisez:
(2)
but
it
1.
It
was raining when we got up
did not rain long.
Our
out.
to go with
2.
When
it
this morning,
stopped raining we went
friends were waiting for us.
them
3.
They
invited us
to Versailles, where they were going to spend
4. There were eight of us in

but in spite of that we were very comfortable.
When we got to our
5. On the way we laughed and sang.
destination we all got out (descendre).
6. While our parents
prepared dinner on the grass, the boys played ball.
7. Some
of the girls went for a boat ride on the small lake.
8. We
asked them (indirect object) to (de) wait for us, but they would
the day in the beautiful park.
motor
their
car,
(imperf. of vouloir;
girls
10.
fell
At
1st person, voulais)
into the water,
six o'clock
parted).
11.
my
The
not.
9.
Two
of the
but they did not hurt themselves.
mother called us and we set out (= dewent rapidly and we got home before
car
sunset.
D.
Repondez aux questions: 1. Quel jour de la semaine est-ce

2. Quel jour est-ce que ce sera demain?
3. Et
aujourd'hui?
(Good morning, good day), How do you do Monday!

I come from (= in behalf of)
Tuesday?
Very Well, Wednesday;
To go
Thursday
That he is to get ready Saturday,
To tell Friday
to church Sunday.
Observe the use of capital letters here, contrary, apparently, to 21.
In this jingle the days are personified.
* Translation:
How
is
LESSON XXIV
98
111
Et apres-demain?
.4.
5. Et avantQuels jours de la semaine avez-vous vos classes?
Allez-vous a l'ecole tous les jours?
8. Jeudi
est jour
quel jour etait-ce hier?

hier?
7.
6.
de conge pour les petits Francais; avez-vous conge le jeudi?

9. Est-ce que vous vous amusez le samedi?
10. Aimez-vous
mieux les samedis ou les lundis?
11. Quand est-ce que Vendredi
12. Pourquoi s'apprete-t-il?

13. Vous
samedi pour aller a, l'eglise le dimanche?
allez-vous
aujourd'hui?
15. Comment
va
16. Quels sont les jours de la semaine?
s'apprete?
appretez-vous
le
Comment
14.
votre pere?
Lesson XXII, A.
Dictee:
E.
VOCABULARY REVIEW
No. 3
synonym: bon marche, une bottine, une
(1) Give opposite or
semaine, deux semaines, tard, faire beau, faire chaud, avoir

raison, essayer, se lever, de bonne heure, le lever du soleil, jour,
matin, pauvre, ensuite, quelque chose, sale, premier.
Supply the proper words:

Le vent
3.
- les nuages.
(2)
2.
couturiere fait des

fatigue et j'ai
la
8.
modiste
de
pas
fait
ce matin.
des
6.
de Moliere au
laver vos mains, elles sont

suis
les
mes
terre est
de neige.
a vos questions.
4. La
5.
J'etais
Je suis arrive en
vais voir une
me
La
7. Je me coucherai de bonne heure parce que j'ai

Je vais au concert parce que j'aime la
9. Je
a l'6cole.
.
dormi
1.
II
aux
et
cheveux;
pieds.
d'une
je
13.
.
ce soir.
elles
me
ne sont pas
suis
Allez vite
11.
la figure.
Pour me laver
14.
10.
les
mains
12.
besoin
j'ai
Je n'aime pas cet enfant,
Je
J'ai
il
n'est
17.
Prenons l'autobus qui

a ce coin de la
montcnt dans le tramway; le conducteur
16. Les
les
et nous montons dans
de nos aumeros.
Je n'aime pas les autos, j'aime mieux me promener a
18.
Quand
rue.
eric
15.
avons
achete"
et les
froid,
il
deux
,
je
je
mes
mettrai
do souliers.
pense avec la
gants.
20. Je
.
19.
Nous
marche avec
les
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
112
Supply past
(3)
according
indefinite
sense:
the
to
II
1.
98
and future of cesser or s'arreter

de pleuvoir.
2. Le train
ne neige pas maintenant, la neige a

de
d'ecouter.
Cet enfant a
5. II
a la
pas dans la rue; vous serez en retard
porte.
6. Ne vous
Supply the infinitive of one of these verbs:
pour la classe.
?
8. Voulez-vous
7. Voulez-vous
de causer avec
eux?
4.
Supply
(4)
deux
II
3.
tomber.
a,
fois
la
du
il
c'est
3.
de
1'
or
heure:
de partir;
2. Combien de
Combien de
diner.
couturiere?
temps
or
est
argent.
9.
II
beau
c'est
est-il;
d'y
le
demeurez-vous a New- York?
de
s'est arretee trois
fait
avez-vous vus?
vendredi dernier.
a neige plusieurs
II
resterez-vous chez la
les
Je n'ai pas
5.
1.
quelle
4.
aller.
6.
Le
II
Depuis combien
Notre auto [oto]
une petite fille
7.
8.
y avait une
tres sage.
Supply de bonne heure or bientot: 1. lis se leveront

2. II est un peu en retard mais il arrivera
4. Je rentrerai
J'ai fait une promenade
ce matin.
5. Attendez un peu, l'autobus arrivera
pour le dejeuner.
a.
(5)
demain.
3.
j'irai a, ma destinan' arrive pas

Aujourd'hui ils se sont reveilles
1. J'aime a, me lever
b. Supply tard or en retard:
en
hiver.
2. Le soleil se couche
en ete\
3. Je suis parti
4. Cet eleve est toujours
tres
de chez moi.
6. Le train est ar5. Vous etes
pour prendre le train.
6.
tion
Si le
pied.
a,
tramway
7.
rive
a,
la gare.
Use in two sentences each

(6)
(see Lesson XVIII).
(7)
Supply suitable words:

(magasin celebre de
Marche
the verbs conjugated
1.
Nous avons ete au

2. Nous avons
Paris).
etre
with
Bon
achete'
pour ma
trois paires de
et deux
une paire de
verte
grande sceur.
3. Et nous avons achete une jolie
pour mon pere
pour mon oncle, des
des
et des
et des
pour ma petite sceur.
4. Tous les enfants aiment
,
les
LESSON XXV
99
Eitumcrcz (enumerate)
(8)
pour
Complctez:
(9)
serrez
XX, XXI).
trop de cigares.
Vous
1.
vous
vous
dont
objets
les
aux Legons
votre toilette (voyez
113
2.
Quand
lie crient
Les enfants
les
en
ciel
est couvert de
le
4. Quand
pas beaucoup.
5. Si c'est en ete, on dit qu'il va
hirer, on dit qu'il va
7. On se
6. On se promene sur l'eau dans un
peur,
enfants
ils
3.
la foret a
promene a travers
ou a
grandes routes en
se
ou a
promene sur
les
semaine?
(10) Quels sont les jours de la
already, again, late, early, at length,
Dites en francais:
(1-1)
On
8.
through, beside, near, yell loudly, the same day, out-doors.
LESSON XXV
The
99.
Some
Infinitive.
of the
commoner
uses of the
infinitive are:
1.
Without any
must, ought
able
to,
preposition, (a) after such verbs as devoir,
to, falloir,
savoir, can,
must, be necessary
know how
to,
to,
pouvoir, can, be
vouloir, will, wish;
(6) after
verbs of motion such as aller, go, venir, come; (c) after verbs
of perceiving such as ecouter, listen (to), entendre, hear,
voir, see, regarder, look at; and after faire, make, cause to,
laisser,
let.
Does he wish
Desire-t-il aller en ville?

II
Je vais chercher des plumes.

Je vois venir des soldats.
Je fais sonner la cloche.
2.
Preceded by de,
some soldiers coming.

make the bell ring.
after impersonal
(a)
be
jective phrases;
tacher, try;
and
after
(c)
most
etre
followed
verbs, such as cesser, stop,
by an adjective; (6) after

demander, ask, dire, tell essayer,
regret,
downtown?
I see
many
sorry,
to go
He (we, you, they, etc.) must work.

I am going to get some pens.
faut travailler.
try, prier,
after
beg, regretter,
nouns to form ad-
adjectives.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
114
II
est facile
de
He
a cesse de chanter.
Le crime de voler.
has ceased singing.
The crime
de partir.
Je vous prie de rester quelques
etes libre
You
I
of stealing.
are free to go.
beg of you to stay a few min-
minutes.
3.
99
It is easy to talk.
parler.
Vous
utes.
Preceded by
after such verbs as aimer, like,
(a)
a,
s'amuser, have a good time, apprendre, learn, avoir, have

chercher, seek, commencer, begin,
to,
enseigner, teach, inviter,
and
succeed;
(6)
after
tendency, purpose,
continuer, continue,
se mettre, begin, reussir,
invite,
some adjectives denoting
fitness,
etc.
J'aime a patiner.
Je m'amuse a patiner.
Commencez a lire.
Nous avons a copier nos phrases.
I like to skate (like skating).
amuse myself
(by) skating.
Ceci est bon a manger.
Begin to read.
We have to copy our sentences.
He begins to work.
This is good to eat.
Cela est facile a
That
se
met
X.B.
e.g.,
a travailler.
faire.
Aimer may also
(colloquially)
is
easy to do.
be followed by the pure

to walk slowly.
infinitive;
j'aime (a) marcher lentement, / like
4.
Observe that the same adjective
according to the construction in which
may
take a or de,
"When the
depends upon the adjective and is not the logical
subject of the sentence, the adjective and the infinitive are
connected by means of a; when the infinitive is the real
subject of the sentence, it is preceded by de.
it is
used.
infinitive
II
est facile a contenter.
II
est facile
La chose
II
de
5.
A verb
II
thing
is
him.
easy to do.
is difficult.
governed by a preposition must be in the
except after en
l'ai fait
easy to satisfy.
Skating
de patiner.
(cf.
translated into English

Je
is
The
est facile a faire.
est difficile
tive,
He
It is easy to satisfy
le contenter.
sans penser.
est parti sans rien dire.
the infinitive
101);
by means
I
infini-
usually
of a present participle:
did
He
is
it
left
without thinking.
without saying anything.
115
LESSON xxv
100-103
Present Participle of donner,
100.
finir,
vendre, etc.
Selling
Finishing
Giving
donn ant [dona]
finiss
vend ant
ant [finisa]
Having
Being
ay ant [eja]
et ant [eta]
[vadfi]
Agreement. Used as an adjective, the present partiagrees like an adjective; otherwise it is invariable:
101.
ciple
Une scene charmante.
Les enfants sont obeissants.
The
en marchant.
Ce professeur aime a s'amuser en
lisant les pieces de Moliere.
She often fell while walking.

This teacher likes to entertain
Elle tombait souvent
charming scene.
children are obedient.
himself
Moliere's
by reading
plays.
By
on apprend a lire.
Tout en pleurant, elle continua.
En
lisant
reading one learns to read.

weeping, she went on.
Still
The present participle, when preceded by en, strengthened someN.B.

The preposition en is expressed
times by tout, is-often called the gerund.
in English by on, in, while, by or is left untranslated.
102.
Present Indicative of pouvoir, be

/ can,
peux
tupeux
je
or puis
am
may
(irreg.)
nous pouvons [nupuvS]

vouspouvez [vupuve]
[sapftpqQ
[typ0]
ilspeuvent [ilpce:v]
[ilp0]
ilpeut
able, can,
able, etc.
(imperfect il fallait, past

il faut
often used with the pure
is
faudra)
il
future
fallu,
a
indef.
infinitive to indicate a general obligation on the part of the
speaker or the person spoken to or about:
The impersonal
103.
il
laut faire son devoir.
One must do
II
faut partir.
I (we, you, he, they)
II
ne
II
a fallu beaucoup travailler
fallait
pas s'arreter.
You
to
We
one's duty.
must
leave.
(we, he, they, she) ought not
have stopped.
(they, you, etc.)
had
to
work
hard.
II
ne faudra pas
voler.
We
(one, people, etc.)
must not
steal.
Observe the position of the negative words in the French examples.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
116
103
EXERCISE XXV
la carte
map
[kart] card,
venir [vaniir]] come;

[vje] he comes,
la cloche [klo$] bell

la
[konssais]
connaissance
apprendre
effort [efo:r] effort
mirror
glace [glasj"
le
roman
(a)
la
soiree [sware] evening (when
enseigner
[romci] novel
duration
vient
[apra:dr] learn,
teach
la
ice,
il
coming
vculoir [vulwair] wish
ac-
quaintance
un
is
(a)
[ussne] teach
reussir (a) [reysi:r] succeed
essayer
is stressed)
(de)
[eseje] try,
at-
tempt
charmant [$arma] delightful
enchante [a$ate] delighted
prier (de) ^prije] ask, beg, re-
libre [libr] free
regretter (de) [ragrste] regret,
quest
be sorry
be necessary;
falloir [falwair]
il
faut [fo]
it
is
patiner [patinel skate
necessary,
se porter
one must; il faudra [fodra]

it will be necessary, one will
have to
or
1.
(of health)
sonner [sone] ring
must
pouvoir [puvwa:r] be able, can
A.
be
remercier [ramersje] thank
facilement [fasilma] easily
Bonjour, monsieur; je suis enchante de faire votre con3.

Tres
2. Comment allez-vous aujourd'hui?
naissance.
Qui?
Moi?
Toujours bien, je
Oh, beaucoup.
5. Aimez-vous ce temps?
vous remercie.
6. II a fait froid cette nuit (last night) mais maintenant on
7. J'ai fait une promenade
voit le soleil et il f ait presque chaud.
8. II n'y a pas de fleurs,
charmante dans le pare ce matin.
Et vous?
bien, merci.
mais
il
y a des
4.
* petits oiseaux qui
n'ont pas encore cesse de chanter.

le
petit lac et j'ai
vu
qu'il
y avait de
ne sont pas partis, et qui

9. En passant j'ai regarde
la glace.
10.
Xous pouvons
On
peut s'amuser facilement en hiver,

12.
Oui, il est tres facile de s'amuser dehors
n'est-ce pas?
13. Et si on ne desire pas sortir, on
quand on se porte bien.
14. J'ai
peut rester a la maison a lire et a faire de la musique.
bientot patiner.
11.
The
we say
* Observe des petits oiseaux, like des petits pois.
noun are
jeunes
felt
filles,
as
compound noun.
des petits pains
(rolls)
Similarly
and often des
adjective
and
regularly des
petits garcons.
LESSON XXV
103
commence
117
un roman de Dumas [dyma].
hier
15.
Et souvent
16. On
nous invitons nos amis a passer la soiree chez nous.
II est facile
17. Oui.
cartes.
aux
joue
on
danse,
on
chante,
de bien s'amuser quand on a des amis.
B.
(1)
directly or preceded by a
the indicated infinitive,
Use
Vous ne pouvez pas (parler).

preposition, according
suite.
3. Nous allons (nous
de
tout
eoucher)
(se
faut
2. II
99:
to
maintenant.
lever)
4.
1.
deja
II
cesse"
(pleuvoir).
Je
5.
Je vous prie (repondre) a ma

regrette (quitter) mes amis.
nous avons trop (faire).
faire;
a
beaucoup
7. J'ai
question.
9. Vous entendrez
a entendu (chanter) Caruso.
6.
Ma
sceur
10. Nous voulons (voir)
(chanter) les oiseaux dans le pare.
quelle
neige.
la
12.
(tomber)
11. Je vois
le petit lac.
les
(chasser)
rSussi
a
vent
Le
13.
(diner)?
voulez-vous
8.
heure
14.
images.
Vous pouvez
(parler) francais,
(rûssir)
15. Nous
tachez (bien prononcer).
16. Je vais (me promener) pres de la foret.
si
essayons (parler)
gais.
17.
vous
fran-
II
m'a
18. Vous etes libre (jouer) dans

enseigne* (monter) a cheval.
20. Je
19. Regrettez-vous (cesser) (fumer)?
mon jardin.
il
jour;
fait
II
21.
vous prie (vous servir) de mon savon.
faut (se lever) tout de suite;
il
faudra (rentrer) avant minuit,
campagne.
23. Elle
22. J'aimais (passer) les vacances a la
24. II n'est pas facile (bien
avait rSussi (trouver) son livre.
25. Desirez-vous (vous arreter) ici?
prononcer) le francos.
27. II Scoutait (sonner) les
amis.
leurs
26. lis voient (venir)
cloches.
28.
s'amuse
(lire).
II
m'a
30.
II
29. II
prie (le mener) au concert.
31. Les eleves
m'apprendra (patiner).
demanderont au professeur
(2)
after
(leur enseigner)
(lire) le
frangais.
What do you observe about the position of the infinitive

Contrast it with the order in
entendre, voir, ecouter?
English.
(3)
a.
Apres avoir
Je regrette de vous voir
noncer.
3.
Observe carefully:
2.
chasser de la maison.
5.
1.
fait
classe a appris a bien pro-
La
ma
toilette,
partir.
On
se
4.
Mon
je
suis
pere a
descendu.
fini
couche pour dormir.
ne peut rien apprendre sans faire un
effort.
par
6.
me
On
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
118
b.
These six prepositions take the
the infinitive is
found only
found
after
after
apres ?
commencer and finir.

For by + verb form
take the infinitive.
101, example
c.
Translate:
much.
3.
2.
One
We
1.
Observe that
en
does not
in other cases, compare
we use avant alone
before
an
infinitive?
my
work; after eating too

begin by reading aloud (a haute voix).
After finishing
shall
by skating.
4. Before
you again (encore une fois).
Note the usual position of bien with
leaving, I wish
infinitives (before),
compound tenses (before the past participle). Write:

had a very good time.
2. She sang well yesterday.
in
C.
(1)
of
the infinitive is usually
learns to skate
to thank
d.
May
5.
What form
infinitive.
Par with
103
1.
and
We
Translate the participial phrases (be careful about the
auxiliaries):
1.
Having
rived before noon.
gone to see her.
finished
5.
his
lesson.
Having stopped
Having succeeded
3.
Having ar4. Having

teaching you to
2.
eating.
in
Having been to the theater yesterday evening (not

8. Having come in
soiree).
7. Having gone out early.
9. Having waked (1st person: m'etant reveille.
(rentrer) late.
10. Having got up
Third person?) before daylight (le jour).
Third plural fern.?) at six
(1st plural fern.: nous etant levees.
o'clock.
11. Having begged (prier) my father to give me more
money.
12. Having asked (demander) my chum to come to
skate.
6.
see me.
2. She
enters without knocking.
1. He
Traduisez:
without looking at me; you cannot pronounce French
3. In winter we amuse ourselves
without making an effort.
4. He will not succeed in finding the right
by (a) skating.
5. Do you want to spend your time in (a) running(bon) road.
6. He speaks of going to France
about (courir) the streets?
7. He cannot speak of going away without
(the) next summer.
(2)
left
8. While skating (see

9. When
and hurt myself.
regretting to leave his friends.
101,
was
10. Appeand hurt myself while skating.
11. We (On)
tite comes (vient) while one eats (= eating).
learn to speak French by speaking (see 101, example 5).
12. We (On) succeed in stopping smoking by stopping smoking.
example
3) yesterday, I fell
small I used to
fall
119
LESSON XXVI
104-106
LESSON XXVI
Present Subjunctive of donner,
104.
I (may) finish,
I (may) give, etc.
finir,
vendre
I (may)
etc.
[don]
donn ions [don j 5]
donnzez [donje]
finiss ions [finisj 5]

finzss iez
[finisje]
vend
vend
vend
vend
vend
dorm ent [don]
finzss ent
[finis]
vended
donne
donnes
donne
[don]
[don]
finfss e
[finis]
Gniss es
[finis]
finiss e
[finis]
The paradigm meanings / may
X.B.
sell, ete,
[v5:d]
es
[va:d]
[va:d]
ions [vadj 5]
[vadje]
iez
[va:d]
give, e^c, are only approxir
mate, as will be seen from the examples below.
Present Subjunctive of avoir, etre
105.
I (may) hare,
aie
[e]
aies [s]
[s]
ait
106.
Use
I (may) be,
etc.
aient
sois
soit
[s]
[swa]
[swa]
Some
of the Subjunctive.
etc.
soyons fs\yaj5]
soyez [swaje]
spient [swa]
sois [swa]
ayons [ej5]
ayez [eje]
commoner
of the
uses of the subjunctive are:

1.
In a subordinate noun clause introduced by que,
that,
after expressions of willing or desiring:

I desire
Je desire que vous restiez.
may
2.
that you
Similarly, after expressions of joy or sorrow:
Je suis content qu'il soit

3.
you to remain
or should remain).
So
ici.
am
glad he
is
here.
also after expressions of necessity, like
II
faut que vous restiez.
II
est necessaire
que vous
You must
restiez.
faut:
remain.
It is necessary for
X.B. We learned in 99, 103 that
il
you to remain.
by the pure
In B and C of the Exercise below the pupil will find examples
that should help him to decide between the cases when the infinitive or
subjunctive may be used indifferently, or when the subjunctive is required.
It should be observed that the subjunctive construction is preferable in
such cases as example 1, when we haye.ft definite person in mind.
infinitive.
falloir is often
followed
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
120
107-109
tions, e.g.,
used in adverbial clauses after certain conjuncafin que, in order that, pour que, in order that,
avant que,
before,
It is
4.
Bien qu'il
soit
Que
5.
pauvre
is
is
faudra
am
je
,.
veut [ilv0]
is
here.
You must speak.

You will have to
will,
ils
speak.
wish, etc. (irreg.)
veulent [ilvoel]
Present Subjunctive of faire

I (may) do,
fasse
in English:
nous voulons [nuvuls]

vous voulez [vuvule]
veux [5ov0]
109.
etc.
happy.
will, icish, etc.
tu veux [tyv0]
il
is
by Present Subjunctive:
is
poor, he
glad (that) he
Present Indicative of vouloir,
108.
is
Present or Future in the principal
regularly followed
II f aut
II
Although he
qu'il soit ici.
Tense Sequence.
107.
Pres.
Fut.
est heureux.
never omitted, as that often
Je suis content
clause
bien que, although, quoique, although,

il
(irreg.)
etc.
fassions [fasjo]
[fas]
fasses [fas]
fassiez
[fasje]
fasse
fassent
[fas]
[fas]
EXERCISE XXVI
le billet [bije] ticket
le
un
doute [dut] doubt

esprit [espri] wit, intelligence,
la
1 'intention
end
guerre [ge:r] war
une intention [etasjo] intention

le moyen [mwaje] means, way
de intend
dire [di:r] say, tell
envoy er [fivwaje] send

feliciter [felisite]
spirit
la fin [fe]
avoir
congratulate
laisser Osse] leave, allow
permettre
(de)
[permetr]
allow, permit
voyager [vwajase] travel
la vie [vi] life
aimable [emabl] kind

charme [arme] delighted
mille [mil] a thousand
ne
possible [posibl] possible
seulement [scelma] only
que only
sans doute [sadut] doubtless,

certainly
LESSON XXVI
109
EXERCISE XXVI
afin
121
(Continued)
au revoir!
que [afeka] in order that,
avant que [avfika] before

bien que [bjeka] although
quoique [kwaka] although
c'est
[orvwa:r]
good-bye.
you again!
see
so that
cela [sssla] that's right,
that's it
peut-etre [p0te:tr] perhaps
prepone peut pas (bien marcher)

2. Je regrette (ne
sur la glace; il faut (apprendre) (patiner).
maintenant;
3. II a cesse (neiger)
pas pouvoir) (patiner).
4. De'sirez-vous (faire) la connaisnous pouvons (sortir).
Beaucoup. Je vous
5.
sance de Monsieur Daudet [dode]?
Use
A.
the infinitive in parenthesis with or without a
sition according to
usage:
On
1.
prie
(me presenter) a Monsieur Daudet.
mettez-moi
(vous
7.
Je
8.
Etes-vous
charme
suis
monsieur.
mon
presenter)
depuis
Alors,
connaissance,
votre
(faire)
6.
Amen que?
longtemps en
per-
Dupin.
Monsieur
ami,
monsieur.
Non,
9.
Je ne suis en Amerique que depuis trois mois.
Je
semaine proVous avez reussi (tres bien apprendre) l'anglais.

10.
chaine.
11.
Je vous remercie, monPermettez-moi (vous feliciter).
sieur.
Vous etes mille fois aimable, mais je commence seule12. Mais ou avez-vous appris (parler)
ment (l'apprendre).
francais?
13. Comment avez-vous reussi (parler) et (com14.
prendre) si bien? Vous avez et^ sans doute en France!
Xon, monsieur, je regrette (n' avoir) pas encore vu la France.
15. J'avais l'intention (y aller) l'annee derniere, mais la guerre
beaucoup, et
l'aime
je
regretterai
(partir)
la
16.
Eh bien, il faut (venir)
ne permettait pas (voyager).
17.
Merci,
bientot; et venez (me voir) a Paris, n'est-ce pas?
monsieur. Je veux (le faire) et je le ferai Pete prochain, si je
Au revoir! A (till) l'annee propeux.
Au revoir, monsieur!
C'est
chaine!
B.
1.
II
cela.
l'annee prochaine, a Paris!
Contrast the following sentences:

desire reussir.
II
desire
que
nous
reussis-
sions.
2.
Je veux
3.
Xous sommes contents de
le faire.
vous voir
si
bien reussir.
II
veut que
je le fasse.
Nous sommes contents que

vous ayez
si
bien reussi.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
122
4.
Vous
5.
de
regrettez
II f aut
vous
l'ayez fait.
que
II f aut
de votre
f eliciter
109
Je ne regrette pas que vous
l'avoir
n'est-ce pas?
fait,
prononciation.
felicite
le
prof esseur vous
de votre prononcia-
tion.
6.
II est
necessaire de permettre
necessaire que vous
permettiez de vous
aux enfants.
cela
What
II est
me
le dire.
the essential difference in regard to the subject of the
is
dependent verb that
makes
the subjunctive necessary in the sentences
of the second column f
Hence, what general statement can you formulate in the case
come under both
of verbs that
99 and
106;
that
when
is,
is the
infinitive used and when the subjunctive?
C.
Make
(1)
two groups of sentences with desirer, vouloir,

il faudra, in which you illustrate both
regretter, etre content,

possible
-constructions
like
99,
finitive
1,
example
2,
This
English
is
Observe
verbs.
these
and
103,
106,
and subjunctive constructions
exactly equivalent.
son
after
after
3,
il
a personal pronoun; but
il
in
1,
cases
the in-
faut (faudra)
when
faut que
the case
is often
that
example
the subject
are
in
cet eleve fasse
travail.
(2)
Supply
the proper
form
-any missing preposition:
heureux.
2.
a de Tesprit.
1.
of the verb in parenthesis, inserting
(etre)
Bien
(avoir) Quoiqu'elle
3.
(faire)
Bien
qu'il
enfants ne peuvent pas sortir.
4.
riche,
il
est
beaucoup d'argent,
beau aujourd'hui,
(partir) Quoique nous
elle
qu'il
ces
de tres bonne heure, nous n'arriverons qu'a minuit.

5. (faire)
pere desire que je
un voyage en France pour mieux
(apprendre) (parler) francais.
6. (entendre) Nous menerons
Mon
mon cousin au concert ce soir afin qu'il

7.
(finir)
Je le
de la l bonne musique.
laisserai tranquille tout(e) l'apres-midi pour qu'ii
8. (finir) Nous ne partirons

pas avant qu'il
9. (faire) II
ses lemons pour demain.
fermera la porte afin qu'il
assez chaud dans sa chambre.
10. (arriver) Nous n'avons pas nos places et il ne faut pas que
11. (etre) Quoique nos places ne
nous
trop tard.
son travail avantle diner.
Compare
XXV,
A, footnote.
LESSON XXVI
109
123
12. (avoir) Mon cousin

pas trop bonnes, j'entendrai bien.
pas de trop bonnes oreilles.
entendra bien aussi quoiqu'ii ne
13. (quitter)
concert.
billets
nous
faudra que nous
II
14.
(avoir)
est
II
avant
que nous
la salle
necessaire
avant d'entrer dans la salle.

a nos places avant qu'on
15.
1
(etre)
II
la fin
du
nos
faut
que
(chanter).
(3) Traduisez: 1. We are delighted that you are having a

good time in America.
2. Although you have been here only
a few months, you speak English very well.
3. I must congratulate you on your pronunciation.
4. I wish to send my
son to France, in order that he may learn ( 202) to speak
French.
5. He likes it very much, but he is just beginning
(is beginning only) to learn to speak it.
6. When your son is
in Paris, he must make the acquaintance of my old friend Mr.
Dumas, who has several sons and three daughters.
7. One
learns a language very quickly by talking with other young
people (gens).
8. They are the best teachers.
Your son must
often spend the evening at his house.
9. He will have to
(must) learn the language, in order to pla3r cards and chat with
the young, ladies.
10. I shall be glad to have him do that
(that he do ... ).
11. We wish him to become acquainted
with (faire connaissance avec) the life of a French family.
12. It is the best way of becoming acquainted with France.
D. Form questions
to
which the sentences in C,
(2)
could be
considered as answers.
E. (1)
Observe
a.
the
similarities
between
that
of
the
present
and imperfect
the
stem
vendre
indicative and
present participles of verbs like donner, finir,
of
the
( 100)
and
the
present
subjunctive:
Pres. part.
regardant
murissant
Pres. indic.
regarde
muris
Imp.
indic.
Pres. subj.
6.
attendant
attends
regardais
murissais
attendais
regarde
murisse
attende
Complete orally or
at the
1
board the conjugation of these forms.
(commencer).
A FEENCH GRAMMAR
124
This similarity exists in
(2)
is
important for
110-113
all the so-called
regular verbs, and
For example:
all others.
Pres. part.
ayant
etant
faisant
[faza]
dormant
Pres. indic.
ai
suis
fais
[fe]
dors
etais
faisais
[faze] dormais
sois
fasse
[fas]
Imperf. indic. avais

aie
Pres. subj.
Complete orally or
at the
dorme
board the conjugation of these forms.

from more than
Observe that the forms of the verb etre are derived
Compare am, was, been.
one stem.
LESSON XXVII
Imperative of donner,
110.
Finish,
Give, etc.
qu'il
qu'ils
donn
donn
donn
donn
donn
Obs.:
[don]
[don]
e
ons [don5]
ez [done]
e
ent [don]
The 3rd
sing,
qu'il
finir,
Sell, etc.
finzs
[fini]
fimss e
[finis]
finz'ss
ons
fmiss ez
qu'il
[finiso]
[finise]
qu'ils finiss ent [finis]
and 3rd
pi.
vendre
etc.
qu'ils
vend
vend
vend
vend
vend
[va]
[va:d]
ons[vad5]
ez [vade]
ent [va:d]
are subjunctive forms used as imperatives.
Imperative of avoir, etre
111.
Have,
aie
qu'il ait
Be,
etc.
sois
[e]
[kik]
qu'il soit
[swa]
[swa]
soy ons [swajS]

[swaje]
ay ons [sj5]
ay ez [eje]
qu'ils aient
etc.
soy ez
qu'ils soient
[kilze]
[kilswa]
Imperative Negative
112.
ne donne pas
qu'il
ne donne pas
ne donnons pas,
etc.
Personal pronoun objects

not the subjunctive as
(but
follow the positive imperative
and
to one another by
it
to
joined
imperative), and are
113.
hyphens
Position of Objects.
1.
125
LESSON XXVII
113
Donnez-lui
Give him the pen.

Give it to him.
Let us give them some.
Let him give it to me.
plume.
la
Donnez-Zc-Zui.
Donnons-leur-en.
me
But: Qu'il
donne.
the imperative
If
2.
la
is
negative, the general rule of posi-
tion (81) holds good:
Ne
la lui
Moi and
3.
Do
donnez pas.
toi are
not give
it
to him.
used after an imperative instead of me

y and en, in which case apostrophe
te (unless before
and
replaces hyphen)
Give
Give
Donnez-moi des pommes.

Donnez- m' en.
When
4.
ranged thus after

(te, lui,
apples.
(of
them).
objects, they are
usually ar-
it
before moi (toi,

nous, vous, lew) before y (en).
le (la, les)
me
two
a verb has
me some
me some
lui,
nous, vous, lew).
before en.
EXERCISE XXVH
un accord [oenako:r] agreement
une encre [a:kr] ink
un exercice
lafeuille
[egzersis] exercise
leaf,
[fce:j]
prendre [pra:dr]take; prenez!
mo-
instant,
[stcQ
instant
m ent
le
participe [partisip] participle
[stilo(graf)]
stylo (graphe)
fountain pen
u*
[drwaj-i right
ill
[malad]
malade
allons! [al5] come!
j
-x
droit
[prane] take!
remplir [rupli:rj
la regie [re:gl] rule

le-
best
sheet {of
paper)
un
deranger [derase] disturb

possible
[fe:rs3
faire son
posibl] do one's (his, etc.
ferme [ferm -j hard

plus na ply ] no more>
ne
r-
ca [sa] contraction {familiar)

of cela
{inierjec-
moi-meme [mwameim] my-
(ion)
sedepecher
d'accord in agreement
no longer
ne
que only
fill
(de) [sadepe$e]
mon
hurry
self
cher [m5$e:r] old man,

sapristi!
[sapristi]
my
dear fellow
good gracious!
A FKENCH GRAMMAR
126
113
A. 1. On nous a dit de preparer nos lecons et nous faisons

2. Le professeur nous a
notre possible pour les bien preparer.
3. Nous avons prie
qu'on ne nous derange pas.
nos camarades de nous laisser tranquilles. Nous avons peu de
4. Quel est le livre que tous
temps et il faut travailler ferme.
Oui,
avez a la main droite? Est-ce votre livre de francais ? 5.
laisses ici afin
c'est
ma
Vous
plait.
grammaire
6.
II
faut que je
cord des participes.

la
un
regarder
francaise.
La
instant,
Donnez-la-moi un instant,
regie de
tache de trouver
Moi
Laissez-moi
voici.
je
vous
s'il
la
l'ac-
aussi.
7.
Elle n'est pas facile.
prie.
Maintenant
n'y en a
cherche.
de l'encre que
Oui, j'en
En avez-vous?
mon stylo
Alors donnez-m'en,
assez pour remplir
vous
Voila. Je vous remercie beaucoup.
mon
Ne
Allons, depechons-nous. Travaillons un peu plus
Vous me faites perdre trop de temps.
causons plus.
plus dans
II
je
c'est
8.
9.
[stilo].
plait:
s'il
ai.
10.
stylo.
vite.
11.
12.
Soyez tranquille, nous finirons avant que le professeur soit pret.

Ca (Cela) ne fait
J'ai perdu mon cahier.
Sapristi!
13.
14. Prenez-en assez, je vous
Prenez de ce papier-ci.
rien!
prie, mais n'en prenez pas trop, parce que j'ai besoin de quelVoulez-vous
15.
Merci bien.
ques feuilles moi-meme.
Oui,
16.
que j'en donne aussi a mon camarade, Henri?
17.
N'ayez
donnez-lui-en, mais ne lui en donnez pas trop.
Je prendrai seulement ces quelques
pas peur, mon cher.
feuilles (ou je ne prendrai que ces quelques feuilles).
and indirect
2. Ne prenez
Prenez du papier, je vous prie.
4. Priez
3. Chassez ces enf ants du jardin.
pas trop d'encre.
5. Ecrivez-lui la lettre tout de
votre oncle de venir nous voir.
suite.
6. N'ecrivez pas la lettre a votre camarade cette
8. Met7. Nemettez pas la cuiller dans votre tasse.
semaine.
9. Presentez-moi
tez les cuillers a nos places, s'il vous plait.
10. Presentez mon ami a votre pere, je vous prie.
votre ami.
11. Donnez le roman a votre tante.
12. Ne donnez pas les
romans aux enfants.
13. Finissons le devoir vendredi soir.
14. Ne finissons pas ces devoirs samedi matin.
15. Ne de16. Ne
rangeons pas nos camarades pendant qu'ils travaillent.
B.
object
(1)
Substitute personal pronouns for the direct
nouns:
1.
LESSON XXVII
113
derangez pas
le
Demandez
17-1S.
professeur.
participes a votre voisin;
127
regie des
la
a votre voisine.
Give orally or write on the board the 1st and
(2)
imperative, affirmative
and
negative, of
2d plural
commencer, se lever, se
coucher, voir, aller, se depecher, prendre, remplir, partir (obfrom finir in the imperative exactly as in
serve that partir differs
the present indicative), sortir, attendre.
Complete
(3)
adding a noun
the following by
peating the phrase with the proper pronoun:
Cherchez
3.
Ne
.
cherchez-le)
livre;
Finissez
6.
le
4.
Ne
vendez pas
9. Ne chante pas
choisissez pas
12.
C.
1.
Ne
pas
5.
re-
(Model:
pas
cherchez
.
Vendez
8. Chante
.
10. Choisissez
Donnons
and then
object,
Cherchez
Qu'il ecoute
7.
2.
finissez
1.
11.
Ne
I regret to tell (a) his
mother that
3. He will be delighted
2. I regret that he is ill.
he is ill.
4. He will be delighted that you brought
(enchante) to see you.
5. We want to learn to skate and to ride
him some money.
father wants me to learn (pres. subj. 1st
horseback. 6.
My
7. Allow me to tell you my name (use

apprenne) music:
8. Must (Faut-il que) we begin
s'appeler: see Lesson IX, A).
9. They will have to (II
to speak French immediately?
10. She wants
faudra qu'ils) let her alone (= leave her quiet).
them to let her alone, but they don't want to let her alone.
11. Introduce me, please (s'il vous plait or je vous prie) to
your friend. 12. I beg you to introduce me to him (a lui).
13. Introduce him to me, please.
14. Although he has a lot
of money, he does not travel.
15. Although I thanked him,
he did not answer me.
16. Leave me alone so that (pour que)
pers.,
I may finish my work before dinner.

17. We must (II faut
que) go to bed early and I must get up to-morrow before sunrise.
IS. Although he does his best, he hasn't succeeded in
learning to pronounce French * very well (after verb).
D.
*
cais,
Dictee:
We
Lecon XXIV, A,
(1).
say parler francais, but prononcer
apprendre
le francais.
le francais,
comprendre
le
fran-
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
128
114-116
LESSON XXVIII
Conditional of dormer, finir, vendre
114.
I should
donner
donner
donner
donner
donner
donner
/ should finish,
give, etc.
[don(a)re3
finir ais
[nnire]
ais
[don(9)re]
finir ais
[finire]
ait
[don(a)r]
finir ait
[finirs]
ions
[donarjo]
finir
iez
[donarje]
ions
[finirje]
finir aient [finire]
For the pronunciation of the conditional

Note.
and conditional of etre ( 115) and of faire (
future
90;
but observe that the a
is
sell, etc.
vendr ais
vendr ais
vendr ait
vendr ions
vendr iez
vendr aient
[finir j 5]
finir iez
aient [don(a)re]
I should
etc.
ais
of
[vadrs]
[vadre]
[vadrs]
[vadri5]
[vadrie]
[vadrs]
donner and of the
117), see the note to
generally sounded in the
first
and second
plural of the conditional tense.
Conditional of avoir, etre
115.
I should have,
1 should be,
etc.
aur ais [ore]

aur ci's [ore]]
aur ions
aur iez
aur
aur aient [ore]
ait [ore]
116.
ser ais [s (o)re]
ser ions
[sarjSj
[orje]
ser ais [s (o)rs]
ser iez
[sarjej
ser ait [s (a)re]
ser aien [s (a)rs|]
Conditional Sentences.
what would happen

happen (condition)
to express
were to
2.
1.
The
conditional
(result) in case
is
used
something
else
S'il avait le
finirait
etc.
[orjo]
temps
{condition),
il
sa lee on {result).
'
result
'
If
he had time (Had he time,

he would finish his lesson.
etc.) /
clause in the conditional (English should or
would) regularly has the 'if clause in the imperfect indicative,

Si
whatever be the corresponding English form:
j'etudiais bien {condition), le

maitre serait content {result).
3.
studied {or if I were to s., or

were I to s., or should I s.) well,
the teacher would be glad.
If I
'result' clause in the future requires the 'if clause
in the present indicative,
English form:
whatever be the corresponding
LESSON XXVIII
111
est
S'il
je lui
ici
demain
(condition),
donnerai l'argent
he
If
129
is [or
be, or will be, or should
be) here to-morrow, I shall give
{result).
him the money.
may
Neither the future nor the conditional

X.B.
the clause that expresses the supposition.
117.
Future and Conditional of faire
be used after
(irreg.)
and
si
in
alley
firreg.)
fer ais [f (o)re]

fer as [f(o)ra], etc. fer ais [f(o)rs], etc.
fer ai [f(a)re]
ir ai
ir
[ire]
as [ira], etc.
ir
ais [ire]
ir
ais [ire], etc.
EXERCISE XXVIII
1'
Angleterre
/.
[lagtateir]
Eng-
le
land
la bicyclette
[bisikkt] bicycle
[katedral]
sur [sy:r] certain
cathe-
la
cathedrale
le
chateau [Sato] chateau, country mansion

Espagne /. [lespan] Spain
le
fleuve [flce:v] river (that flows
le
garcon [garso] waiter
la
langue [la:g] language, tongue
le
monument [monyma]
le
paysage [peizaio] landscape
etc.,
build-
of interest
into another stream)
vallee [vale] valley
se mettre [sd mstr] place oneself

je
pense bien!
should think so!
revoir [ravwarr] see again

se trouver [sa truve] be, be situ-
la riviere [rivje:r] river (that flows
la
expliquer [eksplike] explain
traverser [traverse] cross
into the sea)
ing,
[kute] cost
cofiter
dral
1'
vignoble [vinobl] vineyard

ignorant [inora] ignorant
ated
un jour some day

a temps [a ta] in time
tout le
monde [tulm5:d] every-
body
sans [sa] but
for,
without
vous alliez faire un grand voyage, ou iriez-vous?

en France d'abord. Puis, si j'avais le temps et
l'argent, j'irais voir l'ltalie, l'Espagne et 1' Angleterre.
3. Ce
sont les pays les plus interessants de l'Europe.
4. Sans la
guerre, je serais deja alle" en Europe, mais a present, meme
(even) si j'avais le temps, je n'aurais pas assez d'argent.
5. Les
voyages coutent beaucoup plus cher qu'avaut la guerre.
6. Si
A.
2.
1.
Si
J'irais

A FRENCH GRAMMAR
130
117
les billets coutaient moins cher, j'irais passer les prochaines

7.
Si vous etiez en France, que feriezvacances en France.
J'irais voir les plus jolies villes, comme Rouen,
8.
vous?
9. A Rouen et a Chartres, je visiChartres, Blois, Tours.
belles cathedrales.
10. A Blois et a Tours j'irais
beaux chateaux et je me promenerais a bic} clette dans
11. Toute cette vallee de la Loire est
la jolie campagne.
12. Si vous aviez vu une fois les jolis paysages
charmante.
et les belles routes, vous regretteriez beaucoup de ne pas y
terais
les
voir les
vacances tous les ans.

13.
Y a-t-il d'autres
a voir?
14.
Si nous
Je pense bien.
avions le temps je vous parlerais aussi de Marseille, la ville
de Monte-Cristo, de Bordeaux, la ville du vin de Bordeaux,
passer vos
villes interessantes
de Lyon, la grande ville industrielle, de Nimes et d'Arles et

d'Avignon [avino], qui sont si riches en beaux monuments du
15. Et nous regarderions aussi les beaux champs de
passe.
les
ble,
vignobles,
arbres
les
et
fruitiers,
qu'on traverse souvent en voyageant par

16.
17.
b.
(1)
ou en auto.
paysages de
en France l'ete
vous accompagnerai.
jolis
les
je
each illustration of
116, 2.
when possible, and the

correspondingly; for example: Si vous faites un grand
Change
other tenses
Bon,
18.
sur.
Point out in
a.
re voir
these conditions to the present
etc.
voyage, ou irez-vous
.,
(2) Supply the proper form (two when possible, see
of each verb in parenthesis: 1. (dormir) Si vous
.
la classe le professeur
en France,
Si je
Paris.
(pleuvoir)
3.
notre excursion.
4
nous
ne
je
Que
pendant
pas trop content.

2. (aller)
la cathedral e de Notre-Dame a
3
pas
aujourd'hui nous ne
S'il
(-marcher) Si notre automobile
4.
a Blois avant midi.

5
en Am6rique, tout
vous
116, 2, 3)
pas ferm6, on nous

teau
rivieres
jolies
Si je suis assez riche, j'irai
Soyez-en
prochain.
B.
beaucoup
j'aimerais
Enfin,
la France.
les
le train
s'il
le
Si
(etre)
5.
d'y entrer.
monde
6.
6
le
bien,
chateau ne
(etre) Si ce cha-
le voir.
7.
(faire)
trop froid pour sortir?
(etre).
(visiter).
(faire).
(permettre).
(aller).
(faire).
(arriver).
Chateau des Papes, Avignon
La Maison carree, NImes
LESSON XXVIII
117
Complete the following by an
(3)
131
infinitive (with or
without a
preposition) or the subjunctive of the verb in parenthesis, as the

case
demands:
(vous voir) Je suis charme

enfin son travail.
1.
Je suis content qu'il

Dites-lui qu'il faut
3.
(se
2.
(faire)
depecher)
4. (se depecher) II faut que nous

* le train de deux heures.
5. (remnous voulons
mon verre d'eau?
6. (remplir) Vous
plir) Youlez-vous
votre verre?
7. (tacher)
ne voulez pas que le gar con
avant midi.
S. (tacher)
(le
(le faire) lis peuvent
tout de suite?
9. (se defaire) Faudra-t-il que nous
nous n'arriverons pas a temps.
pecher) Bien que nous
votre verre.
10. (remplir) J'appellerai le gargon pour qu'il
.
si
11.
(remplir)
Donnez votre encre a Pierre
afin qu'il
son
(commencer) (ecrire) II faudra que le professeur

le devoir.
nous explique la lecon avant que nous
13. (perdre) Ecoutez bien, mes amis; il ne faut pas que vous
14. (entendre) Dites-lui de venir
votre temps a, causer.
mieux.
15. (deranger) Xos
se mettre ici pour qu'il
camarades ont ferme la porte afin que nous ne les
pas.
2
avant qu'il
16. (se lever) II faudra que nous
jour.
17. (etre) Je vais me coucher tout de suite bien que mon devoir
stylo.
ne
12.
pas
fini.
C. Ecrivez en francais: 1. If I went to (en) Europe, I should

go to England, France, Spain and Italy.
2. I should spend
more time in France than in England, because I wish to learn
to understand and speak French.
3. If I had (the) time I
should learn French before leaving America (l'Amerique).
4. You (On) enjoy yourself
much more if you speak the
language of the country.
5. When I get (arriver) to France,
I shall have lessons every day if it is possible.
6. If I had a
French lesson every day, (and if I heard French spoken (use
present infinitive) all the time), I should quickly learn to speak
and understand it, shouldn't I?

7. If you are going
you must (il faut) also read the history of the counfcries you will visit.
8. The ignorant traveler doesn't have a
very good time.
9. He sees only (ne
que) towns and hotels
and restaurants and taxicabs.
(it,
le)
to travel,
(prendre).
(faire).
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
132
D.
(1)
Conjugate in
voir, vouloir,
the present indicative:
faire, aller,
pou-
avoir,
etre,
s'amuser, ouvrir.
Conjugate in the imperfect:
(3)
117
partir.
Conjugate in the past indefinite' indicative:
(2)
voir, sortir,
XIII, B, 2 and
XXVI,
murir, donnir
(see
Lessons
E, 2) faire, reussir.
Conjugate in the future and conditional: etre, avoir, faire,
(4)
aller,
entendre.
(5)
faire,
Conjugate in the present subjunctive:
etre, avoir, remplir,
entendre, partir.
Sortir, partir, servir, donnir, differ from finir in the

Note.
present subjunctive as in the present and imperfect indicative and
imperative, i.e., by leaving out the -iss of the (participle) stem.
See
Lesson
XXVI,
E.
E. Repondez aux questions suivantes: 1. Est-ce que vous avez

2. En Amerique?
3. Comment?
voyage en Europe?
(Par
4. Quelles villes amerile train? en auto? a bicyclette? etc.)
5. Quelle ville aimez-vous le mieux?
caines avez-vous vues?
6. A-t-elle des musees?
7. Y avez-vous entendu de bonne
8. Y etes-vous alle au theatre?
9. Est-ce que
musique?
10. Quels pays de l'Europe voulezcette ville a de jolis pares?
vous visiter?
11. Est-ce que tout le monde peut voyager
12. Pourquoi pas?
13. Avez-vous l'intention
maintenant?
14. Ou irez-vous?
15. Que ferezde voyager un jour?
16. Comment sont les routes en France?
vous en France?
Ferez-vous des excursions a bicyclette? 18. Dites-moi quels

19. Cherchez
les noms des grandes villes de France.
20. Quelles
sur la carte comment s'appellent les grands fleuves.
21. Est-elle
villes se trouvent dans la vallee de la Loire?
17.
sont
agreable, cette valine?

se trouve-t-elle?
cole?
24.
belles cathedrales?
Ou
Sur quel fleuve
22.
voit-on
les
la ville
Est-ce que la France est
Que voit-on dans
d'appeler ce pays
28.
23.
la belle
27.
Ou
les
champs?
France ?
26.
de Paris
un pays -agri-
25.
A-t-on raison
Ou
trouve-t-on le?
iriez-vous voir les
beaux monuments du passe?
beaux chateaux?
LESSON XXIX
118-119
133
LESSON XXIX
118.
Use of
and
provinces,
Article.
large
1.
Names
European
of continents, councnes,
islands, regularly take the
definite article:
La France est un beau pays.

Nous partons pour le Canada.
II demeure aux Etats-Unis.
La Sardaigne est une ile italienne.
But non-European
islands
France
is
a beautiful country.
We
are leaving for Canada.
He
lives in the
Sardinia
an
is
United States.
Italian island.
do not regularly take the
article
Terre-Neuve
Cuba
est
une grande
grande
est
plus
la
ile.
des
Newfoundland
Cuba
is a large island.
the largest of the Antilles.
is
Antilles.
The
2.
en =
article is generally
in, to;
it
is
omitted after the preposition

de in certain construc-
also omitted after
notably when de means from or denotes of in an ad-
tions,
jectival phrase:
Mon
Nous
II
pere est en Angleterre.

allons
en France.
My
father
We
are going to France.
is in
He comes from
vient d'ltalie.
Les vins d'Espagne.
England.
Ital}\
Spanish wines.
119. 1. Place 'where,' 'where to,' is usually denoted by

en before names of continents, European countries singular
and feminine countries singular outside of Europe; other
countries usually take the preposition a

en (va en) Europe.
II
est
II
est au (va au)
2.
II
Canada
la
Nouvelle-Orleans.
He
the definite article:
is
in (goes to)
is
in (goes to)
Cities, towns, etc., usually take a,
est a (va a) Paris.
But:
He
He
is
Europe.
Canada.
without any
article.
in or at (goes to) Paris.
At New
Orleans.

A FRENCH GRAMMAR
134
120.
Present Indicative of savoir,

I know,
know
(irreg.)
etc.
nous savons [savo]

vous savez [save]
je sais [se]
tu sais [se]
il
to
120
sait [se]
ils
savent [sa:v]
EXERCISE XXIX
PAllemagne
/.
[lalman]
Ger-
many
inn,
country
l'Autriche /. [lotri] Austria
chevre [S:vr] goat

la chose [$o:z] thing
la Corse [kors] Corsica
la cuisine [kqizin] cooking
la
Test m. [lest] east
montagne [motan] mountain

mouton [mut5] sheep
nord [no:r] north

l'ouest Qwest] west
le
la prairie [prsri]
la ruine
meadow
[rum] ruin
la Suisse [sqis]
etrangere
haut [o] high,
tall
japonais [3apons] Japanese
hotel
le
[etrase]
[etrQ3s:r] foreign
une auberge [obers]
la
etranger
Switzerland
le sol [sol] soil
large [lar3] broad, wide

vrai [vre] true
savoir [savwa:r] know,
know
how, be able
autrefois [otrofwa] formerly
quelquefois [kelkofwa] some-
times
mal [mal] badly

malheureusement
ma
ce-
r0:zma] unfortunately, unluckily
moins de [mwedo]
less
than
le
sud [syd] south
pas du tout [padytu] not at
la
vache [va$] cow
surtout [syrtu] especially
chaque [$ak] each

doux [du], douce [dus] sweet,
tandis que [tadi(s)ka] while,
tot [to] early,
gentle, soft
all
soon
whereas
A. (1) Supply the article or leave it out as the case may be,
and put in the proper preposition when one is needed: 1. Savezvous qu'en parlant de
France, on l'appelle souvent
douce France)).
belle France ?
2. On l'appelle aussi
3. On dit aussi:
Chaque homme a deux pays, le
sien (his
own) et
4. Au sud de
France .
France, se trouve
Espagne; a, Test,
Allemagne et
Suisse; au nord
Belgique (/.), et au nord-ouest
Angleterre.
5. Pour
LESSON XXIX
120
135
Italie il faut traverser les Alpes, qui sont de hautes

Paris le matin en chemin de
6. En partant
montagnes.
Rome.
7. Nous parfer, en moins de deux jours on est
Italie;
aux Alpes nous quitterons le
tons demain pour
France et nous passerons
Italie.
8. De
sol de
Sicile et de la nous passerons
Italie nous irons
9. Voici un de nos
Corse pour visiter la maison de Napoleon.
aller
Corse et d(e)
Espagne.
10. Malamis qui vient de
Europe tous les
heureusement nous ne pouvons pas aller
11. Quelquefois nous passons les vacances
Etatsans.
Canada.
12. Un jour nous
Unis ou a faire des voyages
Mexique (m.), et je veux voir aussi
irons peut-etre
Chine.
Japon et
13. Je voudrais (conditional
Asie,
Japon.
14.
Savezof vouloir) passer le printemps
Xon, je ne le sais pas du tout.
vous le japonais?
15. Je
sais un peu de franâis, d'allemand, et d'italien parce que j'ai
16. Mes parents savent
etc" plusieurs fois dans ces pays-la.
assez bien l'espagnol.
17. Us ont passe quelques annees
Amerique nous savons assez mal les
Mexique, mais
langues etrangeres.
18. On apprend mieux
franâis
allemand
Allemagne et
France,
italien
Italie.
19. On peut les apprendre aussi a l'ecole
Amerique
si Ton * a de bons professeurs.
20. En France tout le monde
sait parler franâis,
meme
les petits enfants.
Review of partitives ( 36, 59). Supply what is lacking:

Faites-vous quelquefois
excursions a bicyclette?
2.
(2)
1.
Oh,
oui.
Et
je vois
jolies choses,
surtout
France.
On trouve partout
bonnes routes et
bons chemins
on s'arrete pour dejeuner ou pour diner a
petites auberges
ou Ton trouve une bonne cuisine.
4. De la route on voit
beaux bois,
champs verts et
jolies prairies.
5. Dans
les prairies il y a souvent
vaches,
chevaux,
moutons et
chevres.
6. Souvent on passe devant
jolies maisons de campagne et
chateaux, et de (from)
temps en (to) temps on voit
ruines interessantes.
7. Nous
n'avons pas
ruines interessantes en Amerique, n'est-ce
3.
et
* Note.
The
agreeable after
si.
It
of l'on has the effect of making the sound more

has no other significance here.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
136
pas!
Non,
8.
Dans
mais nous avons
c'est vrai,
beaux
montagnes,
belles
Far- West
fleuves
hautes et
larges
et
120
plaines.
ruines tres interessantes.

y a aussi
10.
Oui, mais on ne peut pas aller voir tout cela a bicyclette.
11. Notre pays est trop grand.
II faut plus de quatre jours de
12. Et on voit peu de bicychemin de fer pour le traverser.
Etats-Unis, tandis qu'on
clettes
voit beaucoup, beauFrance.
13.
avez-vous une?
Non, je ne
coup
14. Autrefois je faisais souvent
ai pas- maintenant.
avais toujours une.
15. Mais
excursions a bicyclette et je
travail et moins
temps.
maintenant j'ai plus
9.
le
il
B.
Supply
(1)
France,
[cerop],
the preposition
Amerique
meaning
[amerik],
'to,' 'into':
Angleterre
Europe
[agloteir],
Allemagne [alman], Autriche [otri$], (le) Japon

Chine [Sin], Russie [rysi], (le) Danemark [danEtats-Unis [etazyni], (le) Canada, (la) Pologne
Italie [itali],
[japo],
(la)
mark], les
[pahn], Espagne [espan] (fern.), Afrique [afrik] (fern.), (la)
Syrie [siri], (les) Indes [e:d], (la) Normandie [normadi], (la)
Provence [prova:s], (la) Touraine [tursn], (la) Corse [kors].
Learn:
(2)
Paris, a Paris
Sur un p'tit cheval gris,

A Rouen, a Rouen,
Sur un p'tit cheval blanc
Au trot, au trot, au trot,
Au galop, au galop, au galop!
Traduisez rapidement:
C.
1.
If
had any.
2.
If
he were
4. If
the postman should not take his letter.
5. If the postman
she were to put on her prettiest blue dress.
6. If you should get up too late, what
were to bring it to me.
you regret it (le) if you were to
Would
7.
would you do?
here.
3.
If
sleep too late?
8.
If
she were to put on her prettiest dress,

girl (jeune fille) in (de) the world.
she would be the prettiest

9.
If
*
On
you should run too
To
a
Paris, to Paris
little
gallop!
white horse
fast
On a
Trot
you would arrive too soon
little
gray horse;
(at the trot)
(t6t).
To Rouen, to Rouen
Gallop,
trot, trot,
gallop,
LESSON XXIX
120
137
10. You would like to (aimer) look at the interesting ruins if

11. If you will
you took (faire) a bicycle trip in France.
(= are willing to, vouloir bien) go with me to Spain next summer,
12. If you will pay for my ticket,
I shall pay for your ticket.
I shall
be delighted to go with you.
What two simple
a.
of a French sentence?
forms are possible in the if clause

Are we as rigidly limited in English?
tense
'
Does the English word will always call for a future form
Explain and give three
in French? {see last two sentences of C).
examples in French.
'
'
b.
D. (1) The texts of A, (1) and (2) should be read aloud and
understood and then worked over thoroughly by questions and
answers.
(2)
E.
(1)
faire
etre,
Lesson XXVII, A.
Dictee:
Conjugate in the future and conditional forms: avoir,

{note the pronunciation of the conditional singular:
prendre {regular), dire {regular), mettre {regu\_see Lesson XXIII, C, (3), 7], remercier,
appeler, se depecher, se lever.
[33sre], [3<tfre]),
remplir, courir
lar),
(2)
How
does the sound value of the spelling ai differ in the
endings of the future and conditional?
Of what
form remind you?

On
how would you say this form is made?
the basis of
the conditional
VOCABULARY REVIEW
does the ending of
XXII, B,
(5),
No. 4
(1) Donnez les contraires de:

facile, prochain, commencer,
trouver, mal, malheureusement, sud, est, la montagne, tot, le
commencement.
(2) Donnez les sxjnonymes
vouloir, causer,
(3)
Supply
or a phrase:
bicyclette,
sol,
guerre,
chemin de
de:
charm6, tacher de,
soiree,
demander.
and use in a sentence

roman, soiree, regie, feuille, valine, chateau,
mouton, chevre, montagne, prairie, terre,
articles so as to shoio gender,
glace,
vache.
fin,
fer.
billet,
fleuve, nord, carte, exercice,
camarade,
A FKENCH GRAMMAR
138
Supply
(4)
the
faire
3.
missing words:
de
savoir les
Pour bien parler il faut

Nous avons l'intention
2.
a bicyclette dans la
une
Nous voyons
de
dans
des betes (farm animals)

et des
et des
et des
des
1.
grammaire.
la
faut que je
120
la
les
Mon
4.
Loire.
champs;
stylo
mon
pour
6. Vous prononcez tres bien;
apprendre a bien prononcer.
mon ami, M. Du7. Permettez-moi de
je vous en
monsieur.
9. II y a de
de faire votre
8.
pont.
nous pouvons
10. Avez-vous
la glace sur le
11. Merci (= No, thank you), j'ai un besoin d'encre?
12. Avant de monter dans le train il faut prendre un
avec de
13. Avant de prendre le train il faut payer son
1'
d'un diner.
14. Le dessert vient a la
n'ecrit pas;
il
le
Je fais
5.
Fit the definitions
(5)
vite.
2.
Aller a travers de.
pour
to
les vignes.
8.
(6)
Supply
4.
6.
11.
3.
La personne
de
hotel
eglise.
7.
qui
campagne.
Les champs
9.
II
ne se
Prier quelqu'un
10.
Dire merci a quelqu'un.
the proper preposition:
chose
faire
quelque chose
faire une chose

depecher
quelqu'un
faire
dire
une chose
demander
quelqu'un
faire une chose
quelqu'un
permettre
faire
une chose
prier quelqu'un
que chose
apprendre
faire quel-
faire
quelque
chose
se
(7)
petit
[of health ]).
faire
regretter
tacher
Un
to be
faire
reussir
Faire quelque chose tr&s
La grande
quelque chose
quelque chose
avoir fait quelque
essayer
1.
Faire tout ce qu'on peut.
porte pas bien (se porter
de venir chez vous.
words:
qui fait la cuisine.
d'un autre pays.
vient
5.
La personne
s'amuser
faire
commencer
une
faire
chose
une
chose
penser
Give the French equivalent:
faire
une chose
wit (intelligence), the land-
the doubt, the mountain, the ruin, the river (large);

next, free, certain, each, ready; to ring the bell, to be named;
especially, everywhere, formerly, whereas, only; everybody.
scape,
121-123
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
140
4. Observe the idioms:

Un de mes amis.
Un Parisien de mes amis.
A
A
124
friend of mine.
Parisian, a friend of mine.
124. Present Indicative of dire,
to say,
(irreg.),
tell
and
of voir, to see (irreg.)

/ say,
je dis [di]
tu dis [di]
dit [di]
il
etc.
[vwa]
tu vois [vwa]
il voit [vwa]
je vois
nous disons [dizo]

vous dites [dit]
ils
disent [di:z]
see, etc.
nous voyons [vwajS]

vous voyez [vwaje]
ils voient [vwa]
EXERCISE XXX
la
com[kopano]
panion
comparaison [k5parez5] com-
le
compartiment
le
compagnon
parison
[k5partima]
le
voleur [volo3:r] thief, robber
canadien [kanadje] Canadian

commode [komod] convenient
dangereux [dQ3r0] dangerous
desagreable [dezagreabl] un-
compartment
le couloir
pleasant
[kulwair] corridor, pas-
sageway
coutume [kutym] custom
un exemple [egzapl] example
un individu [edividy] fellow, perla
son,
individual
(often
milieu [milj0] middle
la
montre [mo:tr] watch
approcher
proach
fallait
was
[fale]
necessary
(imperf. of pouvoir)
savait [save]
savoir),
(imperf. of
[sa$je]
(pres. subj.)
sauter [sote]
woman)
knew
sachiez
jump
la
poche [po$] pocket
tirer [tire] pull
le
revolver [revolve :r] revolver
actuellement
la voiture
ap-
pouvait [puve] was able, could
Tor to. [b:r] gold

la personne [person] person (man
or
[apro$e]
(de)
(imperf. of falloir)
con-
temptuous)
le
rare [ra:r] infrequent, rare
[vwaty:r] carriage
out
[aktqelma]
at
present
A. (1) 1. Un Canadien * de mes amis qui voyage actuellement

2. Dans cette
en Europe, m'a ecrit une lettre interessante.
lettre il fait les comparaisons les plus int6ressantes entre les
coutumes des Europeens
[ceropes]
et
les
* For the use of capital letter here, see
n6tres.
21.
3.
Par
LESSON XXX
124
141
fer en Europe sont differents des notres.

et canadiennes sont plus grandes
americaines
4. Les voitures
et plus longues que les leurs, et les leurs ont plusieurs comparti5. Dans ces compartiments il y a de la place pour
ments.
exemple,
les
chemins de
a huit personnes, et on peut passer d'un compartiment dans

6. Les voitures americaines ont un couloir au milieu.
l'autre.
7. Dans
En Europe le couloir est sur un cote de la voiture.
six
les
vieilles
voitures
il
n'y
avait
pas
de
Une
couloir.
fois
Ces compartiy
dans un compartiment,
mieux
les voitures
j'aime
mais
commodes,
assez
etaient
ments
il
modernes.
9.
On
rester.
fallait
8.
pouvait s'y trouver avec un compagnon de
voyage desagreable ou meme dangereux.

un comparti(2) 1. Un jour mon ami s'est trouve seul dans
ment avec un homme qui ne savait pas trop bien la difference

2. Mon ami avait une jolie montre
le mien et le tien.
3. Le train approche d'une
Son compagnon la voit,
en or.
4. L'individu tire de sa
vite.
moins
petite ville et marche
Votre montre est plus
ami:
mon
dit
a
et
revolver
poche un
entre
Donnez-la-moi.
que la mienne.
mienne afin que vous sachiez l'heure.
jolie
demande mon ami.

montre?
6.
Oui,
Je
5.
vous donnerai
Que
la
dites-vous?
Voulez-vous me (from me) prendre ma

dit le voleur en approchant son revolver
II lui
7. Alors mon ami a peur.
de la tete de mon ami.
8. Le voleur lui donne la sienne et saute
donne sa montre.
du
train.
B.
de
Complete by a suitable possessive pronoun: 1. La montre

2. Leurs voitures
etait en argent.
ami 6tait en or,
(1)
mon
fait une comparaison

Leurs voitures a (with)
5. Votre comcompartiments sont plus commodes que
que
dangereux
6. La
moins
est
voyage
pagnon de
7. Vous 6criviez
montre du voleur est moins jolie que
8. Je saute de mon cheval
a votre mere et j'emvais a
et
9. Tout homme a deux pays,
et elle saute de
sont moins grandes que
3.
entre nos chemins de fer et
II
4.
la France.
(2)
10.
Maintenant
Supply in each case
( 123, 1):
1.
le
the
voleur a
ma montre
et
usual expression of ownership
qui est cette montre?
Elle est
2.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
142
qui sont ces chevres?
Elles sont
vache? Elle etait

dans la prairie? lis sont
Supply
(3)
'
all
montre ils vous la

dans mon compartiment
qui etait cette
moutons
la-bas
forms in each case in
possible tense
the
3.
qui sont ces
124
clause or in the result clause:
'
if
4.
(avoir) Si je trouve
2.
peur.
je
the
(prendre) S'ils voient votre
1.
un voleur
(avoir) Si je voyais
3.
un
peur.
voleur, je
4. (sauter) Si le train approchait
d'une gare, le voleur en
5. (vojâger) Vous aimeriez
les paysages de France si vous y
6. (faire) Que
*
vous, si un voleur vous
votre montre en tirant un
.
revolver de sa poche?
J'entrerai dans le couloir
partiment.
vous
Si
verts
un
et
vous
une auberge,
12.
dessert.
une excursion a la-cam-
dejeuner.
du
Si
10.
(s'arreter)
que vous
qu'est-ce
(traverser)
(vouloir)
8.
un autre com-
des
poulet,
vous
haricots
les
Alpes,
en Italic
the proper
Supply below
(4)
le
un potage,
Je
passer d'une
le couloir.
passer dans
je
a une auberge pour
(prendre)
11.
si
dans
(s'arreter) Si je faisais
9.
pagne, je
Ton
(vouloir) Si
7.
voiture dans une autre, on
and
future, past indefinite)
tense
forms
(present,
imperfect,
The basic time
other missing words.
of a is the present.
a.
(etre)
1.
depuis
la
nous
dans
Je
de
plus
d'une gare,
il
compartiment avec ce voleur-
le
trois
heures.
me
2.
ma
(approcher)
montre.
3.
(tirer)
Quand
Quand
4. (s'arreter)
son revolver de sa poche, j'aurai peur.
6
5. Nous
il sautera de la voiture.
train
France depuis plus de quatre mois et nous faisons tous
il
Quand
le
les jours
b.
coutumes
des comparaisons entre
Dans nos voyages dans
1.
7
le
et les
plus de chevres que chez nous.
France nous
midi de
2.
(traverser)
Nous
8
beaucoup
semaine passed; il y
9
plus
3. Les chevaux
de vaches et de gros chevaux.
avec mes com4. (causer) Je
grands que les
la
Normandie
la
(demander).
(demander).
(entrer).
(prendre).
(voyager).
(voir).
(se trouver).
(avoir).
(etre).
'
LESSON
J24
143
XXX
5. (aimer) II y avait quelques individus

pagnons de voyage.
J
rare.
6. (dire)
mais ce
Americains,
p as les
qui ne
x
de
et l'Amerique
France
la
que
souvent
Qn me
bonnes amies depuis plus de cent ans.

i
vrai, et que les Francais et
que ce
etre de bons amis.
pas
that
A,
(1) Shift
C.
move
(1),
7.
les
(repondre) Je
2
Americains ne
7-9, into the present.
Note that
the verbs
into this form, as do the
the story along fall naturally
descriptive imperfect forms.

(2)
Put A,
made
be
the
story
indirect preceded by que.
what form
take
What becomes
to
(2), 3-6, into the past.
past
(the
The
Then
direct discourse
participle
of presents like approche,
must
the presents that
of dire
marche?
is
tell
dit)?
What happens
est?
(3)
Change A,
form from
different
(4)
a.
savoir:
Note in
(2),
7-8,
to
See Lesson
XXI,
and
plural.
We
Conjugate pouvait and savait

cannot do this for
fallait as this
verb is used only in the 3d singidar of all tense forms.

an impersonal verb. What is the present form? the
conditional
87.
the vocabulary the imperfects of pouvoir, falloir,
pouvait, fallait, savait.
in the singidar
Does a peur take a
the past.
the other three verbs?
It is called
future?
the
Conjugate
The present participle of savoir is sachant.
b.
savoir in the present subjunctive^ 'Is- the imperfect indicative
formed as you would expect? Compare Lesson XXVI, E.
D. Traduisez: 1. This fellow did not know the difference

could not jump
2. My friend
between mine and thine.
himself.
4. He
hurting
of
afraid
3.
was
train.
He
from the
had to give his watch to the thief who gave him his, saying
"I am giving you mine so that (= in order that)
(en lui disant)
5. I-wish-you-a-goodyou may know when you are hungry.
friend knows that
my
Although
6.
appetit)."
(Bon
appetite
this fellow was a thief, he still thinks that he was rather (assez)
:
interesting.
i
(gtre).
(cesser).
,
,
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
144
125-129
LESSON XXXI
The Demonstrative Pronouns
125.
ce [sa], this, these, that, those, he, she,
it,
they
ceci [sasi], this
cela [sala], that

celui [salqi],
m.
this,
celle [sel]. /.
celui-ci [salqisi],
celle-ci [selsi], /.
celui-la [salqila],
celle-la [s2lla], /.
that (one),
ceux
ce Ues [ssl],
/.
those
ones, the
he, she
m.
these,
[s0], m.
the (one),
>
(ones), they
this (one),
ceux-ci [s0si], m.
the latter
celles-ci [selsi],/. / the latter
m. \that (one), the

/former
these (ones)
ceux-la. [s0la], to.
those (ones)
celles-la [sslla],/.
the former
126. For the use of ce as distinguished from the personal

pronoun il (elle, etc.), see 97.
Ceci
and cela
that, are used to denote

something pointed out or indicated, but not named. Cela
127.
is
this,
often contracted into ca in familiar language:
Cela est
J'aime
That is pretty; I prefer

Can you do that?
je prefere ceci.
joli;
Pouvez-vous
faire cela ?
I like that.
ca.
128.
things,
this.
Celui, that (one), the (one), he,
and
is
regularly followed
by
is
used of persons or
a relative clause or a
de clause:
Celui que j'attendais est arrive.
He whom
Ceux qui cherchent trouvent.

Mes fleurs et celles de Marie.
Celles que vous aimez.
Those who seek find.

My flowers and Mary's.
The ones (flowers) you like.
129.
1.
Celui-ci,
this,
this
one,
he,
expected has arrived.
and
celui-la,
that,
used of persons or things already mentioned;

to contrast the nearer and the more remote:
that one, are
Voici les
deux chaines;
donnez-moi
celle-ci et
gardez
celle-la.
Here are the two chains; keep

this (one) and give me that
(one).
LESSON XXXI
129
145
The latter is celui-ci, and the former is celui-la, the

2.
order of ideas being inverted as compared with English:
Ciceron
etaient
tous
celui-ci
etait
Virgile
et
deux
celebres;
Cicero and Virgil were both celebrated;

the former was an
poete et celui-la orateur.
orator and the latter a poet.
EXERCISE XXXI
un ane [cena:n] ass, donkey
le baton [bat 5] stick
courant [kura] present participie of courir
demander [sadmade] wonder
la
caresse [kares] caress
le
chien [$je] dog

coup [ku] blow
lu [ly] read (past part, of lire)
le
le
domestique [domestik] servant
renverser [rdvsrse] upset

voulu [vuly] past participle of
se
rapporter[raporte]bring(back)
un etranger [cenetrase] foreigner

le maitre [me:tr] master
la parte [pat] foot (of
--,. r
i
-i
vouloir
animal)
_
_
,
autant (de) Total as many, as
.
piece [p j ss] room

la vaisselle [vcssl] dishes
la
i_
much
loin [lwg] far
mecontent (de) [mekSta]
dis-
par-ci par-la [parsiparla] here
satisfied (with)
and there
miserable [mizerabl] wretched
pr g s [pre] near (adv.)
avoir beau [avwa:r bo] in vain
qu 'est-ce? [kes] what
is it?
(followed by infinitive)
pres de [preda] near (prep.)
caresser [karsse] caress
A.
1.
y avait une
II
petit chien.
2.
II
beaucoup de travail a
journee.
II
son maitre.
monde
un homme qui
fois
caressait
celui-ci
3.
faire.
courait par-ci par-la.

5.
II
donnait
la
et
avait
un ane
a celui-la
il
et
Le chien s'amusait toute

4.
table
patte a tout
le
il
un
donnait
la
mangeait avec
monde
et tout le
Le pauvre ane voyait tout cela, et il

en 6tait tres mecontent.
Pour7. Un jour il se demande:
quoi ne me donne-t-on pas autant de bonnes choses qu'a ce
le
miserable
caressait.
petit
6.
chien?
8.
Pourquoi donne-t-on toutes
les
caresses a celui qui ne travaille pas et tous les coups de baton
a celui qui travaille toujours?

9. Je cesserai de travailler.
J'entrerai dans la salle a manger de mon maitre quand il sera
a table avec ses amis.
10. Je donnerai la patte a tous ceux qui
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
146
129
et ils me donneront des caresses .

11. Le pauvre
12. II
ane tache de faire cela; il entre dans la salle a manger.
13. II veut
salue ceux qui y sont; il chante de sa belle voix.
14. Mais en levant
donner la patte a son maitre et a ses amis.
y seront
tomber la vaisselle.
15. Les
Le maitre se leve de table et
16. II leur dit de donner au pauvre
appelle ses domestiques.
ane, non pas des caresses, mais beaucoup de coups de baton.
17. On lui donne des coups de baton et des coups de pied aussi
18. Un ane a
et le pauvre ane sort de la piece en courant.
beau vouloir cesser d'etre ane; il a beau tacher d'etre chien; il
(Adapted from La Fontaine, Fables, IV, 5).
reste toujours ane.
la patte,
il
renverse la table,
dames ont peur,
(1) Supply
when needed.
B.
-la
elles
il
fait
orient.
demonstrative pronouns, suffixing -ci and

Cette chevre-ci est blanche,
est noire.
the
1.
3. J'ai
dine hier dans une meilleure auberge que
j'ai mon argent et dans
ma montre.
deux poches; dans
s'appelle Durand.
4. Cet individu-ci s'appelle Dupin,
se.depeche de finir son tra5. Regardez ces deux enfants;
ne fait rien.
6. Donnez-moi une autre feuille de
vail,
que vous me donnez
papier;
n'est pas propre. {/I
8. Voila mes deux compagnons
actuellement est .sale aussi.
de voyage; ^"^s'amuse a regarder le paysage,* ***^;ache de
9. ^-Haw qui est dans le couloir est
me faire parler franâis.
2. ,J'ai
'.
un etranger qui
Dites-moi qui sont ces

11. Voulez-vous m'ex12. Oui, mais d'abord parlons un peu de
?
camarade a perdu son stylo.
ne fait rien; nous
individus-la.
pliquer
13.
arrive d'Espagne.
-ci?
Non,
10.
-la.
Mon
sommes
-ci.
14. Pendant que cet
a lui donner
prend ma montre,
me prend mon argent.
15. Ils ont pris ma montre et
du monsieur qui m'accom16. A qui est cette montre maintenant?
17. Quelle
pagnait.
18. Je ne sais pas, mais
montre?
que l'individu a prise.
que j'ai a la main est a moi.
prets
individu-ci
2)
j
les
me
Replace the dash by ce, vr

est
un
ane.
chiens de
table.
5.
2.
mon
Et
pere.
cela?
4.
Qui a chasse l'ane?
il
(elle, ils, elles)
-**- est
un
chien.
1.
3.
Qu'est-ce?
-*--
sont
-.est l'ane qui a renverse la
-*^4 etaient
les
domestiques.
LESSON XXXI
129
6.
Que
le
chien?
tomber la vaisselle.
7. Ou
une autre piece.
8. Qui appelle
'**=*- fait
ane?
fait cet
147
*===- est dans
est
les
&- est le maitre qui les appelle.

9. *-*
se
domestiques?
10. Quel est ce monsieur?
leve de table pour les appeler.
11. Quels sont ces
<=J est le maitre de I'ane et du chien.
sont nos amis. ^~,12. Quel est cet animal?
individus?
c
est notre cher ane.
huit heures.
est
temps de
partir.
de rester ane.
When
(3)
is
'he,' 'she,'
to
C.
the
(1)
-M^-
it
'
Quand on
<
est vrai.
expressed by
il
est niidi.
16.
18.
*
19.
'
13.
fait beau.
15.
17.
est necessaire
est ane,
(elle)?
est
14.
pleut.
When
is
ce equivalent
'they'?
Does
Shift A, 2-6, to the present.
forms used in
this
harmonize with
If you were
the rest of the anecdote?
to trans-
whole passage into English in the present, would the
late the
What do you conclude about
fect be satisfactory?
ef-
the use of the
form in French in narration as compared with English?

historical
present, and is far more
often called the
frequently used in French than in English.
present
This
(2)
is
Would
it
imperfects of A:
etait?
'
'
be satisfactory to shift to the
See Lesson
voyait (6)?
past indefinite the
donnait, s'amusait, courait, mangeait, donnait,
XXI,
87.
Is this answer equally true of
Explain.
Beginning ivith A, 6, tell the story in the past ( 66, X.B.)

end of the paragraph.
Does the direct discourse (7-10)
change?
(3)
to
the
(4)
Translate,
with
especial
attention
to
demonstrative
pro-
nouns and participle agreement: 1. Explain this to him; explain

that to her; explain this to them, please.
2. Don't think that.
You must not ( 106, 3) think that. 3. These novels are more
interesting than those.
4. Which novels?
The ones we bought
in Canada.
5. Have you read (lu) them?
Xot (non pas) the
ones that are in the drawing room, but I have read several
times the one we brought from France.
6. When my father
was younger he was very fond of (aimer beaucoup) those of
Victor Hugo, but now he reads (lit) oftener Daudet's and Bal-
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
148
zac's.
Whose motor
7.
car
is
(de l'autre cote de) the street?
that?
130-132
8,
It is hers.
That one across

Mine is on the
9.
other side of the street too, a little farther [away].

10. And
those that are nearer belong to (XVII, Vocab.) our schoolmates.
D. Conjugate courir (present participle in Vocab.) in the

and imperfect indicative, and the present subjunctive (see
Lesson XXVI, E, dormir); and in the past indefinite, future,
and conditional (see Lessons XIX, B, (3), XXIX, E).
7s the
present
How
auxiliary avoir or etre?
about
marcher?
^LESSON XXXII
The
130.
Relative Pronouns
qui [ki], who, which, that,
whom
(after
a preposition)
whom, which, that

dont [d5], whose, of whom, of which
que
[ka],
ou [u], in which, into which at which, to which,

s., lesquels [lekeF], m. pi.
lequel [laksl], m.
laquelle [lakel],
/. ...
lesquelles [lekel],
/. pi.
etc.
wh ' wh m wMch
<
that
'
quoi [kwa], what, which
131.
Agreement.
or invariable in form,
is
relative pronoun,
of the gender,
whether variable
number and person
of
antecedent:
its
Moi
qui etais (vous qui etiez)
Les lettres que
132.
Use
j'ai
of the Relative.
mon
use
is
verb
(cf.
75).
2.
la..
apportees.
qui, as
Qui = whom
subject,
(of
who was (.you who were) there.

The letters which I have brought.
1.
The
relative of
and que, as
persons only)
is
most com-
direct object, of a
also used after a
preposition
L'oncle chez qui je demeurais.
3.
The
force of
de
The uncle with whom
a relative
is
I lived.
generally expressed by
dont:
Les amis dont nous parlions.
L'eglise dont je vois la tour.
The friends of whom we spoke.

The church whose tower I see.
4.
149
LESSON XXXII
13 3
Ou =
dans
of position)
some other preposition
(or
relative:
La ville ou
demeure
{or
dans laquelle)
The
je
city in
which
I live,
often used instead of qui (que, etc.), to avoid

ambiguity, and must be used of things after a preposition:
5.
Lequel
is
The
Les sceurs de nos amis, lesquelles

sont chez nous a present.
our friends, who
of
sisters
e.,
(*'
the sisters) are with us
now.
6.
Quoi stands
after a preposition, rarely otherwise:
That
Voila de quoi je parlais.

7.
The absolute
which,
what,
is
that
what
was speaking
ivhich
ce qui, and, as object or predicate, ce

of which, is ce
que;
as
of.
subject
is
of what, that
dont:
Je vois ce qui vous amuse.

Je sais ce que je sais.
Vous savez ce que je suis.
Je n'ai pas ce dont j'ai besoin.
I see
what amuses you.
know what I know.

You know what I am.
I
haven't what (that which)
need.
8.
He
who, the one who, etc.
J'aime ceux qui m'aiment.
Ma montre
est plus jolie
que
The
who
love those
My watch
celle
is
love me.
prettier than the one
you have.
que vous avez.

9.
celui qui, etc.
relative pronoun, often omitted in English,
is
never
omitted in French:
Le tableau que
j'ai
Present
133.
vu
The
hier.
Indicative
picture I
connaitre,
of
saw yesterday.
to
know,
quainted with, etc. (irreg.).

I know,
[sakonEH
tu connais [tykone]
je connais
il
connait [ilkons]
etc.
nous connaissons [nukonssS]

vous connaissez
ils
[vukonese]
connaissent [ilkone:s]
be
ac-
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
150
133
EXERCISE XXXII
un agent
(de
police)
[cenaofi-
la statue [staty] statue
dpolis] policeman
agreable [agreabl] pleasant
un Allemand [oenalma] German

un anniversaire [cenanivsrsesr]
important [eporta] important
magnifique
anniversary, birthday
mag-
[mapifik]
nificent
un arc [cenark] arch, bow

une avenue [avny] avenue
la banque [ba:k] bank
parisien [parizje] Parisian

batir [bati:r] build
le
bassin [base] basin
le
bout [bu] end

depute [depyte] congressman
garder [garde] keep, guard
edifice [oenedifis] building
menacer [manase] threaten
le
un
connaitre
une eglise [egli:z] church

la facade [fasad] front, facade
be
[konestr]
quainted with,
ac-
know
representer [raprezate] represent, stand for
la figure [figy:r] figure, face
done [d5(:k)] then, therefore

longtemps [lota] long
meme [me:m] even
que! how!
[lwa] law
la loi
un obelisque [oenobelisk] obelisk

la
peinture [pstyir] painting
stone
la pierre [pjeir]
dow
A.
(of car)
autour de [otu:r da] around
Supply
(1)
tive, too, if
one
word and
the proper relative
m'a
voleur
l
pris le revolver
dans
(or
il
Gardez
(or
s'etait
j'allais
a fait apres.
II
8.
demonstra-
pour
y a
II
5.
6.
un
4.
II
10.
11.
Alors
il
7.
lui
9.
II
w^vr
Je vous dirai
dans sa poche
me
.menacer.
le ,me
il
On
Xous sommes
le
m'a
ces quelques francs <****
votre dejeuner.
voleur.
a quitte la voiture
descendre.
6
ici
Voici la montre
il
votre montre a
ment.
1.
2.
il m'a
avec
J^*
) nous voyagions.
a la gare a
il
parlons.
Voila la fenetre par
3.
^ nous
the
Substitute suitable forms of the past
is lacking.
participle for the infinitives in footnotes:

Voila, le
gladly,
[volotje]
with pleasure
[rwa] king
le roi
volontiers
win-
la portiere [portjs:r] door,
revolver
dit:
Y0US aurez besoin pour payer

II ne faut pas montrer votre argent et
qui voyagent dans le meme comparti5
a
dans une poche ma montre,
(prendre).
(sauter).
(menacer).
(arriver).
(mettre).
(servir).
VlCTOIRE DE SAMOTHRACE
au Louvre, Paris
LESSON XXXII
133
mon
l'autre
la
pere m'a
banque
mon
anniversaire.
et
billets
etait
veut sortir par la portiere,
le connait entre d'une autre voiture
police
il
14.
Mon
ce
un agent de
il
voyageait.
instant.
Voila
15.
blanks with
suitable
words {demonstratives,
rela-
un de mes
amis.
verbs, etc.):
Je
1.
in
(2) Fill
un
a peur, s'arrete
voleur,
l'a
tives,
Dans
12.
on m'avait
de banque
j'avais besoin pour mon voyage.
13. Comme
mes
a mis
il
151
me promene
aujourd'hui a Paris avec
Concorde [kokord]. Connaissezon voit la facade au bout de la rue Royale

vous cette eglise
je vous
2.
C'est l'eglise de la Madeleine
[rwajal]?
plus
ai parle.
3. Je vous y menerai un jour quand nous
de temps. 4. Quel est cet autre Edifice de l'autre cote de la
Nous
voila sur la Place de la
C'est
Seine?
on y
fait?
Chambre
la
Oui,
on y
des deputes.
fait les lois
5.
du pays.
Savez-vous
Con6.
Oui,
connais un
m'a
Voulezvais me servir demain.
donne" deux cartes
vous m'y accompagner? Volontiers. Et savez-vous ce qu'est
naissez-vous des deputes?
je
7.
je
se trouve
(ce que c'est que) ce grand monument en pierre
8.
-la, sur
on voit ces
au milieu de la Place?
la.
C'est un obelisque
Oui,
figures amusantes?
9.
Voila de grandes et
10.
vient d'Egypte [e3ipt].
Savez-vous
elles
belles statues autour de la Place.
Elles representent les
representent?
11. II y
a huit.
12. Voyez-vous
villes les plus importantes de la France.
-la
sur
il
demandais ce
y a tant de
c'6tait.
fleurs?
C'est
la
Oui,
13.
je
me
statue de la belle ville
14. Vous savez

de Strasbourg [strazbu:r] en Alsace [alzas].
Les
la France l'a perdue apres la guerre de soixante-dix.
que
heureux que Strasbourg soit maintenant une

il y a
15. Mais en voila une autre sur
beaucoup de fleurs.
16.
C'est la statue de Lille [lil]
a 6t6 longtemps aux mains des Allemands pendant la grande
guerre.
17. Dites-moi maintenant quel est ce joli pare a
Parisiens sont
si
ville francaise!
(donner).
(ouvrir).
(perdre).
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
152
on voit
au bout de
l'ouest de la Place,
133
cet arc magnifique?
sont les Champs-Elysees [$azelize] dans
18.
a de tres jolies promenades, et Tare
Triomphe
de
et belle,
19.
e'est
effet
[tqilri]
Et
magnifique.
dans
voila a Test
22.
tou jours
agreables promenades.
y a un musee
des rois de France.

irons
un jour y
Oui,
en
palais des rois

fleurs,
y a presque
jouent avec leurs petits bateaux
enfarits
autour du bassin des Tuileries.

nous nous trouverions devant
il
20.
l'entree d'un autre
y avait autrefois un beau

arbres,
On y trouve
jolies statues et
Qu'elle est large
il
de France.
sont les jardins des Tuileries
21.
Qu'est-ce?
pare.
[arkdatriof],
Regardez done (Just look)\

on en approche!
l'avenue par
[napoleo].
il
vous parlez est l'Arc

ete bati par Napoleon
celebre.
23.
II
* les Tuileries,
Si nous
Louvre Qu:vr], dans
(or
24.
le
25. C'etait autrefois
Que tout cela est interessant!
voir les peintures,
Quelle ville interessante que
n'est-ce pas?
un
palais
26.
Nous
Oh,
oui.
Paris!
Repondez aux questions suivantes:

1. Qu'est-ce
qu'un
2. Est-ce qu'on le caresse?
3. Que lui donne-t-on?
4. Que veut-il avoir?
5. A
qui donne-t-on les caresses?
sont le maitre et ses amis?
6. Ou
fait l'ane?
7. Que
8. Qu'est-ce qu'il tache de faire?
9. Est-ce qu'il reussit a
amuser son maitre?
10. Que fait celui-ci?
11. Et que
font les domestiques?
B.
ane?
C.
(1)
Racontez d'dbord oralement, puis ecrivez
de l'ane qui veut qu'on
le
caresse
L'Histoire
Traduisez: 1. With whom are you going to go around

promener) in (dans) Paris?
2. With my old friend; the
one with whom I traveled in Italy last year (annee).
3. We
visited the Place de la Concorde yesterday (after past part.),
around which are (se trouver) eight fine statues.
4. The ones
that represent Strasbourg and Lille are covered (XXIV, Vocab.)
with (de) flowers.
5. What I liked best was (c'etait) Napo(2)
(se
(traverser).
This que
is
untranslatable.
It is often
found before nouns in apposition.
leon's
153
LESSON XXXIII
134-135
Arc de Triomphe which one sees at the end
of that
We
want to go to see the Madeleine,

6.
magnificent avenue.
at the end of (la) rue Royale.
see
could
we
which
of
the facade
of which I have often
7. We want to visit also the Louvre
heard (entendre parler), and the Tuileries gardens in which
the children like to play with their
an interesting city Paris [is]!
boats.
little
8.
What
Count from 50 to 59, putting a different noun after each

numeral: Cinquante et un monuments, cinquante-deux ave-
D.
1.
nues [seka:td0zavny],
etc.
soixante [swasa:t] deputes, soixante

2. Count from 60 to 69
et un billets de banque, etc.
:
3.
Count from 70
to
soixante-onze figures,
E. Dictee:
Lesson
79: soixante-dix agents [swasa:t di:z nâ],

etc.
XXVIII t A.
>J
^taJ
LESSON XXXIII
The
134.
qui? [ki],
que? [ka], what?

quoi? [kwa], what?
lequel? [lakrl], m. s., lesquels?
laquelle? [lakel],
135.
Pronouns
Interrogative
who? whom?
Use
/. s.,
m.
[lekell,
lesquelles? [leksl],
of Interrogatives.
1.
pi.
/. pi.
"I
which? which one(s)?
/what
Qui?
one(s)?
= who? whom?
is
used of persons:
Qui sonne? Qui sont-elles?
Dites-moi qui sonne.
Qui a-t-il frappe?
Who
De
Of
qui parlez-vous?
2.
Tell
is
ringing?
me who
Whom
is
Who* are they?
ringing.
has he struck?
are you speaking?
whom
Whose? denoting ownership simply = a qui? otherwise
generally de qui? but never dont:
qui est ce livre?
De
qui etes-vous
(le) fils?
Whose book is this?

Whose son are you?
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
154
Que? = what?
3.
135
stands always as the object or the
predicate of a verb:
Que vous
a-t-il dit?
What?
4.
>u'est-ce?
as subject
in indirect question
is
What
did he
you? What
is it?
usually qu'est-ce qui? and what
is
usually ce qui (ce que, etc.)
Qu'est-ce qui vous a interesse?

Je ne sais pas ce qui m'a frappe.
Dites-moi ce que vous desirez.
What
has interested you?

do not know what struck me.
Tell me what you desire.
I
Quoi? = what? stands regularly
5.
tell
after a preposition, or
absolutely, the verb being understood:
quoi pensez-vous?
Je cherche quelque chose.
Quoi?
What
I
am
are
you thinking
of?
looking for something.
What?
Lequel? [laquelle? etc.) = which? which or what one?

agrees in gender with the noun referred to. Both parts of
lequel (le and quel) are inflected, and the usual contractions
with de and a (cf. 35, 46) take place:
Which of the ladies is there?
Laquelle des dames est la?
To which of the men does he
Auquel des hommes parle-t-il?
6.
speak ?
EXERCISE XXXIH
une architecture [ar$itekty:r]
ar-
chitecture
le
banquier [bakje] banker
la cite [site] oldest part of cer-
tain cities
un
une
un
le
le
question [k estjo] question

scene [sen] scene
le
sommet [some] top
tour [tu:r] tower

la traduction [tradyksjo] transla
lation
hopital [opital] hospital

ile [il]
la
island
vue [vy] view
interieur [eterjoeir] interior
mari [mari] husband

personnage [personam] character {in book), personage
la photographie [fotografi]
pho-
tograph
le
la
la
Pont-Neuf [ponoef] Pont-Neuf

('
New
Bridge ')
bete [be:t] stupid, foolish

cent [sa] hundred
droit [drwa] right
gauche [go: $] left
gothique [gotik] gothic

impossible [eposibl] impossible
LESSON XXXIII
135
EXERCISE XXXIH
(Continued)
tourner [turne] turn
terrible [tsribl] terrible

.
s'approcher
de
155
venir de [vanhr
da]J to have
L
just
(joUowed by an in-
-i
[saprojeda]
approach
epouser [epuze] marry
jeter [sate] throw
poser [po:ze] put, ask
en
(of
effet tanefe ]
m fact
e n face [af as] opposite
questions)
se
finitive)
ensemble [dschbl] together

plus de plv da] more than
t&nt (de)
s0 manyj g0
ramasser [ramase] pick up

rappeler [saraple] remember,
j-
recall
much
rencontrer [rak5tre] meet

repeter [repete] repeat
ressembler (a) [rasable] resemble, be like
car [kar] for

il
y a
[ilja]
ago
A. 1. Pendant notre promenade je pose a, mon ami beaucoup de questions sur ce que nous voyons a Paris.
2. Je lui
Qu'est-ce que (or qu'est-ce que c'est
demande, par exemple:
que) l'lle dela Cite dont vous me parlez si souvent?
3.
L'ile
de la Cite est une ile de la Seine [sen] ou se trouve la partie la
plus ancienne de Paris.
4. Voila le Pont-Xeuf par lequel on
entre dans la Cite. Traversons-le et tournons a gauche et puis
Quel est ce grand edifice dont nous nous apa droite.
5.
prochons?
C'est le Palais de Justice.
6.
Mais il y en a
une partie qui ressemble a une eglise. Qu'est-ce que c'est?
7.
C'est en effet une eglise qui s'appelle la Sainte-Chapelle
et qui a 6t6 batie par Saint Louis il y a plus de six cents ans.
8. C'est un des bijoux de l'architecture gothique.
Son interieur
est tres, tres joli.
9. Prenons maintenant la rue de Lutece,
3t tournons a droite. Voyez-vous ce grand Edifice a notre gauche ?
10. C'est l'Hotel-Dieu, un hopital qui a 6t& bati il y a tres,
tres longtemps.
11.
Et en face de nous quelle est cette
grande eglise?
12. C'est la cathSdrale de Notre-Dame
dont vous avez tant entendu parler.
13.
Oh oui, je me
rappelle. Que jesuis bete! J'en ai vu souvent des photographies.
14. Voila en effet les deux grandes tours.
C'est la que se trouvent les cloches, n'est-ce pas?
15.
Oui. Avez-vous lu Notre-
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
156
135
roman de Victor Hugo? 16.

Oui.
17. Je me rappelle
dans une traduction anglaise.
qu'un des personnages de ce roman a ete jete du sommet
18. C'est
d'une de ces tours-la, ce qui m'a beaucoup frappe.
Oui, terrible.
Victor Hugo aimait les
une scene terrible.
19. Allons maintenant visiter l'interieur de
scenes terribles.
20. La cathedrale est une des plus
l'eglise qui est tres beau.
21. Elle a et6 batie
anciennes et des plus belles de la France.
Dame
Je
de Paris, ce grand
l'ai
lu
y a plus de huit cents

une vue magnifique sur
il
Supply
B.
-
2.
Ne vous
3.
il
y a
132, 7.
Demandez-lui
1.
Be on
Dites-moi
il
rappelez-vous pas
desire faire
votre cama-
4.
5.
scene de la tour.
me
Comprenez-vous
fait rire?
C'est a moi.
est cet objet-ci?
me
Voici
10.
des tours
Nous ne pouvons pas entendre

vous
me frappe dans ce roman c'est la
vous me demandez est impossible.
6.
rade vous a dit?

dites, monsieur.
pense.
Du sommet
examples of
main.
la
aujourd'hui.
7.
22.
the missing relative or interrogative words.
the look out especially for
vous avez a
ans.
Paris.
fait
9.
8.
Savez-vous
Je vais vous dire
je
penser que vous aviez
tort.
12. II ne faut pas repeter

vous dites est vrai.
13. Tout
est sur la table
vous entendez dire.
est a ce bout-ci est
14. Non,
est a Marie, n'est-ce pas?
15. Je crois
est a l'autre bout est a elle.
a moi, et
j'avais
16. II vient de me demander
vous me dites.
17. Mais j'ai beau lui expliquer;
l'intention de faire demain.
je lui dis.
18. II faut que
il ne peut pas comprendre
Tout
11.
tout
sera tres difficile
j'apprenne (pres. subj.) a parler frangais,
pour moi.
" ragged " ends.
Jjfcf^ C. (1) Some of the following sentences have
Straighten them out, supply missing words (prepositions, relatives,
and the correct forms of verbs). 1. Ou est I'autobus que nous
1
la
rue
coin
2
nous
patte
3.
peur.
(prendre).
4.
4
domestiques ont
1
2. S'arrete-t-il
Les dames a
au coin de
(qui? lequel?) les
Voila l'ane a
coups.
(demeurer).
5.
s
dans
donner
la rue
l'ane voulait
Les domestiques ont
(avoir).
(donner).
cfl
3
C9
QJ
P^ffl
.2.2
S 8
03
PaBmO
to
-,
.S
to
o.'5
0)
-s
fSfc
^
a)
u 3
ei
I es-Ja o\g_ e ca 2 2 3 .2 2"2

is 5 S-2 c-^ 2 .2 3 .^<5s 3 - 3 5
og<o5S 3 <oj3a'3ea'S
a"3 eaT3.j'3"3
.; 5 Su
C 5 3 h
ô^SôhS^S
h3
0)
goo
t. bj
.2-3 >>
O
CJ
rt
cs
m
0.
OJ
1!
g w-og
ctf
rt
O u
,_
Si
Eeut+ a<=6
NNNNMNNNWNMCOCOn
* r\
*m m r <u ^ c-s t^_ v\ -ts - _ rvi
h- rr\
^LC^Dt-00ClO^-C<I00
lHC^C0T?lO<0C*00Ô'^C<IC^'îCiCr)t-C00iO^C<IC0
c
j-^*
?<
LESSON XXXIII
135
ramasse" la vaisselle que l'ane
157
2
3
tomber en
Connaissez-vous les
messieurs qui causent ensemble la-bas?
Oui, ce sont les mes(two ways) votre femme vient de me presenter.
sieurs
*
mon pere m'
7. Ce sont des personnes
souvent
4
S. Je ne connais pas ces deux autres la-bas
vous
lis viennent d'entrer.
voyez les tetes.
9. Quelle est cette
amis
patte
fait
son maitre.
6.
facade au bout de cette grande rue ?

de rencontrer le mari de ma
sceur.
11. Ah oui! Celui qu'elle vient d'epouser est un jeune
militaire de mes amis.
Je le
(connaiire) bien depuis
vous voyez
Sglise
la
je viens
10. C'est l'eglise
dix ans.
'(2)
many
good
.4.
idioms
or
expressions
peculiar
to
the
French language in the arrangement and choice of words have

already occurred.
Express in~ English:- 1. Vous avez beau me
repeter ce que vmis avez ent&fttil/alre, je ne vous comprends
pas.
Nous "^nonâe rencontrer le mari de ma sozm\ZZ2oL

3
t
il ÂBlus>a e trois ans~ "47 Monsieur"
voulez-vous me dfre Qyî^trggv^ le Bon-Marche?
2.
Ma
3.
l'agent,
"'
sceur l'a epouse
II a trouve que cette scene etait terrible.

6. Ne vous rappelez-vous pas que ce persorinage a 6te jete du sommet de la
tour?
7. Comîe^n^^s^vous? /ûs\onlnies dix.
S. Quelle
$o.
s'
f
5
1 beUe
ville
(3)
IL (4)
We
view.
f-
We
1.
^^^^
sentences of your
^^
. j-,
own on each
have just seen Notre-Dame.
of these models.
It is magnificent.
one (l'une) of the towers and admired the

4. I thought
of (a) Victor Hugo's great novel, but I tried in vain to recall
the name of the heroine (l'herolne), although I have just read
the book for the second time.
La
5. Ah!
I remember it!
Esmeralda!
6. The cathedral was built more than eight
hundred years ago and is one of the most beautiful in the whole
world.
It is in the lie de la Cite\ which is the oldest part
2.
que Paris!
Make French
climbed
3.
of Paris.
(in)
What
It is there that the first Parisians lived (invert
7.
order of subject
and
verb)
a long time ago.
(avoir).
When followed by an
noun or pronoun object that precedes.
1
a magnificent view of Paris!
Now
infinitive, fait
'
it is
a very
does not agree with
(donner).
(parler).
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
158
quiet spot.
8.
which makes
must go to see
a modern (moderne) city,
interesting for the foreigner (etranger),
Paris
(le) less
it
136
It is there that the traveler
old Paris, for
(the)
is
now
but more convenient for everybody.
D. Supply questions for

noir est a
3.
II
mon
frere.
2.
the following answers:
Mon
va donner un coup de baton au
1.
un baton a
frere a
chien.
4.
au restaurant du cafe Voltaire.
cots verts et des petits pois.
Nous
8.
la
C'est
mestique qui a chasse l'ane de la salle a manger.

allons visiter les monuments de Paris aujourd'hui.
allons dejeuner
Ce chien
7.
main.
le
do-
6.
Nous
Nous
Des
hari-
5.
allons payer notre de-
9. On nous les a donnes

10. Mon
dans une banque qui s'appelle le Credit Lyonnais.
11. J'y ai rencontre
banquier de New- York m'a dit d'y aller.
jeuner avec ces billets de banque.
un ancien camarade
d'ecole.
12.
Je
projet d' aller voir la cathedrale de
lui
ai
parle
Notre-Dame
de
notre
et la Sainte-
Chapelle.
13. II m'a dit qu'il a eu beau essayer de se faire
14. II
comprendre en francais; personne ne le comprenait.
15. II s'appelle Pierre
est le fils d'un vieil ami de mon pere.
Dupont.
16. Des deux eglises, la Madeleine et Notre-Dame,
17. Notrenous trouvons Notre-Dame la plus int6ressante.
Dame
E.
est la plus ancienne des deux.
Dictee:
Lesson
XXXI,
A.
LESSON XXXIV
136.
Indefinite
Pronouns.
most frequent occurrence

1.
On
[53, one,
some
The
yJL
indefinite
pronouns of
are:
one, we, you, they, people, etc.
(cf.
48).
Quelqu'un [kelkce], m., quelqu'une [kelkyn], f., someany one, plural quelques-uns [kelkazce], m.,
quelques-unes [kelkazyn], /., some, some people, any, a few.
2.
body, some one,
y a quelqu'un a la porte.
vu quelques-unes de vos amies.
Avez-vous des cerises, madame?
II
J'ai
J'en ai quelques-unes.
There is somebody at the door.

I have seen some of your friends
Have you any cherries, madam?
I have a few.
wesson xxxrv
137
Quelque chose [kelkajo^], m., something, anything:
3.
Something has fallen.

have something good.
est tombe.
quelque chose de bon.
Quelque chose
J'ai
159
Along with ne + a verb, or when alone, a verb being unpersonne [person], m. means nobody, not anybody,
no one, and rien [rje], m., nothing, not anything:
4.
derstood,
did not speak to anybody.
Je n'ai parle a personne.
Vous n'avez
You have brought nothing.

He said nothing bad.
What did he say?
Nothing.
Nobody here!
II
rien apporte.
n'a rien dit de mauvais.
Qu'a-t-il dit?
Personne
137.
nouns.
1.
Rien.
ici!
Certain forms serve both as adjectives and as pro-
Those
of
most frequent occurrence
are:
Autre [otr], other (adjective); un autre, another, l'autre,

(pronoun):
the other
Une
autre fois;
d' autres
Another time; other causes,
causes.
The
Les autres iront aussi.

2.
Distinguish un autre from encore un:
Another (a different) pen.

Another (an additional) pen.
Une autre plume.

Encore une plume.
3.
others will go too.
With autre
are formed various locutions:
L'une et l'autre occasion.

Les uns et les autres partent.
Donnez-le kil'un ou a VautreA
Ce n'est ni pour les uns ni pour
Both
occasions.
All are going aây.

<A<,
Give
les
It is for
it
to either.
none
of
them.
autres.
Elles se flattent les
lis
unes
They
They
les autres.
ont peur les uns des autres.
flatter
each other,
are afraid of one another.
4. When used with ne + a verb, or when alone, the verb

being understood, aucun [okce], nul [nyl], pas un [puzoe], as
adjectives = no, not one, not any, and as pronouns = none, no
one, not one:
Aucun auteur ne
5.
si
Aucun.
Tel [tel] = such, un
[si] or
No
dit cela.
A-t-on de l'espoir?
author says that.
Have they any hope?

tel
tellement [tel ma]:
such
a.
None.
Such as an adverb
is
^CTA
Q jjL/
160
Telles sont
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
mes
Qui raconte une
Une
si belle
Un homme
II
s'est
ment
Note.
un
sieur
suite, telle-
Observe the idiomatic use

Mr. So-and-So;
tel,
[tu],
[tut],
pi.,
griefs.
such a story?
of tel (telle) in the expressions
Madame une
m., toute
tus (as pron.)], m.
my
tells
Such a beautiful house.

Such a cruel man.
He was so tired that he went to
bed at once.
maison.
tellement cruel.
etait fatigue.
Tout
6.
adj.),
Who
telle histoire?
couche tout de
il
Such are
douleurs.
137
telle,
Mon-
Mrs. So-and-So.
tous [pronounced tu
/.,
toutes [tut],
pi.,
/.
all,
(as
every,
any, whole, etc.:
Tous
les
Toute
Tous
hommes.
All (the) men.
ma vie.
whole)
life.
All have come.
Meme
7.
[me:m], before a noun or as a pronoun = same;

noun or pronoun qualified = self, very,
and agrees, but has no article; as adverb meme = even.
meme,
even,
following the
La meme chose.
Ce sont les memes.
Dieu est la bonte meme.
Les enfants
memes
The same
nous ont
meme
thing.
The}- are the same.
God
le savent.
Nous-memes; elles-memes.
lis
my (My
All
(toutes) sont arrive(e)s.
bartus.
is
goodness
The very
We
itself.
children
know
it.
they themselves.
They even beat us.
ourselves;
EXERCISE XXXIV
la
aider
le
devenir
beaute [bote] beauty

berger [berse] shepherd
un endroit [cenadrwa] spot, place
une entree [Qtre] entrance
la grandeur [gradce:r] size, grandeur
le loup [lu] wolf
la revolution [revolysjS] revolu-
(a)
[ede] help
become
become;
devenu? what has
[davni:r]
qu'est-il
of
him
(it)?
envoyer [avwaje] send

incendier [esadje] set
rendre [rd:dr] give back, re-
tion
actif [aktif] lively, energetic
store
intelligent [etdi3a] intelligent
tellement [tslmd] so
plein [pie] full
rarement [rarma]
vide [vid]
fire to,
burn
ramener [ramne] bring back
empty
often
rarely,
not
LESSON XXXIV
137
Bring out
A.
161
the differences between the
words in black type:
une promenade dans les champs qui

2. Nous avons vu des vaches, des
^talent pleins d'animaux.
moutons, des chevres, et des chevaux qui mangeaient l'herbe
1.
Nous venons de
faire
dans des prairies vertes.
y avait
II
3.
la,
quelques enfants qui
avaient des chiens de berger avec eux.

5. Quelques-uns des enfants nous ont arretes et ont demande
6. Pendant que nous causions avec eux,
quelle heure il etait.
les
gardaient.
4.
lis
quelques-unes des vaches ont voulu (wished) manger le ble d'un

7. On a envoye des chiens apres elles pour les
champ voisin.
8. Les chiens jouaient en courant, mais quelques-uns,
chasser.
en entendant la voix des petits gargons, sont partis au galop
9. C'etait quelque chose d'amusant
pour ramener les vaches.
de les voir chasser ces grosses betes dont quelques-unes ne
voulaient pas quitter
le
champ de
Mais
10.
ble.
elles
avaient
pouvaient pas, tenement les

11. Aucune (Pas une) n'y est restee.
chiens etaient actifs.
12. Je n'ai rien vu de plus intelligent que ces chiens de berger,
dont quelques-uns ressemblaient beaucoup a de gros loups.
13. lis ont fait tout ce que les enfants leur ont dit de faire.
beau vouloir y
B.
rester, elles
ne
le
Supply from 136-137
(1)
the missing icords:
1.
(two possibilities) mange* aujourd'hui, et j'ai faim.
de bon pour
nez-moi
crois
que
la salle est vide.
mon
diner,
vous
s'il
Je n'y vois
4.
Je n'ai
2.
plait.
Ma
Don3.
Je
tasse est
il n'y a
dans ma tasse.
5.
n'est dans la salle.
elle est
Voyez-vous quelqu'un dans la salle? Non,
vide.
7. S'il y avait une vache et un mouton dans le champ
de bl, les chiens iraient les chasser
8. Je ne
(= both).
9. Nous
peux pas dormir,
( 137, 5) je suis fatigue.
fatigues que nous ne pourrons (jut. of pouvoir)
serons
10. Dites-moi
11. Je ne sais
pas dormir.
de nouveau.
de nouveau.
vide;
6.
(2)
Translate in several ivays:
3.
On apprend
la
viande.
C.
(1)
1.
a parler en parlant.
Ecrivez en frangais:
1.
On dit.
On sert
4.
Paris
is
2.
le
Que
dit-on?
potage avant
a city of which people
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
162
137
2. My friend knows the city well

have often spoken to me.
3. The place
and will show me everything that is interesting.
at which we begin our trip (promenade) is the Place de la ConWhich ones?
4. What do those statues represent?
corde.
5. They
The ones that are (se trouver) around the square.
The one
represent the most important cities in (de) France.
on which you see so many flowers is the statue of the city of
6. What
Strasbourg, which has just been restored to France.
strikes me is (c'est) the size of the square, and the beauty of
that broad avenue by which you approach the Arc de Triomphe.
7. But first let's visit those gardens the entrance of which
we (on) see there, behind us. They are the Tuileries gardens in
which (two ways) there was formerly a fine palace of the kings
It was burned (On and
8. What has become of it?
of France.
9. Wasn't the Louvre foractive voice) during a revolution.
10. There it
merly a palace too? What has become of it?
It is now a famous museum.
is on the other side of that square.
We
very streets of Paris.

2. In France even
3. Everything is interesting.
speak French.
5. The
4. We (On) see something new at every street corner.
sheep walk one in front of (devant) the other. 6. The cows
7. I never saw
and dogs were afraid of each other ( 137, 3).
8. Some
of the goats got frightened.
anything funnier.
10. Not
9. Not one stayed in the neighboring wheat field.
one? Some of the sheep got frightened too, the dogs were so
1.
(2)
the
like the
children
(tenement) energetic.
(3)
tense.
Rewrite A, 5-11, using the historical present as the basic
The 3d
sing.
pres.
jouaient and c'etait shift
D.
Je
me
for the
(1)
a.
of
is
envoie.
Whxj do noi
present?
Conjugate in the present and in the past indefinite:
rappelle cette scene.
noun
envoyer
to the
Do
the
same, substituting a pronoun
object.
je viens {see 178)

b. Conjugate in the present and translate:
de rencontrer un vieil ami. In the imperfect: je venais de ( =
had just) rendre le journal a, mon voisin. Repeat, substituting
the proper pronouns for the noun objects.
LESSON XXXIV
137
163
Conjugate in the future and conditional, making the necesje ressemble a mon pere;
c.
sary changes in the possessive adjective:

je ressemble a mes parents.
Conjugate in the present and also in the past indefinite:
d.
mon
viens voir
je
ancien professeur.
Conjugate in the present and in the imperfect: je pars avant
e.
la fin
de
la piece;
Make
/.
XVIII, C,
je finis
un roman de Victor Hugo.
of the verbs that resemble partir (see Lesson
list
2).
a. Study the forms of envoyer ( 161).

Does the peculiarity of the present indicative and subjunctive, 1st, 2d, 3d, sing, and 3d pi., appear in the pronunciation or
Is the same thing true of the irregularity
only in the spelling?
This peculiarity occurs in the
of the future and conditional?
-ywould otherwise come before\j>~\.
the
-oyer
where
in
verbs
forms of
c. Supply the forms of envoyer and then vary by changing the
(2)
b.
person or number of each subject:

les
chiens apres les betes.
2.
Les enfants
(present)
faut que nous
(present)
1.
II
des chiens pour chasser ces moutons.

le
3.
Le berger
(fut.)
chien pour chasser les vaches de cet endroit.
4.
Si
nous
(cond.) chercher nos
avions des chiens de berger nous les
moutons perdus.
E.
2.
Repondez aux questions:

3. Est-ce que
(1)
Qui
les aidait?
les betes
des
champs de ble?
4.
Comment
1.
Qui gardaient
les
les btes?
enfants allaient chasser
Est-ce que
les
chiens dor-
Lesquels
Est-ce
chiens?
les
7.
ou
vaches
Staient les plus grands,
8. A quels animaux
que les chiens avaient peur des vaches?
9. Est-ce que quelques vaches
les chiens ressemblaient-ils?
maient ou jouaient?
5.
jouaient-ils?
6.
les
restaient dans les
champs de
bl?
10.
Que
voulaient-elles
12. Ontfaire?
11. Pourquoi les chiens sont-ils partis au galop?
13. Que
ils fait tout ce que les enfants leur ont dit de faire?
14. Qu'est-ce que les
venons-nous de faire dans les champs?
enfants nous ont
demande?
15.
Avez-vous jamais vu des chiens
de berger?
(2)
Dieted:
Lesson XXXIII, A, 1-12.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
164
7
(1)
ble,
VOCABULARY REVIEW
Donnez
le
137
No. 5
loin de, actuellement, desagrea-
contraire de:
rarement, content, possible,
a.
droite,
nouveau, bete
(adj.),
vide.
(2)
un
soiree,
un
roi,
(3)
soupe,
qui
accompagne quclqu'un;
pour
siettes, les tasses, les verres,
etc.
animal; une figure en pierre,
etc.,
pare, etc.;
les
moutons.
(4)
celui qui
Translate:
fellow.
2.
la table;
aller
les as-
pied d'un
le
qui represente une personne,
Ton entre dans

moutons; animal qui mange
porte d'une voiture; l'endroit ou
ville, etc.;
un
rue, le bout,
dire plus d'une fois;
Fit icords to the definit ons:

celui
le milieu,
dit:
des caresses, la journee, la
chien,
le
un baton, une piece, une eglise, une grande

un musee, mener, autrefois?
pres de quelqu'un;
une
quand on
quels autres mots pensez-vous
individu, la
He
1.
garde
les
The policeman has
has just set
fire
arrested (arreter) this
to the palace.
The dogs
3.
back the sheep; they would not (= did

4. He cannot remember what j'ou told
not want to) come.
5. These statues
(past part, of dire is dit) him ten minutes ago.
tried in vain to bring
are like each other.

(5)
fer
Supply
the missing
words:
en France ont plusieurs

3.
la table
Pour
sortir
et fait
il
1.
.
Les voitures de chemin de

2.
faut ouvrir les
la vaisselle.
5.
D'un
cote elles ont
L'ane a
Le maitre a
un
4.
les
domestiques qui ont donne a l'ane des

et l'ont
de
de la salle.
6. L'ane veut chanter mais sa
est
7. Les deputes font les
du Pays.
8. Presque (Almost)
9. Louis XVI
tous les edifices en France sont batis en
etait
de France.
10. Son palais a ete incendie pendant
une
11. Le voleur a
son revolver de sa
12. Dans le musee du Louvre il y a de belles
13. Nous
.
traversons la Seine sur un
de
Notre-Dame
15. Elle a 6te batie
se
qui s'appelle
le
trouve sur une

plus de huit
ans.
14.
de
la
La
;
lesson xxxrv
137
over there, convenient, infrequent, wretched,

as much (many), together, in fact, opposite,
Translate:
(6)
much (many),
so
165
bank note, with pleasure (gladly), around, for, bewhy, spot (place), give back, full, empty, in former
to become, to meet, to relate, to send.
threaten, a
cause,
translate:
What
1.
have the kings
has become of the kings of France

.
become)?
2.
What became
of
send you news of myself (= of my news).

5. What [a]
4. I begged him to send me news of them.
*
6. What do you think of
terrible scene (que) that one [is]!
you?
3.
shall
{two ways) that scene?
Everybody, nobody, somebody; everything,

such a day, such a bad day; each other
(two persons), each other (more than two persons), to each
Translate:
(8)
something, nothing;
other.
Piece
(9)
general word for
is the
room
'
'
:
what other meaning
chambre and
un
Supply the missing words: 1. Ma maison a six
a coucher et une
a manger.
une cuisine, trois
has
it
What
are the distinctive meanings of
jour je travaille
nuit chez
a,
l'ecole
moi dans
dans toutes
dans notre
ma
de
les
la
3.
salle ?
salon,
2.
Le
de classe; je passe la
Nous avons
cherche" l'enfant
maison.
La Montre de
and expressions in
Lecon XXX:) Un jour, se trouver, compartiment, homme, ne savoir
pas, la difference, mien, tien.
Ami, avoir, montre, or. Train, approcher de, petite ville, marcher, moins vite. L'individu, tirer,
(10) Racontez d'abord
mon
ami.
(Make use
poche, revolver, dire.

la-moi.
voleur,
Je, donner, la
oralement, puis ecrivez
of the following words
Votre montre, plus jolie, la mienne, donnezmienne, afin que, vous, savoir l'heure. Le
approcher, revolver, de la tete.
donner, montre.
Ami, avoir peur.
Voleur, donner, la sienne, sauter du train.
II,
Com-
partiment, francais, etre, commode, mais, on, pouvoir, se trouver

avec,
compagnon de voyage, dsagr6able, meme dangereux.
Penser de = think of, have an opinion of; penser a = think of, have
Example: Au revoir! Pensez a moi quand vous serez en France!
Je penserai souvent a vous et je vous enverrai des cartes postales. May
*
in mind.
penser a be used in
(7),
6?
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
166
LESSON XXXV
138.
1 un,
une
Cardinal Numerals
138-139
LESSON XXXV
140-143
167
He has paid a million (of) francs.

This is worth a hundred francs.
D a paye un million de francs.

Ceci vaut cent francs.
Quatre-vingt and the multiples of cent take -s only

or when they themselves
140.
when immediately preceding a noun,

are used as nouns of
number:
Trois cents francs.
Eighty francs.
Three hundred
Les cinq cents.
The
Quatre-vingts francs.
five
But: Trois cent un francs; quatre-vingt-un francs,

Obs.:
They
are not nouns of
Multiplicatives.
141.
three times
number
in dates, or
= une
Once
francs.
hundreds.
etc.
when used
fois, twice
as ordinals.
= deux
fois,
trois fois, etc.:
Ten times
Dix fois dix font cent.
ten
make a hundred.
142. Ordinal Numerals.

They are formed from 'third'
upwards by adding -ieme to the corresponding cardinal,
final e being dropped; cinq adds u, and neuf changes f to v
before -ieme:
1st
.
/
I
premier
second
[pramje]
deuxieme [d0zjm]
3rd
troisieme [trwazjem]
4th
quatrieme [katriem]
cinquieme [sekjem]
sixieme
[sizjsm]
5th
6th
7th
8th
9th
10th
11th
[sagSj
septieme
huitieme
[s2tJ8m]
[intjem]
neuuieme
[ncevjem]
dixieme
[dizjem]
onzieme
21st vingt et
[5zJ8m]
unieme [vete^-njem]
22nd vingt-deuxieme [vend0zjem]
The numerator is expressed by a cardidenominator by an ordinal, as in English. Half =
143. Fractions.
nal, the
moitie,/. (as noun),
= un
joined
tiers [tje:r].
(as adjective); |
Before a noun, demi
is
the half of
is,
or
huitieme; les trois dixiemes.
La moitie de l'annee.
Une heure et demie.
Une demi-heure.
Les trois quarts de cette somme.
may
=un
quart,
invariable
by a hyphen, but agrees elsewhere. Use
demi) where
Un
and demi
be, used in English:
One-eighth; the three tenths.

(The) half (of) the year.
An hour and
and
la moitie (not
a half.
Half an hour.
Three-fourths of that sum.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
168
143
EXERCISE XXXV
en etre
centime [satim] centime

la facon [fas5] manner, way
la moitie [mwatje] half
le
la
nom
[no]
un objet
a point
angry
out
nommer [nome] name

off, remove
worth (pres. of
oter [ote] take
vaut [vo]
il
object,
is
valoir)
article,
veuillez [voeje] please (impera-
thing
la
page [pa: 3] page
le
le
par-dessus [pardasy] overcoat

quart [ka:r] fourth
le
sou [su] cent, penny, sou
le tiers [tjs:r]
vouloir)
tive of
a haute voix [aoitvwa] aloud

autant (de) [ota] as many, as
much
third
[3yska] until, as far
jusqu'a
demi [dami]
completer
half
as,
[koplete]
fill
up
to
'par [par]
out,
by
sur [syr] out of
finish
A.
(at
etc.)
indiquer [edike] assign, point
name
[ob3e]
[ane:tr a] be
se facher [safae] get
change,
monnaie
[mom]
money; monnaie francaise,
French money (argent is
more general)
le
a.
in a book,
(1) Lisez
a haute voix en francais:
40,
41,
51,
50,
55,
60, 61, 66, 69, 70, 71, 75, 79, 80, 81, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 95, 99,
100,
175,
190, 200, 201, 250, 281, 500,
hommes, 1,000,000 de
Completez: 2 fois
(2)
font
140,
101,
25,000
font
Continuez jusqu'a 2
-.
1000,
1001,
francs.
;
2 fois 2 font
2 fois 3
fois 25.
Parlez-vous francais le \ du temps, ou la \ du temps, 011

du temps, ou les f du temps ou tout le temps en classe?
Quelle partie die temps le professeur parle-t-il? Parle-t-il tropt
(3)
les
(4)
On
indique la valeur des objets par francs, par sous
centimes.
y a 20 sous dans un franc.

Cinq centimes font un sou.
II
americain.
Un
et
par
sou vaut un cent
1. Combien de centimes y a- t-il dans un franc?

2. Combien
de sous un dollar americain vaut-il?
3. Quelle partie d'un
franc un sou est-il?
4. Quelle partie d'un franc un centime
est-il?
6.
5.
Quelle partie d'un dollar americain
un franc
est-il?
Quelle est la valeur en monnaie americaine de cinq francs?
LESSON XXXV
143
169
De dix francs? 8. De cent francs?

11. De
De vingt-einq centimes?
12. De soixante-quinze centimes?
De
cinq centimes?
7.
9.
10.
cinquante
centimes?
some French coins and bank notes

be helpful at this point. The teacher may
also exhibit a number of articles with the prices marked in francs and
centimes.
This will stimulate interest in converting the sums into
Note.
the teacher can secure
If
or facsimiles of them,
dollars
and
Much
it
will
cents.
is needed for teaching the numerals thoroughly, more

than can be provided in Exercises in the text. In addition to seizing
every occasion to make the students count, have them tell the page of
each lesson, answer questions involving dates, and tell the prices in
French money of real and imaginary articles and meals. The teacher
drill
will find it profitable to cut up several pages of a calendar that has the
numerals printed in large type and to paste the numbers in order on
sheets of paper. These may be manipulated before the class like flashcards so as to show any desired combination, and are very useful in
rapid daily practice.
B.
(1)
Study
(224); and
(a),
(b), the
and
perfect indicative,
future and conditional forms of voir
the
present indicative
the " principal parts " according to

(2)
Study
the present,
Tabulate according
to
imperfect,
and future
2.
We
1.
You must
This fellow gets angry too easily.

my hat. 5. His horse got frightened.
(2)
ficrivez
wheat
en francais:
field,
of
mettre
to
4.
( 198).
get a ticket before
got enough bread for two
3.
bor's
subjunctive, the im-
159.
C. (1) Dites en francais:
taking the train.
and
Refer each of these forms

the grouping in 159, 1, 2, 3,
the imperative.
1.
If
4.
days.
Please go and get
the cows were in our neigh-
the dogs would see them.
2.
If
they were
and bring them back.

3. Please
go [and] get the animals (bete) when you see them in your
neighbor's yard.
4. If no one went and got them, they would
eat [up] the grass in our neighbor's yard/
5. If he saw them,
he would get angry.
6. He will get angry when he sees them
to see the cows, they would go
in his field.
fields,
7.
If
our neighbors were to see these goats in their
there would be no use (avoir
beau
in 1st pi.:
which tense f)
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
170
in our trying to run
and get them
first
them
(les
143
out, for (car) our neighbors
would go
premiers).
No one puts on his hat in the house. 2. I shall put

3. When
hat before (avant de) going out (see 99, 5).
it is cold, you (indef.) put on your (which possessive adj.?)
overcoat before going out and take it off before coming in.
4. Half the time he would put on his overcoat in the house,
1.
(3)
my
on
because his mother had told him to do it (le), but once outside
5. Nine times out of ten he would get angry.
he would take it off.
Repondez en frangais:
(1) a. 1. Combien de jours y
2. Combien de semaines dans un
dans une semaine?
mois?
3. Combien de jours y a-t-il dans les mois de septembre [sept&'.br], avril [avril], juin [3US], novembre [nov5:br]?
4. Combien de jours dans les mois de Janvier [3avie], mars
[mars], mai [me], juillet [3xnje], aout [u], octobre [oktobr],
decembre [desaibr]?
5. Quels sont les mois qui ont trente et
D.
a-t-il
Nommez ceux qui ont trente jours. 7. Combien

mois de fevrier [fevrie] a-t-il?
8. Combien de
jours y a-t-il dans une annee?
un jours?
de jours
6.
le
Combien d'eleves etes-vous dans cette classe? 2. Comp3. Comptez les places dans
un eleve, deux eleves, etc.
4. Y a-t-il
salle de classe: une place, deux places, etc.
1.
b.
tez:
la
assez de places pour les eleves?
y a de places?
qu'il
d'eleves?
7.
a-t-il
6.
a-t-il
5.
a-t-il
autant d'eleves
autant de places
qu'il
y a
plus de places ou moins de places que
d'eleves?
1.
c.
Combien de pages votre
livre
quelle page est-ce que nous en
en
6.
etions-nous
hier?
4.
Avant-hier?
quelle page en serons-nous
en sommes-nous restes hier?
de francais
sommes?
8.
demain?
3.
5.
7.
a-t-il?
Lundi
quelle page
2.
quelle page
dernier?
quelle page
en etes-vous
reste avant-hier?
2-7. Quel
1. Quel est le premier jour de la semaine?
8. Quel est le premier
deuxieme jour de la semaine, etc.
9-19. Quel est le deuxieme mois de l'annee?
mois de l'annee?
(2)
est le
etc.
20. Quelle legon etudions-nous aujourd'hui?
21. Quelle
LESSON XXXVI
144
lecon aurons-nous pour demain?
nous hier?
24.
23.
quelle page en
E.
Dictee:
F.
Lisez
quelle lecon en etions-
sommes-nous
sommes-nous
haute voix (compare Lessons V, VII)
d,
monuments,
arretes hier?
restes avant-hier?
Lesson XXXIII, A, 13-22.
ane, une banque, un;

trois
deux deputes, deux
obelisques,
arcs de triomphe, quatre;

lois,
22.
quelle page nous
171
six eglises,
trois;
cinq
rois,
un
billet,
deux;
edifices,
quatre statues, quatre

cinq avenues, cinq; six
sept promenades, sept objets, sept;
six;
personnages, huit endroits, huit;
un
trois
huit
neuf ponts, neuf ans, neuf;
dix repas, dix avenues, dix.

a.
Which
numerals have two pronunciations? Make

of each, using other nouns than those
138, Notes on Pronunciation.
of these
examples illustrative
above.
b.
See
Which
of these
numerals have three pronunciations?
Illus-
trate as in a.
ESSON XXXVI
144. Dates, Titles, etc.
1. The form mil
dates of the Christian era, from 1001 to 1099;
is
used in
from 1100
onward, dates are often expressed by hundreds, as so
fre-
quently in English:
(En) l'an mil
En
(In) the year 1006.
six.
mil neuf cent vingt.
In
nineteen
hundred
and
twenty.
En
dix-neuf cent vingt et un.

2.
In 1921.
Days of the month and numerical titles

by cardinals, except first = premier:
of rulers are
indicated
Paris, le
Le premier mai. Charles premier.

deux mai.
Paris,
Louis quatorze (XIV).
Louis XIV.
Observe:
French.
The
The
first
English word the in
of
May.
Charles
I.
on the 2nd of May.
titles
is
not translated in
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
172
144
Observe the following date idioms
3.
Quel jour du mois est-ce aujour-
What day
of the
month
is
this?
d'hui?
Quel jour du mois sommes-nous
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
aujourd'hui?
Quel quantieme [katjem] du mois

est-ce aujourd'hui?
To-day is the fifteenth.

To-morrow will be the sixteenth.
C'est aujourd'hui le quinze.
Ce sera demain le seize.

Le six Janvier.
Us sont arrives lundi.
On
D'aujourd'hui en huit.
II
the sixth of January.
They came on Monday.

A week from to-day (future).
y a quinze jours.
fortnight ago.
The
English words on and of in dates are not transBefore days of the week on is likewise omitted.
Observe:
lated.
4. The names of the seasons are: l'ete, summer, l'auThe

tomne, autumn, Phiver, winter, le printemps, spring.
names of the months may be conveniently learned from the
following rhyme; they are all masculine:
Trente jours ont septembre,

Avril, juin,
Trente
et
novembre;
un ont mars
Aout, octobre, puis
Et decembre
De
5.
mai,
et Janvier;
vingt-huit est fevrier.
Observe the following idioms referring to age:
Quel age avez-vous?
How
J'ai vingt ans.
Une
et
juillet,
fillette
l'age
(agee) de six ans.
am
old are you?
twenty (years
girl six
At the age
de vingt-cinq ans.
old).
years old (or of age).

of twenty-five (jêars).
EXERCISE XXXVI
le
cadeau [kado] present
la
date [dat] date
le
une encyclopedic [asikbpedi] encyclopedia

la fete [fs:t] festival,
foyer [fwaje] hearth
une importance [Sportdis] impor-
holiday
tance
la
naissance [n?sa:s] birth
le
Noel [nod] Christmas
LESSON XXXVI
144
EXERCISE XXXVI
[plypair]
(de)
plupart
jority,
ma-
cold {of weather)
regner [repe] reign
most
la
prise [pri:z] capture
la
prison [pri25] prison
le
regne [rep] reign

souvenir [suvni:r]
le
(Continued)
faire froid [fe:r fnva] be, get
une origine [orisin] origin

la
173
revenir [revniir]
couramment
memory
catholique [katalik] Catholic

historique [istorik] historical
national [nasjonal] national
protestant [protests] Protes-
tant
religieux [rali3J0] religious
croire [krwa:r] believe, think
come back
[kuramS]
flu-
ently, generally
environ [aviro] about
non
plus
[noply]
either,
neither
davantage [davQta:3] more

cause de [ako:z da] on account of
jusqu'a [syska] until, up to,
as far as
parmi [parmi] among
durer [dyre] last
Dans tous
les pays il y a des jours de fete ou on ne

Quelques-uns de ces jours de fete ont une
origine religieuse, comme les dimanches et le jour de Noel,
le 25 decembre.
3. D'autres
ont une origine historique,
comme le 14 juillet.
4. La plupart des fetes ont une origine
religieuse, surtout dans les pays catholiques, comme la France.
5. Combien de dimanches y a-t-il dans une annee?
II y en
a
6. On appelle le premier jour de I' annee le jour
(?).
de Tan .
7. Ce jour-la, on fait des visites, on envoie des
cartes et des lettres a ses amis.
8. La fete du jour de Tan a
plus d'importance en France que chez nous.
(2) 1. Le 14 juillet on celebre la fete nationale francaise en
souvenir de la prise de la Bastille, le 14 juillet, 1789.
2. La
Bastille 6tait une prison oil le roi mettait les individus dont il
A.
(1)
1.
travaille pas.
2.
avait
peur.
3.
Ce
jour-la la
Revolution francaise a com-
menced
5.
4.
Elle a dure dix ans environ, jusqu'a Napoleon.
Quelle est la date de la fete nationale americaine?
6.
Quand
qu'on l'a c616bree la premiere fois?

(3) 1. Le 25 decembre nous cel^brons le jour de Noel, en souvenir de la naissance de J6sus-Christ [3ezykri].
2. On celebre
ce jour-la dans les pays protestants aussi bien que dans les pays
est-ce
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
174
144
3. Le soir du 24 decembre, avant de se coucher,

Francais laissent leurs souliers autour du foyer, et le
petit Noel (ou le petit Jesus [3ezy]) vient y mettre des cadeaux
catholiques.
les petits
pendant
B.
la nuit.
4.
Dans
semaines nous allons celebrer
trois
de Noel.
la fete
(1)
Parmi
1.
les
de France
rois
plus
les
celebres
se
er
trouvent Charlemagne, Saint Louis (Louis IX), Francois I
Louis
XIV
Louis
XVI,
sous
lequel
la
Henri IV,
et
Revolu2. Trouvez dans une encyclopedic ou un
tion a commence.
,
livre d'histoire,
dans
1547.
jrancaise
et
lisez-les
Study
a.
dates de leurs regnes
les
a haute voix
lisez-les
devant la classe.
and future indicative, the

and compound forms of aller
the present, imperfect,
(160);
of venir
that
takes
de 1515 a
dates de trois presidents de la Republique
present subjunctive, the conditional
it
et
Par exemple, Francois I st a regne
Trouvez
3.
(2)
les
classe.
la
( 178).
Tenir
different
auxiliary
is
conjugated
in
the
venir except
like
compound
tenses.
Which?
b.
Tabulate the forms of these verbs under the principal parts
( 159).
C.
(1)
Mudiez Za (section
[seksj 5]) 106.
ficrivez
en francais:
do not want it to come this

2. I am glad that it is not cold yet, but I am afraid
month.
3. Last year it got very cold in
that winter will come soon.
4. Old people (Les vieux) do not like the cold,
November.
5. I want
and I do not like it either, although I am young.
my family to go south (dans le sud) before winter comes, because when January and February and March come there will
6. It will be necessary for us to wear
be much snow and ice.
our gloves and overcoats when we go out, in order not to be
1.
Will winter
cold
(in
come soon?
order that we,
etc.).
7.
When
spring
and summer
come, I shall prefer that we come back (subjunct.) (to the)

8. We went south last year
north before it gets too warm.
9. My mother wants
in December and we came back in April.
the family to go to Canada for May, June, July, August, and
September.
10. I think ( Je crois) that we shall have to come
back before the middle of September, on account of the cold.
.'
LESSON XXXVI
144
175
2. He used to come
coming to-morrow.
4. Our sisters
will come on Friday.
5. They would come back at once
came back on June 1st.
if you asked them to do it (le).
^)
1.
a.
He
every day.
is
They
3.
2. We used
go to the country on June 2nd.
3. We should go to France in July if
4. Did those ladies go to England in
we had 3500 francs.
August?
July or in
We
1.
b.
shall
to go (y) on June 15.
1.
c.
How
old
is
he?
He is
He has
ten.
2.
What
his
is
name?
4. He
a sister 15 years old.
wants to go to Europe when he is sixteen and stay two years.
able to
5. He thinks that in (au bout de) two years he will be
His
name
is
Pierre.
3.
speak French fluently.
D.
(1)
Void
le
participe present
du
verbe lire:
lisant.
forme convenable (proper) de lire: 1. Je

iiliL (present) pas
2. Nous ne'
(present) un roman de Dumas.
vous --^-'(presque
II
faut
3.
francais.
romans
de
beaucoup
Completez par
ent) l'histoire
cet enfant ne
aime
les
de France avant de visiter ce pays.

-^- (present) pas trop facilement
Miserables de Victor Hugo.
(imperfect)
1
la
plus d'histoire,
ils
5.
4.
Quoique
le francais,
Si tous les
il
voyageurs
s'amuseraient davantage.
(future) des roQuand nous aurons le temps, nous

&**
son Eugenie
participle)
(past
7. J'ai deja
mans de Balzac.
6.
Grandet.
avez-vous?
age
1. Quel
questions:
Repondez aux
3. Quelle est la date
Quel age aurez-vous dans cinq ans?
4. Quel jour du mois
de l'anniversaire de votre naissance?
du mois serons-nous
Quel
jour
5.
sommes-nous aujourd'hui?
7. Quel
6. D'aujourd'hui en quinze?
d'aujourd'hui en huit?
8. II y a trois
jour du mois etions-nous il y a huit jours?
(2)
2.
10. II y a
Quel age aviez-vous il y a trois ans?
cette
tombe-t-il
Noel
semaine
la
de
11. Quel jour
cinq ans?
12. Et le 14 juillet quel jour de la semaine tombe-t-il?
annee?
14. Le mois
13. Quels sent les mois qui n'ont que trente jours?
noms des
les
Repetez-moi
15.
de fevrier combien de jours a-t-il?
n6?
etes-vous
mois
quel
Dans
16.
l'annee.
six premiers mois de
jours?
9.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
176
145
fractions
of
LESSON XXXVII
145.
The Time
of
The hours and
Day.
hours are indicated as follows:

'
What
Quelle heure est-il?

II est deux heures.
It
is
time (o'clock)
two
Trois heures et demie.
Half-past three.
un quart.
Quatre heures moins un (le)
A
A
Trois heures
(et)
quart.
is it?
o'clock.
quarter past three.

quarter to four.
Ten minutes past three.

Trois heures dix (minutes).
Quatre heures moins cinq (minutes). Five minutes to four.
Three
Trois heures cinquante-cinq.

est
II
est minuit.
A
A
sept heures
trois
It is twelve o'clock (midnight).
du
At seven o'clock in the evening.

At what time?
At three o'clock precisely.
About three o'clock.
soir.
quelle heure?
Vers
heures precises.
(les) trois
It will
1.
fifty-five.
It is half -past twelve (noon)
midi et demi.
II
heures.
be noted that:
The time
of
day
the impersonal subject
is
expressed by etre combined with
il.
Contrary to English usage, in French the hour is

first and then the minutes are added or subtracted.
The word heure (s) is always mentioned, but the word
minute (s) is frequently omitted.
2.
given
3. Le midi [midf] means noon, midday;

means midnight.
4.
Demi when
preceding a noun,
is
le
minuit [minqi]
regarded as part of
of a hyphen and
an adjective, following
the noun, demi(e) observes the usual rules of agreement;
e.g. une demi-heure, a half-hour, but une heure et demie,
the noun and
is
joined to
does not agree with
half past one or, one

5.
it
it
by means
in gender;
and a
as
half hours.
In the French time tables and in the usage of some
177
LESSON XXXVII
145
Frenchmen, time is counted from 1 to 24 hours;

heures (du soir) = vingt-deux heures.
dix
e.g.
Distinguish carefully between telling the time of day (il + etre)

X.B.
and describing the condition of weather, temperature and natural phenomena
(il
faire),
98.
EXERCISE XXXVH
un avis [cenavi] opinion, mind
un employe [cenaplwaje] clerk,
oublier [ublie] forget

plaisanter [plezate] joke
le
lendemain [ladmg] next day,
la
mefiance [mefjcus] distrust
la
part
_=^ de
_e=
la
re-
recommencer [rakomase]
be-
count
morrow
ma part for my
ma part, from me
remonter [ram5te] wind
(of
retarder [ratarde] be behind,
be late, delay
tromper [trope] deceive, fool
varier [varje] van'
la_poste [post] post office
~4e repos [larpo] rest

le veston [vests] (sack) coat
d'ailleurs [dajo?:r] besides
fou [fu],
folle)
(/.
mad, crazy
fur-
thermore
precis [presi] exact, precise
d'autant [dota] so
have an effect
avancer [avfise] be fast, advance
changer [$a5e] change
all
agir [a3i:r] act,
much
more,
more
the
ca va
all right, it will
it's
do,
that works
ne
discuter [diskyte] argue, discuss
jamais [na same] never
pourtant [purtd] however
se tier a [saf jea] trust,
have faith
de [samefjeda]
beware of
se mefier
1)
watch or clock)
part;
game
partie [parti] part,
gin again, do again
share;
portion,
[pa:r]
pour
[rakote]
relate,
raconter
agent
1.
Pa donnee pour
argent? En
mon
or,
tiens! [tje] Is that so!
distrust,
Indeed!
(imperative of tenir, hold)
Oui, mademontre, Louise?

un cadeau de mon pere. II me
Est-elle en ojou en
3.
anniversaire.
une
Avez-vous
moiselle, j'en ai une.
in
mais
2.
C'est
elle
marche mal.
4.
d'un (by) quart d'heure.
pas se tier a votre montre.
present ellefetarde
Alors ca ne va pas.
5.
Et
la votrc,
On
ne peut
Edouard. marche-
-T
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
178
145
Oui, mademoiselle, la
6.
t-elle mieux que celle de Louise?
Vous savez que les montres des
mienne marche tres bien.
garcons marchent toujours mieux que celles des jeunes filles.
7.
Tiens!
Comment
expliquez-vous cela, Edouard?
Mais,
changent si souvent d'avis,

elles varient tant elles-memes, qu'on ne peut pas se fier a elles,
9. D'ailleurs elles ne les reet cela agit sur leurs montres.
montent jamais. Elles oublient toujours de les remonter.
Vous commencez tres jeune a vous
Tiens, Edouard!
10.
11. Vous avez entendu chanter sans
mefier des femmes.
doute: Souvent femme varie, Bien (very) fou qui s'y fie .
12. Pourtant vous avez beau parler de cette fagon, vous ferez
13. Vous payerez bien cher cette mefiance.
comme les autres.
c'est facile!
Les jeunes
8.
filles
On vous trompera
d'autant plus facilement. Vous allez voir!

Quelle heure est-il
Mais ne discutons pas cette question.
Et a
15.
II est midi moins le quart.
a votre montre?
II est midi moins treize, mademoiselle.
la votre, Pierre?
Non, made16.
Alors vous avancez de deux minutes?
17. C'est que la montre d'Edouard
moiselle; je ne crofs pas.
Ah?
18.
retarde de deux minutes. On ne peut pas s'y fier.
Alors vous n'etes pas de l'avis d'Edouard sur les jeunes filles
19. Mais je crois qu'il plaiet les garcons et leurs montres?
santait. Pourtant nous ne pouvons pas passer l'heure a discuter
20. Nous ne serions jamais
sur les femmes et leurs montres.
14.
Nous
d'accord.
(2)
1.
classe je
n'arriverions jamais a rien.
Racontez-moi votre journee, Pierre.

me leve a sept heures moins vingt.
vingt-cinq minutes pour faire
ma
toilette, et
suis
3.
Le dejeuner
huit heures dix je pars pour l'6cole.
La premiere
huit heures vingt-cinq.
demie
et
deuxieme
tinuez).
jours de
II
2.
me
faut
a sept heures cinq
pret a travailler une demi-heure avant le dejeuner.

est pret a huit heures moins vingt-cinq et a
je
heures
Les
classe
6.
et
dure
4.
J'arrive a l'Scole a
classe
quarante-cinq
commence a
minutes.
commence a neuf heures et quart,

midi nous avons un peu de repos.
.
etc.
huit
5.
La
(Con-
Nous
pre-
recommencent.
7. J'arrive chez moi a quatre heures de l'apres-midi, nous dinons
a six heures et demie, et apres le diner je travaille ou je m'amuse
nons notre dejeuner
et a
une heure
les classes
LESSON XXXVII
145
a lire jusqu'a dix heures.

jusqu'au lendemain matin.
etes un jeune homme sage.
montre marc he mieux que

d'Edouard!
B.
Tres
9.
me
couche et
bien,
dors
je
Vous
Pierre.
Je comprends pourquoi votre

de Louise,
et merne que celle
10.
celle
the
italicized
nouns:
object
J'ai ecrit la lettre hier soir.
2.
lettre.
demande a mon
Alors je
8.
pronouns for
Substitute
(1)
Voici une
I.
179
frere de( mettre^la lettre a la poste,
a mis la
3. J'ai
pais
il
dans sa poche
5. II y a trouve la lettre ce matin quand il
il y a cinq jours.
6. II n'avait pas ouvert la lettre.
7. Enchangeait de veston.
8. Donnez
fin il a donne la lettre au facteur le 4 juillet.
9. Ne mettez pas la lettre a la poste.
la lettre au facteur.
10. Prenez vos billets avant de monter dans une voiture.
II. II faut donner les billets a V employe avant de sortir de la
gare de destination.
mis la
lettre
dans sa poche.
4.
II
lettre
the present indicative and subjunctive, the imperfect,

and conditional forms, and the compound forms of dire
193) and of prendre ( 202).
(2)
Study
future,
(
Group
these
forms according
. (1) Traduisez en francais:
one said
so.
3.
want him to say

*
one
so.
will
5.
People say so
1.
say
me
Tell
so.
4.
(le).
Your
at once.
2.
Some
father doesn't
I regret
6.
that
you that.
7. You never
m What would you say if I told him
say anything (rien).
what you said yesterday?
9. She takes sugar in her coffee.
he
No
159.
to
told
(perf.
subj.;
155)
see
They take the 8:28 train (le train de

.) every morning.
Your father must get (prendre) the tickets before taking
the train.
12. The apples we took were yours, weren't they?
1|. Somebody has just taken all my apples.
14. It is 5:45
19.
11.
exactly;
I shall
put en
car at the corner.
would get
him
(etre) to
15.
my
If
overcoat at once and take the street
you took the car
to take the 7:36 train.
(2)
at 6:15 exactly,
my house before a quarter to seven.
For les jours d classe
17.
in
Don't
A, (2),
let's
take
1 substitute
you
16. Tell
it.
hier and re-
end of the eighth sentence, making the necessary changes

in the tense form.
write to the
\r"
OJLXJJ^^~
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
180
demain
Substitute
(3)
for les jours
de classe, and
146-147
rewrite as
indicated in (2).
D. (1) The teacher dictates the English of the examples in

145 and the class gives the French, orally or in writing.
a.
(2)
Note
the
idiomatic
expressions: ^
Cette
1.
dame
2. Yous pouvez vous fier a cette jeune fille,

change de robe.
3. Si vous vous mefiez
car elle ne ressemble pas aux autres.
trop des homines, ils vous trbmperont d'autant plus souvent.
4. II passe son temps a penser aux (compare Lesson XX, A, (3),
11, 12, 13 and (7) of Vocabulary Review No. 5) parties de base5. Elle ne ?pejpsel amais a remonter sa montre.
ball.
6. Cet
enfant ne pense a rien d'utile.
b. Write sentences in French after the model of those in (2) a.
]
Dictee: Lesson
E.
XXXIV,
A.
LESSON XXXVIII
Past Definite of dormer,
146.
I gave,
donn
donn
donn
donn
donn
donn
I finished,
etc.
ai
[done]
as
[dona]
[dona]
fin is
[fini]
fin
it
[fini]
fin
imes [finim]
ames [donam]
ates
[donat]
fin ites
[fini]
etc.
vend is
[vadi]
vend is
[vadi]
vend it
[vadi]
vend imes [vadim]
vend ites [vadit]
vend irent [vadnr]
[finit]
fin irent [fini:r]
erent [cloneir]
vendre
I sold,
fin is
Past Definite of avoir, etre
147.
I had,
eus [y]
eus [y]
eut [y]
I was,
etc.
etc.
eumes [ym]
fus [fy]
fumes
[f\-m]
eutes
fus [fy]
futes
[fyt]
fut [fy]
furent [fy:r]
[yt]
eurent [y:r]
All verbs have the
a.
finir,
etc.
same endings (-mes,
-tes, -rent) in
the plural,
take a circumflex over the vowel of the first and second plural.
b. In the donner group, the letter a appears in the endings of all
forms except the 3d plural. Note the pronunciation of a in -ames and
and
all
-ates.
c.
d.
definite endings of the finir and vendre groups are

Observe the pronunciation of the past definite of avoir.
The past
alike.
LESSOX XXXVIII
148-149
Use
148.
181
The
of the Past Definite.
past definite
used
is
the literary narrative style to denote what happened

(completed past action), or what happened next (successive
in
events).
It
never denotes, like the imperfect
( 87),
what was
happening or used to happen, or continued to happen:

Les Romains brulerent Carthage.
The Romans burnt Carthaee.
Dieu accepta
God accepted
who was more
qui
elait
presents d'Abel,
les
plus pieux que son frere;
mais il detourna les yeux de ceux

de Cain [kae], parce que son coeur
rietait
pas pur.
Un
jour Cain
the gifts of Abel,
righteous than his

but he turned away his
brother;
eyes from those of Cain, because

heart ivas not pure.
his
One
et
Abel etaient seuls dans un

champ, et Cain se jeta sur Abel,
day Cain and Abel were alone in a

field, and Cain fell upon Abel, and
et le tua.
slew him.
Past Definite of faire
149.
I did,
etc.
nous fimes [nufim]

vous fites [vufit]
je fis [3sfi]
tu
(irreg.)
fis [tyfij
ils firent [ilfhr]
il fit [il'fi]
EXERCISE XXXVIII
un accueil
[cenakceij]
welcome,
gentil [sati] nice, pretty
joyeux [5waj0] merry, cheerful
reception
un automne [oton] autumn

chant [$a] song
la
compagne [k5pan]
la
confiance [k5fjfi:s] confidence
wife,
mate
le dieu [dj0] god

un evenement [cenevcnma] event
have pity on
corriger [korise] correct
employer [dplwaje] use

savoir [savwa:r]
(
la
faute [fo:t] mistake, fault
la
miette [mjet]
le
nid [ni] nest
la pitie [pitje]
le
le
crumb
know
can) je ne saurais,
;
printemps [prta], spring

rouge-gorge [ruisgors] red-
voler [vole] fly
de nouveau [danuvo] again

lorsque [lorska]
breast
season
how
I
can-
not
sembler [sable] seem, appear
tuer [tqe] kill
pity
la saison [sez5]
de [avwa:rpitjeda]
avoir pitie
le
when
entre [a:tr] between
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
182
A.
Un
1.
petit rouge-gorge frappa
a,
149
notre fenetre.
II
sem-
2. Ouvrez-moi, je vous prie;

Ayez pitie de moi!
3. J'ai bien froid et je ne puis rien
il neige, il fait du vent.
trouver a manger parce que la terre est couverte de neige.
4. Nous eumes pitie du petit rouge-gorge, et nous ouvrimes la
5. Le gentil petit oiseau entra dans la chambre.
fenetre.
6. II vola meme dans la salle a manger et mangea les miettes
7. Bientot il mangea meme
qui etaient tombees de la table.
blait dire:
dans nos mains et il resta chez nous tout l'hiver jusqu'au prin8. Mais lorsque la neige fut partie, le printemps
temps.
9. Nous ouvrimes
revint, et les arbres se couvrirent de feuilles.
de nouveau la fenetre, et notre petit ami en sortit joyeux.
10. II alia dans le bois voisin ou il fit son nid et nous enten-
dimes souvent ses chants joyeux.
tomne furent
Lorsque
11.
l'ete et l'au-
passes, l'hiver revint, et le rouge-gorge revint aussi,
12. Les deux petits oiseaux

cette fois avec sa petite compagne.
13. J'ouvris la
ne semblaient pas du tout se mefier de nous.
fenetre et ils entrerent avec confiance dans la maison, ou ils
passerent la froide saison sans essayer meme de nous quitter
14. Vous pouvez etre sur que nous leur
avant le printemps.
fimes bon accueil.

B.
Study
(1)
and subjunctive, the imand compound tense forms of pouvoir

222). Group these forms according to 159.
the present indicative
perfect, future, conditional,
( 221);
of savoir (
Change to the conversational past the

Cain and Abel ( 148). Are
forms changed? Explain.
a.
(2)
in the story of
b.
Similarly,
retell the
Traduisez:
(3)
1.
can trust their friends.

4.
if
We
shall
he wished
leave
home
could have
C.
1.
(1)
What
cannot trust you
Why
come when we
(partir
left
can.
6.
earlier
Traduisez
did Cain do?
(use
2.
if
the
(a vous).
2.
They
couldn't you trust your watch?

5.
The
de chez eux)
home
forms
incident in the present.
3.
(insert le).
literary past
the three imperfect
He
pupils
could come to-morrow
must
(II faut)
be able to
earlier {compar. of tot).
7.
had wished.
past
Do you
definite
not
where
suitable)
know what Cain
did
LESSON XXXVIII
149
order)?
(inverted
brother
my
kill
know
When
ill,
he came to see
he learned
me
(past indef. of savoir)
know how
Cain did not

that
God
of conversation)?
that
(devez)
know
did not
if I
his
(1))
6.
You must
at once./ 9.
killed
(compare B,
Do you know
7.
Cain did (use past
would not distrust those persons
or savoir?)
yours?
kill
looking at him.
( 132, 7, 9)
S.
I couldn't
4.
Could you
5.
God was
saw everything
example 2)?
brother./
that
Did you know that Cain
3.
(see 148,
183
had
fallen
know
that
(connaitre
them very well.

10. The pupils must (II faut)
to explain the difference between " connaitre " and
" savoir."
11.
If I
were to ask you (supply
it, le),
could you
answer the question?

Rewrite A, changing the past narrative of literary style
(2)
Why
becomes etait partie.

(3) a.
differing
have
savoir to
Traduisez:
b.
lettre.
(4)
1.
have received
found out (learned)
fus I became
je sus I
je
II etait
II fut
2.
definite,
j'eus I
know
be
etre to
ma
do not the imperfects change?
Some verbs have a special meaning in the past

from that of the infinitive:
avoir to
to
Note that fut partie
the past narrative of conversational style.
bien triste
bien triste quand
Racontez en frangais
les
quand
il
recut
il
recut (see 213)
ma
lettre.
evenements de la journee, en indi-
quant Vheure a laquelle vous vous
etes leve, etc.
[Legon XXXVII,
A, (2)].
(5)
Ecrivez
L'Histoire
du rouge-gorge,
le livreferme".
Employ ez
temps de la conversation. Servez-vous des expressions et des

mots suivants: frapper, sembler dire, avoir piti6, ouvrir> il neige,
fait froid, terre couverte de neige.
Nous ouvrir, gentil petit
oiseau, entrer, manger miettes, rester, tout l'hiver, partir au
les
printemps, batir nid, chanter, et6, automne passer, hiver revenir,

rouge-gorge revenir avec compagne, ne se m6fier pas, leur faire
bon
accueil.
D. Dieted:
L'Histoire du rouge-gorge.
rige les fautes de
Chaque
61eve cor-
son devoir en se servant du texte, et
ensuite au professeur.
le
donne
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
184
-150-152
LESSON XXXIX
Imperfect Subjunctive of donner,
150.
(That) I gave, might
(That) I finished,
might finish,
give, etc.
donn
donn
donn
donn
donn
donn
[donas]
asse
[donas]
[dona]
at
assions [donasjo]
assiez [donasje]
asses
assent
[finis]
fin isses
[finis]
fin
[fini]
sell, etc.
vend isse
vend isses
vend it
vend issions
vend issiez
vend issent
fin issions [finisjo]
[donas]
fin issiez
[finis je]
fin issent
[finis]
vendre
(That) I sold, might
etc.
fin isse
it
finir,
[vadis]
[vadis]
[vadi]
[vadisjo]
[vficfeje]
[^Bfte]
Imperfect Subjunctive of avoir, etr
151.
(That) I had, might have,
(That) I was, were, might
etc.
fusse
eussions [ysjo]
be, etc.
eusses [ys]
eussiez
[ysje]
[^J>]
fusses [fye]
fussions [fysjo]
fussiez
[fysje]
eut
eussent
[ys]
fut
fussent
[fys]
eusse
[ys]
[y]
152.
Tense Sequence.
[fy]
In complex sentences any other
tense than the present or future ( 107) in the governing

clause regularly requires the imperfect subjunctive in the
governed clause; so also for compound subjunctive tenses,

the auxiliary in the principal clause being considered as the
verb:
'
Impf. Je desirais
P. Indef. J'ai desire
qu'il restat.
Condl. Je desirerais
Plupf. J'avais desire
The
was
desiring
I desired
P. Def. Je desirai
I
him
him
to remain.
to remain,
(have) desired him to remain.
should desire him to remain.

had desired him to remain.
is of very limited use in the

being rarely employed except in the literary
There is a tendency in tense sequence to avoid the
or elevated style.
imperfect and the pluperfect subjunctive in favor of the present and
the perfect subjunctive; e.g. j'allais rentrer dans Peglise en attendant
Note.
imperfect subjunctive
language of everyday
qu'il
life,
vienne (instead of vint)
me
chercher.
LESSON XXXIX
152
185
EXERCISE XXXIX
le
compatriote [kSpatriot]
la
countryman
mort [moir] death
le petit-fils [laptifis]
accepter [aksspte] accept

s'agir
grandson
le
prince [pre :s] prince
la
religion [larlisjS] religion
le
rocher
[ro$e]
royal [nvajal] royal
fellow-
devoir [davwair]
rock
(large),
grimper [grepe]
lutter
sang [sa] blood

[sjekl] century
soldat
[solda],
specific
nourrir [nuri:r3 feed
soldier
(more
ordonner [ordone] give orders
than militaire)
reconnaitre
nize,
assassine [asasine] assassinated

civil
chmb
[lyte~J fight, struggle
mourir [muri:r~J die
le siecle
le
owe
up
elever [elvej bring
boulder
le
de [sasiirda] be a question
of
[rakoneitr] recog-
acknowledge
ruiner [rqine] ruin
[sivil] civil, civilian
vivre [viivr] five
entier [atjel whole, entire
habitue [abitqe~J accustomed
d'ordinaire [dordineir] usually
montagneux [ru5tan03 moun-
en soldat [asolda]
like a soldier,
in the role of a soldier
tainous
de l'education d'Henri IV qui fut
roi de
en prince,
3. Son
grand-pere ne voulut pas qu'on
l'elevat comme on eleve d'ordinaire les enfants de sang royal.
4. II ordonna qu'on habillat et qu'on nourrit son petit-fils
comme les autres enfants de son pays montagneux de Navarre.
le jeune
prince vecut (vivre, 211)
5. II voulut aussi que
comme ses jeunes compatriotes. 6. II voulut qu'il courut,
jouat, luttat avec eux comme s'il n'6tait pas de sang royal.
7. Et meme il voulut qu'il fut habitue a grimper aux arbres
et a courir sur les rochers pour se faire fort.
S. II d&sira
que son petit-fils n'eut peur de rien.
A.
(1)
1.
II s'agit
Fiance au seizieme
mais en soldat.
siecle.
2.
II
fut eleve
non
(not)
(2) 1. Henri IV devint roi de France en 1589 par la mort de

son cousin Henri III.
2. II fut le premier roi de la famille
des Bourbons.
3. La ville de Paris ne voulut pas le reconnaitre roi parce qu'il 6tait protestant.
4. Voyant que la
France entiere ne voulait pas accepter un roi protestant, et

qu'il s'agissait de ruiner son pays par la guerre civile, s'il con-
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
186
servait sa religion,
B.
subjunctive evidently to
catholique.
il
5.
mourut
Henri IV fut un
grouped in formation?
we group
the
imperfect
With what
present subjunctive
the
152
assassine en 1610.
tense of the indicative is

be
of the indicative do
tense
fit
moment ou
With what
a.
(1)
se
il
excellent roi jusqu'au
in
formation?
Observe that the endings of
b.
spelled alike:
-sse, -sses,
-t,
stem vowel preceding the
the
all
imperfect subjunctives are
-ssions, -ssiez, -ssent;
3d
-t of the
pers.
and
sing, is
that
always
spelled with a circumflex accent.
Study the forms of mottrif (174^ and of vivre (211).

Are there any irregularities in groups 2 and 4 ( 159) of mourir?
Does the vowel sound represented by eu [oe] occur in those forms
of mourir that have the stress on the stem or on the ending ?
c.
'
Point
d.
j
out the phonetic resemblances in the conjugation of
appeler, mener, venir, mourir, vouloir, pouvoir.
Study devoir and vouloir ( 214, 225) as in

Group all the forms according to 159.
(2)
the preceding
lessons.
(3) a.
may
Combien
II
me
Note
the various
meanings of devoir and vouloir. Devoir*

ways:
be translated in several
est-ce que je vous dois?
How much
do
He owes me
doit 3 fr. 50.
owe you?
three francs fifty cen-
times.
Vous devez expliquer clairement
Vous
It
is
less
are to explain this sentence
clearly.
cette phrase.
b.
You
emphatic than
il
faut.
You must
devez avoir froid.
that
devait raconter cette histoire.
Le facteur devait passer a 3

II
h. 10.
dut (a du) changer de veston.
He was
be cold.
(It is likely
.)
to tell that story.
The postman was
He had
to
to go by at 3:10.
change his coat.
* The chief difficulty with devoir is due to the fact that it is a fully conjugated verb in French, and that the corresponding English verbs {ought,
The result is that in English we
should, must) have only a few forms.
The
have to make up for the missing forms by the use of auxiliaries.
same
is
true of pouvoir and, to a certain extent, of vouloir.
LESSOX XXXIX
152
Le professeur devrait indiquer
la
The
Iecon d'avance.
187
teacher ought to (but does

assign the lesson in ad-
not)
vance.
aurait
du expliquer
cette dif-
He
should have (ought to have)

explained this difficulty.
ficulte.
du changer
Vous auriez du vous mefier.
She must have (probably has)

changed her mind.
You ought to have been on your
Le facteur a du passer sans ap-
The postman must have gone by
Elle a
d'avis.
guard.
porter de lettres.
(4)
Meanings
without bringing any
letters.
of vouloir:
Je ne veux pas.
L'oiseau veut entrer.
I will not.
The
Voulez-vous manger ces miettes

de pain?
Le rouge-gorge n'a pas voulu rester
plus longtemps.
Je lui ai demande de raconter son
histoire, mais il n'a pas voulu.
Je voudrais (aimerais) discuter la
question avec eux.
J'aurais voulu agir autrement.
come in.
you (Do you want to) eat
these bread crumbs?
The robin would not stay longer.
bird wants to
"Will
asked him to tell his story, but

he wouldn't.
should like to discuss the question with them.
should have liked to act differently.
voulait que le prince se mefiat
des femmes.
of
Kite that English

meanings,
He wanted
the prince to beware
women.
will,'
should,'
would,' have a variety of
which are therefore expressed in French in various
ways, according
'
particular case.
to the
^. T raduis ez:
'
'
1.
You must know
the date of the cap-
must have been a prison.

3. The French national festival must have had an historical
origin.
4. The taking of the Bastille was to be the beginning
of the French revolution.
5. Henry IV was obliged (past def.)
to become [a] Catholic in order (pour) to be king.
6. You
ture of the Bastille.
2.
The
Bastille
should have given the letters to the postman.

to
know
that he
is
to
come
at 8:35.
7.
You ought
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
188
152
not give him the letter, please

We begged the robin to come
3. I should like the robin and his mate
in, but he wouldn't.
4. We should like to
to come back (pres. subj.) every winter.
5. I have explained the matter
hear his merry songs again.
~~^
However,
1.
(2)
(veuillez) mail
his
what you will

Do what you
6.
Beginning with
the conversational past,
forms,
e.g.,
not
II
two meanings)
the necessary changes in the verb
etc.
Write out the passage on the basis of the historical present.
(4)
(5)
Racontez en frangais, oralement, F Anecdote du rouge-gorge.
D.
Lecon XXXVIII, A.
Dictee:
VOCABULARY REVIEW
(1)
un
ways,
fut eleve in A, write out the passage in
making
a ete eleve,
II
{two
We
(94).
will
8.
(3)
2.
begged the teacher to explain the

these verbs, but he will not or cannot.
7. Say
( 94), he will not change religions (sing.).
mind.
use (emploi) of
will
him, but he will
to
(affaire)
change
you
if
yourself.
it
quels autres mots pensez-vous
franc,
de
monnaie, avoir
la
froid,
No. 6
quand on
dit:
la moitie,
croire, Noel, la
Revolu-
tion franchise, catholique, le facteur, la mefiance, le nid, vivre,

le prince, civil, le
printemps?
Quel
contraire de:
(2)
est
le
se fier a, vivre, joyeux, gentil,
avancer, avoir chaucl, faire chaud, se rappeler, s'en aller?
Remplacez
mot convenable (' Replace the dash

quatre francs et je vous en clonne
2. Louis XVI
de ce que j'ai.
quand
deux; c'est la
la Revolution a commence; elle a commence pendant son
nationale francaise.
4. Le
3. Le quatorze juillet est la
er
5. Le l
Janvier est le jour
25 decembre est le jour de
de
6. Un homme qui est en prison n'est pas
(3)
le tiret
by the proper word
'):
par
1.
le
J'ai
* Note*.
In doing
(3)
and
(4), shift
present or perfect subjunctives,
ence List,
verbs.
the imperfect subjunctives to
consulting the alphabetical Refer-
226, in order to find the proper forms of the irregular
9u
lo2
des
l'an en France
II
8.
sxxiy^
lesson
Le jour de
7.
'
189
on envoie des
et
faut mettre cette lettre a la
on
fait
9.
Ma
10. Voulezmontre ne marche pas; j'ai du oublier de la

dans ce devoir?
11. Les enfants aiment
vous corriger les
12. Les grands-peres aiment leurs
sur les arbres.
a
en 1610. II a ete
14. Son grand13. Henri IV est
le prince comme les autres
15. Le
pere a voulu
.
voisin se
(-1)
si les
(5)
Employ ez
penser de;
a,
ble\
pendant, pendant que.
Traduisez:
from tandis que.
mangent son
betes
Distinguish the
latter
Use the two in sentences.

dans des phrases: jusqu'a; a cause de; penser
s'est agi de;
il
d'ailleurs;
tiens!;
pourtant.
Traduisez: 9a ne va pas, habille en soldat, environ cent
heures
personnes, a six
d'ecole, la
couramment, lorsque,
elle
a,
haute voix, neuf
sur dix.
(7)
Racontez en francais, oralement,
de Henri IV,
de France,
roi
mots suivants:
education, seizieme
s'agir,
de sang royal.
II
L'Education
siecle,
elever,
II
les arbres.
Henri IV, devenir roi en
de Paris, ne vouloir pas, reconnaitre, protestant.
ruiner, pays, guerre civile, se faire catholique.
mourir, assassiner en
(8)
Traduisez:
me
1.
des
les enfants,
voulut, jeune prince, courir, jouer, hitter,
grimper,
from
et
en prince,
vouloir, elever, d'ordinaire, enfants
ordonna, habiller, nourrir, comme,
pays montagneux.
et l'histoire
en vous servant des expressions
Son grand-pere,
on soldat.
roi,
jours
retarde d'une heure, etre
d'autant plus facilement, avoir beau,
d' accord,
fois
precises,
montre marche mieux,
II
II, etre,
La
ville
s'agissait,
excellent
-.
You're joking, aren't you?

2. Tell him
was joking.
3. That's right!
That
(use part) that I
works!
4. It is a question of bringing him up like the son of
a poor man.
5. However, he is rich.
Furthermore, he will
be king of France some day.
6. What page are we on?
At
what page did we stop yesterday?

fourth of his money.
8. I think so.
not
(que non).
book.
10.
9.
We
He lost a third or a
He says so. We think
7.
have just finished this part of the

now of remembering what we have
It is a question
11. If we succeed in doing so

a good deal of French.
learned.
(le),
we
shall
know
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
190
JVL-
ANECDOTES
La Theiere du Matelot
XL.
(The sections indicated give the forms of the irregular verbs.)
A.
Un
matelot, a bord d'un vaisseau, ayant
eu
la
maladresse
de laisser tomber par-dessus le bord une theiere d'argent, alia 2

trouver le capitaine et lui dit 3 Peut-on 4 dire 3 d'une chose,
6
lorsqu'on sait 7 ou elle est 5 ?
Non, mon
qu'elle est 5 perdue
En ce cas, vous n'avez x rien a craindre 8 pour votre
ami.
7
qu'elle est 5 au fond de la mer.
theiere, car je sais
:
1
2
154.
193.
160.
221.
154.
210.
222.
190.
B. Complete the following bv conjugating the tense in full,

repeating also the remainder of the expression along with the verb:
3. Peut-il dire?
2. II lui dit.
1. II alia trouver le capitaine.
II
-1.
ou
sait
elle est.
Elle est perdue.
5.
6.
Vous n'avez
rien a craindre.
C.
(Oral.)
De
1.
quelles
personnes parle-t-on dans cette

3. Qu'avait fait le
histoire?
2.
Ou
matelot?
4.
Qu'est-ce que c'est qu'une theiere?
cette
etait
tombee?
theiere?
D.
1.
The
If
you
let
10.
sailor
fellow, did
we
sea.
10.
is
4.
not
No
Where
is
9.
fall
my
6.
The
7.
let
into the sea,
the teapot
5.
we do not
I
let
teapots
fall
3.
My
7.
good
When
into the
do not know where
one finds teapots at the bottom
of the sea.
fall.
Go
him that
it is lost.
Tell
captain will say: "
9.
quoi
etait-elle
fitait-elle alors vrai-
silver teapot into the sea? "
the teapot?
En
5.
Ou
l'argument du matelot?
etait
went to the captain.
are on board of a ship

8.
elle etait?
was so clumsy as to
lost.
you drop
qui etait-elle?
Mais quel
a silver teapot
to the captain.
the teapot
6.
Savait-on ou
8.
ment perdue?
2.
etaient ces personnes?
it is.
LESSON XLI
L'Arabe et
XLI.
191
les Perles
Un
A.
Arabe,
dans
egare"
le
n'avait
desert,
mange
pas
de mourir 5 de faim.
depuis deux jours, et se voyait
viennent 6
caravanes
les
puits
ou
ces
de
d'un
pres
En passant
3
abreuver leurs chameaux, il voit sur le sable un petit sac de
3
ramasse et
II le
cuir.
le
menace
tate.
Allah soit
b<mi
8
!
dit-il
9
;
ce sont, je crois, des dattes ou des noisettes. Plein de cette

u le sac; mais, a la vue de
douce esperance, il se hate d'ouvrir
12
s'ecrie-t-il douloureusement, ce ne
Helas!
ce qu'il contient
10
sont
que des
perles!
>
154.
156.
154.
'
193.
176.
156.
174.
163.
10
191.
12
177.
224.
178.
Complete the following, as in the preceding exercise: 1. II

3. lis viennent.
2. II se voyait menace.
B.
n'avait pas mange.

II
4.
voit son sac.
le crois.
8.
5.
11 le tate.
Relate the story in the
dans
le desert, je
6.
Qu'il soit beni!
hate d'ouvrir le sac.
II se
person
first
n'avais pas,
9.
7.
Je
II s'ecria.
singular,
thus:
Egare
etc.
2. Ou est l'Arabie?
les Arabes?
4. Est-ce qu'il y a beaucoup de
Arabe?
5. Dans quel etat se trouvait 1' Arabe?
deserts dans ce pays?
8. Qu'est-ce
7. Qu'est-ce qu'il a vu?
6. Par ou passait-il?
9. Etait-il content de trouver les
qu'il y avait dans le sac?
perles?
10. Est-ce que les perles ne sont pas des choses precieuses?
11. Qu'est-ce qu'il esperait trouver dans le sac?
13. Les12. Pourquoi pr6ferait-il des noisettes a des perles?
quelles prefereriez-vous maintenant?
C.
(Oral.)
Ou
3.
1.
Ou demeurent
s'6tait 6gare
1'
threatened with starvation.
water their camels at the

6.
we had not eaten

saw ourselves
4. The caravans will come to
5.^We shall water our camels.
7. He
I shoul*-ptek them up.
1. The Arab has lost his way.

two days, we should be hungry.
D.
for
If I
felt
saw
pearls
well.
on the sand,
the dates in the bag.
8.
If
2.
If
3.
We
there had been hazelnuts in
the leathern bag, he would have hastened to open
it.
9.
10.
the bag did not contain nuts, it contained only pearls.
the sight of that he exclaimed: "I shall die of hunger."
But
At
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
192
XLII.
Le Paysan
et les
Epis de Ble
Un
paysan accompagne de son fils, le petit Auguste, all'a i

champs pour voir 2 dans quel etat etait 3
lis arriverent a un champ ou certains epis se teson ble.
naient 4 droits tandis que d'autres etaient 3 lourdement inclines
Auguste s'ecria: Quel dommage que ces epis
vers la terre.
A.
un jour
soient
visiter ses
si
courbes!
Combien
je
prefere
vigoureux et droits. Le pere prit

7
sortir
entre ses doigts pour f aire
Regarde un peu
du meilleur
mon
enfant;
ble, car c'est
le
160.
10
le
grain,
epis, les roula
et
repondit
ces epis courbes sont
si
ceux-la qui sont
deux des
poids qui fait
tandis que ceux qui la relevent
valent u rien.
pencher leur
fierement sont
9
:
pleins
tete,
vides et ne
193
cher la tete?
Pourquoi
15.
Lesquels valent
16.
montre
le
cela a son fils?
les
plus?
IS.
ordinairement grand'chose?
autres se tenaient-ils
17.
Comment
Les personnes
le
pere
si
droits?
a-t-il
de-
fieres valent-elles
19. Preferez-vous les
personnes
modestes?
2. If you were to go
D. 1. I am going to see the fields.
and visit the fields, in what condition would you find the
3. We reach the field where the wheat is standing
wheat?
4. Some of the ears of wheat are heavily weighted.
upright.
5. Why do you exclaim: " What a pity they are so bent down?"
7. Hold
6. You prefer those that are standing upright, do you?
8.
9. Rub
yourself upright.
Take two ears of wheat.
10. The best wheat is not in the upright ears.
the grain out.
11. The full ears are bent, while the empty ears are upright.
13. Full
12. Just look, my boy, the upright ears are empty.
heads are worth a great deal, but empty heads are worth nothing.
14.
Do you
not observe the same thing amongst
men
as
among
the ears of wheat?
Use
either the past definite or the past indefinite for the nar-
rative tenses of the following:
E.
Little
Augustus went one day to the
fields.
He went
with his father who was going to see whether his wheat was
ripe.
They arrived at a wheat field. Augustus observed that
He
certain ears of wheat were bent down towards the earth.
He said
observed also that others held themselves upright.
What a pity
to his father: " Look at those ears of wheat.
I prefer those which hold themthey are so bent down!
selves
upright,"
His father wished to teach him a lesson.
took two of the ears of wheat and rolled them between

his fingers.
The one was empty and was worth nothing. The
other was full of good wheat, Then he said: " Look, my boy,
this ear which raised its head so proudly was almost empty.
On the contrary, this other which was so bent down was full
We observe the same thing amongst men.
of the best grain.
He
Those who are proud have an (the) empty head. They are
worth nothing. On the contrary, those who are modest and
humble are generally the best."
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
194
Le Tresor du Laboureur
XLIII.
Un
le point de mourir *, et voulant 2

donner a ses enfants une derniere preuve de sa tendresse, les
5
3
Mes enfants, apres
venir 4 aupres de lui, et leur dit
fit
mon
pere
que
a possede 6 le champ
champ
le
moi vous aurez
8
et a nourrir ma f amille.
Cherchez
qui m'a servi 7 a elever
bien dans ce champ, et vous trouverez un tresor.
Les enfants, apres la mort de leur pere, se mirent 9 a retourlis
ner le champ en tous sens, bechant, labourant la terre.
n'y trouverent ni or ni argent; mais la terre bien remuee, bien
labouree, produisit 10 une moisson abondante. Le sage vieillard
ne les avait pas trompes; il leur avait enseigne que le travail
A.
laboureur etant sur
est
un
tresor.
174.
195.
193.
225.
178.
158.
B.
de
lui.
198.
158.
10
185.
4.
ne
II
les avait
venir aupres
fit
produisit
II
3.
pas trompes.
1. Mourir.
Give the future and the past definite in full of:
4. Venir.
5. Dit.
6. Servir.
3. Fit.
Voulant.
C.
(Oral.)
De
1.
personnes
quelles
Qu'est-ce (que c'est) qu'un laboureur?
2.
un jeune homme?
.etait-il
Qu'est-ce
5.
seil le
qu'il
allait
champ?
achete ce
laboureur
cherche?
10.
7.
a-t-il
Etait-ce
13.
ses
parle
l'histoire?
Ce
laboureur-ci
3.
Dans quel
4.
laisser
etat se trouvait-il?
enfants?
un bon champ?
6.
8.
Avait-il
Quel con-
9. Ont-ils bien
donn6 a ses enfants?
11. Leur
y ont trouve' de Tor?
Est-ce qu'ils
pere les avait-il trompes, alors?
12.
Quel tresor
ont-ils
trouv6?
Quelle est la morale de l'histoire?
D.
1.
The father gave
called his
own the
harvest.
his children a proof of his love.
children into his presence.
field after
plowed the
7.
166.
Complete the following, as above: 1. II les

2. lis se mirent a retourner le champ.
une moisson.
2.
'
field.
6.
It will not
If
be
the father.
5. Stir the
you plow
this
silver or gold,
The
3.
The
2.
He
children will
children dug up and

and it will produce a
field, you will find a treasure.
but it will be a good harvest.
4.
land,
LESSON XLIV
Your father
8.
not deceiving you, he
is
195
teaching you a good
is
lesson.
E. A husbandman, who was at the point of death, wished to

Calling his chilteach his children that labor is a treasure.
dren into his presence, he told them that they would have the
It was a good field, and it
field which his father had owned.
If they would
father and his father's family.
they would find a treasure there. After the old
man's death, the children dug everywhere in the field, but
they found no treasure. There was no gold or silver, but they
had fed
seek in
his
it,
they had an abundant harvest.

Their father had taught them a
stirred the land so well that
They had not been

good
deceived.
lesson.
XLIV. Louis XIV et Jean Bart

Louis XIV, traversant avec sa cour la galerie de Ver1
Jean Bart f umant sa pipe dans l'embrasure
sailles, apergoit
3
appeler 4 et lui dit 5 d'un
il le fait
d'une fenetre ouverte 2
A.
'
Jean Bart, je viens 6 de vous nommer chef

Vous avez bien fait 3 sire, repondit 7 le marin en
d'escadre.
continuant de fumer tranquillement sa pipe. Cette brusque
reponse ayant excite parmi les sots courtisans un grand eclat
de rire: Vous vous trompez, messieurs, leur dit 5 gravement
8
ce qu'il
le roi, cette reponse est celle d'un homme qui sent
vaut 9 et qui compte m'en donner bientot de nouvelles preuves.
Sans doute, Jean Bart ne parle pas comme vous; mais qui de
vous peut 10 faire 3 ce que fait 3 Jean Bart?
ton affectueux:
213.
195.
193.
210.
176.
158.
178.
>
166.
10
223.
221.
Complete the following, as above: 1. II apercoit Jean Bart.

4. Vous
3. Je viens de le nommer.
fait appeler.
6. II sent ce qu'il
avez bien fait.
5. Vous vous trompez.
8. Je ne peux faire
vaut.
7. II ne parle pas comme les autres.
B.
2.
II
ce
que
le
fait
Jean Bart. 9.
gravement.
10. II leur dit
preuves
II
11.
continue de fumer tranquillement.
Comptez-vous donner de nouvelles
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
196
1.
Give the imperfect indicative and the imperfect subjunctive of:

Apercoit. 2. Fait. 3. Dit.
4. Viens.
5. Sent.
6. Nomme.
7.
Repondit.
C.
3.
8.
Vaut.
9.
Appelle.
10. Permit.
11.
Montre.
Continuant.
12.
(Oral.)
Qui etait Louis
1.
Qu'est-ce que c'etait autrefois?
XIV?
4.
2.
Ou
est Versailles?
Quel est l'autre person-
nage de notre histoire?

5. Quelle etait sa profession?
6. Etaitil, ce jour-la, a bord de son vaisseau?
7. Qu'est-ce qu'il faisait
qui montrait qu'il n'etait pas courtisan?
8. De quelle facon le
roi a-t-il montre qu'il n'en etait pas mecontent?
9. Quelle
sorte de reponse Jean Bart a-t-il faite au roi?
10. Quelle impression a-t-elle faite sur les courtisans?
du
non pas aux
l'opinion
D.
3.
1.
We
11.
Quelle en etait
Pourquoi etait-il permis a Jean Bart,

courtisans, de faire une brusque reponse?
roi?
12.
The king sends
have just
called
et
Jean Bart.
2. I shall call him.
Jean Bart.
4. The king had just
for
appointed him rear admiral.

5. A great outburst of laughter
was excited by Jean Bart's blunt answer.
6. The king did not
appoint the silly courtiers rear admirals.
7. We are mistaken; it is not a blunt answer.
8. Do not make a mistake.
9. The silly courtiers did not make blunt answers, because
10. Jean Bart hopes soon
they did not feel their own worth.
11. We cannot do
to give the king new proofs of his worth.
what Jean Bart
Jean Bart was coolly smoking his pipe in the embrasure
E.
of a
did.
window
in the palace (chateau) of Versailles, as the king,
accompanied by
gallery.
his courtiers,
The king
was passing through the great

him that
sent for the brave sailor, and told
he had just been appointed rear admiral. The sailor's blunt

" You have done well, sire," caused a burst of laughter
among those who were with the king. But Louis knew that
reply:
of a man who would soon give proofs of his

Jean Bart did not talk like a courtier, but he did
what courtiers could not do. At that time Jean Bart was
already forty-one years old and it was late for him (pour qu'il)
to change the habits of his youth.
it
was the reply
worth.
LESSON XLV
XLV. La Fourmi
A.
J'ai
vu
gros,
allait 2 ga et la cherchant
rencontre sur son chemin un brin d'herbe
bien emporter; mais comment faire 4 ?
II est
qu'elle voudrait
si
et elle est
si
Alors
faible.
du haut duquel
caillou,
Brin d'Herbe
une petite fourmi qui
Elle
fortune.
et le
197
elle
est montee sur un

campagne, comme du
elle
regarde
la
Elle regarde, elle regarde;

haut d'une tour.
enfin elle a
aperû 5 deux de ses compagnes qui passent par la, et elle
court 6 a elles. Elle se frotte le nez contre leur nez pour leur
dire 7 Venez s vite avec moi
il y a par la quelque chose de
bon!
Les trois fourmis se precipitent vers le brin d'herbe et
;
Ce que Tune ne pouvait
le saisissent.
aisement,
leger
et
pour
224.
225.
160.
195.
s
-
elles.
5.
se precipitent.
193.
its.
io
Beginning
Elles le saisissent.
6.
aurait
at the
178
4.
Venez.
la.
Elle
Elles
7.
1.
Vu.
2. Rencontre.
3. ReSe precipitent.
7. Font.
1.
6.
De
etc.
quel insecte parle-t-on
3.
Qu'est-ce
qu'elle
ici?
2.
rencontre
4.
voulu faire?
Ou
est-elle
7.
Est-ce qu'elle pouvait
montee?
10. Pour
9.
le
Qu'est-ce
sur
5.
la
son
Et
la
fourmi
faire
toute
Qu'est-ce qu'elle a regarde
du haut du caillou?
la fourmi le caillou etait comme
une tour, n'est-ce pas?
11. Qu'est-ce qu'elle apercoit enfin?
12. Que faisaient les deux compagnes de la fourmi?
13. Et
la
fourmi qu'est-ce qu'elle a fait?
parle?
15.
second sentence, relate the story in the past
Elle rencontra,
faisait?
8.
221.
Elle ne pouvait pas
9.
Le brin d'herbe etait-il gros ou petit?

fourmi etait-elle forte ou faible?
6. Qu'est-ce que
seule?
Elles le font aisement.
(Oral.)
chemin?
10
Elle allait ga et
1.
Elle est montee.
3.
Elle se frotte le nez.
8.
10.
definite, thus:
qu'elle
brin devenu
Give in full the past definite of:

garde.
4. Apergu.
5. Court.
C.
le
213.
Complete the following, as above:
le faire.
les trois le font
164.
Elle voudrait bien l'emporter.
court a
emportent en triomphe
elles
B.
faire
elles.
2.
Comment
14.
leur a-t-elle parle?
Est-ce qu'elle leur a

16.
Qu'est-ce qu'elle
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
198
leur a dit?
17.
fourmis?
trois
Quelle est la premiere chose qu'ont faite les

18.
Et
ensuite qu'ont-elles fait?
Une
19.
20. Les trois

fourmi pouvait-elle emporter le brin d'herbe?
21. Pourfourmis ensemble pouvaient-elles le faire aisement?
quoi le brin d'herbe est-il devenu leger?
D. A little ant was going hither and thither one day. She
found a blade of grass on the road. " This blade of grass is
very big," thought the ant. " I am too weak to carry it off
alone.
know what
climb upon a pebble.
I shall
I shall do.
the top of the pebble I shall look around. The pebble

She did so. She looked
will be for me like a tall tower."
about her a long time. At last she saw two of her compan-
From
They were passing along (par) the same road. She

them, and they ran to her. She said to them: " Come
She said this by
here, for I have found something good."
rubbing her nose against theirs. Ants-, as you know, cannot
After that the three ants rushed towards
speak like men.
the blade of grass. They seized it quickly. It had been very
heavy for one ant. But the three together carried it off easily.
ions.
called
XLVI. Le Bon Samaritain

A.
Un homme
descendit
parmi des brigands, qui
de Jerusalem a Jericho, et
de plusieurs coups, ils s'en allerent 2

pretre, qui par hasard descendait
Un
vu
4
,
Un
passa outre.
Apres
le depouillerent.
leVite,
le laissant
a demi mort. 3
par ce chemin-la,
venant
aussi
tomba
l'avoir blesse
dans
1'
ay ant
meme
le
Mais un Samaritain,
et le voyant 4 fut
S'approchant de lui, il banda ses
touche de compassion.
7
sur sa
plaies, et il y versa de l'huile et du vin; puis il le mit
9
8
Le
soin de lui.
monture, le mena
a une auberge, et prit
lendemain, en partant 10 il tira de sa poche deux deniers d'argent, et les donnant a l'aubergiste, lui dit 11 Aie soin de lui,
x
a mon
et tout ce que tu d6penseras de plus je te le rendrai
endroit, et
qui
voyant
le
voyageait
vint
passa outre.
vers
cet
homme,
retour.
210.
224.
156.
160.
178.
'
198.
174.
158.
10
202.
166.
193.
LESSON XLVI
B. Complete the following, as above:
depouillerent.
le
chemin.
5.
II
3.
1.
lis s'en allerent.
passa outre.
y versa de l'huile.
soin de lui.
199
S.
6.
II le
II
II
4.
desiendit.
II
vint vers cet
homme.
mit sur sa monture.
9.
Give the present indicative and present subjunctive

allerent.
C.
ment
2.
(Oral.)
Mort.
1.
3.
Venant.
D'ou a-t-on
s'appelle l'histoire?
3.
tire
Ou
4.
Est-ce que la terre sainte est
5.
Qu'ont
fait les
8.
of:
Voyant.
cette
lis
5.
histoire?
7. II
II
prit
S'en
1.
Mit.
2.
Com-
sont Jerusalem et Jericho?
un grand ou un
petit pays?
En
quel etat se
brigands au voyageur?
trouvait-il apres leur depart?
ensuite?
4.
2.
descendit par ce
6.
Quelles personnes sont venues

ont fait?
9. Qui est venu
10. Est-ce que les Samaritains
7.
Qu'est-ce qu'elles
a pros le pretre et le levite?
11. Est-ce que cela a empeche"

12. Qu'est-ce qu'il a fait au
Samaritain de faire le bien?
Juif?
13. Apres l'avoir soigne qu'a-t-il fait?
14. Qu'a-t-il
6taient bien aimes des Juifs?
le
donne a l'aubergiste?
15.
En
quittant l'auberge, qu'a-t-il dit?
D. 1. If we fall among thieves, they will strip us.

2. After
having wounded us they will depart.
3. If you should see a
poor traveler half dead, would you pass by on the other side?
If the priest had been touched with compassion, he would
have bound up the wounds.
5. Let us pour oil and wine into
his wounds.
6. Let us put the poor man on our own beast.
7. Let us take him to the inn.
8. Let us take care of him
there.
9. The next day we shall give money to the innkeeper.
10. On our return we shall give him back whatever
he shall have spent for our friend.
4.
man, who was going down from Jerusalem to Jericho,

thieves.
They stripped him and wounded him,
and left him half dead. Then a priest and a Levite came by
chance to the same place, and they saw him and passed by on
the other side.
But a Samaritan, who was going down by
that road, saw him, and was touched with compassion. Then,
after having bound up his wounds, he put him on his beast
and took him to an inn. On the morrow he gave money to
E.
fell
among
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
200
the innkeeper, and said that on his return he would give the
innkeeper whatever he should spend if he took care of the
poor man.
XLVII.
Lorsque M.
A.
M.
Laffitte et l'Epingle
fameux banquier, vint
Laffitte, le
a Paris,
en 1788, a l'age de 21 ans, toute son ambition se bornait a obII se

tenir 2 une petite place dans une maison de banque.
Impossible de vous adpresenta chez un riche banquier.
mettre 3 chez moi, du moins pour le moment,
mes bureaux sont au complet. Le jeune
En
retire.
traversant la cour,
il
apercoit
Debout devant
et la ramasse.
lui dit
homme
le
banquier:
salue et se
a terre une epingle,
de son cabinet
la fenetre
le
6
riche banquier avait suivi des yeux la retraite du jeune homme.
7
ramasser l'epingle et ce trait lui fit 8 plaisir. Le soir
II lui vit
meme le jeune homme recut 5 un billet du banquier, qui lui
disait 4 Vous avez une place dans mes bureaux; vous pou:
vez
venir
l'occuper des demain.
Le jeune homme devint
bientot caissier, puis associe, puis maitre, de la premiere maison

de banque de Paris, et enfin homme d'Etat tres influent sous
Louis-Philippe.
i
178.
198.
213.
224.
177.
193.
206.
195.
B.
Complete
following,
the
2.
Elle se bornait a cela.
4.
II se retire.
billet.
II
5.
suivi des yeux.
7.
as
above:
II se
vint
II
1.
presenta chez
apercoit a terre une epingle.
ramasser
II vit
II lui disait.
9.
3.
10.
l'epingle.
Vous pouvez
le
6.
8.
II
venir.
221.
Paris.
banquier.
II
1'
avait
recut
11.
II
un
de-
vint maitre.
Give in full the future
mettre.
C.
Apercoit.
3.
(Oral.)
Paris?
2.
1.
8.
Qui
6.
l'a
4.
Suivi.
5.
1.
of:
Tenir.
2.
Ad-
Vit.
Quel age avait M. Laffitte a son arrivee a

3. Reussit-il d'abord a
Qu'est-ce qu'il cherchait?
trouver une place?

dit?
and conditional
En
4.
se retirant
vu?
9.
En
Ou
se presenta-t-il?
ou va-t-il?
etait-il
7.
content?
5.
Que
lui
a-t-on
Qu'est-ce qu'il trouve?

10.
De
quelle facon
LESSON XLVIII
201
11. Qu'est devenu le jeune

Quelle est la morale de l'histoire?
niontre son contentement?
a-t-il
honime par
la suite?
12.
your ambition is only to get a humble position,

2. Present yourself at the office of the rich
it.
4. His
banker.
3. He wall admit you into his employ.
5. Do you see that pin on the ground?
offices are not full.
7. There is the rich banker standing at his
6. Pick it up.
8. The banker is watching the j oung man as
office window.
9. If we see him pick up a pin, it (cela) will please
he retires.
10. Did you receive a note from the banker?
11. You
us.
D.
you
1.
If
will get
have a position in
shall
his
banking-house.
soon become his partner, will you not?

up pins may become statesmen.
13.
12.
You
will
Those who pick
When M. Laffitte was twenty-one years of age he came

He wished to get a humble position with a rich
E.
to Paris.
But when he presented himself, the rich banker told

his offices were full, and that he could not admit
him. He withdrew. The rich banker watched him from his
office window, and saw him pick up a pin which he noticed on
the ground as he was crossing the yard. This action pleased
the banker.
That very evening he sent a note to the young
man, which said that he could have a position in his offices
the very next day. The young man became head of a great
banking-house, and at last an influential statesman.
banker.
him that
XLVTII.
A.
Le
Sifflet
de Benjamin Franklin
Benjamin Franklin raconte l'anecdote suivante 1 Quand

un enfant de cinq ou six ans, mes amis, un jour de fite,
:
j'etais
ma petite poche de sous. Je partis 2 tout de suite

pour une boutique ou Ton vendait 3 des jouets. Chemin faisant 4
je vis 5 dans les mains d'un autre petit garcon un sifflet, dont
le son me charma.
Je lui donnai en echange tout mon argent.
Revenu 6 chez moi, fort content de mon achat, sifflant par
toute la maison, je fatiguai les oreilles de toute la famille.
remplirent
206.
210.
224.
166.
195.
178.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
202
Mes freres et mes soeurs apprenant * que j'avais tout donne"

pour un rnauvais instrument, me dirent 2 que je l'avais pave 3
Alors ils enumererent 5
dix f ois plus cher qu'il ne valait 4
toutes les jolies choses que j'aurais pu 6 acheter 5 avec mon
.
si j'avais ete plus prudent.

Ils me tournerent tellement
en ridicule que j'en pleurai. Cependant, cet accident fut de
quelque utilite pour moi.
Lorsque plus tard j'etais tente
d'acheter 5 quelque chose qui ne m'etait pas necessaire, je
disais 2 en moi-meme
Ne donnons pas trop pour le sifflet, et
argent
j'epargnais
1
B.
mon
argent.
202.
193.
157.
223.
Complete the following, as above:

2. Ils remplirent ma poche.
enfant.
suite.
4.
Je vis un
Je remplis
6.
me
dirent,
disais
ils
te dirent, etc.
en toi-meme,
8.
221.
1.
Quand
3.
Je partis tout de
Je fatiguai tous
5.
sifflet.
mes poches, tu remplis
158.
j'etais
mes
un
amis.
tes poches, etc.
7.
Ils
Je disais en moi-meme, tu
etc.
2. A quelle
Qui etait Benjamin Franklin?
Quel age avait-il a Pepoque de 1'anecdote?
3.
5. Qui le lui avait
4. Qu'est-ce qu'il avait dans sa poche?
7. Y est-il
6. Pour quel endroit est-il parti ensuite?
donne?
9. Qu'est-ce qu'il a
jamais arrive?
8. Quel 6tait l'obstacle?
10. A son retour chez lui, qu'est-ce qu'il
fait de son argent?
12. Est-ce
11. A- t-il charme ses freres et ses sceurs?
a fait?
13. Est-ce que la
qu'il avait paye assez cher son sifflet?
14. De quelle fagon la
famille etait contente de son achat?
15. Le pauvre
famille a-t-elle fait voir son mecontentement?
C.
(Oral.)
epoque
Franklin
etait-il
a- t-il recue
D.
worth.
1.
1.
vivait-il?
content a
You have
2.
Quelle lecon Franklin
16.
la fin?
par cet accident?
If
three times as
paid twice as
you pay ten cents
much
as
it is
much
worth.
things than they are worth.
4.
for that apple as
it is
for that pencil, that will be
We
3.
Never pay more
could have bought
for
many
5. If
if we had been prudent.
our friend had been less prudent, he could not have bought so
many pretty things.
6. That accident will be of some use to
pretty things with our money,
LESSON XLIX
our friends.
7.
thing which
"
We
When we
are
not necessary for

are not going to give too
is
203
tempted to buy some-
(fid.)
us,
we
much
shall say to ourselves:
for the whistle."
E. When Benjamin Franklin was five years old, his brother,

on a holiday, filled his pockets with coppers. Starting off at
once for a shop where toys were sold, he met on the way
The sound of the inanother little boy who had a whistle.
strument charmed him, and he gave all his inone}' to have it.
He was much pleased with his purchase, but he whistled so
much all over the house that he tired the whole family.
His
brothers and sisters asked him where he had bought Ins whistle
and how much he had paid for it. He told them he had given
all his monej^ to the little boy.
Then they told him he had
paid too much for it. They said too that if he had been more
prudent, he could have bought ten times as many pretty things,
and he cried on account of it. But the affair was of some use
to him later on.
Whenever he was tempted to buy things
which he did not need, he would always say to himself " I
:
will
not give too
much
for the whistle."
XLIX. Henri IV
et le
Paysan
A. Henri IV, dans une chasse, s'etant ecarte, suivant x sa

coutume, de ses gardes et de sa cour, rencontra un paysan
assis
J'6tais
un
sous
venu
repondit
le
champ, qui
croupe de
arbre.
Que
fais-tu
paysan;
la?
lui dit
le prince.
passer le
sans ce desir, je serais a labourer
n'est pas fort eloigne.
mon
des le point du jour, pour voir
ici
cheval, lui
est le roi, et tu le verras
roi,
mon
tu veux 8 monter sur la

repliqua Henri, je te conduirai 9 ou
a ton
Si
aise.
Le paysan, enchants, profite de la rencontre, monte a c6te*

du roi, et demande, chemin faisant 3 comment il pourra 10 reconnaitre u le roi. Tu n'auras qu'a regarder celui qui sera cou,
12
pendant que tous les autrcs auront la tete nue.

Enfin le moment arrive ou le roi rejoint 13 une partie de sa
cour et se trouve parmi ses courtisans; tous se dcouvrent 12
1
10
7
* 193.
" 176.
206.
210.
221.
u 188.
* 215.
* 178.
190.
S 225.
vert
"
195.
224.
1S5.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
204
excepte
le roi?
car
il
lui.
Ma
Alors
foi,
il
demande au paysan:
monsieur,
n'y a que nous deux qui ayons

1
le
Eh
bien, quel est
vous ou moi,
chapeau sur la tete.
lui repondit-il
c'est
210.
2. Tu
Complete the following, as above: 1. J'etais venu.
4. II pourra
3. Tu le verras a ton aise.
veux voir le roi.
B.
reconnaitre
courtisans.
le
roi.
lis se
7.
5.
II
sera
decouvrent.
couvert.
8.
II
6.
II
rejoint
les
n'y a que nous qui
ayons.
C.
(Oral.)
vivait-il?
1.
3.
Qui
etait
Henri IV?
2.
Quelle etait sa coutume quand
quelle
il
epoque
etait
a la
5. Qu'est-ce que
Qui a-t-il rencontre un jour?
7. Depuis
6. Que faisait le paysan?
c'est qu'un paysan?
8. Pourquoi y etait-il venu?
combien de temps y etait-il?
10. Qu'est-ce que le
9. S'il n'etait pas venu ou aurait-il ete?
11. Le paysan a-t-il accepte?
roi a propose au paysan?
12. Qu'est-ce que le paysan a demande au roi en chemin?
13. Quel etait le signe par lequel on reconnaitrait le roi?
15. Qu'est-ce
14. Ou le roi et le paysan arrivent-ils bientot?
16. Combien
que les courtisans ont fait a leur approche?
17. Et combien de rois y
de personnes restaient couvertes?
chasse?
4.
avait-il
dans
la
compagnie?
2. If the king
D. 1. We have wandered from the court.
had not wandered from the court, he would not have met the
4. I
3. We came here at the very peep of day.
peasant.
busy
are
peasants
The
5.
by.
king
go
seen
the
not
have
6. If you get up beside me, you will see
plowing the field.
7. As they went along, the peasant said to the
the king.
8. Everybody had his
king: " Take me where the king is."
king.
9. If the
the
recognize
not
could
we
and
hat on,
courtiers had taken off their hats, we could have recognized
the king.
E. One day Henry IV had wandered from his courtiers.

Meeting a peasant who was sitting under a tree, he asked
the latter what he was doing there. The peasant replied that
he had been there since daybreak, and that he wished to see
LESSON" L
the king, and that
plowing his
field.
if
205
he had not come, he would be busy

said to him: " Get up behind
The king
me, and I shall take you where you can see the king." The
peasant was delighted, and got up beside the king. As they
went along, he asked how he should recognize the king, and
the king told him to look at the one who should have his hat
When they aron, while the others should be bareheaded.
rived where the courtiers were, the latter took off their hats.
Then the king asked the peasant which was the

replied:
"
headed:
it
We
is
two have our hats

you or I."
L.
Thomas
on,
king.
He
the others are bare-
et les Cerises
A. Un paj^san traversait la campagne avec son fils Thomas.

Regarde! lui dit-il : en chemin, voila par terre un fer a cheval
perdu 2 ramasse-le!
Bah!
repondit 2 Thomas, il ne vaut 3 pas la peine de se
baisser pour si peu de chose!
Le pere ne dit x rien, ramassa
4
le fer et le mit
dans sa poche. Arrive au village voisin, il le
vendit 2 pour quelques centimes au marchal ferrant, et acheta 5
des cerises avec cet argent.
Cela fait 6 ils se remirent 4 en route. Le soleil 6tait brulant.
Thomas mourait 7 de soif et avait de la peine a. poursuivre 8
son chemin. Le pere, qui marchait le premier, laissa, comme
par hasard, tomber une cerise. Thomas la ramassa avec empressement, et la mangea 9
Quelques pas plus loin, une seconde
cerise s'echappa des mains du pere, et Thomas la saisit avec
le meme empressement.
Le pere fit 6 de meme avec toutes les
cerises.
Lorsque l'enfant eut porte a
la
bouche
pere se retourna et lui dit l Vois 10

u tc baisser une fois pour ramasser
voulu
pas
cerise, le
tu as ete oblige
12
de te baisser plus de vingt
la
derniere
mon
ami, tu n'as
le fer
a cheval, et
fois
pour ramasser
les cerises.
>
2
3
193.
198.
174.
210.
158.
206.
10
223.
B.
Complete
156.
225.
224.
12
156.
195.
the following, as above:
1.
II
ne dit rien.
2.
II
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
206
vendit
le
cerise.
fer.
en route.
Tu
10.
C.
4.
II
8.
2.
II fit
soif.
II
4.
de meme.
mangea une
lis se
7.
remirent
retourna.
II se
9.
De
1.
quelles personnes parle-t-on dans cette his-
Qu'est-ce que c'est qu'un paysan?
fer a cheval?
Qu'est-ce que le
fils
le
plus prudent?
9.
10.
vu en chemin?
6.
7.
dence?
6.
s'echappa de ses mains.
Qu'est-ce qu'ils ont
qu'un
mourait de
t'es baisse.
(Oral.)
toire?
II
3.
II la saisit.
5.
5.
Qu'est-ce que
a repondu?
8.
Par quelle action
qui a-t-on vendu
quoi l'a-t-on vendu a
le fer
un marechal
3.
Etait-il seul?
Qu'est-ce que c'est
le pere a dit au fils?

Lequel des deux etait
a-t-il
montre" sa pru-
a cheval?
ferrant?
11.
Pour-
12. Qu'est-ce
13. Quel temps faisait-il?

qu'on a achete avec l'argent?
sur le petit Thomas?
14. Quel etait l'effet de la chaleur
16. Est-ce
15. Est-ce que le pere n'avait rien pour la soif?
17. Qu'est-ce que le
que les cerises sont bonnes pour la soif?
18. Et qu'est-ce que son fils en a fait?
pere a fait des cerises?
19.
Combien en
fait
de se baisser pour
a-t-il
mangles?
le fer
Pourquoi
20.
aurait-il
mieux
a cheval?
2. It will not be
D. 1. It was not worth the trouble.
3. If it is worth the trouble, we shall
worth the trouble.
4. Put the horseshoe into your pocket,
pick up the horseshoe.
5. We shall set out again on our journey.
and buy cherries.
6. If the sun is hot, they will not set out again.
7. I am
very thirsty (dying with thirst) give me some cherries.
8. We
have difficulty in picking up the cherries.
9. If you are djdng
with thirst, I shall drop a cherry.
10. The cherries are on the
11. If you walk ahead, will you pick
ground; pick them up.
12. A few steps farther on, I stooped to
up the cherries?
;
pick
up the horseshoe.
so eagerly?
14.
We
13.
Why
did not seize
did you seize the horseshoe

it
eagerly.
15.
If
you had
been willing to turn around, we should have given you the

cherries.
16. Stoop, if you wish to pick them up.
E. As a peasant and his son were crossing the country,
they saw a horseshoe on the ground. The father told his son
to pick it up and put it into his pocket. The son replied that
it was not worth while to stoop for a horseshoe.
Then the
LESSON
father stooped and picked
up.
it
207
LI
of the neighboring village,
They
sold
to the black-
it
and bought some
cherries,
smith
which the father put into his pocket. They pursued their
way, the father walking ahead. The sun was hot and Thomas
was very thirsty, and, as if by chance, a cherry fell from his
The son seizing it, ate it, and also a second
father's pocket.
one,
which slipped from
his
father's
Soon the
pocket.
last
cherry was carried to his mouth, and his father, turning round,
told him that if he had been willing to stoop once for the horse-
would not have been obliged to stoop twenty times
shoe, he
for
the cherries.
Frederic
LI.
le
Grand
et
son Page
A. Un
2
sans que personne repondit * a cet appel, ouvrit la porte de
3
son antichambre et trouva son page endormi sur une chaise.
Au moment ou il allait 4 le reveiller, il apercut 3 un papier ecrit 6
jour Frederic
sortant
de
la
Grand,
le
La
poche du page.
roi
de Prusse, ayant Sonne
curiosite
du
roi fut excitee,
de la mere du
de ce qu'il
u dans
lui envoyait 10 une partie de ses gages pour la soulager
8
9
prit
rouleau
de
un
la
lettre,
ayant
lu
roi,
Le
misere.
sa
ducats et le glissa avec la lettre dans la poche du page. Un ins12
tant apres il sonna si fort que le page se reveilla et accourut
13
3
le
roi.
Le
jeune
lui
dit
dormi
aupres de lui. Vous avez

homme, ayant honte, tacha de s'excuser. Dans son embarras il
il
prit
papier et
le
jeune
homme, dans
mit "
la
II
le lut
8
,
palit,
une
lettre
laquelle elle remerciait son
main dans sa poche,
le prit
C'etait
et
y trouva
trembla, et ne put
15
le
fils
rouleau de ducats.
articuler
un
seul mot.
Helas! sire, dit 13 le page, quelQu'avez-vous? dit 13 le roi.

qu'un veut 16 me perdre 1 je ne sais n pas d'ou m'est venu 18
cet or.
La fortune ne vient-elle 18 pas sou vent en dormant 3 ?
8
Fr6d6ric.
Envoie 10 cette somme a ta mere, en lui faireprit
sant 19 mes compliments et assure-la bien que j'aurai soin d'elle
et de toi.
210.
A FRENCH GRAMMAR
208
Complete
B.
reveiller.
II
5.
lut
II
3.
le
apercut un papier.
envoyait Pargent.
II
7.
the following, as above:
ouvrit la porte.
II
2.
8.
II
prit
1.
Sans
qu'il r6pondit.
billet.
6.
le
II
4.
II
allait
remerciait
le
le roi.
rouleau.
1.
le sujet de cette anecdote?
2. A
epoque vivait Frederic le Grand?
3. Ou est la Prusse?
4. Qu'est-ce que c'est qu'un page?
5. Ou etait le page dont
parle l'histoire?
6. Qu'est-ce qu'il y faisait?
7. Qu'est-ce
que les pages devraient faire dans les antichambres des rois?
8. Est-ce que le roi
s'est
mis en colere contre le page?
C.
Quel est
(Oral.)
quelle
9.
Qu'est-ce qu'il a fait?
que
a decouvert?
le roi
riche?
12.
10.
11.
En
lisant la lettre qu'est-ce
Est-ce que la mere du page etait
Qu'est-ce que le page faisait pour elle?
13.
Le
content?
14. De quelle fagon a-t-il montre son
contentement?
15. Comment le jeune homme a-t-il decouvert
roi enetait-il
ce
que
le roi
17.
Que
18.
De
avait fait
en
fagon
quelle
16.
Qu'est-ce que c'est qu'un ducat?
sentant
pensait-il
le
roi
19. Est-ce que le proverbe

nous vient en dormant?
les
a-t-il
est
ducats
calme
toujours
dans
le
sa
jeune
vrai:
poche?
homme?
La fortune
D. One day Frederick the Great rang, and nobody answered

Opening the door of the antechamber, he finds his page
asleep.
A letter, which was sticking out of the page's pocket,
aroused the king's curiosity. The young man used to send his
mother a part of his wages, and in this letter she was thanking
him.
him
The king read the
letter, and, taking a roll of

with the letter, into the young man's pocket.
Then ringing very loud, he waked the page, who hastened into
his presence.
He asked the young man if he had been asleep.
The young man was ashamed, and tried to excuse himself.
He
Putting his hand into his pocket he finds the ducats.
trembles, and cannot utter a word. The king asked him what
was the matter with him, and he replied that somebody wished
for
it.
ducats, slipped
it,
know where the ducats came from.

good luck comes to us often while we
the page that he will take care of his mother.
to ruin him, for he did not
The king
sleep.
He
replies that
tells
REGULAR VERBS
153
PART
209
II
THE VERB
REGULAR VERBS
Regular verbs are conven-
Regular Conjugations.
153.
iently divided into three classes or conjugations, according
as the present infinitive ends in -er,
-ir, -re,
and are
inflected
in their simple tenses as follows:

III
II
Mood
Infinitive
Present
donn
er, to give
Present
Present
fin ir, to finish
romp
re, to
break
Participles
Present
donn
ant, giving
fin iss ant, finishing
donn
given
fin
i,
Present
give,
am
giving,
/ finish,
am
romp
finishing,
Present
/ break,
je
je fin
es
tu
ons
ez
ent
il
nous
vous
fin
breaking,
fin
romp s
romp s
il romp t
nous romp ons
vous romp ez
ils romp ent
je
tu
fin iss
ons
fin iss
ez
ils fin
am
etc.
etc.
tu
u, broken
Mood
Present
etc.
donn
donn
il donn
nous donn
vous donn
ils donn
ant, breaking
Past
finished
Indicative
romp
Past
Past
e,
Present
Present
iss ent
THE VERB
210
153
Imperfect
Imperfect
Imperfect
I was giving, used
/ was finishing, used
I was breaking, used
to give, etc.
to finish, etc.
to break, etc.
je
je fin iss ais
tu
tu
iss aient
romp ais
romp ais
il romp ait
nous romp ions
vous romp iez
ils romp aient
Past Definite
Past Definite
donn ais
donn ais
il donn ait
nous donn ions
vous donn iez
ils donn aient
Past Definite
I gave,
etc.
donn ai
tu donn as
il donn a
nous donn ames
vous donn ates
ils donn erent
je
je
give, etc.
donner
ai
tu donner as
il donner a
nous donner ons
vous donner ez
ils donner ont
Conditional
/ should
je
fin iss ait
ions
fin iss
fin iss iez
ils fin
I finished,
etc.
il
fin it
fin
imes
fin ites
ils fin
irent
give, etc.
donner ais
tu donner ais
il donner ait
nous donner ions
vous donner iez
ils donner aient
I shall finish,
Future
etc.
as
il
finir
nous
vous
finir
a
ons
ez
ont
etc.
je finir ais
tu
finir ais
il
finir ait
nous
vous
finir
ions
finir iez
ils finir
ai
il rompr a
nous rompr ons
vous rompr ez
ils
Conditional
I should finish,
rompr
etc.
tu rompr as
finir
finir
/ shall break,
je
je finir ai
tu
ils finir
etc.
romp is
tu romp is
il romp it
nous romp imes
vous romp ites
ils romp irent
tu fin is
nous
vous
/ broke,
je
je fin is
Future
Future
I shall
il
nous
vous
je
tu
fin iss ais
aient
rompr ont
Conditional
I should break,
etc.
rompr ais
rompr ais
il rompr ait
nous rompr ions
vous rompr iez
ils rompr aient
je
tu
AUXILIARY VERBS
154
Mood
Imperative
Present
Present
Finish,
Give, etc.
donn e*
donn e)
donn ons
donn ez
donn ent)
(qu'il
(qu'ils
211
* This form becomes
Present
Break,
etc.
fin is
(qu'il fin iss e)

fin iss
ons
fin iss
ez
(qu'il
(qu'ils fin iss ent)
donn
es
when
followed
(qu'ils
by
etc.
romp s
romp e)
romp ons
romp ez
romp ent)
-y or -en
(cf.
370, 3,
obs. 3, 4).
Subjunctive
Mood
Present
Present
Present
(That) I {may) give,
(That) I (may) finish,
(That) I (may) break,
donn
(que) tu donn
(qu') il donn
(que) nous donn
(que) vous donn
(qu') ils donn
(que) je fin iss e
es
(que) tu fin iss es
(qu')
(That) I (might)
il
(que) nous fin iss ions
iez
(que) vous fin iss iez
ent
(qu')
give,
ils fin
iss ent
romp e
romp es
(qu') il romp e
(que) nous romp ions
(que) vous romp iez
(qu') ils romp ent
(que) je
(que) tu
Imperfect
Imperfect
(That) I (might) finish,
(That) I (might) break,
etc.
etc.
asse
(que) je fin isse
asses
(que) tu fin isses
romp isse
romp isses
(qu') il romp it
(que) nous romp issions
(que) vous romp issiez
(qu') ils romp issent
etc.
donn
(que) tu donn
(qu') il donn
(que) nous donn
(que) vous donn
(qu') ils donn
fin iss e
ions
Imperfect
(que) je
etc.
etc.
etc.
(que) je
at
(qu')
il
fin it
assions (que) nous fin issions

assiez
assent
(que) vous fin issiez

(qu')
ils fin
issent
(que) je
(que) tu
AUXILIARY VERBS
154. The auxiliary verbs avoir, to have, and etre,
are conjugated in their simple tenses as follows:
Infinitive
Pres.
avoir, to have
Pres.
etre, to be
to be,
THE VERB
212
Participles
Pres. ayant, having

Past, eu, had
Pres. etant, being

Past, ete, been
154
COMPOUND TENSES
155
213
Subjunctive
Present
Present
(That) I {may) have,

(que) j'aie
(que) tu aies
(qu')
il
(que) vous ayez
(que) tu sois
(que) vous soyez
aient
ils
(qu')
il
Imperfect
il
(qu') ils soient
Imperfect
(que) nous eussions
cut
soit
(That) I {might)
etc.
(que) tu eusses (que) vous eussiez

(qu')
be, etc.
(que) nous soyons
(That) I (might) have,

(que) j'eusse
I (may)
(que) je so is
(qu')
ait
(T/iat)
etc.
(que) nous ayons
(qu')
ils
eussent
(que) je fusse
be, etc.
(que) nous fussions
(que) tu fusses (que) vous fussiez

(qu')
il
fut
(qu')
ils
fussent
COMPOUND TENSES
155.
Compound
Formation.
tenses are formed from the
past participle of the principal verb along with an auxiliary
verb (usualfy avoir, sometimes etre), see 227-229.

Avoir
Etre
Infinitive
Perfect
To have
Perfect
To have
given
avoir donne
arrived
etre arrive (e)(s)
Participle
Perfect
Perfect
Having given
Having arrived
ayant donne"
etant arrive (e)(s)
Indicative
Past Indefinite
Past Indefinite
/ have
/ have arrived,
j'ai
given, etc.
donne
tu as donne,
etc.
je suis arrive(e)
etc.
Pluperfect
I had given,
etc.
j'arais donnd, etc.
tu es arrive(c), etc.
Pluperfect
J had
arrived, etc.
jVtais arrive(e), etc.
THE VERB
214
Past Anterior
Past Anterior
J had
/ had arrived,
given, etc.
j'eus donne,
etc.
je fus arrive (e), etc.
etc.
Future Anterior
Future Anterior
I shall have given,
1 shall have arrived,
etc.
etc.
j'aurai donne, etc.
je serai arrive (e), etc.
Conditional Anterior
Conditional Anterior
I should have given,

j'aurais donne,
156
I should have arrived,
etc.
etc.
je serais arrive (e), etc.
etc.
Subjunctive
Perfect
Perfect
(That) I (may) have given,
(That) I (may) have arrived,
etc
etc.
(que) j'aie donne, etc.
(que) je sois arrive (e), etc.
Pluperfect
Pluperfect
(That) I (might) have given,
etc
(That) I (might) have arrived,
(que) j'eusse donne, etc.
etc.
(que) je fusse arrive (e), etc
ORTHOGRAPHICAL PECULIARITIES
156.
Verbs in -cer and -ger
1. Verbs in -cer, e.g., avancer [a vase], to advance, require the [s]

sound of c throughout their conjugation, and hence c becomes c before
a or o of an ending ( 5, 4), but not elsewhere:
Pres. Part.
Pres. Indie.
avancant
avance
avances
avance
avancons
avancez
avancent
2.
of g
Impf. Indie.
Past Def.
avancais
avancai
avancais
avancas
avanca
avancait
avanciez
avancames
avan cates
avancaicnt
avancerent
avancions
Impf. Subj.
avancasse
avancasses
avancat
avancassions
avancassiez
avancassent
Verbs in -ger, e.g., manger [mase], to eat, require the [5] sound
throughout then conjugation, and hence g becomes ge before a or
19, 2), but not elsewhere:
157-158
THE VERB
216
Like ceder:
Verbs with stem-vowel e
159
-f-
consonant,
e.g.,
regner,
reign, etc.
Note.
Verbs
2.
Most verbs
doubling
like creer, create,
with stem-vowel followed by a vowel,
Je cree, etc.
are regular:
or
Pres. Indie.
in -eler, -eter, however, indicate the [s]
t, e.g.,
appeler, to
call, jeter, to
throw:
Fut.
sound by
IRREGULAR VERBS IN -ER
160-161
dropping
217
the final infinitive -e of the third conjugation for both
tenses.
The
2.
Present Participle gives the Imperfect Indicative
-ant into -ais, -ais,
-ait, -ions, -iez, -aient,
by changing -ant into
The Past
3.
-e, -es, -e, -ions, -iez, -ent.
Participle gives the
avoir ( 227) or etre ( 228),

( 239).
4.
The
Present
by changing
and the Present Subjunctive
Compound
and the
Indicative gives
Tenses, with the auxiliary

Passive, with the auxiliary etre
the
by dropping the
and second plural,
Imperative
pronoun subject of the second singular and
first
the -s of the
first conjugation second singular being

also dropped,
except before y and en (cf. 370, 3, obs. 3, 4).
5. The Past Definite gives the Imperfect Subjunctive
by changing the
final letter of the first singular (-i or -s) into -sse, -sses,
-t, -ssions,
and putting a circumflex accent over the
-ssiez, -ssent,
last
vowel of
the third singular.
The tenses, except the future and conditional, are not really
from the principal parts, as is sometimes said in grammars: the
method is merely an aid to memory.
Obs.:
derived
IRREGULAR VERBS IN
160.
-er
Aller, to go
1.
Infinitive, aller; fut.
2.
Pres. Part, allant;
*irai, iras, ira, etc.;
impf. indie,
ailles, aille, allions, alliez,
condl. irais, etc.
allais, etc.;
pres. subj. aille [a:j],
aillent.
Past Part, alle ; past indef. je suis alle, etc.

Pres. Indie, vais [ve], vas, va, allons, allez, vont;
(vas-y), allons, allez.
3.
4.
5.
Past Def.
allasse, allasses,
The stem
allai, alias, alia,
allat,
allassions,
of the future is
allames, allates, allerent;

allassiez,
from the Latin
impve. va
impf. subj.
allassent.
infinitive ire.
Like aller:
s'en aller, go away.
161.
Envoyer,
to
send
envoyer; fut. enverrai, etc.; condl. enverrais, etc.

2. Pres. Part, envoyant;
impf. indie, envoyais, envoyais, envoyait,
envoyions [avwaijs], envoyiez, envoyaient; pres. subj. envoie, envoies,
1.
Infinitive,
envoie, envoyions [uvwaij5], envoyiez, envoient.
THE VERB
218
envoye,
162-164
3.
Past Part, envoye; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, envoie, envoies, envoie, envoyons, envoyez, envoient;
j'ai
etc.
impve. envoie, envoyons, envoyez.

envoyai, envoyas,
5. Past Def.
envoya, envoyames, envoyates,

envoyerent; impf. subj. envoyasse, envoyasses, envoyat, envoyassiona,
envoyassiez, envoyassent.
Like envoy er:

renvoyer, send away, dismiss
IRREGULAR VERBS IN
Acquerir,
-ir
acquire
to
Infinitive, acquerir; fut. acquerrai, acquerras, etc.;
1.
condl. acquer-
rais, etc.
Pres. Part, acquerant;
2.
impf. indie, acquerais, etc.;
pres. subj.
acquiere, acquieres, acquiere, acquerions, acqueriez, acquierent.

3.
Past Part, acquis; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, acquiers, acquiers,
j'ai
acquis, etc.
acquiert,
acquerons,
acquerez,
impve. acquiers, acquerons, acquerez.
acquierent;
Past Def. acquis, acquis, acquit, acquimes, acquites, acquirent;
5.
impf. subj. acquisse, acquisses, acquit, acquissions, acquissiez, acquissent.
Like acquerir:
conquerir, conquer
* querir or querir, seek
Has
requSrir, require, claim
reconquerir, reconquer
s'enquerir, inquire
only the infinitive.
Benir,
"T63.
Is regular,
but has also an
to bless
irregular past participle benit, used only
as adjective:
De
l'eau benite;
Holy water; consecrated bread
du pain benit
Courir,
164.
to
run
1.
Infinitive, courir; fut. courrai, courras, etc.; condl. courrais, etc.
2.
Pres. Part, courant;
impf. indie, courais, etc.; pres. subj. coure,
coures, coure, courions, couriez, courent.

3.
Past Part, couru; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, cours, cours, court, courons, courez, courent; impve.
j'ai
couru, etc.
cours, courons, courez.

5.
Past Def. courus,
courus,
courut,
courumes, courutes, couru-
IRREGULAR VERBS IX
165-166
rent;
219
-IR
impf. subj. courusse, courusses, courut, courussions, courussiez,
courussent.
Like courir are
compounds:
its
run again, apply
accourir, run up, hasten
discourir, discourse
recourir,
concourir, cooperate, con-
encourir, incur
secourir, succor, help
cur,
parcourir, run over
compete
Note.
Courre, chase
(a
hunting term)
sometimes replaces courir in
the infinitive.
Cueillir, to gather, 'pick
165.
1.
Infinitive, cueillir; fut. cueillerai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part,
cueillant;
impf. indie,
condl. cueillerais, etc.
cueillais,
pres. subj.
etc.;
cueille, cueilles, cueille, cueillions, cueilliez, cueillent.

3.
Past Part,
4.
Pres. Indie, cueille, cueilles, cueille, cueillons, cueillez, cueillent;
cueilli;
past indef.
j'ai cueilli, etc.
impve. cueille, cueillons, cueillez.

5.
rent;
Past Def.
cueillis,
cueillis,
cueillit,
impf. subj. cueillisse, cueillisses,
cueillimes,
cueillites,
cueilli-
cueillit, cueillissions, cueillissiez,
cueillissent.
The present
Obs.:
indicative, future,
and conditional are
like those of
donner.
Like
cueillir:
accueillir,
* assaillir, assail
welcome
recueillir, gather, collect
* Regular in future
and
t Saillir, gush out, rush forth,
1.
is
regular, like finir.
Dormir,
166.
Infinitive,
tressaillir, start
t saillir, jut out

conditional: assaillirai, etc.
to sleep
dormir; fut. dormirai,
etc.;
condl. dormirais, etc.
dormant;
pres. subj.
impf. indie, dormais, etc.;
dorme, dormes, dorme, dormions, dormiez, dorment.
3. Past Part, dormi; past indef. j'ai dormi, etc.
4. Pres. Indie, dors, dors, dort, dormons, dormez, dorment; impve.
dors, dormons, dormez.
5. Past Def. dormis, dormis, dormit, dormimes, dormites, dormirent
2.
impf.
Pres. Part,
subj.
dormisse,
dormisses,
dormit,
dormissions,
dormissiez,
dormissent.
Like dormir:
endormir, put to sleep
s'endormir, fall asleep
rendormir, put to sleep
again
away
se rendormir, go to sleep
ebouillir, boil
again
redormir, sleep again
rebouillir, boil
mentir,
bouillir, boil
dementir, contradict, belie
again
lie
THE VERB
220
167-169
partir, set out
se repentir, repent
servir, serve
departir, distribute
sentir, feel
se servir,
se departir, desist
consentir, consent
desservir, clear the table
repartir, set out again,
reply
Note.
Asservir,
a), repartir, distribute,
make use
pressentir, forebode
sortir, go out
ressentir, resent
ressortir, go out
enslave,
assortir, sort,
are like
finir.
again
match, ressortir, depend (on,
Observe the Present Indicative of the following types, which are

represented in the above list:
bo us, bous, bout, bouillons, bouillez, bouillent
mens, mens, ment, mentons, mentez, mentent
bouillir:
mentir:
partir:
pars, pars, part, partons, partez, partent
repens, repens, repent, repent ons, repentez, repentent
se repentir:
sens, sens, sent, sentons, sentez, sentent
sentir:
sers, sers, sert, servons, servez,
servir:
sortir:
servent
sors, sors, sort, sortons, sortez, sortent
Faillir, to jail
167.
1.
Infinitive, faillir; jut. faudrai, faudras, etc.;
2.
Pres.
Part,
faille,
failles,
faillant;
failliez,
faillions,
3.
Past Part,
4.
Pres. Indie,
impf. indie,
failli;
pres. subj. faille,
faillent.
past indef. j'ai
faux, faux,
condl. faudrais, etc.
faillais, etc.;
faut,
failli,
etc.
faillons,
faillez,
faillent;
impve.
5.
faillis, faillis, faillit, faillimes, faillites, faillirent;
Past Def.
subj. faillisse, faillisses, faillit, faillissions,
Note.
The
irreg.
forms of pres. indie,
replaced by the regular forms
Like
faillissiez,
and
fut.,
impf.
faillissent.
condl. are usually
(cf. finir).
faillir:
defaillir, faint, fail (pres. indie,
Note.
Faillir, fail
usually defaus, defaus, defaut)
in business,
is
usually like
finir.
Ferir, to strike
168.
Used only
Sans coup ferir, Without striking a

wounded (a veterinary term).
in
past part, feru,
blow,
and
in the
Fleurir, to flourish, etc.
169.
Pres. Part, florissant; impf. indie, florissais, etc., when used of persons or a collection of persons, or fleurissais, etc., when used of things,
otherwise like
Note.
finir.
Fleurir, blossom,
bloom
(in
literal sense) is like finir.
IRREGULAR VERBS IN
170-174
170.
Fuir, to
-IR
22J
flee, fly
1.
Infinitive, fuir; fut. fuirai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, fuyant;
condl. fuirais, etc.
impf. indie, fuyais, etc.;
pres.
subj.
fuie,
impve.
fuis,
fuies, fuie, fuyions, fuyiez, fuient.

3.
Past Part, fui; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, fuis, fuis, fuit, fuyons, fuyez, fuient;
j'ai fui, etc.
fuyons, fuyez.
Past Def.
5.
fuis, fuis, fuit, futmes, fuites, fuirent;
impf. subj. fuisse,
fuisses, fuit, fuissions, fuissiez, fuissent.
Like fuir:
s'enfuir, flee, escape
171.
Gesir,
1.
Infinitive, gesir; fut.
2.
Pres. Part, gisant;
3.
Past Part.
Pres.
4.
buried
condl.
impf. indie, gisais, etc.;
pres. subj.
Indie.
gisons, gisez, gisent;
git,
impve.
5.
to lie, lie
Past Def.
Note.
Its
Here
gisent,
impf. subj
most frequent use
is
in epitaphs:
Ci-git,
Here
lies,
Ci-
lie.
172.
Hair,
hate
to
1.
Infinitive, hair; fut. hairai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, haissant; impf. indie, haissais, etc.;
condl. hairais, etc.

pres. subj. haisse,
haisses, haisse, haissions, haissiez, haissent.

3.-
Past Part, hai; past indef.
j'ai hai, etc.
Pres. Indie, hais, hais, hait, haissons, haissez, haissent;

hais, haissons, haissez.
4.
5.
Past Def. hais, hais, hait, haimes, haites, hairent;
impve.
impf. subj.
haisse, haisses, hait, haissions, haissiez, haissent.
Obs.:
singular,
Hair loses
173.
Used only
etc.
the present indicative and
Issir, to
Infinitive,
otherwise like
imperative
finir.
spring (from, de), etc.
in the past part, issu;
174.
1.
its diaeresis in
and takes no circumflex accent;
Mourir,
past indef. je suis issu, etc.

to die
mourir; fut. mourrai, mourras,
etc.;
condl. mourrais,
THE VERB
222
2.
Pres. Part,
mourant; impf.
indie, mourais, etc.; pres. subj.
meures, meure, mourions, mouriez, meurent.

3. Past Part, mort; past indef. je suis mort,
4.
175-177
meure,
etc.
Pres. Indie, meurs, meurs, meurt, mourons,
mourez, meurent;
impve. meurs, mourons, mourez.

5.
Past Def. mourus, mourus, mourut, mourumes, mourutes, mouimpf. svhj. mourusse, mourusses, mourut, mourussions, mou-
rurent;
russiez,
06s.:
mourussent.
The stem-vowel becomes eu wherever
it
bears the stress.
Like mourir:
se mourir, be dying (used only in infin., pres. indie., impf. indie.)
Oulr,
175.
hear
to
used beyond the infinitive and past participle:

/ have heard said, etc.
J'ai oui
Is hardly
dire,
Ouvrir,
176.
to
open
jut. ouvrirai, etc.;
1.
Infinitive, ouvrir;
2.
Pres. Part, ouvrant;
condl. ouvrirais, etc.
impf. indie, ouvrais, etc.; pres. subj. ouvre,
ouvres, ouvre, ouvrions, ouvriez, ouvrent.

3.
Past Part, ouvert; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie,
ouvre,
ouvres,
j'ai
ouvert, etc.
ouvre,
ouvrons,
ouvrez,
ouvrent;
impve. ouvre, ouvrons, ouvrez.

5.
Past Def. ouvris, ouvris, ouvrit, ouvrimes, ouvrites, ouvrirent;
impf. subj. ouvrisse, ouvrisses, ouvrit, ouvrissions, ouvrissiez, ouvrissent.

06s.:
The
present indicative
is
like that of donner.
Like ouvrir:
entr'ouvrir, open slightly
decouvrir, discover
offrir, offer
rouvrir, open again
recouvrir, cover again
souffrir, suffer
couvrir, cover
Tenir,
177.
to
hold
1.
Infinitive, tenir; fut. tiendrai, tiendras, etc.; condl. tiendrais, etc.
2.
Pres. Part, tenant;
impf. indie, tenais, etc.;
pres. subj. tienne,
tiennes, tienne, tenions, teniez, tiennent.

3.
Past Part, tenu; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie,
tiens,
tiens, tenons, tenez.
tiens,
j'ai
tient,
tenu, etc.
tenons, tenez, tiennent;
impve.
IRREGULAR VERBS IN
178-179
Past Def. tins, tins,
5.
tint,
tinmes
223
-IR
[te:m~J,
tintes
tinrent
[te:t],
impf. subj. tinsse, [t:s], tinsses, tint, tinssions, tinssiez, tinssent.
ft:r~J;
06s.:
The stem-vowel becomes
Like tenir are
its
wherever
ie
it
bears the stress.
compounds:
s'abstenir, abstain
detenir, detain
obtenir, obtain
appartenir, belong
entretenir, entertain
retenir, retain
contenir, contain
maintenir, maintain
soutenir, sustain
Venir,
178.
to
come
1.
Infinitive, venir; fut. viendrai, viendras, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, venant;
impf. indie, venais, etc.;
condl. viendrais, etc.

pres. subj. vienne,
viennes, vienne, venions, veniez, viennent.

3.
4.
Past Pari, venu; past indef. je suis venu, etc.

Pres. Indie, viens, viens, vient, venons, venez, viennent; impve.
viens, venons, venez.

5.
Past Def. vins, vins, vint, vinmes [ve:m"j, vintes [ve:tj, vinrent
[~ve:r3;
impf.
subj.
vinsse
[V:s3,
vinsses,
vint,
vinssions,
vinssiez,
vinssent.
Obs.:
2.
Venir
culty
it is
1.
is
The stem-vowel becomes
ie
wherever
it
precisely like tenir in its irregularities, but
given in
Like venir are
bears the stress.
owing to
its diffi-
full.
its
compounds:
happen
advenir, happen
disconvenir, be discordant
intervenir, intervene
se souvenir, recollect
convenir, agree, suit
parvenir, attain
subvenir, aid
contrevenir, violate
prevenir, prevent, anticipate
survenir, occur
circonvenir, circumvent
provenir, proceed (from, de)
se ressouvenir, recollect
devenir, become
revenir,
avenir,
179.
redevenir, become again
come back
Vetir, to clothe
condl. vetirais, etc.
1.
Infinitive, vetir; fut. vetirai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, vetant; impf. indie, vetais, etc.; pres. subj. vete, vetes,
vete, vetions, vetiez, vetent.

3.
Past Part, vetu; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, vets, vets,
j'ai
vetu, etc.
ret, vetons, vetez, vetent;
impve. vets,
vetons, vetez.
5.
Past Def. vetis, vetis, vetit, vetimes, vetltes, vetirent; impf.
snihj.
vetisse, vetisses, vltit, vetissions, vetissiez, vetissent.
Like vetir:
devetir, divest
se devetir, take off clothing
revetir, clothe, invest
se revetir, put on clothing
THE VERB
224
180-183
IRREGULAR VERBS IN
-re
Battre, to beat
180.
Loses one t in the present indicative singular

wise like rompre.
bats, bats, bat
other-
Like battre:
debattre, debate
abattre, fell
eombattre,
fight,
oppose
rabattre, beat
down
se debattre, struggle
Boire,
181.
drink
to
1.
Infinitive, boire; fut. boirai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, buvant;
condl. boirais, etc.
impf. indie, buvais, etc.;
pres. subj.
boive,
boives, boive, buvions, buviez, boivent.

3.
Past Part, bu; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, bois, bois, boit, buvons, buvez, boivent;
j'ai
bu, etc.
impve. bois,
buvons, buvez.
5.
Past Def. bus, bus, but, bumes,
btltes,
burent; impf. subj. busse,
busses, but, bussions, bussiez, bussent.
Like boire:
emboire, coat (in painting)
imboire, imbibe, imbue
s'emboire, become dull (used in third person)
reboire, drink again
Bruire,
182.
to
murmur,
1.
Infinitive, bruire; fut. bruirai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, bruyant;
3.
Past Pari, bruit; past indef.
4.
Pres.
5.
Past Def.
condl. bruirais, etc.
impf. indie, bruyais, etc.;
pres. subj.
j'ai bruit, etc.
Indie, bruis, bruis, bruit,
impf. subj.
rustle
impve.
2.
Notes.
1. The pres. part, bruyant, noisy, is used as adjective only.
The forms bruissant, bruissais, etc., bruisse, etc., are also in use.
183.
Clore, to close, enclose
1.
Infinitive, clore; fut. clorai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part.
condl. clorais, etc.
impf. indie.
pres. subj. close, closes, close
closions, closiez, closent.

3.
Past Part, clos; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, clos, clos, clot,
5.
Past Def.
j'ai clos, etc.
impf. subj.
impve.
225
IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE
184-185
Like clore:
t enclore, enclose
declore, throw open
* eclore, hatch, open (of flowers)

*
Has
ft
also pres. pi. eclosons, etc.
and conditional are
forclore, foreclose, debar
imp}, indie, eclosais, etc.
Its future
eclorai, etc.
f Has also pres. pi. enclosons, etc.;

enclosais, etc.
ft Hardly used beyond the
pres. part, enclosant;
infinitive,
past participle, and
impf. indie.
compound
tenses.
Conclure,
184.
1.
Infinitive,
to
conclude
conclure; jut. conclurai, etc.;
condl. conclurais, etc.
impf. indie, concluais, etc.; pres. subj.

conclue, conclues, conclue, concluions, concluiez, concluent.
3. Past Part, conclu; past indef. j'ai conclu, etc.
2.
Pres. Part, concluant;
4.
Pres. Indie,
5.
rent;
siez,
conclus, conclus, conclut, concluons, concluez, con-
impve. conclus, concluons, concluez.
cluent;
Past Def. conclus, conclus, conclut, conclumes, conclutes, concluimpf. subj. conclusse, conclusses, conclut, conclussions, conclusconclussent.
Like conclure:
* inclure, enclose
exclure, exclude
f reclure, shut
up
* Past Part, inclus.
t Used only in
infin.,
185.
past part., and comp. tenses.
Conduire,
to
Past part, reclus.
conduct, etc.
Infinitive, conduire; jut. conduirai, etc.; condl. conduirais, etc.

pres. subj.
2. Pres. Part, conduisant; irnpj. indie, conduisais, etc.;
conduise, conduises, conduise, conduisions, conduisiez, conduisent.
1.
3.
4.
Past Part, conduit; past indej.

Pres. Indie, conduis, conduis,
j'ai
conduit, etc.
conduisons, conduisez,
conduit,
impve. conduis, conduisons, conduisez.

Past Def. conduisis, conduisis, conduisit, conduisimes, condui-
conduisent;
5.
sites,
conduisirent;
impf. subj.
conduisisse,
conduisisses,
conduisit,
conduisissions, conduisissiez, conduisissent.
Like conduire:
se conduire, conduct oneself
induire, induce
reproduire, reproduce
econduire, show out, dismiss
introduire, introduce
seduire, seduce
reconduire, lead back
produire, produce
traduire, translate
deduire, deduct
rcduire, reduce
construirc, construct
enduire, coat (with plaster)
226
THE VERB
deconstruire, take apart
detruire, destroy
instruire, instruct
cuire, cook
and
No
relui respectively.
186-188
* luire, shine
* reluire, glisten
recuire, cook again
reconstruire, reconstruct
* Past part, lui
f nuire,
injure
past def. or impf. subj.
f Past part. nui.
Etre,
186.
See
154 for the
full
to be
conjugation.
Confire, to preserve, etc.
187.
condl. confirais, etc.
1.
Infinitive, confire; fut. confirai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, confisant; impf. indie, confisais, etc.;
fise,
pres. subj. con-
confises, confise, confisions, confisiez, confisent.
3.
Past Part, confit; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, confis, confis,
j'ai confit, etc.
confit, confisons,
confisez, confisent;
impve. confis, confisons, confisez.

5. Past Def. confis, confis, confit, confimes, confites, confirent;
impf. subj. confisse, confisses, confit, confissions, confissiez, confissent.
Like confire:
deconfire, discomfit; circoncire (p.p. -cis), circumcise: suffire (p.p. suffi), suffice
Connaitre,
188.
1.
to
know,
etc.
Infinitive, connaitre; fut. connaitrai, etc.;
condl. connaitrais, etc.
pres.
impf. indie, connaissais, etc.;
subj. connaisse, connaisses, connaisse, connaissions, connaissiez, con2.
Pres. Part,
connaissant;
naissent.
connu, etc.
3.
Past Part, connu;
4.
Pres. Indie, connais, connais,
connaissent;
5.
rent;
j'ai
connait, connaissons,
connaissez,
impve. connais, connaissons, connaissez.
Past Def. connus, connus, connut, connumes, connutes, connuimpf. subj. connusse, connusses, connut, connussions, connussiez,
connussent.
06s.:
Stem-vowel
has circumflex
(i)
everywhere before
t.
Like connaitre:
meconnaitre, not
to
know
reconnaitre, recognize
paraitre, appear
comparaitre, appear (law * paitre, graze
term)
disparaitre, disappear
repaitre, feed, feast
se repaitre, feed, feast
reparaitre, reappear
apparaitre, appear
* Lacks the past part., past def., and impf. subj.
Apparoir (also used in third singular il appert, it appears) and

Note.
comparoir are archaic variants of apparaitre and comparaitre.
189-191
Coudre,
189.
1.
Infinitive,
coudre;
to
227
sew
jut. coudrai, etc.;
condl. coudrais, etc.
impf. indie, cousais, etc.;

couses, couse, cousions, cousiez, cousent.
3. Past Part, cousu; past indej. j'ai cousu, etc.
pres. subj. couse,
2.
Pres. Part, cousant;
4.
Pres. Indie, couds, couds, coud, cousons, cousez, cousent; impve.
couds, cousons, cousez.

5. Past Def. cousis, cousis, cousit, cousimes, cousites, cousirent;
impf. subj. cousisse, cousisses, cousit, cousissions, cousissiez, cousissent.
Like coudre:
recoudre, sew again
decoudre, rip, unsew
Craindre,
190.
1.
to
fear
Infinitive, craindre; jut. craindrai, etc.;
condl. craindrais, etc.
impf. indie, craignais, etc.; pres. subj.

craigne, craignes, craigne, craignions, craigniez, craignent.
Part, craignant;
2.
Pres.
3.
Past Part, craint; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, crains, crains, craint, craignons, craignez, craignent;
j'ai craint, etc.
impve. crains, craignons, craignez.

5.
Past
Def.
craignirent;
craignis,
craignis,
craignit,
craignimes,
craignites,
impf. subj. craignisse, craignisses, craignit, craignissions,
craignissiez, craignissent.
Like craindre:
in -aindre
contraindre, constrain
enfreindre, infringe
plaindre, pity
epreindre, squeeze out
ee plaindre, complain
eteindre, extinguish
etreindre,
draw
tight
reteindre, dye again

in -oindre
joindre, join
adj oindre, adjoin
in -eindre
feindre, feign
astreindre, abstract
geihdre, groan
conjoindre, conjoin
atteindre, attain
peindre, paint
dejoindre, ditjoin
ratteindre, overtake
disjoindre, disjoin
repeindre, paint again
enj oindre, enjoin
depeindre, depict
restreindre, restrain
rej oindre, rejoin
empreindre, imprint
teindre, dye
enceindre, gird
deteindre, fade
ceindre, enclose, gird, gird
on (a sword,
etc.)
* Hardly used
191.
1.
beyond the
infinitive
and
oindre, anoint
* poindre, dawn
future.
Croire, to believe
Infinitive, croire; jut. croirai, etc.;
condl. croirais, etc.
THE VERB
228
Pres. Part, croyant;
2.
impf. indie, croyais, etc.;
192-193
pres. subj. croie,
croies, croie, croyions, croyiez, croient.

3.
Past Part, cru; past indef.
4.
Pres.
j'ai cru, etc.
Indie, crois, crois, croit, croyons, croyez, croient;
impve.
croyons, croyez.
crois,
Past Def. crus, crus, crut, crumes, crutes, crurent; impf. subj.
5.
crusse, crusses, crut, crussions, crussiez, crussent.
Like croire:
* accroire, believe (an untruth)
Found only
Used only
f decroire, disbelieve
in faire accroire, to cause to believe (an untruth).
ne crois
in je
ni
ne decrois, I neither
believe nor disbelieve.
Croitre, to grow
192.
1.
Infinitive, croitre;
2.
Pres. Part,
fut. croitrai, etc.;
croissant;
impf.
indie,
condl. croitrais, etc.

croissais,
etc.;
pres.
subj.
croisse, croisses, croisse, croissions, croissiez, croissent.

3.
Past Part, cru
4.
Pres. Indie,
(f.
crue); past indef.
crois,
crois,
croit,
j'ai cru, etc.
croissons,
croissez,
croissent;
impve. crois, croissons, croissez.
Past Def. crus, crus, crut, crumes, crutes, crurent;
5.
impf. subj.
crusse, crusses, crut, crussions, crussiez, crussent.

Obs.:
The
and
croitre
circumflex accent distinguishes otherwise similar forms of
croire.
Dire,
193.
to say, tell
1.
Infinitive, dire; fut. dirai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, disant;
condl. dirais, etc.
impf. indie, disais, etc.;
pres. subj. dise, dises,
dise, disions, disiez, disent.

3.
Past Part, dit; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, dis, dis, dit, disons, dites, disent;
impve.
Past Def. dis,
impf. subj. disse-
j'ai dit, etc.
dis, disons,
dites.
5.
dis,
dit,
dimes, dites, dirent;
disses, dit, dissions, dissiez, dissent.
Like dire:
* contredire, contradict
* dedire, retract, deny
*
The 2nd
pi. pres. indie,
* interdire, interdict
* medire (de), slander
and impve.
is:
* predire, predict
redire, say again
Contredisez, dedisez, inter-
disez, etc.
Maudire is like dire only in infinitive, past

Note.
and conditional; otherwise like finir.
future,
participle (maudit),
194-106
194.
229
Ecrire, to write
1.
Infinitive, ecrire; fut. 6crirai, etc., condl. gcrirais, etc.
2.
Pres. Part, ecrivant; impf. indie, ecrivais, etc.; pres. subj. derive,
derives, ecrive, ecrivions, ecriviez, ecrivent.

3.
Past Part, ecrit; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, ecris, ecris, ecrit, ecrivons, ecrivez, ecrivent;
eeris,
5.
j'ai ecrit, etc.
impve.
ecrivons, ecrivez.
Past Def. ecrivis,
rent;
ecrivis,
6crivimes,
ecrivit,
ecrivites,
ecrivi-
impf. subj. ecrivisse, ecrivisses, ecrivit, ecrivissions, ecrivissiez,
ecrivissent.
Like ecrire are
all
verbs in -(s)crire:
circonscrire, circumscribe
prescrire, prescribe
souscrire, subscribe
decrire, describe
proscrire, proscribe
transcrire, transcribe
inscrire, inscribe
recrire, rewrite
195.
Faire, to do,
make
1.
Infinitive, faire; fut. ferai [f(a)re], etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, faisant [faza];
condl. ferais, etc.
impf. indie, faisais [faze], etc.;
pres
subj. fasse, fasses, fasse, fassions, fassiez, fassent.

3.
Past Part, fait; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, fais, fais, fait, faisons [faza], faites, font;
j'ai fait, etc.
impve.
fais, faisons, faites.
5.
Past Def.
fis, fis,
fit, fissions, fissiez,
fit,
fimes, fites, firent;
impf. subj.
fisse, fisses,
fissent.
Like faire:
contrefaire, imitate
defaire,
mefaire,
undo
harm
forfaire, forfeit
redefaire,
196.
do again
refaire,
parfaire, complete
satisfaire, satisfy
undo again
surfaire, overcharge
Frire, to fry (intr.)
1.
Infinitive, frire; fut. frirai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part.
3.
Past Part,
4.
Pres. Indie, fris,
5.
Past Def.
frit;
condl. frirais, etc.
impf. indie.
past indef. j'ai

fris,
frit,
impf. subj.
pres. subj.
frit, etc.
,
impve.
fris,
THE VERB
230
197-199
Lire, to read
197.
1.
Infinitive, lire; fut. lirai,
2.
Pres. Part, lisant;
condl. lirais, etc.
.;
impf. indie,
lisais, etc.;
pres. subj. lise, lises,
Use, lisions, lisiez, lisent.

3.
Past Part, lu; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie,
5.
Past Def. lus,
lis, lis, lit,
lus,
j'ai lu, etc.
impve.
lisons, lisez, lisent;
lut,
lumes, lutes, lurent;
lis,
lisons, lisez.
impf. subj. lusse,
lusses, lut, lussions, lussiez, lussent.
Like
lire:
reelire, reelect
elire, elect
Mettre,
198.
mettre;
relire,
to place,
fut. mettrai, etc.;
read again
put
condl. mettrais, etc.
1.
Infinitive,
2.
Pres. Part, mettant; impf. indie, mettais, etc.; pres. subj. mette,
mettes, mette, mettions, mettiez, mettent.

3.
4.
Past Part, mis; past indef. j'ai mis, etc.

Pres. Indie, mets, mets, met, mettons, mettez, mettent; impve.
mets, mettons, mettez.
Past Def. mis, mis, mit, mimes, mites, mirent; impf. subj. misse,
5.
misses, mit, missions, missiez, missent.
Like mettre:
se mettre, begin
demettre, dismiss
promettre, promise
admettre, admit
commettre, commit
compromettre, compro-
emettre, emit
remettre, put back, hand
s'entremettre, interpose
repromettre, promise again
omettre, omit
soumettre, submit
transmettre, transmit
permettre, permit
mise
Moudre,
199.
moudre;
to
to
grind
moudrai,
condl. moudrais, etc.
1.
Infinitive,
2.
Pres. Part, moulant; impf. indie, moulais, etc.; pres. subj. moule,
fut.
etc.;
moules, moule, moulions, mouliez, moulent.

3.
Past Part, moulu; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie,
j'ai
moulu,
etc.
mouds, mouds, moud, moulons, moulez, moulent;
mouds, moulons, moulez.

Past Def. moulus, moulus, moulut, moulumes, moulutes, moulurent; impf. subj. moulusse, moulusses, moulut, moulussions, moulussiez,
itnvve.
5.
moulussent.
Like moudre:
emoudre, whet
remoudre, grind again
remoudre, sharpen
200-202
Naitre,
200.
to be
231
born, arise, etc.
1.
Infinitive, naitre; fut. naitrai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, naissant;
condl. naitrais, etc.
impf. indie, naissais, etc.; pres. subj. naisse,
naisses, naisse, naissions, naissiez, naissent.

3.
Past Part, ne; past indef. je suis ne,
4.
Pres. Indie, nais, nais, nait, naissons, naissez, naissent;
etc.
impve.
nais, naissons, naissez.
Past
Dcf. naquis, naquis, naquit, naquimes, naquites, naquiimpf. subj. naquisse, naquisses, naquit, naquissions, naquissiez,
naquissent.
5.
rent;
06s.;
Stem-vowel
has the circumflex
everywhere before
(i)
t.
Like naitre:
renaitre, revive
201.
Plaire, to please
1.
Infinitive, plaire; fut. plairai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, plaisant;
condl. plairais, etc.
impf. indie, plaisais, etc.; pres. subj. plaise,
plaises, plaise, plaisions, plaisiez, plaisent.

3.
Past Part, plu; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, plais, plais, plait, plaisons, plaisez, plaisent;
j'ai plu, etc.
impve.
plais, plaisons, plaisez.

5.
Past Def. plus, plus, plut, plumes, plutes, plurent;
impf. subj.
plusse, plusses, plut, plussions, plussiez, plussent.
Like plaire:
complaire, humor
*
II tait
* taire, say nothing about
deplaire, displease
has no circumflex.
Prendre,
202.
to
prendre; fut. prendrai,
take
condl. prendrais, etc.
1.
Infinitive,
2.
Pres. Part, prenant; impf. indie, prenais, etc.; pres. subj. prenne,
etc.;
prennes, prenne, prenions, preniez. prennent.
Past Part, pris; past indef. j'ai pris, etc.

Pres. Indie, prends, prends, prend, prenons, prenez, prennent;
impve. prends, prenons, prenez.
3.
4.
5.
Past Def.
pris,
pris,
prit,
primes, prites, prirent;
impf. subj.
prissc, prisses, prit, prissions, prissiez, prissent.
Like prendre are
its
compounds:
apprendre, learn
entreprendre, undertake
deprendre, part
s'eprendre, be taken
desapprendre, unlearn
se meprendre, be mistaken
comprendre, understand
rapprendre, learn again

reprendre, take back
surprendre, surprise
THE VERB
232
Resoudre,
203.
203-206
to resolve
resoudre; jut. resoudrai,
condl. resoudrais, etc.
etc.;
1.
Infinitive,
2.
Pres. Part, resolvant; impf. indie, resolvais, etc.;
pres. subj. re-
solve, resolves, resolve, resolvions, r^solviez, resolvent.

3.
Past Part, resolu and
4.
Pres. Indie, resous, resous, resout, resolvons, resolvez, resolvent;
resous; past indef.
j'ai resolu, etc.
impve. resous, resolvons, resolvez.

5.
Past Def. resolus, resolus, resolut, resolumes, resolutes, resoluimpf. subj. resolusse, resolusses, resolut, resolussions, resolussiez,
rent;
resolussent.
* Of restricted usage.
Like resoudre
* dissoudre, dissolve
* absoudre, absolve
* Past part, absous
absoute), dissous
(f.
dissoute),
(f.
respectively;
lack the past definite and imperfect subjunctive.
Rire,
204.
to
laugh
condl. rirais, etc.
1.
Infinitive, rire; jut. rirai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, riant; impj. indie, riais, etc.;
pres. subj. rie, ries, rie,
riions, riiez, rient.

3.
Past Part,
4.
Pres. Indie, ris,
5.
Past Dej.
rit,
ri;
past indej.
ris, rit,
j'ai ri, etc.
impve.
rions, riez, rient;
ris,
rions, riez.
rimes, rites, rirent; impj. subj. risse, risses,
ris, ris, rit,
rissions, rissiez, rissent.
Like rire:
se rire,
make
sourire, smile
sport (of, de)
Sourdre,
205.
to rise,
sourdre; jut.
spring up, etc.
sourdra;
1.
Infinitive,
2.
Pres. Part, sourdant; impj. indie,
3.
Past Part.
4.
Pres. Indie.
5.
Past Dej.
Note.
sourd,
beyond the
206.
Suivre,
il
sourdrait.
il
sourde.
sourdit; impj. subj.
Little used
condl.
sourdait; pres. subj.
il
past indej.
il
il
infin.
to
sourdent; impve.
sourdit.
il
and third
sing. pres. indie.
follow
1.
Infinitive, suivre; jut. suivrai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, suivant;
condl. suivrais, etc.
impj. indie, suivais, etc.;
suives, suive, suivions, suiviez, suivent.
pres. subj. suive,
207-209
233
3.
Past Pari, suivi; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, suis, suis, suit, suivons, suivez, suivent;
j'ai suivi, etc.
impve. suis,
suivons, suivez.
5.
Past Def.
suivis,
suivis,
suivimes,
suivit,
suivites,
suivirent;
impf. subj. suivisse, suivisses, suivit, suivissious, suivissiez, suivissent.
Like suivre:
s'ensuivre (irnpers.),
it
poursuivre, pursue
follows
Tistre, to weave
207.
Used only
and compound
in the past part, tissu,
Traire,
208.
tenses.
milk
to
1.
Infinitive, traire; fut. trairai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, trayant;
condl. trairais, etc.
impf. indie, trayais, etc.;
pres. subj. traie,
traies, traie, trayions, trayiez, traient.

3.
Past Part,
4.
Pres. Indie,
trais,
5.
trait;
past indef.
trais,
j'ai trait, etc.
trait,
trais,
trayons, trayez, traient;
impve.
trayons, trayez.
Past Def.
impf. subj.
Like traire:
abstraire, abstract
extraire, extract
attraire, attract
rentraire,
distraire, distract
Commonly
retraire,
used only in the
darn
redeem
infin.
soustraire, subtract
* braire, bray
(legal)
and the third
pers. pres. indie, fut.
and cond.
209.
Vaincre,
1.
Infinitive, vaincre;
2.
Pres. Part, vainquant;
to
conquer
fut. vaincrai, etc.;
condl. vaincrais, etc.
impf. indie, vainquais, etc.;
pres. stibj.
vainque, vainques, vainque, vainquions, vainquiez, vainquent.
Past Part, vaincu; past indef. j'ai vaincu, etc.

Pres. Indie, vaincs [yz], vaincs, vainc, vainquons, vainquez,
vainquent; impve. vaincs, vainquons, vainquez.
3.
4.
5. Past Def. vainquis, vainquis, vainquit, vainquimes, vainquites,

vainquirent; impf. subj. vainquisse, vainquisses, vainquit, vainquissions,
vainquissiez, vainquissent.
Obs.:
Stem
c [k]
becomes qu [k] before any vowel except
Like vaincre:
convaincre, convince, convict
u.
THE VERB
234
Vendre,
210.
210-213
to sell
Irregular only in third singular present indicative:
II
vend
(t
omitted).
Like vendre:
All verbs in -andre, -endre,* -erdre, -ondre, -ordre
* Except prendre, reprendre, surprendre, etc.
Vivre,
211.
to live
condl. vivrais, etc.
1.
Infinitive, vivre; jut. vivrai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, vivant; impf. indie, vivais, etc.; pres. subj. vive, vives,
vive, vivions, viviez, vivent.
vecu, etc.
3.
Past Part, vecu; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, vis, vis, vit, vivons, vivez, vivent;
j'ai
impve.
vis,
vivons,
vivez.
5.
Past Def. vecus, vecus, vecut, vecumes, veciites, vecurent; impf.
subj. vecusse, vecusses, vecut, vecussions, vecussiez, vecussent.
Like vivre:
survivre, survive
revivre, revive
IRREGULAR VERBS IN
-oir
The few verbs in -oir, which are all irregular, form in

Note.
some grammars a separate conjugation, the third, verbs in -re being
the fourth.
Avoir,
212.
See
154 for the
full
to
have
conjugation of this verb.
Like avoir:
ravoir, have again (used only in the infinitive)
213.
Recevoir,
to receive
1.
Infinitive, recevoir; jut. recevrai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, recevant;
condl. recevrais, etc.
impj. indie, recevais, etc.;
pres. subj. re-
ceive, recoives, recoive, recevions, receviez, recoivent.

j'ai recu, etc.
3.
Past Part, recu; past indej.
4.
Pres. Indie, recois, recois, recoit, recevons, recevez, regoivent;
impve. recois, recevons, recevez.

5.
Past Dej. recus, regus, recut, recfimes, recutes, recurent;
subj. recusse, reûsses, regut, regussions, recussiez, regussent.
impj.
IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR
214-215
Obs.:
c [s]
is
1.
Stem- vowel becomes
oi
wherever
written c [s] before o or u (
it
235
bears the stress.
2.
Stem
5, 4).
Like recevoir:
apercevoir, perceive
decevoir, deceive
percevoir, collect taxes
concevoir, conceive
214.
Devoir,
to
owe
1.
Infinitive, devoir; fut. devrai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, devant;
4.
Pres. Indie, dois, dois, doit, devons, devez, doivent; impve.

Past Def. dus, dus, dut, dumes, dutes, durent; impf. subj. dusse,
condl. devrais, etc.
impf. indie, devais, etc.; pres. subj. doive,

doives, doive, devions, deviez, doivent.
3. Past Part. du (f. due, pi. du(e)s); past indef. j'ai du, etc.
5.
dusses, dut, dussions, dussiez, dussent.
Note.
Devoir follows the recevoir model,
some difficulty, they have been given in full.
but, as its forms present
Like devoir:
redevoir,
still
owe
215.
1.
etc.;
2.
Asseoir,
to seat
Infinitive, asseoir; fut. assierai, etc., or asseyerai, etc., or assoirai,
condl. assierais, etc., or asseyerais, etc., or assoirais, etc.
Pres. Part, asseyant or assoyant;
assoyais, etc.;
impf. indie, asseyais,
pres. subj. asseye, asseyes,
etc., or
asseye, asseyions, asseyiez,
asseyent, or assoie, assoies, assoie, assoyions, assoyiez, assoient.

3. Past Part, assis; past indef. j'ai assis, etc.
4.
Pres. Indie, assieds, assieds, assied, asseyons, asseyez, asseyent,
or assois, assois,
assoit, assoyons, assoyez, assoient;

asseyons, asseyez, or assois, assoyons, assoyez.
5.
Past Def. assis,
assisse,
assisses,
assit,
assis, assit,
assissions,
impve. assieds,
assimes, assites, assirent;

assissiez,
impf. subj.
assissent.
Like asseoir:
s'asseoir, sit
down
rasseoir, reseat,
*
sied,
se rasseoir, sit
seoir, be
down again * messeoir,
becoming
fit badly
f surseoir, suspend, reprieve
Used
in third person of the following: Pres. indie, sied, sieent (mesmessieent)

impf. indie, seyait, seyaient (messeyait, messeyaient)
;
pres. subj.
side,
messieront);
calm *
sieent (messiee, messieent);
fut.
siera,
sieront (messiera,
condl. sierait, sieraient (messierait, messieraient)

Like the forms in oi (oy) of asseoir, but fut. and condl. surseoirai(s).
THE VERB
236
Dechoir,
216.
1.
Infinitive, dechoir;
216-219
to decline, etc.
condl. decherrais, etc.
fut. decherrai, etc.;
pres. subj. dechoie, dechoies,

impf. indie.
dechoie, dechoyions, dechoyiez, dechoient.
3. Past Part, dechu; past indef. j'ai dechu or je suis dechu, etc.
2.
Pres. Part.
4." Pres. Indie,
dechois,
dechois,
dechoyons,
dechoit,
dechoyez,
impve. dechois, dechoyons, dechoyez.

5. Past Def. dechus, dechus, dechut, dechumes, dechutes, dechurent; impf. subj. dechusse, dechusses, dechut, dechussions, dechussiez,
dechoient;
dechussent.
Like dechoir:
* rechoir,
* choir, fall
beyond the
* Hardly used
infin.
again
fall
and comp.
tenses.
fichoir, to fall due, etc.
217.
echerra; *
condl.
1.
Infinitive, echoir; fut.
2.
Pres. Part, echeant; impf. indie,
3.
Past Part, echu; past indef. je suis echu,
4.
Pres. Indie.
echeent; impve.
5.
subj.
Or
il
il
regular:
il
il
echoie.
etc.
echoit or echet,
echoient or
echut;
ils
echurent;
impf.
echoira(it).
Falloir, must, etc. (impers.)
1.
Infinitive, falloir; fut.
2.
Pres. Part.
il
faudra; condl.
il
4.
impf. indie, il fallait;

Past Part, fallu; past indef. il a fallu.
Pres. Indie, il faut; impve.
5.
Past Def.
faudrait.
pres. subj.
il
faille.
il
Infinitive,
fallut;
impf. subj.
Mouvoir,
219.
1.
echerrait.*
echut.
218.
3.
il
echoyait; pres. subj.
Past Def.
il
il
mouvoir;
fut.
to
il
fallut.
move, drive
mouvrai,
etc.;
condl. mouvrais, etc.
pres. subj.
mouvant; impf. indie, mouvais, etc.;
meuve, meuves, meuve, mouvions, mouviez, meuvent.
3. Past Part, mu (f. mue, pi. mu(e)s); past indef. j'ai mu, etc.
mouvez, meuvent;
4. Pres. Indie, meus, meus, meut, mouvons,
impve. meus, mouvons, mouvez.
2.
Pres. Part,
IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR
220-223
237
Past Def. mus, mus, mut, mumes, mutes, murent;
5.
impf. subj.
musse, musses, mut, mussions, mussiez, mussent.

Obs.:
Stem-vowel becomes eu wherever
stressed.
Like mouvoir:
* promouvoir, promote
* emouvoir, arouse
* Past participle has
no circumflex accent.
Pleuroir,
220.
1.
Infinitive, pleuvoir; fut.
2.
Pres. Part, pleuvant;
3.
Past Part, plu
4.
Pres. Indie,
5.
Past Def.
il
il
to
il
pleut;
plut;
il
il
il
pleuvrait.
pleuvait; pres. subj.
il
pleuve.
a plu.
impve.
impf. subj.
Pouvoir,
221.
pleuvra; condl.
impf. indie,
past indef.
rain (impers.)
il
plut.
to be able, etc.
pouvoir; fut. pourrai, etc.;
Û^yj^> A-<of
condl. pourrais, etc.
1.
infinitive,
2.
Pres. Part, pouvant; impf. indie, pouvais, etc.; pres. subj. puisse,
puisses, puisse, puissions, puissiez, puissent.
Past Part, pu; past indef. j'ai pu.

Pres. Indie, puis or peux, peux, peut, pouvons, pouvez, peuvent;
3.
4.
impve.
5.
Past Def. pus, pus, put, pumes, putes, purent; impf. subj. pusse,
pusses, put, pussions, pussiez, pussent.

06s.:
je
The
ne puis
first sing. pres. indie,
in negation
in questions, only puis-je ?
222.
Savoir,
1.
Infinitive, savoir;
2.
Pres. Part, sachant;
to
is
usually je ne peux pas or
otherwise puis or peux.
know,
fut. saurai, etc.;
etc.
condl. saurais, etc.
impf. indie, savais, etc.;
pres. subj. sache,
saches, sache, sachions, sachiez, sachent.

3.
Past Part, su; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, sais [sej, sais, sait, savons, savez, savent;
j'ai su, etc.
impve.
sache, sachons, sachez.

5.
Past Def. sus, sus, sut, sumes, sutes, surent;
impf. subj. susse,
susses, sut, sussions, sussiez, sussent.
Valoir, to be worth
223.
fut. vaudrai, etc.;
1.
Infinitive, valoir;
2.
Pres. Part, valant;
condl. vaudrais. etc.
impf. indie, valais, etc.;
vaillcs, vaille, valions, valiez, vaillent.
pres. subj. vaille,
THE VERB
238
3.
4.
224-225
Past Part, valu; past indef. j'ai valu, etc.

Pres. Indie, vaux, vaux, vaut, valons, valez, valent; impve. vaux,
valons, valez.
5.
Past Def. valus, valus, valut, valunies, valutes, valurent; impf.
subj. valusse, valusses, valut, valussions, valussiez, valussent.
Like valoir:
* prevaloir, prevail
equivaloir, be equivalent
revaloir,
pay
t chaloir
back, return
like for like
* Pres. subj. prevale, etc.

t
Hardly used beyond,
II
ne
me
chaut de, I care not
Voir,
224.
to see
1.
Infinitive, voir; fut. verrai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part,
voyant;
for.
condl. verrais, etc.
impf. indie, voyais, etc.;
voie,
pres. subj.
voies, voie, voyions, voyiez, voient.

3.
Past Part, vu; past indef.
4.
Pres. Indie, vois, vois, voit, voyons, voyez, voient;
j'ai
vu, etc.
impve. vois,
voyons, voyez.
5.
Past Def.
vis,
vis,
vit,
vimes, vites, virent;
impf. subj. visse,
visses, vit, vissions, vissiez, vissent.
Like voir:
entrevoir, catch sight of
* pourvoir, provide
revoir, see again
* depourvoir, strip, leave destitute
t prevoir, foresee
* Past def. -vus, etc.; impf. subj. -vusse, etc.; fut.
and
condl. -voirai(s),
regular.
t Fut. and condl. -voirai(s), etc., regular.
Vouloir,
225.
to will, etc.
1.
Infinitive, vouloir; fut. voudrai, etc.;
2.
Pres. Part, voulant;
/^^
condl. voudrais, etc.
impf. indie, voulais, etc.; pres. subj. veuille,
veuilles, veuille, voulions, vouliez, veuillent.

3.
4.
Past Part, voulu; past indef. j'ai voulu, etc.

Pres. Indie, veux, veux, veut, voulons, voulez, veulent;
impve.
veux, voulons, voulez.

5.
rent;
Past Def. voulus, voulus, voulut, vouliimes, voulutes, vouluimpf. subj. voulusse, voulusses, voulut, voulussions, voulussiez,
voulussent.
Stem-vowel becomes eu whenever
Obs.:
N OTE
The regular
have the kindness
to
it
is
stressed.
impve. veux, voulons, voulez is rare; veuillez

generally serves as second plural imperative.
LIST OF
226
IRREGULAR VERBS
239
Reference List of Irregular Verbs

Note.
its
Each verb
in the
list is
referred to the section in
For verbs in -cer, -ger, see

verbs with stem-vowel e or e,
irregularity is explained.
verbs in -yer,
157
for
verbs in -andre, -endre, -erdre, -ondre, -ordre,
abattfe
absoudre
abstenir
abstraire
accourir
courir
223
216
couvrir
choir
craindre
190
circoncire
187
croire
circonscrire
194
croitre
191
192
165
20S
164
chaloir
191
circonvenir
178
cueillir
clore
183
cuire
acquerir
162
adjoindre
190
198
combattre
commettre
comparaitre
comparoir
180
198
188
debattre
188
decevoir
complaire
201
202
198
213
apparaitre
apparoir
appartenir
apprendre
160
213
188
188
177
202
comprendre
compromettre
concevoir
conclure
eoncourir
assaillir
165
conduire
asseoir
215
190
190
208
178
154
confu-e
astreindre
atteindre
attraire
avenir
avoir
for
164
164
176
165
apercevoir
for
courre
ceindre
accueillir
aller
158
190
ISO
203
177
17S
210.
accroire
admettre
advenir
which
1.56
conjoindre
connaitre
184
164
185
187
190
188
185
dechoir
180
213
216
declore
183
deconfire
187
deconstruire ....
185
decoudre
docrire
189
176
194
decroire
191
decouvrir
dedire
193
deduire
185
conquerir
162
defaillir
167
consentir
166
185
177
defaire
195
dejoindre
190
166
construire
contenir
contraindre
190
dementir
demettre
contredire
193
depart ir
benir
180
163
contrefaire
195
depeindre
190
boire
181
contrevenir
17S
deplaire
201
209
178
189
depourvoir
deprendre
224
202
202
B
battre
bouillir
166
convaincre
braire
208.
convenir
bruire
182
coudre
desapprendre
198
166
226
THE VERB
240
desservir
deteindre
detenir
detruire
devenir
envoyer
176
161
epreindre
190
eprendre
exclure
202
223
190
154
190
184
extraire
208
166
190
177
entr'ouvrir
185
178
equivaloir
devetir
179
eteindre
devoir
214
193
178
164
190
188
203
208
166
etre
dire
disconvenir
discourir
disjoindre
disparaitre
dissoudre
distraire
dorrnir
etreindre
167
195
faire
218
190
168
169
183
195
196
170
falloir
feindre
ferir
fleurir
166
217
183
185
194
197
ebouillir
echoir
eclore
econduire
ecrire
elire
181
emboire
emettre
198
199
219
190
190
183
164
166
185
190
170
190
162
emoudre
emouvoir
empreindre
enceindre
enclore
encourir
endormir
enduire
enfreindre
enfuir
enjoindre
enquerir
ensuivre
entremettre
entreprendre.
entretenir
eutrevoir
206
198
202
177
224
forclore
forfaire
frire
fuir
mentir
166
meprendre
202
215
198
messeoir
mettre
199
174
mourir
219
mouvoir
N
200
185
naitre
nuire
O
177
176
190
obtenir
offrir
oindre
198
175
176
omettre
ouvrir
P
paitre
hair.
172
paraitre
imboire
181
parfaire
inclure
partir
inscrire
184
185
194
instruire
185
percevoir
interdire
193
178
185
173
per mettre
190
poursuivre
parcourir
induire
intervenir
introduire
issir
joindre
parvenir
peindre
plaindre
plaire
pleuvoir
poindre
pourvoir
lire.
luire.
177
195
mefaire
oulr
190
171
geindre
gesrr.
193
maudire
meconnaitre .... 188
193
medire
moudre
F
f aillir
M
maintenir
197
pouvoir
185
predire
188
188
164
195
166
178
190
213
19S
190
201
220
190
206
224
221
193
LIST OF
226
prendre
IRREGULAR VERBS
prevoir
202
194
166
223
178
224
produire
185
remoudre
promettre
198
219
194
178
renioudre
renaitre
rendormir
166
souscrire
rentraire
208
soustraire
renvoyer
161
soutenir
repaitre
188
souvenir
reparaitre
188
166
suffire
prescrire
pressentir
prevaloir
prevenir
promouvoir
proscrire
provenir
querir
querir
162
J
197
seduire
refaire
195
sentir
rejoindre
190
197
seoir
relire
reluire
185
sortir
remettre
198
199
souffrir
176
199
soumettre
sourdre
200
sourire
198
205
204
194
reelire
repartir
repeindre
servir
subvenir
suivre
reprendre
190
166
202
reproduire
185
surseoir
repromettre
198
162
survivre
rabattre
180
repentir
rapprendre
202
215
ravoir
190
212
reboire
181
resoudre
rebouillir
166
ressentir
recevoir
recoudre
213
216
184
185
188
162
185
189
recourir
164
revetir
recouvrir
176
revivre
recrire
194
revoir
recueillir
165
rire
recuire
185
rouvrir
redefaire
195
178
214
saillir
193
166
sat isf aire
redormir
savoir
reduire
185
secourir
164
vouloir
rasseoir
ratteindre
rechoir
reclure
reconduire
reconnaitre
reconquerir
reconstruire
redevenir
redevoir
redire
241
requerir
ressortir
ressouvenir
restreindre
reteindre
retenir
retraire
revaloir
revenir
203
166
166
178
190
190
177
20S
223
178
179
211
224
204
176
surfaire
surprendre
survenir
taire
teindre
tenir
tistre
185
166
215
166
166
208
177
178
178
187
206
195
202
215
178
211
201
190
177
207
traduire
185
traire
transmettre
208
194
198
tressaillir
165
vaincre
209
223
210
transcrire
valoir
vendre
venir
17S
vetir
179
195
vivre
211
222
voir
224
225
165
THE VERB
242
227-229
USE OF AUXILIARY VERBS
227. Avoir
past
the
tenses of all transitive
forms the compound
participle
and
of
most
intransitive verbs
(cf.
155).
Etre
228.
transitives denoting
forms
participle
past
the
tenses of all reflexive verbs ( 242),
and
motion or change
compound
the
of the following in-
of condition (cf 155)

.
entrer, enter, go {come) in
rentrer, go in again
arriver, arrive
monter, go up
rester,
deceder, die
rnourir, die
retourner, go back
descendre, descend
naltre, be born
sortir,
echoir, fall due
partir, set out
tomber,
eclore, hatch out
remonter, go up again
venir,
aller,
So
go
also,
the following
compounds
provenir, proceed
intervenir, intervene
revenir,
1.
come back
the past participle forms the com-
number
of intransitive verbs, the general
Avoir or etre
of a
fall
come
survenir, supervene
devenir, become
redevenir, become again
229.
go out
of venir:
parvenir, attain
pound tenses
remain
distinction being that avoir,
when
so used, denotes action,
while etre denotes state or condition resulting from action:

II
He went by way
a passe par Lyon.
C'est passe de
mode.
of
Lyons.
Elle a grandi bien vite.
out of fashion.
She grew up very fast.
Elle est grandie.
She
2.
Reference
It is
list
is
grown up.
of verbs with avoir or etre:

empirer, grow icorse
expirer, expire
aborder, land
dechoir, decay
accourir,
run to
apparaltre, appear
decroltre, decrease
degenerer, degenerate
grandir, grow
baisser, fall, decline
demeurer, remain
disparattre, disappear
eehapper, escape
passer, pass
echouer, be stranded, fail
sonner, strike,
embellir, grow handsomer
vieillir,
cesser, cease
changer, change
croitre,
grow
deborder, overflow
up
rechapper, escape again

repasser, pass again
toll
grow old
USE OF VERB PHRASES
230
Any
243
list,
used transitively, must, of course, take
D m'a passe la plume.

Avez-vous rentre votre ble ?
Us ont descendu le tableau.
Have you taken in your wheat?

They have taken down the picture.
a.
verb in the
avoir ( 227):
b.
The meaning
He handed me
also determines the auxiliary in a few other cases:
Etre
Avoir
convenir, agree
convenir, suit, become

disconvenir, not
the pen.
disconvenir, deny
to suit, be dis-
cordant
repartir, reply
repartir, go
Nous sommes convenus du prix.

Le prix ne m'a pas convenu.
We
The
away again
are (have) agreed on the price.

price did not suit me.
USE OF VERB PHRASES

230.
Auxiliary Function.
when
1.
Vouloir =
wish
will,
to,
want
to,
desire
to,
I will not remain.
He would
voudrait (bien) le savoir.

aurait voulu le faire.
Veuillez le faire.
Distinguish from
'
will
'
Devoir =
to, etc.,
know
it.
of simple futurity:
She
Elle vous ecoutera.

2.
like to
She would not listen to me.

He would have liked to do so.
Be so good as to do so.
Elle n'a pas voulu m'ecouter.
a.
etc.:
etc.:
Je ne veux pas rester.
II
followed
and serve
infinitive, have
form verb phrases of various values, modal, temporal,
by an
to
Several verbs,
a sort of auxiliary function,
ought, should, must, be
will listen to you.

to,
have
to,
be obliged
to,
intend
varies in force in different tenses:
Present: je dois rester.
am
to (have to, intend to, must)
remain.
was to (had to, etc.) speak.

have to (be obliged to) come
Imperfect: je devais parler.
Future: je devrai revenir.
I shall
Conditional: je devrais ecrire.
back.
Past Indefinite:
j'ai
du m'arreter.
ought to (should) write.

have had to (been obliged to)
stop, must have stopped.
THE VERB
244
Past Definite: je dus revenir.
du
Conditional Anterior: j'aurais
savoir.
Pouvoir = can,
3.
II
be able
ne pouvait pas porter
had to come back.

ought to have (should have)
known.
be permitted
to,
He
le sac.
to,
Puis-je aller a la ville?
May
They could
Je pourrais
le faire, si je voulais.
Savoir
4.
demander?
= know how
to,
ne
sait
pas
chanter ce
it.
I would.
it if
She can sing and dance.
The
b.
She
ne peut pas
can't read.
is
hoarse and cannot sing this
evening.
soir.
conditional with
Je ne saurais
ne has peculiar idiomatic
force:
I cannot believe
le croire.
it.
Oser = dare
I dare not tell
Je n'ose pas le lui dire.
Note. The above
Faire
= make,
s'est fait faire
un
him
five verbs are sometimes called
cause
to,
cause
'
so.
Modal
to be, have, order,
J'ai fait etudier les enfants.

II les fera ecouter.
II
do
town?
(might) have done
Distinguish savoir in this sense from pouvoir:
a.
6.
I could
He
lire.
Elle est enrouee et
5.
I go to
can, etc.
Elle sait chanter et danser.

II
etc.
Could they find any?

Might I ask you?
Pouvaient-ils en trouver?
Pourrais-je vous
may,
could not carry the sack.
Us auraient pu
le faire.
230
Auxiliaries.
order to be, etc.:
have made the children study.
He will make them listen.

He had a coat made for himself.
habit.
governed substantive follows the infinitive, but a governed cona.

junctive personal pronoun (not reflexive) goes with faire:
Have the servant come.

Have him come.
Faites venir le domestique.

Faites-Ze venir.
b.
Je
Je
must be
fis
ecrire
mon fils.
fis
ecrire
un devoir
Faites-le-Zui ecrire.
Je
le
with faire have a direct object, the personal
If the infinitive
object of faire
lew
fis voir.
indirect
(cf.
mon
fils.
293, 2, a):
had
my
son write.
made my son write an

Make him write it.
I showed them it.
I
exercise.
AGREEMENT OF VERB AND SUBJECT
231-232
c.
II fit
d.
Possible ambiguity
is
245
sometimes avoided by par:
porter le sac par le guide.
He had
Note the (seeming) passive
the sack carried by the guide.
force of a transitive infinitive after
faire:
Je ferai ecrire une

7.
Laisser =
let,
I shall
lettre.
is
in construction
somewhat
letter written.
like faire
Let the children write.

Let them write an exercise.
Laissez ecrire les enfants.
un
Laissez-Zeur (or -les) ecrire
have a
devoir.
The present and imperfect of aller + an

immediate future, as also in English:
8.
of
He
va l'acheter.
Nous anions nous

II allait
9.
infinitive give a
kind
(is about to) buy it.

about to stop.
was on the point of drowning.
is
going to
We were
arreter.
He
se noyer.
and imperfect
Similarly the present
of venir
de + an
infinitive
give a kind of immediate past

Je viens de le voir.
He had
venait de l'entendre.
have just seen him.

just heard
it.

The verb
231. General Rule.

number and person:
Les hommes sont mortels.

Tout le monde est ici.
Toi et moi (nous) ne faisons qu'un.
232.
Simple Subject.
agrees with
Men
its
subject in
are mortal.
Everybody is h-^re.
You and I are but
one.
Special rules for the agreement
of a verb with one subject are:

1.
or
collective subject singular,
when followed by de
when not
+ the singular,
followed
by
de,
has regularly a singu-
lar verb:
Le peuple franc ais est brave.

Le senat l'a decide.
La plupart du monde le croit.
2.
The French people are brave.

The senate has (or have) decided
Most people believe it.
collective subject singular
de
it.
a plural takes a
plural verb, unless the sense of the collective be dominant:
THE VERB
246
Une nuee de sauvages
l'attaque-
232
host of savages attacked him.
cloud of arrows hid him,
rent.
Une nuee de traits l'obscurcit.

Une partie des soldats restent.
Une partie des bourgeois protesta.
A part of the soldiers remain.

A part of the citizens protested.
Cette sorte de poires est chere.
This sort of pears
a.
When
so used, adverbs of quantity,
nouns nombre, quantite, without

plural in sense;
e.g.,
and
article,
is
the
etc.,
la plupart, are regularly
so also, force:
Beaucoup de gens pensent

Peu de gens le savent.
ainsi.
Many
Few
people think
people
know
so.
it.
Que d'ennemis m'attaquent!

Nombre d'Atheniens avaient fui.
How many enemies
La plupart des
Most
Force sots
dear.
beaucoup, peu,
soldats perirent.
Many
me
fled.
of the soldiers perished.
Many
le tenteront.
attack
Athenians had
a fool
will try
it.
Beaucoup, peu, combien, used absolutely, are singular or plural

according to the sense of the de clause implied; la plupart when so
b.
used
is
generally plural:
Beaucoup (sc. de gens) le croient.

Peu (sc. de ceci) me suffira.
La plupart voterent contre.
c.
deux
Plus d'un
is
is
(sc.
Little
(sc.
people) believe
it.
of this) will suffice
me.
The majority voted nay.
singular, unless reciprocal or repeated,
and moins de
plural:
Plus d'un temoin a depose.

Moins de deux ne valent rien.
Plus d'un fripon se dupent l'un
Plus d'un
officier,
plus d'un ge-
Less than two
witness has sworn.
is
no
use.
More rogues than one

More than one
officer,
one general was
neral furent rues.
Ce
More than one
cheat each
other.
1'autre.
3.
Many
requires a plural verb only
plural noun, a plural
pronoun
when the
more than
killed.
predicate
of the third person, or
is
when
ce refers to a preceding plural:

Ce sont eux. Is it your friends? It is they.
Sont-ce vos amis?
Those must be his.
Ce doivent etre les siens.
They are our fellow-creatures.
Ce sont nos semblables.
Ses desirs, ce sont sa
His desires are his law.
loi.
But: C'estmoi; c'esttoi; c'estlui; c'est nous; c'est vous.

a.
The
third singular
construction,
locutions.
more
is
often used for the third plural in this
especially in familiar language or to avoid harsh
233
Est-ce les Anglais que je crains?

C'est eux qui l'ont
fut-ce que quelques lignes.
The verb with ce
b.
+a
is
Si ce n' est
4.
is
when the
predicate
Who,
if it is
is
a numeral
not our parents?
(impers.) always has a singular verb,
II
lines.
always singular:
ce n'est nos parents?
si
it.
It is ten o'clock that is striking.
C'est dix heures qui sonnent.

c.
did
stupidity.
of collective force:
noun
Qui,
is
were only a few
If it
singular
who
they
That
C'est des betises.
Ne
Is it the English that I fear?

It is
fait.
247
whatever be
the logical subject:

II
est arrive bien des choses.
II
en reste
a.
There have happened many things.

There remain three pounds of it.
trois livres.
Importer
is
construed personally or impersonally:
Qu'importe (importent) les depens?
Composite Subject.
233.
more subjects
is
What
matters the cost?
verb
common
when the
regularly plural;
person, the verb agrees with the first person,

of the first person, otherwise
is
You and
Sa sceur
His
a.
With
if
one subject
with the second:
Toi et moi nous ne faisons qu'un.

et lui sont la.
two or
to
subjects differ in
sister
I are but one.
and he are
there.
subjects of different person, pleonastic nous, vous
is
gen-
erally used:
Vous
b.
et lui
the sense
is
You and he have
vous l'avez vu.
With ou =
or,
ni
ni
clearly alternative,
neither
i.e.,
vie
ou sa mort en depend.
lui ni
votre frere n'aura ce
poste.
Ni l'un ni l'autre ne sont bons.

L'une ou l'autre viendra.
L'un ou l'autre jour me convient.
c.
so,
If
seen
verb
it.
is
singular
if
the one subject excluding the other,
otherwise generally plural; l'un ou l'autre
Sa
Ni
nor, the
is
always singular:
His life or death depends on it.

Neither he nor your brother will
have that post.
Neither is good.
The one or the other will come.
Either day suits me.
the subjects (generally without et) are synonymous, or nearly
or form a climax, the verb
may
be singular:
THE VERB
248
Sa
His dignity, his nobility

everybody.
noblesse frappa
sa
dignite,
monde.
tout le
hour, the place, the arm are

chosen to-day.
aujourd'hui.
e.g.,
un mot
excuse,
When
d.
le
Remords, crainte,
m'a retenue.
e.
verb
is
is
Remorse,
fear, dangers,
nothing de-
clause,
ainsi que, plus que, etc., the
e.g.,
le savoir, eleve
more than
man.
Virtue,
knowledge,
elevates
Even with
alternative,
et the sense is occasionally singular, or distributive, or
and a singular verb
et le
mal
is
Tombe Argos
et ses
required:
Good and
ill are in thy hand.

has returned and the sun.
Let Argos and its walls fall.
en ta main.
est
Summer
L'ete est revenu et le soleil.
murs.
The verb
234. Relative Subject.

tive
in the singular,
it:
terred me.
l'homme.
Le bien
word disarms him.
by a word
usually only apparently composite:
La vertu, plus que
/.
excuse, a
singular agreeing with
ne
perils, rien
With an intervening
subject
An
desarme.
the subjects are recapitulated
tout, rien, etc., the
struck
The
L'heure, le lieu, le bras se choisit
Une
23^236
pronoun subject, which
is
agrees with the rela-
itself
of the
number and
person of the antecedent (see also Relative Pronoun,

C'est nous qui l'avons fait.
we who have done

Gods who hear me
It is
Dieux (vous) qui m'exaucez
(Ye)
396)
it.
!
POSITION OF SUBJECT
235.
The
General Rule.
subject usualby precedes the
Exceptions to this rule are noted in the following
verb.
sections.
236.
Interrogative
Word
Order.
Direct interrogation
is
expressed as follows:
1.
verb,
personal pronoun subject (also ce or on) follows the
and
is
joined to
Parlez-vous francais?
Est-ce lui?
it
by a hyphen:
Do you speak
Is
it
he?
French?
236
POSITION OF SUBJECT
The
a.
letter -t- is inserted after
249
a third singular with
final
vowel
before a pronoun with initial vowel:

Parla-f-elle?
Parle-f-on?
the
b.
final e of
Do
Did she speak?
first
they speak?
singular takes acute accent, but with the
sound of [V]:
Donne-je? [doneis]
2.
by a
it
noun subject precedes the

pleonastic pronoun;
and
tive,
Do
I give?
and
verb,
is
repeated after
so also, possessive, demonstra-
indefinite pronouns:
Cet homme parle-t-z7 anglais?

Cela est-z7 vrai?
Does that man speak English?
Les miens ne
Are mine not good?
3.
tives,
sont-ils pas
Is that true?
bons?
Questions are also asked by interrogative words (adjecpronouns, adverbs):
Quel poete a ecrit cela?

quelle heure partira son ami?
Qui est la? Qu'y a-t-il?
Lequel des deux est parti?
Combien coute cela?

Combien cela coute-t-z7? /
">
a.
What
poet wrote that?
At what time
will his friend
go?
Who is there? What is the matter?

Which
of the
TT
How
much
,
two has gone?
does that cost?
The word order of either of the last two examples

noun subject under this rule.
is
commonly
permissible for
b. The word order of the last example is obligatory when

the verb
has a direct object (not reflexive), or a prepositional complement, or
when ambiguity might arise; this arrangement is preferable with
pourquoi? or when a compound tense is used:
Ou
De
le roi tient-il sa
Where does
cour?
quoi le roi parle-t-il?
Of what
is
Quel prix le roi paya-t-il?

Jean qui aime-t-il?
Pourquoi mon ami part-il?
What
Quand
When was
4.
ce roi
By
a-t-il ete
prefixing est-ce
pay?
this king
beheaded?
que? a statement becomes a ques-
word order:
Est-ce que vous partez?
ûand
price did the king
Whom does John love?

Why does my friend go?
decapite?
tion without change in its
the king hold his court?

the king speaking?
est-ce que vous partez?
Are you going away?

When are you going away?
THE VERB
250
237
of est-ce que? is permissible with all forms of the verb,

obligatory with a monosyllabic first singular (except ai-je?
suis-je? dis-je? dois-je? fais-je? puis-je? sais-je? vais-je? vois-je?),
The use
a.
but
is
and
is
preferable to avoid forms like donne-je?:
Do
Do
Est-ce que je sers, moi?

Est-ce que je parle de lui?
Interrogation
5.
I serve?
I
speak of him?
also expressed
is
by mere
inflection of
the voice, without change in word order:
You
Vous partez deja?
are going already?
Owing to rhetorical considernoun subject not uncommonly follows the verb,
237. Rhetorical Inversions.

ations, the
the sentence assumes interrogative form,
or
though not
interrogative, as follows:
In interjected remarks explanatory of direct quotation,
1.
as in English:
Fais
comme
tu voudras,
Que veux-tu? demanda
dit-il.
la
mere.
Do as you please, said

What do you wish?
he.
asked the
mother.
2.
In optative clauses when que
the rare omission of

Vive
le roi
is
omitted, and also after
si, if:
Perisse le tyran
(Long) live the king!
Perish the
tyrant
de l'argent, son pere

en donnait toujours.
fut-ce que pour cela.
3.
Very commonly
al-
ways gave him some.
lui
Ne
he wished money, his father
If
Voulait-il
If it
were only
for that.
after certain adverbs
and adverbial
locutions
Du moins devrait-il attendre.

A peine le jour fut-il arrive.
He
should at least wait.
Hardly had the day arrived.
Such are:
a peine, hardly
* peut-etre, perhaps
aussi, hence
encore, besides
aussi bien, moreover
toujours, however
toutefois, however
en vain, in vain
rarement, rarely
probablement, probably
tout au plus, at most

etc.
d'autant plus, the more
* Peut-etre que does not cause inversion: Peut-etre qu'il le fera, Per
au moins,
du moins,
haps he
at least
at least
will do so.
POSITION OF SUBJECT
238
Sometimes
4.
Avons-nous
5.
crie
When
251
exclamatory sentences:
in
Didn't we shout
a predicate adjective heads the phrase:

Such was the end
Telle fut la fin de Carthage.
Quelque riche que
However
honune.
soit cet
of Carthage.
rich that
man
is.
All the above inversions, except the last given, may take place
Note.
whatever be the nature of the subject, but the following rules do not usually
hold good for a personal pronoun subject.
6.
Very commonly
II
ce
fera
homme
He
que peut faire un
The
relative
7.
Commonly
is
subject:
will
man
do what a
can
who
respects himself.
Dites-moi ce qu'a fait votre ami.

Dis-moi ou est ton ami.
Note.
its
qui se respecte.
the verb which governs
when a
in a relative clause, especially
second relative clause qualifies
Tell
Tell
me what your friend did.

me where your friend is.
unstressed (proclitic), and naturally stands next
it.
after c'est que,
and
in the second
member
of a comparative sentence:
C'est en vous qu'esperent tous.
J' en ai
plus que n'en a
mon
you that all hope.

have more of it than my friend
It is in
ami.
has.
8.
Commonly when an
tioned in (3) above,
e.g.,
adverb, other than those men-
an ad-
ainsi, bientot, ici, la, etc., or
verbial phrase heads the sentence:

Ainsi va le
monde.
So goes the world.
Bientot viendra le printemps.
Spring
At the head
la
tete
l'etendard sacre.
9.
Quite exceptionally,
(Along) will
come
No inversion of noun subject usually occurs
direct object or a prepositional
238.
soon come.
when the verb comes
Viendra un autre.
Note.
will
of the army was carried

the sacred standard.
de l'armee fut porte
Indirect Interrogation.
qu'il
dit.
if
the verb has a
complement.
word order apart from those

Dis-moi ce
first:
another.
It
has no special rules of
of the clause in
Tell
me what
which
he said.
it
occurs:
THE VERB
252
239-241
THE PASSIVE VOICE

The passive voice of a transitive verb is
239. Formation.
formed from the auxiliary etre + the past participle, which
agrees with the subject of the verb in gender and number:
Pres.
Perf.
Pres.
Perf.
Infin.
Infin.
Part.
Part.
Etre loue(e) or loue(e)s, to be praised

Avoir ete loue(e) or loue(e)s, to have been
Etant loue(e) or loue(e)s, being praised
Ayant
-praised
ete loue(e) or loue(e)s, having been praised
Present Indicative
THE REFLEXIVE VERB
242
verb
is
or
intransitive,
if
253
an indirect object be present.
Substitutes are:
a.
verb with the indefinite pronoun on:
On m'a trompe.
On me soupconne.
On a repondu a ma question.
On lui a rendu l'argent.
I have been deceived.
am
My
suspected.
question has been answered.
The money has been given back
to
him.
6.
reflexive construction:
Ce livre se publie a Paris.

La guerre se prolongea.
This book
Voila ce qui se
This
3.
is
published in Paris.
The war was prolonged.
dit.
(or that) is
what
is
being said.
French sometimes equals a
transitive infinitive in
passive in English, after verbs of 'perceiving,' (voir, etc.),

after
faire, laisser,
adjectivally
and when a
an
infinitive
Le ferez-vous vendre?
Will you have
On
You
entend dire cela.
Une faute a
is
used
284).
(cf.
eviter.
it
sold?
hear that said.
mistake to be avoided.
THE REFLEXIVE VERB

Compound Tenses. The auxiliary etre + the past
participle forms the compound tenses of all reflexive verbs,
242.
as follows:
Pres. Lnfin.
Perf. Infin.
Se
Pres. Part.
Perf. Part.
Se flattant, flattering oneself
flatter, to flatter oneself
S'etre flatte(e) or flatte(e)s, to have flattered oneself
S'etant flatte (e) or
flatt<5(e)s,
having flattered oneself
Indicative
Past Indefinite
Present
I flatter myself,
je
me
etc.
I (have) flattered myself,

je
flatte
tu te flattes
me
suis
etc.
tu t'es
flatt6(e)
J
il
(elle)
se flatte
nous nous flattons

vous vous flattez
ils (elles)
se flattent
il
(elle) s'est
nous nous sommes

vous vous etes
ils (elles)
se sont
flattd(e)s
etc., etc.
THE VERB
254
243-245
Imperative
Do
Flatter thyself, etc.
(qu'il se flatte)
flattons-nous
flattez-vous
(qu'ils se flattent)
Notes.
forms found
1.
Se
not flatter thyself,
etc.
ne te flatte pas
(qu'il ne se flatte pas)
ne nous flattens pas
ne vous flattez pas
(qu'ils ne se flattent pas)
flatte-toi
flatter, se flattant, etc.,
in dictionaries, but se
are the infinitive and participial
must be replaced by me,
te, etc.,
accord-
ing to the sense.

2.
Except in the use
liarities of
have no pecu-
of etre as auxiliary, reflexive verbs
conjugation on account of being reflexive.
243. Reflexive
or Reciprocal.
reflexive
verb often
has reciprocal force, especially in the plural. Ambiguity

generally avoided by some modifying expression:
xMt
fl
is
They flatter themselves.

They flatter each other.
They flatter one another.
They cheat each other.
I
++
Elles se flattent I'une V autre.
On
se dupe mutueUement.
244.
Agreement
of
Past
Participle.
1.
In compound
tenses, the past participle of a reflexive agrees in gender
and number with the
reflexive object, unless that object
be
indirect:
Elle s'est ecriee.
Elle s'est dit a elle-meme.
lis
se sont ecrit.
Elles se sont achete des robes.

2.
She cried out.

She said to herself.
They wrote to each other.
They bought themselves dresses.
Besides the reflexive object, a direct object
may
pre-
cede the verb, and with this object the participle agrees:
Les plumes qu'ils se sont achetees.
The pens they bought
themselves.
1. The auxiliary etre is considered as replacing avoir, and the

Notes.
above agreements are explained by the general principle ( 291).
2. The agreement with vous is according to the sense: Vous vous etes
trompee,
245.
madame, You were
Omission
of
mistaken,
madam.
Reflexive
Object.
1.
It
is
always
omitted with the past participle used as attributive adjective:

Le temps
ecoule.
The time
past.
THE REFLEXIVE VERB
246-247
The
2.
such as s'asseoir, se
omit se when preceded by
infinitives of certain verbs,
se
souvenir,
regularly
taire,
but modern French has
faire';
many
exceptions.
Faites asseoir vos amis.
Make your
Je vous en ferai souvenir.
I shall
But
also: II la
a.
255
fit
se souvenir de
similar omission of se
He
down.
friends sit
remind you of
reminded her of
.
sometimes occurs after
it.
.
laisser, entendre,
voir, etc.
246.
moner
1.
The
Remarks.
reflexive construction is
It often translates the English passive, especially
the agent
La bourse
is
Or
The purse has been recovered.

That is being told everywhere.
s'est retrouvee.
is
it
when
not specified:
Cela se raconte partout.

2.
much com-
French than in English:
in
expressed by an English non-reflexive verb,
generally intransitive:
S'arreter; s'ecrier;
se porter.
S'asseoir; se hater; se tromper.

3.
of
Or the French
an English
reflexive
Stop; exclaim; be (of health).

Sit
-f-
down; hasten; be mistaken.
a preposition has the value
transitive:
S'approcher de; se dourer de.

S'attendre a; se fier a.
Approach; suspect.
Se passer de; se souvenir
Do
de.
Expect; trust.
without; recollect.
The conjugation of s'en

247. S'en Aller.
away, presents special difficulty:
Present Indicative
I go away,
je
etc.
I have gone (I went) away,
m'en vais
s'en
va
nous nous en allons

vous vous en allez
ils s'en vont
to
Past Indefinite Indicative
je
m'en
suis
tu t'en es
tu t'en vas
il
aller,
il
(elle) s'en est
all6(e)
nous nous en sommes

vous vous en etes
ils (elles)
s'en sont
etc.
alle(e)s
go
THE VERB
256
Imperative
Go away,
248-249
Imperative Negative
Do
etc.
not go away,
etc.
ne t'en va pas
va-t'en
ne s'en aille pas)

ne nous en allons pas
ne vous en allez pas
(qu'ils ne s'en anient pas)
(qu'il s'en aille)
(qu'il
allons-nous-en
allez-vous-en
(qu'ils s'en aillent)
Further examples:
Est-ce que je m'en vais?
lis
Vous en allez-vous?
Ne nous
S'en sont-elles allees?
ne s'en sont pas alles.

en sommes-nous pas
al-
le(e)s?
IMPERSONAL VERBS
An impersonal verb, or a verb used

one conjugated, in the third singular only, with
the subject il = it, there, used indefinitely and absolutely,
248.
Conjugation.
as such,
e.g.,
is
tonner,
thunder:
to
Indicative
Pres.
II
tonne,
Impf.
II
tonnait,
Past Def.
Past Indf.
thunders
it
H tonna, it
etc., etc., like
Note.
a tonne,
has thundered
the third singular of donner
Apart from being limited to the third

from that
tion does not differ
it
Plupf. II avait tonne, it had thundered

thundered Past Ant. II eut tonne, it had thundered
thundered
it
of ordinary verbs.
singular, their conjuga-
Some
are regular, others
irregular.
denoting natural
1. Verbs
249. Use of Impersonals.
phenomena and time are impersonal, as in English:
It thunders; it rained; it will rain.
H tonne; il a plu; il pleuvra.
II
a gele hier;
est
Such verbs
It froze yesterday;
degele.
il
une heure;
il
est tard.
2.
snow
Faire
one o'clock;
it is
it is
thawing.
late.
are:
pleuvoir, rain
neiger,
It is
make,
is
greler, hail
geler, freeze
eelairer, lighten
degeler, thaw
also
much used
scribe weather, temperature, etc.:
impersonally to de-
''
IMPERSONAL VERBS
250-251
What
Quel temps fait-il?

beau (temps) ce matin.
bien froid hier.
II
faisait
fait
du vent
It
It
aussi.
des
06s.:
Le temps
is
it?
was very cold yesterday.

was windy too.
Will
Est-ce qu'il fera obscur ce soir?

II fait
kind of weather
It is fine (weather) this morning.
II fait
II
257
it
be dark this evening?
It is lightning.
eclairs.
Distinguish these from constructions with a personal subject:

est beau, The weather is fine; L'eau est froide, The water is cold.
Impersonal avoir and etre. 1. The verb avoir,

preceded by y, used impersonally = there is, there are, there
250.
was, there were, etc.:
II
n'y a pas.
a-t-il
aura-t-il?
2.
II
II
est
des
3.
II
a.
II
y a eu.
N'y
eu?
II
There is. There has been. Is there?

There is not. There has not been.
Has there been? Has there not
been?
Will there be? There may be.
a-t-il?
n'y a pas eu.

a-t-il
pas eu?
peut y avoir.
is sometimes used
hommes qui le croient.
est
y a
'where
il
y a in
this sense:
There are men who think
Voila answers the question where

'
and makes a
are?'
to which attention
is
II
while
by pointing
directed
il
y a des plumes sur
4. Y avoir also forms idiomatic

reckoned backwards, and of distance:
II
arrives
y avait
Combien y
II
y a trois jours.
que
a-t-il d'ici
y a dix milles
251.
il
trois jours
d'ici
Falloir
j'etais la.
a la ville?
a la ville.
1.
Must
'
where
expressions
infinitive
to,
is ?
They came
I
have
three days ago.
had been there three days.
How
It
to,
falloir
time,
of
is
far
is it
to the city?
ten miles from here to the city.
be necessary, expresses the various
ings of must, be obliged
an
or the
There are pens on the table.

There are the pens on the table.
la table.
Voila les plumes sur la table.
Us sont
is ?
statement about
specific
y a does not answer the question

'where are?' and makes a general statement.
like,
so.
from voila
there is, there are, is distinguished
there is, there are.
object
for
mean-
need, as follows:
que and subjunctive:
THE VERB
258
252
must
II
faut que je parte.
II
faudra que vous restiez.
You
go.
will
have to (be obliged to)
stay.
2. Or the subject of must, etc., if a personal pronoun, may
become indirect object of falloir + an infinitive:
I should be obliged to remain.
H me faudrait rester.
They must do that.
H leur faut faire cela.
He was forced (obhged) to speak.
II lui a fallu parler.
3.
The
infinitive construction
without indirect object
is
used in general or indefinite statement:

II
faut faire son devoir.
II
ne faut pas
4.
One must do one's duty.

We must not steal.
voler.
Falloir
an indirect object and a substantive
signifies
lack, need:
faut
leur faudra cent francs.
s'en faut
5.
John needs a
une ardoise a Jean.
II
S'en
falloir
They
The one
is
not nearly so good as the
other.
vaille l'autre.
252.
slate.
need a hundred francs.
lack:
de beaucoup que l'un
Other Impersonals.
already noted,
will
many
1.
Besides
faire
and
avoir,
other verbs take a special meaning as
impersonals
De
What
quoi s'agit-il?
II
est souvent arrive que, etc.
II
vaudra mieux ne rien dire.

y va de ses jours.
se peut que je me trompe.
II
II
Obs.:
Compare the
literal
is the matter?
has often happened that, etc.
It will be better to say nothing.
His life is at stake.
It may be that I am mistaken.
It
meanings:
agir, act, arriver, arrive, valoir, be
worth, aller, go, pouvoir, be able.
2.
Many
personal
il
verbs may stand in the third singular with imrepresenting a logical subject, singular or plural,
following the verb:

II
viendra un meilleur temps.
II
en reste
II
est arrive des messagers.
trois livres.
There will come a happier time.

There remain three pounds of it.
Messengers have arrived.
TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE
253-256
Omission
253.
such
of
II is
il.
259
understood in certain phrases,
as:
remains to be seen.
matter (it matters not).
Better late than never.
It
Reste a savoir.
No
N'importe.
Mieux vaut
tard que jamais.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD

254.
Use
of Indicative.
It stands
rogation.
indicative
and
of direct or indirect inter-
le
is
the
of
both in principal and in subordinate
clauses, both affirmative
Dieu crea
mood
The
direct or indirect assertion,
and negative:
God
monde.
created the world.
Moi'se dit que Dieu crea le monde.
Moses says that God created the
Ou
Where
world.
allez-vous?
Dites-moi ou vous
Je
Tell
allez.
le ferais, si je pouvais.
Notes.
larly the
1.
mood
It
are
you going?
me where you
should do so
if
are going.
I could.
should be noted especially that the indicative
of indirect discourse
and
is
regu-
of 'if clauses.
2. When the verb of a subordinate clause is subjunctive, the mood

determined by the context, and not simply by the fact that the clause
is
is
subordinate.

Forms. Such forms,
English, are not used in French:
255.
Periphrastic
Je parle.
II
II disait.
256.
common
in
speak (am speaking, do speak).

(has been writing).
He has written
He was saying
ecrit.
so
(used to say, etc.).
Forms. Ellipsis of part of a verb form is

in French the form is either fully given
in English
Elliptical
common
or entirely avoided:
J'irai.
II
Moi,
pas venu.
I shall go.
je n'irai pas.
a promis de venir, mais
il
n'est
He promised
not (come).
I shall not (go).
to come, but he did
THE VERB
260
257-258
He has come.
Has he
Indeed !)
You will come, will you not?
He had gone out, had he not?
Vraiment
est venu.
Vous viendrez, n'est-ce pas?
II etait sorti,
n'est-ce pas?
The
257. Present Indicative.
present tense
is
used:
1. To denote what is happening, including the habitual

and the universally true:
Je crois
II
qu'il pleut.
L'homme propose
2.
il
et
it is
Dieu dispose.
que, voici (voila)

.
raining.
always rises early.

Man proposes and God disposes.
To denote what has happened and
y a
depuis
still
continues, after
que, depuis, depuis quand?
que
How
Depuis quand altendez-vous?

II
think
He
se leve toujours de bon matin.
y a (or voici, voila) trois jours

que yattends, or 'âttends de-
long have you been waiting?

have waited (I have been wait-
ing) for three days.
puis trois jours.

3.
Instead of a past tense in animated narrative:
La nuit approche,
Night draws on, the moment comes,
l'instant arrive,
Cesar se presente,
Caesar appears, etc.
etc.
This use is much commoner than in English, especially side by

It is called the 'Historical Present."
side with past tenses.
a.
b.
C'est
C'est la que je
4.
que
l'ai
+a
past tense
vu.
As a
We
virtual future after si
Je serai content, si
vous venez.
saw him.
is
in general
as contemporaneous,
go to-morrow morning.
if:
I shall be glad
258. Imperfect Indicative.
by the imperfect
i.e.,
Instead of a future in familiar style:
Nous partons demain matin.

5.
was
that
was there that
It
if
you
(will)
come.
The
action or state denoted

viewed as being in progress,
customary, continued,
etc.,
employed as follows:
1. To denote what was happening, when something
happened or was happening:
and
it is
else
259
H
H
parlait,
se levait de
quand
etait nuit,
To
2.
was night when
It
je sortis.
He was
pendant que je chantais.
261
went
out.
talking while I sang.
denote what used to happen:
He
bon matin.
Je parlais souvent de cela.
used to
rise early.
I often spoke (used to speak,
would
speak) of that.
Les Romains
briilaient leurs morts.
The Romans were accustomed

burn
To denote what continued
3.
Son pere
etait
y a
il
quand? depuis
le disais
Voila
lived in this street.
To denote what had happened and
4.
Je
to happen:
His father was a merchant and
negotiant et de-
meurait dans cette rue.
after
que, voici
que
(voila)
257,
(cf .
still
continued,
que, depuis, depuis
2)
had long been saying so.

I had been saying so for a year.
depuis longtemps.
un an que
to
their dead.
je le disais.
In indirect discourse, after a past tense, instead of the
5.
present
Je croyais qu'il revenait.
Je demandai ou il etait.
But: Ou est-il? demandai-je.
Regularly in an
6.
is
thought he was coming back.

where he was.
I asked
"Where
'if'
clause
is
he?"
when the
I asked.
'result'
clause
conditional:
S'il
venait, je serais content.
Occasionally,
7.
If
he came, I should be glad.
instead of the conditional
anterior
in
conditional sentences:
Si je
ne
bait
l'avais pas arrete,
(=
serait
il
tombe) du
torntrain.
Had
I not
have
stopped him he would
fallen
from the
train.
8. Sometimes instead of the past definite ( 260)

Un moment apres, le pere Alphee
A moment afterwards, Father
:
se dressait, marchait a grands

pas, voila, s'ecriait-il, etc.
pheus
etc.
259.
Past Indefinite.
The
Al-
walked about with

great strides, "There," cried he,
rose,
past indefinite
is
used:
THE VERB
262
260
To denote what has happened
1.
or has been happening,
equivalent to an English tense with 'have/ reference to the

present being implied:
J'ai fini mon ouvrage.
L'avez-vous vu dernierement?
Je l'ai souvent rencontre.
chante toute la matinee.
J'ai
have finished
Have you
I
my
work.
him lately?
met him.
seen
have often
have been singing
all
morning.
In familiar style, spoken or written, to denote a past
2.
event, without implied reference to the present, or a succes-
mark the progress of a narrative,

'What happened?' or 'What hap-
sion of such past events as
answering the question
For narrative in the literary style, see

They arrived this evening.
pened next?'
Us sont arrives ce soir.

Je l'ai vu il y a dix ans.
De quoi est-il mort?
J'ai quitte
Rome
amis a Lyon,
quelques
passe
Puis je
le dix.
suis alle voir des

j'ai
Paris, et je suis
saw him ten years
What
jours
revenu a Lon-
260:
ago.
did he die of?
Rome
on the tenth. Then

some friends at Lyons,
I spent some days in Paris, and I
came back to London 3 esterday.
I left
I visited
dres hier.
Occasionally instead of a future anterior:

Wait, I shall have finished soon.
j'ai bientot fini.
3.
Attendez,
260. Past Definite.
The
past definite denotes a past
such past events as mark the

progress of the narrative, answering the question 'What
event, or a succession
of
Its use is largely

happened?' or 'What happened next?'
formal public
and
French,
confined to literary or "book"
or in easy
conversation
in
address.
It is not much used
correspondence
Dieu crea le monde.
La guerre dura sept ans.
On
forca
le palais, les scelerats
long-
n'oserent
pas
temps
ne songerent qu'a
et
resister
fuir.
Astarbe voulut se sauver
dans
la foule,
la
reconnut;
mais un soldat
elle fut prise.
God created the world.

The war lasted seven years.
They broke into the palace,
villains
long,
the
did not dare to resist
and only thought of
fleeing,
Astarbe' tried to escape in the
crowd, but a soldier recognized

she was captured.
her;
261
a.
Some verbs have a
263
special force in the past definite:
To be: I became.
To have: I received.
To know: I found out
To know: I realized.
Etre: je /us.
Avoir: j'eus.
Savoir: je sus.
Connaitre: je connus.
In this force fus and sus are common, the other two
261.
ples
Examples
illustrate
imperfect,
of
the
Narrative.
principal
past indefinite,
1.
uses
and
The
of
less so.
following
the
historical
(learned).
past
present,
exam-
definite,
in
the
literary narrative style:
Les Turcs, qui cependant entouraient cette maison tout embrasee,

les Suedois n'en
sortaient point; mais leur etonnement fut encore plus grand lorsqu'ils
virent ouvrir les portes, et le roi et les siens fondre sur eux en desesCharles et ses principaux officiers etaient armes d'epees et de
peres.
pistolets: chacun tira deux coups a la fois a l'instant que la porte
s'ouvrit; et dans le merae clin d'ceil, jetant leurs pistolets et s'armant
de leurs epees, ils firent reculer les Turcs plus de cinquante pas; mais
le moment d'apres cette petite troupe fut entouree: le roi, qui etait en
bottes selon sa coutume, s'embarrassa dans ses eperons, et tomba;
vingt et un janissaires se jettent aussitot sur ltd: il jette en Fair son
epee pour s'epargner la douleur de la rendre; les Turcs l'emmenent
Voltaire.
au quartier du bacha.
voyaient avec une admiration melee d'epouvante que
un jour a- dix heures du soir de 1'armee suedoise

commandait en Pomeranie, et partit avec le baron Sparre, qui a
ete depuis ambassadeur en Angleterre et en France, et avec un autre
colonel: il prend le nom d'un Frangais, nomme Haran, alors major
au service de Suede, et qui est mort depuis commandant de Dantzick.
Stanislas se deroba
qu'il
Voltaire.
2.
So nearly
and the past
identical msLy be the force of the past definite
indefinite,
as narrative tenses, that they are
used interchangeably, as in the following

taken from a newspaper:
often
extract,
Londres, 5 aout.
Hier soir, a onze heures et demie, un incendie
a eclate dans l'atclier de composition de la National Press Agency.
Plusieurs pompes h vapeur arriverent immodiatcment sur le lieu du
avec une telle rapidity, que toute
maison a ete completement detruite.
Le Matin.
sinistre, et l'incendie s'etendit
la
THE VERB
264
262-263
262. Pluperfect and Past Anterior.

1. Both
what 'had happened/ like the English pluperfect:
Lorsque je l'avais (eus) fini.
When I had finished it.
The
2.
pluperfect
used after
is
when custom,
clauses, or
258, 275,
cf.
much commoner
of
is
the past anterior, and
continuance,
Had
J'avais tou jours fini avant midi.
I always
The
implied (but
I should
it,
had
have said
que, aussitot que, ne

eut dine,
il
so.
finished before noon.
past anterior denotes what had happened

It is rarely
imme-
used except
such as lorsque, quand, apres
after conjunctions of time,
qu'il
in conditional
etc., is
I seen
diately before another past event.
Apres
occurrence than
if,
b):
Si je l'avais vu, je l'aurais dit.
3.
si
denote
pas plus tot
que, etc.:
After he had dined, he set out.
partit.
The future is used:

To denote what will happen:
263. Future.
1.
Us viendront demain.
They
Je les verrai bientot.

Je ne sais pas s'il viendra.
I shall see
a.
Distinguish English
from
'will' of
H ne
r ester a pas.
II
ne veut pas
Ce chasseur
bois
les
I
'
will
'
will
come to-morrow.
them soon.
know not whether he
of futurity
from
'
will
come.
will' of volition,
and
habitual action:
tester.
reste souvent dans

pendant des mois
He
He
not stay.
not stay.
hunter will
will
will
That
often remain
whole months in the woods.
entiers.
b.
Ne
Observe the following commonly occurring forms:
voulez-vous pas rester?
Will you not stay?
Voulez-vous que je reste?
Shall I stay?
Je ne resterai pas.
I shall
2.
Regularly in a subordinate clause of implied futurity:
Payez-le quand
Faites
il
viendra.
comme vous
Tant que
3.
not stay.
To
je vivrai.
voudrez.
Pay him when he comes.
Do as you
As long as
please.
I live.
denote probability, conjecture, or possibility,
etc.:
264-265
La nef appartient au XIP

mais le chceur sera du
XV e
265
The nave belongs
siecle,
to the 12th century, but the choir is probably
of the 15th.
Sometimes with imperative
4.
Tu ne
tueras point.
Vous voudrez bien m'ecouter.

This use
a.
To denote what
1.
aura bientot
2.
in official style (edicts, etc.).
Future Anterior.
264.
common
is
force:
Thou shalt not kill.

Be good enough to hear me.
The
will
future anterior
is
used:
have happened:
fini.
He
To denote
implied futurity
will
soon have done.

263, 2), probability,
(cf.
conjecture, or possibility, etc.
(cf.
Quand vous
When you have come home,
serez
rentre
je
sortirai.
Je
me
263, 3):
shall
serai trompe.
mUst
go out.
have made a mistake.
265. Conditional.
1. The main use of the conditional is
to denote result dependent on condition, i.e., what
would
happen in case something else were to happen:
Je serais content,
s'il
venait.
I should
be glad
The
if
condition on which the result would depend

implied, but not formally stated:
a.
Hesiter serait une faiblesse.
To
hesitate
he came.
is
often merely
would be weakness.
Distinguish English 'should' of duty, etc., 'would' of volition,

and 'would' of past habit, from conditional 'should' and 'would'':
b.
Je devrais
D ne
partir.
I should (ought to) set out.
He would
voulait pas ecouter.
Tallais souvent le voir.

2.
It
(cf.
Je prendrais ce qui resterait.

3.
In indirect discourse,
is
listen.
corresponds to an English past in a subordinate
clause of implied futurity
and
not
would often go to see him.
now regarded
263, 2)
I should take
it
as past,
what remained.
denotes what was once future

i.e., the original future of the
THE VERB
266
when
assertion or question becomes a conditional
266-267
in a clause
subordinate to a verb in a past tense:

Je croyais
A-t-il dit
But: Je
4.
I thought it would rain.

Did he say whether he would do so?
"I shall do so," said he.
qu'il pleuvrait.
s'il
le ferait?
le ferai, dit-il.
It is
used in statement or request expressed with defer-
ence or reserve:
I should
Je le croirais au moins.
Auriez-vous la bonte d'y aller?
Cela ne serait jamais vrai.
Je ne saurais vous le dire.
Je voudrais qu'il fut (soit)
5.
It
think
so, at least.
Would you have the kindness to go?

That never could
I
I
ici.
(can) be true
cannot tell you.

wish he were here.
sometimes denotes probability, conjecture, or possiexclamations and questions (cf. 263, 3):
bility, etc., in
Can it be true that he said

Can (could) it be possible?
Serait-il vrai qu'il l'ait dit?
Serait-il possible?
6.
It
meme,
sometimes denotes concession after quand, quand

or with que:
Quand (meme)
Vous
me
vous
7.
il
me tuerait,
le jureriez
que
je
etc.
ne
Even
Even
he should kill me, etc.

you swore it to me,
should not believe you.
croirais pas.
It is
if
if
Mood.
265)
it
denotes what would
It
was declared
last evening.
used
general
is
in
English
Lisez-le.
Ne
le lisez pas.
Allons-nous-en a present.
Veuillez m'ecouter.
is ill.
I should have gone had he come.

According to the newspapers, war
Je serais parti, s'il etait venu.

Selon les journaux, la guerre se
serait declaree hier soir.
Imperative
they say, the king
Its uses are precisely parallel
Conditional Anterior.
with those of the conditional

have happened, etc., etc.:
267.
used to give the substance of hearsay information:
A ce qu'on dit, le roi serait malade. By what

266.
so?
Read
it.
Do
not read
it.
Let us go away now.

Be good enough to hear me.
as
in
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
2GS-269
The
a.
first
267
plural sometimes serves instead of the lacking
first
singular:
Soyons digne de ma naissance.

Pensons un moment.
The imperatives
b.
va,
Let
Let
allons,
be worthy of my birth.
think a moment.
me
me
voyons, often have special
allez,
idiomatic force:
Allons done! Allons, du courage!
Nonsense! Come, courage!

I am glad of it, I can assure you
Come now, what do you think?
J'en suis content, allez!
Voyons, que pensez-vous?
An
imperative perfect
fini
votre tache ce soir.
c.
Ayez
is
rare:
Have your
task done to-night.

268.
General
what
Function.
The
subjunctive
denotes,
in
viewed as being desirable or undesirable,

uncertain, contingent, or the like, and usually stands in a
general,
is
subordinate clause.
269.
Subjunctive in
Noun
Clause.
The subjunctive
is
used in a clause introduced by que and serving as logical

subject or as object of a verb:
1.
After expressions of desiring (including willing, wish-
ing, preferring)
and avoiding:
Je desire (veux) qu'il parte.

Voulez-vous que je reste?
Je souhaite
qu'il ait
I desire (wish)
Do you
du succes.
wish that
He
prefere que vous restiez.
him
to go.
me to (shall I) stay?
he may have success.
prefers that
Avoid
Evitez qu'il (ne) vous voie.
wish
you should
stay.
his seeing you.
Such are:
aimer,
like
aimer mieux, prefer

avoir en vie, be desirous
desirer, desire, ivish
a.
evitcr, avoid
souhaiter, ivish
preferer, prefer
il
prendre garde, take
vouloir, will, wish,
care (lest)
Prendre garde requires ne
in
me
tarde, / long
etc.
the subjunctive clause;
so also,
eviter generally.
Prends garde que cela ne se
fasse.
Take
care lest that happen.
THE VERB
268
2.
After expressions of
269
commanding
ing, exhorting), forbidding,
(including request-
consenting:
Vous ordonnez que je m'en aille.

Je demande que vous me payiez.
You
Dis-leur qu'ils soient prets.
Tell them to be ready.

The doctor forbids me
Le medecin defend que
je sorte.
Je consens que cela se fasse.
order
me
to go.
ask that you should pay me.

to go out.
I consent that that be done.
Such are:
admettre, admit
agreer, permit
avoir soin, take care
conjurer, implore
demander, ask
empecher, hinder
prier, beg,
exhorter, exhort
souffrir, suffer
exiger, exact
supplier, beg, pray
consentir, consent
laisser, allow
trouver nature], find natural
convenir, agree
s'opposer, oppose
veiller, take care
defendre, forbid
ordonner, order
So
also, dire,
tell,
permettre, permit
ask
etc.
ecrire, write, entendre,
mean, pretendre, intend, when
denoting command.
a.
The
future or conditional often stands after arreter,
decider, decreter, etc., especially

final authority,
Le
such as cour,
when
is
commander,
a word denoting
roi, etc.:
pendu.
roi decrete qu'il sera
the subject
The king
decrees that he shall be
hanged.
b.
The subjunctive
Empechez
3.
qu'il
ne
after
empecher usually has ne:

Prevent his going out.
sorte.
After expressions of judgment or opinion involving
approval or disapproval:
J'approuve qu'il revienne.
merite qu'on le craigne.
approve
He
II
vaut mieux que vous restiez.

Je tiens beaucoup a ce qu'il y soit.
II
of his
It is better for
I
coming back.
deserves to be feared.
am
you
to stay.
very anxious that he should
be there.
Such
are:
approuver, approve
blamer, blame
desapprouver, disapprove
etre digne, be worthy
6tre in digne, be unworthy
juger a propos, think fit
So
also,
trouver juste, think just

trouver injuste, think
louer, praise
meriter, deserve
tenir (a ce que), insist
trouver bon, approve

trouver mauvais, dis-
unjust
valoir, be ivorthy
approve
a large number of impersonals of
like force
etc.
269
il
convient,
il
est, it is
it is fitting
...
a propos, proper
+ important, important
+ indispensable, indis-
il
269
faut,
necessary.
is
i<
WIWS<
+
pensable
+ bien, well
+ juste, just
+ bon, good
+ naturel, natural
+ convenable, fitting
necessaire, necessary
+ essentiel, essential
+ & souhaiter, to
+ a desirer, be desired
unshed
facile, easy
+ temps, <iwie
-f-
il
importe,
il
peut se
il
suffit,
il
vaut mieux,
etc.,
fee
to
i<
important
z's
faire,
i'
ma^/
fee
suffices
i<
i< is
better
and their oppo-
sites
-\-
4. After expressions of emotion or sentiment, such as joy,

sorrow, anger, shame, wonder, fear:
Etes-vous content
Are you glad he
qu'il soit ici?
Je regrette qu'il soit parti

II est facie que vous le blamiez.
II a honte que vous le sachiez.
He
He
Je m'etonne qu'il n'ait pas honte.

J'ai peur qu'il n'ait trop dit.
Such
admirer,
fee
astonished
avoir honte,
fee
I
I
is
is ashamed that you know

wonder he is not ashamed.
fear he has said too much.
deplorer, deplore
is
...
+ etonnant, astonishing + joyeux, glad

facheux, ann-oying
+ mecontent, displeased
+ heureux, fortunate + satisfait, satisfied
enrager,
enraged
+ surpris, surprised
s'etonner,
astonished + triste, sad
fee
fee
etre,
fee
...
se facher,
+ afflige, grieved
+ bien aise, very glad
+ charme, delighted
+ content, glad
+ un bonheur, fortunate
+ dommage, a pity
+ une honte, a shame
desole, very sorry
+ honteux, a shame
+ etonne, astonished
+ pitie, a pity
+ fache, sorry, angry
est,
is ...
+ heureux, happy
+ curieux, strange
+ indigne, indignant
-f-
il
it
a.
when
it.
-f-
ashamed
avoir crainte, fear

avoir peur, fear
craindre, fear
it
here?
are:
s'affliger, grieve
c'est,
is
he has gone.
angry at your blaming him.
I regret that
fee
sorry,
angry
se plaindre, complain
redouter, fear
regretter, regret
se rejouir, rejoice
se repentir, repent
soupircr, sigh
trembler, tremble
etc.
When
it is feared something will happen the

subjunctive has ne;
feared something will not happen the subjunctive has ne
when the expression of fearing is negative, or interrogative, or
it is
pas;
conditional, ne is usually omitted; with double

negation ne...'pas
stands in both (see also 419 and Appendix referring
to 419)
Je crains qu'il ne vienne.

Je crains qu'il ne vienne pas.
Je ne crains pas qu'il vienne.
Craignez-vous qu'il vienne?
I fear he will come.

I fear
he
will
not come.
do not fear he will come.

Do you fear he will come?
I
THE VERB
270
Ne craignez-vous pas
qu'il
Do you
ne vienne?
qu'il
not fear he will come?

he would come.
ne vienne pas.
do not
he
fear
not come.
will
After expressions of emotion or sentiment (except fear), which
b.
admit de after them, de ce que

J'ai
269
If I feared
Si je craignais qu'il vint.
Je ne crains pas
honte de ce
+ indicative may
a echoue.
qu'il
am ashamed
be used
that he failed.
After expressions of doubt, denial, despair, ignorance,
5.
or very slight probability:
He
doute que je sois loyal.

Je nie que cela soit vrai.
II est rare que vous ayez tort.
II
Such
doubts that (whether) I
deny that that
You
dissimuler, not confess

se dissimuler, be hidden
il
disconvenir, deny
douter, doubt
'
II
est, it is
Douter
doute
si je
si
if,
il
il
ing
il
nier,
de
s'en faut, there is want-
ignorer, not
douteux, doubtful
a.
honest.
are rarely in the wrong.
+ faux, false
+ impossible, impossible
+ possible, possible
+ rare, rare
contester, dispute
-f-
am
true.
are:
desesperer, despair
il
is
know
(a) quoi sert-il? of

what vse is it f
ne sert de (a) rien,
it is of no vse
se peut,
it
may
be
ne se peut pas,
it
cannot be
deny
il
semble,
it
seems, etc.
whether) requires the indicative:
He
suis loyal.
doubts
if
(whether) I
am
honest.
semble regularly has the subjunctive, since it indicates slight

distinguished from il parait = it appears, is evident,
me semble = it appears to me (personal conviction; but cf. 6, c):
II
b.
probability as
and
II
II
il
semble que vous me craigniez.

me semble (il parait) que vous
me
c.
larly
craignez.
seems that you fear me.

seems to me (it appears) that you
fear me.
Verbs of doubt and denial used negatively or interrogatively regurequire ne in the subjunctive clause:
Je ne nie pas que je ne

d.
It
It
Ignorer
Je n'ignore pas
Note.
negative
qu'il
le sois.
= know
do not deny that
well,
a menti.
am
and hence takes
know
such.
indicative:
well he has lied.
Peut-etre que, perhaps, and sans doute
que, doubtless, require
the indicative.
6.
After
expressions
of
perceiving,
declaring, resulting, but only
thinking,
when uncertainty
knowing,
or doubt
is
269
271
otherwise
implied by negation, interrogation, or condition;
the indicative:
Verra-t-on que j'aie pleure?
Je ne crois pas que ce soit lui.
Will they see that I have wept?
Esperez-vous qu'il reussisse?

Je ne suis pas sux qu'il vienne.
Do you hope he will succeed?

I am not sure he will come.
Si je pretendais qu'il eut tort.
If I
But
Je crois que fest
lui.
J'espere qu'il reussira.
Such
do not think that that
is
he.
claimed that he was wrong.
think
hope he
he.
it is
will succeed.
are:
affirmer, affirm
esperer, hope
prevoir, foresee
s'apercevoir, perceive
etre certain, be certain
proniettre, promise
apprendre, learn, hear
etre persuade, be persuaded se rappeler, recollect
assurer, assure
etre
s'attendre, expect
se figurer, imagine
silr,
reconnaltre, acknowledge
be sure
remarquer, remark
se flatter, flatter oneself
repeter, repeat
avouer, declare
conclure, conclude
imaginer, imagine
repondre, answer
s'imaginer, imagine
savoir,
<x>nnaltre, recognize
juger, judge, think
sentir, feel, notice
croire, believe, think
jurer, declare
soutenir, maintain
declarer, declare
oublier, forget
se souvenir, recollect
deviner, guess
penser, think
dire, say, tell
persuader, persuade
pressentir, forebode
pretendre, assert, claim
supposer, suppose
trouver, find, think
avertir,
warn
se douter, suspect
ecrire, write
entendre
So
dire, hear said
s'ensuit,
il
est avere,
il
est,
it
is
follows
it
it
is stated
etc.
prevenir, forewarn
+ sur, sure
+ evident, evident
+ demontre, demonstrated + vraiseniblable, probable
+ incontestable, indisput- resulte, follows
it
il
+ certain, certain
+ clair, clear
a.
voir, see
'
a number of impersonals of like force:
also,
il
know
il
able
+ probable, probable
me
semble,
it
seems
to
me
Negative question usually implies affirmation; hence the indica-
tive:
Ne
trouves-tu pas qu'il est beau?
Don't you think he
is
handsome?
follows the negative or

6. When what the speaker regards as fact
as to his knowledge
questioned
is
person
when
a
conditional clause, or
of what is regarded as fact, the indicative stands:
II
ne
croit
pas que je suis
S'il savait que tu es
Savez-vous
ici.
ici.
qu'il est arrive?
does not believe I am here.

he knew you were here.
Do you know that he has come?
He
If
THE VERB
272
c.
II
ne
me
semble pas
tive interrogation
by the
is
270
followed by the subjunctivs, but in nega-
indicative
also 5, b):
(cf.
It does not seem to me he is mad.

ne me semble pas qu'il soit fou.
Ne vous semble-t-il pas qu'il est fou? Does it not seem to you he is mad?
II
d.
preceding dependent clause with this class of verbs always has
the subjunctive:
That he has
Qu'il ait echoue, je le sais.
Note.
For the choice between que clause and
270.
Subjunctive
in
Adjectival
failed, I
know.
infinitive see 283.
The subjunc-
Clause.
used as follows in clauses introduced by a relative

pronoun:
tive
is
When
1.
result
is
purpose regarding the antecedent, or unattained
implied:
ShOw me
Montrez-moi un chemin qui conJe cherche un endroit ou je sois

en paix.
a.
The
way which
leads to
knowledge.
duise a la science.
indicative, however,
I seek a place
where
may
be in
peace.
used to express what
is
is
regarded as
fact or certain result:
Montrez-moi
le
Show me
chemin qui con-
J'irai
2.
ou je serai
When
the road which leads to
the town.
duit a la ville.
libre.
I shall
go where I shall be
free.
the principal clause contains general negation,
interrogation implying negative answer, or condition
(all
of
which imply non-existence of the antecedent):

II
He
n'a pas de raison qui vaille.
Si j'ai
un ami
qui soit fidele c'est
If I
lui.
a.
II
has no reason worth anything.

friend who is true?
Have you one
As-tu un seul ami qui soit fidele?
is
General negation
y a peu de gens qui
is
have one friend who
is
true, it
he.
sometimes merely implied:
There are few people who know
le sachent.
it.
b. When the negation is not general, or when the interrogation does

not imply negative answer, the indicative stands:
Ce
n'est pas vous
que
je crains.
N'est-ce point un songe que je vois
It is
!
Is it
not you that I fear.

not a dream that I see
271
c.
273
In a negative relative clause ne, not ne

pas,
is negative or implies negation:
.
is
used when the
principal clause
En
est-il
3.
un
seul qui ne tremble?
When the antecedent
Is there
is
qualified
seul, unique, premier, dernier (all
ami que j'aie.

ami que j'aie.
C'est le meilleur
C'est le seul
a.
What
is
by a
He is
He is
the best friend that I have.
Quoi que vous fassiez.

Qui qu'on y puisse elire.
Qui que tu sois, parle
Quelles que soient vos raisons.
he
It is the only thing
With concessive force in compound

(= 'whoever,' 'whatever,'
271.
by
the only friend I have.
definite clauses
is
superlative, or
with superlative force):
stated unreservedly as fact requires the indicative:
C'est la seule chose qu'il a dite.

4.
one who does not tremble?
said.
and
relative
in-
etc.):
Whatever you do.

Whosoever may be elected
Whoever you are, speak
Whatever be your reasons.
to
it.
Subjunctive in Adverbial Clause.
The subjunctive
used in clauses of adverbial force, as follows:

1.
After conjunctions of time before which or up to which
(avant que, en attendant que, jusqu'a ce que):

Dis-le-lui, avant qu'il parte.
Asseyez-vous, en attendant
Tell
qu'il
Sit
it
to
down
him before he
until he
goes.
comes back.
revienne.
Perseverez jusqu'a ce que vous

ayez reussi.
a.
Jusqu'a ce que
may have
Persevere
till
the indicative
you have succeeded.
when
referring to
com-
pleted past event:

II
y resta jusqu'a ce que je revins.

2.
He
remained
till
came back.
After conjunctions of purpose or result (afin que, pour
que, de crainte que, de peur que):

que (pour que^
vous sachiez la verite.
Je le tins de crainte qu'il ne tornJ'ecris ceci afin
bat.
write this in order that
know
I
held
you may
the truth.
him
for fear he should fall,
THE VERB
274
So
a.
also,
de sorte que, en sorte que, de
que, de maniere que, tel
que, tellement
de facon
telle sorte que,

.
when denoting
que,
271
pur-
pose, but not result:
Agis de sorte que tu reussisses.
But:
J'ai agi
de sorte que j'aireussi.
Act in such a way as to succeed.

I acted so that I succeeded.
After conjunctions of condition (en cas que, au cas

pourvu que, suppose que, en
a moins que
. ne,
3.
que,
supposant que):
Je viendrai au cas que je sois
libre demain, ou a moins que
je
ne
am free toam detained.
in case I
morrow, or unless
sois retenu.
After
a.
come
I shall
si
if,
the pluperfect subjunctive stands exceptionally
(275,6).
The
b.
present subjunctive sometimes expresses condition:
Vienne l'ennemi,
c.
Je
(la)
il
(la)
condi-
Dans
le
I give
him the money on
cas ou, au cas ou usually have conditional:
In case
cela serait vrai,
que, pour
(si)
peu que,
si
malade, il sortira.
malade, il se
croyait mourant.
qu'il fu.t
ou gagne,
The use
il
partira.
soit
que
or
ou
Although he is ill, he will go out.

If he were ever so little ill, he
thought himself dying.
Though he
of a subjunctive after adverbial
concessive force:
lose or win,
quelque
he
will go.
(tout, si, etc.)
however depends on the same principle:
Quelque grand que vous soyez.

Si brave qu'il se croie.
c.
The present subjunctive with que sometimes has
Qu'il perde
b.
cas ou
tant est que, malgre que)
qu'il soit
Pour peu
que
Au
After conjunctions of concession (quoique, bien que,
4.
a.
condition
that should be true.
encore que, nonobstant que, soit que

Bien
flees.
that he will go.
tion qu'il partira {or parte).
Note.
enemy comes, he
condition que takes indicative, conditional, or subjunctive:
donne l'argent a
lui
If the
s'enfuit.
Quand (meme) used
However great jôu may be.

However brave he thinks himself.
concessively sometimes takes the pluperfect
subjunctive for the conditional anterior
Quand (meme)
il
m'eut
dit cela.
(cf.
Even
if
265, 6)
he had told
me
that.
272-273
275
After conjunctions of negative force (non que, non pas
5.
que, loin que, sans que)

II
partit
sans que je
le susse.
He went away
my
without
knowing
it.
After que replacing any conjunction requiring the subjunctive, and also after que replacing si = if:
6.
Venez que
je
Si je viens et
pour que)
Come, that
may
que
If I
je le voie.
come, and
see you.
sometimes
if
I see
used in principal clauses, as follows:
Either with or without que to denote what
1.
him.
The subjunctive
Subjunctive in Principal Clause.
272.
is
afin que,
vous voie.
desired,
is
etc.:
Ainsi
soit-il
Vive
So be
le roi
it
(Long) live the king

it were so
God
Plut a Dieu qu'il en fut ainsi
Would
Qu'il parte tout de suite.
Let him go at once.
Quel je meure, si je mens

Le croie qui voudra
May
Que
a.
followed
by the
serves as an imperative;
je
am
lying
who
it
will
third person present subjunctive regularly

singular:
first
Let him go.

Let me hear you.
This construction, as also those -without que, may be explained
ellipsis of
some expression
of desire,
command,
The present subjunctive
2.
if
so also, sometimes, the
vous entende.
Note.
by
I die
Let him believe
Qu'il parte.
Que
to
first
etc. ( 269, 1, 2).
singular
of
savoir
is
sometimes used to denote modified assertion:

I know nothing finer.
Je ne sache rien de plus beau.
3.
The
pluperfect
subjunctive stands exceptionally for
conditional anterior in a 'result' clause

S'il
eut (or avait) su cela,
l'eut {or aurait
pas
il
ne
dit.
If
(cf.
275,
6):
he had known that, he would not

have said it.
Tense Sequence. The tense of the subjunctive is

usually determined by the tense of the finite verb in the
273.
governing clause, as follows:
THE VERB
276
la.
273
present (including present subjunctive and impera-
tive) or a future, in the
governing clause, requires the pres-
ent subjunctive in the governed clause in order to denote
incomplete action:
Je doute
Quoique
Doutez
je
doute
qu'il
Je douterai
16.
doubt that (whether) he
I shall
But
we wish
if
will
come.
Though I doubt that he will come.

_.
Doubt that he will come.
vienne.
doubt that he
will
come.
to denote completed action the perfect
subjunctive must be used:

Je doute
2a.
qu'il soit
Any
venu.
doubt that he has come.
other tense than the above
(i.e.,
an imperfect,
past definite, past indefinite, conditional, etc.) requires the
imperfect subjunctive in order to denote incomplete action:

Je doutais
Quoique je doutasse
<"{.,.,_>
[
J'ai
doute
vint.
But
doubted that he would come.
I should
Je douterais
26.
doubted whether he would come.

I doubted that he would come.
Though
,..
if
doubt that he would come.
we wish to denote completed

must be used:
action, the plu-
perfect subjunctive
Je doutais
J'aurais doute
3.
The
fut
venu.
qu'il
doubted that he had come.

have doubted that he had come.
I should
following exceptional cases depend mainly on the
sense of the context:

doute
qu'il
vienne.
have doubted that he
J'ai
b.
After verbs of saying, believing,
take a past subjunctive and
Je ne dis pas qu'il fut a blamer.

ne croyait pas qu'il y ait un
Dieu.
c.
etc.,
will
a governing present
may
do not say he was to blame.
He
did not believe that there
is
God.
may stand for a pluperfect:

He was wearing that coat the only
In a relative clause a past indefinite
portait cet habit la seule fois
que je Vaie vu.
come.
vice versa:
II
II
a.
time that I saw him.
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
274-275
The
d.
present,
conditional of modified assertion ( 265, 4), being virtually a

commonly followed by the present subjunctive:
is
Je desirerais que vous veniez.

II
The imperfect
English conditional,
to come.
to go.
or pluperfect subjunctive, with the force of an

follow any tense:
may
n'y a pas de rang qu'elle ne

put tenir.
Je doute qu'il jouat (eut joue),
There
I
de Pargent.
avait (avait eu)
s'il
you
I should like
He would have
faudrait qu'il s'en aille.

e.
277
no rank she could not hold.
is
doubt that he would play (would

have played) if he had (had had)
money.
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
Form. A conditional sentence
two parts: the condition, introduced by
Typical
274.
regularly of
and the
ne
fait
The
b.
stood
If I
s'il
if,
should go to B.
condition
If it is
not
if it
rains?
fine, I shall
not go.
often disguised or implied, or the result under-
is
n'irais
Ah
had time,
Will you go to
pleut?
pas beau, je n'irai pas.
To
Hesiter serait une faiblesse.
Je
condition may, of course, either precede or follow the result:
The
Irez-vous a B,
S'il
si
result:
Si j'avais le temps, j'irais a B.

a.
consists
pas
si j'etais
275.
(si
fetais de
lui).
Ah,
a sa place.
Mood and
Tense.
hesitate
would be weakness.
should not go
if
were
(if
were he).
in his place
'result' clause in the present
indicative, imperative, or future, regularly requires the 'if
clause in the present indicative;
a 'result' clause in the
conditional regularly requires the 'if clause in the imperfect

indicative:
S'il
a le temps,
S'il
a le temps, dites-lui de venir.
il
y va.
If
If
he has time, he goes there.

he has (have, will have, should
have) time, tell him to come.
THE VERB
278
a le temps,
S'il
avail le temps,
il
il
275
he has (have, will have, should

have) time, he will come.
If he had (had he, were he to have,
if
he should have, should he
have) time, he would come.
viendra.
S'il
If
viendrait.
06s.: The condition is regularly expressed by the indicative present or

imperfect, whatever be the corresponding English form.
a.
good for compound
rules hold
The above
tenses, the auxiliary
being considered as the verb:

S'il
Va
dit,
il
If
S'il
If
Si j'avais eu le temps, je serais
b.
If
'
parti.
S'il etait
he has said it, he will do it.

he has come, let me know.
he has had time, he will have
come.
I had had time, I should have
If
le fera.
venu, faites-le-moi savoir.

a eu le temps, il sera venu.
S'il est
brave,
await fait
il
gone.
cela.
If
he were brave, he would have

done that.
style, the pluperfect
Sometimes, in literary
subjunctive stands in
the 'if clause, or in the 'result' clause, or in both:

S'il
eut (or avait) su cela,
l'eut (or aurait)
c.
pas
il
Had he known
ne
have said
dit.
that, he
would not
so.
Occasionally the imperfect indicative stands in the 'if clause
instead of the pluperfect, and in the
'
result
'
clause instead of the con-
ditional anterior:
demeurait
Si Stanislas
demeure),
etait
il
(=
had remained, he would

have been lost.
etait
If Stanislas
aurait
ete) perdu.
d.
Occasionally the condition
N'etait-ce la crainte
Eut-il ete
e.
moins
A virtual
de
cela.
is
expressed
by
inversion, without si:
were not for fear of that.

he had been poorer.
If it
riche.
If
condition (concession)
is
sometimes expressed by various
locutions:
Quiconque
le fera.
Quand meme il ne l'aurait pas

II
le dirait
pas.
que
je
ne
dit.
le croirais
Whoever (if any one) does it.

Even though he had not said so.
Even if he said it, I should not
believe
it.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD
276-278
The
/.
en
fut,
past definite
however,
is
is
rare in the
s'il en fut (jamais;, mais

corrompu.
Si
=
si
g.
may
whether
The
clause.
'if'
expression
s'il
noteworthy:
Riche,
Dis-moi
279
Rich,
if
any one ever was, but
cor-
rupt.
take the future or conditional:
tu iras (irais) chez elle.
me
Tell
whether
(if)
you
will
(would) go to her house.
THE INFINITIVE .MOOD

The infinitive is a verbal noun. As a verb
noun it serves as subject, object, etc.:
Function.
276.
it
governs, and as a
Vous devriez
You
lui parler.
II lit
He
sans comprendre.
277.
Use
of Infinitive.
the infinitive
is
when
278.
it
Infinitive
As
(2)
when
is
believing.
reads without understanding.
chief difficult}^ in the use of
when
it
The
without Preposition.
is
To he
Vivre c'est souffrir.
To
As predicate
Vous semblez
est cense l'avoir fait.
vaudrait mieux se taire.
II fait
logical subject after a
cher vivre a Paris.
of
talk does harm.
live is to suffer.
You seem to hesitate.

He is supposed to have done
few impersonals (see
It
list
below)
would be better to keep
Living
is
dear
it.
quiet.
in Paris.
As object or complement after the so-called modal

most verbs of motion and causation
motion, after verbs of desiring and preferring, after verbs
perceiving, after verbs of thinking and intending, after
4.
auxiliaries ( 230), after
of
(lying) is base.
after a few verbs (see list below)
hesiter.
II
As
infinitive with-
subject, or in apposition:
Too much
3.
a,
used:
Mentir est honteux.

Trop parler nuit.
2.
should stand with-
should be preceded by
it
should be preceded by de.
out any preposition

1.
The
to determine, (1)
out any preposition,

(3)
ought to speak to him.
Seeing
Voir c'est croire.
THE VERB
280
278
verbs of saying and declaring, and after certain verbs of

lacking and failing (see list below):
Voulez-vous diner chez nous?
Will you dine with us?
Faites-lui apprendre sa lecon.
Make him
Envoyez chercher
medecin.
Send
Je desirerais lui parler.

Je les vois venir.
Quand comptez-vous revenir?
I see
II
le
should like to speak to him.
J'avais beau crier.
It
Sometimes, in
them come
(coming).
When do you expect to come

He claims to be in the right.
pretend avoir raison.
5.
learn his lesson.
for the doctor.
was
back?
in vain that I shouted.
elliptical expressions, as
an imperative,
as a direct or indirect interrogative, or absolutely:

Voir les affiches.
Que
Oil
faire?
Je ne sais que
Penser
qu'il
See the posters.
me
faire.
a dit cela
Reference
6.
What (am I) to do? Where

I know not what to do.
To think that he said that
cacher?
list
hide?
of verbs requiring direct infinitive:
accourir, hasten
envoyer, send
se rappeler, 1 recollect
affirmer, affirm
esperer, 1 hope
reconnaitre, acknowledge
aimer (condl.), should like etre, be

aimer autant, like as well etre cense, be supposed
faillir, 2 be on the point of
aimer mieux, prefer
faire, make, cause
aller, go
fait (impers.),
apercevoir, perceive
il
assurer, assure
falloir, be
it
is
necessary
regarder, look at
rentrer, go in again
retourner, go back'
come back
revenir,
know how
savoir,
to,
avoir beau, be in vain
se figurer, imagine
sentir, hear, feel
avouer, avow
s'imaginer, fancy
souhaiter, 1 wish
compter, 1 intend
juger, consider
soutenir, maintain
confesser, confess
jurer, 4 swear, attest by oath supposer,
courir,
run
laisser, 3
croire, think
mener,
daigner, deign
mettre,
let,
allow
set,
suppose
etre suppose, be supposed
temoigner,
lead, bring
can
sembler, seem
testify
se trouver, be
put at
declarer, declare
monter, go up
valoir autant, be as good
deposer, testify
oser, dare
valoir mieux, be better
descendre, 3 come(go)down
desirer, 1 desire,
devoir, ought,
dire, 4
wish
to be, etc.
oui'r,
may
preferer, prefer
entendre, hear, intend
pretendre, assert, claim
Sometimes takes de.

( 279, 6).
voler, fly
Sometimes takes a or de
4
See also
list
come
vouloir, will, wish
ecouter, listen to
verbs requiring a
voir, see
penser, 3 intend, be near
pouvoir, can,
say
venir, 3
hear
paraitre, appear
See also list of

de ( 2S0, 6).
of verbs requiring
a.
Devoir
encore en vie.
owe
b.
Faire takes de in ne faire que de:
ne
fait
que de
Ne
pas laisser
c.
U ne
281
owe, be indebted, with indirect object takes de:
lui dois d'etre
Je
II
THE INFINITIVE MOOD
279
He
sortir.
laisse pas (que)
am
to hirn that I
still alive.
has just gone out.
not to cease, etc., takes de
de
He
le dire.
always saying so (says so
is
for
all that).
279.
Infinitive
preceded by a
1.
As
with the
to,
Preposition
in, at, by, etc., is
direct object of a
few transit ives
As a complement,
(see list below):
Continue to read.
He
teaches
me
to sing (singing).
have to study to-morrow.

There is nothing to complain
I
n'y a pas a se plaindre.

2.
infinitive
I like to sing.
J'aime a chanter.
Continuez a lire.
II m'enseigne a chanter.
J'ai a etudier demain.
II
The
a.
used:
many
after
of.
verbs, to denote the
object to which the action tends (answering the question

'to
do what?') or the object
in,
at, on,
about which the
action takes place (answering the question 'in doing what?'

'at doing
II
what?'
etc.):
aspire a devenir riche.
Poussez-les a agir.
Je les ai invites a venir.

Aidez-moi a porter cette malle.
II
reussit a
me
trouver.
Je suis a ecrire une lettre.

II s'amuse a me taquiner.
J'ai gagne a vendre ma maison.
H joue a faire le malade.
He
aspires to become rich.

Urge them to act.
I have invited them to come.
Help me to carry this trunk.
He succeeded in finding me.

I am (busy) writing a letter.
He amuses himself teasing me.
I
my
gained by selling
He
plays at being
3. As the complement of certain adjectives

and nouns denoting fitness, tendency, purpose,
Ceci est bon a manger.
This
Je suis pret a vous ecouter.

Quelque chose d'utile a savoir.
Cela est facile a faire.
am
is
good to
house.
ill.
(cf.
280, 2)
etc.:
eat.
read}' to hear you.
Something useful to know.

That is easy to do.
THE VERB
282
La tendance a
Une bonne
a.
So
faire.
premier, le dernier, le seul:
also, le
He
n'est pas le seul a le dire.
4.
279
The tendency to think oneself great.

A maid of all work.
se croire grand.
a tout
To form
adjectival
is
not the only one to say
denoting
phrases
use,
so.
fitness,
quality, etc.:
Une salle a manger.

Une chose a voir.
Des contes a dormir
A dining-room.
A thing worth seeing.
Very tiresome
debout.
stories.
Un spectacle a faire peur.

De maniere a reussir.
In such a
Vous etes a
You
are to be pitied.
It is
enough to
plaindre.
C'est a en mourir.
5.
To form
terrible sight.
vrai dire, je le plains.
To
tell
Elle est laide a faire peur.
She
is
Reference
list
s'abaisser, sloop
abandonner
(s'),
give
up
aboutir, end (in), tend

s' abuser,
kill
one.
She sings charmingly.

She wept pitifully.
Elle pleurait a faire pitie.
6.
as to succeed.
adverbial phrases:
Elle chante a ravir.
way
of verbs requiring infinitive with a:

s'arr&ter, stop
condamner
aspirer, aspire
condescendre, condescend
assujettir
subject
(s'),
be mistaken (in) astreindre, compel
s'accorder, 2 agree (in)
the truth, I pity him.
frightfully ugly.
s'astreindre, bind
condemn
conduire, lead
consacrer
o. s.
(se),
(se), devote
consentir, consent
consister, consist (in)

etre d'accord, agree (in) attacher, attach
accoutumer(s'), 2 accustom s'attacher, be intent (on) conspirer, conspire
s'acharner, be bent (on)
attendre
admettre, admit
autoriser, authorize
s'adonner, addict
aguerrir
(s'),
o. s.
inure
expect
avoir, have,
aimer, 4 like
la)
must
(s'),
excite
consume (in)
contribuer, contribute
couter, cost
balancer, hesitate
amuser(s'), amuse (in,by)se borner, limit
animer
(se),
continuer, 1 continue
peine, have convier, 2 invite
difficulty (in)
amener, lead
consumer
contraindre, 1 constrain
s'avilir, stoop
avoir (de
aider, help
(s')>
o. s.
chercher, seek, try
decider, 3 induce
se decider, resolve
defier, 3 challenge, incite
demander, 1 ask
complaire, take pleas- demeurer, remain
depenser, spend (in)
ure (in)
appeler, call
commencer, 2 begin
appliquer (s'), apply

apprendre, learn, teach
se
appreter
concourir, cooperate (in) desapprendre, forget
(s'),
get-ready
283
THE INFINITIVE MOOD
279
descendre, 4
finir (neg.), 3
abase
stoop,
destiner, destine
\_o.s.
determiner, 3 induce
ee determiner, resolve
devouer
have done
pousser, urge, incite
gagner, gain (by)

habituer, 2 accustom
prendre garde, 3 take care

prendre plsiisir, delight (in)
s'habituer, accustom
(se), devote
porter, induce
forcer, 1 force
o. s.
se prendre, begin
differer, 2 delay
hair, hate
disposer (se), dispose
se hasarder, 2 venture
preparer (se), prepare

pretendre, 4 aspire
hesiter, 2 hesitate
prier, 3 invite (formally)
donner, give
inciter, incite
proceder, proceed
dresser, train
incliner, incline
provoquer,
s'efforcer, 1 try
induire, induce
recommencer, l begin again
instruire, instruct
reduire, reduce
amuse
divertir (se),
s'egayer, divert
employer
s'empresser, 1
o. s.
(by)
employ
(s'),
(in)
mteresser (s'), inter est(in) se reduire, confine

se refuser, refuse
jouer, play (at)
encourager, encourage
renoncer, renounce
engager (s'), "-engage, ad viselzisser, 3 4 leave

selasser, 3 tire o.
enhardir, 2 embolden
(in)
s.
s'enhardir, 2 venture
manquer, 3 be remiss
s'ennuyer, 2
mettre, put,
tire o. s. (in)
s'entendre,
know
well
resoudre, 3 induce
set
entrainer, allure
obliger, 1
essayer, 1 try
s'obliger, 2 bind o.
etre, 3 to be occupied (in,
etre a,
occuper
(s'), 3
apply
s'evertuer, exert
o. s.
o. s.,
servir, serve
s.
employ
(s'),
exercer
(s'),
exercise (in)
exhorter, exhort
exposer (a*), expose
o. s.
Or
de.
( 280, 6).
Suffire
tenir, be
(in,
se plaire, delight (in)
viser,
se plier, submit
vouer
Sometimes takes
See also
anxious
trt vailler,
work
trembler, 3 tremble
perdre, lose (in, by)
perseverer, persevere (in) trouver, find
venir, 3 4 happen
persister, persist (in)
a f)
2
tendre, tend
(in)
pencher. incline
penser, 4 think (of)
excite
se fatiguer, 3 tire
songer, think (of)
1
(in) souffrir, suffer
suffire, suffice
spend
try passer,
exceller, excel (in)
exciter
remain
reussir, succeed (in)
s'opiniatrer, persist (in) surprendre, discover

tarder, 1 be long, delay (in)
parvenu-, succeed (in)
be one's turn
s'etudier,
a.
oblige, force
s'offrir, 2 offer
a f)
rester,
s'obstiner, persist (in)
o. s. (in)
s'essayer, try
se resoudre, resolve
how montrer, show how

3
repugner, be reluctant
(in) se resigner, resign o. s.
se mettre, set about
enseigner, leach
o. s.
refuser, 3 refuse to give
inviter, invite
be eager
incite
list
de.
See also
list
(at,
on)
aim
(se), devote
of verbs requiring de
of verbs requiring direct infinitive ( 27;., G).
sometimes takes pour:
That
Cela suffira pour l'amuser.
will suffice to
amuse him.
passive force:
6. The infinitive after etre a often has
work has to be done again.
That
Cet ouvrage est a refaire.
c.
Hair
may
take de
when
negative:
ne hait pas a (a") etre endette.
He
does not dislike being in debt.
THE VERB
284
280.
As
1.
to, of,
from, for,
subject
logical
exceptions see
of
Eien vous sied de vous

a.
C'est
infinitive
used:
at, etc., is
an impersonal verb
(for
rare
278, 3)
do that.
important to arrive in time.
It well becomes you to be silent.
It is easy to
est facile de faire cela.

importe d'arriver a temps.
II
II
The
with the Preposition de.
Infinitive
preceded by de
280
It is
taire.
Similarly as subject in inverted sentences:
une
folie (que) d'aller la.
As complement
2.
of
It
is
madness
to
go there.
most adjectives and nouns
(cf.
279, 3):
Le desir de partir.
La necessite de rester.
The desire of going.

The necessity of remaining.
He
de vivre.
de pleurer.
n'est pas digne
J'ai envie
not worthy to
is
live.
I feel like crying.
So
also,
many
+ noun,
e.g.,
avoir besoin (honte, peur, raison, soin, tort, etc.), faire
a.
envie
3.
(plaisir,
expressions, like the last example,
semblant,
etc.),
made from verb
courir risque, etc., etc.
After verbs as object or complement, usually to de-
note the source or occasion of action (answering 'whence?'

concerning what?'), or to denote separation or cessation
from (answering 'from what?'). See list below:
'
Je
me
rejouis
de
le voir.
I rejoice to see
Elle se pique d'etre la premiere.
She prides
Prenez garde de (ne pas) tomber.
Take
II
He
s'excuse d'y aller.
Promettez de ne pas
4.
As
le dire.
historical infinitive
Et l'ennemi de s'enfuir.
5.
care not to
on being
first.
fall.
excuses himself from going.
Promise not to
(= a past
And
After que in the second
it.
herself
the
tell it.
definite):
enemy
member
of
fled.
a comparison,
unless the sentence be very short:

II
vaudra mieux rester que de

partir si tard.
But: Mieux vaut savoir qu'avoir.
It will
be better to stay than to go
so late.
Better wisdom than wealth.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD
280
6.
Reference
absent
s'absenter,
list
o.
s.
[(from)
(from)
s'absoudre, absolve o. s.
s'abstenir, abstain (from)
of verbs requiring infinitive with de:
accuse (of)
(s')>
e.viter,
se defendre, forbear, ex-
excuser
cuse
defier,
acfy
s'amiger, grieve
(at, over)
s'apercevoir, perceive
s'applaudir, congratulate
make
desaecoutumer
haste
(se), dis-
warn
dire,
blamer, blame
disconvenir, deny [(for)

se disculper, excuse
long
censurer, censure (for)

[over)
cesser, cease
s.
forcer, force
fremir, shudder
garder
(se)
forbear
gemir, groan
incommode
gener,
se glorifier, boast (of)
gronder, scold (for)

hasarder, venture
imaginer, imagine
discontinuer, cease
briiler,
{.(on)
finish
se hater, hasten
bid
B'aviser, tltink (of)

(for)
gager, wager
accustom (from)
desesperer, despair (of)
(on)
avertir, notify,
3
se fatiguer, be tired (of)
se flatter, flatter o.
deshabituer (se), disaccustom (from)

apprehender, fear
3
arreter, prevent (from), determiner, resolve
[(from)
detest
detester,
ai
determine
L( )
dissuade
become sad detourner,
s'attrister,
o. s.
excuse (from)
feindre, feign
finir,
se depeeher,
affecter, affect
feliciter (se), congratulate
deliberer, deliberate
demander, 1 ask
(at)
(s')
exempter, exempt (from)

faire bien, do well
o. s.
(about)
achever, finish
admirer, iconder
avoid
defendre, forbid
accordcr, grant\_customed se defier, distrust

avoir accoutume, be ac- degouter, disgust (with)
accuser
285
s'impatienter,
be
impa-
tient
o. s.
dispenser, dispense (from) imputer, impute
dissuader, dissuade(from) s'indigner, be indignant
meddle (with)
se chagriner, grieve (at,
douter, hesitate
s'ingerer,
charger, clxarge
se douter, suspect
inspirer, inspire
se charger, undertake
ecrire, write
interdire, interdict (from)
choisir, choose
s'efforcer,
commander, command
commencer, 1 begin
s'effrayer, be afraid
conjurer, beseech
try
ji.uir,
emp&eher, prevent
abstain
s'empechcr,
s'empresser, 3 hasten
se contenter, be satisfied
s'empresser,
constrain
convaincre, convict
3
se lasser, be
6c eager
enjoindre, enjoin
continue
contraindre,
(of)
laisser,
34
s'ennuyer, 2
be tired (of)
s'enorgueillir, be
proud
weary
[point of
mander, bid
manquer, 3 fail, be on
mediter, meditate
Be meler, meddle (with)
enrager, be enraged
craindre, fear
entreprendre, undertake
menacer, threaten
crier, cry
epargner, spare
meriter, deserve
decider, 3 decide, resolve
essayer.
d6courager
(se), discour-
age (from)
dedaigner, disdain
(at)
try
s'etonncr, be astonished
23 be duty or
a,
office
etro
(of)
(of)
louer, praise (for)
convenir, agree
not to
cease
consoler, console (for)
continuor,
ne pas
(from)
conseiller, advise
enjoy
juger bon, think fit

4
jurer, promise (on oath)
se
nioquer,
mourir,
make
die, long
negliger, neglect
notifier, notify
[(of)
sport
THE VERB
286
1
presser, urge
obliger, oblige, force

obliger,
resoudre, 3 resolve
3
be intent {on) prier, beg, pray
priver
reproach
(se),
(with)
presumer, presume
obtenir, obtain
3
reprocher
se presser, hasten
do favour
s'occuper,
281
se ressouvenir,
remember
omettre, omit
deprive (of)
projeter, intend
risquer, risk
ordonner, order
promettre
rougir, blush
oublier, 2 forget
promise
proposer, propose
pardonner, forgive
se proposer, intend
se soucier, care
parier, bet
protester, protest
souffrir,
parler, speak
punir, punish (for)
soupconner, suspect
offrir, offer
permit
(se),
persuader, persuade
se piquer, pride
plaindre, pity
L(f)
See also
281.
list
suffer
suggerer, suggest
tacher, 2 try
se rejouir, rejoice
tenter, 2 attempt
(for)
(for)
Sometimes
a.
supplier, beseech
prescrire, prescribe
Or
sommer, summon
regretter, regret
prendre garde, 3 take care se repentir, repent (of)

reprendre, reprove (for)
not, beware (of)
reprimander, reprimand
prendre soin, take care
1
laugh
refuser, 3 refuse
complain remercier, thank
plaindre,
se
(on)
o. s.
(se),
rire (se),
recommander, recommend sourire, smile

recommencer, 1 begin again se souvenir, recollect
se passer, do without
permettre
(se),
a.
See also
list of
trembler, 3 tremble, fear
trouver bon, think
fit
se vanter, boast (of)

venir, 3 4 have just
verbs requiring a
( 279, 6).
of verbs requiring direct infinitive ( 278, 6).
Distinctions.
As appears from the
verb sometimes requires
a, de,
the same
list,
or the direct infinitive.
The
following are examples of cases in which the sense varies
with the construction:

1.
Aimer:
should like to know him.
J'aimerais bien le connaitre.
J'aime mieux vous dire tout.

Aimez-vous a demeurer ici?
I prefer to tell
2.
D m'a
3.
He
decide a entrer.
partir.
We
induced me to go in.
decided to set out.
They challenged him
Je vous defie de prouver
cela.
to drink.
defy you to prove that.
Descendre
Descends chercher ton chapeau.
all.
here?
Defier:
le defia a boire.
4.
you
like to live
Decider:
Nous decidames de
On
Do you
descendit
meme
a voler.
Go down and get your hat.

He even descended to theft.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD
281
Determiner:
5.
Je
determine a rester.
l'ai
avait determine
de
le rebatir.
induced him to stay.

determined to rebuild
He had
II dit
1'
He
avoir vu.
de
lui ai dit
venir.
says he saw
I told
him
it.
to come.
S'empresser:
7.
II
s'empressait a
II
s'empressa de repondre.
lui plaire.
He was eager to please

He hastened to reply.
her.
Etre:
S.
Je suis a ecrire des lettres.

C'est a vous de parler.
C'est a vous a parler.
am
It is
It is
(busy) writing letters.
your place (or turn) to speak.

your turn to speak.
Se fatiguer:
9.
II
se fatigua a jouer au billard.
est fatigue
II
ne
finissait
J*ai fini
11.
de jouer.
de
pas a
me
le dire.
travailler.
never done telling

have finished working.
s'est lasse a courir.
II
se lasse de courir.
saw
it.
I swear I will
do
I swear I
pas d'y etre.

Je manquai de tomber.
II ne manque jamais a faire son
I let
him talk.
you to
I leave
think.
He
did not stop talking.
He
He
is
tired himself out (by) running.

tired of running.
Don't
fail
to be there.
was on the point of falling.

He never fails to do his duty.
I
devoir.
l'ai
so.
it.
Manquer:
Ne manquez
15.
me
Se lasser:
II
14.
Laisser:
Je l'ai laisse dire.

Je vous laisse a penser.
H ne laissa pas de parler.
13.
He was
Jurer:
Je jure l'avoir vu.

Je jure de le faire.
12.
He fatigued himself playing billiards.

He is tired playing.
Finir:
10.
Je
it.
Dire:
6.
Je
287
Obliger:
oblige a (de) le faire.
I obliged
him
to
do
it.
THE VERB
288
Je suis oblige de
partir.
am
Vous m'obligerez beaucoup de
le
You
s'occupe a
II
s'occupe de detruire les abus.
lire.
cela.
II
pretend a devenir savant.
Take care not

Take care not
to do
to
it.
fall.
He asserts that he knows you.

He aspires to become learned.
invited
me
to dine.
pray (ask) you to help me.
Refuser:
Do you
me
refuse to give
food ?
I shall refuse to go.
aller.
Resoudre
23.
He
He
trembles
fears to
when he
sees
me.
meet me.
Venir:
Come
Venez nous voir.

Si vous veniez a le voir.
Je viens de le voir.
282.
it.
Trembler:
tremble a me voir.
tremble de me rencontrer.
24.
induced me to buy it.

have determined to buy
He
m'a resolu a l'acheter.

J'ai resolu de l'acheter.
II
II
think of replying to that.
He
refusez-vous a manger?
Je refuserai d'y
II
intend to do
fell.
Prier:
m' a prie a diner.

Je vous prie de m' aider.
II
22.
busy reading.
intent on destroying abuses.
Pretendre:
pretend vous connaitre.
21.
me by
oblige
Prendre garde:
II
Me
is
is
I nearly
Prenez garde a ne pas le faire.

Prenez garde de (ne pas) tomber.
20.
He
He
What do you
faire ?
Je pensai tomber.
Je pense a repliquer a
19.
greatly
it.
Penser:
Que pensez-vous
18.
will
S'occuper:
II
17.
obliged to go.
doing
faire.
16.
2S2
Infinitive
If
I
to see us.
you should happen to

have just seen him.
with other Prepositions.
stands also after par, pour, sans, apres, entre,

tions ending in
de or
a,
The
and
see him.
infinitive
after locu-
such as afin de, avant de, jusqu'a,
etc.:
THE INFINITIVE MOOD
2S3-2S4
Par = by usually only
1.
commencer and
after
He ended by
par m'insulter.
II finit
289
insulting
finally insulted
Pour usually
2.
sometimes also
translates in order
to,
(or
He
me).
for the purpose of;
from, because, though,
for,
finir:
me
and
etc.,
to after
assez, trop, etc.:

II
faut
We
II
est
II
fut
He died from over-drinking.

He was punished for laughing.
manger pour vivre.

moit pour avoir trop bu.
puni pour avoir ri.
Pour etre pauvre,
il
n'est pas
must
Though
eat (in order) to live.
poor, he
is
no
thief.
larron.
II
est trop franc
Pour
a.
J'irai
pour
after a verb of
motion
le voir.
Sans
3.
Ne
pour se take.
Apres
after requires
Do
not go without eating.
the perfect infinitive:

After having dined, I set out.
je partis.
Irifinitive
is
emphasizes the purpose:
( 278, 4)
Subordinate
for
tive construction usually replaces a
subject
too frank to keep quiet.
without:
Apres avoir dine,
283.
is
I shall go to see him.
partez pas sans manger.
4.
He
Clause.
An
1.
infini-
que clause of which the
the same with that of the subject or object (direct
or indirect) of the principal clause:

II croit
He
vous avoir vu.
Dites-leur de s'en aller.
Tell
thinks that he has seen you.
them
to be gone.
2. Similarly afin de, a moins de, apres, avant de, de

crainte de, de peur de, de facon a, de maniere a, pour, sans,
etc.
tive,
II
partit
But
the infinitive stand for afin que, etc.

the subjuncbut only when the subject of both verbs is the same:
II
284.
sans
partit
me
voir.
sans que je
le visse.
Infinitive with
tive has
He went
He went
Passive Force.
without seeing mc.

without
my
seeing him.
transitive infini-
(seeming) passive force after verbs of perceiving
the verb
290
etc.), after faire, laisser,
(voir,
is
used adjectively
J'ai
Je
vu batir cette maison.
me
fais faire
Vous etes a
Une
241,
(cf.
un
habit.
and when a
an
infinitive
saw
am having a coat made for
faute a eviter.
3):
You
plain dre.
285-286
this
house being
built.
myself.
are to be pitied.
mistake to be avoided.
This construction may
be explained by supplying some such

J'ai vu batir une maison a or par quelqu'un, I
ellipsis as the following:
have seen somebody building a house.
Note.
The
285. Infinitive for English -ing.
used to translate
many
such forms (see
infinitive
must be
287, 2, 3, 4).
THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE

The
286. Functions.
form in -ant serves as a
participial
verbal adjective, as a present participle (without en), and

as a gerund (with en):
1.
As a verbal
adjective,
it
denotes quality or state, and
agrees like an adjective:

Elle parait bien portante.
She seems
Les enfants doivent etre obeissants.

Les vivants, et les mourants.
Children must be obedient.

The living and the dying.
Des
Comforting words.
paroles consolantes.
Obs.:
The verbal
well.
adjective, attributively, regularly follows the noun,
as in the last example.

a.
Some verbs have a
special
form
for the verbal adjective:
Part.
Adj.
Adj.
differant
different, different
negligeant
pouvant
sachant
convaincant, convincing
convainquant
puissant, powerful
fatigant, fatiguing
fatiguant
savant, learned
2.
As a present
participle, it
is
Part.
negligent, careless
used, in general, like the
English present participle, to denote simultaneous action,
manner, cause, motive,
etc.,
Pleurant, elle continua le recit.
Je
le trouvai riant
Elle
ne
comme un fou.
sortit pas, etant
malade.
and
is
invariable:
Weeping, she continued the story.

I found him laughing like mad.
She did not go out, being ill.
THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE
287
Ayant parle
II
ainsi,
il
Having thus spoken, he went
sortit.
He
n'entrera pas, moi vivant.
Notes.
1.
291
out.
shall not enter while I live.
determine whether the form in -ant
It is often difficult to
As a participle, the action

prominent, but as an adjective, quality or else
continued action (state) is denoted. It is nearly always a participle when
it has a complement or a construction peculiar to the verb, such as object,
negative, adverb following: Une femme mourante, A dying woman; Des
is
participle (invariable) or adjective (variable).
(generally transitory)
is
gens mourant de faim, People dying of hunger; Les ennemis se retirerent,

brulant les villes partout, The enemy retired, burning the towns everywhere;
Une femme ne craignant rien, A woman fearing nothing; Des dames parlant doucement, Ladies speaking softly; De soi-disant amis, So-called friends.
2. In the last example, soi-disant, though adjective in force, remains
invariable in view of the literal meaning, calling themselves.
3. Ayant and etant are also always invariable, except in les ayantsdroit (-cause).
3. As a gerund, it denotes either simultaneous action or

'means by which,' and is invariable; en = while, in, on,
ichen, as, by, etc., or is untranslated:
En
En
jouant,
j'ai
perdu
ma
montre.
rentrant, j'ai trouve la lettre.
Vous perdrez, en agissant
En
lisant
a.
on apprend a
Both
participle
ainsi.
lire.
While playing,
I lost
my
watch.
On returning, I found the letter.

You will lose if you act thus.
By reading one learns to read.
and gerund denote simultaneous
action, but the
use of en, strengthened sometimes by tout, usually emphasizes the

continuity of the action:
(En) disant ceci,
il
Tout en pleurant,
6.
The gerund
prit la lyre.
(While) saying this, he took the harp.
elle continua.
Still
Je 1'ai vu en allant a la poste.

But: L'appetit vient en mangeant.
c.
En
is
d.
Cela
saw him while going to the post.

One's appetite comes while eating.
sometimes omitted, especially after
The gerund denotes
aller:
Generally speaking.
Off he goes grumbling.
Generalement parlant.
H s'en va (en) grondant.
from
weeping, she went on.
usually refers to the subject:
progressive action in a few expressions formed
aller:
alia (en)
287.
diminuant.
English
Forms
lated into French;
That kept growing

in -ing.
less
and
less.
These are variously trans-
idiomatic differences are:
THE VERB
292
2.
28S-2S9
Periphrastic tense forms are avoided in French:
1.
He
a joue toute la matinee.
II
has been playing
all
morning.
English gerunds are translated by an -ant form only

preposition en may be used; otherwise by an
when the
infinitive,
En
But
II
a noun, or a clause:
on apprend a
II parle de partir.
pendu pour avoir
lisant
:
fut
By reading one learns to read.

He speaks of going away.
He was hanged for having stolen.
lire.
vole.
She went without saying good-bye.
Elle partit sans dire adieu.
Seeing
Voir c'est croire.
J'aime
la
chasse
Je suis etonne
3.
(or
a chasser).
qu'il soit
venu.
am
is
believing.
hunting.
I like
surprised at his coming.
After verbs of perception (entendre, sentir, voir,
the relative or infinitive construction
etc.),
much commoner
is
than the participle:

Je les vois venir (qui viennent or
I see
them coming.
venant).
Les
II
See them passing

He saw my brothers going out.
Did you hear them knocking?
voila qui passent
a vu sortir
mes
freres.
Les avez-vous entendus
f rapper
(qui frappaient)?
Je
la (or luij vis
4.
frapper
1'
enfant.
Compound nouns with a
not literally translated:

Une machine a coudre.
5.
-ant,
It is often
saw her
first
more elegant
striking the child.
component
in -ing are
sewing-machine.
to avoid a
French form in
even when permissible:
Pendant
mon
While traveling.
voyage.
THE PAST PARTICIPLE

288.
General Use.
out auxiliary,
(2)
The
past participle
with etre,
(3)
is
used, (1) with-
with avoir (or etre used
as avoir).
289.
Without Auxiliary. A past participle without any

an adjective (attributive, predica-
auxiliary has the force of
THE PAST PARTICIPLE
290-291
293
tive, appositive), and agrees, like an adjective, in gender

and number with the word qualified:
Des fetes donnees par

Lesbattus; les morts.
Festivities given
le roi.
Le passe n'est plus a nous.

Jean et Marie semblent fatigues.
Tenez les portes fermees.
me
lis
regarderent etonnes.
by the
John and Mary look
the substantive, and are invariable, but are variable
Vu
tired.
Keep the doors closed.

They looked at me astonished.
Certain past participles have preposit onal force
a.
king.
The beaten; the dead.

The past is no longer ours.
when preceding
when following
In view of the difficulties.

Except them; they excepted.
les difficultes.
Excepte eux; eux exceptes.
Such are: Approuve, attendu, certifie, collationne, y compris, non

compris, entendu, excepte, oui, paye, passe, suppose, vu, etc.
Ci-inclus
b.
enclosed
and
ci-joint
herewith, are invariable
when followed by a noun without
beginning a sentence, or
Ci-inclus la copie, etc.
Herewith the copy,
Vous recevez
You
ci-joint copie, etc.
J'envoie ci-jointe une
But:
(la)
when
article:
etc.
receive herewith a copy, etc.
send herewith a (the) copy,
etc.
copie, etc.
290. Past Participle
with etre.
etre agrees with the subject;
past participle with
for exceptions see
Les dames etant arrivees.
244:
They are (have been) beaten.
Mary and Louisa have come,
They have gone out.
The ladies having come.
Elle parla d'avoir ete blessee.
She spoke
lis
sont (ont ete) battus:
Marie
lis
et
Louise sont venues.
sont sortis.
a.
Hence the past
invariable, agreeing strictly
etait
venu des
of
having been hurt.
an impersonal verb with etre

with the grammatical subject il:
participle of
soldats.
Soldiers
is
had come.
Past Participle with avoir.

1. A
past participle
with avoir agrees with a preceding direct object; otherwise
291.
it is
invariable:
La piece que
vous lue?
Quels livres
j'ai
a-t-il
ecrite, l'avez-
apportes?
Have you read
What books
the play I wrote ?
did he bring?
THE VERB
294
But: J'ai
ecrit la lettre.
lui ai
2.
donne
292
have written the
letter.
They have read and
Elles ont lu et ecrit.
Je
la lettre.
written.
have given her the
letter.
Similarly, the past participle of a reflexive verb (con-
jugated with etre for avoir) alwaj^s agrees with the reflexive
object, unless that object be indirect:
Ds se sont
They have rejoiced.

They were mistaken.
She wounded (or hurt)
rejouis.
Elles s'etaient trompees.

Elle s'est blessee.
But:
lis
se sont
ecrit.
Elle s'est blesse la main.

lis
se sont arroge ce privilege.
lis
se sont plu a Paris.
a.
herself.
She has fallen (fell).

They wrote to each other.
She wounded her hand.
They assumed that privilege.
They enjoyed themselves in Paris.
Elle s'est laissee tomber.
Besides the indirect reflexive object, a direct object
Les robes
292.
may
be
which the following past participle agrees:
present, with
The
qu'elle s'est achetees.
dresses she bought herself.
Remarks. All cases of the agreement of the past

depend upon the above general principles; special
participle
difficulties are:
1
La
La
The
past participle of an impersonal verb
belle journee qu'il a fait
What
The
disette qu'il y a eu.
a fine day
it
is
invariable
was
scarcity that there was.
2. A noun denoting distance, time, price, weight, etc.,

with such verbs as marcher, courir, vivre, coiiter, peser,
valoir,
etc.,
is
adverbial
accusative
(not
direct
object);
hence no agreement:
Les dix milles que j'ai marche.
Les cent francs que cet ouvrage
m'a cotite.
a.
Such verbs used
The ten miles I walked.

The hundred francs that book
transitively, or figuratively with transitive force,
follow the general rule:
La malle que
j'ai
cost
me.
pesee.
Les dangers qu'il a courus.

La peur que cela a coute.
The trunk which I weighed.

The dangers he incurred.
The fear which that caused.
THE PAST PARTICIPLE
292
3.
etc.,
cording to the sense
Que de maux
(cf.
a soufferts
il
What
ills
he endured
has been seized.
The
j'ai
vendus.
lui
number
It is the half of the furniture that
saisie.
La moitie des meubles que

Quelle
of
variable or invariable ac-
is
231-234)
meubles qu'on
C'est la moitie des
by an expression
past participle preceded
or quantity, a collective,
295
half of the furniture
which
sold.
joie,
What
joy, what happiness you

have procured him
quel bonheur vous
avez procure
a. Partitive en is never a direct object; agreement, however, takes

place with combien, plus, moins, preceding en, if the sense be plural:
Combien Dieu en
exauces
a-t-il
Plus on vous a donne de

plus vous en avez lus.
When an
1.
How many of them God has heard
The more books
(with or without a preposition)
infinitive
follows, the past participle is invariable
direct object is
ou were given,
the more of them you read.
livres,
governed by the
when the preceding

and variable if
infinitive,
governed by the past participle alone:

The letter I wished to write.
The letter I forgot to write.
La lettre que j'ai voulu ecrire.

La lettre que j'ai oublie d'ecrire.
II nous a pries d'y aller.
He begged
On nous
They
a dit de sortir.
laisse, agree
Entendu, vu,
a.
but arc invariable
if it
when the
j'ai
vu battre.
has active force,
The lady I heard sing(ing).

The children I saw beaten.
After du, pu, voulu, ose, with auxiliary force, a governing
b.
tive is either expressed or implied;

lu
J'ai
tous les livres que
pu (lire).
But Les livres que
:
c.
Fait
d.
The
lettres
qu'il
j'ai
j'ai
is
voulus.
past participle of avoir a
que
j'ai
I read all the
books that
The books
I wished.
invariable:
fait venir.
eu (eues) a
lire.
infini-
hence no agreement:
(read).
+ infinitive
Les medecins
Les
infinitive
has passive force (284):
La dame que j'ai entendue chanter.

Les enfants que
us to go.
told us to go out.
The doctors he
is
sent for.
variable or invariable:
The
letters I
had to
read.
could
THE VERB
296
293-294
pronoun que is sometimes direct object of

que clause, either fully expressed or
the
past participle is invariable:
hence
and
implied,
The
5.
relative
a verb in a following
Des choses que
j'ai
cru qu'il ferait.
J'ai lu les livres qu'il
a voulu (que
Things
I
I thought he would do.

read the books which he wished
(me to
je lusse).
read).
GOVERNMENT OF VERBS
1. A transitive verb governs
293. Transitives.
a direct
object, as in English:
I wrote the letter (letters).
J'ai ecrit la lettre (des lettres).
2.
transitive verb
other
can have only one direct object;

to it must stand as indirect
related
substantives
object or as prepositional complement:

Pardon him his sins.
Pardonnez-lui ses peches.
I give the girl the thimble.
Je donne le de a la fille.
I give her the thimble with pleasure.
Je lui donne le de avec plaisir.
I advise my son to go.
Je conseille a mon fils de partir.
a.
to,
By an
+ an
etc.,
infinitive
Je
extension of this principle, the verb faire

infinitive, requires
make, cause
an indirect personal object when the
has a direct object:
fais lire ce livre a
mon fils.
make
(have)
my
son read this
book.
Je lui fais lire ce

But: Je fais lire
Je
b.
livre.
mon fils.
I
I
le fais lire.
Laisser, voir, entendre, ouir,
make him read this

make my son read.
make him read.
may
book.
have, and frequently do have,
the same construction:
Let him read the book.

I saw him play that part.
Let the child read.
Laissez-?e (-lui) lire le livre.
Je V (lui) ai vu jouer ce role.

But: Laissez lire 1' enfant.
294.
Intransitives.
direct object, but
An
may,
intransitive
of course,
verb
can have no
have an indirect object
or a prepositional complement:
II
parle a ce soldat.
II lui
parle de la guerre.
He is speaking to
He speaks to him
that soldier.
of the war.
GOVERNMENT OF VERBS
295-296
a.
297
very few intransitives govern a direct object anomalously:
II
a vecu sa vie en heros.
II
va tout droit son chemin.
He
He
lived his
life like
a hero.
goes straight on his way.
Many verbs serve either as transitives or intransitives: II

Note.
descendu (intransitive), He has gone down; Ii a descendu le tableau
est
He
(transitive),
295.
has taken down the picture.
Xouns
Predicative Complement.
are used predic-
atively after certain verbs, as follows:
In nominative relation:
1.
sont Anglais.
lis
medecin.
Elle est morte jeune
est
II
Such verbs
They
are Englishmen.
He
a doctor.
is
She died a young
fille.
girl.
are:
passer, pass
entrer, enter
tre cens6, be supposed

mourir, die
naitre, be born
etre, be
paraitre, appear
sortir,
dcmeurer, remain
devenir, become
2.
On
rester,
remain
sembler, seem
go out, etc.
In accusative relation:
They made him
le fit roi.
honnete homme.
connais incapable de mentir.
Je
le crois
think he
Je
le
know he
Such verbs
is
is
king.
an honest man.
incapable of falsehood.
are:
se montrer, show oneself
appeler, call
estimer, esteem
eouronner, crown
faire.
croire, believe
se faire, become
proclamer, proclaim
declarer, declare
instituer, institute
savoir, know, etc.
296.
nommer, name
make
Prepositional Complement.
presents
special
difficulty;
other
The use
of
prepositions
de and a
have,
in
general, their usual literal force:

1.
Some
verbs with de have the force of an English
transitive:
II
jouit
d'une parfaite sante.
Elle s'est
On
trompee de
porte.
se sert d'encre pour ecrire.
lie enjoys perfect health.
She took the wrong door.

Ink is used for writing.
Such verbs are:

abuser de, misuse
8'apereevoir de, perceive
s'approcher de, approach

avoir besoin de, need
avoir peur de, fear

avoir pitie de, pity
THE VERB
298
296
convenir de, admit
gemir de, bemoan
se passer de,
se defier de, mistrust
jouir de, enjoy
se servir de, use
se demettre de, resign
manquer
disconvenir de, deny
medire de, slander
douter de, doubt

se douter de, suspect
se metier de, mistrust
Similarly,
2.
do without
se souvenir de, recollect
de, lack
tromper de, mistake

user de, employ, use
se
partir de, leave
etc.
some verbs with a have the
force of an
English transitive:
II
He obeys his father.

She resembles her mother.
obeit a son pere.
Elle ressemble a sa mere.
Such verbs
aller a,
fit,
are:
nuire
suit
a,
harm
obeir a, obey
arriver a, reach
attenter a, attempt (the
life)
obvier
a, obviate
compatir a, pity
convenir a, suit
ordonner a, order
pardonner a, pardon
deplaire a, displease
parvenir
desobeir
se fier a, trust
permettre
persuader
importer
plaire &, please
3.
a,
a,
disobey
concern
promettre a, promise
remedier a, remedy
renoncer a, renounce
repondre a, answer
resister a, resist
ressembler
a,
a,
permit
succeder
a,
succeed
a,
persuade
survivre
h, survive
k,
attain
resemble
etc.
In some instances, on the contrary, a French transia preposition.

an English verb
tive has the force of

Payez-lui les livres.
Pay him for
Je regarde cet arbre-la.
am
the books.
looking at that tree.
Such verbs are:

accepter, accept of
demander, ask for
payer, pay for
admettre, admit of
approuver, approve of
desirer, wish for
regarder, look at
ecouter, listen to
rencontrer, meet with
attendre, wait for
envoyer chercher, send for

esperer, hope for
souhaiter, wish for
chercher, look for
etc.
a frequently have, as compared with English,

a special idiomatic force with certain verbs:
4.
De and
Cela depend de vous.

Pensez a votre devoir.
Such verbs
are:
s'affliger de, grieve at
approcher(s') de, draw
near
to
That depends on you.

Think of your duty.
consoler de, console for

blamer de, blame for
complimenter de, com- dejeuner de, breakfast on
dependre de, depend on
pliment on
GOVERNMENT OF VERBS
296
se desoler de, grieve over
se nourrir de, live on
diner de, dine on

feliciter de, congratulate on
profiter de, profit by
louer de, praise for
punir de, pun ish for

recompenser de, reward for
se meler de, meddle with
se rejouir de, rejoice at
geniir de, lament over
acheter qqch. a qqu., buy something
from (or for) some one

arracher qqch. a qqu., snatch from
cacher qqch. a qqu., hide from
conferer qqch. a qqu., confer on
demander qqch. a qqu., ask for (of)
derober cjqeh. a qqu., steal from
emprunter qqch. a qqu., borrow from
infliger qqch. a qqu., inflict on
299
remcrcier de, thank for

rire de, laugh at
triompher de, triumph over

live on
vivre de,
etc.
away from
pardonner qqch. k qqu., pardon for
payer qqch. a qqu., pay for
oter qqch. a qqu., take
penser a qqch. or a qqu., think of

prendre qqch. a qqu., take from
pourvoir a qqch., provide for
inspirer qqch. a qqu., inspire with
procurer qqch. a qqu., procure for

prodiguer qqch. a qqu., lavish on
reprocher qqch. a qqu., reproach icith
souhaiter qqch. a qqu., wish
rueler qqch. a qqch., mingle with
voler qqch. a qqu., steal from
5.
Many
verbs have a double construction with varying
meaning:
lis
They
jouent aux cartes.
Elle joue
du
She
piano.
is
are playing cards.
playing the piano.
Such verbs are:

abuser qqu., deceive
abuser de qqch., misuse
assister qqu., help
assister a qqch., be present at, witness
penser a, think of (about)

penser de, have opinion of
pretendre qqch., assert
pretendre a, aspire to
and
concourir a. qqch., contribute to

concourir pour qqch., compete for
servir, serve (tr.
convenir k qqu., suit

convenir de qqch., agree about
servir a, be tiscful for
croire qqu. or qqch., believe
supplier qqu., take the place of

supplier a qqch., complete
toucher qqu. or qqch., touch
toucher de l'argent, draw money
croire a, en, belie
demander qqu. or qqch., ask after

demander qqch. k qqu., ask for (from,
of)
her iter de qqu., be heir of

heriter de qqch., inherit
joucr qqu., deceive
[strument
intr.)
servir de, serve us
se servir de,
make
use of
toucher a, meddle with, be near to

toucher d'un instrument, play an instrurru nt (keyed)
user qqch., wear out
jouer d'un instrument, play on an injouer a un jeu, play (at) a game
user de, make use of

en user de, deal, act
manquer qqu. or qqch., miss

manquer de, lack, be nearly
manquer a, fail in
veiller qqu.. watch over,
veiller a qqch., attend
nurse
to,
watch over
veiller sur qqu., watch over, etc.
THE NOUN
300
297.
Position.
Objects
and prepositional complements
regularly follow the verb, the direct object

first;
but
if
297-301
of unequal length, the longer
is
(if
any) being
For
usually last.
position of personal pronouns, see the Pronoun.

298. Composite Complement.
The various parts of a
complement must be of the same grammatical value, i.e.,
all
H
II
nouns,
apprend
apprend
299.
a.
all
verbs, etc.:
lire et
He
Two
Manifold Verb.
the same complement only
H
U
learns to read and sing.

He' learns reading and singing.
a chanter.
la lecture et le chant.
if
aime et respecte son oncle.

aime son oncle et lui obeit.
more verbs can govern
or
alike in
government:
He
He
and obeys
loves and respects his uncle.

loves
his uncle.
THE NOUN
GEXDER OF NOUNS
300.
Xouns in French are either mascuAs an aid to memon*, general rules for
General Rule.
line or feminine.
determining gender are given in the following sections.

301.
Gender by Derivation.
1.
Nouns
derived
from
Latin masculines are regularly masculine:
Mur
(L.
murum);
livre
(L. librum);
Wall; book; order; poet.
ordre (L. ordinem); poete (L. poela).

a.
Exceptions are not uncommon; Latin masculine abstracts in -or

become feminine, except masculine honneur,
(accusative -orem) have
deshonneur, labeur, amour:

candeur, f. (L. candorem), innocence
* couleur, f. (L. colorem), color
douleur, f. (L. dolorem), pain
*
e.g.,
erreur,
fureur,
f.
f.
(L. errorem), error

(L. furorem), fury
etc.
Masculine in such phrases as couleur de feu, couleur de rose,

ce ruban est d'un beau couleur de rose.
etc.,
GENDER OF NOUNS
302
Nouns derived from Latin
2.
301
feininines
are
regularly-
feminine:
Justice
(L.
num);
main
masculine
Corps
(L.
Justice;
hand;
charity;
faith.
ma-
foi (L. Jldem).
Nouns
3.
charite
justiliam);
caritatem);
(L.
derived
from
Latin
neuters
are
regularly-
(L. corpus)
or (L. aurum)
fer (L. ferrum)
pre (L. pralum)
siecle (L. sceculum);
verbe
Body;
iron;
meadow;
gold;
cen-
tury ; verb,
(L.
verbum).
More than a hundred neuter
a.
singular in French, just as

first
arme
if
plurals in -a
have become feminine
derived from nouns in -a of the Latin
declension:
(L. arma),
arm
feuille (L. folia), leaf
levre (L. labra), lip
date (L. data), date
graine (L. grana), seed
dette (L. debita), debt
huile (L. olea), oil
ceuvre (L. opera), work

pomme (L. poma) apple
etude (L. studio), study
joie (L. gaudia), joy
Gender by Endings,
302.
1.
etc.
Masculine are most nouns
ending as follows:
(1) In a vowel sound (not -e mute):
An opera (side, hat, hair).
Un opera (cote, chapeau, cheveu).
Un parti (zero, caillou, tissu).
A party (zero, pebble, tissue).
a.
Feminine exceptions are:

moitie, half
fourmi, ant
bru, daughter-in-law
gutta-percha, gutta-percha
polka, polka
merci, mercy
tribu, tribe
guerilla, guerilla
glu, bird lime
razzia, raid
foi,
faith
vertu, virtue
tombola, charity lottery

veranda, veranda
loi,
law
can, water
paroi, wall
peau, skin
cit6, city
virago, virago
etc.
Further, most abstracts in -te, -tie:

aniitit',
friendship
charite, charily
(2)
Le sac
sante, health
liberie, liberty
pitie, pity
etc.
In a consonant:
(pied, joug, sol, nez, temps).
The sack
(foot,
yoke,
soil,
nose, time).
THE NOUN
302
a.
key
clef,
nave
nef, ship,
croix, cross
vis,
dent, tooth
faux, scythe
dot, dower
noix, walnut
mer, sea
foret, forest
paix, peace
tour, tower
gent,
brebis, sheep
mort, death
poix, piteA
nuit, nia/i
toux, cough
part, part, share
voix, voice
cuiller,
faim, hunger
/agon, fashion
end
screw
chair, flesh
cour, court
soif, thirst
fin,
303
spoon
time
lecon, lesson
fois,
main, hand
rancon, ransom
oasis, oasis
mouse
souris,
perdrix, partridge
iro'oe
chaux, lime
etc.
Further, nouns in -son, -ion and most abstracts in -eur
(cf
301, a)
chanson, song
maison, house
nation, nation
faveur, favor
occasion, occasion
fureur, fury
raison, reason
possession, possession
peur, fear
trahison, treason
couleur, color
spectacle (voyage, sarcasme,
college,
The
diademe, magnetisme,
The
spectacle
sarcasm,
magnetism,
mystery).
following feminines in -age should be noted:
swimming
plage, beach
cage, cage
nage,
image, image
page, page (of a book)
2.
(journey,
diadem,
college,
mystere).
a.
etc.
In -acle, -age, -asme, -ege, -erne, -isme, -tere:
(3)
Le
."
rage, rage
Feminine are most nouns ending as follows:
(1)
In -e preceded by a vowel or double consonant:
Une annee
roue,
(vie,
pluie,
vue, raie, soie,
famille,
flamme,
couronne, tristesse, botte).

(2)
year
family,
rain,
crown,
sadness,
In -ace, -ade, -ance, -ence, -ense,
streak,
sight,
(life,
wheel,
silk,
flame,
boot).
-iere, -oire, -ude,
-ure:
La preface
presence,
(salade,
defense,
histoire, habitude,
Constance,
lumiere,
culture).
The
preface
presence,
tory,
constancy,
(salad,
defence,
habit,
light,
his-
culture).
Gender by Meaning. 1. Names of male beings

and names of female beings feminine:
Unhomme; une femme.
A man; a woman.
Un bceuf une vache.
An ox; a cow.
303.
are usually masculine,
GENDER OF NOUNS
303
Most nouns denoting
a.
writer,
form,
imprimeur,
auteur, author, ecrivain,
e.g.,
and a few nouns lacking a feminine

temoin, witness, etc., remain masculine when
printer,
ange, angel,
e.g.,
professions,
303
etc.,
applied to females:
dame
Cette
un auteur
est
dis-
That lady
tingue.
Marie
Mary
un ange.
est
Some names
b.
mouse; ambiguity
Some nouns
an angel.
is
others are feminine only,
may
e.g.,
e.g.,
elephant,
fourmi, ant, souris,
be avoided by adding male or femelle:
A bull
elephant male (femelle).
c.
a celebrated author-
of lower animals are masculine only,
elephant, hibou, owl;
Un
is
ess.
(cow) elephant.
are feminine only, whether applied to males or females
caution, aunty
personne, person
vedette, scout
connaissance, acquaintance
pratique, customer
victime, victim
dupe, dupe
recrue, recruit
vigie, look-out
ganache, blockhead
sentinelle, sentinel
The
2.
(1)
a.
bise,
following are masculine:
Names
Le nord;
le
man
etc.
of cardinal points
and winds:
The
sud; le zephyr.

north wind
mousson, monsoon
north; the south; the zephyr.
tramontane, north wind
brise, breeze
(2)
Names
of seasons, months,
Le printemps; octobre;
(3)
Names
lundi.
of countries not ending in -e:
Le Canada; leDauphine;
(4)
Most names
most names
Le Hartz;
days of the week:

Monday.
Spring; October;
le Chili.
of
Canada; Dauphiny; Chile.
mountains not ending
in -es,
and
of rivers:
The Hartz
le Jura.
mts.; the Jura mts.
The Apennines.
Les Apennins.
The Volga; the Rhone; the Rhine.
Le Volga; le Rhone; le Rhin.
But fern.: Les Alpes (Pyrenees, Vosges, etc.).
a.
The
La Seine,
(5)
rivers of
France
in -e are nearly all feminine:
The
la Loire, etc.
Names
of trees
Lechene; lebouleau;
le
Seine, the Loire, etc.
and shrubs:
pommier.
The oak;
the birch; the apple
tree.
THE NOUN
304
Feminine exceptions
a.
vigne, vine
epine, thorn
bruyere, heath
ronce, bramble
Names
(6)
hieble,
of weights
Names
(7)
Le
fer
(or,
dwarf
of metals
viorne, wild clematis
elder
etc.
and measures
litre, etc.).
of the metrical system:
meter (gramme,
Iron
Words and phrases not nouns when used
(8)
Le beau; le blanc; le francais.

Un a; un mais; un oui-dire.
Le derriere de la tete.
capitale
b.
The names
a;
3.
(1)
beautiful; white; French.
An
'
';
The back
'
but
';
a rumor.
of the head.
of the letters of the alphabet, as given in 4, are all
h,
f,
un b; une
The
A beauty.
A capital.
etc.).
m,
1,
(or
n, r, s are often treated as feminine.
un)
An
f.
a.
';
'
';
an
'
.'
of countries in -e:
Some masculine
Bengale, Bengal
(2)
'
following are feminine:
Names
La France (Asie, Normandie).
Most names
Rome; Athenes; Tyr;
France
(Asia,
Normandy).
le
Maine, Maine
exceptions are:
le
Mexique, Mexico
of cities
and towns,
especially in -e, -es:
Rome; Athens; Tyre;
Ilion.
(in Fr.)
Ilium.
Masculine exceptions are:
le Caire,
Londres, London
Cairo
Havre, Havre
Notes.
Tout Rome
the
as nouns:
The
(sc. ville, lettre).
masculine, but
le
sul-
Adjectives referring to concrete objects have the gender of the
a.
noun understood:
Une belle (sc. dame, femme,
a.
silver,
tole, sheet iron
fonte, cast iron
le
copper,
(gold,
phate).
a.
Un
liter, etc.).
and chemicals:
cuivre, argent, sul-
fate),
Une
303
are:
aubepine, hawthorn
bourdaine, buckthorn
Un metre (gramme,
1.
Paris, Paris
Versailles, Versailles
Any name
of a
town
le sait, All Rome knows it.

name may always be preceded by
or city
2.
is
etc.
masculine as a collective:
In case of doubt as to the gender,

de = the town (city) of.
la ville
GENDER OF NOUNS
304
Names
(3)
of holidays, fete
La Saint-Martin;
a.
de being understood:
Martinmas; mid- June.
la mi-juin.
Observe:
Noel, m.
(la
Noel, la fete de Noel).
Names
(4)
La peinture
a.
305
Christmas.
of arts, sciences, trades:
(chimie, librairie).
Painting (chemistry, book-trade).
Principal exception:
le dessin,
304.
drawing
Nouns
Double Gender. 1. Some nouns denotand adjectives in -e, when so
of
ing persons, mostly in -e,
used, are either masculine or feminine:
Un
Un
(une) artiste;
un (une)
eleve.
(une J malade; un (une) rebelle.
Such nouns
An
artist;
a rebel.
are:
* enfant, child
aide, assistant
proprietaire, owner
camarade, comrade
esclave, slave
compatriote, compatriot
locataire, tenant
* Regularly masculine in the plural.
2.
a pupil.
patient;
The meaning
of
But
some nouns
Un critique; une critique.

Le mode; la mode.
ward
pupille,
etc.
belles enfants, pretty
little girls.
varies with the gender:
critic;
a criticism.
The mode, mood
(gram.); the fashion.
Other such nouns are:
assistant
assistant, help
aune
alder
ell
crepe
crape
garde
guard
pancake
keeper, body of
guide
livre
(mil.),
Masc.
Fem.
Masc.
aide
pendulum
clock
stove, pall
frying-pan
politician
polities
position
post office
politique
troops, watch, hilt poste
guide
book
rein
pound
Fe.m.
poele
keeper
manrhn handle
sleeve
nn'moire memorandum memory
page
page
pendule
page(of a book)
Bourifl
nap sum
mouse
smile
statuaire
scidptor
somme
sleep,
sculpture
mere!/, pity
turn, trick tovXr

tour
trompette trumpeter trumpet
moule
mould
mousse cabin-boy
mussel
vapeur
steamer
steam
moss
vase
vase
slime,
office
larder
voile
veil
sail
merci
thanks
service
mud
THE NOUN
306
The
3.
304
following nouns are either masculine or feminine,
with identical or closely related meaning:

Apres-midi = afternoon and automne= autumn are usually massometimes feminine.
a.
culine,
Amour
b.
poet.)
(m.)
love,
c.
Automobile (m. or
d.
Delice
singular
Couple (m.)
/.
(m.)
f.),
couple
(f.)
(f.
passion, amour;
pi.)
amour
hymn, song of praise;

is
in
hymne
(f.)
(church)
used.)
couple, pair (joined
by
affection, sentiment, etc.);
couple, two (two like objects taken together):
Note: JJnepaire de gants, etc.
pair of lovers.
Two
(a couple of) eggs.
pair of gloves, etc.
(m. s.) = Easter; paques fleuries (f.

g. Paque or paques
Palm Sunday (so also in other phrases); paque (f.) = Passover.
Orge
s.
more commonly feminine.
Un couple d'amoureux.
Une couple d'ceufs.
h.
(f.
passion, amours.
in plural.
(Commonly cantique
hymn.
object,
and orgue = organ (music) are masculine
delight
and feminine
Hymne
e.
loved
amours
passion, amour;
(f.)
barley is masculine in
orge
monde
(perle)
pi.)
pot-
(pearl-) barley.
Foudre
sometimes masculine in poetry or

foudre de Jupiter = Jove's thunderand in figurative expressions, e.g., un grand foudre de guerre =
i.
bolt
thunderbolt
is
foudre (m.) in
le
(f.)
elevated prose;
a great warrior.
(Euvre
j.
style;
le
grand ceuvre
k.
(f.)
ceuvre (m.
Gens
(pi.
s.)
the philosopher's stone.
m.
tives are feminine
is sometimes masculine in elevated

works (collectively of an engraver or musician);
work, works,
or
when
f.)
people, persons, etc.
preceding, and masculine
Attributive adjec-
when
following gens,
but predicatives, before or after, are masculine. All is translated by

toutes only when attributive and separated from gens by an adjective
variable for the feminine;
otherwise by tous:
De bonnes
gens.
Good
Les
gens sont malheureux.
Old people are unhappy.
vieilles
people.
GENDER OF NOUNS
305-306
Les
gens
petites
et les grands.
Merci, bonnes gens, merci.

Ces gens sont heureux.
Toutes les
Tous
vieilles gens.
307
small people and the great.

Thanks, good people, thanks.
Those people are happy.
The
All (the) old people.

All the people.
les gens.
But: Tous les habiles gens.
Tous ces gens-ci.

Tous sont de bonnes gens.
Les gens sont tous ici.
All the clever people.

All these people.
All are
good people.
The people
are
all here.
Les
1. A pronoun to which gens is antecedent is masculine:
Notes.
gens qui sont venus, The people who have come. 2. Gens in expressions like
gens de robe = lawyers and in jeunes gens = young men is always masculine.
Gender of Compound Nouns. 1. Compound nouns

made up of a verb + a governed noun are regularly
305.
masculine
Un
Un
cure-dents; un porte-plume.
tire-bouchon
2.
the
un
portefeuille.
A toothpick;
A corkscrew;
a penholder.
a portfolio.
Occasionally they are feminine:
a.
Une
perce-neige.
snowdrop.
The gender of other compounds is regularly that of

noun when only one noun is present, or of the principal
noun
in case there are two:
An etching.
A map of the
Une eau-forte.
Une mappe-monde.
La fete-dieu.
world.
Corpus Christi day.
the Ferninine. Most nouns denoting living beings distinguish the masculine and feminine as
306.
Formation
of
follows
1.
Some by
Masc.
bceuf, ox
a different word:
Fem.
vache
Masc.
Fem.
mari, husband
femme
bouc, he-goat
chevre
oncle, uncle
tante
coq, cock
poule
parrain, godfather
marraine
frere, brother
soeur
pore, pig
truie
homme, man
femme
etc.
etc.
THE NOUN
308
a.
The feminine form

Masc.
is
306
often obviously cognate:
Fem.
Masc.
Fem.
ambassadeur, ambassador ambassadrice

cane
canard, drake
gouverneur, tutor gouvernante

loup, wolf
louve
* chanteur, singer
cantatrice
niulet,
cochon, hog
coche
*procureur, proxy procuratrice
compagnon, companion
compagne
serviteur, servant
dindon, turkey cock

empereur, emperor
dinde
imperatrice
vieillard, old
mule
mule
man
etc.
* Also in -euse, see 337, 2 (2), a.
2.
Some by adding -esse
Masc.
to the last consonant:
servante
vieille
etc.
309
NUMBER OF NOUNS
307-308
NUMBER OF NOUNS
General Rule. The plural of a noun
formed by adding -s to the singular:
regularly
is
307.
King(s); queen(s); garden(s).
Roi(s); reine(s); jardin(s).
308. Principal Exceptions.
The
following are the prin-
cipal exceptions to the above rule:
remain unchanged in the plural;

words when used as nouns:
The arm; the voice; the nose.
Le bras; la voix; le nez.
The arms; the voices; the noses.
Les bras; les voix; les nez.
The ayes and noes; the rumors.
Les oui et les non; les on dit.
Many littles make a muckle.'
Plusieurs peu font un beaucoup.
Nouns
1.
in -s, -x, -z
so also invariable
'
Nouns
2.
Noyau(x);
in -au, -eu,
and seven
in -ou, take -x:
Kernel(s);
jeu(x),
chateau(x);
game(s);
castle(s);
vow(s).
vceu(x).
The seven nouns
in -ou are:
bijou(x), jewel
genou(x), knee
joujou(x), toy
caillou(x), pebble
hibou(x), owl
pou(x), louse
chou(x), cabbage
But: clou(s),
3.
nail, sou(s), half-penny, etc.
Most nouns
in-al change -al to -au,
Genercux; chevaux; journaux.

a.
But the
following,
and add -x as above:
General; horse; newspaper.

Generals; horsea; newspapers.
Genera/; cheva/; journa?.
and a few rarer ones
in -al, are regular:
aval(s), endorsement
cal(s) , callosity
chacal(s), jackal
bal(s), ball (for dancing)
carnaval(s), carnival
regal(s), treat
4.
The
following in -ail have the plural in -aux:

vitrail (-aux), stained
bail (-aux), lease
travail (-aux), work
corail (-aux), coral
vantail (-aux), folding-door
soupirail (-aux),
ventail (-aux), ventail
glass
window
air-hole
But: d6tail(s), detail; eventail(s), fan,
N
cattle;
5.
tE
Bestiaux
it is
(pi.),
cattle,
from an obsolete form
Gent =
race,
tribe,
is
etc.,
are regular.
often given as the plural of betail,
bestiail, parallel to betail.
has the plural gens
people, etc.
THE NOUN
310
309.
The
Double Plurals.
following
309-311
have two
plural
forms, mostly with varying meaning:

aieul (a'ieux), ancestor
a'ieul (a'ieuls),
(yeux), eye
oeil
grandfather
in
ceil (ceils-)
compounds, e.g.,
windows
ceils-de-boeuf, oval
ail (aulx), garlic
stake
ail (ails), garlic
pal (paux),
ciel (cieux), sky, heaven, climate
pal (pals), pale, stake
ciel (ciels), bed-tester,
travail (travaux), work
sky (in paint-
travail (travails), report (of a minis-
a quarry)
ing), roof (of
-pale,
brake (for horse-shoeing)
ter, etc.),
Obs.;
310.
The
meaning
-x plural regularly has the literal
Nouns
Foreign Nouns.
usually only
when
of the word.
of foreign origin -take -s,
fully naturalized,
but usage varies greatly
(see a dictionary):
a.
Partial
list
of variable foreign nouns:
accessit(s), honorable
bill(s), bill
toast(s), toast
mention
album(s), album
duo(s), duo
tramway(s), street-railway
vivat(s), hurrah
alibi(s), alibi
jury (s), jury

opera(s), opera
bifteck(s), beefsteak
pensuni(s), task
b.
Partial
list of
etc.
invariable foreign nouns:
amen
in-folio
magnificat
requiem
facsimile
in-octavo
interim
nota bene
post-scriptum
Te Deum
item
c.
vade
few Italian nouns retain their plural in
dilettante (-i), dilettante
soprano (-i), soprano
libretto (-i), libretto
lazzarone(-i), beggar
311.
Compound Nouns.
veto
etc.
mecum
i:
quintetto(-i), quintette
etc.
The only components which

The following
take a plural sign are nouns and adjectives.

are special rules:
1.
Compounds without hyphen
and follow the general
Portemanteau(x); grand'mere(s).
a.
are treated as one word,
rules:
Valise(s);
grandmother (s).
Exceptions are:
bon(s)homme(s), goodman, etc.

gentil(s)homme(s), nobleman
monsieur (messieurs), Mr., sir,
madame (mesdames), madam, Mrs.

mademoiselle (mesdemoiselles),
monseigneur (messeigneurs), my lord.
Mm
etc.
NUMBER OF NOUNS
311
2.
When
placed
in
juxtaposition
311
and connected by a
hyphen, nouns and adjectives are variable:

Chefvs)-lieu(x); chouW-fleuris);
Couiay-town(s);
grand(s)-pere(s).
a.
Demi-
invariable in compounds.
is
Des demi'-heures.
b.
Half hours.
Further exceptions are:
blanc-seing(s), signature in blank
ehevau-leger(s), light-horseman
3.
first
terre-pleiu(s), platform
etc.
Of two nouns joined by preposition and hyphens, the

orAy
variable:
is
Arc(s)-en-ciel; chef(s)-d'oeuvre.
a.
The
preposition de
is
Rainbow; masterpiece.
sometimes understood:
bain (s) -marie, water bath, doubleboiler
timbre(s)-poste, postage-stamp
hotel (s)-dieu, hospital

b.
cauliflower (s);
grandfather (s).
The
etc.
by
component simply:
following are invariable, since the idea conveyed
plural does not properly belong to the first
and soup
coq-a-1'ane, cock-and-bull story
pot-au-feu, beef
pied-a-terre, temporary lodging
tete-a-tete, private interview
4.
their
noun with preceding invariable component
is
usually
variable
Angl o- Saxon (s); avant-garde (s)
Anglo-Saxon; vanguard
tire-bouchon(s); vice-roi(s)
corkscrew; viceroy
bouche-trou(s)
stop-gap
a.
But the
final
noun remains invariable when the
not properly belong to
plural idea does
it:
lampshade
gagne-pain, means of living reveille-matin, alarm
clock
coupe-gorge, cut-throat place perce-neige, snowdrop
serre-tete, headband
prie-dieu, praying-stool
cr6ve-cceur, heartbreak
abat-jour,
contre-poison, antidote
b.
On
boute-cn-train, jolly fellow
etc.
the other hand, a final noun of clearly plural sense retains -s
in the singular:
un
un
(des) casse-noisettes, nutcracker

(des) cure-dents, toothpick
5.
etc..
un
(des) porte-clefs, turnkey
etc.
Invariable words, such as verb, adverb, preposition,

are invariable in
Des on
dit;
compounds:
des passe-partout.
Rumors; master-keys.
THE NOUN
312
a.
Garde-
is
usually variable in
compounds denoting
312-313
and
persons,
invariable in those denoting things:

Sick-nurses.
Des gardes-malades.
But: Des garde-robes.
Wardrobes.
1. Names of persons or
312. Plural of Proper Nouns.
families are usually invariable in the plural:
Les deux Racine.

Les Corneille et les Racine de
la
The two Ratines.

The Corneilles and Ratines
stage
scene.
{i.e.,
of the
Corneille, Racine,
and
others like them).
(The) Duvals have come.
Les Duval sont arrives.

a.
known
few Latin names, originally plural in form, and certain
historical
Les Bourbons
names
of families
and
dynasties, take -s
well-
CASE RELATION AND AGREEMENT
314^316
313
In appositions, and with adjectival force:

Henry IV, King of France.
roi de France.
2.
Henri IV,
Un
roi enfant.
child king.
After prepositions:
3.
J'ai parle a
4.
son pere.
have spoken to
his father.
Absolutely, generally with adverbial force:
Le diner
fini,
II etait la, le
The dinner ended, he
partit.
il
chapeau a
la
main.
He was
set out.
there, (with) his hat in his
hand.
Je suis venu samedi.
II est reste trois heures.
J'ai
marche
Nous
5.
came on Saturday.
He
stayed three hours.
walked ten miles.

We bought it for ten
dix milles.
l'avons achete dix francs.
francs.
Vocatively
Bonjour,
314.
mes
Good morning, my
amis.
Agreement.
lis (elles)
Agreement
sont Allemand(e)s.
La reine mere.
noun, or a noun used

an adjective with the word
predicate
adjectivally, usually agrees like
referred to (see
friends.
of the Adjective):
They are Germans.

The queen mother.
THE ARTICLE
The
315.
Indefinite Article
Masc.
Fem.
un, a (an)
une, a (an)
The
316.
Definite Article
Pl
Sing.
Masc.
Fem.
le
(1')
la
(1')
the
Masc. or Fem.
06s.: For the forms in parenthesis, see 19,
1.
les,
the
THE ARTICLE
314
The
Contractions.
317.
les, are
prepositions de
and a
317-318
+ le
and
always contracted as follows:

de
de
+ le = du
+ les = des
a
a
+ le = au
+ les = aux
1. No contraction takes place with la, 1'.

2. Formerly en
Notes.
was contracted to es, a form still used in academical titles, e.g.,
+ les
Bachelier es lettres, Bachelor of Arts.
Agreement and Repetition. The article agrees in

its noun, and is regularly repeated
also de, a) before each noun or adjective denoting a
318.
gender and number with

(as
distinctive object:
Une maison
Le
A house
et tin jardin.
flux et le reflux.
Au bon et au mauvais cote.

Les bons et les mauvais.
Des hommes ou des femmes.
But: Le bon et pieux pretre.
Le delta ou basse Egypte.
The
a.
and garden.
High and low tide.
On the good and bad side.
The good and the bad.
Men or women.
The kind and pious priest.
The Delta or Lower Egypt.
definite article is not repeated
cedes nouns joined
by
Les principales villes

de la France.
when a
et provinces
The
principal towns
and provinces
of France.
Singular adjectives in apposition to a plural
b.
single adjective pre-
et:
noun omit the
article:
The French and English languages.

Les langues francaise et anglaise.
Or: La langue francaise et la langue anglaise.
La langue francaise
c.
et l'anglaise.
few expressions of collective force, like the following, are perbut are either not obligatory or are confined to set expressions
missible,
Les pere et mere.

Les lundi et mardi.
Les trois et quatre avril.
Les officiers et soldats.
The
Ecole des ponts et chaussees.
School of
d.
For the repetition
parison of Adjectives.
(On)
The
The
of le, la, les
parents.
Mondays and Tuesdays.

third
and fourth of April.

and soldiers.
bridges and roads.
officers
with the superlative, see
Com-
USE OF ARTICLE WITH NOUNS
319-321
315
USE OF THE ARTICLE WITH NOUNS

Use
319.
French and English agree to a
in General.
considerable extent in the use of the article;
differences are
noted below.
The
320.
Indefinite Article.
general with that of English
a,
use corresponds in
Its
1.
an;
its plural is
the partitive
des (323):
Unhomme;
line
femme; des
gens.
man; a woman;
people.
Contrary to English usage, the indefinite article also

before an abstract noun used partitively
with an adjective or an adjectival adjunct:
2.
commonly stands
II
montra un soin extreme.
II
a une patience a toute epreuve.
Elle jouit d'une
C'est
a.
may
bonne sante.
She enjo3 s good health.

r
une
triste nouvelle.
The
adjective or complementary clause depending on such a
It Is
sad news.
noun
be understood:
Voila une patience

J'etais d'une
Un
He showed extreme care.

He has patience equal to anything.
humeur
There
I was
...
garcon d'une raison ...
is
patience for you
in a
young
tellect
temper
fellow of
(splendid) in-
For several cases in which the English indefinite article is reNote.

placed by the French definite article, or vice versa, or is omitted, see below.
The General Noun.
321.
i.e.,
it,
general/
'in
'all,'
A noun
'every,'
used in a general sense,

being implied with
etc.,
regularly has the definite article in French, though not
usually in English:
La
Le
vie est courte.
Life
fer et le cuivre sont utiles.
Iron and copper are useful.

I am studying music.
J'etudie la musique.
Les Francais aiment la gloire.
Le cheval est /'ami de l'homme.
Le noir vous sied bien.
J'aime les
Le beau
Le boire
pommes
et les poires.
et futile.
et le
manger.
is
short.
The French
love glory.
The horse is the friend of man.

Black becomes you.
I like apples and pears.
The beautiful and the useful.
Eating and drinking.
THE ARTICLE
316
a.
So
also,
names
of languages, except after en;
322-324
but not, however,
after parler:
Does he know French ?

speaks French well.
Say that in French.
Do you speak French ?
Sait-il le francais ?
II
parle bien
(le)
He
francais.
But: Dites cela en francais.

Parlez-vous francais ?
The
322.
Noun.
Partitive
noun implying 'an unde-
termined quantity or number of

titively or in
pressed in English
or
'any,'
is
Du
pain trempe dans du vin.

cris
desesperes.
II
This use
Note.
is
form with de
wheat; Quel est
in
324.
pressed
Has he (any) friends

Some children were
uttering ter-
There are people who believe

That is pure Carlyleism.
le croient.
du Carlyle pur.
next section)
in
the definite article:
rible cries.
gens qui
est des
C'est
-f-
(Some) bread dipped in wine.
des amis ?
Des enfants poussaient des
expressed
regularly
French by the noun preceded by de

A-t-il
said to be used par-
Article.
The partitive sense, exby the noun simply, or else the noun
by 'some'
preceded
is
with
Partitive
323.
'
a partitive sense.
of de
+ the
often called the
'
definite article, or
partitive article
'
even of de alone (see

it is
entirely identical
the article in other senses, e.g., Je vends du ble, /

What is the price of the wheat ?
le prix du ble?
Omission of
by de alone
Article.
The
it.
partitive
sense
is
sell
ex-
the noun as follows:
an adjective precedes the noun; so also, when a

understood after an adjective:
Have you any good paper ?
Avez-vous de bon papier ?
1.
noun
When
is
Donnez-moi de ces plumes-la.

J'ai de vos livres.
De bon vin et de mauvais (sc. vin).
De gros livres et de petits (sc.
Give me some of those pens.

I have some of your books.
Good wine and bad.
Big books and little ones.
livres).
But: Des soldats francais.
a.
J'ai
du pain
The
article is
Du bon
blanc.
French soldiers.
I have white bread.
not omitted when the noun has a distinctive adjunct:

Some of the good paper he bought.
papier qu'il a achete.
325
b.
The
in sense,
article is not
i.e.,
omitted when adjective and noun are indivisible

real or a virtual compound
when forming a
Des grands-peres des petits-fils.

Des petits pois; du bon sens.
Des jeunes gens; de la bonne foi.
;
c.
Fa mili arly,
vin; du
the article
Du bon
2.
317
is
Grandfathers; grandsons.
Green peas; common sense.

Young men; honesty.
often used contrary to the rule:
Good wine;
vrai bonheur.
true happiness.
After a general negation, implying non-existence of
the object in question:
He
n'a pas de montre.

Je n'ai point de livres.
has no (not any) watch.

have no (not any) books.
Without having (any) money.
He made no remarks.
Xo money and no friends.
II
Sans avoir d'argent.

ne fit pas de remarques.
Pas d'argent et pas d'amis.
II
3.
But the
article is
not omitted, the negation being no
longer general:
or.
'When the noun has a distinctive adjunct:
Je n'ai plus du vin de cette annee.

Je n'ai pas de /'argent pour le
gaspiller.
b.
lait,
mais du
Not
the.
milk, but tea.
In negative interrogation implying afnrmathe answer:
N'avez-vous pas des amis, de
is
have no more of this year's wine.

have no money to waste (= I
have money, but not to waste).
In contrasts:
Pas du
c.
I
I
sante,
de
325.
Omission
la
Have you not
friends, health, in-
fluence?
/'influence ?
The
when the
of the Partitive Sign.
expressed by the noun simply,
partitive sense
preposition de
forms an essential part of the governing expression, thus:

1.
Une
In expressions of quantity or number:

livre
de the
Un morceau de
Une foule de gens.

Peu de temps; beaucoup
Assez de
livres.
A pound of tea (nuts).

A piece of paper.
A crowd of people.
(noix).
papier.
d'amis.
Little time;
many
Enough books
(or
friends.
books enough).
THE ARTICLE
318
Trop de peine.
Que de gens assembles!
Too much
326
people
as-
trouble.
What
a number
sembled
of
Analogous to the above are expressions
a.
Trois jours de marche.
Cent soldats de tues.

Quelque chose (rien) de bon.
Bien
b.
= beaucoup
Note.
Bien
+ the definite article:
regularly has de
BiendeZ' argent; bien du monde.

Bien des gens le croient.
But: Bien d'autres.
like the following:
Three days' march.

A hundred soldiers killed.
Something (nothing) good.
Much money; many people.

Many people think so.
Many others.
in other senses does not take de
bien faim, /
J'ai
am
very hungry.
La
c.
plupart
most, the greater part, etc., has
La plupart des hommes.

La plupart du temps.
Most men.
Most of the
de
+ the
def. art.:
time.
quantity or number with a distinctive adjunct

d. Expressions
have de
the definite article; so also, beaucoup, peu, etc., absolutely:
of
Une livre du
the de ce marchand.
Beaucoup des gens de ce pays.
2.
de pain (not de du pain).

manquait d'argent.
II vit
J'ai
II
besoin d'argent.
men
of that country.
its complement, and in

formed from de + a noun:
vase rempli d'eau.

couvert de plaies.
II etait
Une robe de
soie.
Un homme de
Une bourse
326.
He
He
lives
on bread.
lacked money.
need money.
does without wine.
He
se passe de vin.
Un
of this tradesman's tea.
of the
After a verb requiring de before
phrases, adjectival or adverbial,
II
pound
Many
genie.
pleine d'or.
A vessel
filled
with water.
He was covered with wounds (sores)
A silk dress.
A man of genius.
A purse full of gold.
General and Partitive Sense. The general sense of

is to be carefully distinguished from the
a noun (321)
partitive
sense
322)
Les oiseaux ont des ailes.

Les hommes sont des animaux.
Birds have wings.
Men
are animals.
327-328
327.
Article with Titles.
title of
319
dignity or profession,
preceding a proper name, regularly takes the definite
article,
except in direct address:
La reine Victoria fut aimee.

Le docteur Ribot est arrive.
Qu'est-ce que le pere Daru
Queen Victoria was beloved.

Doctor Ribot has come.
What does Father Daru say?
Good morning, Doctor Ribot.
dit?
But: Bonjour, docteur Ribot.

a.
also, when such title is preceded by a

madame, etc.), whether in speaking to
So
sieur,
title of
courtesy (mon-
or in speaking of the
person
Good morning, doctor.

The president said so.
Bonjour, monsieur le docteur..
Monsieur
b.
La
le
president
preceding attributive adjective

le gros
petite Claire;
328.
l'a dit.
Robert.
no ambiguity
Donnez-moi
la
a perdu la vie.
II
avait le
The
from
arises
chapeau sur
the force of a
definite article
is
force of a possessive adjective,

its
title:
com-
when
use:
me your hand.
He has lost his life.
He had his hat on his
Give
main.
II
a.
The
Article for Possessive.
monly used with the
may have
Little Clara; big Robert.
la tete.
use of an indirect pronoun object
head.
the definite article often
avoids ambiguity:
Le courage
lui
manqua.
His courage failed (him).

She tore out his eyes.
Elle lui a arrache les yeux.

II
s'est fait
b.
+ the
son;
mal a
He
la tete.
mal (froid, chaud, etc.)

by a noun denoting part of the perpersonal description made up of avoir -f-
definite article followed
similarly, in phrases of
the definite article
+a
noun
-f
an adjective:
mal a la tete.
a mal aux yeux.
a froid aux pieds.
J'ai
II
II
II
hurt his head.
Possessive force appears also in avoir
a la tete grosse (or
une grosse
have a headache (my head aches).
He has sore eyes (his eyes, etc.).

He has cold feet (his feet, etc.).
He has a large head.
tete).
II
a les bras longs (or de longs bras).
Le chene a
l'ecorce rude.
He
has long arms.
The oak has
(a)
rough bark.
THE ARTICLE
320
329-330
1. The definite article with

English a of weight, measure,
329. Article Distributively.

distributive force replaces
number, when indicating
price:
Two francs a pound (a meter).

Deux francs la livre {le metre).
Des ceufs (a) dix sous la douzaine. Eggs at ten cents a dozen.
Pears at a cent apiece.
Des poires (a) un sou la piece.
a.
Otherwise par
is
generally used with price
Five francs a (per) day.

hundred francs a (per) head.
Three francs a (per) lesson.
Cinq francs par jour.

Cent francs par tete.
Trois francs par lecon.

2.
The
names
H vient
le
Le bateau
330.
nite,
definite
article
is
also used
distributively with
of days:
dimanche.
He comes
part tous les lundis.
The boat
of the Article.
Omission
or partitive,
indefinite,
is
(on) Sundays.
goes every
The
article,
Monday.
whether
frequently omitted.
defi-
This
takes place:
In a large number of expressions

a noun:
1.
sommeil; il a honte.
Je vous demande pardon.
J'ai
made up
of a verb
am
sleepy; he is ashamed.
beg your pardon.
Further examples are:

faire place, make room
donner avis, notify
donner ordre, give orders prendre conge, take leave
avoir bonne mine, look well faire attention, pay at- prendre garde, take care
rendre visite, pay a visit
tention
avoir peur, be afraid
moyen, find
avoir tort, be {in the) wrong faire cadeau, make a trouver
means
present
courir risque, run the risk
avoir bes"oin, need
avoir faim, be hungry
demander
conseil, ask ad- faire faillite, fail (in
2.
etc., etc.
business)
vice
In
many
a preposition
adjectival
and adverbial phrases made up
of
a noun:
D'apres nature; devant temoins.

Sans cause; a travers champs.
After nature;
before witnesses.
Without cause; across the
fields.
330
a bord, on board
a cheval, on horseback
chien
a deasein, intentionally
homme
k genoux, on one's knees

a pied, on foot
pot a fleurs, flowerpot
moulin a vent, windmill
de
321
berger, par cheniin de fer, by rail-
way
shepherd's dog
de
par exemple, for example

man of feeling
par experience, by experience
homme de genie, par terre, by land
cceur,
man of genius
en bateau, in a boat
en ete, in summer
en voiture, in a car-
sans crainte, without fear

sans raison, without reason
apres diner, after dinner

sous condition, on condition
avec interet, with interest
sous presse, in the press
avec plaisir, with pleasure
riage
sur papier, on paper
sortir de table, leave the table par an, by the year
etc., etc.
Before a predicate noun which qualifies in a general

the personal subject, or object, of certain verbs (cf.
3.
way
295):
lis sont
Russes.
They
are Russians.
Elle est modiste.
She
is
Nous sommes medecins.

II parait honnete homme.
Son frere se fit soldat.
We
are doctors.
On l'a ordonne pretre.

Soyons amis.
Note.
a milliner.
He seems an honest man.

His brother became a soldier.
He was ordained a priest.
Let us be friends.
Nouns so used are commonly those of nationality, profession,
and their function is adjectival. Whenever a predicate noun

denotes an individual or a species, it must have the article: La rose est une
fleur, The rose is a flower; Les rois sont des hommes, Kings are
men.
title,
etc.,
a.
The
article is
not omitted when the predicate noun has a
dis-
tinctive adjunct
Son
His brother
lis
They became
frere est un artiste de merite.

sont devenus des generaux
distingues.
artist of merit,
distinguished
m'a traite de sot.

Je qualifie cela de fraude.
traiter
de, quali-
He
called
me a
fool.
I call that fraud.
After e'est, ce sont, the noun
hence the
article or
is logical subject, not predicate, and

some other determinative word must be used with
it:
une Allemande.
Ce sont les (mes) gants.
C'est
gen-
de:
II
c.
an
erals.
Observe the predicative force of a noun after
b.
fier
is
She is (a) German.

Those are the (my)
gloves.
THE ARTICLE
322
330
4. Before such an appositive noun as serves merely the

purpose of a parenthetical explanation:
L'Avare, a comedy by Moliere.
L'Avare, comedie de Moliere.

Paris,
fils
femme
a.
de Priam, ravit Helene,

de Menelas.
Thus
b.
An
James the
English:
le fils et
Peter the Great.
non Racine
le
Racine the son and not Racine the

father.
pere.
Montreal, la plus grande
Canada.
M. Cook, un ami de
c.
titles:
First (the Second).
apposition which distinguishes, contrasts, compares, regularly
article, as in
Pierre le Grand.
Racine
Helen, (the) wife of Menelaus.
explained the omission of the article in numerical
is
Jacques premier (deux).
has the
Paris, the son of Priam, carried off
ville
mon
et
is
Montreal,
the
largest
Canada.
Mr. Cook, a friend
pere.
Colloquially, the article
Dumas pere
du
my
of
in
city
father.
often omitted in contrasts:
Dumas the elder and Dumas the younger.
Dumas fils.
Pseudo-apposition (really ellipsis of de or of a de clause) is

Note.
found in niany cases like L'eglise (sc. de) Saint-Pierre, St. Peter's Church;
furniture; La rue (sc.
des meubles (sc. du temps de) Louis XV, Louis
de) Mirabeau, Mirabeau Street.
XV
5.
In condensed sentences, such as
merations,
ical expressions,
ni, soit
Causes de
Portrait de
soit,
and usually
etc.,
tant
proverbs,
after ni
antithet-
ni,
sans
que, jamais
de Rome.
Napoleon III.
la perte
Soldats, officiers, citoyens, tous
Causes of the
fall of
Rome.
(A) portrait of Napoleon III.

Soldiers, officers, citizens, all has-
tened up.
accoururent.
a la longue.
Beauty, talent, wit, everything

wears out in the long run.
loge rue Richelieu.
He
Beaute, talent, esprit, tout s'use

II
books, enu-
titles of
advertisements,
addresses,
Maison a vendre.
Chapeaux pour hommes.
Corps et ame; nuit et jour.
Soit peur, soit prudence,
le
combat.
il
lives in Richelieu street.
(A) house for sale.
Men's
hats.
Body and
evita
soul; night
Whether from
and day.
fear or prudence,
avoided the combat.
he
331
He
n'a ni pere ni mere.

Sans amis ni argent.
Tant hommes que femmes.
Jamais pere n'a tant aime.
II
331.
Unclassified
show idiomatic
from the point
323
has neither father nor mother.
Without friends or money.

As well men as women.
Never did a father love so much.
The
Examples.
examples
following
distinctions in the use of the article which,

of
view of English, cannot conveniently be
brought under general rules:

Vous
etes le bienvenu.
Demander
(.faire)
Z'aumone.
Aller a Z'ecole (Z'eglise).
Commander
le respect.
To make war.
To cast (weigh) anchor.
To keep silence.
To set fire to.
Jeter (lever) Tancre.
Garder le silence.
Mettre le feu a.
Sur (vers) les trois heures.
Towards three
Good-bye
revoir!
Z'ete, etc.
Au
printemps, en ete, etc.
La
La
La
(sc.
fete de) Saint-Michel.
(sc.
fete de) mi-juin.
moitie de l'annee.
Les deux tiers du temps.

Tous (les) deux; tous (les)
Tous les mois.
Le ministre de la guerre.
Le meilleur des amis.
II
trois.
cria a V assassin.
au hasard.
Prendre le deuil de quelqu'un.
Sentir la fumee.
Je vous souhaite la bonne annee.
Je
II
o'clock.
L'annee derniere (prochaine).

La semaine (Tannee) passee.
Le vendredi saint.
Le mercredi des cendres.
Le printemps,
(give) alms.
Fire broke out.
s'est declare.
Faire la guerre.
Au
are welcome.
Ask
To have time.
To go to school (church).
To command respect.
Avoir le temps.
Le feu
You
l'ai dit
n'a pas le sou.
Last (next) year.

Last week (year).
Good Friday.
Ash Wednesday.
Spring, summer, etc.
In spring, in summer,
etc.
Michaelmas.
Mid-June.
(The) half (of) the year.
Two-thirds of the time.
Both; all three.
Every month.
The
The
He
minister of war.
best of friends.
cried murder.
I said
it
at
random.
To go into mourning
To smell of smoke.
I
for
somebody.
wish you a happy new year.

is wretchedly poor.
He
THE ARTICLE
324
est plus grand
II
que vous de
He
la
is taller
332
than you by a head.
tete.
Un homme
La
A man
with a black beard.

a (fine) question
In the French style.
To take French leave.
In the style of Henry IV.
A hundred (a thousand) years.
(My) friends, where are you going?
a la barbe noire.
What
belle question
la (sc.
mode)
francaise.
S'en aller a Z'anglaise.
la (sc. mode de) Henri IV.

Cent (mille) ans.
Les amis, ou allez-vous?
THE ARTICLE WITH PROPER NOUNS

332.
Names
of Persons.
1.
As
in English,
names
of per-
sons usually take no article:

George Fox.
Corneille;
a.
The
Corneille;
George Fox.
definite article is a constituent part of
The
The
Les romans de Lesage.

Les fables de La Fontaine.
some surnames:
novels of Lesage.
fables of
La
Fontaine.
The
definite article is used according to Italian analogy

French form of a few famous Italian surnames; so
also sometimes in a very few names which are not Italian:
Correggio; the poem of Tasso.
Le Correge; le poeme du Tasse.
2.
in the
Le Poussin;
3.
le
Poussin; Camoens.
Camoens.
The article is used when the name has a distinctive

when it is plural, or when used as a common noun:
adjunct,
Le Christ.
Le Satan de Milton;
Conde.
Les Corneille
et les
Christ
le
Racine.
C'est
un Alexandre.
C'est
du Ciceron tout
Telemaque.
pur.
J'ai lu le
4.
(= the
'Anointed').
Milton's Satan; the Great Conde.
A Corneille,
a Racine ( = Corneille,
Racine and others like them).
He is an Alexander.
It is pure Ciceronian.
I have read Telemaque.
Familiarly, often in a depreciatory sense, the definite
article is
not uncommon, especially with names of females:
Sans attendre
Le
grand
Dtrval
me
la Barbette.
l'a dit.
Without waiting for Barbara.

Duval told me so.
THE ARTICLE WITH PROPER NOUNS
333
333.
Countries.
provinces, large
tries,
ticle,
Names of
especially
Names
1.
European
when standing
L'Asie est un grand continent.
325
of continents, coun-
islands, take the definite ar-
as subject or object of a verb:

Asia
is
a large continent.
We love France.
Nous aimons la France.
La Normandie produit des cereales. Normandy produces cereals.
Corsica is a French island.
La Corse est une ile francaise.
But non-European
Madagascar
est
islands often
une grande
do not take the
Cabot decouvrit Terre-Neuve.

Note
also such forms as:
article:
Madagascar is a large island.

Cabot discovered Newfoundland.
ile.
Vile de Cuba, les
Bahama.
ties
Before names of continents, European countries and
2.
islands singular,
and feminine countries singular outside
of
Europe, en without the article denotes 'where,' 'where to';
de denoting 'point of departure from' and

most adjectival phrases:
est en (va en) Europe.
He is in (is going to) Europe.
voyage en France (Portugal).
He travels in France (Portugal).
vient d'Espagne (Danemark).
He comes from Spain (Denmark).
so also, after
after
II
11
II
Le
Le
de
in
The King
de Portugal (Espagne).
de Suede.
va en Corse.
roi
Swedish
fer
a.
Exceptions are rare,
Note.
e.g.,
He
is
of
Portugal (Spain).
iron.
going to Corsica.
au Maine, Le due du Maine,
etc.
In
an adjectival phrase, de denoting titulai distinction, origin,

description, or mere apposition usually omits the article, e.g., le pays de
France, Le Royaume Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d'Irlande.
3.
But the
definite article
is
not omitted, in answer to
'where?' 'where to?' or after de as above, when the name

is plural, or has a distinctive adjunct, or denotes a masculine
II
II
name
of a country outside of Europe:
aux Indes.
va aux Etats-Unis.
est
He
He
is
in India.
goes to the United States.
Aux Pays-Bas.
In
L'imperatrice des Indes.
The Empress of India.

To come from India.
Venir des Indes (de l'lnde).

Dans la France meridionale.
Dans le Midi de la France.
(to) the
Netherlands.
In Southern France.
THE ARTICLE
326
Dans l'Amerique du Nord.

La reine de la Grande-Bretagne.
II
In North America.
of Great Britain.
He returns from South Africa.
In (to) Mexico (Japan).
The Queen
revient de l'Afrique australe.
Au Mexique
(Japon).
Le Dominion du Canada. \
La Puissance du Canada. /
Chasse de
The Dominio11
En
The
Canadian
Son pere
est a
is
Asie mineure.
4.
iron.
Madagascar.
In a few names like Asie Mineure, basse Bretagne, the adjecno longer felt to be distinctive
a.
tive
f Canada.
Expelled from China.

consul of Peru.
Le consul du Perou.
Le fer du Canada.
as:
_.
_,
la Chine.
But note such
334-335
In Asia Minor.
Omission of the article in the predicate, in enumerasometimes occurs (cf. 330, 5):
tions, titles, etc.,
La Gaule
est
Espagne,
Gaul became France.
devenue France.
Belgique,
Italie,
tout
334.
ally
Names
have no
The
definite article is
all
would
fire.
of cities and towns usuused with a distinctive adjunct:
(The)
New
an
Rome
of this century.
Orleans.
essential part of several
Caire; le Havre; la Havane.
335.
Belgium,
London, Paris, Quebec.

To or in Boston (Montreal).
La Nouvelle-Orleans.
a.
Italy,
Names
of Cities.
article, unless
Londres, Paris, Quebec.

A Boston (Montreal).
But: La Rome de ce siecle.
Le
Spain,
have caught
eut pris feu.
names
of cities:
Cairo; Havre; Havana.
Names of mounof Mountains and Rivers.

and names of rivers regularly, have the defi-
Names
tains always,
nite article:
LesAlpes; leNil; lemont Blanc.

a.
For
rivers,
The
the usage after en, de,
Alps; the Nile;

is
Mt. Blanc.
parallel with that described
in 333, 2:
De
Un
l'eau de Seine.
abordage a eu
Seine water.
lieu
en Seine.
A collision
occurred on the Seine.
336-337
THE FEMININE OF ADJECTIVES
327
THE ADJECTIVE
General Rule. The feminine of an adjective is
regularly formed by adding -e to the masculine singular,
but adjectives ending in -e remain unchanged:
336.
Masc.
THE ADJECTIVE
328
veuf, widower,
Note.
b.
nouns of
Similarly,
a.
Masc.
like termination:
Fem.
Masc.
Fem.
Masc.
Fem.
veuve
epoux, spouse,
epouse
turc, Turk,
turque
Here also belongs
The
337
douce,
doux,
adjectives
bailli, bailiff (O.
F. baillif), baillive.
faux,
sweet,
fausse,
roux,
false,
rousse, red (of hair, etc.), retain the [s] sound in the feminine, denoted
by c and ss respectively; grec, Greek, has feminine grecque; prefix,
prefixed, is regular.
Final -el,
(2)
final
-eil, -ien,
-on,
and usually
-s, -t,
double the
consonant:
Masc.
Fem.
Masc.
Fem.
cruel, cruel,
cruelle
gros, big,
grosse
pareil, like,
pareille
epais, thick,
epaisse
ancien, old,
ancienne
expres, express,
expresse
bon, good,
bonne
muet, dumb,
muette
bas, low,
basse
sot, foolish,
sotte
But:
ras, rase, flat;
cagote,
a.
devote, devout;
devot,
ready;
prete,
hypocritical;
Similarly,
gris, grise, gray;
nouns
Masc.
chienne
b.
Fem.
lion, lion, lionne
chat, cat,
bigote,
pret,
cagot,
bigoted;
and a few rarer ones.
of like termination,
mortel, mortal, mortelle

chien, dog,
bigot,
idiot, idiote, idiotic,
Fem.
Masc.
mat, mate, dead, dull;
chatte
but see 306:
Masc.
Fem.
poulet, chicken, poulette

linotte
linot, linnet,
very few adjectives and nouns of other endings follow this
analogy:
(3)
The
doubles
Masc.
Masc.
Fem.
Masc.
paysan, peasant,
rouan, roan,
paysanne
rouanne
following have
Fem.
gentil, nice,
gentille
nul, null,
nulle
two masculine forms, one
for the feminine, like the above:
of
which
337
329
Analogous are a few nouns
a.
Masc
Fem.
chameau, camel,
(4)
(cf.
Before
Masc.
chamelle
final -r
Fem.
jouvenceau, young fellow,
and
jouvencelle, etc
-et of a few adjectives e
becomes e
so also in bref, breve, sec, seche:
12, 1);
Masc.
Fem.
Masc.
Fem.
cher, dear,
chere
complet, complete,
complete
leger, light,
legere
Similarly,
a.
nouns
Masc.
berger, shepherd,
The complete
b.
etc.
Fem.
Masc.
bergere
6tranger, stranger,
list
The
Fem.
etrangere, etc.
of adjectives in -et with fem. in -ete is:
(in)complet, (incomplete
concret, concrete
(5)
etc.
in -er.
(in)diacret, (in)discreet
replet, over-stout
inquiet, uneasy
secret, secret
following feminine stems
show etymological
ele-
ments winch have disappeared in the masculine:
Masc
Masc
Fem.
coi (L. quietus), quiet,
coite
benin (L. benignus), benign, benigne

favori (It. favorito), favorite,
Fem.
frais (L. L.frescus), cool, fraiche

tiers (L. tertius), third,
tierce
favorite
Adjectives in -eur form their feminine as follows:
2.
(1)
Majeur, mineur, meilleur and those in -erieur are
regular:
Masc
majeur, major,
meilleur, better,
Masc
Masc
Fem.
exterieur, exterior,
exterieure
superieur, superior,
superieure
meilleure
Similarly,
a.
Fem.
majeure
nouns of
like termination:
Masc
Fem.
Masc
Fem.
Fem.
mineur, minor, mineure; prieur, prior, prieure; inf erieur, inferior, inferieuie
(2)
Those
in -eur with a cognate present participle in
-ant change -r to -s and add -e
Masc
Fem.
Masc
Fem.
causour, talkative,
causeuse
reveur, dreamy,
reveuse
flatteur, flattering,
flatteuse
trompeur,
trompeuse
menteur, lying,
menteuse
etc.
deceitful,
etc.
THE ADJECTIVE
330
Similarly,
a.
nouns
of like termination,
but see also
chanteur, singer,
danseuse
chanteuse
flatteur, flatterer,
flatteuse
danseur, dancer,
306,
1, a, 2,
Masc.
Fem.
Masc.
338-339
a:
Fem.
buveuse
vendeuse
buveur, drinker
vendeur, seller
etc.
etc.
(3) Those in -teur, with no cognate present participle in

-ant, have the feminine in -trice:
Masc.
Fem.
Fem.
Masc.
accusateur, accusing,
accusatrice
createur, creative,
creatrice
Similarly,
a.
nouns of
directeur, directive,
like termination,
but see
etc.
306,
1, a, 2,
Masc.
Fem.
Masc.
directrice
etc.
accusateur, accuser,
accusatrice
acteur, actor,
actrice
a:
Fem.
createur, creator,
creatrice,
etc.
etc.
THE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES

General Rule.
338.
Most masculine
adjectives
and
all
feminines form their plural by adding s to the singular
307):
(cf.
grand(s),
grande(s)
jeune(s),
jeune(s)
bas,
basse(s)
joli(s),
jolie(s)
aigu(s),
aigue(s)
doux,
douce(s)
ruse(s),
rusee(s)
complet(s),
complete(s)
339.
Special
Rules.
The
following
Sing.
Pl.
Sing.
-s,
Pl.
-x
(cf
etc.
are
rules
with those for the irregular plural of nouns

1. Masculine adjectives in
unchanged
etc.
parallel
308)
(none in -z) remain
Pl.
Sing.
bas
bas
gris
gris
epais
epais
soumis
soumis
vieux
vieux
frais
frais, etc.
doux
doux,
heureux
heureux,
2.
faux
etc.
faux
etc.
Masculine adjectives in -eau, and one in -eu take x:

Sing.
Pl.
Sing.
Pl.
beau
nouveau
beaux
nouveaux
jumeau
jumeaux
h6breu
hebreux
But: bleu, bleus;
feu, feus
340
Sing.
AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES
331
THE ADJECTIVE
332
Manifold Substantive.
341.
ing two or
more substantives
gender with both,
of the
if
gender, the adjective
De
la
viande
des
et
is
1.
One adjective
made plural, and
same gender;
if
341-343
qualify-
agrees in
of
different
masculine.
is
pommes de
Cold meat and potatoes.
terre froides.
Sa sceur
et ltd sont contents.
His
and he axe
sister
When
pleased.
substantives are joined by ou, ni

ni, or are synonymous,
or form a climax, etc., the principles stated for agreement of subject
a.
and verb apply
233).
(cf.
When nouns
b.
differ in gender, the
nearest the adjective, especially
masculine one
when
is
usually placed
the feminine form
is
distinct
from the masculine.
La mer
2.
When
the noun
the agreement
Une
Une
The
et le ciel bleus.
is,
is
followed by a preposition
of course, according to the
A
A
table de bois dur.
table de bois carree.
342.
blue sea and sky.
Manifold Adjective.
-f-
a noun,
meaning:
table of hard wood.
square wooden table.
When two
or
more
adjectives,
denoting different objects singular, refer to one noun, the

noun is made plural, and the adjectives follow it in the
singular, or the
noun
is
made
singular,
and the
article re-
peated with each adjective.
The Greek and Roman nations.

Les nations grecque et romaine.
The Greek nation and the Roman.
La nation grecque et la romaine.
Or: La nation grecque et la nation romaine.
a.
The agreement
for a preceding ordinal is parallel to this:
Les sixieme et septieme rangs.

Le sixieme rang et le septieme.
Le sixieme et le septieme rang.
343.
Special Cases.
1.
The
The
The
and seventh ranks.

rank and the seventh.
sixth and the seventh rank.
sixth
sixth
Adjectives used as adverbs are
regularly invariable:
Cette rose sent bon.
Les
livres coutent cher
ici.
That rose smells sweet.

Books cost dear here.
AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES
343
333
Possible, replacing a clause, and fort, in se faire fort
a.
oneself, are
moins de fautes pos-
J'ai fait le
to -pledge
have made as few mistakes as

possible.
sible.
Elle se fait fort
de
She pledges herself to pay
le payer.
Compound
2.
considered as adverbs:
adjectives,
it.
with or without hyphen, are
treated as follows:
(1)
Both
except
first
components are
components in -o:
Des sourd(e)s-muet(te)s.
Des oranges aigres-douces.
But
Les
(2)
coordinate,
Deaf-mutes.
Sourish oranges.
lettres greco-romaines.
Graco-Roman
literature.
A subordinate component is usually invariable, being re-
garded as adverbial, but the principle

Des
Des
Une
Des
when
variable
mots grecs-moderne.
is
not fully carried out:
Modern Greek words.
enfants court-vetus.
Short-coated children.
dame haut
placee.
enfants nouveau-nes.
lady of high rank.
New-born
infants.
But the subordinated component is variable in frais cueilli =

freshly gathered, in ivre mort = dead drunk, in grand ouvert = wide
open, and in premier, dernier, nouveau + a past participle (except
a.
nouveau-ne, see above):
Des
fleurs iiaiches cueillies.
Freshly gathered flowers.
La porte est grande ouverte.

Les nouveaux maries.
3.
Nouns serving
as
The door is wide open.

The bridegroom and bride.
adjectives
of
color
are
regularly
invariable
Des robes
a.
lilas (citron).
Des robes roses

b.
Purple (lemon-colored) dresses.
Rose, cramoisi, pourpre, are exceptions, and vary:

(cramoisies).
Pink (crimson) dresses.
Modified adjectives of color are also usually invariable, the

by rule, 2 (2), above:
modifier being also invariable
Des cheveux blond

Note.
Reddish blond
ardent.
These constructions are
Des robes (couleur
de) lilas;
hair.
explained by supplying the ellipsis:

de) blond ardent.
Des cheveux (couleur
THE ADJECTIVE
334
4.
344
few adjectives are variable or invariable according
to position or context:
Demi =
a.
and variable
nu = naked,
half,
after the
franc de port
noun; so
( 289, a, b),
invariable before,
Half an hour; an hour and a
et
demie.
H a de l'or plein ses poches.
H est nu-tete; il a les bras nus.
H a les yeux pleins de larmes.
Recevoir franc de port une lettre.
Des lettres franches de port.
half.
He has his pockets full of gold.

He is bareheaded; his arms are bare.
His eyes are full of tears.
To receive a letter postpaid.
Postpaid letters.
demi, nu, when preceding, form a compound with hyphen.
Feu =
article, or
Feu
is
after:
Une demi-heure; une heure
b.
full of, are invariable before
excepte and others
postpaid (also franco, adverb)
and usually variable
Obs.:
plein
also,
late,
deceased,
is
invariable
when preceding
determinative, and variable after
la reine (la
The
feue reine).
the definite
it:
late queen.
After avoir Pair = have an air (appearance) the adjective agrees
c.
with air; but
means
Cette
it
agrees with the subject of the verb
when
the expression
seem, appear:
dame a
That lady has a haughty

She seems unhappy.
This soup looks good.
Pair hautain.
Elle a l'air malheureuse.
Cette soupe a
l'air
bonne.
air.
5. A very few adjectives are always invariable:

We had come to grief.
Nous avons ete capot.
Twenty pounds sterling.
Vingt livres sterling.
344.
Nouns as
By
Adjectives.
a sort of apposition,
nouns are frequently used as adjectives; when so used, they

usually agree like adjectives:
main chimney.
Poet philosophers.
Une maitresse cheminee.

Des philosophies poetes.
But: La race negre,
a.
Temoin =
etc.
witness,
at
the
head
of a phrase,
is
adverbial and
invariable
J'ai
bien combattu, temoin les
blessures que
b.
j'ai
recues.
For nouns as adjectives
have fought
wounds
well,
I received.
of color, see 343, 3.
witness the
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
3-15-346
335
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
The Comparative.
345.
ing plus
more, moins
less,
for inequalit}-,
and aussi
before each adjective compared;
as, for equality,
as
denoted by plac-
It is regularly
than or
que:
He
He
grand que Jean.

moins grand que Jean.
II
est plus
est
than John.
than (not so
is taller
is less tall
tall as)
John.
est aussi
II
est plus diligent et plus attentif
He
He
grand que Jean.
que Jean.
est plus faible
II
n'est pas aussi

b.
Un
as tall as John.
is
more
When
He
que malade.
Aussi, used negatively,
roi riche
and (more)
may
grand que
(si)
aussi or
si is
comme
Cresus.
be replaced by
He
J.
omitted,
more weak than
is
not so
is
comme
at-
ill.
si:
as John.
tall
(not que) is used:
king as rich as Crcesus.
= que
After plus, moins, affirmatively, than
c.
diligent
tentive than John.
a.
is
ne when coming
before a finite verb

II
est plus
d.
grand
qv'il
ne
(le) parait.
He
(et) plus;
the less
d'autant plus
L'air devint
II
the less
= moins
il
de plus en plus
froid.
devient riche
(et)
moins
il
est genereux.
II
346.
(et)
The
air
less
and
less
more = plus
moins; the more
.
the
became
He became
The
richer
generous
en sera d'autant plus
riche.
Irregular Comparison.
vais, petit,
plus;
.
.:
devint de moins en moins actif
Plus
than he seems.
More and more (or -er and -er) = de plus en

and -er) = de moins en moins the more
(or -er
.
is taller
He
will
The
colder and colder.

and less active.
he becomes the less
less
is
he.
be the richer for
it.
adjectives bon,
mau-
have a special comparative form:
Pos.
Comp.
bon, good,
meilleur
or bon,
mauvais, bad,
pire
or
petit, small,
moindre
or petit,
Comp.
Pos.
mauvais,
plus
bon
(rare)
plus mauvais
plus petit
336
a.
THE ADJECTIVE
Bon
347-348
hardly ever compared regularly:
is
bon marche, a meilleur marche.
Cheap, cheaper.
That smells good (better).
Cela sent bon (meilleur).
But: Ce n'est vl plus bon oiplus mauvais.
In expressions like Ce vin est plus ou moins bon, bon is

1.
Notes.
2. Some grammarians admit plus bon = more
not really comparative.
good-natured.
Pire
b.
also as a
is, in general, stronger than plus mauvais, #nd

comparative to mechant = bad, evil, wicked:
homme
Cet
c.
petit
est
mechant
In general, moindre
That man
(pire).
less,
lesser, less
serve
(worse).
(in importance)
and plus
smaller, less {in size):
Your sorrow
Votre douleur en sera moindre.
Une
bad
is
may
plus petite
347.
The
pomme.
Superlative
hence be
will
less.
smaller apple.
Relative.
It
1.
is
denoted
by-
placing the definite article (variable) or a possessive adjective (variable) before the
Elle est la
Mes
She
When
the least amiable.
is
My best friends.
meilleurs amis.
La moindre
a.
comparative of inequality:
moins aimable.
The
difficulte.
slightest difficulty.
the superlative follows the noun, the definite article
is
not
omitted:
He
C'est Penfant le plus diligent et le

plus attentif de tous.
Mes amis
2.
the most diligent and atten-
is
tive
After a superlative, in
boy
of
all.
My most faithful friends.
les plus fideles.
de (not
a,
dans, etc.); among
entre or d'entre:
The richest man in the city.

le plus riche de la ville.
Le meilleur ecrivain des Etats-Unis. The best writer in the United States.
Le plus brave (d')entre les Grecs. The bravest among the Greeks.
L'homme
348.
The
(invariable)
Superlative Absolute.
+ plus
It
is
expressed
by
le
or moins before the adjective, or else
by an adverb, such as tres, bien, fort, extremement,

some other modifying expression:
etc.,
happiest (least happy)
when
or
Elle est le plus heureuse (moins
heureuse) quand
elle est seule.
She
is
she
is
alone.
POSITION OF ADJECTIVES
349-350
Vous
You
etes tres aimable.
C'est tout ce qu'il y a de plus beau.
Occasionally
A
A
Cet
homme
most worthy man.

most worthy woman.
Most savage
tribes.
denoted in familiar style by repetition of the
it is
That man
est ruse, ruse.
He
est richissime.
349.
beautiful.
of the bravest.
by -issime:
adjective, or
II
most
One
Une dame on ne peut plus digne.

Des tribus sauvages au possible.
a.
are very (most) kind.
It is
Un brave des braves.

Un homme des plus dignes.
337
Remarks.
is
very, very cunning.
very wealthy.
Comparative and superlative are
1.
in
distinguishable
is
requiring
constructions
in-
English
in
definite article before the comparative:
Le plus
2.
fort
De
de
mes deux
stronger of
how much
by
denotes
The
freres.
after
my two
brothers.
comparative or
superlative:
Plus age de
Older by three years.
trois ans.
He
He
de beaucoup le plus grand.

But: II est beaucoup plus grand.
II
est
3.
is
the tallest
is
much
by
far.
taller.
Observe the following:

The lower
Les basses classes.

J'ai fait
mon
possible.
did
my
classes.
utmost.
350.
Predicative Adjectives.
They
are placed, in general,
as in English:
Elles sont contentes.
They
Elle parut fatiguee.
She seemed
Brave, savant, vertueux,
il
se
aimer de tous.
a.
fit
are pleased.
tired.
Brave, learned, virtuous, he

himself beloved
Observe the position after assez, after plus.
moins, and in exclamations with combien

comme
compared with the order of words in English:
!
II
est assez sot
pour
le croire.
He
is silly
by
.plus,
!
made
all.
moins
que! tant
enough to believe
it.
as
THE ADJECTIVE
338
351-352
The
Plus il devint riche moins il fut

genereux.
Que vous etes aimable de venir
richer he became the

generous was he.
How kind you are to come
less
When
351. Attributive Adjectives.
used
literally, to de-
specify, emphasize, etc., they usually

but when used figuratively, or as a merely ornamental epithet, or denoting a quality viewed as essential
to the object, or when forming, as it were, one idea with
the noun, they usually precede:
distinguish,
fine,
follow;
Une rue
etroite;
une
etroite
Un
narrow
an
street;
intimate
friendship.
auntie.
roi savant; le
Le fameux
Pitt;
savant auteur.
un ruse
coquin.
A learned king
The famous
the learned author.
Pitt; a
cunning rogue.
a. The following, of very common use, generally precede:

joli
meilleur
pire
grand
beau
long
moindre
sot
gros
bon
mauvais
petit
vieux
jeune
court
Special Rules for Attributives.
352.
1.
tives serve regularly to define, distinguish,
vilain
Certain adjec-
etc.,
and hence
regularly follow; such are:

(1)
Une
Adjectives of physical quality:

une pierredure;
(chaude); de
noire; une sauce pi-
table carree;
A square table; a hard
stone; cold
de l'eau froide
(hot) water; black ink;
1'encre
quant sauce,
a pi-
quante.
a.
De
By
the general rule ( 351) they sometimes precede:

chagrins;
noirs
une verte
Dark
(2)
sorrows; a green old age;
the blue sky of Italy.
vieillesse; le bleu ciel d'ltalie.
Adjectives of nationality, religion, profession,
title,
and those from proper names:

Le
un pretre cathoune splendeur royale;
droit anglais;
lique;
English law;
royal
Latin.
le latin ciceronien.
(3)
Une
a Catholic priest;
Ciceronian
splendor;
Participles used as adjectives:
etoile filante;
instruit;
un homme
une porte ouverte.
shooting star; an educated mftn;
an open door.
the general rule (351) they sometimes precede:
By
a.
Une
339
352
eclatante victoire.
signal victory.
b. Past participial forms which have become real adjectives, e.g.,

pretendu, absolu, parfait, dissolu, feint, ruse, etc., very often precede
(pretendu nearly always):
Une
Feigned modesty.
feinte modestie.
The would-be
Le pretendu comte.
Adjectives sometimes follow the noun on account of
2.
their adjuncts or their function;

(1)
"When modified
tres, bien, fort, plus,
Un
try
Un
(2)
an adverb, other than aussi,
parisons
Une
'
A
A
Nouns used
Two
or
more
adjectives,
general, the rules stated, but,
Une
Une
Un
all
follow, in case
one
is
jolie petite fille.
belle
maison blanche.
objet blanc et etincelant.
Une dame
a.
belle et savante.
The more
specific of
contrary to English usage:
Des
ecrivains francais habiles.
4.
Mon
warrior as brave as a lion.
considerable
friendly power.
with one noun, follow, in

if
joined
by a conjunction,
such as must follow:
A pretty little girl.

A beautiful white house.
A white and dazzling object.
A beautiful and learned lady.
two or more adjectives which follow comes
last,
less
district rich in wines.
appositively as adjectives:
Une puissance amie.
they
extremely long speech.
very long speech.
Un guerrier brave comme un lion.
3.
si,
modified bjr an adverbial phrase, or in com-
contree riche en vins.
(3)
An
tres long discours.
When
thus:
moins, assez:
discours extremement long.
But
count.
number
Clever French writers.
of adjectives differ
more or
widely in meaning, according as they precede or follow:
cher enfant; une robe chere.

Le moyen age; un homme d'age
moyen.
My dear
child: a costly dress.
The Middle Ages; a middle-aged

man.
THE ADJECTIVE
340
Such adjectives
353-355
are:
ancien
dernier
fort
bon
different
furieux
brave
digne
galant
certain
divers
grand
cher
fameux
gros
commun
faux
cruel
fier
haut
honnete
Note.
Distinctions
353.
Determinatives.
jeune
maigre
parfait
sage
pauvre
seul
malhonnete
mauvais
petit
simple
plaisant
triste
mechant
mort
nouveau
premier
propre
veritable
vrai
pur
etc.
upon the general

principles laid down above, but they are too numerous and too subtle
to be given in detail here. Observation, and the use of a good dictionary
will, in time, make the learner familiar with the most important of them.
als,
of this kind depend, in the main,
Such
adjectives, including
numer-
possessives, demonstratives, indefinites, precede:
Trois plumes;
mes plumes.
Ces plumes-ci; d'autres plumes.
Three pens; my pens.

These pens; other pens.
PREPOSITIONAL COMPLEMENT OF ADJECTIVES

354.
An
adjective
nected with
etc.
The
by a
it
is
often followed
by a complement con-
preposition, such as a, de, en, envers,
preposition to be used
is
determined by the mean-
ing of the adjective, as explained in the following sections.

355.
etc.,
Adjective
+ a.
The
preposition
to,
at,
for,
required after most adjectives denoting tendency,
is
and their opposites, comparison, etc.

homme est adonne a la boisson. That man is addicted to drink.
He is favorable to my projects.
II est favorable a mes projets.
He is very clever in business.
II est bien habile aux affaires.
A man superior to all.
Un homme superieur a tous.
fitness,
Cet
Ce
n'est
bon a
That
rien.
Such adjectives
is
good for nothing.
are:
accoutume, accustomed
(to)
hardi, bold (in)
cher, dear (to)
convenable, suitable
adroit, clever (at)
(to)
impropre, unfit
(for)
agreable, pleasant
(to)
egal, equal (to)
inferieur, inferior (to)
anterieur, anterior
(to)
exact, exact (in)
infidele, unfaithful (to)
ardent, ardent (in)
fidele, faithful (in)
inutile, useless (to)
bon, good,
fort, clever (at)
lent, slow (in)
fit (for)
PREPOSITIONAL COMPLEMENT
356-357
nuisible, hurtful (to)
pret, ready (to)
oppose, opposed (to)

pareil, similar (to)
prompt, prompt
porte, inclined
propre,
a.
Bon pour =
semblable, similar
(in)
propice, propitious
(to)
-f-
(to)
utile, useful (to)
etc.
(to)
fit (for)
good for, beneficial
356. Adjective
341
kind
to,
to.
preposition de = of, from,

most adjectives denoting source
The
de.
with, etc., is required after
or origin (hence also, feeling, sentiment, abundance), separation (hence also, absence, distance, want, etc.),
most past
participles to denote the agent (cf
Etes-vous natif de Paris?

lis
mon
sont contents de
Are you a native
They
succes.
de vanite.
Je suis libre de soucis.
II est inconnu de tous.
Elle est pleine
Such adjectives
She
after
of Paris?
my
are pleased at
is full of
and
240)
success.
vanity.
I am free from
He is unknown
care.
to
all.
are:
absent, absent (from)
digne, worthy (of)
afflige, grieved (at)
lourd, heavy (with)

enchante, delighted (with) offense, offended (at)
ennuye, weary (of)
pauvre, poor (in)
etonne, astonished (at)
plein, full (of)
aise,
glad
(of)
alarme, alarmed (at)

ambitieux, ambitious
(of)
avide, greedy (of)

beni, blessed (by)
capable, capable
jaloux, jealous (of)
eloigne, distant (from)
exempt, free (from)
ravi, delighted (with)
f&che, sorry (for)
proud (of)
charme, delighted (with) glorieux, proud
satisfait, satisfied (with
souille, soiled (with)
(of)
cheri, beloved (by)
herisse, bristling (with)
sur, sure (of)
confus, confused (at)

contrarie, vexed (with)
heureux, glad (of)

honteux, ashamed
triste,
denue, destitute (of)

depourvu, devoid (of)
ignorant, ignorant (of)

indigne, unworthy (of)
vain, vain (of)

vexe, vexed (at)
desireux, desirous (of)
inquiet, uneasy (about)
vide,
surpris, surprised (at)

(of)
different, different (from) ivre, intoxicated (with)

a.
Fache contre = angry
357.
Le Canada
II
Adjective
tives denoting
en.
en ble.
en chirurgie.
Such adjectives
(at)
empty
(of)
etc.
En
is
required after a few adjec-
skill, etc.:
Canada
He
is
is fertile
in
wheat.
expert in surgery.
are:
abondant, abounding
fecond, fruitful (in)
sad
at or ivith (a person).
abundance,
est fertile
est expert
soucieux, anxious (about)
fier,
(of)
(in) fort, strong (in), learned (in)
ignorant, ignorant (in)

_
riche, rich (in)
savant, learned (in)
THE PRONOUN
342
a.
fort
358-359
and ignorant sometimes have sur:
II est fort sur l'histoire.
He
Ignorant sur ces matieres-la.
Ignorant about those matters.
Adjective
358.
is
well versed (good) in history.
Envers
envers.
used
is
most
after
adjectives denoting disposition or feeling towards:

II
He
est liberal envers tous.
Such adjectives
is liberal
towards
all.
are:
affable, affable
honnete, polite
poli, polite
bon, kind
indulgent, indulgent
prodigue, lavish
charitable, charitable
ingrat, ungrateful
reconnaissant, grateful
civil, civil
insolent, insolent
respectueux, respectful
cruel, cruel
juste, just
responsable, responsible
dur, hard, harsh
mechant, malicious
rigoureux, stern
genereux, generous
grossier, rude
misericordieux, merciful
severe, severe,
a.
officieux, obliging
stem
etc.
may
Bon, dur, very frequently take pour; indulgent
take pour
or a:
II
est
b.
as in:
He
(dur) pour moi.
bon
Indulgent pour
(a)
Observe that bien and mal

il
looking;
ici,
kind (harsh) to me.
are sometimes used
est bien, he is good-looking;
nous sommes bien
is
Indulgent to his children.
ses enfants.
elle n'est
adjectivally,
pas mal, she
we are comfortable
is not bad-
here, etc.
THE PRONOUN
THE PERSONAL PRONOUN
Personal Pronouns
359.
1.
Conjunctive forms:
2nd Per.
1st Per.
"^"N. je
D. me
52-A.
tu thou
I
(to)
me me
me
te
(to)
te thee
3rd Per.
il
thee
lui
le
(m.)
(to)
3rd Per.
elle
he, it
him
him, it
they
lui
la
she,
(to)
(f.)
3rdRef.
(m.f.)
(to)
-self
it
her
her, it
elles they
ils
vous you
nous we
nous (to) us vous (to) you leur (to) them leur (to) them se
se
les them
les them
vous you
A. nous us
/->N.
D.
W
-self
(to) -selves
-selves
360-361
Disjunctive forms:
2.
3rd Per. (m.)
3rd Per.
3rd Ref.
(f .)
(m.f.)
2 A.
moi
>
&P.
-N.
2nd Per.
Per.
1st.
dX
343
A.
toi
thou,
lui he,
him
elle she,
her soi oneself, etc.
thee
nous we, us
~P.
me
I,
vous you
eux they, them
elles they,
them
fX. = nominative;
D. = dative;
A.
accusative;
P.
object
of
preposition.]
Note.
more
scientific
terminology
would be
'unstressed'
and
'stressed' instead of 'conjunctive' and 'disjunctive,' as indicating the real

distinction between the two sets of forms, e.g., Je (unstressed) parle; Qui
Moi (stressed). As a matter of fact, the unstressed forms usually

stand in immediate connection with the verb (as subject or object), hence the
term 'conjunctive,' while the stressed forms are usually employed otherwise,
parle ?
hence "the term 'disjunctive.'
Pronominal Adverbs
360.
y = to (at, on,
en = of (from,
from
(hence,
in, into, etc.) it or

etc.) it or
them;
there, thither.
them; some, any, some of
it,
some of them;
there.
Y and en were originally adverbs ( y from L. ibi = there, and

Note.
en from L. inde = thence), but they are now usually pronominal in function,
and are used precisely like the conjunctive forms.
its
Nous
les
Elle
lit
a.
The
Agreement.
361.
with
personal pronoun regularly agrees
antecedent in gender, number, and person:
We have struck them.

She reads the letter; she reads
avons frappe(e)s.
la lettre; elle la
The
first
lit.
person plural for the
sovereigns and authorities, and
Nous
(le
avons ordonne
roi)
ordonnons ce qui
Comme nous avons
b.
Vous =
et
suit.
dit deja.
by
first
person singular
is
writers, as in English:
We
(the king)
have ordained and
ordain as follows.
As we have
said already.
you (singular or plural) has a plural verb;
its
other
agreements, as also those of nous above, are according to the sense:
Nous
(la
reine)
Madame, vous
sommes
contente.
etes bien bonne.
it.
used by
We
(the queen) are satisfied.
Madam, you
are very kind.
THE PRONOUN
344
362
is
For imperative first plural instead of first singular, see 267, a.

II and le are used as invariable neutral forms, when the antecedent
one to which gender cannot be ascribed:
en
c.
d.
Je
a-t-tf ?
Case
362.
any
Is there
le crois.
Relations
of
I think so.
(of it)?
Conjunctives.
The nomi-
1.
native forms stand as subject and the accusative forms as

direct object to a verb;
II
He saw
nous a vus.
The conjunctive
a.
Je
(les)
blame
is
optional
when
by a =
'
or
'
disadvantage
for, from,
to,
two accusatives:
there are
blame him and
lui et elle.
us.
The dative forms denote the person
2.
advantage
'
their use is obvious:
'
her.
or thing for whose
the action
is
done, denoted
with nouns
them the books.
I shall lend
Je leur preterai les livres.

lui a vole son argent.
On
His money has been stolen from

him.
But a
(1)
when
a disjunctive form
When two
When
pronoun than
datives are joined
et a elle.
elle (pas
(3)
Je
by a conjunction,
spoke of
I give the
it
to
book
him and
is
any other
I introduce
He
you
to her.
introduced himself to me.
le (la, les) leur presente, etc.
After verbs of motion and some others, to denote the
object
Je courus a
lui.
Cette maison est a moi.

II
to her.
to her (not to him).
towards which the action tends,' the

though expressed by a, not being really dative:
'
or
implied:
le, la, les:
Je vous presente a elle.

se presenta a moi.
:
lui).
is
the conjunctive direct object
II
But
used in the following cases:
in emphasis a second dative
J' en ai parle a lui

Je donne le livre a
(2)
is
pense (songe, reve) a eux.
relation,
I ran to him.
That house belongs
He thinks
to me.
(muses, dreams) of them.
363-365
Such verbs
345
are:
comparer, compare
courir, run
prendre interet,
appeler, call
etre (a), belong
pretendre, aspire
en appeler, appeal
faire attention,
accoutunier, accustom
allcr,
go
aspirer, aspire
recourir, have recourse
renoncer, renounce
habituer, accustom
avoir affaire, have
to
come back
dream
songer, muse
venir, come
revenir,
marcher, march
do
rever,
penser, think
avoir recours, have re-
prendre garde, lake heed
course
a.
(to)
pay atten-
tion
attirer, attract
Certain verbs of this
take
interest
when not
class,
take the conjunctive
literal,
dative
vint une idee.
Vous nous reviendrez.
There occurred to him an
II lui
Note.
The
'afferted by'
You
ethical
dative,
an action, rare
will
come
idea.
to see us again.
denoting the person 'interested in' or

is common in French: Goutez-moz
in English,
ce vin-la, Just taste that wine.
363. Impersonal il.

For invariable
an impersonal verb, see 248-253.
Predicative
364.
son
1.
to
is
le, la, les.
il
as the subject of
As predicate the
third per-
either variable or invariable:
Le
agrees
when
referring to a determinate
noun or
an adjective used as such:
Je
Je
Etes-vous sa mere?
Etes-vous la mariee?
2.
la suis.
Le, invariable,
or to a
noun
is
am.
am.
Are you his mother?

Are you the bride?
used when referring to an adjective,
as adjective:
Je
Je
Etes-vous fatiguee?
Etes-vous mere?
365.
la suis.
Pleonastic
often pleonastic, as
Etes-vous mere?
le suis.
le suis.
Je
Are you tired?

I am.
Are you a mother?
I am.
The neutral form le (361,

compared with English usage:
le.
d)
Fais du bien, quand tu le peux.
Are you a mother?

I am.
That they have come, I know.
Do good when you can.
Ce
What he
le suis.
Qu'ils soient venus, je le sais.
qu'il voulait,
il
le
veut encore.
wished, he
still
wishes.
is
THE PRONOUN
346
am
366-367
ready
need be.
Je suis prete, s'il le faut.

Je m'en irai, si vous le desirez.
Us sont comme
desirerais.
They
are as I should like.
ne
He
older than I am.
II
je
que
est plus age

06s.:
a.
Le
ne
le
This
je
suis.
(le)
He
(it).
yields to nobody.
He had
He
est soldat; je le suis aussi.
carried the day.

a narrow escape.
Reflexives.
1.
or so:
a soldier; I
is
Be brave and
Sois brave, et je le serai aussi.
366.
you wish
We have
Le may sometimes be translated by one
b.
II
if
used in a number of fixed expressions:
cede a personne.
Nous J'avons emporte.
II Z'a echappe belle.
II
is
if
comparative clauses.
le is optional in
also
is
(le)
I shall go
am
I shall
one too.
be so too.
special conjunctive reflexive form,
se for dative or accusative of either gender or number,

for the first
required in the third person only;
person the ordinary forms are used
He
se loue.
(elles) se le sont
II (elle)
lis
But:
2.
Je
me
The
loue; tu te loues;
disjunctive soi
is
242)
(she) praises
They
dit.
(cf
is
and second
him
(her) -self.
said so to each other.
nous nous louons; vous vous louez.
hardly used beyond the third
singular in an indefinite or general sense:
Chacun
On
De
pour soi.
rarement de
Every one works
travaille
doit parler
soi.
One should
In
soi le vice est odieux.
But: Elle est contente d'elle-meme;

a.
Un
The
use of soi
is
bienfait porte sa
for himself.
rarely speak of oneself.
itself vice is hateful.
ils
ne songent qu'a eux-memes.
rarer for the feminine than for the masculine:
recompense
avec soi (lui).

La guerre entraine apres elle
des maux sans nombre.
good deed brings

with
(soi)
War
its
reward
it.
brings after
it
countless evils.
Note.
Soi is no longer used of persons denoted by a general noun, e.g.,
L'avare ne vit que pour lui-meme (not pour soi), nor is it used, as formerly,
of persons to avoid ambiguity, e.g., Quoique son frere soit dans la misere,
il ne pense qu'a lui-meme (not a soi).
Uses of en. 1. En is in function an equivalent of

de + a pronoun of the third person of either gender or
number; it is used of things, and less commonly of persons:
367.
367
Je parle des plumes; j'en parle.

Donnez-les-moi j'en ai besoin.
D est mon ami; j'en reponds.
II aime ses fils, et il en est aime.
;
Vous
voila; j'en suis content.
Vient-il de Chicago?
a.
D en vient.
The antecedent
is
me
see,
They came
how
far
on were we?
to blows.
He
has a grudge against me.

Far from it.
It is all up with him.
If one is to believe you.
However it (that) may be.

I am worn out.
There are some who think
le croient.
Through a somewhat
2.
them.
There you are; I am glad of it.
Does he come from C? He does.
Let
y en a qui
I speak of the pen?; I speak of them.

Give me them; I need them.
He is my friend; I answer for him.
He loves his sons, and is loved by
often understood or indefinite:
Voyons ou en etions-nous?
lis en sont venus aux mains.
II m'en veut.
Tant s'en faut.
C'en est fait de lui.
A vous en croire.
Quoi qu'il en soit.
Je n'en peux plus.
II
347
so.
special application of the general
principle, it is further used:
In a partitive sense:
(1)
Voici
du papier
Merci, j'en
en voulez-vous?
ai.
Avez-vous une plume?
une
II
me
J'en
ai
(j'en ai plusieurs).
faut en acheter d'autres.
En =
Here is some paper; do you wish

Thank you, I have some.
any?
I have one (I
Have you a pen?
have several).
I must buv others.
the definite article replaces a possessive adjective referring to a possessor in the preceding
clause, but only when the thing possessed is a direct
(2)
thereof
object, a subject of etre, or a predicate noun:

J'aime ce pays;
j'en
admire
les
Blamez les peches de ces gens,

mais n'en blamez pas les malheurs.
Cette affaire est delicate; le succes en est douteux.
Ceci est la gloire du pays;
I like this
country;
admire
its
institutions.
institutions.
sins of those people, but

do not blame. their misfortunes.
Blame the
That
is
cela
affair is delicate;
its
success
doubtful.
This
its
is
the country's glory; that
disgrace.
is
en est la honte.
But: Cette maison a ses defauts (the possessor not being in the pre-
348
THE PRONOUN
368-369
vious sentence); J'aime ces vers; leur harmonie me ravit (the thing
possessed being subject of another verb thanetre); J'admire ce pays;
il est fameux par ses bonnes lois (the thing possessed being governed
by a preposition).
Y is in function equivalent to a (en,

of the third person of either gender
pronoun
dans, etc.) + a
things, and rarely of persons:
used
of
it
is
or number;
.
Use
368.
of y.
Je pense a mes peches j'y pense.

est en Europe; il y est, et moi
;
II
j'y
II
ne m'y connais pas.

il y aspire.
Vous fiez-vous a lui?
Je m'y fie.
a.
II
je
The antecedent
y va de votre
J'y suis
is
is there,
them.
and I
going there too.
an expert in those things, but
1 am not.
He aspires to that;
Do you trust him?
Your
I
a-t-il?
s'y
life is
have
He
prend adroitement.
Est-ce que Monsieur B. y est?
Y pensez-vous?
II
He
I think of
Europe; he
he aspires to
I trust
it.
him.
often understood or indefinite:
is
vie.
Qu'y
in
is
am
aspire a cela;
my sins;
think of
He
vais aussi.
se connait en ces choses, mais
moi
it
at stake.
What
goes about
is
the matter?
cleverly.
it
Mr. B. at home?
Is
You
don't
mean
it?
1. They stand
369. Position of Conjunctive Objects.
immediately before their governing verb, except the impera-
tive affirmative:
Je leur en parlerai.
Je l'y ai envoye pour
II lui
faut parler ;
il
speak to them of it.

him there to tell them it.
He must speak; one must speak to
I shall
le leur dire.
faut lui parler.
I sent
him.
a.
With negative
infinitive,
pas (point, rien, etc.);
similarly adverb
Je suis etonne de ne point le voir

(or
Pour
b.
6, 7)
ne
may
the object
am
stand between ne and
+ infinitive:
astonished not to see him.
le point voir).
les bien considerer.
The
To
consider
them
well.
by faire, laisser (cf 230,

etc.), accompany the finite verb:
objects of an infinitive governed
or a verb of perceiving (entendre,
I shall
II
Je le lui ferai dire.

se le voit refuser.
He
Faites-vous-la raconter.
Have
make him say
it.
sees himself being refused

it
related to you.
it.
c.
etc.
349
370
arrangement
similar
an
is
permissible with aller, venir, envoyer,
infinitive:
le chercher.
Je vais
Je Z'enverrai chercher.
In
fetch
I'll
J'enverrai le chercher or
it
him).
{or
ghaU gend for him

-
objects of an infinitive often stood

e.g., Je vous dois dire, but usage
en,
for
except
y, e.g., Ce qu'on en doit attendre.
now,
this
hardly permits
Note.
the older language,
before the so-called
modal
auxiliaries,
Conjunctive objects stand immediately after an im-
2.
perative affirmative:
Regardez-les
Look
at them; listen to us.

Give it to him; let us go away.
Do not look at them.
Do not listen to them.
ecoutez-nous.
Donnez-le-lui; allons-nous-en.
But!
a.
Ne
Ne
Ne
les regardez pas.

les ecoutez point.
le lui
Do
donnez pas.
it
to him.
rule does not apply to the subjunctive as impve. ( 272,
The
1,
a)
Let him listen to them.
Qu'il les ecoute.
Notes.
not give
Formerly, but rarely now, an imperative affirmative when

might have an object before it: Achetez-
1.
joined to another by et (ou, mais)

les et les payez, etc.
are always
2. Voici and voila, which are imperatives by derivation,
preceded by their conjunctive object: Les voici, en voila, etc.
Personal pronoun
370. Relative Position of Objects.
objects and pronominal adverbs are arranged with reference
to each other, as follows:
1.
When coming
me
before
te
se
before the verb:

[
\
le
la
les
\ before
before (lui
before en
\ leur
\
J
nous
vous
II
me
II
les lui
les
n nous
He
He
He
donne.
donne.
en donne.
Je leur en parlerai.
Ne leur en parlez pas.
Je
l'y ai
envoy e pour
le leur dire.
them to me.
them to him.
gives us some of it.
shall speak to them of
Do
I
gives
gives
not speak of
sent
him
it
it.
to them.
there to
tell
them
it.
THE PRONOUN
350
When
a.
disjunctive
J'ai
vu
there are two direct or two

and follow the verb:
lui et elle.
J'en ai parle a lui et.a

2.
elle.
When coming
(te,
have seen him and her.

it to him and
spoke of
before
lui,
nous, vous, leur)
Donnez-tes-mo/.
moi
(toi. lui,
va-t'en.
Take us
AUez-vous-en.
Go away.
a.
there.
may
familiar language:
Keep
Conservez- vous-le.
Tenez-i;ous-Ze pour
3.
nous, vous, leur)
After an imperative, the indirect objects nous, vous,

le, la, les in
to her.
Give them to me.

Give them some of it.
Give me some; begone.
Conduisez-nous-y.
the direct
become
before y (en)
before en
Donnez-leur-en.
Dormez-m'en;
indirect objects, they
after the verb
le (la les)
me
370
dit.
Reference table showing
it
for yourselves.
Consider
it
as final.
precede
Obs.:
The
1.
351
371-372
me,
disjunctive forms moi, toi are used instead of
te after
the verb, except before en.

to it and to each other by hyphens,
2. After the verb, the forms are joined
19.
apostrophe instead of hyphen being used according to
nous
II
e.g.,
rare,
are
y en a donne;
3. Combinations of three forms
for Donne-m'y-en.
they are usually avoided, e.g., Donnes-y-en a moi
The forms in [ ] are almost always avoided, either by transposition

Mene-moz la for
by some other form of expression, e.g., Menes-y-moi or
4.
or
Mene-m'y,
Omission
371.
two
See 159, 4.
etc.
The
of Object.
compound
verbs in a
object of the second of
tense joined
by
et or
ou may be
omitted along with the auxiliary and the subject:

He caught and killed it.
II Z'a pris et tue.
He caught it and killed it.
Or: II /'a pris et /'a tue.
He has caught it and has killed
D Z'a pris et il Z'a tue.
But:
II Z'a pris, Z'a
tue.
le prend, et le tue.
Xote.
auxiliary,
He has caught it, has killed

He catches it, and kills it.
it.
it.
The verbs must

must both be
be alike in government, must have the same

affirmative or negative, otherwise no omission is
allowed.
372. Disjunctives.
is
stressed
(see
1.
( 7),
When,
for
pronoun
reason, the
usually employed
is
359, note); thus, the disjunctives are used:

Absolutely, a verb being implied, but not expressed:
Moi (eux, elle).

Qui est la?
Lui (eux).
Qui as-tu vu?
Who
Toi absent, que ferai-je?
You
a.
any
the disjunctive form
So
also, in
there?
absent,
lui.
toi.
I (they, she).
what
comparisons, and analogously, after
Je suis plus grand que

Faites comme eux.
Je n'ai vu que
is
Whom did you see? Him (them).
am *aller than
Do as they do.
shall I
ne
do?
que:
you.
have seen him only.
In appositions, often emphatic:

(Why) I saw it myself.
l'ai vu (moi-meme).
You who saw it (you)
Toi qui l'as vu, tu me crois.
He too knows it.
Lui aussi (il) le sait.
That is easy for you.
Cela vous est facile a vous.
2.
Moi, je
believe
me
THE PRONOUN
352
With
a.
subject
Lui seul
and sometimes
lui so used,
may
(il)
ne
moi
C'est
Moi
the
undersigned
logical subject after ce

vous)
(toi,
With an
4.
t'oublier
ce sont eux.
jamais.
When
5.
Son frere
a.
relic of
the earlier language.
It is I (thou, you);
I forget thee
And
it is
they.
et lui sont
Never.
made
they
off.
composite, see also
is
(1):
2,
His brother and he have come.
venus.
composite subject or object
nastic appositive
it.
played.
etre:
the subject or object
a and
1,
is
wish
infinitive:
Et eux de s'enfuir.
362,
also with eux, the conjunctive
He alone did not

He worked; they
le voulait pas.
Je soussigne = /
As
3.
373
be omitted:
Lui travaillait; eux jouaient.
Note.
conjunctive,
usually
is
especially
summed up by
when
a pleo-
the components are
unlike in person:
Vous
6.
You and he saw
et lui (vous) 1'avez vu.
Je vous envoie,
toi et
ton frere.
I speak of
moque de
nous.
Observe the peculiar use of a preposition
a.
you and
They are at home.

He makes sport of
sont chez eux.
se
it.
send you and your brother.
After a preposition:
Je parie de toi et d'eux.

lis
of
them,
us.
+ a disjunctive pronoun
as a sort of emphatic appositive of possessipn.

J'ai
une maison a moi.
Mon
have a house
My
idee a moi, c'est, etc.
(own) idea
of
is,
my
own.
etc.
Note.
A disjunctive for things after a preposition is usually avoided,
by means of en, y, or else by an adverb, such as dedans, dehors,
dessus, devant, derriere, etc.
Je ne vois rien la dedans (in it) Voyez sur
either
la table,
7.
cherchez dessus (on
For moi and
373.
vous
is,
whilst
it)
et
toi after
dessous (under
it).
imperative, see
370, 3, obs.
1.
Pronouns in Address. In addressing one person

in general, the pronoun of formality and respect,
tu
as follows:
denotes
familiarity,
affection,
solemnity,
etc.,
THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
374
Tu =
1.
members
you, of one person,
353
generally used between
is
same family (husband and wife, parents

and children, brothers and sisters), between very intimate
friends, between children, by grown persons to children and
sometimes to servants, by everybody to animals and inanimate objects:
Ou es-tu, mon cher pere?
Where are you, my dear father?
Est-ce toi, mon enfant?
Is that you, my child?
of the
Pauvre chien, tu as f aim.
Tu =
2.
thou
by Protestants
is
Poor dog, you are hungry.
used in poetry and elevated prose, and
Roman
God,
in addressing
Catholics using
vous:
Nous
te (vous) louons, 6
Dieu
We
praise thee,
Vous, with the above limitations,
3.
singular and plural, as 'you'
is
is
O God
used, both in the
in English.

Possessives
374.
Adjectival Forms:
1.
m.
mon
f.
ma
(mon)
mes,
my
tes, thy,
your
ta (ton)
m. son
his, her,
ses
sa (son)
f.
its,
one
in
notre
nos, our
votre
vos, your
f.
in.
f.
in.
leur
Obs.:
mon,
1.
m.
le
la
mien
mienne
The forms
les
les
miens
miennes
m.
le tien
les tiens
f.
la tienne
les tiennes
les siens
m.
le sien
f.
la
sienne les siennes
m.
le
notre
f.
la
m.
le votre
f.
la votre
m.
le leur
f.
la leur
mine
thine, yours
his, hers, its,
one's
own
les notres, ours
notre
les votres,
leurs, their
f.
sis,
Pl.
Sing.
m. ton
f.
Pronominal Forms
2.
Pl.
Sing.
yours
les leurs, theirs
in parenthe-
ton, son, are used instead
Obs.:
leur,
is
1.
The
feminine, except for
formed as
for adjectives of
! .
THE PRONOUN
354
ma,
mute:
ta,
of
ton
before a vowel or
my
amie,
/listoire
aimable
2.
sa,
Mon
friend
(f.);
your story; son

amiable aunt.
(f.).
his
tante,
Since son (sa, ses)
his, her, its,
the context determines which

is intended.
one's,
sense
375-376
ending.
2. De, a
le,
les,
contract as usual; thus, du mien
mien), aux miennes
(= de
le
like
(=
+
+ les
the
miennes),
mark
accent
in
etc.
absent in notre, votre.

sien (la
its,
sienne,
one's,
the
which sense
is
3.
Note
notre, votre,
etc.)
4.
Since le
his,
hers,
context determines
intended.
The
regular feminine forcns, ma, ta, sa, were at one time used
before a vowel sound a trace of this usage survives in ma mie (for m'amie)
Note.
The
Agreement.
375.
possessives agree in gender and
number with the noun denoting the object possessed, and in

person with the possessor:
She has her pencil and mine.
has his pen and yours.
Elle a son crayon et les miens.

II
He
a sa plume et les votres.
The
a.
must be repeated
possessive adjective
precisely like
the
definite article (cf. 318):
Mes
parents et
When
b.
mes
My relatives
amis.
the possessor
is indefinite,
son
and
friends.
(sa, etc.)
and
le sien
(la
sienne, etc.), are used:
On
One must keep
doit tenir sa parole.
Se charger des
affaires d'autrui
and neglect one's own.
et negliger les siennes.
They
are used, in general,
the corresponding English forms;
idiomatic distinc-
Use
376.
like
tions
1.
of Adjectival
its
Forms.
and
special rules are:
The
possessive adjective
definite article
II
one's word.
To undertake the business of others
(cf
328)
is commonly replaced by the

when no ambiguity arises from
use:
s'est casse la
He
jambe.
broke his leg.

Give me your hand.
Donnez-moi la main.
II m'a dechire le visage.
But:
a.
II
If
a dechire son habit.

the sense
is specific,
He
He
has scratched my face.

has torn his coat.
emphatic, or distinctive, the possessive
is
used
Mon
bras
Voila
ma
me fait mal.
migraine encore
My
!
arm pains me.
There
is
my
sick-headache again
376
Je
l'ai
355
saw it with my own eyes.

She has given him her hand
vu de mes propres yeux.

donne sa main.
Elle lui a
in
(sc.
marriage).
En
2.
the definite article serves in certain cases as a
-+-
substitute for son, leur, see 367, 2, (2):

is more usual
names of places,
This construction
a.
things personified, for
than for persons;
for
or to avoid ambiguity, son, leur
uncommon:
are not
La necessite
sa
for things
parle;
il
faut suivre
we must
Necessity speaks;
follow
her law.
loi.
Vous rappelez-vous
Ses promenades
cette ville?
sont
Do you remember
that city?
promenades are very
tres
Its
fine.
belles.
La source de toutes
les passions
Sensation
is
the source of
all
the
est la sensibilite, Pimagination
passions, imagination determines
determine leur pente.
their tendency.
The emphatic own
3.
is
denoted by propre or by an
apposition with a:
Je
l'ai ecrit
C'est
mon
Cf. also: J'ai

a.
ma
de
propre main.
opinion a moi.
un cheval a moi.
wrote
it
with
my own
hand.
That is my own opinion.

I have a horse of my own.
Along with son the a construction often avoids ambiguity:
Son pere a lui.

Sa mere a elle.
Mon
4.
the
name
His (i.e., not

Her mother.
(ma)
is
commonly
her) father.
used, in direct address, before
of a relative (not before papa,
maman)
or the title
of a superior officer:
Bon jour mon pere (mon colonel).

Rut: Est-ce toi papa imamani?
Note.
This
madame (= ma
5.
(vos)
Good morning,
Is that
father (colonel).
you, papa
usage explains the origin of monsieur
dame),
(mamma V?
(= mon
sieur),
etc.
In speaking to a person of his or her relatives, votre

is
Madame
often preceded
votre
mere y
by monsieur,
est-elle?
Is
etc., for politeness:
your mother in?
THE PRONOUN
356
When
6.
there
377
plurality of possessor, the object pos-
is
sessed usually remains singular,
if
it is
singular as regards
the individual possessor:
Men
hommes songent moins a leur

ame qu'a leur corps.
Les
lis
think less of their souls than
of their bodies.
They
ont perdu la vie.
lost their lives.
Sometimes the sense demands a plural:
a.
Their heads are
Leurs tetes se ressemblent.
Use
377.
general,
of
like
Mine,
1.
are
used,
etc., after
etre
is
regularly expressed
by a
moi,
simply, while le mien, etc.
denotes a distinction of ownership:

That watch
\
Cette montre est a moi.
That watch
Cette montre est la mienne.j
is
mine.
is
mine
(not yours).
The pronominal form sometimes stands without
2.
in
idiomatic
special rules are the following:
when denoting ownership
etc.,
They
Pronominal Forms.
the corresponding English forms;
and
distinctions
alike.
article
in the predicate after certain verbs:
Those opinions are yours.

She shall become mine.
I made them mine.
Ces opinions sont votres.

Elle deviendra mienne.
Je les
ai fait
miens.
Such verbs
are:
3.
The idiom a
regarder comme, etc.
faire
dire
devenir
etre
friend
of
mine,
etc.,
is
not
literally
translated
de mes amis.
Un medecin de mes
/
j
Un
Un ami
amis.
a.
The use
Un mien
Une
of
my
friends,
doctOT) a friend of
(who
mine
is)
a doctor.
a moi.
Mon ami que voici.

Cf Un tour de sa facon.
.
friend of mine.
One
of
mien
parent.
sienne cousine.
friend of mine.
This friend of mine.
One
of his tricks.
(tien, sien) attributively in this sense is familiar:
A
A
relative of mine.
cousin of his.
THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN
37S-379
4.
Emphatic own
is
rendered by propre, or
usually, untranslated
Son avis et le mien (propre).
5.
When
357
His opinion and
used absolutely,
i.e.,
my
is,
more
own.
without antecedent, the
singular denotes property, what* is mine, etc.,
and the plural
relatives, friends, allies, etc.
Je ne demande que le mien.

Les notres se sont bien battus.
a.
II fait
Familiarly, the feminine
encore des siennes.
Note.
la votre)
Other
de
la
I ask only for
Our
means pranks,
He
what
is
etc.:
absolute uses are not permissible,
e.g.,
Votre lettre (not
semaine derniere.
1.
Demonstratives
Adjectival forms:
mine.
at his pranks again.

378.
is
soldiers (etc.) fought well.
THE PRONOUN
358
The demonstrative
a.
adjective
must be repeated
380-3S2
like the
definite
article (cf. 318).
Use
380.
of
Ce
Adjectival ce.
(cette,
that;
to distinguish this from that -ci
tively
added to the noun:
Lis ce livre-d;
lis
ce livre-Zd.
J'aime ces tableaux-Za.

a.
Ce
(cette, etc.), referring to
sometimes has the force of
Le telegraphe,
cette
The
this
or
-la are respec-
Read
this
I like
those pictures.
book; read that book.
what has already been mentioned,
that:
The
grande de-
telegraph, that great discovery
of our century.
couverte de notre siecle.

b.
etc.)
and
demonstrative adjective in a few
definite article replaces the
idioms
Do
Ne
parlez pas de la sorte.

Je reviens a Z'instant.
381.
Celui.
The pronoun
not speak in that way.
I shall
be back in a moment.
celui
(celle,
etc.)
that, that
used only along with a relative
one, the one, he, is regularly
clause or a de clause:
Ceux qui
rient pleureront.
Celle dont je parle est venue.
Le devoir d'aimer Dieu
et celui
loving one's neighbor.
d'aimer son prochain.

Cette robe et celle que
Those who laugh will weep.

She of whom I speak has co'me.
The duty of loving God and that of
j'ai
This dress and the one I saw.

My pens and my brother's.
vue.
Mes plumes et celles de mon frere.

06s.: Note the use of celui = English
a.
The
relative sentence
is
possessive noun.
elliptically expressed
sometimes
by
the-
past participle:
Les decouvertes enumerees sont
b.
Celui-la
The
discoveries
those
celles faites par Edison.
replaces celui
when
made by
enumerated
are
Edison.
the predicate comes before the
relative
Celui-la est riche qui est toujours
382.
etc.)
Celui-ci, celui-la.
this,
He
(that
man)
is
rich
who is always
happy.
content.
this
one,
he,
The pronouns
the
latter
and
celui-ci
(celle-ci,
celui-la
(celle-la.
etc
359
383
former, are used to contrast the
ih at one, the
that}
nearer with the more remote:

Here are the two chains; keep tins
gardez
Voici les deux chaines;
Cone), and send back that (one).
celle-la.
renvoyez
celle-ci et
he wish these or those?
Does
Veut-il ce'ux-ci ou ceux-la?
and Virgil were Romans;
Cicero
Roetaient
Virgile
Ciceron et
was an orator, and
former
the
poete, et
mains- celui-ci
etait
the latter a poet.
celui-la orateur.
The idiom in the
Obs.:
is literally the latter
example
last
This or that for emphasis, not contrast,
a.
C'est
une bonne
loi
these, those, he, she,
is
it,
they,
when
sentative subject,
proper noun,
adjectives as such:
or
is:
(it)
will
including
her mother
be a
fine sight.
These (those) are our pens.
Was
Etait-ce le meilleur?
it
They
Ce sont des Allemands.
He
ami(e).
the best
Germans.
(those) are
(she) is
my
friend.
That may be John.
Ce peut etre Jean.

Before etre
Mary and
is
That
Ce
Ce sont nos plumes.
a.
etre, as repre-
determinate noun,
It
Marie et sa mere.
un beau spectacle.
mon
the logical subject
sera
C'est
a good law
Subject. Ce = this, that,

according to the context, is used
savoir
with etre, or with devoir, pouvoir,
C'est
the former.
.,
Ce as Representative
383
1.
is celui-la:
This (that)
(que) celle-la.
an indeterminate noun
il
(ils,
elles) is the regular
construction:
lis
She
_ For a few expressions
is
like c'est
see 384,
stands with an indeterminate noun,
II
est
b.
II
est
midi
is
a seamstress.
dommage,
1,
note
etc., in
which
c'est
3.
day:
always used to indicate hours of the
(trois
It is
heures).
But: QueUe heure

vient de sonner?
est-ce
qui
C'est cinq
heures.
are friends (French).
They
File est couturiere.
NoTE
time to go.
It is
temps de s'en aller.

sont amis iFrancais).
est
noon (three
What hour
is
five.
o'clock).
has just struck.
-It
THE PRONOUN
360
Ce sera demain
To-day is Monday.
To-morrow will be the
2.
le quatre.
pronoun:
Who
Ce sont eux.
Qui est-ce?
Ce sont les leurs.
C'etaient les
Ce doivent
3.
An
(those) were the same.

Those must be mine.
infinitive, or
an
with de:
That would be losing everything.
infinitive
Seeing
Voir c'est croire.
4.
What
de Z'offenser.
le ferez
Where
n'est pas qu'il ait peur.
Vous
believing.
him.
Will you not do it?
pas?
est-ce qu'il est?
a.
is
I fear is to offend
noun sentence:
Est-ce que vous ne
Ce
It is they.
theirs.
It is this; it is that.
etre les miens.
je crains c'est
fourth.
They
memes.
serait tout perdre.
Ce que
is it?
Those are
C'est ceci; c'est cela.
Ou
384
Observe the use of ce in the following date idioms:
c.
C'est aujourd'hui lundi.
Ce
The noun
sentence
partirez, n'est-ce
may
is it
that he is?
It is not that
he
is
afraid.
be understood:
You
pas? (=
will go, will
you not?
n'est-ce pas que vous partirez?)

5.
An
Combien
adverb of quantity:
How much is it?
C'a ete trop.
est-ce?
Note.
For
384.
Ce as Real
agreement of the verb, see
Ce stands
Subject.
1.
an
when the com-
is:
masculine adjective, an adjective
infinitive
preceded by
a,
an adverb
-f-
+ an infinitive,
(in all these cases
without further syntactical connection; see

C'est
Ce
II
beau
doit etre (ne saurait etre) vrai.
il
He
est parti.
C'est a desirer.
La vue
est belle
Oui, c'est beau
a,
below):
That (it) is fine (true, well).

That must be (cannot be) true.
(vrai, bien).
est parti, c'est clair.
C'est clair,
was too much.
as real subject of
etre, or of devoir, pouvoir, savoir -f etre,
plement of etre
It
232, 3.
is
gone, that
It is clear,
he
is
is clear.
gone.
That (it) is to be
The view is fine
desired.
!
Yes,
it is
fine
3S5
Ou
Where
sera-ce?
When
will
(that) be?
it
That was very wrong
mal a vous.
C'etait bien
361
of you.
an infinitive or by a que clause, the

regular construction for the above is impersonal il (not ce); so also
the parenthetical il est vrai and n'est-il pas vrai? (= n'est-ce pas?),
though without syntactical connection:
a.
followed by de
de dire cela.
de vous voir ainsi.
est clair que j'ai raison.
est a desirer que la guerre
II
II
//
II
It is
It is sad to see
On
It is to
1.
right.
be desired that the war
will
They
mais attendez.
mal a vous de parler ainsi.
Note.
de
thus.
am
soon end.
est vrai,
rit, il
est bien
you
It is clear that I
finisse bientot.
II
easy to say that.
est facile
est triste
Colloquially, c'est
+ infinitive or a que clause:
is
It is
laugh, to be sure, but wait.

very wrong of you to speak so.
pretty freely used instead of
C'est facile de faire cela;
il
est before
C'est clair que
j'ai
raison, etc.
This use of ce
2.
of emotion,
e.g.,
is
C'est
permissible in the literary style only in expressions
heureux (malheureux, beau,
presumer (craindre, regretter,

C'est a craindre qu'il ne soit noye.
a
c'est
The
3.
C'eSt
e.g.,
2.
ce construction
dommage
is
obligatory after a few
(pitie, plaisir, justice), etc.,
noun phrases
of like value,
prepositional phrase, or a conjunction:

It (that) is for you.
C'est pourquoi je suis venu.
That
comme vous
Ce
385.
etc.),
C'est pitie de l'entendre.
C'est pour vous.
C'est
etonnant,
triste,
C'est triste de vous voir;
etc.):
Relative.
is
It is as
(le) dites.
why
you
came.
say.
As antecedent ce
denotes
Ce qui m'amuse.
Ce que je dis est vrai.
Ce dont nous parlions.
Ce a quoi je pense.
H est age, ce qui est dommage.
-f-
relative
that which, what, which, etc.:
What (that which) amuses me.

What I say is true.
What we were speaking of.
What I am thinking of.
He
is
old,
which
is
a pity.
Ce, so used, either immediately precedes the relative, or

emphasis, divided from it by etre
a predicate substantive:
a.
is,
for
Ce
qu'il
veut c'est
la gloire.
C'est la gloire qu'ft veut.
Note.
(=
It is
This type of construction
substantive emphatic,
e.g.,
What he
is
desires
is
glory.
glory that he desires.
widely used to render a predicate
C'est ton frere qui le dit;
C'est a vous que
a qui) je parle; C'est mourir que de vivre ainsi; C'est une belle ville
que Paris
(cf.
397, 2, note 1).
THE PRONOUN
362
Other uses
386.
386-388
Apart from its use with etre

found in a few phrases only, mostly
of ce.
or with a relative, ce
is
archaic, familiar or jocular:
Ce devint un usage.
Tu
Sur
De
This (that) became a custom.

" You fear," said he to him.
crains, ce lui dit-il.
a.
And now, I leave you.

Not satisfied with this.
vous quitte.
ce, je
non content.
ce
The
nected
C'est
lui,
But:
//
384,
ce
1,
otherwise
a),
semble que
Ce que
it is
l'a
dit c'est
tendus amis.
je pense
The one who

pre-
What
I fear is
c'est sa sante.
What
mes
To
To
But: Vegeter
(ce) n'est
pas vivre.
,,
une belle
is
you.
his health.
negative:
to live.
vegetate
is
not to
live.
.
ville
_,
que Pans.
(Paris
< ,,
is
a beautiful city.
is
...
a fine
..._,.
city, (is)
Pans.
Optionally, in other inversions for emphasis:
La guerre
(ce) serait la
Note. When
pleonastic ce
388.
is
when not
think
is
my would-be friends.
Regularly, in inversion with que:

(It
4.
said so
think of
Regularly, between infinitives
Penser, c'est vivre.
C'est
least.
As compared with English, ce is often

used with etre -f- a logical subject:
vous.
je crains ce sont
Ce a quoi
3.
seems to me, at
It's he, it
Regularly, after celui qui and ce qui:
Celle qui
_,,
used only when uncon-
semble:
c'est lui.
387. Pleonastic ce.
2.
il
me semble, au moins.
me
pleonastic; thus,
1.
may be
parenthetical ce semble
(cf.
that,
may
War would
mine.
be ruin.
the complement of etre is an adjective or participle,

not be used: Ce qui est utile n'est pas toujours juste.
Ceci and cela.
Ceci
this,
the nearer, and cela
the more remote, are used to denote something
indicated, but not yet
named:
Gardez
cela.
ceci et
donnez-moi
Keep
this
and give
the object has been already named, or if the

plied by the context, celui-ci (-1.1), etc. must be used.
Obs.:
If
me
that.
name
is
fully
im-
THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN
389
Ceci also refers to what
a.
about to be
is
said,
363
and cela to what has
been said:
Think well on this.

I say no more, that
Reflechissez bien a ceci.
Je ne dis pas davantage, cela

Ceci (not cela)
b.
suffit.
may have
\ _,.
un secret ,(rarer).
secret.
la
un
But: C'est
~ ,
Cela c'est un secret.
Or:
C'est
ici
Cela
Note.
negations
pas
(or ce n'est
De
II
may be
Cela
la vient
this
Cela
e.
Ca ne
/.
by
meme,
seul,
and
est la cause;
its
division in
Cela n'est pas
de and par:
From
that it comes that, etc.

must begin with that.
We
la.
often contracted to ca colloquially
That doesn't matter.
sometimes used familiarly or contemptuously of persons

a personal pronoun:
comme
Regardez
Note.
a secret.
is
is
instead of
Ca veut
lhat
la after
fait rien.
Qa
_,,
before a de clause:
que, etc.
is
Paris has this advantage.
replaced
commencer par
faut
J
1
faute.
Paris a cela d'avantageux.

d.
a secret.
is
(meme; en
Cela seul
une
la)
Cela (not ceci)
c.
Ihis
not so divided before
is
optional:
is
enough.
a predicate noun:
Ceci est un secret.

r,
is
ga mange.
Look how they
You
faire a sa tete.
Distinguish
(etc.) eat.
wish to do as j-ou please.
(etc.)
ca from ca (adverb) and ca! (interjection).

389.
1.
Interrogatives
Adjectival forms:
Sing.
m. quel?
f.
2/ Pronominal forms.
Pl.
Sing.
quels?
quelle? quelles? /
m. lequel?
which?
what?
etc.
f.
Pl.
lesquels?
laquelle? lesquelles?
72 qui?
which? which
or
what one(s)?
who? whom?
> que? what?

5- quoi?
2.
a
1.
contract with
3.
what?
For the feminine and plural of quel, of. 337, 1 (2), and 338.
Lequel = le + quel, both parts bring inflected (316, 389, 1); de,
Obs.:
Que =
le,
les (duquel, auquel, etc.,
qu' before a
vowel or h mute
cf.
317).
( 19).
THE PRONOUN
364
390-391
The adjectival forms agree like ordi390. Agreement.

nary adjectives; the variable pronominal forms agree in
gender, but not necessarily in number, with the nouns for
which they stand the invariable qui ? assumes the number
of the noun or pronoun referred to
;
Quels
livres
avez-vous?
Quelle plume avez-vous prise?

Quelles sont vos raisons?
Laquelle des dames est venue?
What
are your reasons?
Which
of the ladies has
Who
Qui sont-elles?
Qui sonne?
Which (what) books have you?

Which pen did you take?
Who
rings?
come?
are they?
= which?
which (one) f what (one) f
refer either to persons or things, and stand both in direct
391.
Lequel?
Quel?
The
what f and the pronoun lequel ?
and
indirect questions:
Quels livres avez-vous?

Dites-moi quel livre il a.
Desquels avez-vous besoin?
Dites-moi lesquels vous avez.
Quelle dame est arrivee?
Je ne sais pas laquelle.
Quelles sont vos raisons?
Quel homme est-ce la?

Auquel des hommes parle-t-il?
a.
Quel
in exclamations
beau!
Which (what) books have you?
me which
(what) book he has.

do you need?
Tell me which (ones) you have.
Which (what) lady has come?
I do not know which (one).
What are your reasons?
What (what kind of) man is that?
To which of the men does he speak?
Tell
Which
sometimes
Quel heros ! Quels heros

Oui, c'est
Quelle belle scene
b.
adjective quel?
What
What
(ones)
what a
what
Sais-tu quelle est cette
it
is fine.
Who
dame?
What heroes
a hero
a beautiful scene
Yes,
Quel? as predicative adjective often replaces qui?
Quels sont ces gens-la?
who?
are those people?
(or
what
kind of people are those?)

Do you know who that lady is?
pleonastic de is commonly used before alternatives after

and other interrogatives, probably caused by case attraction
with des deux, often present in such expressions: Lequel (des deux) est
le plus habile, de cet homme-ci ou de celui-la; Laquelle est la plus illustre,
d'Athenes ou de Rome?
Note.
quel? lequel?
Qui?
392.
36o
392-393
The pronoun qui?
1.
= who? whom?
is
regu-
stands in both direct and

larly used of persons only, and
indirect questions:
Qui frappe?
De
Qui
Who is knocking? Who is there?

Of whom (to whom) is he speaking?
est la?
qui (a qui) parle-t-il?
Whom
Qui avez-vous vu?

Qui etes-vous?
Who
Dites-moi qui est venu.
Tell
did you see?
are
you?
me who
has come.
though rarely and not necessarily, as

a. Qui? is sometimes used,
of ivhat ?
subject of a transitive verb in the sense
Qui vous amene de
si
bonne heure? What brings you
Qui? predicatively,
b.
or plural,
is
often replaced, especially
when feminine
by quel?
Who is that lady? (What

Who are they?
Quelle est cette dame?

Quels sont-ils?
2.
so early?
1.
Whose? denoting simply ownership = a qui?
is
that?)
other-
quel? but never dont

wise generally de qui? sometimes
Whose house is that?
A qui est cette maison-la?
Whose son are you?
De qui etes-vous fils?
Whose (what) house was burnt?
brulee?
a
ete
maison
QueUe
Note.
Compare with
was a
le premier, It
strife
this the
as
to
idiom c'est a qui:
who would
finish
C'etait a qui finirait
first.
Que? Quoi? The form que? = what? is conjuncuses in detail

while quoi? = ichat ? is disjunctive; their
393.
tive,
are:
1.
and
Que?
predicate,
stands regularly as direct object or as
in direct question only:
Que vous a-t-il dit?

Que cherchez-vous?
Que sont-ils devenus?
a.
Que?
What did he say to you?

What are you looking for?
What has become of them?
alternatively with quoi?
may
stand with an
infinitive in
indirect question:
Je ne sais que (quoi) dire.
know not what
to say.
! !
THE PRONOUN
366
Que? and que sometimes have
b.
Que ne m'avez-vous dit

Que vous etes heureux
Que d'argent perdu
Qu'est-ce qui
fait
What
may
a quantity of
money
lost
regularly qu'est-ce qui?
is
What
ce bruit?
The form que? may stand
a.
mostly such as
that?
as subject of a verb
What?
394
adverbial force:
Why did you not tell me

How happy you are
cela?
2.
making that noise?
is
as subject of a few intransitive verbs,
but never as subject of a
also be impersonal,
transitive verb:
What is the use of crying?

What do you think of it?
What is it?
Que sert de pleurer?

Que vous en semble?
Qu'est-ce?
Quoi?
3.
and
is
used absolutely,
Quoi?
y a du nouveau.
Quoi de plus beau que cela?
Quoi
vous l'admirez
II
quoi pensez-vous?
En
quoi puis-je vous servir?

a.
b.
with
There
is
What
What
What
finer
ellipsis of
the verb,
With an
lettres.
infinitive,
news.
What?
than that?
You admire him
are
may
I receive
be direct object:
what?
Letters.
que? or more emphatically, quoi?
(quoi) faire?
Je ne sais que (quoi) repondre.
you thinking of ?
In what can I help you?
In cases of special emphasis quoi?
Je recois quoi? Des
Que
i.e.,
after a preposition:
What is one to do?

I know not what to
is
used:
answer.
394. Interrogative Locutions.

The use of interrogative
phrases formed with est-ce, etc., instead of the simple forms
is very frequent (cf. 392-3)
Qui est-ce qui chante?

Qui est-ce que vous demandez?
A qui est-ce que vous parliez?
Qu'est-ce que cela prouve?
Qu'est-ce que c'est?
Qu'est-ce que c'est que cela?
De
quoi est-ce qu'il parle?
for Qui chante?
"
"
"
"
"
"
Qui demandez-vous?
qui parliez-vous?
Que prouve
cela?
Qu'est-ce?
Qu'est-ce que cela?
De
quoi parle-t-il?
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN
395-397
367

Relative Pronouns
395.
whom
who, which, that;
qui,
a 'preposition)
{after
whom, which, that

dont, whose, of whom, of which,
que,
etc.
ou, in which, into which, at which, to which, etc.
m.
lequel,
laquelle,
396.
For
pi.
lesquelles,
pi.
who whom,
>
winch, that
which
qu', see 19.
Agreement.
or invariable in form,
its
m.
s.
quoi, what,
Obs.:
lesquels,
s.
is
whether variable
number, and person of
relative pronoun,
of the gender,
antecedent
Moi
qui etais (vous qui etiez)
la.
Les lettres que j'ai apportees.

Moi qui suis son ami(e).
Dieux (vous) qui m'exaucez
C'est nous qui l'avons dit.
!
Je suis celui qui
When
a.
the relative
l'ai dit.
the antecedent
may
is
I who was (you who were) there.

The letters which I have brought.
I who am his friend (m. or f.).
(Ye) gods who hear me
It is we who have said it.
I am the one who has said it.
a predicate noun, or an adjective as such,
agree in person either with this noun or with the
subject of the sentence:
Nous sommes deux monies
qui
We
voyageons (voyagent).
Je suis
are
two monks who are trav-
eling.
le seul qui l'aie (ait) dit.
am
the only one
who has
said
it.
The
b.
relative after
un
+ a plural
is
either singular or plural, usually
according to the sense:
un de mes
C'est
m'a
(m'ont")
397.
(des")
proces qui
mine.
is one of my (of the) lawsuits

which has (have) ruined me.
Both qui and que refer to antecedents,

gender or number, denoting persons or things;
Qui, Que.
of either
It
their uses in detail are:
THE PRONOUN
368
397
Qui = who, which, that, serves as subject;

1.
whom, of persons only, or things personified, may
qui
also be
used after a preposition:
The lady who (that) has sung.

The friends who (that) have come.
The cow which (that) lows.
The books which have been lost.
The birds which (that) fly.
La dame qui a chante.

Les amis qui sont arrives.
La vache qui beugle.
Les livres qui ont ete perdus.
Les oiseaux qui volent.
Ce qui m'amuse.
Rien qui soit beau.
La tante chez qui je demeure.
Les amis a (de) qui je parlais
Rochers a qui je me plains
when
Aimez
repeated,
les
Rocks
Pour qui connait.

Qui d'un cote, qui de
celui qui (ceux qui, etc.),
I complain.
autres
les autres:
(the one)
who
loves you.
Let those who will play.

For any one who knows.
Some on one side, some on the other.
ce qui:
Voila qui est etrange
2.
spoke.
whom
Similarly, in a few phrases, mostly exclamatory or parenthetical,
b.
Qui
l'autre
amuses me.
beautiful.
to
Love him
qui vous aime.
is
The aunt with whom I live.

The friends to (of) whom I
uns ...
Jouera qui voudra.
qui
(that which)
Nothing that
Qui, without antecedent, sometimes
a.
*,
or,
What
That
pis est (or ce qui est pis).
Que
whom, which,
What
that,
is
is
strange
worse.
serves regularly as direct
object:
Les ami(e)s que j'aime.

Le livre (cheval) que j'ai.
Les plumes que j'ai achetees
Ce que vous dites.
Rien de ce que vous dites.
a.
Que
The friends whom (that) I love.

The book (horse) which I have.
The pens which I have bought.
That which you say.
Nothing that you say.
stands also as predicate nominative

an impersonal verb:
(cf.
295,
1),
logical subject of
Malheureuse que
je suis
Qu'est-ce qu'elle est devenue?
l'heure qu'il est.
L'homme
vous faut.
Prenez ce qu'il vous faut.
qu'il
Unhappy woman
What
that I
am
has become of her?
At the present hour.
The man that you need.

Take what you need.
and
369
398-399
1.
The que of emphatic inversions ( 385, a, n.) is best exNotes
ville que Paris = C'est une
plained as predicative que: C'est une belle
belle ville (ce) que (c'est) Pans;
belle ville que Paris (est) or C'est une
cela (est) or (C'est) erreur
Erreur que tout cela = (C'est) erreur que tout
que
(ce)
(c'est) tout cela.
be confounded in
is often a relative adverb, not to
cela arrivait; C'est
function with the relative proper: Dans le temps que
parle).
a vous que je parle (or C'est vous a qui je
2.
The form que
Dont. The form dont = whose, of whom, of which,

a relative; it refers to antecedhas the value of de
ents, of either gender or number, denoting persons cr things
(dont is never interrogative)
398.
etc.,
L'homme dont
le fils est
The
The
The
The
mort.
Les gens dont je parle.

Les plumes dont je me sers.
La gloire dont il est avide.
Ce dont
je
me
man whose son is dead.

people of whom I speak.
pens which I make use of.

fame for which he is eager.
That of which I complain.
plains.
a. A noun after dont = whose does not omit the

and must follow its governing verb (cf 400, 2)
article as in English,
Le monsieur dont
j'ai
trouve la
The
b.
whose
gentleman
purse
found.
bourse.
As compared with d'ou
(cf.
399,
a),
dont has figurative force
in expressions referring to extraction, lineage, etc.:
La maison dont
c.
Dont was
il
The family from which he comes.
sort.
originally
an adverb
(L. de
+ unde),
and
is
often best
construed as such:
Le pays dont
399.
il
Ou.
est venu.
The adverb ou = where
relative with the value of

relative;
if
The country whence he came.
dans
(a,
is
Les villes par ou jo suis venu.

L' en droit d'ou il vient.
used as a
sur, vers,
preceded by a preposition,
La maison ou je loge.
Le siecle ou nous vivons.
Le but ou il tend.
also
ou =
etc.)
which, where:
The house in which I lodge.

The age in which we live.
The end towards which he tends.
The cities through which I came.
The place from which he comes.
THE PRONOUN
370
a.
D'ou = from which, whence,
La maison d'ou
il
The form
Lequel.
400.
is
usually literal in force:
The house out
sort.
400-401
of
which he comes.
who, whom, which, that,

and varies in form to agree with
chiefly used where qui, que, etc., may
lequel
refers to persons or things,

its
antecedent;
it is
not be employed:
1.
Lequel, being inflected, stands where qui, que, from
want
would be ambiguous, or it serves, owing

more remote of two possible ante-
of inflection,
to its stress, to denote the
cedents
La soeur de mon ami
laquelle
Le
du redacteur lequel
fils
je
viens de voir.
a.
Lequel
The
sister of
my
who has
friend
just come.
vient d'arriver.
The son
of the editor
whom
{i.e.,
the son) I have just seen.
may
not be used of persons after en, and
it
must be used
of persons after parmi, entre:
Un homme en
A man
qui je crois.
Les amis parmi
(entre) lesquels.
The
in
whom
friends
I believe.
amojg whom.
2. When depending on a noun governed by a preposition,

whose must be turned by duquel, etc., which must follow
the noun
(cf.
La dame au
de qui)
je
398, a)
de laquelle {or
donne des lecons.
fils
The lady
to
whose son
give
lessons.
Lequel is used exceptionally as an adjective: J'espere partir

Note.
demain, auquel cas, etc.; Je viens de toucher mille francs, de laquelle
somme
je payerai
401.
Quoi.
mes
1.
dettes.
The form
quoi
what,
which,
is
used
without definite antecedent, and stands after a preposition,

rarely otherwise:
That is what I was speaking of.

Whereupon he went away.
That is what I was thinking of.
Voila de quoi je parlais.
Sur quoi
il
est parti.
C'est a quoi je pensais.

II
m'a paye, ce a quoi

tendais guere.
je
ne m'at-
He
paid me, which I hardly ex-
pected.
"
THE RELATIVE PROXOUX
402
De
a.
quoi
an
infinitive,
371
expressed or implied, denotes the means
or cause of the action of the infinitive:

II
a de quoi vivre.
I]
a de quoi
(sc.
Donnez-moi de quoi
He
He
vivre, etc.).
has enough to five on.

has means
n'y a pas de quoi.
tion
Quoi
je
2.
faisant.
ne
it,
etc.).
(By) doing which.
sais quoi
What =
de
that
cruel.
which
is
certain indefinable cruelty.
expressed
Je vois ce qui se passe.

Je sais ce que je sais.
Ce dont je me plains.
Ce
off).
by ce
relative
385):
(cf.
II
well
Quoi stands without a preposition in a few expressions:
b.
Un
(is
Give me something to write with.

There is no occasion (don't men-
ecrire.
a quoi je
me
I see
That
a:s.
dom-
est sourd, ce qui est bien
what
is
going on.
know what
I know.
which I complain.
What I was trusting to.
He is deaf, which is a great
I
of
pity.
mage.
402.
Remarks.
The
1.
relative pronoun, often omitted
never omitted in French:
in English, is
Le tableau que j'ai vu la.

Le livre dont je parle est a moi.
The picture (which) I saw there.

The book (which) I speak of is
mine.
2.
Relative and antecedent should stand as near together
as possible:
II
y a de ce livre
une edition qui
se vend, etc.
Not
3.
Une
4.
of that
book
edition de ce livre qui, etc.
preposition
sometimes
Ce a quoi
There is an edition
which is sold, etc.
je
in
me
never ends the relative sentence, as
English:
What
fiais.
For English forms
in -ing
was trusting
to.
relative clause, see 287, 3.
THE PRONOUN
372
403-404
THE INDEFINITE PRONOUN

Indefinites
403.
Adjectival forms:
1.
1.
2.
3.
certain, a certain:
-
pi.
certain
4.
Except
Obs.:
pi.
diverses,
various, etc.
different(e)s, pi.,
m.
divers,
j-
chaque, each, every
t.
pi.
many
maint,
6.
quelque, some;
for divers, the feminine
various, etc.
5.
some, (few)
pi.,
and plural are formed
like those
of ordinary adjectives.
Pronominal forms:
2.
quelqu'un, m.
s. 1
each (one), every
quelqu'une,
s.
(one)
quelques-uns, m.
pi. \
some (peo-
quelques-unes,
pi.
pie), etc.
1.
autrui, others, other people, etc.
2.
chacun, m.
3.
on
4.
personne
chacune,
f.
5.
one, people, etc.
(l'on),
ne, nobody, etc.
6.
7.
somebody,
/ etc.
f.
quelque chose, something

rien
ne, nothing
.
On
often becomes l'on after a vowel sound to avoid hiatus,

especially after et, ou, ou, que, lorsque, etc., qui, quoi, pourquoi, si, ainsi,
Obs.:
1.
aussi, but not usually when a closely following word has initial 1; qu'on
almost always becomes que l'on when a closely following word has initial
[k] sound.
2.
3.
For quelqu'un(e), see 19.

Note the hyphen of the plural of quelqu'un.
3.
Forms serving
1.
aucun
2.
autre, other
3.
meme, same,
4.
nul
nulle
5.
either as adjective or as pronoun:
ne, no; nobody, etc.
plusieurs,
m.
or
pi.,
f.
several
m.
such, etc.
etc.
ne, f
.
6.
7. tel,
ne, m.
pas un
Obs.:
telle,
no; nobody,
8. tout,
m. tous, m.
toute,
etc.
ne, no; nobody, etc.
The feminine and
f.
9.
toutes,
pi.
f . pi.
all,
every,
etc.
un, a; one, etc.
plural are like those of adjectives of like ending,
except the feminine of nul and the plural of tout.
404.
Use
of
Adjectival
tain, pi. certain, some,
Forms.
precedes
its
1.
Certain
(a)
cer-
noun; the use of un
the singular, and of partitive de in the plural,
is
(Un) certain roi de France.
(De) certaines gens.
Certain (some) people.
certain French king.
in
optional:
404
Certains
a.
is
exceptionally used as a pronoun
Some
Certains pretendent, etc.
Note.
373
Certain,
assert, etc.
placed after the noun,
sure, trustworthy, positive, etc.
(cf.
is
an ordinary
adjective
352, 4).
Chaque = each, every, is distributive and singular only:

Each or every man (woman).
Chaque homme (femme).
from
a. Distinguish chaque = every, each, which individualizes,
tout = every, all, which generalizes:
Every (each) man has passions.
Chaque homme a des passions.
Every man has (all men have) a
Tout homme a une passion do2.
ruling passion.
minante.
Chaque annee; tous

Differents,
3.
indefinite
are
Each
les ans.
Divers
adjectives
year; every year.
various,
several,
when
only
plural
sundry,
divers,
and standing
before nouns:
Differentes choses m'ont retenu.
Various things detained me.
On
Several methods have been tried.
a essaye divers moyens.
Note.
With
the sense of different, diverse, they are used as ordinary
adjectives.
4.
Maint, whether singular or
plural,
= many
a;
it
is
often repeated:
Maint(s) danger(s).
Mainte(s) fois.
En mainte et mainte occasion.
5.
Quelque
quelque
is
of
when used of quantity or number,

not much or many, a little, a few, and
some;
some, but
more limited
force than the partitive some (322):
Quelques amis sont pires que des

ennemis.
J'ai eu quelque difficulte.
II a quelques amis ici.
Voici les quelques francs qui nous
restent.
Many a danger.
Many a time.
On many an occasion.
Some
have had some (a little) difficulty.

has some (a few) friends here.
Here are the few francs we have
I
He
left.
Quelque has adverbial force, and

(not nouns of number) = about, some:
a.
friends are worse than ene-
mies.
is
invariable, before numerals
THE PRONOUN
374
About (some) ten miles from
quelque dix milles d'ici.

But: Quelques centaines de pas.
A cent et quelques pas.
b.
here.
few hundred paces.

At a little more than 100 paces.
Similarly before adjectives or adverbs
However
However
Quelque riches qu'ils soient.

Quelque bien que vous parliez.
Note. However
405
however
271, 4, 6):
(cf.
may be.
you may speak.
rich they
well
by
que (usually
pour .... que
(with the subjunctive), e.g., Toutes bonnes gu'elles sont, However good
they are; Si bonnes gu'elles soient, However good they are; Si bonnes vos
raisons soient-elles, However good your reasons are; Pour bonnes qu'elles
soient, However good they are.
with
c.
the
indicative),
For the use
405.
-4-
Use
of
of
adjective
si
is also
quelque (s)
expressed
the
(with
(que)
que
Pronominal Forms.
tout
subjunctive),
whatever, see 407.
1.
Autrui
others, other
people, our neighbor (in general), is rarely used except after
a preposition:
II
ne faut pas convoiter
We
les biens
La rigueur envers
Note.
must not covet the goods
of
others.
d'autrui.
Others
Severity towards others.
autrui.
is
more usually
regu-
les autres, d'autres (406, 2, b);
larly so, as subject or direct object.
2.
Chacun =
each,
every one
each one,
is
the pronoun
corresponding to the adjective chaque (404, 2):

Chacun d'eux a refuse.
Donnez a chacun (e) sa part.
Des poires a. deux sous chacune
(every) one of them refused.

Give to each his (her) share.
Pears at two cents each,
Each
(chaque).
a.
The
possessive form to chacun
Mettez-les chacun (e) a sa place.
regularly son:
is
Put them each
in his
(her,
its)
place.
b.
Chacun, in apposition to nous, vous, takes, as
its possessive, notre,
votre
Parlez chacun (e) a votre tour.

c.
Chacun,
in apposition to
the direct object;
Speak each
ils, elles,
in
your turn.
takes the possessive
otherwise son or leur:
lew
before
405
They each
Elles recitent chacune leur verset
(chacune a son or leur tour).
The
d.
Chacun pour
every one is se (soi)
Every one
some one, we, you,
one,
recite their verse (each
in turn).
soi.
On =
3.
chacun
reflexive to
375
for himself.
they, people, etc., is
used
as subject of a verb in the third singular, without specifying
any person
On dit que la
A-t-on allume
On ne
in particular:
They (people) say the queen is ill.

Has any one lighted my fire?
One (we, you) cannot mix oil with
reine est malade.
mon
feu?
peut pas meler l'huile avec
water.
l'eau.
a.
The on construction often corresponds

when the agent is not specified:
to
an English passive,
especially
On
On
On
The
a attrape le larron.
que la guerre est

vous demande.
croit
b.
On
On may
est triste
You
not be replaced by a personal pronoun subject:
quand on
A man
est sans
c.
Since on
when
The
is
without
borrowed from vous:
When you
vous echappe.
d.
is
sad when he
subject only, the corresponding direct and indirect
is
required, are
Lorsqu'on presse trop un poisson

il
is
money.
argent.
objects,
been caught.
thought the war is over.
are wanted.
thief has
It is
finie.
it
reflexive to
on
is
se
(soi),
squeeze a
fish
too
much
escapes you.
and the corresponding possessive
son, whatever be the English equivalent:
On
On
se demande.
People ask themselves (wonder).

lose your time.
You would
perdrait son temps.
e.
Although on
is
invariable, a feminine or plural
may relate to it, when the

On est plus jolie a present.
On est si proches voisins.
/.
On
On
On may replace a
y pensera.
se croit bien
sense
is
or adjective
She
is
We
are such near neighbors.
prettier
now.
personal pronoun, often with depreciatory force:

I
fin.
noun
clearly feminine or plural:
(we) shall see about
You
it.
(he, etc.) think yourself
cunning.
very
THE PRONOUN
376
4.
405
Personne and rien along with ne
alone, a verb being understood,
and
body, etc.,
Nobody
Je n'ai parle a personne.
Ne
dites rien.
ici
Qu'a-t-il dit ?
a.
sume
II
If
(no one) has come.

have spoken to nobody (not
spoken to anybody).
Say nothing (do not say anything).
No one here
No one.
What did he say?
Nothing.
Personne.
Rien.
the context contains or implies negation, personne, rien, as(= quelqu'un, quelque chose):
affirmative force
He
n'a rien dit a personne.
Personne n'a jamais rien dit.

Je vous defends de rien dire.
Je crains de parler a personne.
Impossible de rien faire
II cessa de rien donner.
Ou trouverai-je rien de pareil?
Sans parler a personne.
!
b.
a verb, or when
nothing, not anything, respectively:
Personne n'est venu.
Personne
nobody, no one, not any-
The above
said nothing to
Nobody has
any one.
ever said anything.
you
to say anything.
speak to anybody.
Impossible to do anything
I forbid
I fear to
He
ceased giving anything.
Where
shall I find
anything
like it?
Without speaking to anybody.
rule does not apply to pleonastic ne, nor to double
negations
Je crains
qu'il
ne fasse mal a
I fear
he
will
hurt somebody.
quelqu'un.
Ne revenez
pas sans voir quel-
Do
Note.
The
feminine like on,
303,
not come back without seeing
somebody.
qu'un.
1,
pronoun personne
3,
e,
above);
is
masculine (sometimes sylleptically

is always feminine (cf.
the noun personne
c).
Quelqu'un (e) = somebody, some one, any one, etc.,

with its plural quelque s-un(e)s = some, some people, any,
a few, etc., is the pronoun corresponding to the adjective
5.
quelque
II
404, 5)
y a quelqu'un la.
a-t-il quelqu'un la?
quelques-unes des fleurs?

en reste quelques-unes.
Quelqu'une des dames viendra.
Quelques-uns le croient.
A-t-il
II
somebody there.
any one there?
Has he some (any) of the flowers?
A few of them remain.
There
is
Is there
Some one of the ladies will come,

Some (people) believe it.
406
6.
line,
Quelque chose = something, anything, and is mascuthough formed from the feminine noun chose
Quelque chose
Something
est promis.
406.
promised.
is
Did he say anything?

Has he anything good?
quelque chose?
quelque chose de bon?
A-t-il dit
A-t-il
377
Adjectival or Pronominal Forms.
pas un, along with ne

understood,
a verb, or
when
Aucun, nul,
1.
alone, a verb being
no, not any, not one, as adjective,
and
none,
nobody, no one, not one, as pronoun:
Aucun
No
Nul
r ecrivain ne le dit.
Pas un
Aucun ne le croit.
Je n'en ai vu aucun(e).
Pas un de ses amis ne reste.
Aucun.
A-t-il de l'espoir?
writer says so.
No
one believes it.

of them.
Not one of his friends remains.
None.
Has he any hope?
I
saw none
Aucun, but not nul or pas un, becomes affirmative
a.
or quelqu'un)
when
the context
is
negative
(cf
405,
4, a)
= quelque
Without any cause.

Sans aucune cause.
Nothing for any of us.
Rien pour aucun de nous.
Gardez-vous de faire aucune faute. Take care not to make any mistake.
b. The plural adjective aucun(e)s may be used, especially before
nouns with no singular, or before such as are preferably plural; (d')aucuns = quelques-uns is sometimes found:
He gives me no care.
II ne me rend aucuns soins.
Some would believe it.
(D' laucuns le croiraient.
Autre
2.
un
or
other, is
usually preceded in the singular

Another time; other books.
Une autre fois; d'autres livres.

En avez-vous un(e) autre?
Un
Have you another?

Another says the contrary.
others will help me.
autre dit le contraire.
The
Les autres m'aideront.

Entre autres choses.
a.
by
1':
Distinguish
Among
un autre =
other things.
another (a different) from encore
another (an additional*:
Donnez-moi une autre plume. \

_
Donnez-moi encore une plume. J
Give
me
.,
another Den.
un =
THE PRONOUN
378
Others, other people,
b.
405,
(cf.
sometimes autrui
les autres or d'autres,
se mefie toujours des autres.

D'autres pensent autrement.
He
Bien d'autres.
Many
The
Autres
c.
406
1):
II
Obs.:
d'autres
d' of
is
always suspects others.

Others think otherwise.
others.
a partitive sign
(cf.
325,
1, b).
often added familiarly to nous, vous:
is
Nous autres peintres.

Vous autres Francais
We painters.
parlez tres
You Frenchmen
speak very
fast,
vite.
Observe the following expressions with autre:
d.
Autre part; de part et d'autre.

C'est
un
(tout) autre
Elsewhere; reciprocally.
He
homme.
is
a very different man.
Parler de choses et d'autres.
To speak
L'autre jour.
Autre est promettre,
The
autre est
It
dormer.
of this
and
that.
other day.
is one thing to promise, and

another to give.
Tout autre que lui.

De temps a autre.
Any one but him.

From time to time.
Tell that to the marines (familiar).
d'autres (familiar).
For l'un
e.
Meme
3.
position
l'autre, les
varies in
uns ...
les autres, see 406, 7, (2).
meaning and form according to
(1) Preceding its noun or as a pronoun,

and nearly always has the article:
La
(les)
meme(s)
chose(s).
Les miens sont les memes.

Donnez-moi des memes.
Une meme
Des
meme
espece.
meme =
same,
The same thing(s).

Mine are the same.
Give
me some
One and
affaire.
plantes de la
(2)
of the
same.
the same business.
Plants of the same species.
Following the noun or pronoun qualified,

and agrees, but has no article:
meme =
self, very, even,
est la bonte meme.

Moi-meme; elles-memes.
Celameme; celui-la meme.
Les enfants memes.
Dieu
its
and function:
God
is
goodness
itself.
they themselves.
That itself that man himself.
The very (even the) children.
I myself;
406
a.
Meme
is
il
o.
Meme
4.
insultes.
He even
le dirait.
Even
if
insulted us.
he should say
so.
forms a number of highly idiomatic locutions:
Cela revient au
Etes-vous a
II en est de
an adverb (invariable):
also used as
meme
Quand meme
nous a
II
379
meme.
meme de
meme de
Plusieurs
faire cela?
.
That amounts to the same thing.

Are you in a position to do that?
It is the same with
.
several;
it is
beaucoup = many:
Plusieurs hommes (femmes).
sometimes used
in the sense
of
Several men (women).

Bring several of the pens.
I have several of them.
Apporte plusieurs des plumes.

J'en ai plusieurs.
Plusieurs l'ont cru.
5.
Tel, as adjective,
as pronoun,
Ne
Many
crois pas
Tels sont
= many
une
Do
telle histoire.
tel
such a;
tel,
Il
n'y a pas de tels animaux.

telles et telles conditions.
not believe such a story.
Such are my misfortunes.

There are no such animals.
On such and such conditions.
mes malheurs.
Telle qu'une tigresse.

rit
un
such, like;
it.
a one, he, some, etc.:
Tel qui
(people) believed
Like
(as)
Some
vendredi dimanche
tigress.
(many
a one, he) who

laugh (s) on Friday will weep on
pleurera (proverb).
Sunday.
a.
Examples
Tel pere, tel
Tel
rit, tel
of
more idiomatic uses
One
pleure.
Monsieur un tel (Mme une

la musique telle quelle.
telle).
De
Votre argent
Note.
etoile;
6.
tel quel.
Such,
as adverb,
Un homme tellement
Tout
(plural)
are:
Like father,
fils.
(singular)
is
si
like son.
laughs, another weeps.
Mr. So-and-so (Mrs. So-and-so).

Music such as it is.
Your money intact.
or tellement (not tel)
Une
si
belle
cruel.
all,
every,
any,
whole,
etc.;
tous
all:
t
Toutemavie; tous
les
hommes.
All
my (my
whole)
life;
all
(the)
men.
Tout homme; toute creature.
Tous
(toutes) sont venu(e)s.
Every (any) man; every

have come.
All
creature.
THE PRONOUN
380
Tout
is all; on all sides.

Everything frightens me.
often adverb
is
406
That
C'est tout; de tous cotes.

Tout m'effraie.
a.
quite, wholly,
very, very
much,
etc.,
and
when immediately preceding a feminine adjecconsonant or h aspirate, but is elsewhere invariable:
agrees like an adjective,

tive with initial
They were quite

much excited.
Elles etaient toutes pales et tout

agitees.
But
lis etaient tout
So
Note.
and very
pale
pales et tout agites, etc.
also, in
compound
the
tout-puissant,
Elle est toute-
e.g.,
puissante.
Observe the following idiomatic expressions:
b.
Toutlemonde
Tous
Tous
Tous
(cf.
lemonde
entier).
les
mois; pas du tout.
les
deux jours.
deux or les deux.
Both.
(les*)
Tout a l'heure.
Tout beau; tout doux.
(Pour) tout de bon.
Tous deux
ousness
'
(trois,
Everybody (cf. the whole world).

Every month; not at all.
Every other (alternate) day.
Presently (or a
little
Gently (slowly);
while ago)
softly.
Seriously.
without
etc.)
les
both together, etc.)
is
usually denotes simultaneles

obligatory above ten, and usual from
'
five to ten.
For the distinction between tout and chaque see 404,

que = however, see 404, 5, b, note.
c.
tout
Un
7.
is
Un, as adjective,
un, as pronoun, = one:
La maison
a,
A.
Une des dames

un crayon.
l'a dit.
Les uns sont de cet
(cf.
ai
un.
avis, les
tres n'en sont pas.
au-
on one side.
Mr. A. said so.
is
of the ladies said so.
Here
Some
is
a pencil.
are
of
this
have one.
opinion,
(the)
others are not.
Un as a pronoun is often preceded by 1',
L'un des consuls est arrive.
one, a certain;
320),
(certain)
One
l'a dit.
J'en
an
The house
est d'un cote.
Un monsieur
a.
for
used either alone or as correlative to autre:
(1)
Voici
2, a;
One
especially with a de clause
of the consuls has
come.
(2) L'un l'autre, so also the feminine and plural, are

combined into various correlative phrases, as follows:
407
l'un l'autre
each other, one another;
l'un et l'autre
ou
l'un
l'autre
(.
ne)
neither; pi., neither, none
They flatter each other.

They speak of one another
They speak to one another.
Elles se flattent l'une l'autre.
parlent les uns des autres.
lis se
parlent l'un a l'autre.
L'une
et l'autre occasion.
Les uns
ditto
= both; pi., both, all

= either ; pi., ditto
ni l'un ni l'autre
lis
pi.
Both
occasions.
them
All of
et les autres parlent.
speak.
Dites ceci aux uns et aux autres.
Say
Je prends l'un(e) ou l'autre.

Parle a l'une ou a l'autre.
I take either.
Ni
les un(e)s ni les autres
ne
sont pour vous.
Ni pour
381
this to all.
Speak to
either.
Neither
(none
them)
of
is
for
you.
For neither.
l'un(e) ni pour l'autre.
Indefinite Relatives
407.
Adjectival:
1.
Pronominal:
2.
Quelconque, any (whatever, at
Quiconque, whoever
all)
que (+ subjunctive of
whatever
que
Quelque
(+ subjunctive), whatever
Qui
que
(+ subjunctive of
whoever
Quoi
que
(+ subjunctive^
whatever
Quel
a.
Quelconque takes
quiconque
is
invariable;
que, qui, quoi,
etre),
etre),
-s for the plural,
and always follow? it? noun;

made up from quel, quel-
the other forms are
que:
Un (deux) point* s) quelconque (s).

Une raison quelconque.
Any
Any
Quiconque parle sera puni(e).

Quels que soient ^puissent etre)
Whoever speaks will be punished.

Whatever be (may be) your designs.
(two) point (s) whatever.
reason whatever
(at all).
vos desseins.
Quelle que fut
la loi.
Quelques efforts qu'il fasse.

Qui que tu sois (puisses etre).
Quoi que vous fassiez.
06s.:
For the use
of the subjunctive, see 270, 4:
Qui que and quoi que are

Qui que ce soit qui le dise.
Quoi que ce soit qu'il dise.
b.
Whatever the law was.

Whatever efforts he makes.
Whoever you be (may be).
Whatever you do.
also used with ce before soit:
Whosoever says it.

Whatsoever he says.
THE ADVERB
382
408-409
THE ADVERB
408.
The
Simple Adverbs.
following
list
contains the
commoner simple adverbs:

ailleurs, elsewhere
encore,
ainsi, thus, so
enfin, at last
peu,
alors, then
ensemble, together
pis,
apres, afterwards
ensuite, then
plus,
assez, enough, rather
environ, about
plutot, ratfier
aujourd'hui, to-day
expres, on purpose
point, not
auparavant, before
fort, very
pourquoi(?) why(?)
aussi, also, too, as
bier, yesterday
pourtant, however
aussitot, directly
ici,
autant, as much
jadis,
autrefois, formerly
jamais, ever, never
proche, near (by)
beaucoup, much
la, there
puis,
bien, well, very,
much
bientot, soon
cependant, however
certes, indeed
pas, not
still
more
pres, near (by)
here
presque, almost
formerly
far
loin,
little
worse
way
longtemps,
then,
there-
upon
a long
(off),
quand(?) ivhen(?)
how( !)
long que
(a)
quelquefois, sometimes
(while)
combien(?) how much(?) lors, then

comme, as, like
maintenant, now
comment (?) how(f)
mal, badly
davantage, more
meme, even
si,
so; yes
souvent, often
surtout, especially
tant, so
much
mieux,
better
tantot, soon, recently
dehors, outside
moins,
less
tard, late
deja, already
ne
., not
neanmoins,
dedans, inside
demain, to-morrow
derriere, behind
tot,
soon
neverthe- toujours, always,
still
tout, quite, entirely
less
desormais, henceforth
non, no
toutefois, however
dessous, under
ou(?) where(?)
tres, very
dessus, above
oui, yes
trop, too (much)
devant, before
dorenavant, henceforth
parfois, sometimes
vite, quickly
partout, everywhere
volontiers, willingly
409.
Adverbs from Adjectives.
Most
adjectives
become
adverbs by the addition of -ment to the feminine singular:
383
ADVERBS FROM ADJECTIVES
409
Adv.
Adj.
Adv.
Adj.
pur,
purement, purely
doux,
strict,
strictement, strictly
fou,
doucement, sweetly
follement, madly
actif,
activement, actively
facile,
facilement, easily
sec,
sechement, dryly
autre,
autrement, otherwise
a. Adjectives ending in* a vowel, other than -e, drop the -e of the
feminine on adding -ment:
Adv.
Adj.
poliment, politely
poli(.e),
absolu(e),
nument.
b.
etc.
decidement, decidedly
etc.
omitted e is denoted by a circumflex accent in assiducontinument, crument, (in)dument, gaiment (better, gaiement),
Note.
ment,
absolument, absolutely
The
Adv.
Adj.
decide(e),
The
following adjectives in
THE ADVERB
384
Adjectives as Adverbs.
410.
uncommonly used
410-411
Adjectival forms are not
as adverbs, and, as such, are regularly
invariable
1.
A number
of adjectives serve as adverbs in certain
fixed expressions:
That folly is costing him

They speak low (loud).
Cette sottise lui coute cher.

Elles parlent bas (haut).
Such expressions
are:
couter bon, cost dear

sentir bon, smell good
arreter court, stop short
tenir bon, stand firm
aller droit, go straight
acheter cher, buy dear

couter cher, cost dear
vendre cher, sell dear
viser droit,
voir clair, see clearly
prouver
clair,
dear.
prove
filer
doux,
'
sing small
aim
couter gros, cost dear
aim high
viser haut,
'
chanter juste, sing in tune

frapper juste, strike straight
sentir mauvais, smell bad
straight
chanter faux, sing out of
ecrire serre, write small

tune
frapper ferme, strike hard (a) vrai dire, speak truly
parler ferme, speak firmly
etc.
etc.
clearly
2.
An
adjective sometimes modifies another adjective:
Des dames haut
Un
3.
Ladies of high rank.
placees.
veritable grand
homme.
truly great
man.
Besides the above, a few adjectival forms serve also
as adverbs:
I said
Je l'ai dit expres.

Soudain nous vimes l'ennemi.
Such forms
meme,
expres, purposely
proche, near (by)
a.
tout beau, not so fast

tout doux, gently
even
soudain, suddenly
fort, very, hard, loud, etc.
juste, exactly, etc.
purposely.
are:
bref, in short
it
Suddenly we saw the enemy.
f vite, quickly
* tout, quite, very, etc.
For the inflection of tout as adverb, see 406,

The adverb vitement = quickly, is familiar.
For certain adverbs used adjectivally, see
411.
Adverbial Locutions.
numerous:
6, a.
358,
b.
Phrases with adverbial func-
tion are
Te viendrai tout a l'heure.
I shall
come
Venez de bonne heure.
Come
early.
presently.
COMPARISON OF ADVERBS
412
385

k bon niarche, cheap
k cote, near, near by
h droite,
des
d'ou? whence
du moins,
a l'avenir, in future
a peine, hardly
a peu pros, nearly
all juste, exactly
au moins.
quelque part, somewhere

tant mieux, so much the
d'ou, whence
once
fois, at
plus tot, sooner
lors, since
d'ordinaire, usually
to the right
a jamais, forever
a la
nulle part, nowhere
d'ailleurs, besides
at least
better
at least
tard. sooner or later
en avant, forward
tour a tour,
en bas, below, down stairs

en effet, in fact
en haut, above, up stairs
tout a coup, suddenly
autre part, elsewhere
la-bas, yonder
d'abord, at
la-dessus, thereupon
first
ou
tot
in
turn
tout de suite, at once

tout d'un coup, all at once
412. Comparison of Adverbs.

1.
Adverbs are regularly
compared like adjectives Ccf. 345) by the use of plus,
moins, aussi; que = than, as:
Plus, moins facilement que Jean.
Aussi facilement que Jean.
More, less easily than John.

As easily as John.
a. Further examples, illustrating

adverbs
II
ne marche pas aussi
comme un
Vite
II
marche plus
(si) vite.
He
345, a,
que je ne pen-
He
b,
as applied to
d,
c,
does not walk as
As quick
eclair.
vite
(so) fast.
as lightning.
walks faster than
I thought.
sais.
De
plus en plus vite.
Plus
connais
je le
Faster and faster.
(et)
moins
je
The more
More
b.
de,
they
more
must be
(less)
plus (moins^ de dix francs.
2.
six
chevaux (ne mangent).
The
carefully
plus de, moins
distinguished
from plus
have more (less) than ten francs

less than half an hour.
An elephant eats more than six
I
In
horses (eat).
following; are irregularly
bien, well
mal, badly,
the less I
than in an elliptical sentence:
En moins d'une demi-heure.

But: Un elephant mange plus
que
know him
than, less than, as adverbs of quantity
respectively;
(moins) que
J'ai
esteem him.
l'estime.
mieux, bettor
worse
pis,
ill
\ plus mal, worse
compared:
beaucoup,
peu,
little
much
plus,
more
moins,
lesa
THE ADVERB
386
Beaucoup
a.
= much
(many) or very much {many), and
is
413
never
modified by another adverb, except pas.
The
3.
superlative
is
formed by placing
le,
which
is in-
variable, before the comparative of inequality:
Le plus souvent (moins souvent).

Elle parle le plus (mieux, moins).
413.
Position.
(The) most frequently

She speaks (the) most
An adverb
1.
regularly stands immedi-
ately after its verb, rarely between the subject

Charles porte souvent
On
canne.
devrait lire lentement.
Se levant
Us
ma
l'ont
tard, se couchant tot.
bien recu.
(least f.).
(best, least).
and the verb:
Charles often carries
One should read
my
cane.
slowly.
Rising late, going to bed early.

They have received him well.
Hence the adverb regularly comes between the auxiliary and the
compound tenses, except when it is in a stressed position:
Je l'avais rencontre deja = J had met him already.
Obs.:
participle in
The adverbs
a.
aujourd'hui, hier, demain, autrefois,
ailleurs, partout,
la,
ticiple
Je
cherche partout.
l'ai
b.
ici,
est parti hier.
II
tot, tard,
never come between the auxiliary and the par-
Long adverbs
He went away
yesterday.
I looked for
everywhere.
it
-ment not uncommonly stand
in
after the past
participle
II
He
a parle eloquemment.
c.
Most adverbs
has spoken eloquently.
of quantity, such as peu,
a few short adverbs like bien, mal, mieux,

tion, regularly
Tu ne
precede the infinitive:
devrais pas trop
mieux
lire.
II
ne
II
parle de ne pas y aller.
saurait
beaucoup, trop, etc., and

adverbs of nega-
etc., as also
faire.
You should not read too much.

He cannot do better.
He speaks of not going (there).
other
d. Interrogative adverbs head the phrase, as in English;
adverbs are not uncommonly placed first for emphasis (cf 237, 3)
.
Ouand
allez-vous revenir?
Aujourd'hui je vais
me
Malheureusement tout
2.
reposer.
est perdu.
When
are
To-day
you going
am
to
come back?
going to rest.
Unfortunately
all is lost.
Adverbs usually precede the nouns, adjectives, adand phrases modified by them:
verbs,
NEGATION
414-415
Books enough, and dear enough.

Very unseasonably.
Assez de livres, et assez chers.

Bien mal a propos.
For combien
a.
comme
387
que
tant
moins, with adjectives or adverbs,
ef.
and plus
plus,
moins
350, a.
Adverbial phrases follow the same rules as adverbs,
3.
except that only the shorter ones
may
come between
usually
the auxiliary and the verb:
Nous
Hardly had we gone.
etions a peine partis.
NEGATION
414.
a verb;
Negation without Verb. Non = no, ?iot, apart from

it is often emphasized by pas, point:
Non.
Non pas
Did you say it?

will come?
L'avez-vous dit?
Vous viendrez?
Non, non,
Non
You
(point).
No, no,
not go.
with saying that.
Rich or not, he shall not have it.
Has he talent, yes or no?
je n'irai pas.
Not
content de dire cela.
Riche ou non, il ne l'aura pas.

A-t-U, oui ou non, du talent?
Des idees non moins vastes.
TJne maison non meublee.
mais encore.
Non seulement
.
a.
415.
Negation
with
I shall
satisfied
Ideas not less vast.
house not furnished.

but also.
Not only
For the use of que non, see
No.
Certainly not.
420, 1, a.
Verb.
1.
Along with
negation consists regularly of two parts, ne
some other word
together with
or words;
verb,
see 19)
(n',
the principal cor-
relative expressions of this kind are:
ne
ne
ne
ne
ne
ne
pas, not
aucunementl
not at ne
rien, nothing
point, not
nullement
all
ne
ni(
aucun
mil
ne
ne
guere, hardly ne
jamais, never ne
plus, no more ne
que, o?dy
ne
Notes.
mon
2
1.
Point
is
ni) neither
... nor
pas un
no, none
personne, nobody
usually
more emphatic than
pas,
and
is less
com-
in ordinary lan;ruat:e.
Notation
is
often denoted by pas, without ne, in familiar language:

(= N'&i-je pas dit cela?)
Ai-je pas dit cela?
THE ADVERB
388
Other forms of
2.
soit
Je n'ai
mot
brin
= ne
mie
ne
II
ame
nothing at
qui que ce
nothing
all.
crumb), or goutte
vivante, or
homme
(lit.
drop),
qui vive, or
ame
of
it.
qui vive, etc.
personne
n'y avait
ame
There was not a living soul
vivante dans la
maison.
Ne
d.
(lit.
There is none of it.

understand nothing
n'y en a brin.
Ne
soit
rien, in certain phrases:
Je n'y entends goutte.

c.
I said
soit.
blade), or
(lit.
word)
(lit.
all).
quoi que ce
dit
Ne
b.
II
whatsoever (at
416
frequent use are:
quelconque = no
whatsoever {at all), ne
Ne
= nobody whatsoever (at all), ne
quoi que ce
a.
or
less
in the
house.
.
de
an expression
of time,
la
e.g.,
(ma)
vie,
de huit
jcurs, etc.
Je ne l'oublierai de
416.
Position.
ma
I shall
vie.
Ne
conjunctive objects,
not forget
it
while I
live.
always precedes the verb, and its

any; pas, point and other adverbs
if
immediately follow the verb, and its conjunctive pronouns,

indefinites have their usual place.
if any;
Je ne le leur ai pas (point)
Je n'en ai guere.
Ne les a-t-il jamais vus?
dit.
Je n'y resterai plus.

ne le veut nullement.
He
He
II
its
either
II
does not wish
soit.
it
at
all.
takes no care.
Nobody can say
He
conjunctive objects;
when
parle de
alone or in a
ne pas vous
they
(it).
has no pain at
have told
voir.
de ne vous avoir pas

de ne pas vous avoir vu,
or de ne vous pas avoir vu).
J'etais fache
(or
may
compound
Etre ou ne pas etre.
vu
it.
it
to
all.
nobody
at all.
Pas, point, usually, and plus, often, precede the simple infinitive,
a.
and
them
have hardly any of it.

Did he never see them?
I shall stay there no longer.
II
ne prend aucun soin.

Personne ne peut le dire.
II n'a pas mal du tout.
Je ne l'ai dit a qui que ce
I did not tell
He
To
I
precede or follow avoir, etre,
infinitive:
speaks of not seeing you.

be or not to be.
was sorry not to have seen you.
Rien
b.
as object
infinitive like
II
The que
treated as an adverb;
is
it
may
also precede
an
an adverb:
promet de ne rien
c.
389
NEGATION
417-418
ne
of
He
dire.
.
promises to say nothing.
que immediately precedes the word
modi-
it
fies:
Je n'en
II
ai
vu que
trois.
n'y a pas gu'eux qui en aient.
saw only three

not they
It is
of
oiib/
them.
who have some.
nor, ni is placed before each coordinate

d. To denote neither
word, and, when verbs are expressed, ne stands before the auxiliary
When principal verbs are coordinated, ne
or other leading verb.
stands before each of them, while ni also must stand with the last,
.
but
may
Qui
le sait?
II
not stand with the
Ni
lui ni
and
first,
is
optional with others:
saw nor heard it.

can neither read nor write.
neither wish him to read nor to
Je ne
I neither
He
I
qu'il
write.
ecrive.
He
ne le blame ni ne le loue.
Je ne pouvais, (ni) ne devais, ni
ne voulais ceder.
II
417.
I.
He has neither relatives nor friends.
II
l'ai ni vu ni entendu.
ne sait ni lire ni ecrire.
Je ne veux ni qu'il Use ni
Neither he nor
Who knows it?
moi.
n'a ni parents ni amis.
would
Ellipsis of the Verb.
understood, ne
is
neither blames nor praises
neither
it.
nor should, nor
yield.
verb be omitted, but
If the
also omitted,
could,
and the
correlative itself
denotes negation:
Pas encore
encore venu).
Qui est la? Personne.
Est-il
venu?
a.
Non
(pas);
when
pas encore; pas
Ne
= He
Who
is
No more
tears;
no more
cares.
so used, maj' not stand alone:
pas du tout; pas ce
418.
has not yet come).
Plus de larmes; plus de soucis.

Pas,
Not yet
there? Nobody.
Has he come?
II
n'est pas
alone
No; not
lui;
at all;
soir, etc.
as Negative.
yet; not he (him); not

not this evening, etc.
Negation with verbs
is
expressed by ne alone in certain cases, as follows:

1.
After que
pourquoi
and usually
rhetorical question or exclamation:
after que, qui in
THE ADVERB
390
Que ne
Que ne
le disiez-vous plus tot?
Who
voit cela?
418
did you not say so sooner?
What would
ferais-je pour lui?
Qui ne
Why
not do for him?
does not see that?
After condition expressed by inversion:
2.
Had
N'eut ete la pluie.
Sometimes
a.
Si je
ne
Qui,
si
me
not been for the rain.
it
also in conditions regularly expressed with si:
trompe (m'abuse).
If I
am
Who,
ce n'est vous?
not mistaken.
not you?
if
In dependent sentences after negation, either fully
3.
expressed or implied:
Je n'ai pas
(j'ai
peu) d'amis qui
ne soient les votres.

II n'y a rien qu'il ne sache.
Non que je ne le craigne.
Impossible qu'il ne vienne
Ai-je un ami qui ne soit fidele?
Non.
!
More obscure
a.
have no (I have few) friends who

are not yours.
There is nothing he does not know.
Not that I do not fear him.
Impossible that he will not come
Have I one friend who is not faithful?
No.
I
cases of implied negation are prendre. garde que
and such expressions as
take care that not, etc.,
il
tient
it
depends on,
used interrogatively:
Prenez garde ou'il ne tombe.

Gardez qu'il ne sorte.
A quoi tient-il qu'on ne fasse
Take
Take
care he does not
fall.
care he does not go out.
What
is
the cause of that not be-
ing done?
cela?
Sometimes with savoir, bouger, and with pouvoir,

+ an infinitive, expressed or implied:
4.
oser, cesser
Je ne sais (pas).
Ne bougez
(pas)
Do
la.
Je ne puis (pas) repondre.

II
n'oserait (pas) le dire.
Elle
ne cesse
a.
(pas)
de pleurer.
Always ne alone
in je
Je ne saurais vous
le dire.
Ne
Un
de
ne saurais and
sauriez-vous m'aider?
je
5.
ne
do not know.
not stir from there.
I cannot answer.
He would not dare to say so.
She does not cease weeping.
I
de
sais quoi
terrible.
je
cannot
ne
tell
sais quoi:
you.
Can you not help me?

Something indefinably
In a few set expressions, such as:
terrible.
NEGATION
ill
I
391
does not matter; not to care.
N'importe; n'avoir garde.
It
Ne vous en
By your
deplaise.
leave.
N'avoir que faire de.
To have no
Still
eau que l'eau qui
n'est pire
dort (proverb
In a que clause ne is often

compared with English; thus, ne stands:
empecher =
After
que =
for.
Pleonastic ne.
419.
nastic, as
1.
use (whatever)
waters run deep,
unless, or
Empechez
eviter
prevent,
avoid,
pleo-
moins
que so used:
Prevent him from going out.
avoid being Been.
ne sorte.
ne me voie.
moins que je ne sois retenu.
qu'il
J'evite qu'on
Unless
be detained.
This ne is often omit ted after empecher and eviter, after empecher mostly when negative or interrogative.
a.
Ne may
b.
Avant
also stand after avant
qu'il \ne
que:
Before he goes away.
parte.
After expressions of fearing, such as craindre, redouter,
2.
avoir peur,
etc.,
etc.,
when
not negative,
<r
when negation
not implied by interrogation expecting negative answer,
is
by condition:
or
Je crains qu'il ne vienne.
Craignez-vous qu'il ne vienne?

Hut Je ne crains pas qu'il vienne.
Do you
gnez-vous
What
n.
ne
is,
it
qu'il
or
is
vienne?
fear he will
come.
fear he will
come?
Sans craindre qu'il vienne. CraiNon. Si je craignais qu'il vint.
not, feared will not
happen,
the
lias
full
negation
pas in the que clause:
Je crains
qu'il
ne vienne pas.
Je ne crains pas
qu'il
ne vienne pas.
fear he will not
do not fear he
come.
will
not come.
Negation and interrogation or condition neutralize each other,

and ne stand-:
b.
Ne
craignez-vous
vienne?
pas
qu'il
ne
ne craignais (pas) qu'il ne vint.

je ne craindrais
pas qu'il ne vint.
Do you
not fear he will
did not fear he would come.
Si je
If I
Quand meme
Even though
would come.
3.
With
come?
a finite verb in the second
did
member
not
fear he
of a compari-
THE ADVERB
392
son of inequality, when the first member

or does not imply negation as above:
II
est plus riche qu'il
Est-il plus riche qu'il

II
gagne moins
But:
II
is
419
not negative,
He
ne l'etait.
ne l'etait?
is richer than he was.

he richer than he was?
He earns less than he hoped.
Is
qu'il n'esperait.
n'est pas plus riche qu'il l'etait; est-il plus riche qu'il l'etait?
Non.
a.
negative interrogation implies affirmation, and ne stands:
ne
N'est-il pas plus riche qu'il
he not richer than he was?
Is
l'etait?
Note.
Autre, autrement,
plutot, plus tot, similarly
take ne
II
est tout
autre que je ne pensais.

4.
Usualty after expressions of doubt, denial, such as
douter,
disconvenir,
nier,
etc.,
when negation
negative, or
is
desesperer,
often
when
implied as above:
I do not doubt that he will come.

Je ne doute pas qu'il ne vienne.
Doutez-vous qu'il ne vienne?
Do you doubt whether he will
Non.
come ?
No.
But Je doute qu'il vienne doutez-vous qu'il vienne? (
question for
information).
5.
After
il
s'en faut negatively, interrogatively, or with
peu, guere, etc.:

II
II
ne s'en fallut pas (de) beaucoup

qu'il ne fut tue.
s'en faut de peu que ce vase ne
He came
very near being
This vessel
is
nearly
killed.
full.
soit plein.
Peu s'en est fallu que je ne vinsse.

6.
II
II
With compound
que
came very near coming.
tenses after
y a (voila) trois jours que je ne

l'ai vu.
avait grandi depuis
je
ne
il
It is three
depuis:
a, voila,
days since
have not seen him

He had grown since
saw him
(I
for, etc.).
saw him.
l'avais vu.
Depuis que
je
ne vous
ai vu.
In a simple tense ( 257,

must be used:
a.
Voila
un an
qu'il
ne buvait
plus.
Since I saw you.

2; 258, 4) negatively,
ne
He had drunk none
for
pas, etc.,
a year.
USE OF CERTAIN ADVERBS
420
393
USE OF CERTAIN ADVERBS

The
Distinctions.
420.
following are especially liable to
be confounded in use:
1.
Yes in affirmation or assent
Oui, Si.
is
yes
oui;
is
usually si
in contradiction, in correction, in dissent:
Oui, monsieur. Did you say Yes,

Come. Yes, yes, shall go.
not going. Yes,
he
monsieur, He
ne s'en va pas.
(going).
s'en va.
He not going? Yes, certainly.
ne s'en va pas? Mais
shall not go. Yes, yes, come.
venez.
pas.
Je
though very
the intensive
as
Note. The use
often avoided by
classed as familiar by the Academie;
common,
Pardon, monsieur
ne va
pardon,
or other expressions:
L'avez-vous dit?
Venez.
Oui,
it?
sir.
oui, j'y vais.

Si,
II
(sir),
is
is
il
is
si.
II
Si, si,
n'irai
of
also of
si,
si fait, etc.,
is
it
is
pas.
II
etc.,
(il
Oui, si, and non are often preceded by que, really with
whole que clause, and are then variously translated by
not, etc., or by a clause:
va).
a.
ellipsis
of a
yes, so,
no,
Je dis que oui (non).
I say yes (no).
Je crois que oui (non).

Oh
Vous ne l'avez pas?
Le
fera-t-il?
Je
crois
que si.
que oui.
!
Je dis que non.

Peut-etre que non.
2.
think so (not).
You
haven't
say
it is
Oh yes
think he
it?
Will he do it?
not
will.
so.
Perhaps not.
Autant, Tant.
As much (many) =
autant;
so
much (many)
tant:
Je gagne autant que vous.

but tant qu'il en mourut.
II
J'ai tant
d'amis;
j'en ai autant
I earn as
as you.
drank so much that he died

from it.
have so many friends; I have as
many
que vous.
much
He
as you.
Plus, Davantage.
Plus is used in all senses of more, most (see

davantage (strengthened sometimes by bien = much, encore
= still) = more, is regularly used only absolutely, and usually stands
at the end of its clause:
3.
below);
N'en parle pas davantage.

N'en parle plus.
)
)
Say no more about
it.
THE NUMERAL
394
Ne
Ne
restez pas davantage.
me
_,
Oo n t
restez plus.
Cela
421
remain any
J longer.
&
encore davantage
plait
That pleases me
still
more.
(plus).
Je suis riche;
tage (plus).
l'est
il
But only: J'en
bien davan-
ai plus
que
lui;
il
am
rich;
he
est plus habile;
is
much more
so.
plus de dix francs;
c'est ce qui le flatte le plus, etc.
Ne
4.
verb
(4)
que
when
or to a que clause,
otherwise only
Seulement
Seulement
Seulement must be used,
que, Seulement.
present, (2)
is
and
= ne
when no
it may be used to strengthen a ne

que or seulement
(5)
.
les braves.
mon
(1)
only refers to the subject, (3) or to the verb,
frere le sait.
Only the brave.

Only my brother knows
Only listen.
it.
Ecoutez seulement.
II dit seulement qu'il viendrait.
He only said he should come.
II n'a (seulement) qu'a venir.
He has only to come.
But: Nous ne serons que trois (or trois seulement); je ne veux que
voir son pere (or je veux seulement voir son pere), etc.
a.
que,
Only, referring to the subject,

il
may
be turned also by
il
n'y a
back.
n'y a pas que
II
n'y a que les morts qui ne reviennent pas.
The dead only do not come
II
n'y a pas qu'elles qui le sachent.
It is
not only they who know.
THE NUMERAL
Cardinal Numerals
421.
1 un,
une
421
15 quinze
CARDINAL NUMERALS
395
THE NUMERAL
396
422
But: Trois cent un francs; les cent hommes engages; quatre-umptfune plumes; deux cent mille; trois mille milles (miles), etc.
N.B.
They are not nouns
of
number
in dates
(c.
below) or
when used
as ordinals ( 427): L'an quatre cent; page deux cent; page quatre-wnpr.
The form mil (not mille)

c.
from 1001 to 1999:
En
is
mil huit cent quatre-vingt-
used in dates of the Christian era

In eighteen hundred and ninetyone.
onze.
(En) Pan mil
(In) the year 1006.
six.
But: L'an mille (sometimes mil)
du monde,
cent
From 1100 onward
d.
l'an
deux mille
trois cent;
l'an mille
etc.
dates are often expressed by hundreds, as so
frequently in English:
Onze
Eleven hundred; thirteen hundred.

Fifteen hundred and fifty.
cent(s); treize cent(s).
Quinze cent cinquante.
e.
(or one)
hundred
cent;
(or one) thousand
Mille soldats.
mille:
(one) thousand soldiers.
Septante = 70, octante = 80, nonante = 90,

Note.
and quinze-vingt(s) = 300, are now obsolete in the
six-vingt(s)
literary
120,
language,
although sometimes heard in certain French-speaking regions.
Ordinal Numerals.
422.
The
ordinal numerals denote
order or place in a series relatively to the
formed, from
'third' up,
by adding -ieme
they are
first;
to the last conso-
nant of the corresponding cardinal, cinq adding u, and

of neuf becoming v before -ieme:
premier
[prarnje]
second
[sag 5]
deuxieme
Cd0zJ8rrf|
1st
f
5th
[trwazjem]
quatrieme [katrism]
cinquieme [sekjem]
6th
sixieme
3rd
4th
troisieme
Notes.
1.
21st
the
[jioevjem]
[dizjem]
[ozjem]
vingt et unieme[veteynjem]
22nd vingt -deuxieme [vnd0zjem]
[sizjem]
Besides
rjstJ8m3
[qitjsm]
ordinary
forms,
tiers
(f.
tierce)
third,
few expressions and in fractions: Le tiers

The commoners; En maison tierce, In the house of a third party; Une
quart(e)
etat,
7th septieme
8th huitieme
9th neuvieme
* 10th dixieme
11th onzieme
fourth, are used in a
A quartan ague.
= fifth is used only in Charles-Qiwir,
Sixte-Quint, Sixtus V (the Pope).
fievre quarte,
2.
Quint
peror);
Charles
(the
Em-
COLLECTIVES
423-424
FRACTIONS
397
Ordinals are like ordinary adjectives in inflection and agreement,
a.
and regularly precede the noun:
The
La (les) premiere(s) maison(s).

Nous sommes arrives les premiers.
Deuxieme
b.
of
instead of second
more than two, and always
in
We
house(s).
first.
is more usually employed

compounds:
in a series
The second volume (of two).

The second volume (of three, etc.).
The hundred and second time.
Le second volume.
Le deuxieme volume.
La cent deuxieme fois.
423.
first
arrived
The
Collectives.
following
nouns are used with
collective force:
une
un(e) couple, a couple (two)
une
une
une
une
une
paire,
a pair
dixaine, about ten
douzaine, a dozen
about fifteen,
fortnight
une vingtaine, about twenty, a

une trentaine, about thirty
They 'take
a.
about
forty,
une cinquantaine, about fifty

une soixantaine, about sixty
une centaine, about a hundred
un cent, a hundred
huitaine, about eight
quinzaine,
quarantaine,
quarantine
score
-s in the plural,
un
un
un
thousand
millier, (about) a
million, a million
milliard, a billion, etc.
and have the construction
of ordinary
nouns
II
y a une centaine d'eleves.
There are about 100 pupils.

There are two hundred of them.
Thousands of people.
Hyena
deux cents.
Des milliers de gens.
Deux millions de francs.
Two
million (s of) francs.
424. Fractions.
The numerator is regularly denoted by
a cardinal and the denominator by an ordinal; half = moitie,
f.,
as a noun,
f
and demi as an adjective or a noun:
un demi
$ un quart
une moitie
deux demis
un tiers
deux tiers
f trois quarts
a.
Demi, before
un cinquieme
un septieme
^T un onzieme
1
its
noun,
agrees elsewhere; as a noun,

calculations; see also 429:
is
invariable
demi
is
T% trois seiziemes
jfo sept centiemes
-^\ dix cent uniemes
rlU onze milliemes

etc.
and joined by a hyphen, but
hardly used, except in arithmetical
THE NUMERAL
398
Une demi-heure; une heure
Half an
et
The
definite
425-426
an hour and a
hour;
half or half past one.
demie.
Trois quarts d'heure.
Quatre demis = deux.
La moitie de la somme.
b.
Three quarters of an hour.

Four halves = two.
Half the sum.
article
required before
is
when the noun
fractions
followed
by
determined by the definite article, a

possessive, or a demonstrative, and similarly for pronominal substitutes for such constructions:
de
a noun
is
La moitie du temps.
Les
trois quarts
de ces
(ses) biens.
J'en prends les cinq sixiemes.
425.
Multiplicative s.
tives, or absolutely as
1.
Half the time.

Three-fourths of those (his) goods.
I take five-sixths of them.
The
following are used as adjec-
nouns:
septuple, sevenfold
double, double
triple, triple
octuple, eightfold
quadruple, quadruple
nonuple, ninefold
quintuple, fivefold
decuple, tenfold
sextuple, sixfold
centuple, hundredfold
As nouns,
La
The
triple alliance.
Payer
le
is
Once,
twice as much.
sometimes adverb:
He
voit double.
2.
triple alliance.
To pay
double.
Double
a.
II
le double, the double, etc.:
twice,
three
times,
sees double.
etc.
= une
fois,
deux
fois,
trois fois, etc.:
Dix
Ten
fois dix font cent.
Deux
fois autant (plus).
426.
ordinals
times ten
make a hundred.
Twice as much.
Numeral Adverbs. They are formed from

by -ment, according to rule (cf 409)
premierement,
the
first, firstly
secondement \
secondly
deuxiemement
troisiemement, thirdly
etCl
etC>
Substitutes for them, of very frequent use, are: d'abord = at first,

puis = then, after that, ensuite = then, next, en premier lieu = in the first
or the Latin adverb
place, en second lieu, etc. = in the second place, etc.
a.
forms primo, secundo,
tertio, etc.,
abbreviated to
1, 2, 3,
are used.
427-428
REMARKS ON USE OF NUMERALS
399
REMARKS OX THE USE OF NUMERALS

1. Premier = first is the
427. Cardinals and Ordinals.
only ordinal used to denote the day of the month or the
numerical title of a ruler; otherwise, cardinals are employed:
Le premier (deux, dix) mai.

Le onze de ce mois.
The first (second, tenth) of May.

The eleventh of this month.
Napoleon (Gregoire) premier.

Henri (Catherine) deux.
Henry (Catherine) the Second
Napoleon (Gregory) the
First.
Observe the following date idioms:
2.
Quel jour du mois est-ce aujourd'hui?
Quel jour du mois sommes-nous

aujourd'hui?
What day
of the
month
is
this?
Quel quantieme du mois est-ce

aujourd'hui?
To-day is the fifteenth.

To-morrow will be the
C'est aujourd'hui le quinze.
Ce sera demain
Le six Janvier.
lis
le seize.
sont arrives lundi.
D'aujourd'hui en huit.
II y a quinze jours.
Other numerical
3.
sixteenth.
On the sixth of January,

They came on Monday.
A week from to-day (future).
A
titles,
fortnight ago.
book, chapter, scene, page,
etc.,
are expressed as in English, ordinals being used before nouns,
and
either cardinals or ordinals after nouns:
Tome
troisieme
(trois).
La dixieme scene du second
acte.
The first of two ordinals

replaced by a cardinal:
a.
La quatre ou cinquieme page.

b.
Volume third (three).

The tenth scene of the second
joined
by
The
et or
ou
fourth or
is
not
fifth
act.
uncommonly
page.
Cardinals must precede ordinals in French:
Les deux premieres scenes.
The
first
two
scenes.
428. Dimension.
The various methods
dimension may be seen from the following:
of
indicating
THE NUMERAL
400
Une table longue de deux metres.

Une table de 2 m. de longueur.
Une table de 2 m. de long.
Une table d'une longueur de 2 m.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(6)
m.
m. de longueur.
table a 2 m. de long.
table a une longueur de 2 m.
(7)
(S)
table two meters long.
table est longue de 2
La
La
La
La
(5)
429
table a 2
The
table
is
two meters
long.
1. Dimension after an adjective is denoted by de, cf. (1), (5).

Substitutes for the adjectival construction of (1) are seen in (2), (3),
Obs.:
2.
(4).
3.
4.
The verb to be is etre, as in (5), or avoir, as in (6), (7), (8).

Haut, large, long (but not epais, profond) may be used as nouns
instead of hauteur, largeur, longueur,

a.
By, of relative dimension
cf.
(3), (7).
sur; by, after a comparative
de:
This table is two meters long by

one wide.
Taller by 5 cm. (= 2 inches).
a deux metres de
Cette
longueur sur un de largeur.
Plus grand de cinq centimetres.
table
Time of Day. The method of indicating the time

day may be seen from the following:
429.
of
What
Quelle heure est-il?

est une (deux) heure (s).
II est trois heures et demie.
It is
II
Trois heures (et)
un
It is half-past three.
quart.
Quatre heures moins un (le) quart.

Trois heures trois quarts.
Trois heures dix (minutes).
Six heures moins cinq (minutes).
Cinq heures cinquante-cinq.
II est midi et demi.
II est minuit (et) un quart.
A huit heures du soir.
A quelle heure?
A trois heures precises.
Vers
(les) trois
Obs.:
1.
Heure (s)
3.
Et
is
heures.
It is (was, etc.)
2.
time (o'clock) is it?

one (two) o'clock.
il
A
A
A
quarter past three.

quarter to four.
quarter to four.
Ten minutes past three.

Five minutes to six.
Five fifty-five.
It is half-past twelve (noon).
It is a quarter past twelve (night).
At eight o'clock in the evening.
At what o'clock?
At three o'clock precisely.
Towards (at about) three o'clock.
est (etait, etc.).
never omitted.
essential only at the half hour.
is
430-432
PREPOSITIONAL LOCUTIONS
401
Demi(e) agrees with heure (f.) or with midi (in.), minuit

Minutes is often omitted.
A quarter to, minutes to is moins before the following hour.
Twelve o'clock is never douze heures.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Age.
430.
(m.).
Idiomatic expressions denoting age are:
Quel age avez-vous?
How
J'ai vingt ans.
Je suis age de vingt ans.

Une fillette de six ans.
Plus age de deux ans.
am
am
old are you?
twenty (years
old).
twent}' (years old).
little girl of six.
Older bv two years.
1. The construction with avoir is the more common.

An(s) inay be omitted in specifying age.
By = de, after a comparison.
06s.:
2.
3.
THE PREPOSITION
431.
the
Simple Prepositions.
commoner simple
The
a, to, at, in, on, etc.
durant, during
apres, after, next to
en, in, to
avant, before
entre, between,
avec, with
envers, towards
chez, with, at
following
list
contains
prepositions:
parmi, among
pendant, during
among
pom-, for
sans, without
hormis, except
sauf, save, except
eontre, against
jusque,
selon, according to
dans, in (to)
malgre, in spite of
moyennant, by means of
nonobstant,
notwith-
's
de, of, from, with, etc.
depuis, since, from

derriere, behind
till,
until
sous, under
suivant, according
sur, on,
standing
to
upon
vers, towards
des, from, as early as
outre, besides
voici, here is (are)
devant, before
par, by, thrmigh
voila, there is (are)
432.
Prepositional
Locutions.
tional function, mostly ending in
cote de 1'eglise.
Jusqu'a
la
surname prochaine.
travers la foret.
Phrases
de or
a,
with
Beside the church.

Until next week.
Through the
preposi-
are numerous:
forest.
THE PREPOSITION
402
Such locutions
433-435
are:
a cause de, on account of au-dessus de, above

a cote de, by the side of au lieu de, instead of
a force de, by dint of

a l'egard de, with regard
faute de, for want of

jusqu'a, as far as, until
autour de, around

to
au moyen
means
de, by
par dela, beyond

par-dessous, under
of
aupres de, near by

par-dessus, over
a l'exception de, except
au travers de, across, through pres de, near
a I'insu de, unknown to
quant a, as for
a travers, across, through d'apres, according to
eu deca de, on this side
en depit de, in spite of
de, beyond
au-dessous de, under
au dela
vis-a-vis de, opposite
{of)
etc., etc.
Prepositions regularly precede the gov-
433. Position.
erned word, as in English:

Je parle de Jean (de
a.
Me
En
Conjunctive personal pronouns governed by
voici quelques-uns.
Durant
is
Durant sa vie
sometimes placed after

(or
The
larly repeated before
its
him).
voici, voila,
precede:
noun:
During
sa vie durant).
434. Repetition.
(of
Here I am; there they are.

Here are some of them.
voici; les voila.
b.
speak of John
lui).
his
life.
prepositions a, de, en, are regu-
each governed substantive;
etition of other prepositions
is
the rep-
regular in contrasts, but
is
elsewhere optional, as in English:

aime a lire et a ecrire.
Le pere de Jean et de Marie.
En France ou en Italie.
II
Sur terre et sur mer.

Par la persuasion ou par la force.
But: Pour lui et (pour) son frere,
He
likes to
The
read and write.
father of
John and Mary.
In France or Italy.
By land and sea.
By
persuasion or force.
etc.
IDIOMATIC DISTINCTIONS
435.
Prepositions vary greatly as to idiomatic force in
different languages.
some
In the following sections are given
of the various French equivalents of the
English prepositions.
commoner
436-438
About
436.
1.
In the sense of around
= autour de:
Look about you.
About the square.
Regardez autour de vous.

Autour de la place.
2.
De
In the sense of concerning, of
de, a
What
What
quoi parlez-vous?
quoi pensez-vous?
3.
403
In the sense of with, about
you talking about?

you thinking about?
are
are
(the person)
sur:
Have you any money about you?
Avez-vous de l'argent sur vous?
Denoting approximation = environ, pres de, apeupres, vers:

(pres de, a peu pres)
About two thousand francs; about
deux mille francs; vers (sur
ten o'clock; about 1830.
4.
Environ
heures; vers 1830.
les) dix
437.
1.
After
Denoting time, rank, order, position = apres:
Apres diner; le premier apres le

roi; on met l'adjectif apres le
nom; courez apres lui.
2.
3.
retour;
first
after the
is
placed
run after him.
= au bout de:
il
Day
lendemain de son
tient de sa mere.
the
midst
brebis parmi les loups.
II
fut trouve entre les morts.
II
le
Among
drawn
after day;
after
Raph-
the day after his return; he

takes after his mother.
ael;
Among
1. In the sense of in
times entre:
of,
surrounded by
sheep
He was
among
He
parmi, some-
wolves.
found among the dead.
(distributively or reciprocally)
partagea entre ses amis.

parlaient entre eux.
3.
after the noun;
le
438.
lis
the
adjective
Unclassified:
Raphael;
2.
the
After three centuries.
trois siecles.
jour en jour; dessine d'apres
Une
king;
In the sense of at the end of
Au bout de
De
After dinner;
entre:
among his friends,

They spoke among themselves.
divided
it
Unclassified:
C'etait ainsi chez les Grecs.
It
was
so
among
the Greeks.
THE PREPOSITION
404
Denoting
place, time,
a,
tete de;
en
meme
(au)
sometimes en:
At
Al'ecole; aDouvres; a table; a

cinq heures; a Page de; en
at
temps;
Dover; at table; at
at the age of; at
the head of;
at the
same time;
at last.
In the sense of
J'ai ete chez vous;
at the house, etc., of, at

il
est chez
Monsieur Ribot.
3.
school;
five o'clock;
la fin (enfin).
2.
439-441
At
439.
1.
was
's
chez:
your house; he
at
is
at
Mr.
Ribot's.
Unclassified:
A mes
depens;
tout
my
At
prix;
expense;
at
any
come
price;
at
d'abord; sous la main; entrer
first;
par la fenetre; en haut (bas)
the window; at the top (bottom);
aumoins; surmer; en guerre.
at least; at sea; at war.
at hand;
Before
440.
1. Denoting place, in the sense of in front

devant:
Mettez cela devant
le f eu
precha devant
il
he
Before noon;
saw him
before
you; put the article before the

noun.
Unclassified:
bataille;
la veille
de
Before my eyes; the day before

the battle; to appear before the
la
comparaitre par-de-
judge.
vant le juge.
By
441.
Denoting the agent
after the passive
Elle fut saisie par le voleur;
ils
Denoting means, way,
Parlaposte; par chemin de

par ce moyen; par un ami.
etc.
fer;
par,
de
(cf.
240):
She was seized by the robber;, they

are loved
sont aimes de tous.

2.
gar-
Denoting time, order = avant:
Sous mes yeux;
1.
in the presence of
preached before the king.
le roi.
Avantmidi; jel'aivu avant vous;

mettez Particle avant le nom.
3.
of,
Put that before the fire; the

den is before the house;
le jar-
din est devant la maison;
2.
(go) in at
by
= par (usually)
By post; by
means; by a
all.
railway;
friend.
by
this
442
Denoting measure = de;
3.
dimension = sur
by a head; older by ten
years (by far); heavier by a
pound; less by half; ten meters
bv six.
relative
Plus grand de la tete; plus age

de dix ans ide beaucoupj plus
lourd d'une livre; moindre de
Taller
moitie;
la
405
dix metres sur six.
Unclassified:
4.
De jour
By day
al'annee; goutte
est midi a ma
montre; connaitre de vue; de
(nuit)
a goutte;
il
vive voix;
un
etat
tailleur
vendre au poids
(night);
by drop;
it is
by the year; drop

noon by my watch;
to know by sight; by word of

mouth; a tailor by trade; to sell
by weight; made by hand.
de son
fait a la
main.
442.
1.
For
In the sense of for thesake
Mourir pour
la patrie;
pour vous;
pour cela.
2.
instead
of, (in
exchange) for
= pour:
To
die for one's countrv; I do it

for you; give me this for that.
donnez-moi ceci
Denoting destination:
Je pars pour la France

tre pour vous.
3.
of,
je le fais
une
let-
leave for France;
a letter for
vou.
Denoting a period of time (future) = pour:
Je resterai (pour) huit jours;

j'en ai pour dix ans.
I shall
stay (for) a week;
enough
of
it
have
for ten years.
Note.
For, of time not future, is variously rendered:
J'etais huit jours
absent or J'etais absent pendant huit jours, /
was absent for a week- II y
a (voici, voila) deux heures que je lis or
Je Us depuis deux heures, / hare
been reading for two hours.

4.
Unclassified:
Mot
a mot or mot pour mot un

remede contre (pour); trem;
bler de crainte; par exemple;

quant a moi vendre dix francs
;
or
laisser
(dormer) pour dix

remercier (punir) de;
changer pour (contre) e'est a
vous de dire malgre tout cela.
francs;
Word
for word; a remedy for; to

tremble for fear; for example;
as for
me; to
or
give for
to
ten francs
ten francs; to
sell for
thank (punish) for; to change

it is for you to say;
for
for;
all
that.
THE PREPOSITION
406
From
443.
= de:
Usually
1.
II
He comes from
de Paris; de trois a
quatre heures; je l'ai appris
de lui.
vient
In the sense of because
2.
Cela arriva par negligence;

experience (amitie).
of,
from three
it from
Paris;
to four o'clock;
heard
him.
out
of,
through
par:
That happened from
par
from experience
In the sense of dating from
3.
Des
443-444
des, depuis, a partir de:
From
(depuis, a partir de) ce jour;
carelessness;
(friendship).
that day; from 1S20 (on).
a partir de 1820.
4.
Unclassified
D'aujourd'hui en huit;
dessine
week from to-day; drawn from
d'apres nature ; boire dans un
nature;
verre; otez cela
take that from the child.
a.
l'enfant.
444.
1.
Denoting place or time
ce paquet (champ); dans

lamaison; dans l'Afrique australe;
dans toute la ville;
dans la meme annee.
En
The
glass;
(field);
la
in
whole
city;
in the
en, a (cf
same
in the fields; in
year,
333,
2, 3)
(at
Canada;
home);
Lon-
in
in the country (city);
winter;
the
article.
.
In Africa; in the house

don;
in(to)
South Africa; in the
house;
sense of
333, 3):
(cf.
In this parcel
the
in
i.e.,
= dans
or time generally
maison; aux
champs; au Canada; a Londres; a la campagne (ville) en
hiver; au printemps; en paix.
a
of
governed noun usually has the definite
Denoting place
Afrique;
specifically,
of, in{to) the interior
Dans
2.
from a
In, into
within, inside
Note.
to drink
in spring;
in
in peace.
The governed word after en has but rarely the definite article
Note.
(mostly in fixed expressions before initial vowel sound): En Z'air; En
Z'honneur de, etc.
3.
(time)
Le
In the sense of at
= en:
the
end of {time)
train part dans une heure; on

peut aller a L. en une heure.
The
= dans;
in the course of
train leaves in an hour; one

can go to L. in an hour.
445-446
Denoting
4.
La
place, after a superlative
la pluie;
jours
par
le
le
matin;
passe
de nos
a l'avenir
d'avance entre les mains de

a mon avis; sous le regne
de cette
de; sous presse;
maniere ; un sur dix.
;
1.
Usually
de
toit
Paris
une
la
maison;
la ville
de
The
roof of the house;
de the
digne d'hon-
pound
il
way;
man
of tea;
the city of
of influence;
worthy
of honor;
he speaks of going to Paris
parle d'aller a Paris.
Denoting material = en:
bridge of
wood
(iron)
ten-franc
pieces are (made) of gold.
Unclassified:
C'est aimable a vous;
sur ioo
personnes 50 sont echappees;
docteur en medecine; un de
mes amis; majeur.
Usually
livre est (je
sur:
mets
le livre) sur
la table.
Is
kind of you; of 100 persons

50 escaped; doctor of medicine:
one of my friends; of age.
It is
On, upon
446.
2.
in the reign
in this
one in ten.
Paris;
1.
opinion;
in
in (the) press;
d'influence
pont en bois (f er) les pieces

de dix francs sont en or.
Le
my
of;
of;
= de:
Un
3.
In the rain; in the morning; in

our day(s); in the past; in the
future; in advance; in the hands
un homme
livre
neur;
2.
largest city in the world.
Of
445.
Le
= de
Unclassified:
5.
Par
The
du monde.
plus grande viile
407
The book
is (I
put the book) on the
table.
omitted in dates before specified days:
Ledixmai;
je viendrai
arriva le lendemain.
mardi;
il
On
the tenth of May; I shall come

on Tuesday; he arrived on the
morrow.
THE PREPOSITION
408
Unclassified-.
3.
Par une belle journee d'ete metpendre contre

tre au feu;
dans la rue; dans
le mur;
dans 1'escalier en (dans
Pile
un) voyage; en visite (conge);
en chemin (route); d'un cote;
tomber par terre; a genoux;
;
a.
son arrivee;
pour affaires.
au
Boire dans
livre
un verre
To
copier dans
drink out of a glass;
to copy
out of a book; to look out of the
window; one out
dix.
of ten.
Over
448.
In the sense of above
= au-dessus
Au-dessus de la porte etaient

ecrits ces mots; les nombres
au-dessus de mille.
de:
Over the door were written these

words; the numbers over one
thousand.
Denoting motion above = sur, par, par-dessus:
Passez
la
monts
main sur ce drap; par

et
par vaux;
il
sauta
par-dessus la haie.
Au
of
regarder par la f ene-
un sur
tre;
3.
to
Unclassified:
1.
2.
fire;
Out
summer day;
to put on
hang on the wall;
on the street; on the island; on
the stairs; on a journey; on a
visit (a holiday) on the way (the
road); on one side; to fall on
the ground; on one's knees; on
that occasion;
on horseback
(foot); on the right (the left);
on his arrival; on the contrary;
on business.
contraire;
447.
a fine
the
cheval
a droite (gauche);
(pied);
1.
On
dans cette occasion;
un
447-449
Pass your hand over this cloth;

over
hill
and
dale;
he leaped
over the hedge.
Unclassified:
dela de la riviere; l'emporter
sur (triompher de)
se rejouir
Over the
river;
to
to rejoice over;
triumph over;
watch over.
to
de; veiller sur.
449.
1.
Through
Denoting motion across = a travers (au travers de), par:
Je passai a travers (au travers

de) la foret; passer par Paris.
through the forest

through Paris.
I passed
to pass
In the sense of because
2.
of,
owing
Unclassified:
1.
Jusqu'a demain; pas avant l'annee prochaine; jusqu'ici; du
matin au
Till
to-morrow; not
now;
till
donne a un ami.
l'ai
Denoting motion to =
2.
house, etc.,
to the
of, to
a,
's
en
gave
3. In the sense of towards

(moral tendency)
le ciel;
il
= vers
2, 3);
in the sense of
goes to Paris' (to school;
my
la rue.
to France;
to
to
to their house, etc.;
friend's).
(physical tendency), envers
just to
In the sense of as far as
ball;
Raise your eyes to heaven;
est
juste envers tous.
Venez jusqu'au bout de
to a friend.
Portugal;
to
yeux vers
it
333,
Japan; to a
ami).
les
362, 2):
(cf.
(cf.
He
4.
till
= chez:
va a Paris (a l'ecole aujapon;

a un bal; en France; en Portugal; chez eux; chez mon
Levez
next year;
To
Denoting the indirect object = a
1.
till
morning
from
night.
soir.
451.
5.
par:
carelessness.
Till, until
450.
[1
to
Through
Par negligence.
Je
409
450-453
he
is
all.
jusqu'a:
Come
to the
end of the
street.
Unclassified:
Le voyage
(train)
ecrire sous dictee
de Montreal;
dans ce but.
;
(train) to
to write to dictation
Montreal;
to this end.
Towards
452.
See
The journey
451, 3.
Under, underneath
453.
1.
Usually
Sous
la table;
= sous:
sous
peine de mort.
la loi;
sous
Under the
table;
under (on) pain
under the law;

of death.
THE PREPOSITION
410
2.
Denoting lower
454
= au-dessous de:
than, less than
Au-dessous du coude; vendre

une chose au-dessous de sa
Under the elbow;

under
its
to sell a thing
value.
valeur.
3.
Unclassified:
To
Fouler aux pied s; a cette condi-
dans
tion;
dans
la necessity
de; mineur.
In the sense of along with, in company with
Dinez avec moi a l'hotel

cier avec des soldats.
2.
II
In the sense of
un
offi-
= avec:
Dine with me at the hotel; an

cer with some soldiers.
He
offi-
= chez:
at the house, etc., of
demeure chez nous.

3.
under this
under the circumstances; under the necessity of;
under age.
With
454.
1.
tread under foot;
condition;
les circonstances;
fives
with us.
Denoting instrument, manner = avec (usually)
Frapper avec un marteau ; ecrire

avec une plume; avec courage
To
strike with a hammer; to write

with a pen; with courage (force),
(force).
4.
Denoting a characteristic = a:
Un homme
5.
With
a la barbe noire.
of
A man
accessory circumstance
with a black beard.

is
usually turned
by an
absolute construction:
II
parla les
6.
yeux baisses.
He
spoke with downcast eyes.
In the sense of from, on account

= de:
of,
and
after
many
verbs and
adjectives
Elle pleura
de
col ere
couvrirde;
7.
to
cover
Unclassified:
l'exception de;
coeur.
l'oeil
a haute voix;
de bon appenu; de tout mon
a bras ouverts;
tit;
She wept with anger;

with; satisfied with.
content de.
of; with a loud

with open arms; with a
good appetite; with the naked
eye; with all my heart.
With the exception

voice;
455
CONJUNCTIONS
411
THE CONJUNCTION
fa
(la)
The
Conjunctions.
455.
of the conjunctions
condition que, 3 on condi-
tion that
*afin que, 2 in order that, so that
hence
ainsi, therefore,
alors que,
as, just
.
and
et,
et,
both
and
excepte que, except that

tjusqu'a ce que, 1 until
when
*a moins que
in use:
fen sorte que, 2 so that

*en supposant que, 3 supposing that
et
ainsi que, as well as, as
a mesure que,
following table contains most
and conjunctive locutions
as
*loin que, 5 far
ne, 3 unless
apres que, after
lorsque,
from
when
mais, but
a proportion que, in proportion as
attendu que, considering
that
tau cas ou, 3 in case (that)

*au cas que, 3 in case (that)
*malgre que, 4 though, although

neanmoins, nevertheless
nor
ni,
ni...ni. ..(...
aussi, hence, therefore
ne),
neither
nor
aussitot que, as soon as

*avant que, 1 before
*nonobstant
*bien que, 4 though, although
*non (pas) que, 5 not that

non seulement
mais encore, not
car, for
*ce n'est pas que, 5 not that
only
cependant, however, yet
or,
comme, as
ou, or
fdans le cas ou, 3 in case (that)

*de crainte que
ne, 2 for fear
.
that
fde facon que, 2 so that

fde maniere que, 2 so thai
de
meme
que, as well as
*de peur que
ne, 2 for fear that
depuis que, since

fde
(telle)
sorte que, 2 so that
des que, as soon as, when, since

done, now, then, therefore
*en attendant que, 1 until

*en cas que, 3 in case (that)
encore,
que, 4
yet, still
encore que, 4
though, although
notwithstanding
that
ou
.but also
now
.
ou, either
or
outre que, besides that

parce que, because
partant, therefore, hence
pendant que,
while, whilst
*pour peu que, 4 if ever so

*pour que, 2 in order that
pourtant,
yet,
little
however
*pourvu que, 3 provided
that
puisque, since
quand, when
tquand meme, 4 though, even
tque, 6 that, than, as
*quoique, 4 though, although

*sans que, 5 without
if
THE CONJUNCTION
412
*soit
selon que, according as

-fsij
if (
bien que, 2 so that
fsi
peu que, 4 however
tant
sitot que, as
soon as
soit
whether
soit
ou, whether
que
.
que, 4
soit
* Followed
t Followed
or
que, both
and
ttellement
or
que, 2 so
that
toutefois, yet, nevertheless
or
une fois que, as soon as

vu que, seeing that
whether
by the subjunctive,
by the indicative or subjunctive.
Conjunctions
N.B.
tant que, as long as
or
ou que, 4 whether
tandis que, whilst, whereas
little
sinon, if not, or else
*suppose que, 3 suppose that
tsi
*soit
456-457
suivant que, according as
271, 3, a)
soit,
que
without * or t in the table are followed by the
indicative.
1
2
3
4
5
See 271, 1 (time before which or up to which).

See 271, 2 (purpose or result).
See 271, 3 (condition).
See 271, 4 (concession).
See 271, 5 (negation).
See 269, 271, 6, and 458.
USE OF CERTAIN CONJUNCTIONS

*
456.
Et.
When
1.
and; otherwise
it
repeated, et usually denotes both
stands with the last only of two or more
clauses
Je connais
et le
Les femmes
pere et le
I know both the father and son.

The women wept, (and) screamed,
fils.
pleuraient, criaient
and
et gesticulaient.
2.
And
after a verb of
motion
Ni.
usually untranslated:
Go and
Allez leur parler.
457.
is
gesticulated.
1.
speak to them.
verb with ni or ni
finite
ni
must be
preceded by ne:
II
n'a ni or ni argent.
II
ne mange ni ne
a.
He
He
boit.
For the position
of ni
ni
has neither gold nor silver.

neither eats nor drinks.
ne, see
416, d.
USE OF CERTAIN CONJUNCTIONS
45S-459
In sentences of negative force, and,
2.
by
ne font
ni richesses
Honors and wealth do not
le
bonheur.
nor
Je ne
le
ne
ne
P as
following
equivalents
when not
(Ni)
moi
pas
(or
pas non plus.

fait, et il
ne
of
He
He
le fera
not
Nor
not do it.
Neither shall
I either
I).
not do it either.
has not done it, nor will he
will
(do
neither,
correlative:
I shall
le fera
1'a
the
either, nor,
ferai pas.
non P lus
consti-
tute happiness.
Observe
3.
either,
II
are rendered
or,
ni:
Honneurs
II
413
it).
458. Que.
Que = that is followed by the indicative
1.
or subjunctive according to the context:
Je dis que vous avez raison.
I say that you are right.
Je suis fache que vous ayez raison. I am sorry that you are right.
Que
often replaces another conjunction; when so

takes the same construction as the conjunction for
which it stands, except that que instead of si =
if always
2.
used,
it
requires the subjunctive:
Quand vous aurez

vous aurez
le
et
fini,
que
you) have time.
Venez que ( = afin que, pour que)

je vous voie.
Si vous venez demain, et que
vous ayez le temps.
3.
Come
If
Que may not be omitted
often
is
Je crois
restera
459.
in
English:
qu'il
viendra
et
that I
may
see you.
you come to-morrow,

you) have time.
and
(if
before a finite verb, as that

think (that) he will come and
(that he will) stay.
Distinctions.
The
following conjunctions are espe-
be confounded in use:
Quand, Lorsque.
when, but quand
adverb
qu'il
cially liable to
1.
When you have finished, and (when
temps.
They
{not lorsque)
are equivalents in the

serves
in direct or indirect questions:
also as
sense of
an interrogative
THE INTERJECTION
414
Quand
Quand
est arrive.
il
(or lorsque) je l'ai vu.
Nous partirons lorsque
(or
We
quand)
and
also, whilst,
journal
le
when
Pendant que =
Pendant que, Tandis que.
during the time that; tandis que
Lisez
leave
shall
the
letter
comes.
la lettre arrivera.
2.
460
When did he come?

Tell me when he came.
When I saw him.
est-il arrive?
Dis-moi quand
that,
on
while,
whilst,
while,
whilst,
during the time
the contrary, whereas:
que
pendant
Read
the newspaper while I write
this note.
j'ecris ce billet.
Pendant (Tandis) que vous etes
Whilst you are here.
ici.
Le pere travaille, tandis que

ne fait rien.
le
fills
father works, while the son
does nothing.
Depuis que, Puisque.
3.
The
Depuis que denotes time; puisque
denotes cause assigned:

Je suis bien seul depuis que
mon
am
went away.
must remain,
frere est parti.

II
me
faut rester, puisqu'il n'y a
pas de train ce
verjr lonely since
my
brocher
since there
is
no
train this evening.
soir.
THE INTERJECTION
460.
Interjections.
The commoner
interjections
and ex-
pressions used as such are:
Joy, admiration, approval:
1.
ahlah!
a la bonne heure! well done!
ha, ha! or hi, hi! (to denote

laughter)
bon! good!
bien! good!
h merveille! capital!
bis
encore
bravo! or bravissimo! well done!

bravo
hourra! or vivat! hurrah!
Disgust, disapproval, indifference:
2.
upon!
pouah! disgusting ! faugh
ftlfie!
foin de! a plague
done! for shame!

fie de fie on !
oh! oh!
fi
that's
right!
INTERJECTIONS
460
415
bah! or ah! bah! nonsense! poohpooh !
par exemple! dear me!
baste! enough! pooh! nonsense!
zut! pshaw!
zest!
pshaw!
Grief, fear, pain:
3.
ah! ah!
misericorde! mercy!
oh! oh!
ouf
aie
(to
express suffocation, or relief
and exhaustion)
h61as! alas!
oh ! oh dear !
Surprise:
4.
ah! ah!
quoi! what!
vraiment! indeed!
oh! oh!
ehl ah!
tiens! indeed! hallo!
ha! ha!
par exemple! you don't say so!

misericorde! mercy!
comment! what!
Encouragement, reproof
5.
come!
allons!
en avant forward
!
courage cheer up !
ferme! steady!
voyons come now!

ca or or ga or sus
preste! quick!
now
or or sua
then!
Warning
6.
gare! look out! take care!
Calling:
7.
h6!
attention! look out! take care!
ohe!
or
hola!
or
ho! hoy!
st! hi there!
halloo!
qui vive! who goes there!
hem! ahem!
Calling for aid
8.
a moi or au secours help

au voleur! stop
a 1' assassin or au meurtre! murder! au feu fire!
!
thief!
Silencing, stopping:
9.
chut! or st! hush!

silence
tout
silence
motus! [moty:s] not a word!

Note.
ing:
or
tout beau! gently!
halte-Ia! slop there!
Akin to interjections are imitations of sounds:
drelin, drelin
gunshots;
doux
not so fast
boum
or drelin, din, din
cannonading; rataplan
ringing;
!
drum;
pan pan
Cric crac
!
dare dare
ment; cahin-caha, jogging along; clopin-clopant, hobbling;
bang;
!
break-
pif
paf
guic k move-
tic tac, ticking, etc.
ABBREVIATIONS
416
461
ABBREVIATIONS
461. French Abbreviations. The following
moner abbreviations used in French:
c.-a.-d.
C ie
etc.
c'est-a-dire, that is
Ce =
or
compagnie, company
et csetera
or
f.
h.
heure, hour
script
= in-f olio, folio

J.-C. = Jesus-Christ, Jesus Christ
M. = Monsieur, Mr.
MM. = Messieurs, Messrs.
= Monsieur R.
M. R. or M. R
.
Monsieur R * * *, Mr. R.
or Mr. R
d = marchand, merchant
or
(pi.
M es
maitre,
is
n = numero, number
R.S.V.P. = Repondez
s'il
vous
plait, an answer is requested
S. A. R. = Son Altesse Royale, His
Royal Highness
s.-ent.
S.
Mgr (pi. NNSS.) =

my lord
(pi.
lles
)
monseigneur,
s.
(in titles)
zieme
siecle,
the
loth century
= sous-entendu, understood
= Son Excellence, His Ex-
(pi. LL. MM.) = Sa Majesty

His (Her) Majesty
S. = Sa Saintete, His Holiness
v. p. = s'il vous plait, if you
M.
please
Ve =
= premier, the First

II (in titles) = deux, the Second
Le XV e siecle, etc. = le quiner
S.
Mademoiselle,
Miss
Exc.
cellency
S.
monsieur
lle
= Notre-Dame, Our Lady

= Notre-Seigneur, Our Lord
N.-S.
used
with names of lawyers instead of
(pi.
N.-D.
in-f
mes =
Madame, Mrs.
)
maison, house, firm
ms. (pi. mss.) = manuscrit, manu-
francs, francs
fr.
M
M
M me
Mn =
are the com-
er
e
veuve, widow
(fem. l re )
premier,
first
=
=
deuxieme, second
1
primo, firstly
ybre _ se ptembre, September.
Etc.
EXERCISES
i-ii a
417
EXERCISES
[The references
head of the exercises are to the sections
at the
Grammar on which they
in the
are based.]
Complete the following:
a ( 156-161)
appelle-les, je l'envoie, je l'amene.
1. What are you eating?

2. We are eating apples.
3. It
was necessary that they should eat.
4. Who is calling?
We
5.
shall
are calling.
will freeze.
12.
They
14.
When
ant
is
seed.
He
10.
is
throwing stones?
buying a coat.
11. We never
8.
general leads his army.
Who
We
7.
is
9.
It
yield.
will
wall
He
wipes the dishes.
little girl
20. It
is
went home.
24.
The
never yield.
13. The servant is peeling apples.
he pay?
15. They never pay.
16. The servcleaning the kitchen.
17. We shall clean our gun.
The
15.
6.
lead the horses.
will
freezing.
They used
23.
send
19.
The farmer sows
We are going to school.
21.
to go to
22.
the
We
market on Saturdays.
it.
The servant
bringing the horses.
2. I send him there.

go to school.
4. Let them go to the city.
5. It
was necessary that you should go there.
6. They will buy a
box.
7. Let us bring the children.
8. Bring the children.
9. Let him not throw stones.
10. We have led the horses to
the stable.
11. Let us trace a line.
12. We are advancing.
1.
is
I shall
3.
13.
They were
16.
Let us advance.
eating.
14.
We
ate.
15.
They
will
eat.
Let us never yield.

18. Let us
call the children.
19. Let us not go there.
20. The queen
'has been reigning a long time.
21. The children were throwing stones.
22.
the money.
He
24.
17.
led the horse to the stable.
The servant wiped
23.
the dishes.
He
paid
25.
The
child traced a line.

II

1.
boy.
He
is
4.
running.
He
is
a ( 162-166)
je les accueille, je pars, je courrai.
2.
Shall
we run?
acquiring a fortune.
5.
my
3.
Run
It
was necessary that
fast,
little
exercises
418
ii
b-in a
run.
6. They will conquer that city.
7. The
8. He gives him consecrated
has acquired glory.
10. We shall acquire
9. They acquire knowledge.
we should
general
bread.
property.
There
11.
Let them
13.
holy water.
is
acquire
14.
it.
We
Let us not run.
12.
gathering
are
was necessary that they should gather

17. We shall gather them.
welcomed me.
start with (de) fear.
sleeping.
is
flowers.
It
15.
We
23.
shall
19.
He
soon sleep.
24.
II
They
He
16.
Let us not
enemy.
20. He
18.
will assail his
Let us not sleep.
21.
apples.
22.
He must
sleep.
fall asleep.
2. He left yesterday.
3. If
1. He is leaving for France.
4. He will go out.
5. Let
he were asleep, I should call him.
6. The water boils.
7. The water was
him not go out.
boiling.
9. He makes use of it.
8. When he speaks, he lies.
11. If he were here, we should not sleep.
10. He will feel it.
14. It was
13. He has run.
12. The water will soon boil.
15. I have not slept.
16. He
necessary that we should sleep.
never lies.
17. The horses would run if they were not tired.
20. The horses run over
19. We acquired it.
18. They ran.
22. He will never
21. He does not consent to it.
the field.
24. We were
23. Let him not make use of it.
consent to it.
running.
We
25.
asleep.
fell
a ( 167-179)
Ill
Give principal parts of: fuir, mourir, tenir.

1.
He
6.
He
on
failed
country.
3.
will
He
not
(en) that occasion.
flee.
7.
2.
Let us not
4.
flees.
Here
lies
It is a prosperous
flee.
a hero.
5.
8.
They
Here
fled.
lie
the
10. Men
9. I hate evil.
remains of the great Napoleon.
12. He
11. Let us not hate our enemies.
hate their enemies.
14. Was
hates his father.
13. Let him not hate his father.
15. She dies.
it necessary that he should hate his father?
16.
They
will die.
that he should die.
him not
23. That
19.
Let us not
He
died.
is
dying away.
die.
20.
18. It
She
was necessary
will die.
we should be sorry
24. Open the door.
22. If they died,
die.
tree
17.
21.
for
Let
it.
EXERCISES
III
419
b-iv b
III
We have opened the box.

2. He offers me his book.
She used to suffer a great deal.
4. If we had any, we should
offer you some.
5. Columbus discovered America.
6. We
7. Let him not hold it.
held it.
8. I hold it.
9. Let us
10. We are coming.
11. We shall come.
hold it.
12. We
13. If I should come, I
should come if you would come.
should find it.
14. They are coming back.
15. It is neces16. It was necessary that he should come.
sary that he come.
1.
3.
17. Hold
money.
He has held it.

19. The purse contains
he comes, we shall be glad (of it).
21. They
18.
it.
20. If
come back.
will
He
24.
well.
22.
He
is ill
clad.
23.
will clothe his child.
He
clothes himself
25. It is necessary that
he clothe his child.
IV a
Give principal parts
We
1.
of:
180-188)
reproduire, m6connaitre.
beat the horse.
2.
He
fells
the tree.
3.
It
is
he fight the enemy.

4. We drink water.
5. They drink milk.
6. They were drinking wine.
7. We
shall drink water.
8. Let him drink milk.
9. He has drunk
the wine.
10. It was necessary that we should drink wine.
11. We shall not drink wine.
12. He incloses his garden.
necessary
He
13.
that
will
open.
15.
close the bargain.
He
is
14.
Those flowers
concluding his argument.
16.
will soon
Let us con18. If he
17. The bread is baking well.

were there, he would conclude the affair.
19. He drives the
cows to the field.
21. They
20. They destroyed their books.
will construct houses.
22. Let us translate this phrase.
23. It was necessary that we should translate that book.
clude the bargain.
24.
He
led his horse to the stable.
IV b
We
were translating our exercise.

2. We constructed a
Let him translate his lesson.
4. I have translated
a book.
5. I translated a book.
6. She was preserving
plums.
7. We are preserving cherries.
8. That suffices.
1.
house.
3.
EXERCISES v a-v b
420
That
9.
be
will
10.
sufficient.
Let that
11.
suffice.
Five
him.
12. I know that gentle14. Let
13. It is necessary that we should know him.
man.
16. It was neces15. The cows eat the grass.
him appear.
17. It was necessary that he
sary that we should know him.
day are
francs a
19. We used to
18. He will not disappear.
When he appears, we shall conclude the affair.
should appear.
know
him.
sufficient for
20.
22. You know him, do you not?

Let him recognize them.
24. He reappeared
will know him.
21.
You
23.
a ( 189-193)
Complete the following: je
The
1.
little girl is
will sew.
sew.
10.
cousu, n'y crois pas.
l'ai
sewing.
She sewed.
4.
7. Let her not sew.

Let him not be afraid.
fear death.
ture.
17. It
13.
They
2.
8.
We
were sewing.
3.
They had sewed.
5.
Let us not
11.
pity us.
We
fear.
6.
They
9.
shall not fear.
He was
14.
They
Let us
12.
fear.
Men
painting a pic-
16. Let him put out the lamp.

15. Put out the fire.
18. I
was necessary that we should rejoin our friends.
19. I believe you.
20. We shall not be22. I used to believe it.
Let us believe it.
24. He did not
necessary that he should believe it.
feared the rain.

lieve
21.
it.
23. It is
believe
it.
V
1.
It
was necessary that he should believe
not believe
growing.
it.
We
grew.
9.
The
trees
not believe
It
2.
it.
The
We
did
flowers are
6. That tree will grow fast.

was necessary that we should grow.
were growing
We
4.
it.
tree grows.
8.
has believed.
14.
Do
3.
The
5.
7.
(/e).
12.
say
The
so.
fast.
10.
Let
tree has grown.

15.
We
it
13.
grow.
Do
11.
He
not say so
should not say so
if
we
did
he should say so?

19. Was
17. They used to say so.
18. Let him not say so.
it necessary that we should say so ?
20. Do not say so again.
21. Do not slander.
22. They do not say so.
23. Cain was
24. We do not curse our enemies.
25. If
cursed by (de) God.
I should say so, would you believe me ?
not believe
it.
16.
Is it necessary that
EXERCISES VI- VII a

VI a
cise.
him
write.
6.
We
They
are writing.
Do what
11.
done
what
je le decris.
shall write our letter.
sary that you should write.

9.
194-200)
ne l'admets pas,
was writing when he came.

2. Let us write our exer3. We wrote a letter.
4. Write your lesson.
5. Let
1.
je
421
10.
I say.
work.
12.
S.
He
7.
was neces-
It
has described his travels.
Would you write

He did not do it.
if
should write
13.
He
has not
Let us do our work.
15. Let him do

was necessary that you should do so.
17. I shall do so when you come.
18. If jôu do that, we shall
do this.
19. If you should say so, we should do it.
20. I was
doing my work when he came.
21. It is necessary that we
do that.
22. If I do this, will you do that?
23. I was
his
I
reading
14.
said.
16. It
when he came.
24.
He
will
never read that book.
VI b
Read that letter.

2. They are reading their
book.
Did you not read the newspaper?
4. If I should read
1.
3.
would you read that one ?

5. Is he reading the
newspaper?
6. Let him not read that book.
7. Did they
not read this book ?
S.I placed the book on the table. 9. Do
not commit that crime.
10. It is necessary that he put on
his coat.
11. We shall put on our clothes.
12. The}' have
placed their books on the table.
13. We shall not permit it.
14. Does he permit it ?
15. It was necessary that he should
not permit it.
16. What would you say if we should permit
this book,
it?
17.
wheat.
The
miller grinds the wheat.
IS.
We
are grinding
We
ground the wheat.

20. Let him
wheat.
21. The prophet said that a child would
22. We are born weak.
23. We were born [on]
day.
24. Let a young nation arise
25. Was it
that hatred should arise between them?
19.
grind the
be born.
the same
necessary
VII a (201-211)
Complete the following: je 1'apprends, je
1.
3.
That does not please him
Come when
it
pleases you.
4.
le suivais.
(lui).
2.
Do so if you
You
please me.
please.
5.
May
exercises nil b-ix a
422
places.
7. He takes his hat
should take it, what would you
9. Let him take his book.
10. It is, necessary that I
should please him.
11. We took our places.
12. Have you
please you.
it
from
do?
learnt your lesson

resolves
do
Take your
6.
(sur) the table.
wood
16.
it.
S.
13.
If I
He
not undertake that.
will
into (en) smoke.
He
solved the
We
15.
17.
difficult}^.
14. Fire
have resolved to
He
(de)
will solve the
difficulty.
18. Let us not laugh at (de) him.
19. Why is
he laughing?
20. If I should laugh, what w ould you say?
21. Was it necessary that he should laugh?
22. We laugh
at them.
23. Follow me.
24. The dog follows his master.
r
VII b
Let him follow
1.
follow
you.
3.
us.
We
2.
we should
should follow
shall never follow him.
It is necessary that
followed him.
4.
If
it would please him.

5. We
he not milking the cow?
7. When we were in the country, we used to milk the cows.
8. Let him milk the cow.
9. That distracts him from his work.
10. The general con12. If
quers his enemies.
11. We conquer our passions.
you were to conquer your passions, you would be happy.
13. Our army will conquer.
14. We have conquered our
enemies.
16. He is not
15. Let him conquer his passions.
selling his house.
18. Horses live
17. He will never sell it.
19. He lives only for himself.
20. Let us live
on (de) hay.
22. Louis
in (en) peace.
21. He will live yet [a] long time.
him,
Is
6.
XIV
24.
lived in the
Hurrah
17th century.
23.
Long
live
the King
for liberty
VIII a ( 212-222)
Give principal parts of:
1.
We
recevoir, mouvoir, pouvoir.
receive our friends.
2.
He
has received the
letter.
Let us not receive the money.

4. If they should receive
6. We
us, we should be glad.
5. We owe him (lux) money.
shall owe him something.
7. If they receive it, we shall tell
(it to) you.
8. Let him not receive it.
9. We received the
12. They will
money.
10. Sit down.
11. He sits down.
3.
exercises
viii
b-ix a
down.
423
was necessary that

down, would you
16. Let them not sit down.
(raconter) us a story?
tell
IS. That will not be17. That does not become him (lui).
20. The payment falls due.
19. We sit down.
come us.
22. It is necessary to be there.
21. It will be necessary to do it.
24. Steam and water drive (mouvoir).
23. Passion moves men.
down.
sit
13.
we should
sit
Let us
down.
sit
14. It
we should
15. If
sit
machines.
VIII b
1.
story
2. Such a
His story moved (emouvoir) the audience.
3. We shall go out if it does not rain.
must move men.
It
4.
5. It will
was raining when we came.
7. It has rained.
it would rain.
not think
if
can.
away.
9.
I shall
11. I should
may not be able

14. You may do
give me some?
come when
do so
if
I can.
10.
I could.
6.
I did
I shall
come
rain.
8.
They cannot go
12. I
wish that he
do that if I were rich.

15. Could (condl.) you not
so if you desire.
16. We know our lesson.
17. Do you know
18. That child cannot write;
he is too
how to do that?
young.
19. I cannot write; I have a sore finger.
20. Do
21. I used to know how to swim.
you know that gentleman?
22. Your father must not know that.
23. We knew it.
24. We shall know it to-morrow.
to do so.
13. I could
IX a
223-225)
1. That horse is worth one hundred dollars.

2. Virtue is
worth more (mieux) than riches.
3. Those houses are worth
more (plus) than these.
4. That was worth more last year.
5. That will be worth more next year.
6. If that were worth
more, I should take it.
7. He has nothing (which is) of value
(subj.).
8.
We
shall
not see him again.
him?
10. I
see him,
we should tell (it

speak to him about
we
shall
15. It
saw him.
We
to)
it.
17. If
Do you
see-
we should
him.
13. When we see him,
14. We must see our parents.
we wished
You may come when you
9.
saw him.
was necessary that we should
have seen him.

18.
11.
wish.
12. If
see our children.
to do
19.
He
it,
16. I
we could do
it.
will be willing to do.
exercise x a
424
that
you
when he
will sell
can.
20.
your house,
Be
good as to
so
I shall
buy
down.
21. If
you be so
do not wish to do that.
it.
sit
22. Will
23. We
kind as to give me some?
25. I should like to see him
Should you like to see him ?
26. I could do this if I wished.
27. If it rains,
if I could.
28. If they were willing, they could do it.
we cannot go out.
29. If they are not willing to tell (it to) you, you will not
know how to do it.
24.
a ( 227-229)
Qu'est devenu son frere ?

Je sais ce qu'il est devenu.
What has become of his brother ?

I know what has become of him.
Elle est nee.
She was born.

She died.
She has gone up
Elle est morte.

Elle est montee.
1.
Your mother has come, has she not?
(or
2.
up
stairs).
No, madam,
3. Ou/
she has not yet come; she will come to-morrow.

4.
friends have gone to church; let us go (there) too.
The
old
gentleman who lived in that house died last night.

5. (The)
Queen Victoria was born (past def.) on the twenty-fourth of
May. 6. My little sister was born (past indef .) [on] the tenth of
March. 7. How old is your father? 8. He is seventy; he was
born before the death of Napoleon. 9. What has become of your
10. He has gone to (partir pour) France.
11. When
brother?
12. He went yesterday morning.
13. Is your
did he go?
15. When did your father
14. No, sir, he is in.
father out?
16. He has not yet returned; he will return next
return?
servant has brought down the trunk.
17. The
week.
19. She has gone down for (art.)
18. Where is your sister ?
21. They have
20. Where are the children?
breakfast.
22. Why did they not come down when I
gone up stairs.
24. It was
23. What is the matter, my child?
was there?
25. My father has gone into the house.
slippery, and I fell.
27. He died
26. Although he was born rich, he is now poor.
28. I have not seen him
poor, although he was once rich.
29. I don't know what
what has become of him?
30. Have you taken up the gentleman's
has become of him.
31. Not yet, but I shall take them up immediately.
trunks?
to-day;
exercises xi a-xn
425
At what time did your sister go out this morning?

She went out at half-past nine.
34. Where is my sister?
35. She has gone up stairs; she has gone to get her books.
32.
33.
XI a
Si vous vouliez bien
Faites-les entrer.
me
le dire.
(
If
230)
you would kindly
Show them
tell
me.
in.
1. 'We do not wish to leave this country;

we should like to
remain here, but if we cannot, we shall go away.
2. You
ought to go home, (my) children; it is late.
3. We cannot go
home; it is dark, and our father told us to (de) wait for him.
4. We cannot go away before six o'clock; we are to wait
here
till our friends come.
5. We could have written the letter if
we had known that you desired it.
6. That beggar could
have had work if he had wanted it, but he was too lazy; he
would not work, and now he must beg.
7. Those children
cannot read yet; they are too young.
8. If they had been
able to read, they would not have believed all that was said to
them.
9. You ought to let them go away, for their father
told them that they were to leave before (the) night.
10. You
might have seen them if you had been willing to come with
me.
11. Our teacher told us that we were to write this exer-
cise.
12.
We
are to have a house built next year.
made them write their exercise.

house built if we were rich enough.
teacher
14.
15.
13.
Their
We should have
We said to the
innkeeper, "Will you be so kind as to have our horses saddled?

We are going to start." 16. Opium makes [us] sleep. 17. It
is very warm; if this great heat continues, it will
kill the crops.
XII a (230 continued)

Those children make a great deal of noise; they talk too
much; make them be silent.
2. That (little) girl could write
if she wished (it).
3. If you would kindly tell me where the
doctor lives, I should send for him.
4. Do you know Daudct's
La Belle-Nivernaisef
5. Oh, yes, it is a charming book;
I
liked it so much that I had my pupils read it,
6. That is a
beautiful picture.
7. Yes, I have just been showing it to your
1.
exercise
426
xiii a
8. When did you see my father?

mother and sister.
9. I
10. What
had just been speaking with him when you came.
11. To-morrow we are going
are you going to do to-morrow?
to see the Invalides and the Arc de Triomphe, and the day after
to-morrow we are to see Notre-Dame and the Louvre (m.).
12. We ought to have visited the Louvre when you were with
13. May I
us; you could have shown us the fine pictures.
I
go with you when you visit (fut.) the Louvre next time?
should like to have explained to me some of the beauties of
14. That gentleman must have been in
the finest pictures.
Paris, for he speaks French like a Parisian.
15. Why did you
make those ladies sit down ( 245, 2) when they were here ?
They said they would not stay, because you were out.
18. Very well, show them
17. There are ladies at the door.
in.
19. Your son ought to write his exercises.
20. Very well,
21. If I had made him study his
make him write them.
lessons when he was at school, he would have become a better
not
16.
man.
XIII a ( 231-234)
L'un
et l'autre viendront.
Both
will
come.
The French people
1.
their
(ses)
defects,
are brave and gay; they

but also their good qualities.
people believe that the earth
is
not round.
believe that the earth will be destroyed.

of his friends
abandoned him.
5.
Many
4.
(il)
2.
have
Few
3.
Most people
The
greater part
think that our friends
not succeed.
6. A great number of men were killed.
The Swiss people are brave, they (il) will always be free.
8. More than one house was burnt.
9. Is it your friends who
live in the house on the hill?
10. Yes, it is they; they have
lived (257, 2) there for two years.
11. You and he were
there, were you not ?
12. Yes, he and I were there, and your
brother too.
13. Will you and your brother come and see us
when you are in London?
14. We shall be very happy to
(de) visit you.
Both
15. Do you see those two children?
were born [on] the same day. 16. You or I (add: nous) shall
speak.
17. There happen many misfortunes here below.
will
7.
18.
There arose a great quarrel between them.
19.
Who
went
exercise xiv a
for
the doctor?
21.
Do you
see
20.
those
houses built this year.
427
was (pres.) I who went for him.

two gentlemen?
Both have had
22. Religion, truth, honor, all was
think that you will never be able to
If there happened such misfortunes
It
abandoned.
23. Many
build your house.
24.
to me, I should leave the country.
25. Were it only a few
lines, I should like you to write to me.
26. If you and I were
young, fine things would be done (reflex, impers.).
27. Who
can have done that, if not our friends?
28. Neither he nor
his brother can go away; both must stay.
XTV a
Je voudrais
qu'il fut
(soit)
235-238)
I
ici.
wish he were here.
your brother's?
2. How
do not know how much they
cost.
4. Does that merchant provide you cheap with what you
need?
5. What is the matter with that boy this morning?
6. I do not know what is the matter with him.
7. Do I say,
or can I say, the half of what he has done?
8. Whatever
men may do, they cannot escape (d) death.
1, a)
( 407,
9. What books did your father buy when he was in the city ?
10. Your father told me what your brother had done.
11. Your
brother told me what he had done.
12. Will you tell me where
those men were when you saw them?
13. I cannot tell you
where they were.
14. We have more books than that gentleman has.
15. We have more books than you have.
16. Virtue is a beautiful thing, hence we love it.
17. My father is
here; perhaps he will come to see you.
18. However good
men may be, they are sometimes poor.
19. Such are my
reasons for doing so.
20. You have told me that my friend
has gone; I did not know (impf.) it, but perhaps you are right.
21. I wish you were here, were it only to encourage us.
22. That man does not respect himself, hence he cannot be good.
23. " Come and see us," said he, " as soon as yom can " (fut.).
24. "If I do this," thought he, "I shall be punished; hence I shall
not do it."
25. I do not know where that man died.
20. To
whom did your friend give his gold watch ?
27. I do not
1.
Is that
much
book yours
(d vous) or
did these books cost?
3.
exercises xv a-xvi a
428
know;
(de)
tell
28. I cannot do
perhaps he. gave it to his brother.
29. Do I not
such things; am I not [an] Englishman?
you that I shall be there, and that I shall see you ?
XV
a ( 239-241)
On lui obeit.
D est obei.
On me l'a pardonne.
He
is
obeyed.
have been pardoned
(for) it.
was discovered by Christopher Columbus.

1.
3. We have
2. The first steamboat was built by Fulton.
4. We have been deceived.
been deceived by that scoundrel.
6. Where
5. That gentleman has been mistaken in that affair.
7. Oh, that is said everywhere.
8. Who comis that said?
was our neighbor's brother.
9. It
mitted that crime?
11. No, he has been pardoned
10. Will he not be punished?
13. I have been told
12. I have often seen it done.
for it.
14. Is that not done everywhere?
that you had it done.
15. Oh, no, that is never done amongst respectable people.
He is a good fellow, but he is
16. How unfortunate he is
17. How little it is!
deceived and suspected everywhere.
18. That man is not a good teacher;
It can hardly be seen.
19. There is a house to be
he is not obeyed by his pupils.
21. That beggar
20. There is an exercise to be done.
sold.
22. We were made to read our
was given bread and milk.
24. They were
23. That is a man to be feared.
lesson.
25. Why were we not told that
told that you were not here.
our friends had gone away ?
America
XVI a
*Elle s'est rappele ce que
__
me
me
Te
l
Je
242-247)
j'ai dit.
*Elle s'est souvenue de ce que
Je me le rappelle.
1
.
.
Je m'en souviens.
.,
\
.
,. A
j'ai dit.
>
,
,
She remembered what TI
.-,,
remember
T
I
remember him
it.
le rappelle.
:
>
J
souviens de
lui.
>
se souviennent de moi.
Je m'en sers.
lis
* In se rappeler, se
They remember me.

I use it (I make use of
is indirect, in se souvenir, se
is
direct.
it).
.,
said.
EXERCISE XVI b
me
Je
II
passe de vin.
mal a
la
does without it.

She (has) hurt her hand.
She has broken her arm.
She became silent.
main.
Elle s'est casse le bras.

Elle s'est tue.
1.
do without wine.
He
s'en passe.
Elle s'est fait
429
The}' have not yet gone away; they will remain here till
2. When you are (fut.) in front of Mr. Jackson's
to-morrow.
good enough to stop.

3. How have you been this
4. I am always well.
5. How has your mother
been since she has been living in Boston ? 6. " How unfortunate
(house), be
long time
I
am!"
she exclaimed, "
When
7.
book?
my
friends remember me no longer."

we can go in.
8. Where is my
cannot do without it.
9. Why do you not make
the door opens,

I
use of that pen?
10. It is not a good pen; I cannot use it.

There are some ladies in the parlor; very well, have
them sit down, and ask them to wait a little.
12. Why are
you crying, my little girl ?
13. I have fallen and hurt myself.
11.
14. Did you hurt yourself ?

15. I hurt my hand.
16. Why
did those ladies not sit down?
17. They would not sit down,
because they could not stay.
IS. If you wish to use ink
and paper,
I shall
give you some.
XVI b
1.
going
It
was very slippery
down
the street,
fell
this morning, and

and broke her arm.
my
2.
not do without this book, I shall lend it to you.

without it now, but I shall need it next week.
remember what was told you last evening?

remember (it).
6. Did that little girl hurt
mother, in
If
3.
4.
you canI
can do
Do you
No, I do not
badly when
she fell?
7. Yes, she hurt herself very badly; she broke her
arm.
8. Have those jr oung ladies written letters to each
other?
9. They have written many; they have been writing
to each other for two years.
10. I am not well this morning;
I hurt my head.
11. Are you using your pen now?
12. No,
I am not using it; you may have it if you need it.
13. Do you
remember the gentleman who lived in that large house on the
hill?
14. Yes, I remember him very well.
15. One cannot
5.
herself
EXERCISE XVII a
430
16. I rememdo without money; it is useful everywhere.

17. Be silent,
bered what he had said, as soon as I saw him.
18. As soon as I
(my) children, you are speaking too loud.
came, he became
silent.
XVII a
Comment vous
242-247 continued)
What
What
appelez-vous ?
am
Je m'appelle Jean.
Se promener a pied (a cheval).

Se promener en voiture (automo
To
To
are
is
you
called ?
your name
called
John (my
John)
take a walk (a
take a drive.
ride).
bile).
Se promener en bateau (canot).

Elle s'est couchee a. dix heures.
Elle s'est levee
a.
six heures.
Attendez-moi.
Elle ne s'y est pas attendue.
Le pretre les a maries.
Elle a epouse
mon
To
take a row or sail.

She went to bed at ten.
She rose at six.
Wait for me.
She did not expect it.
The
priest (has) married
them.
cousin.
Elle s'est mariee a (or avec)
mon
She (has) married
my
cousin.
cousin.
Elle s'est mariee bier.
II
est alle se
promener en bateau.
Allons nous promener.

Elle s'est endormie.
Se connait-il en tableaux ?
II
s'y connait
assez bien.
Vous ennuyez-vous
ici ?
What is that
What are you
1.
3.
go for a drive.
She was married yesterday.

has gone for a row (or sail).
Let us go for a walk.
She fell asleep.
Is he a good judge of pictures ?
He is a pretty good judge of them.
Are you tired of being here ?
He
2. His name is Henry.

little boy's name?
4. We are going to
going to do to-day?
5. We are not going for a drive; we prefer
Let us go to bed now, and then we shall

8. Yes, he has gone
your brother out?
for a drive.
9. While we were out for a drive, we met your
10. While they were out for a ride,
brother on horseback.
11. Let us go for a walk in that beautithey met us on foot.
13. He
ful forest.
12. Has he gone for a ride or a walk?
14. The children went to bed at eight
has gone for a sail.
15. We shall wait for
o'clock, and they will get up at six.
to go for a walk.
get
up
early.
7.
6.
Is
'
exercises xvii b-xvin a

him
here;
prise
me;
him
he has gone for a walk.

was expecting it.
17.
431
16. That does not surwas not expecting to see
there.
XVII b
1.
rich
M. Jonnart has married his eldest daughter

2. Who married them?
3. It was the
man.
lived in the little village.
to a verypriest
My cousin was
who
married yesterday.
She was married to the
4.
5. To whom was she married?

6.
gentleman who lived here last year.
7. When are you going
to get married?
8. I shall never get married.
9. What is
the name of the gentleman who married your cousin?
10. If
the children had not gone early to bed last night, they would
not be able to rise early this morning.
11. That surprises my
mother; she was not expecting it.
12. We went to bed, and
(we) fell asleep immediately.

judge of books?
14. Yes, I
Are you not a pretty good

a pretty good judge of them.
15. Is your mother not tired of being here?
16. I think so;
I shall ask her to go for a walk with us.
17. Do you ever get
tired (of being) in the country?
18. No, I never tire of being
there; I love the fields and trees.
XVIII a
II fait
H
II
dark
It is night.
se fait tard.
It is getting late.
jour.
It is
fait
II
fait
du soleil.
du brouillard.
bon
It is foggy.
On
II
est bien.
tombe de
II fait
If
noon.
2.
* fc
la neige.
It
com f r table
(pleasant)
It is mild.
is
we
shall go for a row this aftermorning, but now the sun is

not comfortable here; let us go out for a
is
fine,
was raining
It
*s
It is snowing.
doux.
3.
4.
day (daylight).
The sun is shining.
the weather
shining.
walk.
II 1S
nuit.
II fait
II fait
1.
248-253)
obscur. \
fait noir.
II fait
13.
am
this
It is getting late;
ing last evening, then
it
let
froze,
us go home.
and now
it
5.
is
It
was
rain-
(faire or elre)
exercises xviii b-xix a
432
6. It is not comfortable in those countries where it

7, It is too windy; we shall
very (faire beaucoup de) foggy.
8. It is getting late; the children will have
not go for a row.
10. I do not know, but it
9. What time is it ?
to go to bed.
Well then, we shall have to
11. Is it?
is already daylight.
12. It had been snowing ( 258, 4) for
get up immediately.
13. It has been
two days, and we couldn't go for a drive.
raining since yesterday morning, and it will be better to remain
slippery.
is
here.
14.
My
sister is
very
her
ill;
life is
at stake (368, a).
XVIII b
1.
We
did not enjoy ourselves at
all;
it
was raining
all
dajr
2. If it is very dark this evening, we shall not go to see our

we can
3. Yes, it will be better to stay at home;
friends.
4. How long have you been in this
easily amuse ourselves.
city?
5.
came here three years
ago.
6.
What
sort of
do not know; I am not

8. It has been raining for two
9. In winter it is generally
days; we are tired of being here.
10. Those
mild in Italy, but it is often cold in the United States.
11. It is about
two men are disputing; what is the matter?
(s'agir de) the price of a horse which one sold to the other.
12. It was very warm yesterday, but it rained in the night,
13. I think (that) it will
and now it is very comfortable.
14. We need another
rain, but it may be that I am mistaken.
15. Their number is far from
house; this one is too small.
16. Letters have come which tell us
being complete ( 251, 5).
17. How far is
that there has been a great storm in Canada.
weather will it be to-morrow?
a good judge of such things.
it
from Paris to Marseilles?
7.
18.
People say that
it
is
863
kilometers.
XIX
C'est a peine
s'il
peine le soleil
sort
a.
a ( 254-267)
present.
fut-il (etait-il)
leve, qu'on apercut l'ennemi.

II fait
bon marcher.
He hardly ever goes out now.

Hardly was the sun up, when the
enemy was seen.
[
The walking
It is
is
good.
g
good walking.
EXERCISE XIX b
433
1. When that man is working, he will often stop to (pour)

speak with his companions.
2. How long have you been
reading?
3. I have been reading for an hour.
4. It was at
3'our house that we met those gentlemen.
5. We shall be
glad if you are there.
6. We shall be glad when you are
there.
7. We often used to go for a walk when we lived at
your house, but here it is not good walking, so we hardly ever
go out now.
8. When we were young, our mother would
often tell us fairy stories which interested us very much.
9. We remember them yet, and we hope (that) we shall never
forget them.
10. I had been there ten days when he came.
11. He had been reading an hour before his sister rose.
12. He
asked me where I came from, and where I was going.
13. I
answered him that I came from Montreal, and (that I) was
going to Boston.
14. He wrote me a letter saying that he
wished to see me.
15. He said in his letter that he had been
ill, but that he was better now.
16. When he lived with us,
we would often go out for a walk before (art.) breakfast.
17. The eldest of the miller's sons received

but the youngest received only the cat.
260, a) the mill,
XIX b
1. As soon as he learned that I was to go out for a walk, he
wished to go also.
2. If he had seen it, he would have told
(it).
3. When I had finished my lessons, I would always
go out for a walk.
4. When he had finished his dinner to-day,
he went out.
5. Hardly had he finished his work when his
friend came.
6. We do not know whether our friends will
come.
7. Our father did not know whether he would come.
me
Why
is that work not done ?

9. I told my brother to (de)
but he will not do it.
10. Will you buy my horse?
11. Xo, I shall not buy him; I do not need him.
12. Good
morning, gentlemen, will you walk in?
13. No thank you,
8.
do
it,
we shall not go in.

14. As long as we live, we shall not forget
your kindness.
15. As soon as he comes, I shall tell him.
16. We shall do as we please.
17. You may start when you
will.
18.
He may come when
he
likes.
xx a-xx b
exercises
434
XX
a ( 254-267 continued)
2.
1. We shall soon have finished our work.
have finished your lesson, you may go out for a walk.
body should learn the ten commandments.

Thou shalt not (point) have any other gods.
not take the
name
(derober).
steal
hardly walk;
thy
of
God
it
in vain.
That poor
must have been
7.
that you were not well.
3.
6.
very weak;
8.
My
it
brother told
You must have made
9.
Every-
They tell us:

5. Thou shalt
Thou shalt not
4.
is
child
ill.
When you
can
me
a mistake,
am very well; I never was better in (de) my life. 10. We

11. You should be
should be sorry if you should do so.
12. I told him (that) he
virtuous if you wish to be happy.
ought to obey his teacher, but he would not listen to me.
for I
13.
Men
14.
The
should love their enemies, but generally they do not.

boy .must have broken that stick; I saw him
15. I often used to go to see him when he lived in
little
there.
our
it
He
16.
city.
would
rain.
18.
says (that)
We
it will rain.
cannot go away;
matter; I do not fear the rain.

self yesterday?
1.
on)
Can
when
How
XX b
that my father's
be possible
could do that if I wished.
4. Could you tell
was young.
it
2.
20.
17.
said (that)
19.
No
did you enjoy your-
watch
I
3.
you
He
raining.
it is
stolen (use:
is
could do that
me where
Boulevard
le
have not been

6. Can it be true that he has done that?
long in Paris.
7. One would say that you are [a] Parisian, you speak French
des Italiens
is ?
5.
could not
tell
(it)
9. Even
8. Even if that were true, I should not go.
10. According
should not rain, I shall not go for a drive.
to the newspapers, a great quantity of money was stolen (use:
12. When
11. By what he says, his neighbors are poor.
on).
so well.
if it
was
in Europe, I
You
saw a horse
as big as
are joking.
14.
you are making too much
noise.
sense!
away.
not do
17. I
it,
we
15.
did not think he would

shall
not do
it.
an elephant.
13.
Come! Come! (my)

Let us go away.
know
it.
18.
If
Non-
children,
16.
Go
you
will
exercises xxi a-xxn a
XXI
435
a ( 254-2G7 continued)
The two kings met (each other) on the 13th of July in a

vast plain between Warsaw (Yarsovie) and Cracow (Cracovie).
Augustus had nearly twenty-four thousand men;
only ten thousand.
At the
first volle} r ,
who commanded the Swedish

The king asked
in the back.
cavalr}r
Duke
the
received
Charles had
of Holstein,
a cannon-shot
if he icas dead
he was told (use
he made no reply; (some) tears fell
from his eyes; he (se) hid his (le) face [for] a moment with his
(les) hands; then he rushed into the midst of the enemy at the
on) that he
head
was
(que oui);
of his guards.
The king of Poland did

prince who icas fighting for
all
that one should expect from a
his
crown;
his troops three times to the charge;
he himself brought back

but he fought with his
Saxons only; the Poles, who formed his right wing, fled at the
beginning of the battle.
Charles won a complete victory.
He did not stay on the field of battle, but (et) marched direct
to Cracow, pursuing the king of Poland, who kept fleeing before
him.
XXII a
Je tiens a ce que vous appreniez
268-273*)
I
Nous n'aimerions pas qu'on se

moquat de nous.
II
me
am
(most) anxious that you shall
learn Latin.
le latin.
tarde que cela soit
Je voudrais bien que vous
fait.
We
should not like to be
sport
I
am
I
longing for that to be done.

wish you would do it.
should like you to do
le fassiez.
{
made
of.
it.
Our teacher said that he wished us to write our exercise.

2. If you wish to go to the city, you may (pouvoir) go (there),
but if you wish us to go (there), we tell you plainly that we
cannot.
3. I wish you to do your work before (the) breakfast.
4. Our friends wish us to stay with them this week.
5. My
1.
most anxious that I should learn Latin, but I don't

6. Would you prefer that I should go to church this
morning?
7. We should not like our friends to be made sport
father
like
is
it.
The impf.
subj.
is
of limited use in the language of
everyday
life.
exercises xxii
436
b-xxm
You
say that you are going to buy a house from (a)

lest he deceive you.
9. I am longing for
10. I am anxious that he should
my house to be finished.
come to see us when he visits Boston. 11. My teacher told
8.
of.
man; take care
that
me
that I should write
my
that he had seen you.
exercise.
The law
13.
These children must stay
12.
My
father told
me
forbids that to be done.
have forbidden
not to admit them
16. I did not ask that I should be answered (use
(use on).
17. I shall avoid her speaking to me
on) before the others.
about it.
14.
them
to go out.
their parents
in;
15. I shall give orders
XXII b
The doctor ordered that he should be given no wine.

3. The rain
do not ask that you should pay the money.
1.
We
2.
hinders people (on) from going out to-day.
know
that he
is
my
back, do you not?
5.
4.
You approve
man?
say to that
of
wish you to
my
coming
Yes, I did not wish you to go away.
6.
go to school.
has insulted me.
It is better for the children to
7.
friend.
He
What
8.
9.
shall
That makes
not worthy of being answered (use on).

orders that my father should go out
11. He has torn his book; he deserves
day.
every
drive
for a
12. I should like you to go for a
to be punished (use on).
no
difference, he
is
The doctor gave
10.
13. Weakness often hinders good intentions

walk with me.
15. There is
14. I long for his return.
from being fulfilled.
16. That
get
some.
and
go
like
to
you
should
no more bread I
man is most anxious that his children should go to school,
17. Take care
but he is too poor to (pour) buy them books.
18. That
that the dog does not bite you; he is very cross.
;
young man
is
not very amiable;
we should not
like
him
to treat
us as he has treated his father.
XXIII a
1.
2.
268-273 continued)
should obey their parents.

is fitting that
good that men should sometimes undergo misfortunes.
may be that he- has returned, but I have not seen him.
It
children
It is
3.
It
4.
It is natural that
we should hate our
enemies.
5.
It is
exercises xxiii b-xxiv

getting late;
time that we should go home.
is
it
437
to learn French, for he lived in France.
We
7.
6.
He had
are very glad
S. We are very sorry that you did not

that you have come.
9. I am surprised that he said so, because he told me
come.
that he would not say
so.
always be happy.
be so ignorant.
It
so poor.
13.
11.
12.
I fear
he
it
will
15.
to {pour) go with us.
last night.
would
17.
It is a pity that
shame
It is sad that a
glad you are so well.
enough
10.
is
for those
man
like
commit some
am
afraid
16.
know why he
my
we cannot
young men to
him should be
crime.
father
14.
is
am
not well
wonder he did not come

he was afraid
did not come;
rain.
XXIII b
rain; he was afraid a certain
1. He was
2. I do
person would be there whom he did not wish to see.
3. Are you not afraid he will be able
not fear he will not go.
not afraid
it
would
to prevent your intentions
from being fulfilled ?

4. I doubt
whether he will be able to come.
5. I do not deny that I am
glad of your ill-fortune.
6. Do you doubt that he is an honest
7. Not at all;
I know that he is an honest man; I
man?
have known him for twenty years.
8. I do not doubt that
you will be able to fulfill all your intentions.
9. It seems he
10. It cannot be that
has not received [any] of my letters.
11. How is your father?
you are ignorant of his intentions.
12. He is very well; he is rarely ill.
13. It seems to me it
will be dangerous if we do not follow his advice.
14. That
child is afraid you will hurt him.
15. I am glad you did not
hurt yourself when you fell.
16. We regret very much that we
did not see you when you were in Paris.
17. Are you not
afraid that you will tire of being in the country?
18. I am
not afraid that
shall tire of being in the country.
XXIV
Our neighbor is an honest man; I hope he will succeed.

do not think he will succeed; he has not much ability.
We thought he would come to-day. 4. You told me that
1.
2.
3.
exercises xxiv b-xxv a
438
5. Do
you did not think he would go away, did you not?
6. It is probable
you think we must believe what he says?
that we shall go away to-rnorrow.

our friends will come to-morrow.
go away to-day?
will
yesterday.
day?
10.
Do
11.
summer?
all
We
It is
Is it
Are you not sure that you saw them yesteryou think your father will go to France this
It
12.
certain that
9.
not certain that

probable that you
are sure that we saw them
7.
8.
men
probable he
is
will die.
14.
will
go there.
13.
It is
Is it certain that our friends
15. Is it not certain that your

be there this evening ?
16. Does he imagine we
neighbor will buy your house ?
17. We are not
shall do that merely to (pour) please him?
sure that will please him.
will
XXIV b
I
2. Yes,.
1. Do you think you will go for a walk this evening ?
3. Give me the book
think I shall go out with my brother.
which contains that beautiful story of which you were speak4. Give me a book which contains some beautiful stories.
5. I should like to buy a house which would suit me better
6. I am looking for a grammar in which I
than this one.
7. I have a grammar which has
can find better exercises.
8. Send me some clothes which I can wear
better exercises.
9. Has he a single friend who is true to him?
in the house.
11. There
10. He has not a single friend who is true to him.
12. I have nothing
is nobody here who can speak French.
13. There are no houses here which are
which is of value.
14. There are few people here
as large as those in the city.
15. It is the finest thing one can
who have learned French.
17. Whatsee.
16. That is the largest ship I have ever seen.
ever you do, you will not be able to persuade me that you are
right.
18. Whoever you are, you will have to obey the law,
ing.
as long as
you are
in this country.
XXV
Que
On
veut-il dire?
i?
se
fie
lui.
268-273 continued)
What
does he
mean
Men trust him.

He is trusted.
EXERCISE XXV b
Faites-moi savoir.
Je ne refois plus de ses nouvelles.
II
est tres occupe.
II
s'occupe de cela.
1.
439
Send me word (let me know).

I never hear from him now.
He
He
is
very busy.
takes an interest in that.
2. I
have told him nothing which could influence him.
pleases me better.
3. I want a house
know no book which

which will
I know.
(a)
4. M. Jonnart is the richest man

me better.
However good men may be, they do not escape
suit
5.
misfortune.
returns.
6.
Let us go out for a walk before your father
"We rose this morning before the sun rose.
7.
8.
Will
9. Oh, no;
you not stay here until the weather is warm?
10. We are going
we must leave before it begins to be warm.
11. You must always act so that
to work until we go to bed.
men may
men may
respect you.
trust you.
12.
13.
He
Tell the truth always,
insulted
me
so that
so that I put
him
14. That gentleman made a speech, but he

out of doors.
15. I
spoke in such a way that one could not understand him.
16. He
did not trust him, for fear that he might deceive me.
17. I
passed our house before we had finished our breakfast.
explained it to him, for fear he might not know what you meant.
XXV
cannot trust you, unless you explain to me what you

2. In case you cannot come, will you be kind enough
3. We shall send you our carriage, in case
to send me word.
4. In case what he says is true, we shall send you
you need it.
word.
5. Although the children have gone to bed, they have
6. Although you may not like that
not yet gone to sleep.
7. Although
man, you must confess that he is an honest man.
8. Not
we used to be good friends, I never hear from him now.
that he has forgotten me, but he is so much occupied with his
1.
mean.
business.
9.
you that he
without
my
Far from
will
knowing
it.
he hates you, I assure

her the money
he had told me that he
his saying that
say he loves you.

11.
Even
10.
if
He gave
12. I cannot go out,

should not have believed it.
13. If we are there and see
without my dog following me.
14. Although he is far
him, we shall tell him what you say.
liked me,
exercises xxvi a-xxvi b
440
15. Not that we take no

hear from him occasionally.
your enterprise, but we are so busy with our own
16. We are at
work that we can't think of anything else.
the wrong door; would you be kind enough to tell us where
away,
interest in
we
are, so
that
shall rise early
we can find where our friends five?

17. We
to-morrow morning, so as to be at the station
before our friends start.
XXVI
1. Would to God he were here

cannot explain what she wishes.
!
2.
3.
Let her be
silent
if
she
The Frenchmen shout
4. He doubted whether there is a

France!"
should like you to write me a letter when you are
6. If his father should say so, he would have to do
absent.
it.
7. I was most anxious that he should succeed in his enterprise.
8. We were not willing that you should go away with9. His father gave orders that he should
out our seeing you.
10. The doctor forbade that the patient
be taken to school.
11. I was longing for that to be done.
should go for a walk.
13. The rain hin12. He would not permit it to be done.
"Hurrah
God.
5.
for
I
14. It was necessary that

all day from going out.
15. It was better
we should go away before the others came.
16. I was
that we should be here without their knowing it.
dered us
17. I doubted whether he

had said too much.
18. I was very sorry that
would be able to pay that price.
we had not been able to go for a walk together; I am sure we
should have enjoyed ourselves.
afraid that he
XXVI b
you had visited them before
me he would go away unless
3. We did not say you should write the
4. Did you fear he would go
letter; you may do as you wish.
5. My father thought you
away without coming to see you ?
would come, but my mother thought you would not come.
6. It was impossible that he should not be mistaken; he trusts
7. We are not sure
those who are not worthy of confidence.
1.
Our
friends were glad that
they left for France.

he succeeded better.
2.
He
told
EXERCISE XXVII a
441
they will come.

S. We waited until they came.
taken care that they should not see us.
10. No
who
lived
could equal him in prudence.

I have ever known.
12. I
11.
man
noblest
9.
left
We
have
man has ever

He was the
Russia when
was a boy; I sought a country where I might be more free.

13. Did he ever have a friend who was faithful to him?
14. Show me a house which will suit me better than this one.
15. I have never seen anything which suited me better.
Why
16.
come?
did your father
should be
He came
17.
Although he was very
18.
ill.
in
case I
he would not go
ill,
home.
XXVII a
Je
lui ai dit
son
274-275)
him what
I (have) told
fait.
thought
of him.
Nous nous
II
plaisons a la ville.
se plait a la campagne.
We
like it (like to be) in the city.
He
likes
(likes
it
to
be)
in
the
country.
ou
Qu'il fasse beau,

S'il fait
beau, ou
Quand meme
qu'il pleuve.
qu'il pleuve.
Whether
ce serait vrai.
If it
1.
or whether
it
complains of
it.
does not rain, will you go for a walk to-morrow

2. No, even if it should not rain, I" must go down
morning?
town to-morrow morning on
to-day,
fine,
ven U lt were true

were it true.
He
s'en plaint.
is
^
Even
(
{
II
it
rains
business.
we should not go down town.
If it
3.
If I
4.
were to rain
had known that
you were
in town, I should have gone to see you.

5. Had it
not been so warm to-day, I should have gone away.
6. If
the Germans had not taken Alsace, the French would not
have hated them so much.
7. If I come here next year, I
shall bring my brother with me.
8. If I were you, I should
tell
him what
think of him.
arrives, I shall tell
winter,
we go
the north.
there
till
him what
to (en) Florida;
11. If
(the)
my
should
tell
autumn.
me
If I
you.
if it is
father likes
shall stay there always.
he
9.
I told
12.
13.
mild,
present
10.
when he
If it is cold in
we remain
in the country,
he
in (dans)
will stay
should like it in the city, I
can never trust that boy; if
I
should not believe him.
it
If I
anything,
am
442
Whether
14.
good
(brave)
it
exercises
xxvn b-xxvin
rains or
fine,
man,
if
man
we
come.
shall
there ever was one.
would not be
as rich as Croesus, he
that
is
has done to
me
He
16.
satisfied.
See what
17.
a scoundrel,
is
He is a
man were
15.
that
If
if
there ever
was one.
XXVII b
1. If I should go to sleep before you come, be good enough
2. Will you not go down town with me ?
3.1
to wake me.
cannot go, I am not well; if I were better, I should go willingly.
he had risen at six o'clock, he would not have missed

He would have been
5. Yes, he would (si! si!).
late, even if he had risen at half-past five, for the train left at
6. I have been told that your friend
a quarter past five.
7. No, but even if it were true,
has offended you; is it true?
8. Did our friend tell you last
I should pardon (it to) him.
If
4.
the train.
9. Yes, he told
evening whether he was coming to-morrow?
10. That man told me that he had
me that he would come.
11. Were he to swear it on his honor, I
a thousand dollars.
12. If you meet him, and he should
should not believe it.
13. Whether he
ask you where I am, do not tell (it to) him.
comes or not,
were he,
makes no
(that)
should
difference
me.
to
14.
If I
that scoundrel what I thought of him.
tell
16. If
15. If we liked # it in the country, we should stay there.
he had insulted me like that, I should have kicked him out.
17. Even were you to hate me, I should not complain (of it).
18. I should have liked it in the country if it had not rained
without cease (sans
cesse).
XXVIII a
une *
promenade.
Jevaisfaire<
,
[ un tour de promenade.
x
Je voudrais
T,
.,.
(fit).
v
voudrais qu'd
le fasse
H
Je
J
,
.. ,
II fait
beau marcher
>
going for a walk.
am
(se
promener).
vous avez beau dire (parler).

r
do
it.
should like him to do
<
it.
.,
IIT wish him to do it.

The walking is good.
.
<
I
,.
276-285)
T
I
I should like to
le faire.
,
<
1
T
It is
,
,,
good walking.
It is useless for you to speak,

,.
/
V1
You may
say what you hke.
EXERCISE XXVIII b
J'ai cru voir passer quelqu'un.
Je les ai ecoutes chanter.
II a pense mourir.
Je pense (songe) a le faire.
II ne fait que de venir (arriver).
II veut faire a sa tete.
J'aimerais autant
m'en
443
thought I saw some one go by.
I listened to
them
sing(ing).
He was near dying.

I am thinking about doing
He has just come.
He will have his own way,
I would as soon go.
Send (show) him up
aller.
Faites-le monter.
(stairs).
Let us go for a walk this morning; the walking

and it is cool.
2. Living is always dear in Paris.
1.
the children coming?
4.
it.
is
good,
3.
Are
them coming when I

speak to the doctor when
speak to my father when
Yes, I saw
was on the
hill.
5. I should like to
he comes.
6. I should like you to
you see him.
7. "When do you expect to be there?
S. I
expect to be there in a fortnight.
9. He might say what he
liked,
nobody would believe him.

nobody would listen to us.
in the
and
country than in the
know not what
My
city.
to do.
11.
12.
13.
was
10. It
to speak,
My
think
useless for us
I like better to live
friends
it is
have
left
going to be
me,
warm
some one go by,

was very ill last
year; he was near dying.
16. My brother's little boy fell into
the water, and was near being drowned.
17. I was thinking
to-day.
but
14.
father thought he heard
think he was mistaken.
15
My
father
about going to see you.
XXVIII b
2. I hope he will
you when you come.
come to see me when he is here.
3. Did you see my sister at
the ball?
4. I thought I saw her, but I am not sure (of it).
5. I am thinking about writing him a letter, but I do not like
writing letters, and so I delay (it) from week to week.
6. I
should like better to go than to stay.
7. It would be better
to go than to stay.
8. Come and see us whenever you wish.
9. My master has just come;
after he has dined I shall tell
him that you are here.
10. I hope I shall be able to go for a
walk with you to-morrow.
11. I hope you will not go away
before I have seen you.
12. We ought to go and see your
father before he leaves.
13. It is useless for you to sa}' any1.
hope
I shall see
exercises xxix a-xxix b
444
14. You may say what you

15. I would as
have their own way.
16. I am not very well this morning; I am
soon go as stay.
17. The doctor has just come;
going to send for the doctor.
18. We thought we heard some one go
shall I send him up ?
by, but we must have been mistaken.
thing; he will have his
young people
like;
own way.
will
XXIX
276-285 continued)
He
II est a travailler.
J'y suis
accoutume.
II finira
mal.
Se
II
plaire a
mal
is
busy working.
am used to it.
He will come to
I
To
He
faire.
tarde a venir.
Tenez-vous (beaucoup) a y
aller ?
is
long in coming.
Are you (very) anxious to go there

I
Je n'y tiens pas.
a bad end.
delight in evil- (wrong-) doing.
am
not anxious
(for it).
2. We are busy
Continue reading until you are called.
4. Our
3. I have my work to do.
5. Will you help me to do my
teacher taught us to do that.
6. I should like to help you, but I have work to do
work?
7. I have difficulty in believing that he has done that.
also.
9. He is two years old;
he is be8. How old is that child?
10. The servant is busy washing dishes in
ginning to talk.
11. We are occupied to-day in writing to our
the kitchen.
12. He spends his time in reading novels.
13. He
friends.
he sets about writing his lesson as soon as his
is not lazy;
1.
writing our exercises.
teacher
tells
to)
(it
him.
ing those difficult works ?

to
16.
it.
boy
18.
He
lost
14.
15.
Do you
not get tired
little,
but
am
(in)
read-
rather used
17. That
a great deal in selling his house.
bad books; he will come to a bad end.
persists in reading
The wicked
delight in evil-doing.
XXIX b
1.
Our
like to
friends invited us to stay with them.
know where my mother
is;
she
is
2.
long in coming.
should
3.
4. Are you anxious

wish she would come; I long to see her.
5. Oh no, I am not anxious for that; but
to have it to-day?
6. Are those apples good to eat?
I must have it to-morrow.
exercise xxx a
445
We
8. That young lady

are looking for a maid of all work.
9. There are five bedrooms in
and dances charmingly.
10. That poor little girl has hurt her hand; she
that house.
11. Our neighbor has died; his family is
is crying pitifully.
12. That young man seems to delight in wrongto be pitied.
13. Are you not verj anxious to see your friends?
doing.
14. Yes, I should like to see them; I have not seen them for
15. That is very difficult to do; I should like
a long time.
17. I
16. I am always ready to help j ou.
you to help me.
am glad to know that you are not the only one to say so.
18. That scoundrel did not succeed in deceiving us.
7.
sings
XXX
U
semblant de dormir.
fait
Bien
"
faire.
.
mal
faire.
.
Faire le bien, faire le mal.
1.
Our teacher
we
tells
us that
to say that
",
well, to
do
..
evil (wrong).
we
it
is
careful!
easy to read that book.

3. He pretends
are mistaken.
She pretends to be reading.

6.
are right or wrong.
4.
to say whether
believe that
Lookout! Be
am ashamed
to be asleep.
pretends to be asleep.
do
Attention!
2.
He
To
we
are his enemies.
7.
5.
He
It is difficult
is
wrong to
Will you permit
me
to
Promise us not to go away without telling

9. I am very glad to say that I shall be able to
us (it).
10. We are sorry to tell you that
come and see you at once.
learn to do well.
11. Cease to do evil;
we cannot come.
13. Let us
12. Hasten to finish your work before leaving.
go to bed?
8.
14. I am afraid to speak,

hasten to leave, or we shall be late.
although I know it is my place to tell them that they have
15. He commenced by telling me that he was
done wrong.
a rich man's son, and he finished by asking me to lend him
17. If you should
Don't fall
16. Be careful
five dollars.
!
happen to see him,
tell
him that
I shall
not go away before
have just seen him, and he told me to tell

19. Although he promised
you that he would come to-morrow.
20. He
me to stop reading such books, he only deceived me.
pretends to be good, but he knows (that) he is not (it).
seeing him.
IS.
exercises
446
xxx b-xxxi
XXX
We
(on) should not live to eat.
2. It is too cold to go
not cool enough to go for a walk.
4. I
rose early this morning in order to be able to do my work before
5. We learn French in order to be able to
going down town.
6. After writing our exercises we went
read French books.
7. That little boy was punished for having lied.
for a walk.
1.
for a walk.
8.
3.
That young
are dead.
9.
It
is
girl is much to be pitied; her father and mother

Before going we should like to see you.
10. We
11. We saw those houses

should like to see you before you go.
12. He did that without telling us (it).
13. We
being built.
14. It was very windy, and

went away without his seeing us.
we would not go out for a sail for fear of being drowned.
15. Although he made me many compliments at first, he finally
16. Your father has just come; shall I tell
insulted me.
17. I
him to wait here, or should you like to see him at once ?
have not time to see him now; I shall try to see him to-morrow.
18. We cannot hinder him from doing so.
XXXI
Cette
II
femme me
286-287)
I am sorry for that woman.

He got angry with me.
fait pitie.
s'est fache contre moi.
To be
Etre bien portant.
well.
1. Knowing so many things, those gentlemen must be very

2. The field of battle was covered with the dead and
learned.
3. I am sorry for that poor woman; she is always ill.

5. Their
In neglecting her duties, she shows herself careless.
6. Don't
misfortunes went on increasing from day to day.
8. Man
7. Yes; there they come!
you see them coming?
9. Frenchmen will say (pres.)
is the only speaking creature.
dying.
4.
that, generally speaking,
Frenchmen
How happy
are better than English-
They are always

those peasants are
men.
11. One's appetite
singing their beautiful songs as they work.
comes while eating; " but," said the Gascon, " I have been eating
12. I like reading, but
two hours, and it has not come yet."
10.
I prefer
hunting and
fishing.
13.
Where
are the children?
EXERCISES XXXI b-xxxn a

14.
There they
has
son
bor's
447
playing under the trees.
are,
made
astonishing
progress
15.
at
Our neigh-
(the)
college.
The sewing-machine is an American invention, but there

17. Our friends were very
are many of them in Europe now.
much astonished at our coming; they thought we were in
16.
Europe.
XXXI b
1. As we were taking a walk this morning, we met the old
gentleman who used to live next door.
2. Our neighbors are
speaking of going away, but I do not think they will.
3. That
young man went away without saying good-bye; he must
have got angry with me.
4. That prince has powerful enemies.
5. That lady, being ill, has not come to-day.
6. Those
children, having finished their work, have gone out.
7. Those
so-called learned men, who really know nothing, are very tiresome.
8. Who is that man going past ?
9. That is the wouldbe nobleman.
10. That country has the most powerful fleet
in the world.
11. That little girl, having been ill, cannot go
to school.
12. Our friends, being tired, have gone to bed.
13. Seriously speaking, that young man is not worthy of being
respected.
14. Those children appear to be well.
15. If
the population of the towns goes on increasing, and that of the
country diminishing, we shall probably have great misfortunes.
saw him coming down the street before I met you.

While traveling, I saw many astonishing things.
18. Did
you not see my brothers going out ?
16.
17.
XXXII
a ( 2SS-292)
Elle s'y est plu.
She liked it there.

Did you have a good time ?
They have shaken hands.
They have fallen out.
Vous etes-vous bien amuse ?

Elles se sont donne la main.
Elles se sont brouillees.
Les grandes chaleurs

1.
That
day.
herself
is
the old lady
She
much.
2.
qu'il
fell
3.
fait.
whom
The
I
great heat that there has been.
saw
fall in
the street yester-
Mr. Simon's, but she did not hurt

Our friends have gone away, but they will
in front of
EXERCISE XXXII b
448
come back to-morrow.
4.
Your mother has been
in
the
She enjoyed herself (there)

very much; she intends to go back again soon.
6. Your
sister and mother have come.
7. You will find inclosed [a]
copy of the contract which we have signed.
8. The ten hours
that he has slept have not been enough to rest him.
9. The
children had a good time to-day at the picnic.
10. Where
is the servant?
11. I have let her go to see her friends.
12. Those are the three miles that I ran to (pour) fetch the
13. Those are the dangers we have incurred to save
doctor.
14. She remembered the dangers I had inour country.
16. No;
curred.
15. Did those two ladies shake hands?
they did not even look at each other. 17. Those ladies have
18. There are the letters I
written each other many letters.
country; did she like
it
there?
5.
wrote.
XXXII b
ladies have fallen out, and have burnt the
2. They have said good-bye
they wrote to each other.
3. They have lost what they have given each
to each other.
4. The great heat that there has been has killed the
other.
crops.
5. The person I asked (prier) to sing will not sing.
1.
Those young
letters
6.
What
us!
7.
difficulty
The
we have had
to
crops are poor this year;
remember what you
told
the great heat has killed
9. How
8. That is the house which we had built.
10. How many beautiful
houses they have built!
11. That is the lady we heard
houses they have had built!
12. Those are the children
sing at the concert last evening.
13. Those are the beautiful
we saw playing this morning.
them.
many
songs
we heard sung at the concert.

we saw being built last year?
14.
Do you remember
There is a letter
16. He has read all the
which I forgot to put in the post.
18. We
books he could.
17. There are the books we sent for.
19. Those are the books which I
have told them to go out.
20. The doors were kept closed while
thought he would read.
22. The
21. What a fine day it was
the festivities were held.
more people arrived, the better the king enjoyed himself. 23. The
the houses
15.
generals (that) he sent for were
all
there.
exercises xxxiii a-xxxni b
XXXIII a
II
se croit
He
He
ne s'en est pas apercu.

Ce chapeau ne lui va pas.
II
II
n' (ne
nous) est pas permis de
We
1.
shall
come.
4.
it.
We
fit
him.
are not permitted to
paid him for
thanked
Mm
that
it.
for
it.
am thinking of you.
What do you think of
their work.
3.
ills.
2.
Show them
They
(on)
have
when they
upstairs
have seen the children play.

5. We have seen
6. He was born a] poet.
7. He has
him play that part.

become [a] soldier.
he is an honest man.
know he
an honest man.
is
did not notice
make them do
her suffer great
thinks he
That hat does not
Je le lui ai paye.
Je Pen ai remercie.
Je pense a vous.
Que pensez-vous de cela ?
made
293-299)
honnete homme.
449
8.
What
He
10.
will
become
thinks he
is
of us
9.
I believe
[a] scholar.
11.
We
should not slander our neighbors.

13. I perceived their dejection as soon as I came in.
14. I did not notice it.
15. We cannot do without our books;
we are going to use them to-morrow.
16. I remember the
sorrows you made me undergo.
17. These gloves do not fit
me.
18. That young lady's gloves do not fit her.
19. I shall
look for a house which suits me better (see 270, 1).
20. That
house does not suit our friends.
21. I cannot trust him; he
is
[a] scholar.
12.
lies.
22. The son resembles his father.
23. We are
not permitted to leave the city.
24. The law does not permit children to many.
25. The king pardons him his crime.
often
XXXIII b
Did you pay the
2. I have not paid

your coat ?
4. I am lookyou looking at ?
ing at those men working in the field.
5. Wait for me till I
come.
6. 1 think of my friends who have gone away.
7. Do
you think of the money you have lost ?
9. Shall
8. I do not.
you be at the ball this evening?
10. I do not know; that
depends on you.
11. Did you thank him for having lent
you his book ?
12. I did.
13. He stole that watch from his
father; what do you think of that?
14. He is laughing at us.
1.
him
for
it
yet.
3.
tailor for
What
are
exercises xxxiv a-xxxv a
450
Those men were playing cards.

16. Those young ladies
17. You believe
me, do you not?
on the violin.
19. That old lady believes in ghosts.
18. Yes, I believe you.
21. He missed the train,
20. He loves and obeys his parents.
22. I am short of money this morning; I cannot
did he not?
23. He fails in his duty when he does not pay his
pay you.
24. Have you asked your father for money?
25. I
debts.
have not asked him for any.
15.
play
XXXIV
a ( 300-306)
Tell the servant to put the frying-pan on the stove.

That man is a regular dupe.
3. He is not a friend; he is a
4. He was received with all the honors.
mere acquaintance.
6. The errors
5. That poet is always singing of his first love.
7. The old man has (faire) a nap after
of men are numerous.
dinner.
8. He paid me a large sum of money.
9. My
1.
2.
memory
is
not good;
give
me
memorandum
of that affair.
11. That man and his

Steam makes the steamer go.
12. I have Hugo's works at home.
wife make a happy couple.
13. The works of the sculptor Barye were exhibited in Paris
10.
Old people are generally less thoughtless than

16. All
15. Those people are not all good.
17. All good people are worthy of
those people were present.
18. All the clever people in (de) the town were
respect.
19. Happy [are] the people who do not
present at the ball.
20. All the young men of the village were present
love vice.
in 1889.
14.
young people.
at the celebration.
XXXV
Tomber
a ( 307-314)
To
a genoux.
Le
petit
1.
bonhomme.
That man has broken
fall
That
Cela ne vaut rien.
is
on one's knees.
useless.
The brave
his
little fellow.
two arms.
the 'buts' are often convenient words.
3.
2. The 'ifs' and

The crirninal fell
4. That little boy likes to pick

on his knees before the king.
6. We read
up pebbles.
5. The generals have good horses.
the newspapers before going down town [in] the morning.
EXERCISE XXXVI a
451
7. Frenchmen like carnivals and balls.

S. Our neighbor has
some beautiful corals at home.
9. The Minister of Public
Works ordered railways to be constructed.
10. His grandfathers are dead.
11. Our ancestors were great men who
left [behind them] many noble works.
12. The poor boy
had tears in his (aux) eyes when he was told that his bird was
dead.
13. That painter makes beautiful skies.
14. Several
Te Deums were sung

two postage stamps,
this year in that church.
if
you
please.
16.
We
15. Give me
had some delight-
private interviews.
17. Those corkscrews are useless.
Those lamp shades are very pretty.
19. Give me a
toothpick, if you please.
20. Do not condemn me on rumors.
21. The two Corneilles were dramatic authors.
22. All the
Ribots were present.
23. I have two Molieres at home.
24. The Bourbons have been very unfortunate; I pity them.
25. I saw the school-boys marching yesterday; the brave little
fellows were really fine-looking.
26. The noblemen of France
have suffered much during this century.
27. There are two
gentlemen and two ladies waiting for you.
28. Good morning, ladies; how do you do?
29. I have visited all the county
towns of that part of France.
30. Many of Moliere's works
ful
18.
are masterpieces.
XXXVI
1.
a ( 315-335)
He showed
difficulties.
in France.
2.
3.
remarkable courage in struggling with his

used to enjoy good health when we lived
Do you not like music? 4. I do, when it is
We
Gold and silver are abundant in that country.

6. The rich have much gold and silver.
7. Does that young
lady know Greek?
8. She does not, but she knows French
and German well.
9. Does
your mother speak French?
10. Yes, she speaks French and German well.
11. We have
French and German books in our library.
12. Have you
any good sugar for sale, sir?
13. Have you any of my books
in your library?
14. Have you any of the good wine you
bought last year?
15. We have no pens and no paper.
16. They have no more money, and so they must stay at
home.
17. That is not wine;
it is water.
18. It is not
good.
5.
exercises xxxvi b-xxxvn a
452
19. Why do you comask you for, but friendship.

20. I should like to buy a
have you not friends?
pound of tea; have you any of the good tea which you ordered
from China ?
money
plain;
XXXVI b
1. I shall give you something good if you come to see me.
2. He promised me something very beautiful, but he never
3. Many people believe that he will come to
gave it to me.
4. Many others believe that he will succeed well.
a bad end.
Most people
5.
are ignorant of their true interests.
6.
We
7. Silk dresses and gold watches

were absent most of the time.
8. Horses are animals which are
are not always necessary.
9. Queen Victoria had then been reigning a
useful to men.
10. The President of the French Republic has
long time.
11. King Louis XIV is often called the
signed the treaty.
13. Give me
12. That old man has a long beard.
Great.
14. We shook hands
your hand, and I shall help you to rise.
15. She has not taken off her hat and gloves;
before we parted.
16. I have toothache and earache,
she says she cannot stay.
so I cannot go out.
blond
18.
hair.
the matter with
is
17.
That
little
my hair cut
you, my little
had
girl
has blue eyes and
before starting.
boy ?
19.
My
20.
What
hands and
feet are cold.
XXXVII
Combien
Je
les ai
les avez-vous payes?

payes dix francs la dou-
How much
did you pay for them
I paid ten francs
a dozen for them.
zaine.
II
part pour la France.
Dans
1.
for
le
nord de
la
France.
You have some very

2.1 paid two
them ?
He
is starting for France.

In the north of France.
fine pears;
how much
cents apiece for them.
did you pay

3.
That
is
thought that pears would not sell so cheap this

4. Carpenters are earning fifteen francs a day at present.
year.
6. He will come on
5. We do not go to school on Thursdays.
7. You were wrong to come on Wednesday; you
Saturday.
not dear;
exercises
xxxvn b-xxxvin
453
should always come on Thursday.

S. Did I step on your
I ask your pardon.
9. Are you going on horseback or
toe ?
10. How we love spring!
11. In spring nature
on foot?
12. In winter there is someawakes from its long repose.
times much snow in France.
13. Those gentlemen are French-
men.
14. Our neighbor is a carpenter.
15. His son has
become a distinguished physician.
16. Charles the First,
King of England, was beheaded.
17. She was born at Marseilles, a city of Southern France.
XXXVII b
We
were without friends and money.

2. Those children
have neither father nor mother.
3. He will come home at
Michaelmas.
4. Those ladies dress in French style.
5. Have
you ever read Tasso's great poem?
6. Yes, and Ariosto's
1.
also.
We
7.
mandy
is
Yes, I lived
10.
Europe to-morrow.
8. Nor9. Did you ever live in Paris ?
a long time in France, and in England too.
are to start for
a province of France.
My
brother has lived in China, but he is living now in

12. The United States is the most important country in North America.
13. Havre is an important seaport of
the north of France.
14. New Orleans is a large city of the
11.
Japan.
United States.
of the world.
15.
16.
French wines are celebrated in all parts

That traveler comes from Africa, and is
going to South America.

18. Ladies,
you.
19.
17.
My
cousin
is
in (a)
XXXVIII
a ( 336-358)
That little boy's grandmother has given him a

That little girl is very foolish.
3. I know those old
1.
2.
Madagascar.
you are welcome; we are always glad to receive

Our neighbor goes to the city every other day.
well;
man!
they are our old neighbors.
Do you know him?
4.
What
knife.
ladies
fine-looking
There are some beautiful

trees!
6. The prince addressed him most flattering words.
7. That statesman is celebrated for (par) his liberal
principles.
8. There are, according to Catholic doctrine, seven
capital
sins.
9. The man and his wife were both old.
10. The
5.
exercises xxxviii b-xxxix a
454
French and Italian nations are often called Latin nations.

12. That large
11. Those flowers smell sweet, do they not?
is the school for (de) deaf-mutes.
13. He
door wide open when he went out this morning.
newly married couple had just left the church.
building
mother had blue eyes and light auburn hair.

was young, I used to go barefoot to school.
left
14.
15.
the
The
My
When
16.
XXXVIII b
1.
That lady looks kind.
twenty-five francs.
is
than people
richer
He
3.
The
7.
2.
6.
My
is
still
smaller
is
worse.
sterling
worth
is
4.
brother
older one
He
is,
the
older than I
is
by
(de)
richer one part of the population becomes,
9.
still.
10.
The
5.
the poorer the rest often become.
but ours
pound
getting richer and richer.
(on) believe.
wiser one should be.
four years.
is
8.
That man
The dearer those
Your house
is
is
small,
bad, but his brother
articles are, the less of
11. Our house is good, but

be able to buy.
12. His most intimate friends knew nothing
yours is better.
13. Men are often the most unhappy
of his good fortune.
14. Is that not a
when they ought to be the most happy.
them we
shall
splendid sight
richest
is
men
15.
shorter than I
by three
XXXIX
1.
You
come to
are
see
Yes,
it
is
most beautiful
in the world are not always the happiest.
all
me
The
17.
She
inches.
welcome, ladies;
2.
16.
What
'
how kind you
a pretty
little girl
are to (de)
What
is
her
There were black horses and white ones in the

4. Will you give me some cold water to (pour)
procession.
6. Our neighbor
drink?
5. Whose is that broken cane?
7. Our friends live in a beautiful
is not an educated man.
8. The English language is
white house behind the town.
9. I have just seen that
spoken in all parts of the world.
10. We have just been at a
pretended nobleman go by.
political meeting, where we listened to a very long speech.
11. My dear child, you are too young to ( 282, 2) wear dear
name?
3.
EXERCISES XL a-XL b
455
12. I love that gentleman; he is so kind to children.

You are very slow in dressing.
Are you not ready to start ?
14, I am very glad to see you; when are you coming to see
15. I am very sorry to say that I have no time to visit
me?
16. We are charmed with the beautiful
you before I go away.
17. You are not angry with me.
present you gave (faire) us.
IS. I do not like that man; he is too severe with his
are you ?
dresses!
13.
That is a nice little girl: she is so polite to everyThat little boy is very clever at history and arith21. That army is weak in numbers (en norrd
metic.
23. Living lan22. We must be charitable to everybody.
24. We must
languages.
dead
than
useful
more
are
guages
19.
children.
body.
20.
not confound the verbal adjectives with the present participles.

26. The
25. That young man is the living image of his father.
more learned that man becomes, the less generous he becomes.
XL
1.
a ( 359-373)
Are there any good pens in the box
2.
There are none.
I know him and his

Do you know that old man?
6. We
5. Do you know that man and his wife?
brother.
-4.
3.
8. Did you
7. We know him only.
her.
10. Are
9. We saw her only.
and mother?
11. I have already
you going to give them some money?
13. I
12. Will you give me some apples ?
given them some.
14. Have you spoken to my
shall give you and Mm some.
15. I have spoken of it to her and her
cousin of your plan?
16. Will you have the goodness to introduce us to
mother.
17. I shall have great pleasure in introducing
your mother?
IS. I was thinking of you when you came in.
you to her.
know both him and

see
my
father
20. Yes, I
19. Do you think of me when I am far away?
22. It is
21. Whose is that house?
always think of you.
ran
to her.
mother,
he
his
child
saw
23. As soon as the
mine.
25. I am.
24. Are you that young man's sister?
XL
1. Are you
American, sir ?
satisfied,
4.
madam?
am.
5.
2. I am.
3. Are you an
Are you the gentlemen we met
EXERCISE XLI a
456
We
are.
7. I shall go for the doctor if you
9. That
do the work if it is necessary.
10. Why do you tell me to be
man is richer than we are.
11. He carried the day over all
brave? I am so already.
13. He
12. Tell me where he lives, if you know.
his rivals.
14. Do you know
is a Frenchman, and I am one (le) too.
15. Yes, they are very fastidious people,
the Robinsons?
and I do not like to have [anything] to do with them.
17. Go there, my
16. There is the box; put the pens into it.
18. Do not go there, my daughter;
child; do not stay here.
19. Give them some, my little boy.
you will hurt yourself.
21. The earth
20. He is a bad man; I cannot trust him.
about those flowers is dry; throw some water there, my
22. Let us not go away; let them laugh at us,
daughter.
23. The children wish to go to the celebration;
if they will.
24. That boy has apples and pears;
let us take them there.
25. The boy has your knife; take
let us ask him for some.
it away from him.
yesterday?
wish.
8.
6.
I shall
XLI a
My
359-373 continued)
had a narrow
Every one for himself is too often the maxim of
not always be thinking of oneself.
men.
3. One should
5. Do you need
4. The selfish live only for themselves.
7. Do you come from London?
8. We
6. I do.
money?
1.
father did not hurt himself, but he
escape.
do.
9.
2.
why he
cannot understand
However that may

12.
you any money?
10.
13.
How many
are
some
I have,
but
apples have you
fine pears;
has a grudge against me.

with him.
11. Have
should like to have more.
be, it is all over

I
14.
do you wish any?
have
16.
six.
15.
Here
Yes, I should like
I
17. Switzerland is my country;
some, for I have none.
18. I planted this
its blue sky and free institutions.
19. Do you ever
apple tree; I hope I shall eat its fruit.
think of your country when you are in foreign countries?
21. My
20. When I am far away, I always think of it.
love
brother has gone home, and I

of
people in the street;
ever in Europe?
24. I
am
what
is
going too.
the matter?
never was.
22. I see
23.
a crowd
Were you
EXERCISES XLI b-XLII a
457
XLI b
send for him?
2. There
is some water; give us
4. Do not give them any;
they
some, for we are thirsty.
6. They are
5. Where are the children?
do not need any.
they are
7. Do not listen to them;
coming up the street.
1. The doctor is at home;
they are; go and get them.
shall I
3.
There
making sport of you.

8. There is my hat; give it to me, if
10. Let
9. That is my hat; do not give it to him.
you please.
11. If you have any money,
us go away; it is getting late.
me
give
some.
12.
He
gives himself some, but he will not
Take us
do not
away.
17. They are worthy
16. I saw him, and gave him the money.
18. Our duty to our parents
people; I love and admire them.
20. My
is to love and obey them.
19. It is I who was there.
father and I were not there.
21. What were you and he
23. He has
doing?
22. He was writing, and I was reading.
a house of his own.
24. You and he were there, were you
not?
25. There is the box; I should like to know whether
give us any.
give
it
there
13.
to them.
is
You
15.
anything in
lui
Give
it
to us;
Go
a ( 374-377)
They
a coupe un bras.
Se couper a la main.
Elle lui a ferme la porte au nez.
Cela
14.
it.
XLH
On
there.
bother me, naught}' dog.
a fait venir l'eau a

bouche.
Cette nuit; de toute la nuit.
lui
la
To
cut off one of his arms.
cut one's hand.
She shut the door in his face.

That made his mouth water.
Last night;
all
night.
2. I have your
1. My father and yours will soon be here.
books and my own.
3. Our friends are coming by the rail4. My brother and
way; yours are coming by the steamer.
sister have gone away;
they will not be back till (arani)
Wednesday next.
5. One should not fail to (de) pay one's
debts.
6. I had my hair cut this morning; I am afraid I shall
catch a cold.
7. The duke was presented to the queen, and he
kissed her hand.
him as long
as
my
8.
She has cut her
heart beats.
finger.
10. It
9.
I shall love
was so warm that
EXERCISES XLII b-XLIII a
458
my eyes (de) all night. 11. Close your eyes, and

open your mouth.
12. He shuts his eyes to the light.
13. He
was walking [with] his eyes closed; he fell and broke his arm.
14. I have my hands full; I cannot help you.
15. I went to
see him, but he shut the door in my face.
16. It is a very
cold morning; will you not warm your hands?
17. Thank
you; my hands are not cold.
18. That clumsy fellow stepped
on my toe, and he hurt me very much.
could not close
XLII b
My
1.
night.
head aches
2.
water.
The
He
3.
this
morning;
I did
not close
sight of those beautiful apples
my
eyes last
made my mouth
stood there [with] his arms folded, awaiting
soldier.
4. As long as my heart beats, I
never forget you.
5. If they come here, we shall shut
the door in their face.
6. Did you see those poor children?
Those beautiful pears made their mouths water.
7. Let us
hope that the law has not lost its force in this country.
8. He
has a watch of his own.
9. Whom do you mean; his father or
10. I mean her father.
11. This house is his,
her father?
not yours.
12. They lost their lives fighting for their (la)
country.
13. Negroes have dark skins and large mouths.
his fate like a
brave
shall
14.
One
of
story.
16.
The
my
15.
friends
am
difference
to determine.
18.
They
cut
is
a doctor told
away
my
I love
me
the following
these books of yours.
between mine and thine
17.
off
who
going to take
very
much
378-388)
is
not always easy
these books of mine.
finger.
XLIII a
have never read that book, but I have read this one,
2. These houses are not so fine as
very much.
4. Have patience,
those.
3. You should not eat in that way.
I shall be (pres.) there this moment.
5. Those who do wrong
will be punished.
6. He of whom you were speaking } esterday has arrived.
7. Which (Lequel) of those horses do you
like best?
8. I like the one you bought better than your
brother's, but I like my own best.
9. This house and the one
1.
and
I like it
EXERCISES XLIII b-XLIV a
459
in which our neighbors live will be sold to-morrow.

10. Our
house and our neighbor's are both (en) brick [houses].
11. These facts, and those discovered since that time, prove
that, although he was a great scholar, he was wrong.
12. I
saw the man (celui) last evening who wanted to buy my horse.
14. This is Mr. Perrichon,
13. Who are those two gentlemen ?
and that
Mr. Poirier.
you take these
is
will
well,
those
are too small.
to-day
You
15.
are looking for apples; very
or those?
17.
How
16.
will
(Combien)
take these;
butter selling
is
XLIII b
That sells at two francs a pound, and this, which is finer,

2. Gambetta and Hugo were
two francs fifty centimes.
distinguished men; the former was an orator, the latter a poet.
3. That is a fine horse
How much is he worth ? 4. Why do
1.
at
when we speak to them

6.
they do not understand j'ou.
8. What time
was John who did it.
these people not reply
Russians;
It
7.
half-past ten.
10.
What day
of the
month
is
5.
Who
They
it?
is
it?
are
did that?
11.
9.
It is
To-day
12. Is that the house of which you spoke to me ?

Xo, it is the next one.
14. Who is that lady?
15. She
is the lady who lives next door.
16. What I fear is that he will
never come back.
17. It is not that he is losing ( 271, 5) his
18. It is time to
money, but he is destroying his health also.
go home.
is
the tenth.
13.
XLIV
C'est une be'le chose que de pro-
teger les faibles.
Ce sont des
II
qualites necessaires
pour regner que

la fermete.
a cela de bon.
la
douceur
et
a fine thing to protect the

weak.
Mildness and firmness are neces-
It
is
sary qualities for ruling.
He
has this good thing about him.
they who have done it.

2. It was kind of you to
help (secourir) those poor people.
3. You can do it;
it is
easy.
4. That was not kind of you; you should have allowed
me to do it.
5. You are rich; it is easy for \ ou to say so.
1.
It is
460
6.
EXERCISES XLIV b~XLV a
It is a pity that
we did not know
it
sooner.
fortunate that he did not come yesterday.
7.
My
8.
It is un-
father told
me you were here; that is why I came. 9. It is to be feared

that the traveler has died of hunger.
10. It is to be desired
that those misfortunes will never happen.
11. What we
were speaking of has happened.
is
the
is
true.
way
you that
12.
What
of preventing that misfortune.

It's
14.
a fine thing,
I speak.
16.
He
money
(is)
has lost
am
I
13.
thinking of
What he
15.
It is
money, which
all his
says
not to
is
sad.
XLIV b
What
a beautiful thing is virtue!

2. It is money that
3. He is a fine (brave) young man (is) John
he wishes.
4. It would be a good thing to go away.
5. It is a fine thing
1.
Health and good sense are qualities neces7. You are the one who did
that.
8. Love is the strongest of all passions.
9. This does
10. Give me this;
keep
not belong to me, but that does.
11. He has this good thing about him,
that for yourself.
12. What a lazy beast; and
that he always tells the truth.
13. Did he give you back your
yet he thinks that he works
pencil?
14. No, but that does not matter; I have another
to love virtue.
6.
sary for succeeding in the world.
here.
15.
French.
It is
16.
to
difficult
am
translate the
word
sure that that 'that' that that
'that' into
man
uses
is
superfluous.
XLV
1.
Whom
a (389-402)
did you see yesterday?
2.
saw him who was

told you already
with you the day before yesterday.
3.
what my reasons are.

morning?
5. I think
of
weather is it this
I do not know to
What fine weather
4.
What
it will
be
sort
fine.
6.
7.
which of those men we were speaking.
9. It
I hope it will continue until we leave.
8. Who is that ?
is the man I sold my house to.
10. What was the matter this
morning? I heard a great noise in the street.
11. What were
you speaking of to that man you met?
12. I was speaking to
him of what we were discussing yesterday.
13. Scoundrel
EXERCISE XLV b
that you are,
if
catch you,
give
I'll
461
you what you deserve.
complain of is that you make no progress in your

15. I do not understand you; will you explain to
studies.
16. What has become of that
me clearly what you mean?
17. I don't know
young gentleman with whom I saw you?
what has become of him; I have not seen him lately. 18. Which
19. I saw the one that was here
of those ladies did you see?
14.
What
21. I am think20. What are you thinking of?

22. What did
what we are going to do to-morrow.
23. I have done what he asked
your father ask you to do?
yesterday.
ing of
me
to do.
XLV
1. The gentleman whose son was visiting us last year will

come himself next year.
2. The lady whose daughter has
just been married will spend some weeks with us next summer.
3. The people of whom I speak would never do such a thing.
4. I who am your friend tell you so, and j ou ought to believe
it.
5. It was we who gave them their liberty, and yet to-day
they are our enemies.
6. He has gone awajr and, what is
worse, he has not paid his debts.
7. That is very strange
I
sent him a letter, and yet he says he never received it.
8. To
whom are you speaking, sir? 9. It is to you I am speaking,
and I want (voudrais) you to pay attention to what I say.
10. The house they are coming out of belongs to my father.
11. The people of the village from which he came were very
glad to be rid of him.
12. The gentleman for whose house
offered such a high price has bought another.
I
13. The
cause for which those soldiers fought was the deliverance of
their country.
14. The man in whom I trust will not deceive
me.
15. That child is deaf and dumb, which is a great pity,
r
16. I thank you very much.

Don't mention it.
18. What I was expecting was that
he would pay me.
19. That is not a poor man; he is well off.
21. Take
20. Where is the pen I made use of yesterday?
what you need; there will be enough for all.
22. Which way
did you come this morning?
23. I came the way you came
for
he seems very intelligent.
17.
yesterday.
462
EXERCISES XLVI a-XLVI b
XLVI
a ( 403-407)
2. Each
1. Certain people say the criminal has escaped.
3. We rise every morning at
day brings {amener) its labor.
4. I have seen him many a time.
5. I have no
six o'clock.
apples, but I have some pears and peaches.
6. However
7. Whatever your
great and rich we may be, we must die.
intentions were, your actions were not good.
8. However
good your intentions were, you did not succeed in doing us
good.
9. We should respect the rights of others.
10. Every
one for himself is, happity, not a maxim which everybody
practises.
11. If we do not love others, others will not love
12. Those children will receive, each one at his majority,
us.
their portion of their father's estate.
13. Mother, will you
come down?
You
are
wanted.
robber has been caught.
was wrecked
15.
It
is
14.
not
It
is
said
that the
known whether
the ship
When
one is pretty ( 405, 3, e), one

is rarely ignorant of it.
17. People wonder why that young man
associates with {frequenter) those scoundrels.
18. When one sees
a noble action, it (cela) always gives one pleasure.
19. I have
never seen any one who had so mair^ noble qualities.
20. I
am afraid to say anything about it to any one. 21. No one
has ever done anything like that.
22. What a beautiful view
Did you ever see anything like it ?
23. He went away with24. Did you find anything where you
out visiting any one.
25. I do not know any one of his
were looking yesterday ?
friends.
26. I doubt whether any one of you will do so.
or not.
16.
XLVI b
If I can do it without any expense, I shall do it willingly.
do not like this book; give me another.
3. That little
boy has had one apple, and now he wants another.
4. Frenchmen often laugh at us (others), because we are less gay than
they.
5. This man I have seen elsewhere, but that one I
never saw anywhere.
6. These are the same people that
were here yesterday morning.
7. That lady is goodness itself.
8. Even if you were to say so, I should not believe it.
9. That
is a young man in whom I have confidence; I shall put him in
1.
2.
EXERCISE XLVII a
463
10. Were there any children

a position to make his fortune.
11. Yes, there were several.
12. I .>hall
at the meeting?
13. I never saw such a foolish
never accept such conditions.
14. If he were to say such a thing to me, I should put
man.
15. He spent his whole life in doing good.
him out of doors.
17. He
16. Our neighbor's daughters have become quite tall.
IS. Where are the children?
comes to town every other week.
19. I found two apples in
Both were here a little while ago.
20. Any line being given, draw
the basket, but neither is good.
21. There is no
a straight line which shall be equal to it.
22. Whoever
reason whatever which can persuade me.
has stolen that poor woman's money ought to be punished.
23. Whoever he is who told you that, he is mistaken.
24. Whatever that man may do, he will never succeed.
25. Whatever the reason may be, he never conies to see us.
XLVH
I will
1.
pose, did
4.
sell it,
?
408-420)
cheap or dear.
3.
Xot
at
2.
it
all,
You
did
was quite
it
on pur-
accidental.
5.
Those poor people had scarcely any bread to

6. We have said nothing at all
That is a very complicated affair; I can under-
when we found them.
about it.
7.
stand nothing
street
of
when we
it.
saw nobody at all.

you from working.
returned.
What
We
did not see a living soul in the
10.
Whom
did you see?
silent, so as
11.
He
not to hinder
9.
be
I shall
told
me
to
do nothing
until he
went away so as not to be punished.

14. I do not
the matter with that little boy?
12.
is
8.
rose that morning.
13.
Christian ought to love not only his friends, but even his
enemies.
eat
not
you not
15. Would
know, sir; I neither did nor said anything to him.
16. Xo, I wish neither
vou not be glad to see our old friend?
17. I have a headache this
to see him nor to speak to him.
evening; I can neither sing nor play.
18. Neither he nor his
19. I saw neither him nor his brother.
father was there.
20. I have neither friend nor money, but I have strong arms
21. Xo more regrets; take courage, and forget
and courage.
the past.
22.
Why
did he not
tell
me
so before leading
me
464
EXERCISES XLVII b-XLVIII a
into this peril

24.
Take
23.
There
is
nobody here he does not know.

25. There is noth-
care that you are not deceived.
ing which does not please
me
better than that.
XLVII b
1. Not one of those we invited has come.
2. Do you know
where Dr. B. lives?
3. I cannot tell you.
4. If you have
no use for this book, lend it to me.
5. Unless you do what
you said, I shall not pay you.
6. Do you not fear he will go
away ?
7. I do not fear he will go away.
8. I am afraid our
friends will not be there.
9. If I were afraid he would do it,
I should do something to hinder him (from it).
10. If I were
not afraid he would hurt himself with the knife, I should let
him have it.
11. That man writes better than he speaks.
12. We do not wish more money than we have now.
13. I
do not doubt that that is true.
14. Not much is lacking for
the number to be complete.
15. We have not seen each
other for three years.
16. It is more than three years since
we were there.
17. I cannot go with you;
I have no time.
18. Yes, you have, you are not so busy.
19. You have stolen
my apples. 20. I tell you I have not. 21. But I say yes,
for I saw you.
22. He has as much money as you have, but
he has not as much as I have.
23. Let us say no more about
it.
24. We are in a hurry; let us not stay any longer.
25. I
have more than fifty francs, but he has more than I, and his
brother has
still
more.
XLVIII a
II
II
a une vingtaine d'annees.

a une trentaine de mille francs.
421-430)
He is about twenty (years old).

He has about thirty thousand
francs.
1.
Columbus discovered America
French national
in the year 1492.
2.
The
on the fourteenth of July,

because [on] that day the Bastille was taken.
3. My father
left England on the first of May, 1824.
4. Napoleon the
First was a greater man than Napoleon the Third.
5. Charles
the First of England and Louis the Sixteenth of France w ere
fete is celebrated
exercises XLvin b-XLix a
465
6. The first train leaves at a quarter to five

both beheaded.
morning, and the second at twenty minutes past two
in the
We went to bed last night at half-past

two houses in (de) the street belong to
9. We have only the last two chapters in the book to
us.
10. The carriage arrived at half-past one in the mornread.
11. The father gave his son a fifth of his property when
ing.
12. How old would you say (What
the son was twenty-one.
13. I should say he is
age would you give) that man is?
about forty.
14. It is twenty years since I saw him.
15. That
man is well off; he has an income of about twenty thousand
francs a year.
16. The first volume of his works contains
poetry, and the fourth two novels.
in the afternoon.
7.
The
first
twelve.
8.
XLVIII b
This house cost three times as much as that one.
make a hundred.
3. We paid (Ex. XXXIII
1.
times ten
dred and twenty dollars for that horse.
one thousand one hundred dollars.
5.
4.
That
2.
a)
That carriage
old
man
is
Ten
a huncost
eighty-
6. [On3 what day of the month did that happen ?

happened on the twelfth.
8. That table is two meters
long by one meter wide.
9. We are going to have a house
built twenty meters long by ten wide.
10. What time is it ?
11. It is just noon.
12. A boy ten years old was killed last
evening by a carriage in the Boulevard des Italiens.
13. That
girl is older than her brother by two years.
14. I am taller
than my brother by two inches.
15. Will jôu come at two
five
years old.
It
7.
o'clock or at three?
17.
Is that
16.
I shall
be there precisely at three.
boy ten years old or eleven?
XLIX
18.
He
is
eleven.
a ( 431-454)
was thinking of what you were talking about this morning.

2. He paid about twenty francs for that hat.
3. He
will be here about six o'clock in the evening.
4. The day
after our arrival we went to see the museum.
5. That child
has black eyes; he takes after his father.
6. The money was
divided amongst the children.
7. Amongst all those people
1.
EXERCISE XLIX b
466
there
is
not one sensible person.

the Greeks.
9.
fection
among
was at
his.
They
10.
laughed at him.
all
the court.
13.
He
Art arrived at (la) perat my house when I
my
laughed at
all
12.
8.
He was
The
thief will
expense.
11.
We
have to appear before
be here before a quarter past three.
will
by half than what we expected.

15. That
16. It is a quarter to four
box is six feet long by two wide.
18. He
17. I know that man by sight only.
by my watch.
14.
That
is
greater
19. We lived in that city

France in a week.
21. I
20. I have been here for two years.
twenty years.
22. I thanked him
traded my black horse for this white one.
will leave for
for
for his kindness.
in that house.
25.
From the
They drank
23.
24.
That picture
is
fifteenth of
May
I shall live
wine from golden cups.
their
painted from nature.
XLIX b
In spring the weather is warm and the flowers open.
There is not so much misery in the United States as in
Russia.
3. Let us live in peace with everybody.
4. There
are several nations in North America.
5. Xot one in a hun6. Is 3' our house (in) brick or stone?
dred was good.
7. It
was kind of you to aid me in my misfortune.
8. In rainy
weather we sta}r at home.
9. We shall go away on Saturday.
10. He is now on the road for England.
11. Our house is on
this side of the street, and his is on that side.
12. When you
1.
2.
'
come to the next street, turn to the right.

13. Instead of
studying he is always looking out of the window.
14. His
gun was hanging above the chimney.
15. The dog jumped
over the fence.
16. He watched over my interests.
17. In
passing through the forest we saw manjr rare plants.
18. We
work from morning
house.
20.
The
till
night.
train for
19.
We
Paris will
are going to our friends'
be here immediately.
22. Wicked
They sold those goods under their value.
men tread God's laws under foot.
23. If you will live with us,
we shall treat you well.
24. Do you remember the man with
25. She told us her
the big nose whom we saw yesterday?
21.
story with tears in her eyes.
467
exercises l a-Li a
a ( 455-459)
should rain, we shall not go away to-day.

all were pleased with him.
3. Un4. Both
less you come to-morrow, we shall not wait for you.
5. Go and get us some bread.
he and his brother were there.
i.
For fear
He
2.
did his
it
work so that
7. Those poor people are

6. She neither laughs nor cries.
8. He does not believe what you say,
without bread or meat.
10. We
9. We shall not be there, nor he either.
nor I either.
11. As soon as you are
have not gone away, nor shall we.
there and have the time, will you go and visit my brother?
12. If he is there and we see him, we shall tell him what you
13. When bread is dear and the weather is cold, the
say.
14. I think we shall go away the day after topoor suffer.
15. If your friend comes to the meeting and I am
morrow.
16. Since you went away, I have
there, I shall speak to him.
been writing
me
let
try.
letters.
18.
17.
Since you cannot do
Since you went
away
it,
you must
yesterday, he has done
19. Since every action brings its recomnothing but play.

pense [with it], we must pay attention to what we do.
20. While I was doing my exercise, she was writing her letters.
21. The good shall be rewarded, whilst the bad shall be pun22. When I saw him, he was busy working in his field.
ished.
23. As long as the world lasts, justice shall prevail over in-
justice.
25.
He
He did his work so that he was praised by all.

kind
to the poor so that he might be praised by
was
24.
all.
LI a
x
which soon 3
largest clock in the world will be the one
clock
colossal
this
of
dial
The
P.
hall
of
will adorn the city
The
ten meters in diameter, and will be placed and

so as to be visible night and day (de) everywhere in the city.
The hands will be, one 4 four meters
and the other three meters long; the bell of the striking part
will
be
illuminated
weigh forty-six thousand pounds, and in order to wind the

a steam engine placed in the tower will be used daily
= one will use daily a steam-engine, etc.).
will
clock,
(
381.
413.
428,
obs. 3.
406, 7
(1), a.
"
EXERCISES
468
LII
a-Liv a
LII a
and animals l of all (the) sorts speak a

birds,
Horses,
We cannot understand all ( = all
language as well as men. 1
that which) they say, but we understand enough of it to 2
They are sad
know that they have thoughts 3 and feelings. 3
when they lose a companion, or when they are driven away 4
They are pleased when they are well treated, 4
from home.
and angry when they are ill treated. 4 They have, so to speak,
a conscience; they feel ashamed when they do what displeases
Kindus, and are very glad when they merit our approbation.
ness x on our part towards them is as reasonable as love L and
1
kindness
1
between brothers. 3
2
321.
282,2.
322.
241, 2, a.
LIII a
asked 4 a learned man what

was the reason that scientific men were 5 so often 3 seen at the
doors of the rich, while 6 the rich were 5 very rarely seen - at
the doors of the learned.
"It is," replied 4 the scholar, "because the man of science knows the value of riches, 7 but the
rich man does not always know the value of science. 7
rich
man,
it is said,
once
351.
241, 2, a.
<
413
260.
258> 5 .
459, 2.
321.
LIV a
Moliere, the great French
author, was born
in Paris in the
year one thousand six hundred and twenty-two. 3
His father
was the king's upholsterer, and was probably a rather rich 4
man.
The son received 5 a good education, but not much is
known
of his
he organized
youth.
When he was about twenty years old, 7
a company of actors, which was 5 called L'lllustre
But
Theatre.
He soon
lost
in this enterprise he did not succeed

all his
money, and with
his trowpe
very
was
well.
forced
9
leave Paris and (to) make a tour in [the] province[V].
This tour lasted 5 from sixteen hundred and forty-six to sixteen
hundred and fifty-eight.
During these years he traveled 5
to
EXERCISES LV a-LVI
469
over nearly the whole of Fiance, and played 5 in many of the

After his return to Paris he became 5 the king's
large cities.
and produced 5 the masterpieces which have renAt last, after fifteen years of great
dered him so celebrated.
success, he died 5 in sixteen hundred and seventy-three at the
favorite,
age of fifty-one.
1
352. 1 (2).
Past Def.
>
*
421,
351.
c.
260.
241,
LV
2, a.
'
430.
280,
6.
413.
Speaking of the small world in which even the greatest live, 1

Lord Beaconsfield used to tell 2 that Napoleon I, a 3êar after
his accession to the throne, determined to 3 find out if there
was 4 anybody in the world who had never heard of him. Within
a fortnight the police of Paris had 5 discovered a wood-chopper
at Montmartre, in Paris itself, who had never heard of the
Revolution, nor of the death of Louis XVI, nor of the Emperor
Napoleon.
1
237, 6.
258, 2.
280, 6.
<
258, 5.
232,
1.
LVI a
Napoleon, the greatest general of modern times, 1 was born 2
on the 15th of August, 1769.
At the age of ten 3
4
he was sent to the military school at Brienne, where he remained more than 5 five years.
Then entering the French 4
army, he was, in 1796, appointed general of the army of Italy, 6
and soon succeeded in conquering 7 that country.
He used so
well the opportunities which were offered him by the weakness
of the Republic that in less than ten years he was elected
Emperor.
The ten years' struggle, in which he engaged with
the purpose of subduing 8 Europe, 9 ended with the battle of
Waterloo in 1815.
Banished to (a) St. Helena (no art.) he
died 10 there on the 5th of May, 1821.
Twenty years after
his death, his remains were brought back to (en) France, and
at Ajaccio
interred in the Hotel des Invalides.

1
321.
Past Def.
>
*
430, obs. 2.
352,1(2).
412,
333,
1, b.
2,
note.
279,
2.
280,2.
i0
333,
1.
mourut or
est
mort.
EXERCISES LVII a-LVIII a
470
LVU
Great Britain 1 and Ireland x are two large islands in (a) the
west of Europe. 1 Great Britain is the larger of the two and
comprises England, 1 Scotland, 1 and Wales. 1 The monarch of
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland - for {pendant) many years was Queen Victoria 3 who wT as born 4 on the
24th of May, 1819. She was the daughter of the Duke of Kent,
son of George III. She ascended the throne on (a) the death
When she appeared before (le) parliaof William IV in 1837.
ment at Westminster for the first time, she declared that she
would place her trust in the wisdom of her parliament and the
love of her people, and she did not fail to (de) keep this promise.
Having thus early won the hearts
of all her subjects, she re-
tained their affection during a long reign of
Queen Victoria married Prince
years.
more than
sixty
He
Albert in 1840.
nd
She died forty years afterwards, on January 22
and
died
Her son Edward VII succeeded her (lui)
died in 1861.
1901.
The present
1910.
in
king, son
of
Edward
VII,
called
is
George V.
1
333,
1.
333,
2, a,
note.
LVm
327.
260.
330,
4.
city of Macon, a parrot which had learned

say continually: ''Who is there? Who is there?" This
parrot escaped one day from its cage in the garden, and soon 3
flew into a wood near by, where a peasant saw it, and began
to - chase it. The peasant had never seen a parrot in (de)' all
his life.
He approached 4 the tree where the bird was, and
1
There was, in the
to
At that moment
was going to 5 kill the poor bird with Ms gun.
the parrot began to 2 repeat the usual question: "Who is there?
Who is there?" The peasant, terrified at these words, let his
gun fall 6 from his hands. Then taking his hat off, he said, very
respectfully: " My dear sir, I pray you to 7 excuse me, I thought
that it was a bird."
1
250.
413.
279, 6.
296,
1.
278,
6.
230,
6, a,
and
7.
280, 6.
EXERCISES LIX a-Lx a
471
LIX a
The unknown l author of Beowulf was not a 2 native of
England, and so the first of the long line of English 3 poets is
Baeda tells us a pretty story of the way in
really Caedmon.
which 4 Caedmon became a 2 poet. He was already almost an At
old man before he knew anything 5 of the art of poetry.
the feasts, in those days, everybody used to sing G in turn to 7
amuse the company, but Caedmon used to leave 6 the table
One evening, when he
before the harp was given 8 to him.
had done thus, he went to the stable and lay down, after hav9
cared for the cattle, because, you must know, he was
As he
only a farm servant in the monastery at Whitby.
slept, 10 some one appeared to him, and said, "Caedmon, sing
"1 cannot u sing," he replied, "and that is
a song to me."
ing
whv
I left
"Nevertheless," was the answer, "you

"Well, then," asked Caedmon, "what shall
the feast."
must sing to me."
The other
replied, "Sing the beginning of created

Thereupon he made some verses, which he still
remembered when he awoke. The Abbess Hilda, hearing of
his dream, believed (that) the grace of God had been given
him, and made him a 2 monk.
1
sing?"
things." 12
2
3
352,
330,
352,
1 (3).
<
3.
1 (2).
398.
405,
258,
4, a.
282,
241,
>
282,
258,
4.
1.
230,
12
321.
4.
2.
LX
A
2.
2, a.
one day to market, 2 and bought * some

fine apples.
He carried 1 them home, arranged l them carefully
in his cupboard, and used to go 4 and look at them almost every
day, but would 5 not eat any until they began to spoil. Every
time he did eat one he regretted it. But he had a son, a young
school-boy, who liked apples; and one day, with a comrade,
he found the miser's treasure. I do not know how he found the
key of the cupboard; but he did, 6 and you may imagine how
many apples they ate. When they had 7 finished the apples,
the old father came and caught them.
How angry 8 he was
How he shouted at them! "Wretches! where are my beautimiser went
:t
exercises lxi a-Lxn a
472
You
ful apples ?
You have eaten them

both be hanged
"Do not be angry, father! 9 You only
we have not touched (d) those; we have
shall
His son replied:
all!"
eat the bad apples;

eaten the good ones, and
260.
331, ex. 4.
you yours."
left
324,
1.
265, 1,6.
258, 2.
256.
'
262, 3.
376, 4.
350, a.
LXI a
hungry
fox was one day looking for
a poultry yard.
It
was passing 3 a farmhouse, he saw 4 a cock and some hens which had 5 gone up into
a tree for the night. He drew near, 4 and invited 4 them to 6
come down and 7 rejoice with him on account of a new treaty
The
of peace which had been formed between the animals.
cock said he was 8 very glad of it, but that he did not intend 8
to 9 come down before the next morning. "But," said he, "I
10
I have no doubt they will be n glad
see two dogs coming;
was
late in the afternoon, and, as he
12
celebrate the peace with you." Just then the fox remembered that he had business 1S elsewhere, and, bidding the cock
good-bye, began 4 to run. "Why do you run?" said the cock,
"if the animals have made a peace, the dogs won't hurt you.
14
dogs, and would not harm
1 know them, they are good, loyal
any one." "Ah," said the fox, "I am afraid they have 15 not
to
yet heard the news."
352, 1 (3).
258, 1;
258,
296, 3.
1.
260.
229;
279j 6.
262,
456,
2."
258, 5.
280,
2.
2, a.
10
u
12
287, 3.
269, 5.
14
356.
15
323.
352.
269, 4, a.
LXII a
A woodman, who
was cutting
wood on the bank
He
of a river,
began 2 to 5 pray
6
Mercury appeared 2 and
find it for him.
[to] the gods to
"I have lost my ax,"
asked 2 him what was 7 the matter.
said 2 he.
Having heard this, Mercury dived 2 into the water,
and brought 2 up a golden ax. "Is this 8 yours?" "No,"
said the man.
Next time Mercury brought up a silver one.
"Is this one yours?" "No," said 2 the chopper again. The
let
his ax fall
into the water.
at once
473
EXERCISES LXIII a-Lxiv a
Mercury brought up an iron one, which the man

saw - it, "It is yours," said the god,
your honesty I shall give you the other two also."
third time
recognized, as soon as he
"and
for
258,
260.
1.
"
230, 6, a,
413.
and
7.
279, 6.
280, 6.
LXHI
'
258,
236,
5.
when they saw 2 a bear

The one climbed into a tree, and
The other, when
tried to 4 conceal himself in the branches.
he saw that the bear would ( = was going to) attack him.
threw himself upon the ground, and, when the bear came up,
Two men
coming out
were traveling
together,
of the forest.
6
5
he ceased to 4 breathe, for it is said that a bear will not touch
8
7
a dead body. When the bear had gone, his companion came
down, and asked: "What was it that the bear was saying to
you?" His friend replied: "He advised me not 9 to travel
10
with a friend who runs away at the approach of danger."
258,
260.
1.
"
287, 3.
241,
280, 6.
296, 5.
LXIV
well-known
'
English
2, a.
'
352, 1 (3).
262, 3.
"
416, a.
321.
actor, traveling to
Birmingham by
4
the Great Western 3 railway the other day, on approaching
Banbury, began to feel hungry, and determined to have one of
the buns for (par) which the town is famous.

The train having stopped, he called a boy, gave
pence, and asked
him
to get
him six"two Banburys," promising him
one of the two for his trouble.

Just as the train was about to start, the boy rushed up to
the carriage in which the impatient actor was seated, and
offering him three pence, exclaimed:
"Here's your change,

"Bother the change;
sir."
where's the bun?" roared the hungry
actor.
"There was only one
the boy,
left," replied
"and I'm eating
that!"
1
5 352, 1 (3).
352,
1 (2).
330. 4,
c,
note.
296, 1.
EXERCISES LXV a-LXVI a
474
LXV
Under a magnificent walnut tree near the village, two little

boys found a walnut. "It belongs to me," said the one, "for
2
l
who was the first to see it ( = who have seen it the
1
it was
"No, it belongs to me," exclaimed the other, "for it
first)."
3
was i 1 2 who picked it up." Thereupon there arose between
4
make
peace
between
going
to
"I
am
quarrel.
violent
them a
you," said to them a third boy, who was passing at that moment. The latter placed himself between the two claimants,
opened the walnut, and pronounced this sentence: "One of
the shells belongs to him 5 who was the first to see the walnut;
the other to him 5 who picked it up; as to the kernel, I keep it
4
for the costs of the court. That's how lawsuits generally end,"
added
>
he, laughing.
257, 3,
b.
372, 3.
LXVI
252, 2.
"
321.
381.
a celebrated 2 physician who was very

years ago
animals
lived
in
the city of Paris. One day a friend of
fond of
2
dog, whose leg had been
his 3 brought to his house a favorite
broken, and asked him if he could do anything for the poor
Many
The kind doctor examined the wounded
creature.
animal,
prescribing a treatment for him, soon cured him, and
and,
received the
warm thanks
of his friend,
Not very long
value upon his dog.
who
very high
set a
afterwards, the doctor was
room busy studying. 5 He thought 6 he heard a noise at

7
if some animal was scratching in order to be let
For some time he paid no attention to the noise, but conin.
tinued studying. 8 At last, however, he rose and opened the
door.
To his great astonishment he saw enter the dog which
he had cured, and with him another dog. The latter also had
a broken 4 leg, and was able to move only with much difficulty.
The dog which the surgeon had cured had brought his friend to
in his
the door, as
and
he, too, might be 9 healed
understand that this was what he wanted.
his benefactor, in order that
made
he
1
the doctor
250, 4.
351.
10
377, 3.
352,
1 (3).
279, 2.
283,
1.
241,
279, 6.
2, a.
10
271,
230, 6,
2.
b.
475
lxvii a-LXYiii a
LXVII a
great enemy of the rats.
There was once a cat who was a
2
were much afraid of
He had eaten a great many, and they
meeting to 3 discuss
a
called
rats
So the chiefs of the
him
A great many
of him.
what thev should do to rid themselves

little discussion they were all
a
after
but
proposed,
plans were
thought himself very
abandoned. At last a young rat, who
friends, I have not
my
despair,
clever rose and said: "Do not
me I know what
to
occurs
idea
splendid
A
vet proposed a plan.
soon save enough
economical
are
we
if
can,
We
we can do
3
This we can attach to the neck
little bell.
money
of
buv
to
our old enemy, and,
if
he approaches, we can
a place of safety."
<
to (dans)
flee
one
of the old
but
The young rats all applauded the idea,
5
nothing, gravely asked
Tones] who up to this time had said
put
if he would promise to
the one who had made the speech
said he would
and
blushed,
rat
young
The
the bell on the cat,
think of
it.
The meeting broke up
shortly after,
and the
rats dispersed
7
without doing anything.
330, 3.
367',
2 (1).
'
282, 2.
263, 2.
413.
368.
405, 4, a.
LXVIII a
*
"
republic, resolved to
the frogs, tired of having a
their
receive
not
did
Jupiter
ask Jupiter to send them a king.
as they seemed really to
petition with much favor but,
please 5
thought (that) it would be better to
Long ago
Lire
one, he
So, one fine day,
them
a great log
king
were
fell
when they were
from
all
the sky into the
Thev were very much
expecting
afraid of the noise
and thev took refuge in holes and in the
mud
their
pond where they

7
it
made
at the bottom of
thenby little, however, they approached"

so
was
he
that
seeing
and,
him,
king to 9 get a good look at
him, and
on
leaped
finally
and
bold,
more
quiet thev became
Then
( = very familiarly)
treated him with great familiarity
had
he
king
the
that
saying
they complained again to Jupiter
the pond.
Little
lxix a-LXX a
476
sent was not worthy of their respect, and that they desired
who would show 10 more vigor. In order to please

them, Jupiter sent them this time a stork, who immediately
began to devour them with much avidity. They complained
u they had desired a
again, but Jupiter told them that, since
forced
submit
quietly
to
to the one 12 he
king, they would be
another,
had
sent.
4
278, 6.
402,
1.
280,
2.
296,2.
296,
1.
280, 6.
250, 4.
258,
10
282, 2.
270,
12
1.
459, 3.
381; 402,
1.
1.
LXIX
my children were already in bed and

gone out, but at my return I found him
2
very sore. I asked him the
sitting beside my gate, weeping
3
took this morning from 4 my
he,
"I
said
"Father,"
reason.
mother, without her knowing 5 it, one of those three apples
you brought her, and I kept 6 it a long while; but, as I was
playing some time ago 7 with my little brother in the street, a
slave that went 8 by snatched it out of my hands, and carried
The two youngest
had
asleep, the third
of
I ran after him asking for it, and, besides, told him
belonged to my mother, who was ill, and that you had
taken a fortnight's journey to fetch it; but all in vain, he
would 9 not give it back. And because I still followed him,
crying out, he stopped and beat me, and then ran away as fast
off;
it
that
it
from one street to another, till at length I lost

I have since then been walking outside the
town, expecting your return, to pray you, dear father, not to
tell my mother [of] it, lest it (cela) should make her worse."
And when he had 10 said these words, he began weeping again
more bitterly than ever.
as he could,
sight of
him.
2S6. 2.
229.
376, 4.
296, 4.
271, 5.
259, 2.
"
LXX
A
the
celebrated Italian
name
of
any
(tout)
250, 4.
25S,
10
1.
265,
262, 3.
painter had told his pupils to
person
1, b.
who might come
ask
to his house
lxxi a-LXXii a
4/
One day three gentlemen

during his absence in the city.
came to 4 see the painter, and the latter was not at home.
One of the pupils, whose name was John, opened the door for
them, 5 said that his master was not in, and let them depart
without asking their names. When the master returned and 6
heard of the three gentlemen, he asked 7 John who they were.
John could say nothing but, "I do not know, sir." The painter
got angry, but John, with a few strokes of his pencil, drew
(faire)
the portrait of the three, and gave
The
it
to his master,
who
admired the skill

of the young man so much that he took the drawing, and kept
It is needit afterwards among his most precious possessions.
less to 9 add that he pardoned the pupil. (// est may be omitted.)
immediately
recognized them.
352, 1 (2).
280, 6.
270,
1.
278, 6.
362, 2.
458, 2.
413.
LXXI
A man
who would
artist
296,
2.
384, 1, a.
have friends must show himself

friendly.
A man (homme) was passing the night at (dans) an inn.
He had just left a town where he had spent several years. The
landlord asked 2 him why he had left the (cet) place.
He replied, "Because my neighbors were so disagreeable and disThe landlord
obliging that one could not live with them."
replied, "You will find exactly the same sort of neighbors where
you are going." The following day, another traveler came from
He told the landlord that he was obliged to
the same place.
leave the place where he had been living, and that it caused
him great pain to part with his neighbors, who had been so
kind and obliging. The landlord encouraged him by telling 3
him that he would find exactly the same sort of neighbors
where he was going.
(celui)
230,
1.
296, 2.
286, 3.
LXXII a
When
[thej class
was
I
at school, I
used to play
was
often very
with boys as
idle.
Even
idle as myself.
in
We
478
EXERCISE LXXIII
used to try 1 to hide this from 2 our master, but one day he
caught 3 us cleverly.
"You must not be idle," said he. "You must not raise
your 4 eyes from your books. You do not know what you lose
by idleness. 5 Study while you are young; you will not be
able to study when you are 6 old. If any one sees another boy
who is not studying, let him tell me." 7
"Now," said I to myself, "there is Fred Smith; I do not
like him.
If I see that he is not studying, I shall tell." 7
Soon after, I saw Fred Smith looking 8 out of the window,
and I told the master what I had seen. "Indeed!" said he,
"how do you know he was idle?" "If you please, sir," said
"0 you saw 9 him, and where were your
I, "I saw 9 him."
when you saw 9 him?"

saw the other boys laugh, and I was ashamed,
master smiled, and said it was a good lesson for me.
eyes
258.
296, 4.
260.
328.
321.
263, 2.
365.
287, 3.
for the
259, 2.
LXXIII a
The
2
princes of
Europe
have found out a manner
who have behaved
of
reward-
by presenting 3
them [with] about two yards of blue 4 ribbon, which is worn
on the shoulder. Those who are honored with this mark of
distinction are called knights, and the king himself is always
at the head of the order.
This is a cheap method of recompensing - the most important services; and it is very fortunate
ing
their
subjects
well,
for kings
that their subjects are
satisfied with such 8 trifling

Should a nobleman lose his leg in a battle, the king
presents him with two yards of ribbon, and he is recompensed
for the loss of his leg.
Should 9 an ambassador spend all his
fortune in 10 supporting the honor of his country abroad, the
king presents him with two yards of ribbon, which is considered 5 the equivalent of his estate.
In short, as long as a
European king has a yard or two of blue or green ribbon, he
rewards.
not lack statesmen, generals, and soldiers.
will
1
333, 2.
286,
3.
280,
352,
1 (1).
2.
241, 2.
321.
269, 4.
406,
5, a,
note.
10
275.
279, 2.
lxxiv a-LXXV
LXXIV
479
At a time when ancient art was attracting so much attenmodern art was being neglected, 2 Michael
Angelo had resort to a stratagem in order to teach the critics
l
tion in Italy that
the folly of judging such things according to fashion

tation.
He made
(jeune
girl
fille)
a statue which represented
asleep, 4 and,
breaking
off
or repu-
a beautiful
an arm, buried the

It was
statue in a place where excavations were being made. 2
soon found, and was lauded by
critics
and by the public
as
When
Michael Angelo thought

the time opportune, he produced the broken arm, and, to the
a valuable relic of antiquity.
great mortification of the critics, revealed himself as the sculptor.
321.
241,
258,
2.
LXXV
Had you
South-hill,
seen us, Mr. Harley,

I
am
sure
3.
352,
when we were turned
you would have wept at that
my
1 (3).
sight.
out of
You
never forget it while I

live (fut.); the poor creature (bete) was old and almost blind,
and could scarce crawl after us to the door; he went, however,
as far as the gooseberry-bush, which, as you may remember,
stood on the left side of the yard; he was wont to bask in the
sun there; when he had reached that spot, he stopped; we went
on (continuer noire ckemin); I called him; he wagged his tail, but
remember
old Trusty,
dog;
I shall
stir; I called again; he lay down; I whistled, and cried

"Trusty"; he gave a howl, and died! I could have lain down
and died ( = should have liked to lie down and die) too; but
did not
Clod gave
1
321.
me
'
strength to (de) live for
my
children.
VOCABULARY
FRENCH-ENGLISH
admettre [admetr]
a [a] 3 sg. pres. indie, avoir

a [a] to, towards, at, for, in, into,
around, by, with, from;
votre montre by your watch;
demain good-bye till to-
morrow
abondant C&b5dcQ abundant
[dabo:r] at first,
at the outset
abreuver [abrceve] to water, fill,
abord:
d'
first (of all),
soak
accent [aksa] m. accent, tone
accepter [aksepte] to accept
accident [aksidcQ ni. accident,
incident
accompagner [akSpane]
company, go with
to
ac-
[ako:r] in. agreement;

to agree
accourir [akuriir] 164 to run or
hasten up; run or hasten to
one's aid
accord
etre d'
accourut [akury] 3
accourir
accueil [akce:j3
ni.
sg.
past def.
-ve active, energetic
action []aksj5]
/.
police policeman
agir [ashr] to act, operate, work,
move, manage;
il
s'agit
a question of
[agreabl]
agreable
pleasant
de
it is
agreeable,
agricole [agrikol] agricultural

ai [e] 1 sg. pres. ind. avoir
aider [sde] to aid, help, assist

aie [e] 1 sg. pres. subj. and 2 sg.
impre. avoir
ailleurs [ajce:r] elsewhere; d'
moreover, besides, furthermore

aimable [cmabl] kind, amiable,
welcome
achat [a$a] m. purchase

acheter [a$te] 158 to buy, purchase
acti-f [aktif]
198 to admit
affectueu-x [afektq0] -se affectionate, kindly
afin de [afedo]
infin. in order
to
afin que [afsko] in order that,
that (takes subjunctive)
Afrique [afrik] /. Africa
age [ais] m. age, century, time;
de of an age to; quel
en
a-t-il ? how old is he?
age [a: sell aged, old
de
agent [a3a] m. agent;
action
actuellement [aktqslma] now, at

this very time
Adele [add] /. Addle
adieu [adj0] m. good-bye, farewell
481
nice
[me]
aimer
to
love,
mieux
like;
to prefer
que as,
ainsi [esi] thus, so;
dire so to say
just as; pour
m. air, atmosphere; air,

appearance; a 1' , en
the
in the air; le grand
air [e:r]
look,
open
open
air;
air;
in the
en plein
1'
de to seem to
avoir
VOCABULARY
482
ease, convenience; a. ton

comfortably, at your ease, just as you
like, suit yourself
aise [e:z] /. gladness;
aisement [ezema] easily

ait [e] 3 sg. pres. subj. avoir
Allemagne [alman] /. Germany

allemand [alma] adj. German;
German (language);
un Allemand a German
aller
m.
[ale]
health);
160 to go, be
to go
\- infin.
(of
to,
and; y
de bon coeur
to go at (a thing) with spirit;
s'en
to go away, depart, set
out; allez-vous-en
go away
let her go
qu'elle s'en aille
allons
come cour(away)
age! up! arise!
a la rencontre de to go to meet;
chercher to go for, go and get;
trouver to go and find, go
go
to (meet)
to
fit (of
avoir quarante
to be forty years old or
forty years of age; le jour de
l'an New Year's day

ancien [asje] ancient, old; former;
un
an ancient
ane [a:n] m. ass, donkey
anecdote [anegdot] /. anecdote
anglais [agle] adj. English; 1'
m. English (language); un An-
ajouter [asute] to add

algebre [alo:br] /. algebra
Allah [alia] m. Allah
1'
an [a] m. year;
garments)
alors [ab:r] then, so
Alpes [alp] /. pi. Alps

Alsace [alzas]/. Alsace
ambition [Sbisjo] /. ambition
ame [u:m]/. soul, heart
amener [amne] 158 to bring,
glais
chamber
[u] m. August
apercevoir [apsrsavwa:r] 213 to
perceive, see, observe, notice;
s'
to perceive, observe
apercoit [apsrswa] 3 sg. pres. indie, apercevoir
apercu [apersy] p. part, apercevoir
apercut [apersy] 3 sg. p. def.
apercevoir
appel [apel] m. call
appeler [aple] 158 to call; call
aoiit
in,
summon;
[amerike] American
un Americain an American
Amerique [amerik] /. America
ami [ami] m. friend; mon
my
good fellow, my boy
amie [ami] /. friend, loved one
amour [amu:r] m. in sing, and f.
in pi. love, affection; un
de
petite chevre a dear little goat
amusant [amyzci] amusing
amuser [amyze] to amuse; s'
to amuse or enjoy oneself, play,
have a good time
name;
faire
to be called
comment s'appelle-
to send for;
s'
named;
what is his name? il
s'appelle Jean Bart his name
or
lead
americain
an Englishman
Angleterre [agbts:r]/. England

animal [animal] ni. animal, beast
annee [ane]/. year, twelvemonth;
1'
derniere last year
anniversaire [anivsrse:r] m. anniversary, birthday
antichambre [ati$a:br] /. ante-
t-il?
is
Jean Bart
appetit [apeti] m. appetite;
bon
wish you a good appetite
apporter [aparte] to bring (to, a)

apprendre [apra:dr] 202 to
learn; teach
appreter [aprete] to prepare; s'
to prepare, get ready
approche [aproS] / approach
approcher [aproê] tr. and intr. to
approach, draw near, bring up;
FRENCH-ENGLISH
de to approach, draw near;

to approach, draw near
(to,
s'
apres [apre] -prep, after, next (to)

adv. afterwards, after
apres-demain [apredme] the day
;
to-morrow
apres-midi [apremidi] m. or f.
afternoon
arabe [arab] Arabian; un Arabe
(an) Arabian, Arab
Arabie [arabi]/. Arabia
arbre [arbr] m. tree
arc [ark] m. arch, bow
de Triomphe [arkdetri3:f]
name of an arch in Paris
Arc
architecture [ar$itEkty:r] /. architecture

argent [ar5<5] m. silver, money
argument
ment
[argymci]
m.
argu-
arithmetique [aritmetik] /. arithmetic

Aries [arl] /. city in the south of
France,
famous for Roman
re-
arreter
[arete] to stop, delay,

check, arrest;
s'
to
stop, pause, give heed (to, a);
du monde arrete people standing
arrivee [arive]/. arrival
arriver [arive] to arrive (at, a,
dans, sur);
come, come to,
stay,
come up;
happen, occur;
voila qui arrivent see
les
them com-
ing (there)
articuler [artikyle] to articulate,
utter
as [a] 2 sg. pres. indie, avoir
Asie [azi]/. Asia
assassiner [asasine] to assassinate, murder
asseoir [as\va:r] 215 to seat;
to sit 'down, seat oneself,
be seated
assiette [as jet]/, plate

assis [asi] p. part, s'asseoir seated,
sitting
associe [asosje] m. partner

assurer [asyre] to assure
attendre [ata:dr] 210 to wait;
wait for, expect; s'
a to expect
attenti-f [atatif] -ve attentive
attention
faire
[atasjo]
to
/.
attention;
pay attention
attentivement [atfitivma] attentively
au [o] contr. of a -f- le

auberge [ober3] /. inn
aubergiste
[obersist]
m.
keeper
aucun [okce] any, no; ne
no, none, no one
au-dessus [odsy] above;
inn-
de
above
Auguste [ogyst] m. Augustus
aujourd'hui
now;
mains
s'
assez [ase] enough, sufficiently;

pretty, rather, quite, very;
bon jood enough
de)
after
483
[osurdqi]
to-day,
en huit a week from
to-day
aupres de [oprede] into the presence of, to
aurai [ore] 1 sg.fut. avoir
auraient [ore] 8 pi. condl. avoir
aussi [osi] too, also, likewise; as
(in comparison);
bien besides;
bien que as well as
aussitot
[osito]
immediately,
forthwith, at once
autant [ota],
de as or so much,
as or so many; d'
plus the
more so; bien
quite as much
autobus [otobys] m. motor car,
auto car (public)
automne [oton] m. autumn; en
in
autumn
auto (mobile) [otomobil] m. or f.

automobile, motor car, auto
car
VOCABULARY
484
autour de [otuirdo] prep, around,
round
s others,
autre [otr] other; les
the others, other people; d'
both; les
others; l'un et 1'
s one another, both,
tins les
Francais we
s
nous
chose
bien
Frenchmen;
something very different
all;
autrefois [otrafwa] formerly, once

Autriche [otri$]/. Austria
les
aux [o] contr. of a
avancer [avase] 156 to advance,
forward;
forward;
s'
to advance, move
advanced;
avance
proficient
foren
head first,
ward; la tete en
de before
head foremost;
avant-hier [ava(t)js:r] the day
avant [ava] before;
before yesterday
subj.
le temps
avec [avek] with;
qu'il fait in such weather as
this
avenue [avny] /. avenue

avez [ave] 2 pi. pres.
indie.
avoir
Avignon [avinS] m.
south
of
France,
ayons [ej5]
1 pi. pies. subj. avoir
B
[baj pooh pshaw!
bain [b] to. bath
baisser [bese] to lower, let down,
la tete bow
hang (down);
down, hang one's head; se
to stoop down, stoop
bah
balle [bal] /. ball (for playing)

Balzac, Honore de [onore do bal-
French
zak] great
novelist
b.
1850
bander [bade] to bind up
banque [ba:k]/. bank (fin.)
banquier [bakje] m. banker
Bart, Jean [5a ba:r] famous
French seaman, b. at Dunkirk
1651, d. 1702
over
bas [ba] -se low; la
there, yonder; tout
in an
d.
in
the
undertone,
famous
for
silently;
city
to
au
oneself,
softly,
at the bottom:
below, at the bottom,

downstairs;
(below),
d'en from down below
en
medieval remains
avis [avi] to. opinion, notice
avoir [avwa:r] 154 to have; obimpers.,
tain, receive, get; y
y a there is, there are; il y

avait there was, etc.; il y a huit
jours a week ago; il y eut there
was, etc.; il eut le moulin he
obtained or received the mill;
cet enfant a quelque chose there
is something the matter with
that child; qu'est-ce que vous
avez? what is the matter with
you? il a dix ans he is ten years
old or ten years of age; vous
il
1799,
avant que [avdko] conj.

before
n'avez qu'a parler you have only

raison to be (in
to speak;
the) right; en
a to be angry
with
avril [avril] m. April
ayez [sje] 2 pi. impve. avoir
down
bas [ba]
to. stocking
baseball [besbal] in. baseball
bassin [base] to. basin, pool
Bastille [basti:j] /. Bastille (state

prison in Paris, captured and
destroyed by the populace, July

14, 1789)
bataille [bata:j]/. battle
bateau [bato] m. boat; se promener en

to go for a boatride, row, sail (in a boat)
batir [bati:r] to build
485
FRENCH-ENGLISH
baton
[bato]
m.
stroke
stick;
coup de
(in learning to write);
blow with a stick

beau, bel, belle, pi. beaux, belles
[bo, bel, bel, bo, bel] beautiful,
handsome,
au
fine;
milieu
the very midst; il fait

(temps) it is fine; avoir
be in vain
in
beaucoup
(de)
to
[bokuda] much, a
great deal, very much, many,

very many, a great many
Beaumarchais, Pierre [pje:r bomaree] celebrated French playwriyht, b. 1732, d. 1799
beaute [bo:te]/. beauty
becher [be$e] to dig, delve
beau
bel, belle [bel] see
benir [benhr] 163 to bless

berger [berse] m. shepherd; chien
shepherd's dog
de
besoin [bozwe] m. need, necesde to need, be in
sity; avoir
que je
need of; vous avez
vous aide you need my help;
aussi bien nous fera-t-il
then besides we shall need him
bete [be:t]/. beast, brute, animal
bete [be:t] stupid
beurre [bae:r] m. butter
bibliotheque [bibliote:k]/. library
bicyclette [bisiklet] /. bicycle
bien [bje] well, very, indeed,
really,
course,
more;
am
quite;
j'ai
sure,
le
surely,
much
plus
temps
of
have
to be
plenty of time; etre
well, be well off, be comfort-
que (+ subj.,
be happy;
or
though, although; ou
de
indeed, or on the contrary;
(du, des) much, a great deal of
bien [bje] m. good
biens [bje] m. pi. estate, property, goods, wealth, possessions;
able,
blessings
shortly,
[bjeto] soon,
bientot
presently
bijou [bisu] m. jewel
letter;
[bije]
billet
m. note,
promissory note; ticket;
d'entree ticket (of admission);
de banque, bank bill, bank

note
blanc [bla(:S)] blanche white; le
n. m. the white
blanchir [bla$i:r] to become white,

make white, wash, launder
ble [ble] m. wheat, wheat field
blesser [blese] to wound, hurt
blessure [blesy:r]/. wound, hurt
bleu [bl0] blue
Blois [blwa] m. town southwest of
Paris, with famous castle
boeuf [beef] m. ox; beef
boire [bwa:r] 181 to drink;
to give a gradonner pour
tuity or tip (colloq.)
bois [bwa] m. wood(s), forest
box
bon [bo] -ne good; kind; moins
boite [bwa:t]/.
worse, not so good;
sentir
to smell sweet
bonbon [b5b5] m. bonbon, candy

bonjour [b53u:r] m. good morning, good day
bonne [bon] /. maid, servant,
nursery maid
bonte [bote]
/.
goodness,
kind-
ness
bord [bo:r] m. shore, bank, marde
gin, edge; board (nav.); a
on board of
Bordeaux [bordo] m. important
seaport on the Garonne, and a
centre of wine trade
borner [borne] to limit; se
to be limited
botte [bot] /. boot (riding)

bottine [botin] /. high shoe (for
men or women, particularly the
latter)
VOCABULARY
486
bouche [bu:$]
in one's
/.
mouth; a
la
mouth
boulanger [bulase] m. baker

bouquiniste [bukinist] m. second-
hand book dealer

bourgeois [burswa] m. middleclass person
bout [bu] m. end, tip; edge, exde at the end of
tremity; au
boutique [butik] /. shop, store
branche [bra:$]/. branch

bras [bra] m. arm
brave [bra:v] brave, gallant;
good, kind, honest, worthy
brigand [brig a] m. brigand, thief
brin [br] m. blade, sprig
brosse [bros] /. brush
brosser [brose] to brush
bruit [brqi] m. noise, sound;
fame, reputation; faire tant de
to attract so much attention
brulant [bryla] burning hot
bruler [bryle] to burn
brusque [brysk] blunt
bureau [byro] m. office
but [byt or by] object, end, goal;
to attain his obar river a son
ject
ca [sa] {for cela) that

c'a ete [sa ete] for ca or ce a ete
et la here and
ca [sa] here;
there, up and down, hither and
thither
cabinet;
cabinet
[kabine]
m.
office, private office
cacher [ka$e] to hide, conceal;
to hide oneself
se
cadeau [kado] m. present, gift
cafe [kafe] m. coffee; coffee-house,
restaurant, cafe
cahier [kaje] in. notebook, ex-
ercise
calmer [kalme] to calm
camarade
book
[kamarad] m. or f.
comrade, playmate, chum
campagne [kapan] /. country,
fields; a la
in the country
Canada [kanada]
caresser [karese] to caress, stroke

carte [kart]/. card, ticket; map
cas [ka] to. case
casser [ka:se] to break
cathedrale [katedral] f. cathedral
catholique [katalik] catholic
cause [ko:z] /. cause; a
because of
causer [koze]
talk;
make
to
cause;
une
de
chat,
impression
an impression
to
ce [sa] pron. it, this, that; e'est

pourquoi that is why; e'est
nous it is we; ce sont eux it is
they; ce qui, ce que that which,
which, what
ce, cet, cette, ces [sa. set, set. se]
adj. this, that; ce
-la that.
.
(emphatic)
ceci [sasi] pron. this
cela [sala] p/-<m. that;
s'entend
that is evident; of course
celebre [selcbr] celebrated, fa-
mous
celebrer [selebre]
brate
158 to cele-
celle [sel] see celui

celui,
celle,
ssl, s0,
sd]
ceux,
celles
[saluj,
this or that, this or
that one; the one, he, him;

the one who, he or him
qui
caissier [kesje]
who
cashier
Canada
caillou [kaju] m. pebble, stone

to.
to.
canadien [kanadje] Canadian

capitaine [kapiten] to. captain
car [kar] for (conj.)
caravane [karavan] /. caravan
caresse [kares] /. caress; faire
mille
s a to overwhelm (one)
with kindness
FRENCH-ENGLISH
celui-ci [salijisi], celle-ci, ceux-ci,
celles-ci pron. this, this man,
this one, the latter,
he (too)
[sahnla] pron. that,

that man, that one, the former,
celui-la, etc.
he
cent [sa] (a) hundred
centime [satim] to. the hundredth

part of a franc
cependant [sapada] yet, nevertheless; still, however, in the
meantime, meanwhile
cerise [sariiz]/. cherry
cerisier [sarizje] in. cherry tree
certain [serte] certain
cesser [sese] to cease, leave off (de)

ceux [s0] see celui
chacun [Sakde] pron. each, each
one, every one
chaise [Se:z]/- chair
chaleur [5alce:r] /. heat
chambre [$a:br] /. room, bed-
room;
Chambre des deputes
487
Emperor
(the great
of the West,
742-814)
charmant [$arma] charming
charmer [$arme] to charm, delight; charme de charmed with,
delighted with
Chartres [$artr] f. city southwest
of Paris, with
famous cathedral
chasse [$as]/. chase, hunt, hunting, hunting party

chasser [ase] to chase, hunt, drive
away
chateau [$ato] m. castle, palace v
country mansion
chaud [$o] warm, hot
chaud [So] m. heat, warmth; il
fait
it is warm, hot (of weather,
etc.); avoir
to be warm, hot
(of living beings)
chaussures [Sosy:r]
boots
/. pi.
chef
commander;
[$rf] to. chief,
shoes,
d'escadre rear admiral
House of Parliament, Congress

chameau [$amo] ?n. camel
champ [$a] to. field, farm
chemin [Same] to. way, road;

grand
main road, highway;
Champs-Elysees
on the way; en
chemise [$ami:z]/.
name
[$azelize] to. pi.
of a celebrated
promenade
in Paris
changement [Sasma]
changer
to.
change
156 to change,
alter,
transform;
to
se
change or transform oneself,
[$ci5e]
change (intr.)
chanson [Sas5] /. song
chant [$u] m. singing, song; crowing (of a cock)
chanter [$ate] to sing; chant, intone, play
Chantilly [$utiji] town famous for
its
forests
and magnificent cha-
teau
chapeau [$apo] m. hat

chaque [$ak] each, every
Charlemagne [$arlaman]
lemagne,
Charles
the
CharGreat
faisant
on the way
de fer railway;
shirt
cher [Ss:r] chere dear; beloved;

payer
pay dear(ly) for, pay
too much for
chercher [$r$e] to seek, search,.
look for; aller
to go for, go
and get;
a to seek to, try to
cheval [Saval] to. horse; a
on horseback; monter a
ride
(on) horseback
cheveu [fev0]
pi.
to. (a)
hair;
cheveux
hair
chevre [e:vr]
chez [$c] to,
/.
goat
in, into (the

house, shop, office, etc., of);
with; aller
le roi to go to
the king's (palace, court, etc.);
ils etaient
eux they were at
home;
moi at my house, at
at,
VOCABULARY
488
home;
vous at your house,
at home, with you
chien [$je] m. dog;
shepherd's dog
Chine [Sin]
/.
de berger
comme [kom] as,

it
choisir [$wazi:r] to choose

chose [o:z] f, thing, affair, matm. pron. someter; quelque
d' extraordithing; quelque
naire something extraordinary
or unusual; elle a quelque
there is something the matter
somewith her; bien autre
thing very different
chou [u] m. cabbage
like, such as; as

as well as; now;
voici,
suit as follows
faut in fine style, exactly
were, as
how
China
comedie [komedi]/. comedy, play
il
if;
should be
right, as it
commencement [komasma] m.
beginning, commencement
commencer [komase] 156 to
begin, commence (to, a, de)
comment [komfi] how; how?
how! what!
cela? how is
that?
commode [komod]
compagne [kopan]
-ci [si] see celui
cieux [sjel, sj0] m. heaven,

heavens, sky
cigare [siga:r] m. cigar
ciel pi.
cigarette [sigarst] /. cigarette

cinq [se:k] five
cinquante [seka:t] fifty

cinquieme [sskjem] fifth
cite [site] /. city, heart of city
civil [sivil] civil, civilian
comfortable,
convenient
/.
companion;
wife
compagnie [kopani] /. company

compagnon [kopano] m. companion;
de voyage traveling companion
comparaison [k5parez5] /. com-
parison
comparer [kopare] to compare

compartiment
[k5partima]
m.
compartment
compassion [kopasjo] /. compas-
clair [kk:r] clear, bright, plain

classe [kla:s] /. class, recitation,
lesson, classroom; manquer la
to stay away from school,
to give
play truant; faire la
a lesson (to a class), teach (a
sion, pity
compatriote
est terminee class

la
over or dismissed
cloche [kb$]/. bell
coeur [kce:r] m. heart, heartiness,
courage, energy
coin [kwe] m. corner
colere [kok:r] /. anger; se mettre en
to get angry, be angry
combien [kobjg] how much? how
completer [kSplete] to complete

compliment [koplima] m. compliment
comprendre [k5pra:dr] 202 to
understand, comprehend;
in-
class);
is
many?
at
what price? how
etesmuch, how many;

vous? how many are there of
you?
avez-vous paye? how
much or what did you pay
(for) ?
[kopatriot]
m.,
f.
countryman or woman
complet
[kopk] m. suit (of
clothes); complement; etre au
fellow
to be
clude;
full
faire
to explain
compter [kote] to count, reckon;

intend, think, hope; be of importance
concert [k5ss:r] m. concert
Concorde [kskord] /. concord;
place de la Concorde name of a
square in Paris
FRENCH-ENGLISH
conducteur [k5dyktce:r] m. conductor
conduire [kodqizr] 185 to conduct,
guide, drive,
lead,
take,
convey
confiance Ck5f jd:s]
/.
confidence,
coucher
[ku$e]
down;
down;
tr.
se
to
retire (to rest)
de son
on his
a
de beside
towards;
part, he too;
to
intr.
conge [k5se] m. holiday; donner

a to give a holiday to
connaissance [konesais] /. acquaintance; faire
avec to
become acquainted with
connait [kone] 3 sg. pres. indie.
connaitre
connaitre [koneitr] 1SS to know,
be acquainted with, understand
conseil [k5sc:j] m. counsel, advice
conserver [kSserve] to preserve,
save, keep
conte [k5:t] m. story, tale; faire

un
to tell a story
contenir [k5teni:r] 177 to con-
tain
lie
lie,
put to bed, lay

to go to
bed,
set {of the sun)
be lying down
coucher [ku$e] m. setting;
du
etre couche to
trust
soleil
couloir
sunset
[kulwa:r]
m.
passage,
corridor
coup [ku] m. blow, stroke; drink;

de poing a blow with the
fist;
de pied a kick; d'un
seul
at a single stroke; tout
a
all at once;
de dent
bite;
de baton blow with a
stick
couper [kupe] to cut

cour [ku:r] /. court;
courtiers;
yard, courtyard; faire la

to pay court; gens de la
courtiers
content [lota] adj. content, satisfied,
of,
489
pleased, gratified,
happy
contentement [kotatma] m. con-
couramment [kuramci]
fluently
courber [kurbe] to bend, bow

courir
[kuri:r]
to
run
164
tentment, satisfaction
confer [k5te] to relate, tell
continuer [kotinqe] to continue
(about); hasten; hunt after

court [ku:r] short (adj.); short
keep on, pursue

contraire [Totre'.r] m. contrary;
au
on the contrary
court [ku:r] 3 sg. pres. indie.

courir
courtisan [kurtiza] m. courtier
couru [kury] p. part, courir
cousin, -e [kuz, kuzin] cousin
couteau [kuto] w. knife
couter [kute] to cost
(to, de),
contre [k5tr] against, from, at

convenable [kSvonabl] suitable
convenir [k5voni:r] 178 to suit,
become,
be
fitting
or
appro-
coutume
priate
copie [kopi]/. copy; exercise

corps [ko:r] m. body, form
corriger [korise] to correct
Corse [kors]/. Corsica
cote [koto] m. side, way; d'un
on one side;
this side;
du
habit
couturiere
[kutym]
custom,
/.
[kutyrjeir]
/.
dress-
maker
de l'autre
on
on
de ce
de
to one side,
de in the direction
the other side;

aside;
(adv.)
couvert [kuv:r] p. part, couvrir

covered; cloudy, overcast; with
one's hat on
couvrir [kuvrhr] 176 to cover;
to cover oneself, be
se
covered
VOCABULARY
490
debout [dabu] adv. upright, stand-
craie [kre] /. chalk
craindre [kre:dr] 190 to fear,

be afraid of
crainte [kre:t]/. fear
cravate [kravat] /. necktie
crayon [kreja] to. pencil
creature [kreaty:r]/. creature
crier [krie] to cry (out), shout,
yell,
scream, call (out), exclaim
croire [krwctir] 191 to believe;

to believe or think
think; se
faire
oneself;
(one) believe in;
to
make
je crois bien!
should think so!

croupe [krup] /. back, rump
croyez [krwaje] 2 pi. pres. indie.
I
croire
cruel
Decem-
to.
ber
decider [deside] to decide, determine; se
to decide, resolve,
make up
one's
mind
[dekuvrhr] 176 to
discover; se
to uncover oneself, take off the hat
dehors [dao:r] outside, outdoors
deja [desa] already; deja! so
decouvrir
soon!
dejeuner [de30ne] to. breakfast;

du matin or premier
lunch;
petit
breakfast
(i.e.,
the
meal of the day)

demain [damg] to. to-morrow; a
I shall see you to-morrow
until to-morrow
demander [damade] to ask, ask
for;
a to ask of or from
(indir. obj.), ask;
a + infin.
to ask to; se
to ask oneself,
first
[kryd] -le cruel
crus [kry]
past def. croire
1 sg.
cuiller [kqije-.r]/.
spoon
cuir [kqi:r] m. leather

cuisine [kqizin]/. kitchen, cooking
cuisiniere [kqizin js:r]/. cook

curiosite
ing
decembre [desaibr]
[kyrjozite]
/.
curiosity
wonder
demeurer [damcere]
D
dame [dam]/, lady
Danemark [danmark]
mark
Den-
to.
dangereu-x [da3r0] -se dangerous

dans [da] in, within, to, into, at,
on, among, between;
le
temps at the time
danser [dase] to dance
date [dat] /. date; de longue
to live, dwell,
remain, be
demi [dami] hah; a
demi-heure [damice:r]
reside;
hour
demontrer
prove
half
[dematre]
denier [danje]
to.
/.
half an
show,
to
denarius
(obs.),
penny; (pi.) money

dent [da] /. tooth; coup de
bite
long before
datte [dat] /. date (fruit)
depart [depa:r]
depecher: se
Daudet, Alphonse [alf5z dode]

French ?iovelist, b. at Nimes,
1840, d. 1897
davantage [davata:3] more
de [da] of, from, out of, for, with,
make haste, hurry

depenser [depose] to spend, ex-
in,
on, by, at, to;
to, at, for, in,
because
etc.;
to.
+
ce
infin.
que
departure
[sa depee] to
pend
depouiller [depuje] to strip, despoil, deprive
depuis [dapqi] since; from;
deux ans for two years back,
que
for the last two years;
FRENCH-ENGLISH
since;
quand? since when?
how long?
i. deputy, member of parliament, congressman
deranger [derase] 156 to deto trouble oneself
range; se
derni-er [dsrnje] -ere latter, last,
depute [depyte]
final
derriere [derjeir] behind {prep.);

behind, at the back (adv.);
hind (adj.)
de
des [de] contr. of de + les
des [de] from (dating from), not
later than;
demain begin-
que as soon
ning to-morrow
as, from the very moment that;
le meme jour on the (very
le point du jour
same) day;
;
at daybreak
desagreable
[dezagreabl]
disagreeable, unpleasant
descendre [desa:dr] 210 to descend, come or go down, alight,
get off; go down (stairs), put up
at
desert [deze:r] to. desert
desir [dezi:r] to. desire, longing
desirer [deziue] to desire, wish
dessert [dese:r] to. dessert
destination [destinasjo] /. destination
destruction [destryksj5] /. destruction
deux [do] two; tous (or toutes)
both (of them)

deuxieme [d0zjem] second
devant
[dava]
front
of,
prep,
ahead
of;
before,
in
adv. before,
ahead, in advance
devenir [davni:r] 178
to
be-
come: become of
devint [dav] 8 sg. past
def.
de-
venir
devoir [dovwa:r]
cise
(lesson);
devoir [devwair] 214 to owe;

be one's duty to, ought, be to,
have to, be obliged to, must;
h infin. to be one's duty to,
ought, be to, have to, be obliged
to,
must
devrais [davrs] see devoir ought

dictee [dikte] /. dictation
Dieu [dj0] to. God; ah mon
oh! dear me!
difference [difera:s] /. difference
different [difera] different, divers,
various
difficile [difisil] difficult,
difficulte
[difikylte] /.
hard
difficulty
dimanche [dima:$] to. Sunday;

tous les
s even Sunday
diner [dine] to dine

diner [dine] to", dinner; a
to
or at dinner
dire [di:r] 193 to say, tell, recite; c'est a
that is (to say);
vouloir
to mean
directement
[dirkt(a)ma]
di-
rectly
disait
[dize]
sg.
impf.
indie.
dire
discuter [diskyte] to discuss

distinctement [distgkt(a)mcl] distinctly
distribuer
[distribqe] to distrib-
ute, deal out, portion out

dit
[di]
sg.
prcs.
indie.,
sg.
past def., and p. part, dire

dix [dis] ten
dix-huit [dizirit] eighteen

dix-neuf [dizneef] nineteen
dix-neuvieme [dizneevjem] nineteenth
dix-sept [disset] seventeen
doigt [dwa] m. finger; toe
dois
[dwa]
and 2
sg. pres. indie.
devoir
exerto. duty;
rendre leurs
a to pay their respects to
491
dollar [dola:r] m. dollar
domestique [domestik] m.
servant
or
f.

VOCABULAEY
492
dommage [domais] m. damage,

pity
done [d5(:k)] then, therefore, con-
sequently
donner [done] to give; bear (of
trees);
a souper to give a
to give to each
supper; se
other
dont [d5] of whom, of (from, etc.)
which, whose, with which, etc.,
whence
166 to sleep
[dulur0zma3
sadly
doute [dut] to. doubt; sans
no doubt, doubtless, of course
dou-x [du] -ce sweet; soft, gentle,
kindly
douze [du:z] twelve
[drwa] straight,
right;
up-
right, erect
droite [drwat]/. right hand, right,
to or on
a
, de
the right (hand)
du [dy] contr. of de
le
ducat [dyka] to. ducat (a gold
coin worth 10 or 12 francs)
[alsgzadr
Dumas,
Alexandre
dyma] French dramatist and
right side;
1803, d. 1870
[dykel] contr. of
novelist, b.
duquel
d'
[ekol]
de
lequel
durer [dyre] to
endure
last,
continue,
maison
school;
/.
schoolhouse
[ekolje] to.
schoolboy,
pupil
ecouter [ekute] to listen, Msten
ecolier
to,
hear
eerier:
s'
[sekrie] to cry out,
exclaim
ecrire [ekriir] 194 to write
ecrit [ekri] p. part, ecrire
edifice
dormir [dormi:r]
douloureusement
droit
ecole
[edifis] to.
build-
edifice,
ing
Edouard [edwa:r] Edward

education
[edykasjo] /. educaupbringing
tion, training,
effet
[efs]
to.
en
effect;
in
effect, indeed, in fact
effort [efo:r] to. effort, endeavor;

force,
might; tenter un dernier
to make a final effort

egal [egal] equal
egarer:
s'
[segare]
to
lose
one's way
eglise [egli:z]
/. church
Egypte [esipt] /. Egypt
bien! well!
eh! [e] ah! well!
well then! well now!

eleve [ek:v] to. orf. pupil, scholar
elever [elve] 158 to raise, raise
up, lift up, exalt; rear, bring
to rise, exalt oneself,
up; s'
be lifted up, be exalted
elle [el] she,
it,
her
eloigne [elwane] distant

[selwane]
eloigner: s'
to
go
away
embarras [abara]
eau [o]
ecarter
s'
/.
[ekarte] to
de
to go
take away;
away from, ram-
embrasure [abrazyir]
sure, recess (of
to.
burst, outburst
embraetc.)
to hinder, pre-
vent (from, de)

employe [aplwaje]
to.
employee,
official
employer [aplwaje]
to escape
/.
window,
empecher [ap$e]
ble, stray
echange [e$a:3] to. exchange;

de in exchange for
en
echapper [e$ape] to escape; s'
eclat [ekla]
embarrass-
to.
ment
water
use
to
employ,
493
FRENCH-ENGLISH
emporter [dporte] to carry away,
take away
empressement [QprEsmfi] m. eacarry
off,
gerness
en [a] prep,
a,
like a;
in,
into;
en
at;
pres.
of;
part,
as
in,
untranswhilst, by
route on the way;
quoi?
argent made of
(or
while,
lated);
silver;
of
what
en [a] pron. and adv. of (from,

out of, for, by, etc.) it or them;
some
of
it,
some
them; some, any

enchanter [a Sate] to enchant,
charm, delight; enchante deof
lighted
encore [ako:r] yet, still, again,

more, still more, moreover, besides,
also,
now, only;
un
si even if
another, one more
with
encre [a:kr] /. ink; a 1'
ink
encrier [akrie] m. inkstand
encyclopedic [asiklapedi] /. en;
cyclopedia
[sadormiir] 166
endormir: s'
to go to sleep, fall asleep; endonni asleep
endroit [fldrwa] m. place, spot
enfant [afa] m. or f. child, son,
daughter; boy, girl, offspring
.
among,
between,
[ci:tr]
amongst
entree [citre] /. entrance, beginning; entree (a term in cookbillet
ery);
(carte)
admission)
entrer [atre] to
d'
ticket
(of
go
in,
dans to enter
come in;
enumerer [enymere] 158
to
enter,
enumerate
(material) ?
of him, of her,
entre
enfin [ufe] at last, finally, in fine,
envers [fivsir] towards

envie [avi] /. envy, desire, inclide to feel like,
nation avoir
wish or desire to
environ [Qviro] about, nearly
envoyer [avwaje] 157 to send
epargner [eparne] to save, economize
epi [epi] m. ear (of wheat)
epingle [epe:gl] /. pin
epoque [epak] /. epoch, period,
time
epouser [epuze] to marry (trans.),
take in marriage, wed
escadre [sskadr] /. squadron,
rear-admiral
fleet; chef d'
Espagne [Espan] /. Spain
espagnol [sspanol] Spanish
esperance [ssperQis]/. hope
esperer [sspere] 158 to hope,
hope for, expect
esprit [Espri] to. spirit, mind, wit,
intelligence;
Saint-Esprit
Holy
Ghost
in short
ennuyeu-x [anqij0] -se tiresome,

annoying
essayer [essje] 157 to try, attempt; try on
enseigner [dsrjie] to teach
est
ensemble
[asa:bl]
together,
all
together
ensuite [asiiit] afterwards, then,
thereupon, after that
entendre [fitfiidr] 210 to hear;
cela s'entend that is evident;
of course
enti-er [atje] -ere entire, whole;
tout
wholly
[e] S sg. pres. indie, etre;

ce que? is it (the case) that?
(a statement prefixed by est-ce
que?
becomes
interrogative);
n'est-ce pas? lit. is

(variously rendered
it
not (so)?
to
suit
the
context)
est [est] to. east

et [e]
etat
and
[eta]
to.
state;
condition;
VOCABULARY
494
homme
de
d'Etat statesman;
en
in a condition to
Etats-Unis
[etazyni]
to. pi.
United States
ete [ete]
to.
summer;
en
in
summer
etes [e:t] 2 pi. pres. indie, etre
etoile [etwal]/. star
etrang-er [etrfl3e] -ere to. or f.
stranger, foreigner; adj. foreign
a to
etre [e:tr] 154 to be;
belong to;
de to belong; en
a to be at a point; be busy
at; nous sommes cinq there are
five of us
etudier [etydje] to study
eumes [ym] 1 pi. past def. avoir
Europe [cerop]/. Europe
europeen [ceropeg] -ne European
eus [y] 1 sg. past def. avoir
eut [y] 3 sg. impf. subj. avoir
eux [0] they, them
eux-memes
[0
ms:m] they them-
themselves
selves,
evenement [evenma] to. event

evidemment [evidama] evidently
opposite to, facing before, face

to face with, in the presence of
facher [fa:$e] to vex, displease;
fache sorry, angry; se
to get
angry
facile [fasil] easy
facilement [fasilma] easily
facon [fas5] /. fashion, way,
manner; outline, sketch; de
ce que in such a way or
a.
manner that; de
in the same way
facteur
[faktce:rj
letter
faible [fsibl]
weak, feeble
/. weakness
hunger; avoir
faim [fg] /.
be hungry
[fs:r]
act,
remark;
to have
made, cause to be made;
vivre to keep alive, support;
le tour de to go round;
cry,
peur a to frighten;
/.
excur-
sion, trip
excuser [ekskyze] to excuse

exemple [egzapl] m. example,
pattern; copy; par
for instance, for example; you don't
say so dear me
exercice [egzsrsis] to. exercise

expliquer [sksplike] to explain
exprimer [eksprime] to express
to
195 to do, make,

cause (+ infin. to do or
be done), produce, occasion,
give, form; say, reply, exclaim,
faire
excepte [eksepte] except

[ekskyrsjo]
postman,
faiblesse [febles]
excursion
to.
meme
carrier
excellent [eksdd] excellent

exciter [eksite] to excite
la
plaisir to give pleasure;
attention
pay attention;
expel;
put
cour
pay court;
classe to
to
sortir
to
out,
la
to
la
give a lesson, teach; cela ne
fait rien that makes no difference;
fete a to welcome, hail
with joy;
voir to show;
mal a to pain, hurt;
un
pas to take a step; fais done,
do (so) then, do (it your own
une
way) then, all right;
question to ask a question; il
fait beau (chaud, etc.) it is fine
(hot, etc.)
faire:
facade [fasad]
/.
front, facade
face [fas]/, face; en

on the other side;
opposite,
en de
make
make
se
[so fs:rl
oneself,
render
195
to
oneself,
to or for oneself; be done;

become; take place; be; il se
495
FRENCH-ENGLISH
un grand tapage there
faisait
a to
great uproar; se
adapt oneself to
fais [fe] 1 sg. pres. indie, faire
es indie.
faisons [fazo] 1 pi.
was a
faire
faites [fet] 2 pi. pres. indie, and

impve. faire
fallait [fate] 3 sg. impf. indie.
vb.
il
[falwair]
218 impers.
to be necessary, have to;
faut
one has
one
{etc.)
fallait
que
infin.
to;
il
must,
was
it
necessary that (he, etc.), he

was obliged to or had to; il
lui faut he needs or must have;
il
il
manger one must eat;

avait fallu he had been
faut
obliged
fameu-x [fam0] -se famous,
cele-
sg. fut. falloir
faux-col [fo kol] m. collar

felicitation
[fek'sitasjo]
con-
/.
feliciter [felisite] to
congratulate
woman, wife
[fens:tr]/. window
femme [fam]
[fs:r]
(adj.),
of
railway;
m.
/.
iron;
iron;
en
iron
chemin de
a cheval horseshoe
ferai [fore] 1 sg. fut. faire.

ferme [fsrm] firm(ly), hard
[ferme]
to
sheet
leaf,
/.
{of
paper)
fi-er [fjs:r]
February
-ere proud
se
fier [fje]:
a to trust,
[saf je]
have confidence
in
fierement [fjcrma] proudly

[figy.r]
figure
face,
figure,
/.
countenance
daughter; jeune
fille [fi:j]/. girl,
young lady
girl,
fillette [fijst]/. little girl

fils
[fis]
fin
[fe]
m. son
end;
a la
/.
finally,
shut
(up),
close; lock
[feru] that shoes horses;
to finish, conclude,
[fini:r]
par lui demander
finit
il
he asked him
it's all
e'est fini
finally;
over
fis [fi] 1 sg. p. def.
[flate]
faire
se
to flatter;
to flatter oneself, hope

fleur [flce:r] /. flower; en
in
blooming
fleuve [flce:v] m. river {flowing
flower,
into the sea)

[fwa] /. faith;
ma
foi
fois
gratulation
f errant
feast,
[fce:j]
feuille
flatter
faut [fo] 3 sg. pres. indie, falloir

faute [fort]/, fault, mistake
fau-x [fo] -sse false, deceitful
fermer
/.
holiday
end;
fer
[fsit]
festivity,
finir
fatigue [fatige] tired

fatiguer [fatige] to fatigue, weary,
to fatigue oneself,
se
tire;
fenetre
hoUday, festival;
merrymaking;
to be in festivity,
etre en
hold a celebration; jour de
fete
at last
brated
famille [famij]/. family
fatigant [fatigii] tiresome
get tired
faudra [fodra] 3
horse-
shoer
fevrier [fevrie] m.
falloir
falloir
blacksmith,
marechal
sion)
so often;
;
faith!
time {repeated occaso many times,

tant de
[fwa]
/.
une
twice; encore
once,
once more
deux
une
ion
fond [fa] m. bottom, depth, abyss;
folle [fol]/. of
crown
{of hat);
in the
bottom
au
of,
de at or
at the back
of
of, in the depth (s)

fonder [f5de] to found
font [f5] 3 pi. pres. indie, faire
Fontainebleau [f Stenblo] town near
VOCABULARY
496
m.
Melun, famous for Us chateau

and picturesque forests
football [futbal] m. football
fruit [frqi]
foret [fors]/. forest
fumer [fyme]
fruit
[frqitje]
fruitier
arbre
fruit-bearing;
fruit tree
smoke
to
forme [form]/, form, shape

former [forme] to form
powerful;
fort [fo:r] adj. strong,

big, thick;
clever
much, very, very

servi
loudly; m'a
fort [fo:r] adv.
much;
loud,
has been of great service
to
me
fortune [fortyn] /. fortune, good
to seek one's
luck; chercher
fortune
fou, fol, folle [fu,

foolish,
fol]
fol,
mad,
crazy
gages [ga:s] to. pi. wages

gagner [gone], to gain, win, earn,
obtain; reach; seize
galerie [galri] /. gallery
galop [galo] m. gallop
gant [ga] m. glove
garcon [garso] m. boy, waiter

garde [gard] to. guard, keeper
garder [garde] to keep, guard,
preserve, have in store
foule [fu:l]/. crowd

fourchette [fur$st] /. fork
gare [ga:r]
fourmi [furmi]/. ant

foyer [fwaje] in. hearth
/. left hand, left,

de
to or
a (la)
on the left (hand)
general [3eneral] general;
to.
France [fra:s]/. France

[anatolfra:s]
France,
Anatole
prominent French man of letters,
18U
francais [frass] adj. French;
un
French
Frenchman; le
in French;
(the language)
en
parler
to speak French
Francois
m. Francis;
pramje] Francis
[fraswa]
I er [fraswa
the First (king of France, b.

1494, d. 1547)
Franklin,
Benjamin
[bSsame
frakle] American statesman and
philosopher, b. 1706, d. 1790
frapper [frape] to strike, knock,
rap
Frederic le Grand [frederik le
gra] Frederick the Great, (king
of Prussia, b. 1712, d. 1786)
frere [frs:r] m. brother
froid [frwa] adj. cold;
m. cold
frotter [frote] to rub
adj. left
left side;
franc [fra] to. franc (a coin worth

normally about 20 cents)
b.
station
/.
gauche [go: $]
gauche [go:]
general;
en
in general, gen-
erally
gens [oQ] to. or f. pi. people;

de la cour courtiers
gentil
[sati]
behaved
gentilhomme
pretty,
nice,
[sfltijom]
to.
well-
noble-
man
Germaine [sermen]
glace
[glas] /.
/.
Germaine
ice
ice;
cream;
mirror
glisser [glise] to slip, slide
gloire [glwa:r]/. glory
gothique [gotik] gothic

grain [grg] m. grain, corn
grammaire [grameir] /. grammar
grand [gra] great, large, tall,
big, grand; long
grand'chose [gra$o:z]/. much
grandeur [gradce:r]
/.
greatness,
size
grand'mere
mother
[grams :r]
/.
grand-
497
FRENCH-ENGLISH
[grapsir]
grand-pere
grand-
ra.
seriously
grimper [grepe] to climb

gris [gri] gray, dark-colored
gros [gro] -se large, big, great;
guere Qjeir] but little, not much;

hardly ... at all
ne
.
/.
is
[ccr0:znicf) happily,
luckily, fortunately
heureu-x [cer0] -se happy,
soir
histoire [istwair] /. history, story

historique [istorik] historical
hiver
indicated thus: 'h]
homme [om]
s'
m. man;
d'Etat
used (to, a)
pi market
'haricot [ariko] m. kidney bean;
s verts string beans
Hotel-Dieu [oteldj0]
oneself, get
'halles [al] /.
'hasard [aaa:r] m. chance; par

by chance, perchance
'hater: se [sa ate] to hasten,
statesman
honneur [once:r] m. honor
en
m. winter;
[ivs:r]
in winter
to dress
habit [abi] m. garment, dress,
apparel, garb; coat; pi. clothes,
apparel, costume
habiter [abite] to inhabit, live in
habituer [abitqe] to accustom;
to accustom
s'
habituate;
'honte [5:t]/. slaame; avoir
to
be ashamed
hopital [opital] m. hospital
hotel [otd] m. hotel
de
hotel
town
ville
Hugo, Victor
writer, b.
'huit
m.
[otsldavil]
hall
[mt]
tn. hospital
[vikto:r ygo] French
1802, d, 1885
jours a
eight;
week
[isi] here; ici-bas here below

idee [ide] /. idea
ignorant [inora] ignorant
ignorer [ipore] to be ignorant of,
ici
hurry
'haut [o] high, tall; loud
'haut [o] m. height; top, upper
at the
au
part, summit;
en
upstairs
not to know
'haut [o] adv. loud

helas! [elu:s] alas!
Henri
for-
[jsir] yesterday;
yesterday evening
habile [abil] able, clever

habiller [abije] to dress;
top;
s at
hier
war
not
nine o'clock; tout a 1'
long ago, just now, a little
while ago, directly; de bonne
earlj% in good time
tunate
H
[h aspirate
what time is
at what time?
what hour? a neuf
at
guerir [gcri:r] to cure
guerre [gs:r]
time;
hour;
/.
est-il?
heureusement
heavy
.
[ce:r]
it? a quelle
gravely,
[gravmfi]
gravement
heure
quelle
father
gras [gra] -se fat
[firi]
m.
il
there
Henry;
[arikatr]
Henry
the
{king
France,
b.
of
1610)
herbe [erb]
IV
Fourth
1553,
d.
il
grass, herb(s)
came
several
y a [ilja] see avoir there

are,
ile
ago
[i:l] /.
island;
in the
heart of Paris
island
/.
en vint plusieurs
[il] he, it;
de
Seine,
is,
there
la Cite
in
the
VOCABULARY
498
ils [il] they

importance [gporta:s] /. importance
important [gporta] important
importer [gporte] to be of consequence; n'importe no matter;
n'importe quel autre any other
impossible [eposibl] impossible
impression [gpresjo]/. impression
incendier [gsadje] to set on fire,
burn
incliner [gkline] to incline, bend;
s'
to bow
Indes [g:d]/.
pi. India
indiquer
[gdike]
to
indicate,
point out
individu [gdividy] to. individual,
fellow
je [sa] I
Jean [3a] John

Jeanne [3a:n] Joan, Jane
Jericho [3eriko] Jericho
Jerusalem [seryzakm] Jerusalem

Jesus-Christ
Christ
[sezykri]
-le
indus-
manufacturing
influent [gflya] influential

insecte [gsekt] to. insect
instant [gstfi] m. instant,
rush
jeu [30] m. play, game, motion
jeudi [30di] m. Thursday
jeune [ooen] young
Joffre,
Cesaire- Joseph
[sezeir
30zef sofr] Marshall of France,
Marne,
ment; a. 1'
immediately
instrument [gstryma] to. instru-
b.
enjoy
de to
de
jour [su:r] to. day, light;

fete holiday;
le
de
intelligent
[eteli3a]
intelligent
intention [gtasjo] /. intention;

avoir 1'
to intend
interessant [eteresa] interesting
interieur [gterjoeir] to. interior,
inside
introduire [gtrodqiir] 185 to
introduce
inviter [evite] to invite, beg
irai [ire] 1 sg. fut. aller
Italie [itali] /. Italy
italien [italjg]
Year's day; faire

to
be daylight
journal [surnal] to. newspaper
journee [surne] /. day; toute la
all day long
joyeu-x [3waj0] -se jojr ous, glad,
merry
juif [sqif] to.
Jew
juillet [oipje] to.
July
juin [3i{g or swg] to. June

jusque (jusqu'a) [sysk(a)] to,
even, as far as, until; jusqu'a
ce que
Italian
l'an
New
ment
1852
pretty, nice, fine

jouer [swe] to play
jouet [3we] to. toy
joli [3oli]
jouir [3wi:r] to enjoy;
mo-
Jesus
jeter [39te] 158 to throw, cast,

utter;
se
to fall upon,
the victor of the
industriel -[gdystriel]
trial,
japonais [sapone] Japanese

jardin [sarde] m. garden
la
till;
till
jusqu'ici
till
now;
then
juste [zyst] just, exactly
jamais [same] ever, never;

...
never
jambe [saib]/. leg
Janvier [savje] m. January
Japon [sapo] to. Japan
ne
K
[kilo(gram)] to.
kilo(gramme)
kilogram {about 2\ lbs. avoirdupois)
FRENCH-ENGLISH
499
stead of; avoir

celui-la that one,
[la] there;
la
the former
la-bas [labu] yonder, over there
labourer [labure] to plow, dig
laboureur [laburoeir] m. husband-
man, plowman, farmer

lac [lak] m. lake
laisser [lese] to leave, bequeath,

let, let
fall,
have;
tomber
to let
drop
[k] m. milk
laitue [kty] /. lettuce
lait
langue [la:g]
/.
tongue, language
lapin [lape] m. rabbit
large [lars] wide, broad

latin [late] Latin
laver [lave] to wash;

wash oneself
se
le, la, 1',
les [la,
la,
1,
le] the
le, la, 1',
les [la,
la,
1,
le]
it,
to
him, her,
them
lecon [las5]/. lesson

lecture [kkty:r] /. reading
leg-er [lese] -ere light, slight
legume [legym] m. vegetable
lendemain [ladme] m. next day,
day after, the morrow
lentement [latamu] slowly
lequel, laquelle [lakel, lakel]
who,
whom, which
Lesage,
Alain-Rene
famous French
author
of 'Gil
Bias,'
[alerane
novelist,
b.
1668,
1747
lettre [ktr]/. letter
d.
[lce:r]
poss.
their;
le
theirs
leur [lce:r] pers. to them,

lever, [lave] 158 to raise;
to rise
lever [lave] m. rising;
ligne [lip] /. line

Lille [lil] /.
of
town in
the northeast
France
197 to read
[h] m. bed
livre [li:vr] m. book
loi [lwa]/. law
loin [Iwe] far, far off;
the distance; plus
lire [li:r]
lit
de
in
farther
off, farther on
Loire [lwa:r] /. river flowing west
through center of France
de along;
long [15] -ue long; le
tout au
at full length
longtemps [lota] long, a long while
lorsque [larska] when
Louis-Philippe [lwi filip] king of
France from 1830 to 1848

Louis XIV [lwi katorz] king of
Fran.ce from 1643 to 1715
Louis XV [lwi ke:z] king of France
from 1715 to 1774
Louis XVI [lwi se:z] king of
France from 1 774 to 1 793
Louise [lwi:z] Louise, Louisa
loup [lu] m. wolf
lourdement [lurd(a)mfi] heavily
Louvre [lu:vr] m. great museum
of ivorks of art
lui
[lqi]
and
antiquities
se
levite [levit] m. Levite
meme
it,
himself;
seul by himself, alone
a
lundi
"[ltiedi] m. Monday
lune [lyn] /. moon; clair de
moonlight
lut [ly^|
them
him, to him, to her,
himself; he;
sg. p. def. lire
lutter [lyte] to struggle, wrestle
Lyon
[lj5] m. Lyons city on the

Rhone, a center of silk trade
du
soleil sunrise
libre [libr] free
in-
in Paris
lasa:3]
leur
de
to take place
m. place; au
lieu [1J0]
madame
Mrs.
[madam]
/.
madam,
VOCABULARY
500
Madeleine [madlstn]/. Magdalen

{also name of a church in Paris)
mademoiselle [madruwazel] /.
miss
magasin [niagaze] m. shop, store

magnifique
magnifi-
[rnajiifik]
cent, splendid
mai [me] m. May

main [me] /. hand;
his (your, etc.) hand
maintenant [met(a)nfi]
mais [me] but, well;
la
a.
in
now
non not
(important French seaport

on the Mediterranean)
matelot [matlo] m. sailor
seilles
mathematiques [matematik] /.
pi. mathematics
matin [mate] m. morning; le
in the morning
matinee [matine] /. morning
(when duration
at all
maison [mez5]
la
Marie [mari] /. Mary

marin [mare] m. sailor, seaman
mars [mars] m. March
[marse:j]
MarMarseille
/.
/.
at home
house, home; a
maitre [me:tr] m. master

mal [mal] m. evil, ill; faire
to hurt, be sore, ache;
dents toothache
mal [mal] badly, ill, wrong
a
aux
malade [malad]
sick,
ill,
sore;
the sick one, the patient
maladresse [maladres]
/.
is indicated)
Guy de [gi da
Maupassant,
mopasa] famous French writer of
novels and short stories, b. 1850,
d. 1893
Maurice [moris] m. Maurice
mauvais [move] bad, ill, evil,
le
clumsi-
be bad
to
faire
poor;
weather
me [ma] me, to me, for me
mecontent [mekota] dissatisfied,
displeased
ness
malgre [malgre] in spite of

malheur [malce:r] m. misfortune,
unhappiness
malheureusement [maloer0:zma]
unhappily
malheureu-x [malcer0] -se unfortunate, unhappy; m. poor
156 to eat, wear
dans to eat out of
away;
marchand [mar$a] m. merchant,
shopkeeper
marche [mar] /. march, walk,
walking, progress, speed
marche [mar$e] m. market; (a)
cheap
bon
marcher [mar$e] to march, walk,
go
mardi [mardi] m. Tuesday
marechal ferrant [mareâl fera]
blacksmith, horseshoer
mari [mari] m. husband
dissatisfaction
mefiance
distrust
[mefja:s]
/.
mistrust,
[samefje] to mismetier: se
trust, distrust
meilleur [mejceir] better, best
m. member
same, even, self,
the same; de
membre [ma:br]
creature
manger [ma:5e]
mecontentement [mekotatma] m.
meme [me:m]
de
que as well as
menacer [manase]
very;
156 to men-
ace, threaten
mener [mane]
15S to lead, con-
duct, take, drive
mer
[me:r]
/.
sea;
en
at
sea
merci [mersi] m. thanks, thank
you
mercredi [merkradi] m. Wednes-
day
mere [me:r]/. mother
FRENCH-ENGLISH
messieurs [mesj0] pi. of monsieur
mettre [mstr] 198 to put, place,
a la porte to turn
put on; le
de cote
him out of doors;
to lay aside; se a to set

oneself, begin; se a table to
se
down to dinner,
en colere to get angry; s'y
etc.;
sit
pres.
sg.
indie.
mourir
midi [midi] m. noon; south
mine
mien [mje] mine; le

miette [mjet]/. crumb
mieux [mj0] better
[milite-.r] military, sol-
mille [mil] a thousand

million [miljo] to. million
minuit [minqi]
minute [minyt]
in.
/.
tout le
world, people;
in.
everybody
coin,
/.
change
monsieur [m9sj0]
in.
sir,
money,
gentle-
Monte-Cristo [mota-kristo] " h

Comte de Monte-Cristo,'" famous novel of Alexandre Dumas
monter [mote] to mount, go up,
ascend,
rise,
get
into
(of
ve-
moderne [modern] modern

modeste [modest] modest
modiste [modist] /. milliner
moi [mwa] me, to me; I;
meme (I) myself
[mwe]
le
at
less,
least,
the least;
mot [mo] in. word

mou, mol, molle [mu,
mol, mol]
soft
[mu$\va:r]
hand-
to.
kerchief
half
Jean-Baptiste Poquelin
the
moljeir]
[sabatist pokle
greatest of French dramatists, b.
1622, d. 1673
Moliere,
monu-
in.
ment, building (of interest)

morale [moral] /. moral
morceau [morso] to. bit, piece
mort [mo:r]/. death
mort [mo:r] p. part, mourir dead;
the dead one
le
mouchoir
at least
mois [mwa] m. month

moisson [mwaso]/. harvest
moitie [mwatje] /. half; a
riding)
monument [monyma]
fewer;
du
montre [m5:tr]/. watch

Montreal [moreal] m. Montreal
montrer [motre] to show; se
to show oneself
monture [m5ty:r] /. beast (for
midnight
minute
miserable [mizerabl] miserable,

wretched, unfortunate
misere [mizcir]/. misery, trouble,
distress, poverty
mit [mi] 3 sg! p. def. mettre
pour
my
monde [mo:d]
hicles)
dier
moins
tainous
milieu [milj0] m. middle, midst;

au
at the middle au beau
in the very midst
militaire
o/mou
[inoma] m. moment,
time; du
ou since; au
ou
when, at the moment when
mon, ma, mes [m5, ma, me]
man, the gentleman, Mr.

montagne [motan] /. mountain
montagneu-x [m5tan0] -se moun-
Mexique [meksik] m. Mexico
molle [mol]/.
moment
monnaie [mons]
to turn to, buckle to
meurs [mce:r]
501
mourir
perish;
de
[muri:r]
il
est
174
to
mort he
die,
died;
faim to die of hunger,

(to
death), be very
hungry;
de soif to be very
starve
thirsty
mouton [muto]
to.
sheep; mutton
VOCABULARY
502
moyen [mwaje]
le
de
do
to.
le faire?
means, way;
one's
how
make grimaces
shall
we
fingers
to
one's
at,
laugh at
ni [ni], neither, nor;
it?
muet [mqs] -te mute, dumb
mur [my:r]
mur [my:r]
to.
ne
nose,
...
neither
nor
nid [ni] m. nest
wall
Nimes [nim]
ripe
murir [myri:r] to ripen

musee [myze] m. museum
cnusique [myzik] /. music, band
/.
Nimes
the south of France,
Roman
(town in
famous for
remains)
naissance [nesa:s]/. birth
Noel [nasi] m. or f. Christmas;

Christmas day
le jour de
noir [mva:r] black, dark; faire
to be dark
noisette [nwazct] /. hazelnut
nom [n5] m. name
naitre [ne:tr] 200 to be born;

il est ne he was born
nombre [n5:br] m. number

nombreu-x [n5br0] -se numer-
Napoleon
[napoleo]
Napoleon
Bonaparte (born 1769 in Corsica,
became Emperor of the French
nommer [nome]
(military)
Helena,
in
St.
died
1804,
1821)
narration [narasjo] /. narration,
nature [naty:r]/. nature

naturel [natyrd] -le natural
Navarre [nava:r] /. ancient kingdom in the south of France
pas no,
ne [na] no, not; ne
.
neither
ni
. ni
not;
... rien nothing;
nor;
{untranslated
... que only
after comparatives)
ne [ne] p. part, naitre
.
necessaire [necese:r] necessary

neige [ns:o] /. snow
neiger [neise] to snow
n'est-ce
pas?
[nespcfj
so?
don't you?
shall
we not?
etc.,
isn't
ous
to
name,
call,
to be named
called
non [no] no, not; ni moi plus
nor I either; pas que not
appoint; se
or
nord [no:r] m. north

Normandie [normudi]
Nor-
/.
mandy
nos [no] pi. of notre
notre, nos [notr, no] our
notre: le
[lanoitr] ours
Notre-Dame [notrodam]
/. cathe-
dral church of Paris

nourrir [nuri:r] to nourish, feed,
bring up
nous [nu] we,
us, to us
nouve-au, -1, -lie [nuvo, nuvel,
again
nuvel] new; de
Nouvelle-Orleans [nuvebrlea] /.
New Orleans
nouvelles [nuvel] /. pi. news
novembre [novQ:br] to. November
nu [ny] naked, bare
nuage [nqaio] to. cloud
it
weren't you?
etc.
nettoyer [nstwaje] 157 to clean

neuf [noef] nine
neu-f [ncef] -ve new
nez [ne] to. nose; se rire au
to laugh at oneself; faire (ena to put
voyer) un pied de
that
relating
national [nasjonal] national
nuit [ntp] /. night; cette

night; faire
to be dark
nul [nyl] -le no, no one
numero [nymero] m. number
last
FREN'CH-ENGLISH
503
outre [utr] beyond; en

in addition; passer
to pass by
without noticing
ouvert
[uve:r] p. part,
ouvrir
obelisque [obelisk] in. obelisk

objecter [ob.iekte] to object
objet [obse] m. object, article,
tiling
obliger [oblise] 15G to force

obstacle [opstakl] to. obstacle
obtenir [optonhr] 177 to obtain
oecuper [okype] to occupy

octobre [oktobr] m. October
ceil, pi. yeux [ee:j, jd] to. eye
eiseau [wazo] m. bird
on [5] one, they, we, you, people,
some one
oncle [3:kl] to. uncle
ont [5] S pi. pres. indie, avoir
the
onze [o:z] eleven; le
[le o:z] the

eleventh; les
eleven
opinion [opinio] /. opinion
gold (en)
or [o:r] to. gold; d'
ca. come
or [o:r] now, but;
now
oralement [oralma] orally
[online :r]
ordinaire
usually
d'
ordinary;
[ordincrma] ordi-
ordinairement
narily
ordonner [ordone] to order, prescribe,
command
ordre [ordr]
to.
order
/.
sg.
ouvrir
ouvrir [uvri:r]
s'
to open
pres.
176
indie.
open;
to
page [pais] to. page {attendant);

f. page (leaf)
pain [pe] m. bread
paire [pe:r]
de
pair
palace, building;
/.
palais [pale]
?n.
justice courthouse
grow pale
papier [papje] m. paper
par [par] by, through;
palir [pali:r] to
by
what
through
place,
which;
by
exemple
for example, (inlerj.) dear
dela beyond;
la
oQ.
which,
me!
by that
place, over there

paragraphe [paragraf] in. paragraph
pare [park] >//. park, grounds
parce que [parska] because
par-ci
par-la
here
Qparsiparia]
and there
par-dessus
[pardosy]
above,
higher than, over;
(le) bord
overboard; (as noun) overcoat
pardon [pardo] in. pardon; excuse me, I beg your pardon
parent [para] ///. parent, relative
Paris [pari] in. capital city of
France, situated on the banks
of the Seine
oreille [ore:j]/. car
origine [origin]
open
ouvre [u:vr] S
origin
orthographe [ortograf] /. orthography, spelling

oter [ote] to take off, take out,
remove
ou [u] or;
... either
bien or
ou [u] where, when,
which,
on which;
whence, from
.
or;
in
d'
which, on which
oublier [ublije] to forget
ouest [west] m. west
oui [wi] yes
parisien [parizjf] Parisian

parler [parle] to speak, talk;
francais to speak French
parmi [parmi] amongst

part [pa:r]/. part, share;
from him;
nulle
de sa
nowhere
VOCABULARY
504
participe
[partisip] m. participle
partie [parti]/, part, game, party
[parti :r] 166 to leave,

depart, go away, be off, start;
de from, beginning with
a
partir

pas [pa] to. step, pace, footstep
no,
pas [pa] no, not; ne
un (ne) not one;
not;
de
non
not;
no, not, none;
n'est ce
? shall we not? etc.
passage [pasa:5] to. passage
passe [pase] m. (the) past
passe [pase] past, gone, over,
.
opinion of; je pense bien I

should think so
perdre [perdr] 210 to lose, ruin
pere [pe:r] to. father
perle [perl]
pearl
/.
permettre [permetr] 198 to permit; se

to take the liberty;
permis permitted
personnage [persona: 5] to. personage, character
per sonne [person] /. person; pi.
people
personne [person] to. anybody,
nobody ne
not any one,
no one, nobody
last
passer [pase] to pass, pass on,

go, go by, put on; spend (time)
devant to pass, go past;
to
chez to call on; se
take place, happen; se
de
petit
to do without
patiner [patine] to skate
patrie [patri] /. native land
peu [p0]
parte [pat] /. paw, foot;

derriere hind feet;
devant fore feet
[pati]
to. little
pois
petits
de
de
short;
grandson
[p(a)tipwa]
to. pi.
(also
as ad-
green peas
little;
to.
little;
by
little
a.
dis-moi un
tell me
de chose so little
now; si
peuple [pcepl] m. people, nation
little;
little,
young one
petit-fils [patifis] to.
verb)
small,
one,
peur [pce:r]
/.
fear;
lui faire
pauvre [po:vr] poor, paltry

payer [peje] 157 to pay, pay for
pays [pei] to. country, locality
paysage [peiza:s] to. landscape
paysan [peiza] to. peasant
peche [pe:$] /. fishing
peigne [pep] to. comb
to
to frighten him; avoir
to be
be afraid avoir grand'
ne
que
in great fear; de
for fear lest
peut [p0] 3 sg. pres. indie, pouvoir
peut-etre (que) [p0te:tr (ko)] per-
[pe:n] /. pain, difficulty,

hardly;
trouble, sorrow; a
it is not worth
ce n'est pas la
a. to pain,
while f aire de la
hurt feelings
peinture [pety:r]/. paint, painting
pencher [pa$e] to incline, bend
que
pendant [padd] during;
photographie [fotografi]
peine
whilst
pendre [pci:dr] 210 to hang

penser [pase] to think; vous
pensez si imagine whether;
de to have an
a to think of;
haps
/.
photo-
graph
phrase [fra:z]/. phrase, sentence
piece [pjes] /. room; play (theatrical)
on
pied [pje] m. foot; a

kick
coup de
pierre [pje:r]/. stone
Pierre [pje:r] to. Peter
pipe [pip] /. pipe
pis [pi]
pitie
to
worse
[pitje] /. pity;
have pity on
avoir
foot;
de
FRENCH-ENGLISH
place [plas]/. place, post, square,
scat, room, position
plafond [plafo] m. ceiling
plaindre [pleidr] 190 to pity;

to complain
se
plaine [plsm]/. plain
plaire [pk:r] 201 to please;
s'il
you please;
what did you say?
vous
plait-il?
plait
if
plaisanter [pkzate] to joke, jest

plaisir [pkziir] m. pleasure; faire
to give pleasure
plancher [plci:$e] m. floor
en
plein [pie] full;
open
the
air in
air
pleurer [plcere] to weep

pleuvoir [ploevwa:r] 220 to rain
plu [ply] p. part, pleuvoir
pluie [plqi]/. rain
plume [plym]
/. feather,
plupart [plypa:r]
/.
pen
greater part,
m. plural
de more, no
plus [ply] more;
the more, the most;
more; le
de (with numerals) more
no more, no
than: ne
longer;
d'autant
que the
more so as; de
additional;
n'etre
que to be no longer
anything but; ne
pas non
either
not
pluriel [plyrjel]
plusieurs [plyzjceir] several, many

plutot [plyto] rather
poche [po$] /. pocket
poids [pwa] m. weight
point [pwr] m. point; etre sur le
de to be at the point of;
du jour daybreak
point [pwf] no, not; ne
de not any, no
poire [pwa:r]/. pear
poirier,
pomme [pom]
/.
Poland
apple;
/.
[pwarje] m. pear tree
pois [pwa] m. pea

police [polis]/. police
de
terre potato
tree
pont [p5] m. bridge
Pont-Neuf
[poncef]
m.
over the Seine in Paris
porte [port]/, door, gate;
bridge
a
next door
porte-plume [port plym] m. penholder
porter [porte] to bear, carry, take,
wear, put; se
i^bien) to be
(well);
bien portant in good
health, well;
comment vous
portez-vous? how are you?
portiere [portjeir] /. coach door,
window
{of car)
poser [poize] to place, lay, set;

une question to ask a question
posseder [posede] 15S to possess,
own
possible
majority
Pologne [pobn]
pommier [pomje] m. apple
wound
plaie [jpk]/.
505
son
[posibl] possible;
his best
to do
faire
poste [post]/, post (office)

potage [potato] m. soup
poulet [pule] m. chicken
poupee [pupe] /. doll

pour [pur] for, in order
que in order that;
dire so to speak
pourquoi [purkwa] why;
therefore,
so,
hence,
to,
to;
ainsi
e'est
that
is
why
pourrai [pure] 1 sg. fut. pouvoir
pourtant [purta] however, still
pouvoir [puvwa:r] 221 to be
able, can, may; il se peut it
may be; il ne se peut rien
nothing can be; on pourrait
dire one might saxprairie [prrri] /.
meadow
precieu-x [presjd] -se precious,

valuable
[sopresipite] to
precipiter: se
rush, dart, hasten
VOCABULARY
506
precis
[presi]
une heure
exact; a
at one o'clock
precise,
158 to prefer
[pramje] -ere first,
marcher
to walk
le
ahead
prendre [pra:dr] 202 to take,
assume,
catch,
reckon;
avail
[profite] to profit,
oneself
projet [pross] m. project, plan
precisely
preferer [prefere]
premi-er
former;
profiter
un
suppose,
billet to buy a
seize,
ticket (railroad)
preparer [prepare] to prepare; se

to be prepared, get ready
de near,
pres [prs] near by;
almost, nearly
nearly a peu
present [preza] m. present; a
now
presenter [prezate] to present,
to present oneintroduce; se
self
president [prezida] m. president

presque [prssk] nearly, hardly,
almost
pret [pre] ready
preter [prste] to lend
pretre [prs:tr] m. priest
preuve [proe:v] /. proof
prier [prije] to pray, pray to, beg,
ask; je vous en prie I beg of
you
prince [pre:s] m. prince, king
print emps [prtQ] m. spring; au
in spring
pris [pri] 1 sg. p. def.
prendre
prise [prhz]
/.
prison [prizo]
/.
and
p. part.
taking, capture
promenade
a.
la
promener [promne]
prudence [pryda :s] /. prudence

prudent [pryda] prudent
Prusse [prys] /. Prussia (a state
in Germany)
P u [py] V- part- pouvoir
puis [pqi] 1 sg. pres. indie, pouvoir
puis [pqi] then
puits [pqi] m. well
punir [pyni:r] to punish
pupitre [pypitr] m. desk
pur [py:r] pure
sg. p. def.
pouvoir
prix [pri] m. price; prize
prochain [pro$e] next;
m. neigh-
bor, fellow creature
produire [prodqi:r]
185 to pro-
duce
professeur [profesceir] m. professor, teacher
profession [profesjo]/. profession,
calling
to
158 to earnabout, drive about; se

a
pied (en voiture, en bateau, a
cheval etc.) to take a walk (go
for a drive, go for a sail, ride,
a. bicyclette to ride
etc.); se
a bicycle
prononcer [pron5:se] to pronounce
.prononciation
[pron5sjasj5]
/.
pronunciation
proposer [propoze] to propose
propre [propr] clean; own
protestant [protests] m. Protestant
Provence [provfl:s] /. a province
in the south of France
proverbe [provsrb] m. proverb
put [py] 3
prison
[promnad] /. walk,
en bateau,
walking, drive;
a row, sail; aller
go for a walk
quand [ka] when;
depuis
how long?
quant a [kata] as to, as for
quarante [kara:t] forty

quart [ka:r] m. quarter
quatorze [katorz] fourteen
FRENCH-ENGLISH
quatre [katr] four
[katravf] eighty;
quatre-vingts
ninetyquatre-vingt-dix-sept
seven
que [ka] pron. whom, which,
qui?
qu'est-ce
what;
that,
c'est
what? qu'est-ce
that which, what,
what is? ce
qu'est-ce qu'il y a?
which;
what is there? qu'as-tu? what
the matter with you? c'est

it is there that, that is
la
is
where
que [ka]
conj. that {used as a sub-
conjunctions like
tandis que, lorsque, quand, si,
etc.); when, than, as, till, let
stitute for other
que [ka] adv. how, how many,

how much, what (a), than;
only, but; ne
rien
ne
nothing but; qu'elle est
how pretty she is!

jolie
quel [kd] -le what, which;
who
quelconque [kdk5:k] whatever

quelque [kslka] some, few;
chose something
quelquefois [kdkafwa] sometimes
quelqu'un, quelques-uns [kdkee,
kelkazce] some one, some

question [ksstjo]/. question
qui [ki] who, which, that, whom;
whose ce
a
what
quinze [ksiz] fifteen;
a fortnight
;
us .
en
bon what
what (material
quoique [kwako] although
? of
ramener [rarnne]
rapidement
[rapidmu]
quickly
rappeler: se
to
rapidly,
[so raple]
158
remember
rapporter [raportc] to bring back

rare [ra:r] rare, scanty, infrequent
rarement [rarmu]
not often
rarely, seldom,
recevoir [rasavwa:r] 213 to receive

reciter [resite] to recite
recommencer [rakomase] 15G
to begin again, do again
reconnaitre [rakoneitr] 1S8 to
recut [rasy] 3 sg. p. dcf. recevoir

regarder [ragarde] to look at, look
regie [rs:gl] /. rule, ruler
regne [rep] tn. reign
regner [repe] 158 to reign, rule
regret [ragre] m. regret
regretter [ragrste] to regret
rejoindre [ra3we:dr] 190 to rejoin, meet with, catch up to
relever [ralve] 15S to heighten,
raise,
lift
up
religieu-x [rali5J0] -se religious

religion [rali3J3] /. religion
remarquer [ivmarke] to remark,
remercier [ramersjc] to thank

remettre [ramrtr] 198 to restore,
put off, put back, put on again:
se
to recover, begin again:

en route
se
remis recovered
raconter [rakjte] to relate, tell

raisin [rezg] m. grape s
raison [rz3] /. reason, sense;
avoir
to be (in the) right
to set out again
remonter
again,
158 to bring
again
home
back, bring
notice
jours
quitter [kite] to emit, leave, lay
aside
quoi [kwa] what:
ramasser [ramase] to pick up
recognize, acknowledge
subjunctive)
(with
50<
[remote]
mount
to
wind (watch)
remplir [rupliir] to
fill
remuer [ramqe]
move,
rencontre
[nlk3:tr]
aller a leur
them
to
./.
stir
meeting;
to go to meet
VOCABULARY
508
rencontrer [rfikStre] to meet

rendre [ra:dr] 210 to render,
to go,
give back, make; se
proceed; surrender
rentrer [nitre] to return, return
home
renverser [rfivsrse] to overturn,
upset
repas [rapa] m. meal
repeter [repete] 158 to repeat
repliquer [replike] to reply
repondre [rep5:dr] 210 to an-
swer
reponse [rep5:s] /. reply
repos [rapo] m. repose,
peace,
rest
reposer [rapoze] to repose, rest;

se
to
to
tion
revolver [revolver] m. revolver

ricaner [rikane] to sneer
riche [ri$] rich
[ridikyl]
m. ridicule;
ridicule
to ridicule
tourner en
rien [rjg] anything, nothing; ne
...
not am'thing, nothing;
ne
matter
cela
do not know;
fait
that
doesn't
204 to laugh, smile

m. laughter
rire [ri:r]
rire[ri:r]
[rivjeir] /. river
riviere
{flowing
robe [rob]
/.
robe, dress, frock,
gown
restaurant [rsstora] m. restaurant

rester [reste] to remain, stay;
en
la to stop there, get no
further
retard [rata:r] m. delaj'; etre en
to be
back; revenu (having) returned

rever [rsve] to dream
revoir [ravwair] 22-4 to see
again; au
good-bye
revolution [revolysja] /. revolu-
into another larger river)
respecter [respskte] to respect

[rasable]:
waken; se
to wake(n) (up)
reveler [revele] 158 to reveal
revenir [ravniir] 178 to come
je n'en sais
rest
reprendre [rapraidr] 202 to

take again, reply
representer [raprezate] to represent, stand for
republique [repyblik] /. republic
ressembler
resemble
reveiller [revsje] to
Robert [rabs:r] m. Robert

rocher [ro$e] m. rock
roi [rwa] m. king
roman [roma] m. novel
Rome
[rom]
/.
Rome
rose [ro:z]/. rose
Rouen [rwa] m.
late
be
city
on
the
Seine
reussir [reysi'.r] to succeed
northwest of Paris
rouge [ru:o] red
rouge-gorge [ruisgoro] m. robin
rouleau [rulo] m. roll, roller
rouler [rule] to roll
route [rut] /. route, way, course;
en
on the way; etre en
to be on the way, be off
royal [rwajal] royal
rue [ry] /. street
mine [niin] /. ruin
ruiner [rqine] to ruin, destroy
reve [rs:v] m. dream
Russie [rysi]/. Russia
retarder
[ratarde]
to
delay,
slow, be behind
retirer [ratire] to pull out;
se
to retire
retour [ratu:r] m. return; etre de

to have returned, be back
retourner [raturne] to go back,
return, turn up, turn over; se
to turn round
retraite [ratret] /. retreat, retire-
ment, departure
FRENCH-ENGLISH
sable [sa:bl] m. sand

sac [sak] m. sack, bag, satchel
sage [sa:3] wise, well-behaved,
good
m. saint
saint [se] sacred, holy;
Sainte-Chapelle
[seto$apel]
/.
a church in Paris
Saint Louis [selwi] Louis
IX
(king of France from 1226 to
1270)
sais [se] 1 sg. pres. indie, savoir
sait [se]
sg. pres. indie,
salade [salad]
/.
savoir
de
room, theater;
classroom;
dining room
classe
a manger
salon [salj] m. drawing-room,
parlor
saluer [salue] to salute, bow to,
bow
Samar-
(biblical character;
a mer-
ciful man)
samedi [samdi] m. Saturdajr
sang [sd] m. blood

sans [sa] without, were
que without
sante [sate] /. health
sapristi
Paris
[sapristi]
my
it
not
for;
know French;
aucun
ne saurait no man can
savon [sav5] m. soap
/.
homme
seizieme [sezjem] sixteenth
semaine [somen] /. week

sembler [sable] to seem
sens
[sa:s]
sense,
direction,
to feel oneself, feel
ber
septieme [setjsm] seventh
serai [sere] 1 sg. fut. etre
servi [servi] p. part, servir ready

(of meals)
serviette [servjet]/. towel, napkin
[servi :r]
166
serve,
to
be of sendee, be of use;
a
quelque chose to be of some use;
se
de to use
seulement [soelma]
even, merelv
si [si] if, whether
si [si] so, however;
however swift
but,
only,
science,
Sicile
[sisil] /.
Sicily
(an
island
(mil province of Italy)
siecle [sjekl]
>n.
century
sien [sje] his, hers,

his
its;
[sine] to whistle, hiss, sing

m. whistle
signe [sip] m. sign;
knowl-
les
own
sifflet [sifle]
edge
se [so] oneself, to oneself, himself, herself, etc.
m.
way
siffler
scene
/.
which
is situated
rapide que
goodness
science [sja:s]
on
river
para-
seul [soel] alone, single
sauter [sote] to leap, jump

sauver [sove] to save
savoir [savwa:r] 222 to know,
know how;
le francais to
scene [sen]
/.
/. section,
seize [se:z] sixteen
servir
in.
Samaritain [samarite]
itan
graph
Seine [se:n]
sept [set] seven

septembre [septa :br] m. Septem-
salad
sale [sal] dirty

salle [sal] /. hall,
section [seksjS]
season
/.
sec, seche [sek. se$] dry

second [sag 5] second
seconde [sag5:d] /. second
sentir [sati:r] 166 to feel, smell;

bon to smell sweet; se
saisir [sezi:r] to seize
saison [sezo]
509
faire
beckon
signifier [sipifje] to
mean
silence [silti:s] m. silence

singulier [segylje] m. singular
to
VOCABULARY
510
souvenir [suvni:r] m. recollection,
your majesty
sire [si:r] in. sire,
remembrance
six [sis] six
souvenir: se
[sasuvnnr] 178
to remember; je me souviens
(de), il me souvient (de) I re-
sixieme [sizjsm] sixth

sceur [sce:r]
soi
sister
/.
[swa] oneself, himself
soie [swa]
soif
/. silk
[swaf]
/.
avoir
thirst;
to
be thirsty
soigner [swane] to care for
soin [sw] m. care; avoir (prento take care
dre)
in
soir [swair] m. evening; le
last eventhe evening; hier
ing
soiree [sware] /. evening
sois
[swa]
1 sg. pres. subj.
and 2
impve. etre
soixante [swasciit] sixty;
sg.
seventy
soixante- quinze
dix
m.
soldat [solda]
ground
in.
/.
to,
sommeil [somsij] m. sleep

sommes [som] 1 pi. pres. ind. etre
sommet [soms] in. summit, top
son [so] m. sound
son, sa, ses [so, sa. se] his, her, its
sorte
[sort] /.
sort;
de
ring,
[sqiva]
prep,
according
adj.
following:
noun
next
so that
sortir [sortiir] 166 to come out,
go out, stick out, arise; faire
tout
following;
le
suivant (-e) the
(la)
(boy, girl)
suivre
[sqi:vr]
206 to follow:
des yeux to look
after,
watch
sujet [syse] in. subject, cause

sur [syr] on, upon, over, about
sur [sy:r] sure, certain
surtout [syrtu] above all, especially,
que
Switzerland
continuation;
/.
/.
immediately
suivant
sum
strike (clock)
in.
sud [syd] m. south
de
soldier
songe [s5:s] m. dream

songer [sose] 156 to think
sonner [sone] to sound,
and
burg
stylo(graphe)
[stilo(graf)]
fountain pen
suite [sqit]
m. sun
somme [som]
1 pi. pres. subj.
impve. etre
sport [spo:r] in. sport
statue [staty] /. statue
Strasbourg [strazbu:r] m. Stras-
Suisse [sqis]
soil,
soleil [sok:j]
impve. etre
soyons [swajo]
suis [sqi] 1 sg. pres. indie, etre,

and suivre
[swaza:tk:z]
seventy-five
sol [sol]
member
souvent [suva] often
soyez [swaje] 2 pi. pres. subj. and
sus [sy]
particularly
1 sg. p. def.
savoir
syllabe [sila :b] /. syllable

Syrie [siri]/. Syria
to put out, force out
sot [so] -te foolish, stupid
sou [su] m. sou, halfpenny, cent

souffrant [sufra] poorly, not well
soulager [sulase] 156 to relieve
Soulier [sulje] in. (low) shoe
soupe [sup] /. soup

sous [su] under, in the reign
of,
in
table [tabl]
/.
table
tableau [tablo] m. picture, blacknoir blackboard

board;
tacher [taije] to try, endeavor
[sa te:r] 201 to be
taire: se
silent,
become
silent
FRENCH-ENGLISH
tandis que [tadi(s)ka] whilst
tant [tci] so, so many, so much;
que as
de fois so often;
mieux
much as, as long as;
pis so
so much the better;
much
the worse
later (on)
price of run of a cab)

te [to] thee, to thee, you, to
tel [tel] -le such, like, so;
such a one
tellement [tslma]
so, so
you
un
much
weather;
in time; de
time,

from time to time; dans
que whilst; en meme
at the same time; par

such weather as
beau to be
weather; mauvais bad
weather; quel
what
avec le
a.
en
le
le
qu'il
it
in
fait
faire
is;
fine
fait-il?
sort of weather
is
tendresse [tfidrcs]
it?
/. affection
tenir [tonhr] 177 to hold, have,

hold on, hold out, keep, resist;
be anxious,
be conil ne
tiendra qu'a vous que it will be
your own fault if;
bon to
tained
insist
find
in,
on;
room
in;
tiens! tenez! now

stand
then! here! look! indeed! se
fast:
to hold oneself, stay, stand

tennis [tenis] to. tennis
tenter [tci:te] to attempt, tempt
terre [t:r]/. earth, ground, land;
a
on the ground;
Terre sainte the Holy Land
par
terrible [teribl] terrible

tete [te:t]/.
head
texte [tekst] m. text

the [te] m. tea
la
draw,
deduce,
pull,
take, shoot
[twa] thee, thou, you

[twakt] /. toilet, dress;
faire sa
to dress
toi
toilette
'
to.
and 2
impve. of tenir) hallo! indeed! is that so!

tiers [tj:r] to. third part
tins [te] 1 sg. p. def. tenir
taxi(metre) [taksi(metr)] to. taxiindicating

( = meter
cab
for
[ta]
Thomas [tomo] m. Thomas

tien [tje] thine, yours
tiens! [tjg] {1 sg. pres. indie,
tirer [tire] to
tater [ta:te] to feel
temps
theatre [tea:tr] to. theater

theiere [teje:r]/. teapot
sg.
tante [td:t] /. aunt

tard [ta:r] late; plus
tasse [ta:s]/. cup
'
511
tomber [tobe] to
knock down
faire
fall;
ton, ta, tes [t5, ta, te] thy,
to. tone, voice
ton [to]
tort [to:r]
be
m. wrong; avoir
wrong
(in the)
tot [to] soon;
to
your
to
plus
sooner
toucher [tu$e] to touch;
a to
be near, approach; n'y touchez
pas do not touch it, hands off
toujours [tu3u:r] always, still,
at all events; disait
kept
saying; pour
for ever
tour [tu:r] /. tower
Touraine [tursn] /. proi'ince in
the center of France, in which
Tours is situated
tourner [turne] to turn
Tours [tur] to. city southwest

Paris, on the Loire river,
seat of a famous cathedral
tcut, toute, tous, toutes
of
the
[tu, tut,
tut] all, any,

every,
everything; quite;
le monde
everybody;
le jour, toute la
journee the whole day; tousles
jours every day; tous or toutes
(les)
deux both; toutes les
annees every year:
a fait
altogether;
a l'heure a little
while ago; directly;
de suite
at once;
ce que all that,
tu(s),

VOCABULARY
512
de meme all the

whatever;
rien
a. coup suddenly
same;
the
nothing at all; le
du
not at all
whole; pas du
traduction [tradyksjo]
/.
transla-
tuer [tqe] to kill

Tuileries [tqilri] /. pi. Tuileries
{once a royal palace in Paris;
now only the gardens remain)
tulipe [tylip] /. tulip
tion
traduire [tradqhr]
train
[tre]
to.
en
train;
de
busy at
action
traiter [trete] to treat, entertain;
de to call
trait [tre] to. trait, feature,
tramway [tramwe]
185 to trans-
late
to.
un, une [ce, yn] one, a, an; 1'

one; 1'
(et) l'autre both; les
uns les autres one another
utile [ytil] useful
utilite [ytilite] /. utility, use
tramway,
street car
[trSkil] quiet, calm,
easy in mind, at peace; soyez
dofl't be uneasy, don't worry,
be quiet
tranquillement [trakilmfi] calmly
travail [trava(:)j] to. work, labor
tranquille
travailler [travaje] to
work
travers [traveir] to. breadth; a

de
through, across; en
across
traverser [traverse] to traverse,

en coucross, go through;
rant to run across

treize [tre:z] thirteen
trembler [treble] to tremble
trente [trait] thirty
tres [tre] very, very much
tresor [trezoir] to. treasure
triomphe
[tri5f]
triste [trist]
m. triumph
sad
[trwa] three
troisieme [trwazjem] third
tromper [trope] to deceive; se
trois
to be mistaken
trop [tro] too, too much, too
many
trot [tro] to. trot
trouver
aller
[truve] to
to go to
to
find,
(see,
think;
se
meet)
find oneself, be, feel,
situated
tu [ty] thou,
you
be
va [va] 3
sg. pres. indie,
and 2
sg.
impve. aller
vacances [vaka:s] /. pi. holidays
vache [va] /. cow
vain [ve] vain; en
in vain
vais [ve] 1 sg. pres. indie, aller
vaisseau [veso] to. ship
vaisselle [vesel]/. dishes
valet [vale] to. servant
valeur [valce:r] /. value
vallee [vale] /. valley
valoir [valwa:r] 223 to be worth;
mieux to be better;
la
peine to be worth the trouble
or worth while
varier [varje] to vary
vas [va] 2 sg. pres. indie, aller

vaudrai [vodre] 1 sg. fut. valoir
vaut [vo] 8 sg. pres. indie, valoir
vendre [vchdr] 210 to sell
vendredi [vaidradi] to. Friday;
Vendredi saint Good Friday
venir [vanhr] 178 to come; vint
a passer happened to go by;
de to have just; on venait
de lui donner they had just
given him; il venait voir he
a l'esprit
came to see; lui
to occur to him; il vint a nous
he came to us; viens vers moi
come
to
me
FRENCH-ENGLISH
vent [va] m. wind;
it is
il
fait
du
windy
verrai [vere] 1 sg. fut, voir

verre [ve:r] m. glass
vers [ve:r] towards, to, about
Versailles [versa:j] m. city about
twelve miles southwest of Paris.
It contains the great chdteau
which was the chief residence of
Louis
XIV.
terser [verse] to pour (out)

vert [ve:r] green
vertu [verty] /. virtue
veston [vest5] m. sack coat
veuillez [vceje] inipve. of vouloir
he so good as, please
veut [v0] 3 sg. pres. ind. vouloir
veux [v0] / sg. pres. ind. vouloir
viande [vju:d]/. meat
vide [vid] emptj
r
vie [vi] /.
life,
vieil [vjsij] see
living
vieux
vieillard [vjejair] m. old
viendrai [vjedre] 1 sg. fut. venir

viens [vje] 1 sg. pres. ind. and 2
sg. impve. venir
vieux, vieil, vieille [vj0, vjsrj,
vje:j] old, aged; un vieux an
old man, old fellow
vigne [vip]/. vine(s)
vignoble [vipobl] in. vineyard
vigoureu-x [vigur0] -se vigorous
vilain [vile] ugly, nasty
m. village
town, city;
village [vila:s]
ville
[vil] /.
downtown,
in
en
town
vin [ve] m. wine

vingt [ve] twenty (for numerals
between vingt and trente, see
Lesson
V)
vint [ve] 3 sg. p. def. venir
vis [vi] 1 sq. p. def. voir
XXX
[vizite]
to
hurrah for!
[vwasi] see here, here
voici
visit,
see
detail, inspect
vite [vit] quick, quickly, fast
in
is,
here are; nous

here we are
voila [vwala] behold, there is,
there are, that is, there we are
que behold, lo;
ce que
e'est that's how things go; en
un that's one; la
here
nous
Ihereweare!
voir [vwa:r] 224 to see; faire
to show; se
to be seen
voisin [vwaze] neighboring; m.
(there)
it is
neighbor
voiture [vwaty:r]/. carriage, car;
en
in a carriage se promener
en
to take a drive
voix [vwa] /. voice
voler [vole] to fly
voler [vole] to steal, rob
voleur [volceir] m. thief, robber;

stop thief!
au
volontiers
[vobtje]
willingly,
!
gladly
Voltaire [volte :r]
famous French
and leader of
social progress, b. 1694, d. 1778
volume [voh/m] m. volume
vont [vo] 3 pi. pres. indie, aller
votre, vos [votr, vo] 3 our
philosopher, writer
votre [vo:tr] yours
voudrai [vudre] 1 sg. fut. vouloir

vouloir [vulwa:r] 225 to will,
wish, want; en
a to be angry
with;
je voudrais
(bien)
I
dire to mean;
should like;
aurait voulu would have liked
vous [vu] you, to you, yourself,
yourselves
voyage [vwaja:s]
voyage; bon
m. journey,
a pleasanl
compagnon de
journey!
visite [vizit] /. visit

visiter
vivre [vi:vr] 211 to live; faire

to maintain; vive ! long live!
man
513
fellow traveler
voyager [vwajase] 156 to travel

voyageur [vwajasceir] m. travelei
514
VOCABULARY
vrai [vrs] true, real

vraiment [vremfl] really
vraisemblablement [vrssablablama] probably

vu [vy] p. part, voir
vue [vy] /. sight, view
Y
y
[i] there, in
of
it;
il
it,
to
it,
a there
at it, on it.
there are;
is,
en a there is (are) some

il
yeux [j0] pi. of ceil eyes
VOCABULARY
ENGLISH-FRENCH
[h aspirate
is
indicated thus: 'h]
across de l'autre cote de, en face
franc
an un, /., une, /.;
dozen un franc la douzaine;
day un franc par jour
franc
abandon abandonner
abbess abbesse, /.
a,
ability capacite,
talent,
/.,
pouvoir,
be
heures;
en;
it
be
de, etre sur le point de;
s'agir
he has
him il a cela
good thing
se mettre a
de bon; set
above au-dessus de
abroad a l'et ranger
absence absence, /.
absent absent
abundant abundant
this
add a j outer
address a dresser
adjective adjectif, m.
m.
savoir
about de, autour de, environ, sur;
three o'clock vers (les) trois
able
de
act agir, se conduire
action action,/., trait, m.
actor acteur, m., comedien, m.
accept accepter
accession accession, /.
accident accident, m.
admire admirer
admit admettre
adorn faire l'ornement de
advance avancer
advice avis, m., conseil, m.
advise conseiller, recommander
affair affaire, /.
affection affection, /.
be
afraid
craindre;
:
much
(of)
be
avoir grand'peur, avoir
bien peur
Africa Afrique,
after
avoir peur (de),
of effraye de;
prep,
minutes
/.
and
ten
heures dix
adv. apres;
five cinq
(minutes)
accidental accidcntel, par accident
que
accompany accompagner
after conj. apres
according to selon, d "apres

of a cause de; en
on
account
avoir mal a
have head
ache
afternoon apres-midi, /. and f.

afterwards ensuite, puis, apres,
la
tctc;
my head
s j'ai
mal
plus tard
again encore, encore une
fois,
de
nouveau
a la tctc
acquaintance connaissance, /.
with connaitre;
acquainted be
with faire connaisbecome
sance avec, faire la connaissance
against contre
age age, m.; be twenty years of
avoir vingt ans
de
acquire acqnerir
ahead
ago
515
il
y a
:
walk
marcher
le
pre-
?.
VOCABULARY
.16
aid aider, secourir

air air, in.
Ajaccio Ajaccio
alas helas
that (which)
all tout {pi. tous);
pas du
tout ce qui; not at
passions toutes les
tout;
!
passions
laisser, permettre
almost presque
laisser tranalone seul; let
quille
che-
as they went
along par;
min
faisant
also aussi
although bien que, quoique

always tou jours
ambassador ambassadeur, to.
ambition ambition, /.
America Amerique /.
American americain
amiable aimable
among, amongst parmi,
amuse amuser;
entre, chez
oneself, s'a-
muser
ancestors ancetres,
to. pi.;
ai'eux,
ancient ancien, antique
go
aller voir
angry
(contre)
anything quelque chose, to.; not

rien;
good
...
ne
quelque chose de bon; not .
rien de bon
good ne
ne
not ...
anywhere
nulle part
apiece chacun, la piece
appear paraitre, apparaitre, sembler, comparaitre
visit
with fache de
facher
be get
at,
se
in.
applaud applaudir k
apple pomme, /.
apple tree pommier, to.
appoint nommer
approach n. approche, /.
approach v. approcher de, s'approcher de

approbation approbation, /.
approve trouver bon
April avril,
to.
aller visiter,
appetite appetit,
Arab Arabe, to.

here
are see be
to. pi.
et;
aucun
anyone see anybody
.
aloud a haute voix

already deja
Alsace Alsace, /.
and
allow
je n'en ai pas; have you

en avez-vous ? don't give him
thing
ne lui en donnez pas;
one {with
{with neg.) rien;
neg.) personne
anybody, anyone quelqu'un, on;
personne, ne
ne
not ...
there
is {or are) voici;
is {or are) voila
argument argument,
Ariosto Arioste
arise s'elever,
to.
(1')
naUre
animal animal, to., bete, /.

another un autre, encore un; not
ne
pas (point) d'autre
arithmetic arithmetique,
answer
answer
around autour de; she looks

her elle regarde autour d'elle;
n. reponse, /.
v.
repondre
ant fourmi,
go
/.
antechamber antichambre,
/.
antiquity antiquite, /.
anxious : be
tenir a
any de
arm bras, in.

army armee,
def. art.; de; en; aucun, quelconque, tout; I haven't
the
/.
/.
city faire le tour
ville
arouse exciter
arrange arranger
arrest arreter
arrival arrivee,
/.
de
la
ENGLISH-FRENCH
517
arrive arriver
auburn chatain
art art,
audience assistance,
in.
article article,
of
objet, m.;
to.,
August aout, ro.

Augustus Auguste,
dress article de toilette

m.
artist artiste,
ascomme;
pendant que,
aussi, si;
... aussi
... pas aussi
en;
not
pas
pas
que
que;
que,
not so
pas si
much
que;
que, moins
autant d'argent que;
money
long
tant que;
soon
if comme si;
aussitot que;
well
aussi bien que;
to
si
aussi
que,
.
quant a
ascend monter (sur)
ashamed
feel
avoir
be
honte
for deask demander, prier;
him for it le lui
mander;
oneself se dedemander;
mander
etre enasleep endormi; be

dormi, dormir; we have been
nous avons dormi;
fall
s'endormir
assail
assaillir
author auteur, m.
autumn automne,
automne
avenue avenue,
awake intr.
away
go
:
take
d'ici;
docteur;
le
father's chez
mon
home
pere;
chez moi, chez toi, etc.;

moi:
our
daybreak
house chez nous;
des le point du jour
my house chez
attach attacber
attack attaquer
attention attention,
/.;
faire attention
attract attirer
far
s'en aller;
loin
loin,
se sauver
B
back
dos,
to.
etre de tour; give

rendre; come revenir; go
retourner; bring ramener
back: be
re
bad mauvais, mechant, peu
loyal
badly mal; hurt (very)

(beaucoup de) mal a
Baeda Bede, to.
bag sac, m.
faire
(for playing)
la
balle, /.;
play
balle
ball (dance) bal, to.
partir,
/.
jouer a
astonishment etonnemont, to.

at a, ches, de;
(the house, shop,
office, etc., of) chez;
the
give
en
/.
oter;
axe 'hache,
ball
chez
se reveiller
run
bake cuire
doctor's
in
to.;
await attendre
associate s'associer (avec)
my
to.
avidity avidite, /.
avoid eviter
assist aider
assure assurer
astonish etonner
assistants,
/.,
to. pi.
pay
banish bannir
bank
(of stream) bord,
au bord
bank
bill
m.; on the
(financial) banque, /.;

(note) billet (m.) de banque
banker banquier, m.
banking house maison
banque
(/.)
de
barefoot nu-pieds, lea pieds nus

bareheaded decouvert. In tte nue
bargain marche, m.
bask se chauffer
basket panier, m.
Bastille Bastille, /.
VOCABULARY
518
battle bataille, /.
etre; y avoir;
be
porter,
se
aller,
voir;
aller;
(of health)
about to
etre sur le. point de, deborn naitre;

(of
beggar mendiant, m.
begin commencer, se mettre
beginning commencement, m.
behave se comporter se conduire
weather) faire;
(of age) avoir;
afraid
(of time) y avoir;
behead decapiter
avoir peur; here is (are) voici;

there is (are) voila, il y a;
is he
is he finishing? fmit-il?
believe croire;
not?
etc.
are you?
tez-vous ?
how
pas?
comment vous por-
n'est-ce
comment allez-vous ?
comment ca va-t-il? comment
ca va? I am well je me porte
bien, ga va bien, etc.; I am to
do it je dois le faire; I am going
to do it je vais le faire; it is fine
is it? vraiment?
il fait beau;
he is ten years old il a dix ans;
sold une maison
a house to
a, vendre
bean
'haricot, to.; string
cots verts
bear n. ours,
s 'hari-
to.
bear v. (of fruit trees) donner

beard barbe, /.
beast animal, to., bete, /.; (for
riding) monture, /.
beat battre
beautiful beau,
joli
beauty beaute, /.
because parce que
become
(suit)
of her?
what has
qu'est-elle de venue?
se coucher; be in
bed go to
au lit, etre couche

bedroom chambre (/.) a coucher
before prep, devant (of place);
avant (of time); avant de +
the judge par devant
infin.;
etre
le juge
before conj. avant que
beg
demander, mendier;
your pardon pardon
prier,
behind derriere
is
believed on
bell cloche,/.; little
(spherical)
put the
on attacher
le grelot a
belong:
to etre a (de), appartenir a
grelot;
below here
bend courber
:
ici-bas
benefactor bienfaiteur, m.
beside a cote de
besides d'ailleurs, de plus
best adj. le meilleur
best adv. le mieux; to do his
faire son possible
better adj. meilleur
better adv. mieux; be
more valoir mieux;
health)
mieux;
be worth
be
(of
,
porter mieux, aller

like
prefer aimer
se
mieux
between entre
bicycle bicyclette /.;
bicyclette
on a
bid
good-bye to dire adieu
(au revoir) a
big grand, gros
bind up bander
-
bird oiseau, m,
birthday fete, /., anniversaire
de ma (sa) naissance
bite
(to.)
mordre
bitterly a increment
black noir
blackboard tableau noir, m.
blacksmith forgeron,
marechal
ferrant,
it
croit
devenir, se faire;
seoir;
a;
again recommencer
m.
blade brin to.

blind aveugle
519
ENGLISH-FRENCH
biond blond
with a stick
blow /(. coup, m.;
coup de baton
blue bleu
blunt brusque
blush rou<iir
of a bord
board bord, m.; on
de
boat bateau, m., canot, n.; go
for a
nade
(se
ride faire une prome-
promener) en bateau
(canot)
body corps, m.
bold 'hardi
m.
naitre; he was
be
est ne
Boston Boston, m.
born
livre,
tous
both
l'autre;
...
and
et
bother! interj. peste de!

bother v. ennuyer, embeter
bottom fond, in.: at the
il
et
l'un
deux,
(les)
et
le
my
of
bun brioche,
burn bruler
/.
burst eclat, m.
bury enterrer, ensevelir

business commerce, m., affaires,
pour affaires; go
on
/. pi.;
se mettre dans les afinto
faires, se mettre en commerce
doing
busy occupe (de); be
at anything
anything, be
etre en train de faire quelque
chose, etre a faire quelque chose
ricn
ne
but mais; nothing
que
amener:
down
in.
en; rubbing
the way a prode
pos; go passer;
an inch plus
vue;
feet
grand d'un pouce;
pieds sur
seven
my watch a ma montre;
what he says a ce
loved aimc de
by par, de, sur,

en frottant;
a,
taller
six
sept;
back
up
descendre;
up (rear) elever;
ramener a la surface
dit;
out
(lead)
batiment,
monument, m.
m.,
se casser
breakfast dejeuner, m.
breathe respirer
house maison
brick brique, /.;
(/.) en briques
bridge pont, rn.
trans(carry)
bring apporter;
v. brosser
build batir, construire
in.,
edifice,
building
qu'il
one's arm
ramener;
m.
brosse, /.
six
off casser, oter;

bras;
se dissoudre, se lever
porter;
sight
brave courageux, brave

bread pain, m.
break casser, rompre;
up
frere,
butter beurre,
buy acheter
to saluer
box boite, /.
boy enfant, garcon, m.;
mon enfant, m.
branch branche, /.
eclater;
brush
brush
au fond de
bow
brother
boil bouillir
book
broad large
cabbage chou, m.
Caedmon Cedmon
cage cage,
Cain Cain
call
/.
appeler;
faire
venir;
meeting convoquer une assemed s'appeler

be
bled
camel chameau. m.
not
can pouvoir, savoir; he
il ne peut pas, il ne sait pas;
it can't be cela ne se peut pas;
;
see also could
VOCABULARY
520
Canada Canada,
au Canada
cane canne,
in or to
to.;
/.
cannon shot coup

non, m.
(to.)
de
ca-
captain capitaine, to.

capture prise, /.
car
tramway, to.,
wagon
(both for
m.
to.,
railways);
to.
certain certain, sur

chair chaise, /.
chalk craie,
capital adj. capital; n. chef -lieu,
voiture, /.
centime centime,
century siecle, to.
/.
chance 'hasard, to.

change n. monnaie, /.
change v. changer (de)
chapter chapitre,
charge charge, /.
to.
auto (mobile), to. andf.

motor
caravan caravane, /.
card carte, /.
of
care
for soigner; take
avoir soin de, soigner; take
prendre garde, avoir soin, faire
charitable charitable
attention
careful: be
cheap (a) bon marche, pas cher,

peu couteux;
er a meilleur
marche, moins cher
attention! prenez
garde
carefully soigneusement
carnival carnaval, to.

carpenter charpentier, m., menuisier, to.
carriage voiture, /.
off emporter;
carry porter;
the day l'emporter
case cas,
to.;
in
(that)
au cas
charmingly a ravir
chase chasser, poursuivre
chat causer
chief chef,
to.
to.
child enfant,
to.
andf.
chimney cheminee,
China Chine, /.
chopper bucheron,
cat chat,
to.
catch attraper, prendre;

cold s'enrhumer
cathedral cathedrale, /.
catholic catholique
cattle betail, to.
bestiaux,
s.,
n. cause, /.
v.
causer;
exciter;
celebrate celebrer
celebrated celebre
celebration fete, /.
cent sou, to.
in the
(to)
la ville,
de
ville
clad see clothe
claimant pretendant,
to
cease cesser; without ceasing sans

ceiling plafond, to.
and f.
at
ville
city hall hotel (to.)
/.
cesse
to.
/.;
l'eglise
en
faire
cavalry cavalerie,
eglise,
city ville, /.
to. pi.
to.
Christopher Christophe
church
(a)
/.
Christian chretien
chum camarade,
que
cause
cause
charming charmant, ravissant
cherry cerise, /.
chicken poulet,
careless negligent
charm charmer, enchanter
to.
class classe, /.
classroom classe,
clean nettoyer
/.
clearly clairement
clever habile, fort, intelligent
cleverly habilement
climb grimper, monter
clock {town) horloge, /., (in rooms)
pendule
/.
close fermer, clore
ENGLISH-FRENCH
clothe vetir, habiller
clothes vetements, m.
m.
pi.
clumsy
be so
habits,
pi.,
as to avoir
fellow malala
maladresse de;
m.
droit,
coat habit,
(sack) veston, m.
in.,
froid;
adj.
be
n.
froid,
beings)
(of living
in.;
avoir
weather)
hands, my
are
froid aux
catch
s'enrhumer
be
froid;
f aire
(get)
froid; I
hands
(of
have
j'ai
mains;
(a)
collar (man's) col, m.; faux-col,
m.
college college, m.
colossal colossal
Columbus Colomb
peigne, m.
comb
come
[kol5]
again
back, home
venir;
see, and see
down descendre;
venir
up monter,
in
rentrer; out
voyons! allons!
comfortable commode;
be
venir,
arriver;
revenir;
re-
to
voir;
arriver;
cntrer,
sortir;
faire bon, etre
coming
bien
arrivee, /.
dix
condition condition, /. etat, m.

confess avouer
confidence confiance, /.
confound confondre
congratulate feliciter (de or sur)
conquer conquerir, vaincre

conscience conscience, /.
consecrate bcnir
consent consentir
consider considerer, regarder
construct construire
contain contenir
continually sans cesse
continue continuer
contract contrat, m.
contrary
on the
au contraire
convenient commode, utile

cook cuisinier, m., cuisiniere,
cool
il
frais;
it
is
/.
(of weather)
fait frais
coolly tranquillement
command commander
commandment commandement,
m.; the Ten Commandments
lea
complicated complique
compliment compliment, m.
comprise comprendre
comrade camarade, m. andf.
conceal cacher
concert concert, in.
conclude conclure
condemn condamner
cock coq, m.
coffee cafe, m.
cold
521
commandements,
le
diValogue
copper (coin) sou, m.

copy exemplaire. m., copie,
coral corail, m.
corkscrew tire-bouchon, in.
corner coin, m.
cost couter
/.
commence commencer
costs frais,
commit commettre
companion compagnon,
could past of can

we
have
written nous aurions pu ecrire;
I
not do so je ne pourrai?
pas le fairo: he
do th-t
when he was here il pouvait
pagne,
/.,
traveling
camarade,
fit.
pi.
in.,
>.
com-
andf.;
de
compagnon
voyage
company compagnie. /.. BOcite\ /.

compartment compartiment, m.
compassion compassion,
complain se plaindre
complete complet
/.
faire cela
je
have
quand
il
('tail"
ici:
pourrais, je pouvais; I
j 'aura
is pu
count compter
country pays,
in.;
(native
hnd)
VOCABULARY
522
patrie, /.;
campagne,
opposed
in the
(as
/.;
campagne
county town chef -lieu,
to
town)
a la
fille, /.
jour,
/..,
journee, /.;
is it
etc.;
(de);
le
cousin cousin, to.; cousine, /.

cover couvrir;
ed with cou-
to-morrow apres-demain;
after
before yesterday avant(long) toute la

journee, tout le jour; from
to
de jour en jour; be
(daylight) faire jour
daybreak point (m.) du jour; at
(since)
des le point du jour
the
hier;
all
/.,
every
tous
chaque jour;
in those
a cette epoque;
what of the month
today? quel jour du mois sommesnous aujourd'hui?
the
lendemain
after
the
les jours,
to.
to.
vert de
cow vache, /.
cravat cravate, /.
crawl se trainer
create creer
creature creature,
(fruit) datte, /.
daughter
day
couple couple, to. and f.

courage courage, to.; take
prendre (avoir) courage
court cour, /.
courtier courtisan,
date
etre,
to.,
dead mort
bete, /.
crime crime, to.
deaf sourd
criminal criminel,
to.
critic critique, to.
Croesus Cresus
crops recolte, /.
cross adj. mcchant
cross v. traverser
crowd foule, /.
crown couronne,
deaf-mute sourd-muet
deal a great
a good
beaucoup
dear cher; not so
pas si cher,
moins cher
death mort, /.; be at the point of
etre sur le point de mourir;
put to
mettre a mort
debt dette, /.
deceive tromper
December decembre, m.
/.
cry pleurer, crier;
out
crier,
s'ecrier
cup tasse, /., coupe, /.

cupboard armoire, /.
cure guerir
curiosity curiosite, /.
curse maudire
custom coutume, /.
cut couper; have one's hair
se faire couper les cheveux
declare declarer
defect defaut, to.
dejection abattement, to.
delay differer
delight
in se plaire k
delighted enchante, charm^
:
delightful
charmant
deliverance delivrance, /.
delve becher, creuser
D
daily tous les jours, par jour
deny nier
dance danser
danger danger, to.
dangerous dangereux
dark noir; be
faire
obscur
depart s'en
date (time) date,
/.
depend
noir, faire
aller,
partir
on dependre de
describe decrire
deserve meriter
desire desirer, vouloir
desk pupitre,
to.
ENGLISH-FRENCH
despair desesperer
dessert dessert, m.
destination destination, /.
destroy detruire, perdre
determine determiner, resoudre,
difference
makes no
cela ne
mourir
/.;
that
fait rien
difficult difficile
difficulty difficulte, /., peine, /.
dig creuser, becher
dinner diner,
a manger
in.
direct adj. droit
disagreeable desagreable
disappear disparaitre
discover decouvrir
discuss discuter
discussion discussion, /.
dishes vaisselle, /.
disobliging desobligeant
disperse se disperser, se separer
displease deplaire (a)
dispute se disputer
distinction distinction, /.
distinguished distingue, celebre
distract distraire
distrust se defier de, se mefier de
dive plontrer
divide diviser:
do
without
faire;
etc.;
pnrtager
(of health) se porter,
you like?
se passer de;
aimez-vous? (emphatic auxiliary)] I

not do it
je ne le fais pas;
not do so ne
le faites pas; he does not speak
il ne parle pas
he works, does
he not? il travaille, n'est-ce
in.
a
/.;
douzaine
piastre,
in.,
a dozen un dollar
don't, doesn't see do
la
door porte, /.; next

a cote
doubt n. doute, in.; no
sans
doute
doubt s. douter
down
stairs en bas; come
(stairs) descendre, aller en
go
bas; bring
descendre;
town en ville; bent
courbe;
sit
s'asseoir; lie
se coucher
dranatic dramatique
near
draw tirer;
tracer;
salle (/.)
parle? be done
/.
dollar,
diminish diminuer
dine diner
room
a-t-il
in.
poupee,
dollar
different different
lining
speak ne
se faire
doll
away se
difference,
not (don't)
he speak?
dog chien,
in.
diameter diametre, m.
did see do
die mourir;
pas?
parlez pas; I
not non, monsieur; I did oui, monsieur; did
doctor medecin, in., docteur,

doctrine doctrine, /.
decider, avoir l'idee
devour devorer
dial cadran,
523
s'apprccher (de)
drawing dessin, in.

dravicg-room salon, m.
dream
dream
n.
v.
songe, m., reve, m.

rever, songer, faire des
songes
dress v rote, /. ; toilette, /.
dress v. habiller;
se
mettre;
s'habiller; te êd ctre mis
drink fcoire
drive u.: go for a
te cut for
a
se prcmener en vciturc
.
(auto)
drive v. conduire,
voir,
drop
chasser;
drown
se
dry sec
ducat ducat,
in.
duke due, m.
dumb muet
dupe dupe, /.
during pendant
mener, mou-
away
tomber
noycr
liiisser
chassei
VOCABULARY
524
duty devoir, to.
dwell demeurer
E
each chaque, tout
each one chacun
each other reflex, pron.
vous,
indef.
se;
nous,
pi.
l'un
l'autre,
les uns les autres

eagerly avec empressement
ache mal aux
ear oreille, /.;
oreilles;
(of wheat) epi, to.
de meilleure
tot,
earlier plus
anglais, to.
enjoy jouir de;

ser
enough assez
heure
early de
bonne heure
assez;
earn gagner
earth terre,
/.
easily facilement, aisement
easy
enclose clore, enclore

enclosed ci-inclus
encourage encourager
end n. fin, /., bout, rn.; come to
finir mal
a bad
end v. finir, se terminer
enemy ennemi, m.
engage s'engager
England Angleterre, /.
English anglais;
man Anglais,
(the language) l'anglais,
to.;
facile
grass paitre
economical (of persons) econome
educated instruit
education education, (of persons)
instruction, /.; receive a good
faire de bonnes etudes
eat manger;
kind
oneself s'amunot pas

assez bon; be
(de);
to suffire pour
enter entrer (dans)
enterprise entreprise, /.
entrance entree, /.
equal
be
(to) egaler
equivalent equivalent, to.
error erreur, /.
escape eviter, echapper, s'echap-
have a narrow
echapper belle
per, s'enfuir;
1'
Edward Edouard
especially surtout
effort effort, in.
estate propriete,
eight 'huit
eighty quatre-vingt(s)
domaine, to.
Europe Europe, /.
European europeen
even meme;
if,
either
ou
nor ...
he hasn't any
pas non plus
plus;
ni
il
non
n'en a
elephant Elephant, to.

eleven onze
else autre; autre chose; not
ne
anything
nothing
rien autre
elsewhere autre part, ailleurs
embrasure embrasure, /.
emperor empereur, to.
employ
admit into his
tre chez lui
empty vide
evening
the
elect elire
biens, to.
pi.,
though
quand meme
eldest aine
/.,
day
.
admet-
soir,
to.,
le soir;
soiree,
last
/.;
in
yester-
hier (au) soir
ever jamais
Sunday
every tout, chaque;
other
tous les dimanches;
day tous les deux jours
everybody tout le monde, m.
everyone chacun
everything tout, toute chose;
that tout ce qui (que)
everywhere partout
-doing mal faire,
evil mal;
to.
ENGLISH-FREXCH
exactly
exaetcment, precisement,
iarm servant valet

farther
[with time) precis
examine examiner, visiter

example example, m.; for
exemple
excavation excavation,
fouille,
/.,
loin;
par
loin;
fashion mode,
plus
off
/.
fastidious difficile
fate destin, m., sort, m.
emouvoir
excite exciter;
exclaim s' eerier

excuse excuser;
me pardon
exercise devoir,
//?.,
exercice,
father pi-re, m.
favor faveur, /.
favorite favori, m.
fear n. crainte,
///.
expect attendre, s'attendre, compter, esperer

expense depense, /., depens, m. pi.
explain expliquer
eye ceil, m., yeux, pi.
to
faillir;
fairy fee, /.;

fce(s)
faithful fidele
tomber;
en
in manquer
story conte de
in
a,
due choir;
asleep
how
m.
type,
little
/.,
my good mon ami

s
the brave
bonshom-
petits
les
m.
indi\adu
brave homme
good
mes; the clumsy

fence cloture, /.
le
maladroit
festival, festivity fete, /.
as
>.,
cultivateur, m.
farmhouse ferme,
/.
de, quelques;
quelques-un c
but
guere, ne
que peu
fewer moins de
:
field
champ,
ne
i.
fifteenth quinzieme, quinze
cinquiome, cinq
cinquante
fight combattre, se battre
fifth
fifty
as jusqu'a;
combien y
is it?
farmer paysan,
few peu, peu
fifteen quinze
/.
from loin que,

be
from il s'en faut
de beaueoup;
away loin,
d'ici;
hungry
fetch aller chereher
familiarly familioroment
family famille, /.
famous fameux, cdlebre
loin
abattre
fellow garcon,
effet
familiarity familiarity,
loin de;
sentir;
feeling sentiment,
out se brouiller;
s'endormir
false faux
far adv. loin;
tater;
fell
/.
de
sentir la faim, avoir faim
face figure, /., visage, m.; shut

the door in one's
fermer la
porte au nez a quek]u'un
fact fait, m.;
for
de crainte que; for

of de crainte de
fear v. craindre, avoir peur
feast festin, m., banquet, m.
February fevrier, m.
feed nourrir
feel
F
facade facade,
peur, /.;
/.,
that
exhibit exposer
fall
(m.) de ferme
on plus loin
plus
fast vite
/.
fail
525
a-t-il
fermier,
m.,
fill
remplir
finally onfin, a la fin;
par
faire
find trouver:
do
finir
out decouvrir;
trouver
fine beau, brave; it is
(weather)
il fait beau (temps)
be found
so
526
VOCABULARY
fine-looking beau, elegant

finger doigt,
finish finir
fire feu,
m.;
to
set
mettre
feu a
first
fish
v.
la
pecher
my
aller a;
fork fourchette,
form former
former the
:
fishing peche, /.
fit
le
premier; for the

time
premiere fois
adv. d'abord; at
d'abord
first adj.
pour
force n. force, /.
force v. forcer; I was
d j'ai
foreign, foreigner etranger; in
countries a l'etranger
forest foret, /.
forget oublier
m.
suit
du
/.
celui-ci, celui-la
formerly autrefois
s
me
well
fortnight
quinzaine,
/.,
quinze
fleet flotte, /.
fortune fortune, /.; good

heur, m.; make one's
fortune
forty quarante;
about
bon
qua-
plancher m.,
(hardwood)
parquet, m.
Florida Floride, /.
flower fleur, /.; in
en fleurs
four quatre
fourteenth quatorzieme, quatorze
fourth quatrieme, quatre;
part
mon
fitting
complet me va bien
convenable
m. pi.
fortunate heureux
jours,
five cinq
flattering flatteur
flee fuir, s'enfuir
floor
couramment
fly voler;
away s'envoler
foggy
be
faire du brouillard
fluently
folded croise
rollow suivre
following suivant; the
day
jour suivant, le lendemain
le
fond be
-of aimer
food nourriture, /.
foolish fou, sot, bete
foot pied, m.; on
a pied; tread
fouler aux pieds

pour, pendant,
con a moment un
par;
moment; (during) pendant;
out partir pour;

depuis; a long time,
a week depuis longtemps,
depuis une semaine; me
pour moi;
en; trade
echanger pour
am
sorry
fache
under
for prep,
de,
tre,
set
(since)
it
(contre);
it
j'en suis
/.
le
quart
fox renard, m.
franc franc, m.
France France,/.; in
to
en
France
folly folie, /., sottise, /.

:
rantaine,
faire
Frederick the Great Frederic
le
Grand
free libre
freeze geler
French
adj. francais;
(the lan-
guage) le francais, francais;

man Francais, m.;
teacher
professeur (m.) de francais;
history histoire (/.) de France;
grammar grammaire fran-
caise
Friday vendredi, m,
friend ami, m.; amie, /.
friendly aimable
friendship amiti6, /.
frighten
effrayer,
(be)
peur
faire
ed avoir
very much ed etre
get
peur;
bo
trfs (bien
for conj. car
effraye, avoir tres (bien,
forbid defendre
peur
gran
ENGLISH-FRENCH
frog grenouille,
from
de,
glad
/.
de dessus,
day
dans, d'apres, depuis;
it
day de jour en jour;
nature d'apres nature;
en;
to
a glass boire dans un

take
the table prendre sur la table;
me de ma
part
drink
verre;
front
in
fruit fruit,
of
devant
m.
full plein
d'ailleurs
gladly volontiers, avec plaisir

glass verre, m.
glory gloire, /.
glove gant, in.
go
aller,
away
marcher; se rendre;
s'en aller, partir;
with
Gascon Gascon,
in.
German allemand
avoir;
go
obtenir;
chercher,
aller
aller
up, rise se lever;
up on monter
come) devour;
made
faire faire;
sur;
-
(be-
made, have
married
se
marier;
angry se iaoher:
on avancer;
to arriver a;
out deseendre;
in monter
ghost revenant, in.
girl (jeune) fille, /.,
enfant./.
dormer;
away donner;
back rend re;
too much
for payer trop cher
give
aller
passer
up (stairs)
aller
bed se eoueher;
to
for a row, sail,
general general, in.

generally en general, generalement, ordinairement
generous genereux
gentleman monsieur, in.; gentlemen messieurs
George George(s)
past
se pro-
etc.
pied);
for a drive se promener en voiture;
for a ride se
promener a cheval;
for,
gad
gate porte, /.
gather cueillir
sortir;
aecompagner,
by,
in,
mener en bateau
(out) for a
walk aller se promener (a pied),
aller faire une promenade (a
gallery galerie, /.
garden jardin, in.
and
delaville;
trouver;
out
into entrer dans;
get prendre;
de,
furnish fournir
gay
content
of
monter;
down
(stairs) aller en bas, deseendre;
and see aller voir;
around the city faire le tour
accomplir
furthermore
at,
avec;
(devant);
en haut,
frying pan poele, /.

fulfill
charme de
a partir de,
a,
527
after,
and get
back (again) retourner;

aller en ville;
downtown
home
aller
chez
on continuer
to
aller chercher;
soi,
(a),
rentrer;
aller en;
sleep s'endormir;
to
France aller en France, partir

pour la France;
there
vas-
y, allez-y
goat chevre, /.
God Dieu: gods dieux, m. pi.
gold or, in.; adj. (of gold) d'or,
en or
golden d'or
good bon, brave, sage, juste: my
fellow mon ami, ///.; be so
as to, be
enough to
voulez-vous bien, ayez la bon to
de, veuillez
good bien. in.: do

faire du bien
good-bye adieu, au revoir
goodness bonte, /.
VOCABULARY
528
goods merchandises, /. pi.
gooseberry bush groseillier,
to.
grace grace, /.
grain grain, to.
grammar grammaire, /.
grandfather grand-pere,
to.,
aieul,
harp 'harpe, /.
harvest moisson, /.
hasten se hater, se depecher;
into the presence of accourir
aupres de
hat chapeau, to.; have
(s) on
grandmother grand'mere,
grape(s) raisin(s),
grass herbe, /.
gravely gravement
great grand, gros;
hate 'hair
hatred 'haine,
to.
Greek
grec
green vert;
deal beau-
terre, /.;
pois,
the
larger grandir
have a en vouloir a
croitre;
grudge
guard garde,
:
gun
(up) on
par terre
terre,
there
/.
il
him
grind moudre
have avoir; obtenir;

iliary) avoir,
to. pi.
ground
to.
go
faites-le
past eight huit

heures
demie; an hour
une demi-heure
half
moitie/.; by de
moitie
half
a demi
hand main,
shake with
donner
main
on the right
a
on the
a gauche;
a
half adj. demi;
et
la
adv.
/.;
la
a;
droite;
left
clock)
(of
ai-
guille, /.
hang pendre
happen arriver; venir a, avoir
happily heureusement
happy heureux, content
hard difficile; work
ferme
lieu
travailler
partir;
be
le
Havre
foin, to.
he
il,
ce;
lui;
/.
who
celui qui;
himself lui-meme
head
maitre,
headache
have avoir
tete, /.;
to.
mal a
la tete
heal guerir
health sante, /.
hear entendre;
from recevoir
des nouvelles de; I
from him
of
je recois de ses nouvelles;
entendre parler de
heart cceur, to.
heat chaleur, /.
heavy lourd
Sainte-Helene
Helena St.
help aider, secourir
hen poule, /.
hence aussi, done
harm
Henry Henri,
mal a
to
on porter
hardly a peine
faire
aux-
(as
hazelnut noisette,
to. pi.
hay
n.
off
(cause to be) faire; I am having

a house built je fais batir une
maison;
done faire faire;
one's hair cut se faire couper
les cheveux;
just venir de;
to do with avoir affaire a; he
has spoken, has he not? il a
parle, n'est-ce pas?
to etre
Havre
etre;
faut que j'y sois;
oblige de;
fusil, to.
hair cheveux,
(s)
/.
hatter chapelier, m.
peas petits
etre decouvert(s)
/.
coup
Great Britain Grande-Bretagne,
grow
have
etre couvert(s);
TO.
to.
529
ENGLISH-FRENCH
her adj. son,
sa, ses;
lui
eUe)
le (a
lui,
her pers. pron. la, elle; to
own le sien, a elle
a elle;
below ici-bas;
here ici, ci, y;
are voici
is,
hero 'heros, in.
heroine heroine, /.
hers le sien, a elle
herself se, elle-meme
hide cacher
high 'haut;
m., tant
price grand prix,
hill colline, /.
him le,
to for lui;
lui;
who
celui qui
himself se, soi, lui, lui-meme; to -lui-meme

en lui-mC'me; he
hinder empecher
his
son,
adj.
sa,
lui
ses;
(a lui)
his pron. le sien, a lui;
le
own
le sien
historical
historiquo
history histoire,
/.
and thither ca et la
hither
out tendre
hold tenir;
hole trou, m.
holiday jour (m.') de fete;
vacances, /. pi.
holy benit; saint
home (at)
chez moi, chez toi,
aller
go
etc., a la maison;
chez moi, chez toi, etc., aller a
la maison, rontrer
honest honnete, loyal, probe
honesty lovautt', /., probite, /.
honor n. honneur, m.
honor v. honorer
:
hotel hotel, m.
hour heure, /.
house maison,
/.;
chez nous; at
qui?
at Mr.
at (to) our
?
B's
in the
whose
chez
chez
a la
Monsieur B;
maison, dans la maison
how comment, comme, combien;
comme que
much ?
many ? combien ?
much
many combien (de) que de
long have you been here?
depuis quand etes-vous ici?
happy she is qu'elle est heuold is he? quel age
reuse!
is
he? comment
a-t-il?
se porte-t-il?
comment
va-t-il?
do you do? comment vous
portez-vous
(allez-vous) ?
good quelhowever cependant;

that may he
que bon que;
quoi qu'il en soit;

pour peu que
howl cri, m.; give a
little
pousser
un cri
humble humble, petit
cent
hundred a (one)
hunger faim, /.
hungry affame; he
(feel)
avoir
faim
hunt (for) chasser, chercher
hunting chasse, /.
hurrah for! vive(nt)!
up se depecher; be in
hurry
ctre presse
a
oneself se
hurt faire mal a;
:
faire mal, se blcsser
husbandman
laboureur, m.
hope esporor. compter

horse cheval, m.
a cheval; ride
horseback: on
monter a cheval
horseshoe for (in.) a cheval
hot chaud,
fait
chaud
brulant;
it
is
il
I je,
moi
ice glace, /.
idea idee, /.
idle paresseux;
faire
to
be
ne ricn
VOCABULARY
530
idleness paresse,
interesting interessant
interview: (private)
tete-a-tete,
/.
if si
ignorant ignorant; be
of igno-
intimate intime
rer
ill
n. mal,
ill
adj.
ill
adv.
m.
malade
mal
fall
important important
impossible impossible
Ireland Irlande,
is
fer,
island
it
y, la
etre, etre
/.
it
il,
y,
ile, /.
elle,
ce;
le,
dedans; of
cela;
la;
for
in
en; to
is you c'est vous;

y;
they ce sont eux, c'est eux;
think of
y penser; is
vraiment ?
is
Italian
l'ouest
inch pouce, m.
income revenu, m.
increase augmenter
incur courir
/.
m.; (adj.) de fer

see be
here
here are voici;
here he
le voici
iron
the reign of sous; be

chez soi;
the
ten
evening le soir; one
the west a (dans)
un sur dix;
de;
lui
invite inviter
superlative)
(after
presence aupres de
introduce presenter
invention invention,
in dans, a, en, de, sur;
y, la
it
la
his
fortune malheur, m.
illuminate illuminer
image image, /.
imagine s'imaginer
immediately tout de suite
impatient impatient
dedans;
dedans;
the sea tomber a mer;
into dans, en;
ill
TO.
it alien
Italy Italie, /.
its
en
le
lui-meme;
son, sa, ses;
itself se, soi;
meme
indeed! vraiment!
individual individu, m.
influence influencer
January Janvier,
Japan Japon, m.
influential influent
to.
infrequent rare
Jericho Jericho
injustice injustice, /.
ink encre, /.
Jerusalem Jerusalem
John Jean
inn auberge, /.
innkeeper aubergiste, m.
instead of au lieu de
joke plaisanter
journey voyage, m.; set out again
on a
se remettre en route
joyful joyeux
judge n. juge, m.; be a good
of
se connaitre a (en)
judge r. juger
June juin, m.
July juillet, to.
jump sauter;
over sauter pardessus
Jupiter Jupiter
institution institution, /.
instrument instrument, m.
insult dire des injures a, insulter
intelligent intelligent
intend avoir
1'
intention
intention intention, /.
inter enterrer
interest n. interet, m.; take
prendre interet
interest
v.
a,
interesser
in
s'occuper de
just adj. juste, precis
ENGLISH-FRENCH
done;
justement,
adv.
just
to have
regardez done
look
venir de, ne faire que de;
as au
then a ce moment;
!
moment ou
on
aller
en
mourir
(f
of a
mile)
n. espece, /., sorte, /.;
weather
is it?
fait-il?
kind
what
quel temps
to bon
be enough
him
de
have the
adj. bon, aimable;
be so
as,
pour;
of
to vouloir bien; it is
to e'est bon a lui
kindness bonte, /.;
to vouloir bien avoir la bonte
de
king
dame; ladies
(in address)
m.
lac,
m.; United
Kingdom Royaume-Uni, m.
kiss embrasser, baiser

/.
knee genou, m.; fall on one's

tomber a genoux
knife couteau, m., can'f, m.
knight chevalier, m.
on
knock frapper; there is a
frappe
know
savoir,
eonnattre;
how
savoir
knowledge
sances,
in.
land terre, /.
landlord aubergiste, m.
landscape paysage, m.
language langue, /.;
(of anilangage, m.
large
grand,
gros;
grow
grandir
last adj. dernier, passe;
year
l'annee derniere, l'annee passee;
evening hier (au) soir;
etc.)
night cette nuit;
science,
/.,
connais-
/. pi.
enfin,
durer
il
en retard; he is
for manest en retard; be
it is
quer; it is
il est tard;
v.
late tard,
getting
il
se fait tard;
later
on plus tard
Latin latin
latter
the
dernier
laud louer
:
laugh
se
rire,
laughter
law
recemment
celui-ci, ceux-ci,
ricaner;
at
ce
rire de,
moquer de
rire,
m.
loi, /.
lawsuit proces, m.
lazy paresseux
lead mener, conduire
leaf feuille, /.
leap sautcr
learn apprendre, savoir
learned
man savant, m.
leathern de euir
:
labor travail, m., labeur, in., ouvrage, m.

(unmarlady dame, /.; young
at
la fin
last
lately dernierement,
m.
kingdom royaume,
roi,
kitchen cuisine,
mes-
dames, mesdemoiselles
kilometer kilometre, m.
of
jeune personne,
jeune
(married)
mals,
kick out mettre a la porte
fille,
demoiselle;
lamp lampe, /.
lamp shade abat-jour,
keep garder, tenir;

kernel amande, /.
key clef, /.
kind
jeune
ried)
lake
justice justice, /.
kill tuer, faire
531
leave
leave
(r.
quitter, laisser
inir.
partir, sortir
je n'en ai
have none
plus: none n'en rester plus
left:
VOCABULARY
532
left
on the
gauche;
gauche
leg jambe, /., patte,
(hand) a
(la)
/. (dog's)
lend preter
length longueur, /.; at
enfin,
a la fin, a la longue
less moins;
than two moins
de deux
lesson legon, /.
lest que
ne, de peur que
ne
let laisser, permettre;
in laisser
us go;
entrer;
him
him be
.
allons;
finish qu'il finisse;
glad qu'il soit content
Levite levite,
live
demeurer, vivre;
meurer
on
dans, etc.,
vivre de;
a,
vive(nt)!
is dear il fait
cher vivre; not a
soul ne
ame vivante
log buche, /.
London Londres, to.
long v. tarder; I
to il me
in tarder a
tarde de; be
long adj. or adv. long, longtemps;
living vivant;
letter lettre, /.
lettuce laitue, /.

in dehabiter;
long
un peu (de); however

pour
peu que; a
while ago il y a
quelques moments;
by
peu a peu, petit a petit
? y
have you been here
a-t-il longtemps que vous etes
ici? how
were you there?
combien de temps y avez-vous
while
time, a
et6? a
-
to.
liberal liberal
(speak
mentir;
longtemps;
how depuis
here
down se coucher
quand? as as tant que;
have not seen them
a
ne
time
lumiere,
get
y a longtemps que
vus; a way
jour
auburn hair cheveux longer no ne plus
regarder,
regarder;
look
chatain
parcourir, y
un coup
aimer;
better aimer mieux;
around regarder autour; look
out prendre garde; out
should (very
aimer
the window regarder par
much) j'aimerais
chercher;
fenetre;
should
voudrais
sembler, paraitre;
avoir
voudrais que
do
you
bien
get a good
should
vous
have done
regarder
each other
in
perdre
lose perdre;
voulu
de vue
a
loss
comme, en anything
beaucoup
that quelque chose de pared,
haut
loud(ly)
be
de
ne
liberty liberte, /.
library bibliotheque, /.
falsely)
lie
s ci-git;
(buried) gesir;
for
life vie, /.
light n.
/.,
jour, to.;
light adj.:
off loin
clair
like
je
il
les ai
faire
vouloir,
v.
at
tr.
jeter
desirer;
d'ceil;
to
of
(a);
(bien),
(bien);
to
it
la
je
for
l'air,
je
to
j'aurais
it
faire;
voir;
at
le fassiez (fissiez); I
le
intr.
se
at
sight of
se
it
plaire
like prep,
perte, /.
lot of (a)
each other se ressembler l'un a

l'autre
line ligne,
/.,
lignee, /.
adj. petit;
adv.
Louis Louis, Lewis

love n. amour, to. and f., affection,
/.,
listen (to) ecouter

little
peu;
(de)
adv. fort,
pareil;
rien
tendresse, /.;
my
mes premieres amours

love
v.
aimer
first
(poet.)
ENGLISH-FRENCH
533
the
? qu'y
de quoi
no that does not
'oyal loyal, honnete, fidele
luck
good
fortune,
M
machine machine,
madam madame,
is
n'hnporte
May
mesdames
magnificent magnifique
of all work
maid bonne, /.;
bonne a tout faire
mail d. mettre a la poste
voici votre
mail //.: here's your
courrier
majority majorite, /.
make faire, rendre; be
faire;
use se servir
man homme,
old
made
se
monsieur, to.;
m.; (soldier)
who, a
who
soldat, in.; the
young men jeunes
eelui qui;
gens
manner maniere, /.
a great
beaumany very
coup (de), bien (des); so
tant (de);
a maint; as
? combien
autant (de); how
(de)?
(people) beaucoup de
personnes;
years bien des
annees
in.,
vieillard,
maxim maxime,
/.
/. pi.
a-t-il?
s'agit-il?
/.
/.
m.
may pouvoir; that
be cela se
peut; it
be il se peut;
it
please qu'il plaise; you
say
what you like vous avez beau
ruai,
parler; sec
me
might
me, moi;
moi; for
avec moi
to
for
pour moi;
mean
me,
with
vouioir dire
meat viande, /.
meet rencontrer;
se
reunir;
se
rencontrer
meeting assemblee,
/.,
reunion,
/.;
call
convoquer une assem-
blee (reunion)
memorandum memoire,
memory memoire, /.
m.
mention
don't
it il n'y a pas
de quoi
merchant marchand, to.
Mercury Mercure
:
mere simple
merely seulement, rien que
n. merite, m.
map carte, /.
March mars, to.
merit
merit
march marcher
mark marque, /., signe, to.
market marche, m.; to, at
au marche
marry {give in marriage,
merry joyeux, gai

meter metre, to.
method methode, /., facon, /.
Michael
Angelo
Michel-Ange
(the)
unite
marriage) marier; (take in

marriage) epouser, se marier a
(avec); (be married, get married)
in
marier
Marseilles Marseille,
v.
meriter
[mikslas] great Italian painter,

sculptor,
d.
and
architect,
b.
Michaelmas
la
Saint-Michel
middle milieu, to.

midnight minuit, to.
midst milieu, in.; into the
se
/.
Mary Marie
master maitrc, m.
masterpiece chef-d'oeuvre, m.
mate compagne, /.
matter affaire, /.,- what is the
with you? qu'avez-vous? what
milieu
might past
of
may
j'aurais pu;
you
them vous
auriez
mild
llfio,
1564
be
faire
pu
doux
au
have
have seen
les voir
VOCABULARY
534
mile mille,
milk
milk
matin;
to.
miller meunier,
thine le mien et le tien

minister ministre, to.
s to
minute minute, /.; five
five cinq heures moins cinq
(minutes), quatre heures cin-
Miss mademoiselle,
miss manquer
make
be
/.
se
to.;
(at) this
a l'instant
is
it?
quel jour
(or
quel
quantieme) du mois est-ce (or

sommes-nous) aujourd'hui ? in
the
of May au mois de mai
Montreal Montreal, to.
more plus (de), encore, davanmoney?
tage; have you any
avez-vous encore de l'argent?
, I have not any
I have no
money than
je n'en ai plus;
plus d'argent que; I have some
ne
j'en ai encore; no
than twenty times
plus;
plus de vingt fois; it is worth
matin
trcs,
plus;
/.
the
le
people la plupart des
bien, fort;
gens
mother mere, /.
motor car auto (mobile),
mountain montagne, /.
to.
and f.
remuer
to.
much beaucoup
(de),
bien, tres,
grand'chose;
coup, bien;
que;
so
very
beauas autant
as
tant, tenement;
combien (de)? too
autant (de); pay
trop; as
payer deux fois
twice as
payer
plus cher; give too
trop cher
to.
monastery monastere, to.

Monday lundi, m.
money argent, m., monnaie, /.
monk moine, m.
month mois, to.; what day of the
most
how
monarch monarque,
le
fait
il
mortification mortification,
se
modern moderne
modest modeste
moment moment,
/.;
morrow lendemain, m.
Mr. M., monsieur,
to.
tromper
se tromper
mouth bouche, /.
move mouvoir, emouvoir, remuer;
quante-cinq
miser avare, m.
misery misere, /.
misfortune malheur,
a cold
is
it
froid ce
to.
mind ame, /., avis, to., opinion, /.

mine le mien; a rnoi; a friend of
and
un de mes amis;
mistake
mistaken
than one
vaut mieux;
morning matin, to., matinee,

good
bonjour; in the
traire
mill moulin,
il
plus d'un
m.
n. lait,
v.
to.
militaire
military
mud vase, /., boue, /.

museum musee, to.
music musique, /.
must falloir, devoir;
me
go
il
faut partir, il faut que je

have done it il a
parte; he
du le faire
my mon, ma, mes; me (dat.)
face je me lave
le; I wash
own le mien, k
la figure;
moi
myself me, moi, moi-meme
.
mysterious mysterieux
N
name
name
n.
v.
what
nom,
to.
appeler;
is
the
s'appelle?
be
d s'appeler;
of?
comment
ENGLISH-FRENCH
nap somme, to.
Napoleon Napoleon
narrow ttroit; have a
main; time
prochaine
door a cote; the one
morning lendemain
a
la
fois;
celui
escape
cote;
lc
matin
l'echapper belle
nation nation, /.
national national
native natif
natural naturel
nature nature, /.
next adv. apres, ensuite

nice joli, gen til
night nuit, /.; all
nuit;
naughty mechant
by tout pres;
near pres de;
falling penser tomber
be
nearly pros de, presque
necessary necessaire; be
etre
535
necessaire, falloir
neck cou, m.
need n. besoin, to.
need v. avoir besoin de, falloir;
what does he
? que lui faut-
last
(de) toute la
hier soir, cette
nuit
nine neuf
nineteen dix-neuf
ninety quatre-vingt-dix
ninety-two quatre-vingt-douze
no non, ne
pas, aucun;
man,
one personne, aucun;
longer,
more ne
plus
noble noble
.
nobleman
noble,
to.,
gentilliomme,.
TO.
il? de quoi a-t-il besoin?

needless inutile
nobody, no one ne
personne;
at all ne
qui que ce soit
neglect negliger
negro negre, to.
noise bruit,
voisine,
/.
jamais
nevertheless cependant
new nouveau, neuf
newly-married couple nouveaux
maries
New Orleans la Nouvelle-Or-
what is the
? qu'y a-t-il de nouveau?
from him? avezhave you
nouvelle(s), /.;
vous de ses nouvelles?

newspaper journal, to.
New
to.
pas, nul;
have
jc
n'en
pas; there are

il n'y en a
pas; have
left n'en avoirplus
nonsense
noon
nor
allons
midi,
ni, et
ne
moi non
ni)
done
to.
pas;
plus
Normandy Normandie,
/.
I either
north nord, to., du nord;

wind
bise, /., vent (to.) du nord
North America l'Amerique (/.) du
Nord
leans
news
none
ai
neither ni Fun ni 1'autre

ne;
... nor (ne
ni
ni
.)
never ne
jamais;
can any
one on (personne) ne peut
.
(fut)
neighbor voisin, to.,

neighboring voisin
nose nez, to.

not ne
pas
he
me
for
that
one (ne
pas un, aucun;
pas
du tout; very long
wards pas longtemps apres;
much lacking s'en faut
(non)
non
Year's Day le jour de l'an

next adj. prochain, premier;
year l'annee prochaine; the
day le lendemain; the very
day des demain, des le lende-
(point), non; is
n'est-ce pas?
pas pour moi;
(pas) que;
.)
at all
after-
is
de peu que
il
ne
VOCABULARY
536
on
billet, in., mot, m.

notebook cabier, m.
note
nothing (ne
to
him
good (ne
.)
cela
que ce soit
faire que
that
is
lui fait rien;
rien de bon;
.)
du
at all rien
rien;
ne
ne
do
tout,
(fut);
quoi
but ne
notice apercevoir, s'apercevoir

novel roman, m.
November novernbre, in.
now maintenant, a
tiens!
plus;
present, deja;
temps
compte,
m.,
numero, m.,
(often omitted with time expres-
/.,
the
sions, e.g.,
sixth le six)
once une fois, autrefois; at

tout de suite
one num. un, une
one indef. pron. on, vous (obj.);
must eat il faut manger; no
personne (with ne); I am
who
the
white
un en
that
moi
c'est
the
qui;
an iron
s les blancs;
a small un
who
am too
my
fer;
the
celui
qui;
celui-la; I
je
of
le suis aussi;
in.
numerous nombreux
nut noix,
affaires;
petit;
number nombre,
droite;
n'avoir
not to have
and then de temps en
the right a
business pour
this side de ce cote
sur, a, de, en;

(la)
friends,
a doctor un docteur de mes amis

the
s ceux (celles)
one's son; le
oneself se, soi
only ne ... que, seulement; not
non seulement;
(one)
noisette, /.
O
obelisk obelisque, in.
obey obeir (a)
d a du
oblige obliger, forcer;
obliging obligeant
observe observer, remarquer
occasion occasion, /.
occasionally de temps en temps
wide grand
seul
open
adj.
ouvert
open v. ouvrir; s'ouvrir, eclore

opium opium, m.
opportune opportun
occupied occupe
occur arriver, avoir lieu; (of ideas)
venir a qqn. a 1' esprit
o'clock heure(s), /.; at four
a quatre heures
opportunity occasion, /.
opposite contraire; en face de
or ou; ni (after sans); no
October octobre,
orator orateur, m.
of de;
in.
them
it,
en,
offend offenser, deplaire a

offer offrir, fournir, presenter
office bureau, m.
combien
often souvent; how
de
oil huile, /.
old (in years) vieux, age;
how
(former)
are you?
quel
age avez-vous ? be five years
avoir cinq ans, etre age de cinq
man vieillard, m.
ans;
ni
n. ordre,
afin de;
afin
order
in
ni
m.; in
to pour,
that pour que,
que
v.
(give
commander;
orders)
(send
ordonner,
for)
faire
venir
organize organiser
fois
ancien;
ne
order
(e)
ouvert(e)
origin origine, /.
other autre;
s d'autres;
bien d'autres;
autres,
each
many
s des
people give
on se donne; write to
d'autrui;
of
ENGLISH-FRENCH
each
tous
les
day
s'ecrire; every
deux jours
to do it il
ought devoir; he
to have
devrait le faire; he
done it il aurait du le faire
house chez
our notre, nos; at
nous
ours le notre
ourselves nous, nous-memes
sortir; be
go
come
out
,
of the window par
etre sorti;
la fenetre
outburst eclat, m.
out-doors (en) dehors
outside hors de; au dehors
over sur, par, par-dessus; be all
there
with en etre fait de;
la-bas
overcoat par-dessus, m.
owe devoir
own adj. propre; my
a lui
of his
own v. posseder
page
(servant)
page,
page,
to.,
le
mien;
(of book)
paper papier, in.; journal, in.

pardon n. pardon, in.; I beg your
pardon
ed
pardon r. pardonner; I have
him all je lui ai tout pardonne
parent parent, m.
a Paris;
Paris Paris, in.; in
itself dans Paris (meme)
in
park pare, m.
parliament parlement,
des deputes;
depute, m.
i
parlor salon, m.
parrot perroquet,
part
part,
region,
role;
on
v.:
participle participe, in.
partner associe, m.
pass, go past passer (devant,
pres de)
through traverser;
by on the other side passer
outre
passion passion, /.
past n. passe, in.
past adj. passe; et; at half
one a une heure et demie
patience patience, /.
patient malade, in. and /.
too much
pay, pay for payer;
for it le payer trop cher;
attention faire attention
payment paiement, in.
pea
pois,
in.;
green
pearl perle,
petits
/.
peasant paysan, m.
pebble caillou, to.
peel peler
peep of day point (m.) du jour

pen plume, /.
pencil crayon,
penny deux
in.
sous, to.
people peuple, to., on, gens, to.

andf., monde, to., personnes,/.
peu de gens (monde,
pi.; few
la purpart
personnes); most
les jeunes
des gens; young
(gens)
s'apercevoir
apercevoir,
de
Ohammember of
rn.;
perfection perfection,
perhaps pcut-etre
/.
peril peril, in.
permit permettre (a) we are permitted to il nous est permis de

;
to.
/.,
de notre part
with (from) se separer de
perceive
Parisian parisien
(f.
our
/.,
jouer un
play a
/.;
peace paix, /.
peach peche, /.
pear poire, /.
pain peine, /., douleur, /.

paint peindre
painter peintre, m.
palace palais, m., chateau, m.
bre
part n. partie,
pois
/.
537
VOCABULARY
538
poetry poesie, /., vers, m. pi.

point point, m.; at the
of sur
le point de
Poland Pologne, /.
Pole Polonais, m.
pohce pohce, /.
policeman agent (de police), m.
persist persister
person personne, /.
persuade persuader
petition petition, /.
phrase phrase, /.
physician medecin, m.
pick up ramasser
picnic pique-nique, m.
polite poli
picture tableau, m., peinture, /.;

gallery galerie (/.) de pein-
tures
piece morceau, m.
pin epingle, /.
pipe pipe, /.
pity
dommage
to
plaindre;
v.
be
pitied a
plaindre
place
endroit,
n.
take
place, /.;
is
my
to c'est a
m., lieu, m.,

avoir lieu; it
moi de
plan plan, m., projet, m.

plant n. plante, /.
plant v. planter
plate assiette, /.
at (games) jouer
play jouer;
on (instmments) jouer de
a;
pleasant aereable, aimable

please plaire a, faire plaisir a;
you
loz;
as
s'il
vous
plait, veuil-
comme
we
il
nous
faire
plaira
pleased content
pleasure p'.aisir, m.; give
plaisir
plow labourer
plum prune,
/.
pocket poche,
/.
poem poeme,
m., vers, m. pi.
poet poete, m.
possible possible
post, post office poste, /.;
mettre a la poste
the
to
put in
postage stamp, timbre (poste), m.

postman facteur, m.
potato pomme de terre, /.
yard bassepoultry volaille, /.;
pound
plainly franchement
if
put in a
mettre a meme de
possession possession, /.
position place, /.;
cour, /.
place v. mettre, placer

plain plaine, /.
/.
m.
portrait portrait,
a faire pitie
c'est dompity n. pitie, /. ; it's a
queldomrnage;
mage; what a
(ce) qui est
which is a great
bien
pond etang,
population population,
portion part, /.
pitifully
poktique
m., mare, /.
poor pauvre, mauvais
political
livre, /.
pour verser
powerful puissant, fort
practise mettre en pratique
praise louer
pray prier, prier
Dieu
precious precieux
precise precis
at
two
precisely precisement;
a deux heures preo'clock
cises
prefer preferer, aimer mieux

prepare preparer
prescribe prescrire, ordonner

presence presence, /. ; into his
aupres de lui
present n. cadeau, m.
present adj. present, actuel; at
at etre
a present; be
present a, assister a
present (with) v. presenter
ENGLISH-FRENCH
preserve conserver, confire
president (monsieur) le president
pretend faire semblant de
pretended pretendu
pretty adj. joli
pretty adv. assez
prevail over l'emporter sur
prevent empecher
price prlx, to.; at
what
?.,
prince prince,
quel
out
etc.)
metto death
(0/ doors)
quality qualite, /.
quantity quantite, /.
quarrel dispute, /., querelle, /.
quarter quart, to.; in a
of an
hour dans un quart d'heure;
a
past one une heure et
quart; a
to one une heure
/.
promise n. promesse, /.
promise v. promettre
pronounce prononcer, donner
pronunciation prononciation, /.
proof preuve, /.
property propriete, /., biens, m.
prophet prophete, m.
propose proposer
prosperous florissant
moins le (un) quart

queen reine, /.
question question, /.;
il
pi.
it
(to.)
de
is
s'agit (de)
quickly vite
quiet tranquille
quietly tranquillement
quite tout, tout a fait
orgueilleux
proudly fierement
prove prouver, demontrer
provide with fournir a
province province, /.
rabbit lapin, to.

railroad, railway chemin
fer
provisions
aliments, to., comestibles, m., vivres, to., provisions
(/.) de bouche; de quoi manger

prudence prudence, /.
prudent prudent
public public;
works
vaux (m.) publics;
les
the
tra-
le
public
punish imnir
eleve,
and
eteindre;
(cloth-
(Jcre,
m.
promenade promenade,
TO.
on
to.
probable probable
probably probablement
procession cortege, to.
produce produire
progress progres, to. pi.
pupil
tre a la porte;
mettre a mort
prison prison, /.
private interview tete-a-tete, m.
tier,
cure, m.
principle principe,
proud
purchase emplette, /., achat, to.

purpose but, to., intention, /.;
en
expres; with the
dans
le but
purse porte-monnaie, to.
pursue poursuivre, continuer
put mettre, attacher;
ing) mettre;
out
combien
prix, (a)
priest pretre,
539
f.
to.
and
/.,
disciple,
rain n. pluie, /.
rain v. pleuvoir
rainy pluvieux;
quand
il
pleut,
in
quand
est a la pluie
raise lever, ('lever,
weather
temps
le
relever;
your eyes from lever
les
yeux
ile dessus
rapidly rapidement, vite
rare rare
rarely rarement; il est rare que
VOCABULARY
540
rat rat,
m.
rather assez; plutot

reach arriver a (chez), atteindre
read lire
reading lecture, /.; amuse yourvous amuser a lire
self
ready pret, servi
really reeliement, vraiment
reappear reparattre
rear admiral chef (m.) d'escadre
reason raison, /.
reasonable raisonnable
recall se rappeler
d recut, eut;
a good education fit de
bonnes etudes
receive recevoir;
recompense, /.
v. recompenser
se
refuge refuge, to.; take
n.
re-
fugier
honohonnete
respectfully respectueusement
rable,
rest (the) les autres

rest
se reposer, se retablir
v.
restaurant restaurant, to.

restore rendre; retablir
retain garder
retire se retirer
back);
home
rentrer (chez
soi)
reveal reveler
revolution revolution, /.
revolver revolver, to. [revolve :rj
regret n. regret, to.

v. regretter
regret
regular regulier, vrai

reign n. regne, to.
reign v. regner
reward
reward
n.
v.
recompense,
recompenser
rejoice at se rejouir de
ribbon ruban,
rejoin rejoindre
rich riche
relate raconter
riches richesse,
relative parent, to.
rid
of,
to
them
rnppelez-moi a leur bon souvenir
repondre
reply v. repondre
repose repos, to.
represent representer
of se debar
make a
heure
right adj. droit;
bon; on the
a droite
get murir
hand, to the
ring sonner
ripe milr;
render rendre
repeat reptfter
reply n. reponse, /.;
/.
get
se souvenir de, se rap-
me
to.
se
remain rester
remains restes, to. pi.
remarkable remarquable
/.
be out for a
go for a
promener a cheval
right n. droit, to.; be (in the)
avoir raison; all
a la bonne
ride
religion religion, /.
peler, retenir;
be
rasser de
relic reste, to.
remember
to.
respect n. respect, to.

respect v. respecter
respectable
respectable,
return n. retour, to.; on my

a mon retour
return v. revenir, retourner (go
recognize reconnaitre
recompense
recompense
republic republique, /.
reputation renommee, /.
resemble ressembler a
resolve resoudre, decider
resort
have
avoir recours,
(la)
ripen murir
rise (up) se lever
rival rival
river fleuve,
to., riviere, /.
road route, /., chemin, m.;

the
en route
on
ENGLISH-FREXt
v.
room
/.;
piece, /., salle,
/.,
chanibre,
dans sa chambre,
go
faire
le
se promener en
(canot)
out
se
bateau
rub f rotter,
faire
f rotter:
dit, in.
be
scene vue/.
scholar
savant,
in.;
(jw;
ccolier in.
school
ecole,
at
/.;
(to)
ecolier, to., collegien,
away
se
rush se precipiter, s'elancer, accourir
science science, /.; man of

savant, in.
scientific man savant, in.
Scotland Kcosse, /.
scoundrel coquin, in., scelerat.
gredin,
/.
in.,
cama-
schoolfellow, schoolmate
rade (to.) d'ecole
over parcourir;
sauver:
them out chasser
Russia Russie,
Russian russe
scare effrayer, faire peur a;

d avoir peur
schoolboy
ruin n. ruine, /.
ruin r. perdre
run (about) courir;
peu de
l'ecole
partir (sortir)
rumor on
tres
chez lui
rose rose, /.
round rond; to
tour de
row go for a
rouler
in his
(si)
to each other,
to
oneself se dire; let us
no
more about it n'en parlons plus;
how old would you
that man
is? quel age donneriez-vous a
cet homme?
again redire
scarce, scarcely a peine;
any
oui
roar rugir, crier

robber voleur
robin rouge-gorge, m.
roll rt. rouleau, m.
roll
541
:i
to.,
mauvais drole
scratch gratter
scream
crier
sculptor sculpteur [skyltoe:r], m.
sad triste
saddle v.
seller
safety surete,
/.
go for a
promener en bateau
sailor marin, m., matelot, t.
sail
faire
voile;
se
salad salade, /.
a vendre
sale vente, /.; for
Samaritan Samaritain, to.
same meme
sand
satisfait,
seek ehereher, desirer

seem sembler
seize saisir
sable, to.
satisfied
sea mer, /.
seaport port (in.) de mer
ehereher
search: make a
season saison, /.
seat banc, in., place, /.
seated assis
second second, deuxieme
again revoir
see voir, regarder;
content
Saturday samedi, in.; on

s le
samedi
save sauver, conserver; (money)
epargner, economiser
Saxon saxon
no
say dire; it is said on dit;
yes dire que
dire que non;
enjoy one
meme, se;
s'amuser
selfish ego 1st e
r.
vendre; v. intr. se
Ir.
sell
vendre
for envovor
send envoyer;
self
ehereher,
venir;
faire
appeler,
upstairs
faire
faire
monter
'
VOCABULARY
542
sense sens, m.
should
[sa:s^]
sensible sense, raisonnable

(gram.)
sentence sentence, /.;
phrase,
locution, /.
/.,
September septembre,
servant valet, m., domestique, m.

and /., servante, /., bonne, /.
in.
a high value upon

attacher une grande valeur a;
set mettre;
about
se
mettre a
sewing machine machine
hands
ner la main, se serrer

devoir;
aller?
shame
la
go?
(f.)
se don-
main
dois-je
je
chante?
honte, /.;
shoulder epaule, /.
shout crier
show v. montrer, faire voir;
itself se montrer;
in faire
it is
c'est
honteux
ship vaisseau,
shirt chemise,
in.
in.,
muet, silencieux;
come)
se taire
silent
silver n. argent,
m.
silver adj. d'argent, en argent
sin peche, m.
since prep, depuis

since conj. depuis que, puisque,
1'ai
it is
il
two months
I saw
deux mois que je ne
vu
m.
navire, m.
sir
monsieur, m.
m.
sire sire,
sister scour, /.
sit s'asseoir, etre assis;
emplettes
shore bord, in.; on the lake
au bord du lac
short court, petit, bref; in
bref be
of manquer de
sitting
shortly bientot
(be-
sing chanter
single seul
/.
be
silk soie, /.
shoe Soulier, in., chaussure, /.

shop magasin, in., boutique, /.;
to go shopping aller faire des
vue
him
shell coquille, /.
shepherd berger,
que;
she elle, se
sheep mouton,
sign signer
voulez-vous que
go nous irons;
we
I sing? que voulez-
vous que
si
nous y etions; I
if
were here je serais content s'il
etait ici; I
like you to do it
je voudrais que vous le fassiez;
shouldn't I? n'est-ce pas? he
have gone il aurait du partir
irai-je?
j'aille?
what
vous devriez
severe severe, dur

sew coudre
shall
it
be there
be glad he
seventy-five soixante-quinze
several plusieurs
shake secouer;
we
entrer;
upstairs faire nionter
shut fermer
side cote, m.; on this
de ce
cote; on the other
de Tautre
cote
sight spectacle, in., vue, /.; at
of that a cette vue; lose
of perdre de vue; by
de
set out partir
seven sept
seventeen dix-sept
seventy soixante-dix
coudre
if
in.
seriously serieusement
service service,
do
you
le faire;
down
to dinner se mettre a table

assis
situated situe
six six
sixteen seize
sixty soixante
size grandeur,
/.
ENGLISH-FRENCH
go skating
skate patiner;
patiner
(aller)
skill habilete, /., adresse, /.
skin peau,
sky
/.
ciel, to.
slander medire (de)

slave esclave,
andf.
to.
sleep n. sommeil,
to.
s'endorsleep v. dornrir; go to
dormez
mir; go to
avoir sommeil
be
sleepy
s'echapper
slip glisser,
slippery
be
smoke
v.
(etre) glissant
f aire
slow lent
slowly lentement
small petit
smell sentir
smile sourire
smoke n. fumee,
so
/.
neiger
c'est
il l'a
did
a fait; say
soap savon, to.
fait,
le
c'est ce qu'il
dire
to.,
militaire,
adj.
que(s);
du,
for
de
quclquc temps;
some
pron. en;
ques-uns;
hand
chagrin,
/.,
am
a'
be
voir
to.
for her
(for)
elle
fait pitie
/., espece, /.; what

weather? quel temps?
soul ame, /.
sound son, m.
soup potage, m.
south sud, to., midi, m.
South America Amerique (/.) du
la,
quel-
dcs;
time pendant
day un jour
quelqu'un, quelof
it
Sud
southern meridional
sow semer
Spain Espagne, /.
speak parler; French is spoken
pour
on parle franeais; so to
ainsi dire
speech discours, to.

spend (time) passer, (money) ddpenser
spite
in
of malgre
splendid magnifique
en;
spoil inlr. se sater
m.
solve reaoudre
some
sore adv. fort

sorrow douleur,
so-called soi-disant, pretendu

soldier Boldat,
main
la
of
ainsi,
have a
mal a
sort sorte,
fumer
sore adj.:
me
par consequent, aussi,

many,
pourquoi;
much tant (de), tellement; not
que;
pas si
... as ne
I think - je le crois; I am
as to afin de, de
je le suis;
that afin que,
maniere a;
well si bien,
de sorte que;
kind as to
tant: will you be
veuillez, voulez-vous bien; he
si,
trop tot
que; too
sooner plus tot
regretter;
n. neige, /.
v.
something quelque chose, m.;

good quelque chose de bon;
strange and mysterious je ne
sais quoi de mvsterieux
sometimes quelqueiois
son fils, in.
song chanson, /., chant, to.
as aussitot
soon bientot; as
sorry fache, dcsole;
snatch arracher
snow
snow
543
have
j'en ai
somebody, someone quelqu'un, on
spoon
cuiller, /.
sport
jeu,
of
se
spot endroit, to., coin, m.

spring printemps, m.; in
au
to.;
make
moquer de
prin temps
square place,
/.
stable (for horaea) dcurie,

cattle) etable, /.
/.,
(for
VOCABULARY
544
m.; up s
en bas;
down s descendre
stake pieu, m.; be at
y aller
stamp (postage) timbre (poste),
stand etre debout, se tenir,
trouver
stair (s)
haut;
start
escalier,
down
(with fear,
(set out)
etc.)
partir;
starvation faim,
en
go
de
m.
se
tressaillir;
off partir
street car(s)
study
/.
tramway, m.
strength force, /.
strike frapper
strip depouiller
stroke coup, m.
strong fort
struggle n. lutte,
struggle v. lutter
study n. etude, /.
v.
etudier,
starve mourir de faim
stupid sot, bete
statesman horn me d'Etat
style
station (railway) gare, /.

statue statue, /.
in resstay rester, s'arreter;

ter a la maison, rester chez soi
steal voler, derober
steam vapeur, /.
steamboat, steamer bateau (in.)
a vapeur, vapeur, m.
steam engine machine (/.) a vapeur
step n. pas, m.
step v. marcher
sterling sterling
stick baton,
/.
stop s'arreter, cesser de

store magasin, m., boutique, /.
stork cigogne, /.
storm (thunder) orage, m., (wind)

/.
conte, m.
/.,
stove poele
neau, in.
[pwa:l],
in.,
four-
straight droit
strange etrange
stratagem stratageme, m.
street rue,
/.
from one
other de rue en rue
/.;
in
la francaise
submit se soumettre
succeed succeder a; reussir
success succes, m.
such tel;
a un tel;
a foolish
man un honune
bete
si
suffer souffrir, subir

suffice suffire
sugar sucre, in.

suit v. convenir
soleil,
in
m.; the
en
is
ete"
shining
in.
sunrise lever (m.) du soleil
remuer, bouger
stocking bas, m.
stone pierre, /.
stoop se baisser
stir
tempete,
maniere,
il fait du soleil
Sunday dimanche,
encore, toujours
story histoire,
in.,
French
subdue subjuguer
subject sujet, m.
sun
m.
stick out sortir

still
apprendre
sum somme, /.
summer ete, m.;
(invar.)
Helena Sainte-Helene,
St.
style,
(the)
/.
to an-
sunset coucher (m.) du soleil

superfluous superflu, de trop
support soutenir
sure sur
surgeon chirurgien, in., medecin,
m.
surprise surprendre
surprised surpris, etonne
suspect soupconner, se
(de)_
swear jurer
Swedish suedois
sweet doux; smell

swim nager
Swiss suisse
Switzerland Suisse,
douter
sentir bon
/.
545
ENGLISH-FREN'CH
table table, /.
tail
queue,
/.
m.
tailor fcailieur,
take prendre, porter, emporter,

after tenir
mener, conduire;
a walk (aller) se prode;
mener, faire une promenade;
up the collection faire la
place avoir lieu;
quete;
advantage of abuser de;
incare of avoir soin de;
away
emporter;
care not prendre garde
un voyde; a journey
quitter; up
age;
monter; away from prenoter,
to
faire
off oter,
dre a
taking prise,
has of them moins on en a

theater theatre, m.
their adj. leur, leurs
theirs pron. le leur
them
eux,
leur,
les,
d'eux, en;
of
elles;
a eux,
to
leur,
themselves se, eux, eux-memes

then alors, ensuite, puis
la-bas,
la,
il
y;
a;
(are)
is
le
is
it
(la)
be rain il pleua knock on frappe;
will
is
arrive
il
if
ever
was s'il en fut (jamais);

he comes! le voila qui vient!
/.,
thereupon la-dessus
-ci
these adj. ces; ces
are
these pron. ceux, ceux-ci;
books of yours vos
ce sont;
.
text texte, m.
than que, de (before numerals)
you
thank remerrier; no, I
je vous remercie
thanks remerciments, in.; no,
meroi
livres
que voici
they ils, elles, on, ce;

are les voila; it is
eux
in.,
brigand,
thine le tien
thing chose,
/.,
affaire, /.,
m.;
article,
this
objet,
good
bon
think penser,
flechir
there
sont
ce
thief volour,
cela de
epouvanter
m..
terrible terrible
is
est riche;
happens
les;
la,
vra;
(le)
teapot tlu'iere, /.
s in her
tear n. larme, /.; with
eyes les larmes aux yeux
tear v. dechirer
Te Deum Te Deum, m.
tell racnnter, dire, annoncer; (understand) comprendre, savoir
tempt tenter
ten dix
terrify
conj.
le,
voila;
taxicab taxi (metre), in.

tea the. m.
teach enseigner, apprendre
teacher professeur, m. and
maitre, m., maitresse, /.
que, lequel;
qui,
proti.
rel.
all
voila,
grand, haut
Tasso Tasse
maison ?
that
there
/.
talk (about) parler (de)

tall
tout ce qui (que)

that
que
the
richer one
less one
plus on
terest in s'interesser a, s'occu-
per de;
that dem. adj. ce, cet, cette; ce

... -la
that dem. pron. ce, cela, celui(-la);
all
tout cela;
is voilH,
voila qui, e'est, celui-la. est;
the house? est-ce la la
is
(a);
croire,
songer,
what are you
t6-
ing
of (about)? a quoi penscz-vous
one would
him what
ai dit son
on
fait
'.'
croirait; I told
of him je lui
what do you
VOCABULARY
546
(what is your opinion) of

qu'en pensez-vous?
it?
third troisieme, trois, tiers
thirsty:
be avoir
avoir bien
very
de soif
be
mourir
soif, /.;
soif,
thirteen treize
thirty trente
.
this pron. ce, ceci, celui(-ci);

celui-ci;
mon
livre
book
-ci
mine
of
que voici
tous
are
throw jeter
Thursday jeudi,
(get)
s'
minutes
envers
at five
three a trois heures moins
cinq
to-day aujourd'hui
toe orteil, in., doigt, to.; step on
one's
s vous marcher sur le
pied
together ensemble
to-morrow demain;
apres-demain
trop;
aussi;
day after
much,
toothache mal (m.) aux dents

toothpick cure-dent, to.
prep, jusqu'a, avant
till
conj. jusqu'a ce que,
top haut,
epoque,
some
in.;
dans
in the
at that
of
ce temps-la, a cette epoque, a ce
longtemps;
depuis si longthis long
la prochaine
temps; next
is it? quelle heure
fois; what
bien des fois;
est-il? many a
moment; a long
avoir
have
have not
temps; be
to
je
le
temps de;
n'ai
to etre
to.
touch toucher
que
fois, /.,
moment,
quelque temps;
being J
(of
trop
tooth dent, /.
till
(a king) sous;
be
ennuyer
tired fatigue, ennuye
tiresome ennuyeux
fatiguer, ennuyer;
many
ticket billet, to.
in.,
too
in.
thus ainsi
thy ton, ta, tes
/.,
as the thing was worth il avait

donne (paye) dix fois plus que
l'objet ne valait; cost three
as much couter trois fois plus
cher; have a good
s'amuser
bien
thoughtless etourdi
thousand mille, mil
threaten menacer
three trois
throne trone, in.
through par, a travers, au travers de
heure,
fois
to a, chez, de, pour, en, jusqu'a,
mine voila les miens

thou tu, toi
though bien que, quoique
thought pensee, /.
/.,
fois
les
tire
those adj. ces, ces ... -la

those pron. ceux(-la); all
who ceux qui;
ceux;
time temps,
ce
this adj. ce, cet, cette;
one
epoque ou; every that toutes

que, chaque
que;
he had given ten as much
la plupart
(que) most of the
when a une
du temps; at a
pas
le
temps de
tour tour,
to.
towards vers, envers

towel serviette, /.
tower tour, /.
town
ville, /.;
ville;
to
in
down
en
la ville
toy jouet, in.

trace tracer
trade changer
train train, to.
translate traduire
travel n. voyage, to.

travel v. vo3-ager;
over par-
ENGLISH-FRENCH
courir;
pagnon
ing
companion comde voyage
(to.)
547
nothing of
it
je
n'y comprends
rien
treat traiter
undertake entreprendre
unfortunate malheureux
unhappy malheureux
United Kingdom Royaume-Uni,
treatment traitement, m.
treaty traits, m.
United
traveler voyageur, m.
tread under foot fouler aux pieds
treasure tresor, m.
TO.
insigniiiant
promenade,
troops troupes, /.
trouble peine, /.
troupe troupe, /.
pi.
/.
and
save
tacher de conservcr
on essayer
Tuesday mardi, to.
tour a
turn n. tour, m.: in
tour
round se
turn v. tourner;
out of chasser
retourner;
out of doors met t re a
de;
la porte
(o'clock) midi,
twelve douze;
///.,
minuit, TO.
twenty vingt
twenty-five vingt-cinq
twenty-four vingfr-quatre
twenty-nine vingt-neuf
try
upright droit
upstairs en haut
us nous (autres)
use n. usage, to.,
true vrai, fidele, reel, veritable

trunk malle, /.
trust n. confiance, /.
trust v. avoir confiance en, se
truth verite, /.
try tacher, essayer;
ne
unless a moins que
until jusqu'a ce que, que
etre leve;
up en haut; to be
monse lever; come
get
ter;
to jusqu'a
upholsterer tapissier, m.
upon sur
.
trip excursion, /.,
fier
m.;
aux Etats-Unis
unknown inconnu
tremble trembler
trifling
Etats-Unis,
States
in the
tree arbre, m.
make
ployer;
emploi,
m.;
of se servir de,
em-
be
of
some
etre de
for
have
in
avoir besoin de; be no
avoir beau
use v. se servir de, employer
to avoir
used accoutume; be
to is often excoutumc de;
quelque
utilite;
pressed
by the imperfect
i?idic-
ative
useful utile
useless inutile;
rien;
it is
be ne valoir
for you to say so
vous avez beau dire

usual usuel, accoutume, ordinaire
utter proferer, articuler
twice deux fois

weeks quinzo jours
two deux;
uncle nncle,
//>.
under sous, au-dessous de

undergo subir
understand comprendre; I can
en vain; be in
vain vain; in
avoir beau
valuable preeieux
valoir
value valeur, /.; be of
vast vaste
vegetable legume, to.
VOCABULARY
548
verb verbe,
warm
to.
verbal verbal
verse vers, to., (Bible) verset, to.
very tres, bien, fort, beaucoup,
des;
much
that
tres;
beaucoup, bien,
evening le soir
meme
victory victoire,
view vue,
/.
virtue vertu,
/.
volley volee,
/.
volume volume,
to.,
tome,
to. pi.
waken
eveiller,
reveiller,
se reveiller
Wales le pays de Galles

walk n. promenade, /.; go
(aller)
a
se promefor
une promenade
faire
(a
v.
la
marcher,
se
promener;
in entrer
walking marchs, /., marcher, to.;

faire beau (bon)
be good
marcher
wall mur, m., muraille, J.
tree noyer, to.
walnut noix, /.;
wander s'egarer, s'ecarter

want avoir besoin, vouloir, dsirer, demander, manquer (de);
ed on vous demande
you are
make
abreuver;
lui
his
faire venir l'eau
bouche
route,
/.,
chemin,
bien loin; lose one's

s'egarer; in that
de cette
de
maniere-la; in such a
faire
telle sorte; have one's
par
the
a sa tete; which
long
off
weakness faiblesse, /.
wear porter; mettre
weather temps, to.; what kind of
is it? quel temps fait-il? it
il fait beau (temps);
is fine
is warm il fait chaud
the
Wednesday mercredi, m.
week semaine, /., huit jours,
to.
from to-day d'aujourd'hui en huit; two from

day d'aujourd'hui en quinze;
from to de semaine en
pi.;
pied)
v.
we nous, on
weak faible
for attendre
take a
il
ou
walk
to
to.
wag remuer
gages,
mains
be there
les
n. eau, /.
(une) visite a,
rendre visite a, aller voir
voice voix,
your hands
to.;
mamoyen, to.;
en route, chemin
on the
faisant; by the
a propos; a
visit visiter, faire
chauffer;
chaleureux;
avoir
(of weather)
beings)
niere, /., facon, /.,
/.
visible visible
ner;
v.
vous chauffer
was see be he
way
virtuous vertueux
warm
chaud
mouth
violent violent
violin violon, w.
wake,
chaud; be (get)
faire
water
water
/.
village village, to.
living
(of
devait y etre
watch n. montre, /.
watch v. suivre des yeux, veiller
/.
vigor vigueur,
wages
chaud,
adj.
vice vice, to.

Victoria Victoria
wait,
be
to-
semaine
weep
pleurer
weigh peser
welcome
accueillir;
be
etre le
bienvenu
well n. puits, to.
well adv. bien, eh bien, tres; so
tres bien,
very
si bien;
EXGLISH-FRENCH
eh bien
be
off avoir de quoi

son aise; be
se
vivre, etre a
porter bien, aller bien; do

le bien;
as
as aussi
I a ire
bien que
well-known bien connu
went see go
were past tense
be
if you
vous y alliez;
of
to go there si
he
to say
s'il
only ne fut-ce que;
what pron. que,
(time)
quoi, ce qui, ee
that
is
him?
to
qu'est-ce que cela lui fait?

is his name? comment s'appellet-il?
que, quel que,
conque
wheat ble, m.;
de ble
when quand,
quelle heure;
.
qui que, quel-
field
champ
(m.)
les fois
que,
lorsque,
hardly ...
que;
que
you
a
a
will
quels (lesquelles) ?
which pron. qui, que, lequel;
duquel;
of
ou,
ou, dans lequel;
at
in
dont, duquel
auquel;
from
evening toute
the
year toute
l'annee; the
world le monde
soiree;
entier
qui, que, lequel;
dont, de qui, duquel
whose
qui,
of
de qui, dont, du-
house chez qui

why pourquoi; yes mais oui
wicked mechant
open grand(e)
wide
quel;
at
large;
ouvert(e)
wife fernme,
epouse,
/.,
/.
he
come il vienyou come ? voulez-vous
you kindly? voulez-
will vouloir;
dra
venir?
vous bien?
William Guillaume
be
vouloir
willing
win remporter. gagner

wind n. vent, m.
wind b. remonter
window
par
la
fenetre, /.;
out of the
fenetre
windy be
wine vin, m.
wing aile, /.
:
where ou; from

d'ou
whereas tandis que; vu que
whether si, que, soit que;
...
or (soit) que ... ou (que)
which adj. quel;
ones? les-
dont,
ce soit,
willingly volontiers
quand vous voudrez

whenever quand, lorsque, toutes
qui, quel, lequel
whatever tout ce qui (que), quoi
peine
who
whom
que, ee a quoi, ce dont, qu'est-ce
siffler
quiconque
whole tout; the
que? qu'est-ce qui? qu'est-ce

quec'estque? ce que c'est que;
by
he says a ce qu'il dit; not
to know
to do ne savoir que
faire;
v.
it
quelle heure est-il?
whistle
white blanc
whoever qui que, qui que
you not?
o'clock
adj. quel;
longtemps
while, whilst conj. pendant que,

tandis que, tant que
whistle n. sifflet, m.
la
west ouest, m.
is it?
while /(.: a long

while prep, en
if
pas?
n'est-ce
what
disait;
549
faire
du vent
winter hiver, m.
wipe cssuycr
wisdom
sagesse, /.
wise sage
wish desirer, vouloir; as you
comme vous voudrez; whenever) you
quand vous voudrez; if you
si vous voulez;
VOCABULARY
550
you were here

que vous fussiez ici
voudrais
je
soon ... as
j'aimerais
que de;
Dieu! would
.
wit esprit, ra.

with avec, chez, a, de, envers,
accompagner;
par; go (be)
the big nose l'homme
the man
au gros nez
would-be
soi-disant,
wound
wound
blesser
withdraw se
wrecked
retirer
within dans, au bout de

... and
without prep, sans;
se
ni;
do
sans
(or)
passer de
without conj. sans que (with svhj.)
woman f emme, /.
wood(s) bois,
woodchopper,
to.
to.,
send
parole, /.;
v.
and
ouvrage,
f.
marche, ga y est
world monde, m., globe,
worse plus mauvais,
plus malade; which
pis est
worth valeur,
own
/.;
be
to.,
v.
be
faire naufrage
wretch miserable, m.
wretched miserable
write ecrire;
to each other
:
s'ecrire
wrong mal,
to.;
be
(in the)
dans l'erreur;
do
faire le mal; take the
road se tromper de chemin;
adj. mauvais
would -past tense

were here you
pis,
yell crier
is
qui
yes oui, si;

yesterday bier
valoir;
sentir ce qu'il
of will
do
to., (measure)
metre, to.
year annee, /., an, m.; last
l'annee derniere, l'annee passee;
1860 l'an 1860; 20
in the
francs a
20 francs par an
pire,
to.
(while)
worthy digne, brave

;
you
if
it si
vous
you have
you vous, tu, te, toi; on

young jeune, petit
your votre, vos, ton, ta, tes
yours le votre, le tien; k vous,
yourself vous,
voulez-vous bien,
as
voudriez-vous bien; I
toi-meme
youth jeunesse,
veuillez,
si, si
yet encore, toujours, cependant;

deja; not
pas encore
yield ceder
la-bas
yonder la-bas; over
vous le feriez; he
not do it il ne voulait pas le
you be kind enough
faire;
etiez ici
to
pretendu
n. blessure, /., plaie, /.
ca
the trouble
valoir la peine
vaut;
pressed by the impf. indie.
that
travailler;
feel his
yard cour, /., jardin,
n. travail, m.,
oeuvre, to.
work
pltit
often ex-
faire savoir
work
also
woodman bucheron,
to.
word mot,
is
autant
!
avoir tort, etre
wonder s'etonner, se demander

avoir coutume de
be
wont
:
God
to
ii
toi
te, toi,
/.
vous-meme.
INDEX TO PART
apostrophe,
a,
denoting indirect object, 24; a +le = au,

with
2;
123,
46,
99,
infinitive,
with
names
and
countries,
4;
3,
of
cities
accent, acute, 5, 1; circumflex, 5, 3; grave,
5, 2.
acheter, orthographic peculiarities, p. 89; future,
93; conjugation,
158,
de,
with
phrases
adjectival
60.
adjectives, plural of,
45; feminine
position,
52;
parison,
31,
5153; comof,
68-70;
lowed by de or a
fol-
+ in-
99, 2, 3, 4;
see also demonstrative,
finitive,
interrogative,
possess-
p.
158, 2.
before
apres,
agreement,
le;
un autre
137, 4;
distinguished from enauxiliary verbs,
avant de + infinitive, p.
170 (3).
avant que + subjunctive,
conjugation,
37,
86,
91,
33,
100,
111, 115, 147, 151;

tables,
object,
of present
83;
forming
63-
154;
compound
tenses,
avoir besoin, etc.,
61.
pronouns,
sub-
92,
117,
72-
160;
meaning of, p. 82, B (2).

names of letters
alphabet,
of. 4.
any = en,
case,
of reflexive verbs,
76;
82; tables,
155.
mood
conditional,
and
conjugations, regular,
153-155;
tables,
41;
ir-
regular, 160-225.
conjugation,
connaitre,
133,
188.
consonants, 16-17; doubled consonants, 17, 19.
contractions, de,
35;
a,
46, 123, 2.
21.
24.
ce, cet, cette, ces, 44.
ce dont,
celul,
Appendix.
of month, 144, 2;
of week,
110, B;
p.
time of day, 145.
days,
132, 7.
128;
celui-ci,
129;
celul
qui, 132, 8.
cent,
dates, 144; idioms, 144,
3;
cenrl-la,
{ 36.
with
with etre,
tenses,
63;
cela, 127.
conjugation,
118-119.
capital letters,
cedilla, 5, 4.
relative
71.
countries, etc., with article,
sessive pronouns,
131.
p. 71.
with
ceci, 127.
122;
content, before infinitive,
B
que,
participle, 101; of pos
p.
89;
sentence, 114-117.
106, 4.
avoir,
78;
156.
comparison, of adjectives,
of adverbs,
68-70;
avoir,
154.
imperfect,
conjugation,
compound
137, 2.
grammatical,
with avoir, 74, with

etre, 76, with reflexive
73,
aux =
les, 46.
aucun,
13S, note.
89;
au = a
peculiarities,
in-
definite,
of past participle
25;
cinq,
definite.
junctive, 106, 4.
age, idioms, 144, 5.
from il est, 97, note.

changer de, p. 180.
commencer, orthographic
see
articles,
bien
106, 4.
of
infinitive,
with subjunctive,
afin que,
aller,
con-
89;
culiarities,
jugation,
64;
ive.
adverbs, comparison, 71;

pronominal, 80-81.
appeler, orthographic pe-
core un,
2.
a;
with
logical
subject,
96-97; distinguished
c'est, ce sont, 44, 2,
p. 19 (6).
p. 118, b.
119.
19, 1;
5, 6,
138,
note,
139,
140; Appendix,
ce que, ce qui,
551
132, 7.
de, contraction,
35; denoting possession, 24

after words of quantity
(beaucoup, etc.), 59,
4, (million, etc.), 139;
denoting partitive,
36,
INDEX
552
Appendix;
59;
with
infinitive,
4;
before
60;
69;
superlative,
after
in ad-
phrases,
jectival
99,
2,
countries,
118, 2.
est-ce que?
43, 49.
conjugation,
39,
etre,
flexive
31; with general

nouns, 57; with names
of countries, etc., 118-
tables,
of,
with superlative,
with possessive
119;
69;
verbs,
+ a,
etre
154;
denoting
62,
il
noun and adAp4;

145,
as
jective,
pendix.
demonstrative
44.
demonstrative
adjective,
129.
de + les, 35.
devoir, meanings of, pp.
186-187 (3)
conjuga-
tion, 214.
diseresis, 5, 5.
149;
193.
donner, conjugation,
56,
104, 110,
146,
85,
85, 90,
153,
104,
fois,
distinguished
from
154.
imperfect,
indicative,
see
verbs,
tive,
26.
pronoun,
mood,
future, see indicative.
39,
33,
general noun, 57.

gerund, see present parti
35,
123,
ciple
with en.
translations of, p. 169,
huit,
40.
of,
36,
3;
36,
4,
81, 113; does not

agree with past parti-
146-149;
63,
118-
before coun-
tries, 118, 2.
5,
7;
interrogation,
38;
see
82;
see
also
p.
29;
Appendix.
90-
verbs,
also
idiomatic
entendre,
finitive
present
indica-
or
180,
(2);
144, 5; dates,
age,
144, 3.
B
p.
aller,
41,
99;
(3);
after
71;
in-
subjunctive,
121-122;
past in-
after apres, p.
118.
interrogation,
tive, 67.
idioms, p.
mood,
par, p. 117,
pp.
pluperfect,
86; future,
of reflexive
finitive
preposition,
64,
without preposition, 99,

with de, 99, 2;
1;
with a, 99, 3; with
ciple, 74.
119; with present parti-
76; past definite,
infinitive
138, note.
hyphen,
37,
voir, sayoir, etc.
half, 143, 145, 4.
pronoun,
66,
94;
C.
85-
imperfect,
67;
23.
153-
42, 50, 56,

72; idiomatic present,
88; past indefinite,
48,
136-137.
155; present,
gender,
98,
122.
indicative
p. 83.
with subjunc106 and pp. 121-
103;
fractions, see numerals.
ciple, 101;
+ ob-
c.
114,
elision, 19.
en,
98,
imperative mood,
73,
tables,
110-113;
position
a, use of, 47,
111,
+ le,
106, 3.
ject noun,
indefinite
144, 2.
187.
it,
98,
103,
tables,
5,
obligation,
indefinite article,
155.
first,
get,
100,
42,
2.
elle,
145,
impersonal,
faut,
impersonal
56,
110, 114, 146, 150;

tables,
98,
subjunctive.
faut.
il
describing natural
100,
du, p.p. of devoir, pp. 186-
en,
see
fait.
conjugation,
finir,
fait,
132, 3.
du = de
195;
table,
note;
90,
155.
153,
117,
natural phenomena,
il
with
97,
150;
124,
expressions
in
98;
also
50,
109,
91,
temps,
conjugation,
dont,
88,
falloir, see
depuis (quand), with idiomatic present, 67.
dire,
conjugation,
of
pronoun,
97, 125-
44, 2, a,
des
il
faire,
from
b;
force, 84.
demi,
est, distinguished
c'est,
phenomena,
64.
98,
note.
eu, pronunciation in avoir,
im-
verbs,
d, 145.
il
est.
il
with
40;
expressions of time,
ownership,
123; see also
it,
103.
il
82;
personal
111,
86, 91, 100,
151;
115,
146,
compound
forming
tenses, 76;
with re-
22 plural
definite article,
il
Appendix;
49.
29,
39,
38;
43,
INDEX
interrogative
adjective,
54.
pronoun,
interrogative
134-135.
conjugation,
59,
137, 4.
1,
28,
36,
112,
of,
31,
36,
mil,
2,
130, 4,
30,
partitive,
tion,
numerals, cardinal, 138Ton,
p. 87, footnote, p. 135,
footnote.
le, la, les,
as article,
as pronoun,
22;
132,
5;
30.
lequel, relative,
interrogative,
and Appendix; in
days and title?,
144, 1, 2, and Ap-
pendix;
ordinal,
fractions,
imperfect,
gation,
meme,
mener,
5'
89;
78;
p.
S9;
conju-
78;
p. 89;
158.
mil, mille, in dates,
144,
5"
onze,
136;
also
see
million,
J 5;
(commenmanger, mener
,
ownership,
with
article
S4:
etre + a,
123;
whose = a qui,
,
see
finitive,
perative,
subjunctive,
gerund,
past,
62,
numer-
partir,
63,
als.
partitive,
74,
155;
74.
meaning
conjugation,
100-
101;
82-83,
76,
agreement,
conditional.
multiplicativcs, see
of,
p. S3;
166.
names, of countries,
118-119;
p. 110, B;
1
of
etc.,
days,
of
months,
II. 4.
nasalization,
of
pronoun
12,
2,
4,
25, 4.
phenomena,
a, 145, 5, note.
necessity, see obligation.
98,
objects,
113;
noun and pro-
see
77,
also
indefi-
interrogative, per-
sonal, relative, reflexive
pronouns.
pronunciation,
1-19:
55
also
Exercises in
Pronunciation, Lessons
see
IXIX;
coramencer,
of
mener,
7S;
acheter,
appeler, p.
89; of numerals, 138.
of
punctuation,
20.
137. 4.
past
definite,
see
indica-
tive.
past
13, 3, 14, 2.
natural
p. 79.
pronoun, in address, 34;

plural of, 31; position
manger,
noun, 36, 59.

pas with ne, 28; pas un,
prendre, special meaning,
nite,
in-
im-
participle,
27,
221.
demonstrative,
101;
indicative,
conjugation,
102,
135, 2.
68.
4.
68.
order.
tive, 106, 4.
pouvoir,
participle, present,
mood,
word
pour que, with subjunc-
156-158.
89,
144,
45.
123.
signs,
132, 4.
etc
31,
possessive adjective,
81,
months, of the year,
possessive pronoun, 121-
138, note.
139.
moins, comparative,
nouns and ad-
of
32.
141.
peculiarities
ou,
3;
165
p.
plus, comparative,
orthographic,
milliard,
salle,
(9).
plural,
parts of body, clothing,
and Appendix.
mille,
78,
pe-
chambre,
position, see
48,
cer,
orthographic
culiarities,
143.
Ton.
7.
conjugation,
141;
once,
156, 2.
137,
142;
symbols,
jectives,
on,
personne, 136, 4.
peu, un peu, p. 75.
transcription, pp. 12-13.
piece, distinguished from
logical subject, 96-97.
culiarities,
dis-
phonetic,
liaison, 18.
manger, orthographic pe-
posi-
113;
140,
multiplicative?,
79;
dates,
135, 6.
77,
81,
junctive, 95-90.
137, 4.
p.
105, note.
45;
59.
penser a, penser de,
personal pronoun, object,
general, 57;
100-225.
5'
553
noun, plural
irregular
negation,
descriptive,
perfect,
see
im-
87.
past indefinite, see indicative.
payer,
p.
88
Quarter,
143.
quatre-vingt('s\
note,
140,
and
138,
Ap-
pendix.
with two objects,

(8).
que,
conjunction,
after
comparatives, 68; in
INDEX
554
subordinate
clauses,
75,
relative,
106, 5,
terrogative,
132; in-
134,
135,
152;
107,
104-
imperfect, 150tense sequence,
subjunc-
152;
or
tive
infinitive,
pp.
quel,
qu'est-ce que?
75,
de
tellement,
or
si
superlative, of adjectives,
3.
69.
symbols, table
6,
25, (5).
moods, tenses.
vingt,
138,
note;
140;
voici, 30, note.
note;
30,
tinguished from
dis-
y a,
il
conjugation,
voir,
vouloir,
qui,
meanings
124,
of,
187; conjugation,
qui, 135,
meaning
relative,
of, p. 83.
132,
6;
interrogative, 135, 5.
quoique, with subjunctive,

106, 4.
tel,
un
tel,
temperature,
natural
see
p.
108,
82-
formation,
verbs,
tion,
conjuga-
42,
153.
152.
159;
time,
titles,
98, d,
145.
ressembler a,
result clause,
136, 4.
85,
120,
222.
or
e,
principal
reflexive,
116;
en,
2.
i,
36.
stress, 7, 25, 7, 30, (1).
subjunctive mood,
153-
100,
104,
with stem-vowel
19.
sounds,
some
157;
conditional sentences,
elision of
56,
110, 114, 146, 150.

verbs, in -cer, -ger, 78,
-yer,
in
89, 156;
seasons, 144, 4.
90,
7S,
158;
parts,
159;
82;
and
106,
1.
order, auxiliary verb,
71
(3);
81,
noun
noun
entendre,
after
65;
p.
desiring,
subjunctive,
after
footnote;
objects,
voir,
pro-
77; pro-
and pro-
objects
nominal adverbs, 36,

deja,
81, 113;
4,
encore, p. 99
position
of
footnote;
adjectives,
53.
im-
103;
personal,
98,
regular
conjugations,
irregular
153-155;
verbs, 160-225; ref
ce qui,
= que? 3S, 3.
= a qui, 135, 2.
governing
word
vendre, conjugation,
132, 7.
what?
whose
savoir, conjugation,
si, in
p.
116, 2, 3.
natural phe-
nomena.
58, 137, 6.
75,
p. 180.
see
willing
144.
tolerances, see Appendix.
130-132.
rien,
W
xoeather,
what (absolute)
compound.
il
day, 145;
est with expressions of
tout,
pronouns,
of
82-84.
regular conjugation, 41relative
see also
time,
83.
8.
phenomena,
temps, distinguished from
tenses,
reflexive
quantity,
fois, p. 83.
reflexive pronouns,
vowel
9-15;
vowels,
137, 5.
tense sequence,! 107,
see
conjugations,
225.
quoi,
also
irreg-
226;
224.
of, 3.
2.
quitter,
of
list
verbs,
47, 2.
135, 4.
ular
voila,
137, 5.
syllabication,
132;
135, 2;
49.
qu'est-ce qui?
qui,
such
54.
quelque, p. 75.
quelque chose, 136,
quelqu'un, 136, 2.
erence
Appendix.
121-122.
3.
present,
155;
109;
106.
pronoun,
que,
y, use of, 55, 80; p. 93,

footnote; position, 81,
113.
INDEX TO PART
a (prep.), of indir. obj.,
362, 2, 451, 1; verb

+ a = Eng. tran. ,296,
2; idiomatic with verbs,
296,4; with names of
countries,
333, 3; de-
271,
aimer,
sitional phrases,
aller,
cerning, of,
432;
con-
434;
281,
444,
2;
461.
about, 436.
adjective, see also posses-
demonstr., inter-
numeral;
fern.,
336-337; pi.,
338-339; agreement,
as adv.,
340-344;
410, 343, 1; nouns
as adjs., 344; advs.
rog.,
indef.,
247; allez,
special
force,
6.
with
en,
envers,
adverb,
3.57;
358.
list,
-ment from
adjs.
as
408;
advs.,
adverbial
411;
412;
in
adjs., 409;
410;
locutions,
comparison,
413;
414-419;
position,
negatives,
distinctions
in
use,
ne,
304, 3,
use
apres,
apres,
+ infin.,
456,
aux
c.
of
art.,
55
auxs.,
282, 4.
304,
2">2,
315-335,
and
agreement
also def. art.
indef.
439.
451,
used
to
tenses,
in ap-
art.),
1.
1, 3.
227.
250;
229;
y a
11
154;
comp.
form
250,
besoin,
and
avoir
3;
(without
etc.
330, 1; avoir
agreement of adj.
l'air,
with,
343,
c,
ing
dimension,
obs.
3;
430.
555
2.
conjugn.,
avoir,
voili,
unclassified
examples,
with
331;
proper
names, 332-335.
230, 5, n.
455, 271,
subj.,
use
319-335;
330;
use,
modal
avant que, with ne, 119,

b;
avant que, -+1,
avoir,
position, 330, 4;
440,
and
318;
1.
see
317.
verbs,
227-229;
avec,
with nouns,
+ les,
avant,
a.
repetition,
403, 2; use, 405,
auxiliary
437.
omission,
420, 2.
automobile, 304, 3,
autour de, 436, 1.
1.
3, a.
at,
345; (adv.), 412.

autant,
b.
457, 2.
330, 4.
approuve, 289,
art.;
aussi,incomparison(adj.),
3, n.
and, untranslated,
article,
with
ne,
415.
au-dessous de, 453, 2.
au-dessus de, 448, 1.
autrui,
arriver, impers.,
356;
with
1;
2; with ne, 419, 3, n.

autrement, with ne, 419,
419, 1.
among, 438.
amour, gender,
apposition,
317.
autre, 403,3; use, 400,
c.
moins que, with
ni,
406,
403, 3; use,
with ne, 415.
ame vivante,
rtion, 350-353; with

{
+ le,
415, 2,
qui vive,
8;
obs.;
1,
apres-midi, gender,
355; withde,
prep.,
230,
infin.,
with ne,
2;
289, a.
aucunement,
as adjs., 358, 6; comparison, 345-349; poa,
obs.
1.
267,
ame
a
abbreviations,
sive,
(characteristic),
4.54, 4.
1,
+ a, without
-f-
que,
en
=a
aucun(s),
309.
allons,
motion
451,
towards,'
with
'
attendu,
au
2.
s'en aller,
436, 2; of
of
2;
455,
sub;.,
impers., 252,
'place,' 'time,' 439, 1,
agir, impers., 252,
ail, pi.,
attendant
subj., 455, 271, 1.
aieul, pi., 309.
advs.,
437.
after,
noting possession after

etre, 377, 1 in preporepetition,
numeral
420;
426.
afin que,
II
denot
428,
denoting age,
INDEX
556
232, 3;
+ de,
beaucoup,
ment
a,
of verb,
agree-
with partitive,
325, 1, d; replaced by
b;
plusieurs,
406,
comparison,
412,
2.
before, 440.
1,
bestiaux,
30S, 4, n.
(3).
383,
274,
275;
388, d.
mood
and
382.
271,4.
comparison,
+a
or pour,
358, a.
bouger, with
6, c, d, e.
355, a,
-cer, verbs in,
certain,
ne
alone,
404,
cesser,
b.
441; oi 'dimension,'
428, o.
418,
388,
e,
andca!, 388,
ca, 388,
dates,
from
cas
au
ou,
au
c. n.;
for
427.
or subj., 455,
+ indie.
subj.,
455, 271, 3; dans

3, c, n.;
en
subj., 455,
3.
case relations, of nouns,
313;
of
conjunctive
ce (adj.), 378,
1;
use,
403,
use,
ce (pron.),
of
378, 2; agree-
verb
conjunction,
with,
list,
c.
455;
list, 455;
use of certain, 456459; distinctions, 459.
andn.;
pron.,
2,
+ subj.,
que
de
359
304, 3,
craindre, with ne,

crainte
451,
2,
use, 362-371.
couple, gender,
;
/.
419, 2.
.
ne,
455, 271, 2.
D
d'abord,
309.
289,
426, a.
dans, 444,
dates,
6.
421,
3.
1,
c,
d, 427.
pers.
pron.,
289, a.
dative,
collectives,
423.
agreement,
362, 2; ethical, 362,n.

davantage, 420, 3.
b.
de,
combien,
232, 2,
comme,
for
que
parison, 345,
comparison,
345-349;
.
com-
in
b.
adjs.,
of
advs.,
of
irreg.
(adj.),
412;
irreg.
(adv.),
346;
412,2; remarks, 349;
followed
by ne,
419, 3.
compound
2;
adjs. pi.,
nouns,
pi.,
of
sign,
partitive
as
agent after
passive, 240, 441, 1;
after adjs., 356; verb
de = Eng. transitive,
idiomatic with
296, 1
verbs, 296, 4; with
323-325;
names
countries,
of
333, 2; de
in, after
298.
347, 2; denoting 'by how much,'

after superl., 349, 2;
343,
pleonastic
prepositional,
295;
296; composite,
380.
ment
use,
complement, predicative,
pers. prons., 362.
3;
indie, in 're-
collationne,
le
indie, or subj.,
271,
ci-joint,
272,
subj.,
454, 2.
3S0.
271, 3,
que, +
ou, +
455, 271,
que, +
2;
chez, 439,
ciel, pi.,
by
replaced
266;
conjunctive
403,
ci-inclus, 289, b.
427; in
427;
etc.,
ordinals,
alone,
405, 2.
2.
conditional anterior, tense,
-ci,
n.
/.
421,
404,
275.
or subj., see
ne
4.
265,
with indie, subj., indie,
with
chaque,
ca
n.
/.
ca, ca!, distinguished
cardinals,
f;
from
distinguished
use,
1.
chacun,
37S, 2, obs.
fa, for cela,
of
in,
sult' clause, 275,
156.
403,
cet, for ce, 378, 1, obs.
use
tense
tense,
by impf.
certifie, 289, a.
2.
by,
5 ',
455,
275.
conditional,
plupf.
6.
cent(s), 421,
418, 4.
de, 437,
bout au
brin, with ne, 415, 2,
:
use,
2;
replacing celui,
346;
378,
382;
381,
use,
2;
que,
sentences,
in condl. sent.,
celui-la,
455,
378,
289.
c.
conditional
comparison,
bon,
271, 3,
a.
2.
or subj.,
388.
la,
a la
+ indie,
436,
388;
celui, 378, 2; use, 381.
condition
non
(y),
concerning,
celui-ci,
+ subj.,
compris
in
275,
325,
412, 2.
bien que,
227-229;
condl. sent.,
use,
betail, pi., 308. 4, n.
b; irreg.
tenses, forma-
use,
bien, with partitive,

1,
tion,
378, 2;
replaced by
compound
cela, 378, 2;
cecl,
bel, 337,
etre,
384; e'est and il est,

384; +arelat., 3S5;
in phrases, 386; ce
semble, 386, o; pleonastic, 387; ce n'est
pas que + subj., 455.
232, 2,
383-
use,
387;
311.
superl.,
rog.,
after
inter-
391, n.; of
'di-
INDEX
mension,'
42S, obs.
1,
430, obs. 3; in prepositional phrases, 432;
de
repetition, 434;
depuis,
tinguished
que, 459,
3.
444,4; de =
1; de = with,
des
445,
454, 6;
concern ing, of, 436.
de ce que, constr.,
4,
269,
6;
+a
3;
+ a, + de, 281,
+ les,
+ a, + de,
281,
3.
forms,
article,
definite
316;
contractions,
317;
agreement and
repetition, 318, 347,
+ a, + dir.
descendre,
infin., 2S1,
241,
353.
determiner,
422,
devant,
404,
328;
distribu-
tively, 329;
omission,
330, 333, 4; unclasexamples, 331;

with names of persons,
sified
332;
333;
countries,
of
of
etc.,
cities,
mountains
and rivers, 335; in
superlative, 347-349;
334;
of
demonstr.
replacing
adj.,
tions,
380, b; in frac
424,
delice, gender,
b.
304, 2, d.
demi, agreement, 343, 4,

a; in compounds, 311,
in
2, o, 343, 4, a;
fractions,
forms,
adjective,
37S,
agree-
ment, 379; repetition,

379,
use,
o;
replaced
by
380, b.
demonstrative
forms,
ment,
def.
381-388.
380;
art.,
pronoun,
379;
agreeuse,
6.
infin.,
372;
use,
n.;
359
403,
use,
395; use,
double, as adv.,
dont,
+ le,
entre,
43S,
317.
6.
433,
b.
b.
292,
2; d'entre,
1,
after superl.,
environ,
2.
430, 4.
= en
347,
451, 3.
les, 317, n. 2.
est-ce que, use
of,
et (conj.), use of,
306.
236, 4.
456.
-eter, verbs in, 158.
etre,
302, n.
forming comp.
1-54;
228,
tenses,
398.
425, a.
du, agreement, 292, 4,

pour, 358, a.
dur,
durant, position,
a,
4, a.
ethical dative,
dormer, conjugation, 153.
de
293, 2,
ete, invar., 239, obs.
372, 6, n.
404, 3.
426, a.
-esse, fern, ending,
pron.,
avoided,
2, a.
+ infin., constr.
entendre,
es
disjunctive
du
271, 4.
encore un, 406,
en premier lieu,
envers,
direct, obj., 293.
divers,
repetition,
2;
434; of 'place,' 'time,'

439, 1, 444, 2, 3;
of 'material,' 445, 2;
of
'motion towards,'
451, 2.
encore que, + subj., y 155,
use,
1;
229;
forming passive, 239;

forming reflexive comp.
tensor.
verb,
242; as unpen.
infin.,
+a +
+ a, +a
250, 2;
279;
...de,+ a...a. 281,

8.
nor
either,
S
157,
not
-eler, verbs in, 158, 2.
tense
elliptical
i".'.',
./.
I,
forms,
eviter, with ne,
excepte,
419,
1.
289, a.
256.
empresser(s'),
J2S1.
en
eu, past part., agreement,

-eur, fern, of, 337, 2, (2).
3.
empecher, with ne,
378, 2;
403,
6.
and
(no art.),
of countries
2;
3.
281,
gerunds,
entendu, 289,
1.
+ de, + dir.
dire,
in
with names
3;
of obj.,
424, o.
.demonstrative
second,
for
+ infin., 230,
+ de + infin., 278,
possessive
position,
+ a, + de,
440,
differents,
adj.,
b.
in titles,
for
(prep.),
286,
370.
ensuite, 426, a.
281, 5.
deuxieme,
noun, 323;
327;
use,
1.
devoir,
4.
passive
with general noun,

with partitive
321;
(i:
317.
443, 3.
position,
3,
333,
= de
des,
of past part.,
o;
292,
3, a.
determinatives,
2.
defier,
279,
infin.,
-(-
agreement
en
270,
-(-subj.,
desobeir,
b.
decider,
que disfrom puis-
dernier,
443, 3; with ne,
419,
by (measure), 441, 3;
de = from, 443, 1; of
'place' (after superl),
of,
557
419.
fache,
facon
7.
(pron.
use,
+ a, + de,
adv.),
367, 372,
contre,
de
subj.,
360;
indie,
or
6, n.;
271,
2, a.
356, a.
que,
455,
INDEX
558
+ infin., 230,
+ de + infin., 278,
faire,
weather,
of
b;
6;
goutte, with ne,
6,
guere, with ne,
415, 2.
415,
b.
in,
repetition,
320;
of obj., 293, 2, o; passive force of trans, infin.,
ment,
homme
fatiguer(se),
a,
de,
feu,
343, 4,
+ a, + de,
fois
(une
403,
use,
425, 2.
(3).
1,
442.
force, agreement,
for,
fort,
+ sur,
304, 3,
i.
from,
443.
future,
.
343, 4, a.
condl.
in
263;
sentence,
275;
re-
agreement,
(impers.),
361, d;
4,
252,
2,
ilya, 250,
3;
250, 2,
il
faut,
faut,
383,
253;
1, a,
a;
264; replaced by past indef.,
259,
311,
compounds,
in
5, a.
300;
by meaning, 303; by
endings, 302; by derivation,
304;
305;
301;
compounds,
of
formation of fem.,
336-33.";
306,
adjs.,
partitive,
gens, gender,
pi.,
gerund,
287,
of
336-337.
general noun,
gent,
double,
321;
326.
30s,
2.
mood
discourse,
258,
tense
of,
5.
293,
obj.,
294,
362, 2,
358,
2,
451,
1.
or
a,
+ pour
a.
-ine, fem. ending, 306, 3.
mood,
infinitive
without
prep.,
reference
list,
276;
278,
278, 6;
tion of -s in 2 sg. before
list,
279, 6; with de,
y or en,
159,
280,
sentence,
280,
4;
in
153,
275; replaced
263,
by
261; in condl. senreplacing
tence, 275;
plupf. or condl. ant. in
sentence,
condl.
list,
historical,
6;
(indie), 258;
narrative, examples
of,
reference
280, 4; distinctions,
2S1 with other preps.,
282; for subordinate
clause, 283; with pas-
fut.,
4.
imperfect,
in
reten-
267;
condl.
273,
(subj.),
275,
2,
a.
sive
force,
Eng.
-ff,
interjection,
interrogation,
236;
284;
for
285, 287..
460.
word
indirect,
order.
238.
impersonal verbs, 248253; verbs used imper-
interrogative adj., forms,
390; use, 391, 392,
304, 3, k.
sonally,
5.
infin.
280, 3; English,
conditions,
a, 279, reference
c;
and
254,
with
nouns,
gender, of
various
the
254, n. 1
indulgent,
6.
imperative,
garde-,
2;
407;
negation,
in
indirect
1,
semble, 386, a;
with ne,
il s'en faut,
419, 5; il y a, with ne,
il
419,
3.
384,
est vrai, 384,
il
distin-
5;
265,
1;
b;
s'en
il
of,
obs.
275,
indirect
est,
il
251;
251,
406,
mood,
also
tenses;
as
subject of impers. verb,
guished from ce,
future anterior,
see
forms,
407,
in
indicative
269, 5, d.
str. after,
placed by pres., 257,

4,5; replaced by condl.,
3.
416.
248,
fractions, 424.
franc de port,
405,
position
232,
357, a.
3,
ignorer,
il
foudre, gender,
+ sur, 357, a.
+ negative, con-
2,
ignorant,
232,
2, a.
negation,
pron.,
indefinite
153;
in
404,
416.
304, 3.
407, 1;
406, 407;
1-3,
position
n.
281, 10.
fois),
337,
fol,
use,
and
forms,
adj.,
403,
2, c.
hymne, gender,
6.
conjugation,
finir,
qui vive, with ne,
415,
332, 3.
indefinite
however, 404, 5, b
281, 9.
persons,
428,
obs. 4
use,
examples,
with names of
331;
haut, for hauteur,
c.
251.
falloir,
agree-
part.),
292, 4,
318;
omission, 330;
unclassified
279,
6, c.
(past
fait
+ de + infin.,
hair,
241, 3.
forms,
article,
agreement and
315;
etc.,
+ infin., constr.
249, 2;
444.
indefinite
as
252;
logical
280, 1.
importe (qu'),
de
subj.
389,
1, b, 2.
interrogative
of,
232, 4, a.
agreement,
394
locutions,
INDEX
interrogative pron., forms,
389,
agreement,
2;
390; use, 392, 393.

into, 444.
intransitive verbs,
294.
rhetorical,
inversions,
verbs,
irregular
of,
157;
(e),
in
-er,
-cer,
in
156;
156;
226;
156-161;
-ger,
389,
2;
use,
-yer,
in
with stem-vowel
in -eler,
158;
-eter,
158;
in
-ir,
162-179;
in
-re,
180-211;
212-225;
in
-oir,
use,
400.
less,
345,
lequel, 395;
and
less;
less
d;
the
less
than (adv. of quan-
less,
412, b.
loin que, +subj., 455,
-ordre,
ending,
superl.
348,
lorsque,
428,
distinguished
from quand, 459,

406, 7, (1), a.
l'un l'autre, 406, 7,
use,
1;
404.
comparison,
irreg.
281,
11.
jusqu'a,
ce
jusqu'a
451, 4;
que,
or
indie,
subj., 455, 271, 1.
455,
380.
or
n.
que, 4-
subj.,
455,
271, 2, o.
281,
mauvais,
4- de,
4- a,
14.
laisser, 4- infin., 230, 7;
compari-
irreg.
son, 316.
meilleur,
meme,
mille,
infin., 2S1, 12;
$377, 1.
moi, for me,
$29
of obj.,
large,
obs.
lasser
constr.
largeur,
for
428,
I.
(se),
I.
+ a,
4- de,
da, les), see def. art.
le
and
pers. pron.;
cative,
tic,
365.
mine,
use,
3;
364;
305;
predi-
412", 1,
370, 3, obs.
346.
345,
molns de,
b; a moins que
ne, 4- subj.,
(55,
de deux,
one,
agreement
of,
que, position,
.
418;
ne
d;
1,
(3).
416,
c;
ni, position, 4 16,
que
seulement,
and
420, 4.
negation, 414119; see

ne, non, pas, etc.
neither
nor, translated,
416, d, 457, 3.
233,
ni, use,
n'importe,
nombre,
157,
b,
415;
ni
1
j
116, d.
418, 5.
4- de,
agreement
witli verb, 232, 2, a.
no.i
(pas,
414;
point),
420,
1,
a.
121, n.
non
(pas)
que,
nor;
232,
4- subj.,
5.
rilher, 157, 3.
either, 457, 3.
noun, gender, 300-306,
number,
}j336 387;
307-312;
tion,
case
rela-
313; agreement,
$311; as adj., 343,

3, 311, |852, 2, (3).
nous, for je, 361, a;
pleonastic
.-.
mol, 337,
112:
length, see quantity.
com-
in
27 1,3,
position,
alone as negative,
not;
so,
415;
416; omission, 417;
455, 271,
(adj.),
5.
with pas, point,
(n'),
nonobstant que, +subj.,

455, 271, 4.
c.
translated,
112, 2;
parison
421,
8.
pleonas-
6.
n'avoir garde, 418,
nonante,
2.
etc.,
moindre,
moins,
2, b.
multiplicatives, 425.
que non,
121,
(adv.),
18.
412, 6.
mot, with ne, 415,
ne, position,
403,
mil, in dates,
quantity),
of
with ne,
346.
4 de + infin.,
278,
6, c; 4 a, +de, + dir.
than,
377, 2.
mieux, 112,
292, 4, a.
lalr-.e,
more
ne
406, 3.
mie, with ne, 415, 2, b.
mien, etc., for le mien,
-la,
d;
pleonastic, 419; ne
de
manquer,
(3).
1,
4- dir. infin.,
345,
ne
112, 2.
indic.
415.
more,
etc.,
maint, 403,
372, 2, n.
jumelle, 337,
iurer, 4- de,
the
N
(2).
maniere
je soussigne,
d;
more
1.
ma mie, m'amour, 374,

jamais, with ne,
more,
345,
l'un,
malgre que, 4- subj.,

271, 4.
a.
and
(adv.
obs. 4.
obs.
1,
clause, 254, n. 2.
more;
5.
long, for longueur,
mal,
210.
-issime,
271,
374,
in address, 376, 4.
mood, see the various

moods; of subordinate
d;
345,
ma,
for
1;
in -andre,
-endre, -erdre, -ondre,
mon,
391.
tity),
237.
list
lequel?
559
nous autres,
372,
5,
106, 2,
a;
c.
INDEX
560
nouvel, 337,
1,
nu, agreement,
mil, 403, 3, 337,

b;
use,
ne,
1, (2),
with
406, 1;
ou
(3).
343, 4, a.
415.
number
415.
of nouns, general
307 exceptions,
308; double pi., 309;
foreign nouns, 310;
comp. nouns, 311; pi.
of proper nouns, 312;
of adjs., 338-339.
rule,
numerals, cardinals,
ordinals,
tives,
424;
422;
423
multiplicatives,
in
426;
427-
dates,
titles,
427; for dimen 428; for time of
etc.,
sion,
day,
429;
420,
420,
que
oui,
+ infin.,
ouir,
constr. of
obj., 293, 2, b.
447.
out of,
over,
448.
own, translated,
377,
376, 3,
4.
age,
for
430.
pique (s),
gender,
304,
448,
agent
1, 2,
passive,
after
282,
of price, 329,
1;
par-dessus,
paraitre,
il
1, a.
448, 2.
parait, constr.
after, 269, 5, b.
pardonner,
obeir, in passive, 241, 1.
241,
object,
and
dir.
obliger,
indir.,
297.
position,
293;
+ a, + de,
281,
+ a, + de,
421, n.
ceil, pi. of,
/.
377, 3.
403, 2;
(l'on),
use,
405, 3; replacing pas-
sive, 241, 2, a.
on,
446.
le,
365,
forms
ni, 457, 2.
ordinals,
in
-ing,
(3).
de,
352,
443,
3.
322-
326; partitive and general noun, 326.

pas, with ne,
415; posiwithout
verb, 417, a; without
ne (fam.), 415, n. 2.
tion,
416;
422.
and
substi-
orge, gender, 304, 3, h.
limitations
ose, agreement, 292, 4.
tutes,
241;
by on,
etc., 405, 3, a.
oser,
+ infin.,
with ne alone,
230,
5;
418, 4.
others, 405, 406, 2, 6.
past anterior,
past
281, 17.
perfect subj., 273,
definite,
replaced
260;
2, 6.
287,
1.
359; agreement,
361;
case relations and

of conjunctives,
use
362;
posi-
366;
tion of subject, 235238; position of objects,
omission of
369;
obj.,
371; disjunctives, use
of,
in
372;
373.
personne,
address,
403, 2; use
of,
405,4; with ne, 415;

405, 4, n.
comparison,
irreg.
petit,
346.
peu,
comparison,
irreg.
412, 2;
2, a, b;
de, 232,
with partitive,
325, 1, d.
peur
de
que
ne,
-fsubj., 455, 271,2.
262.
b;
1,
273,
personal pronouns, forms,
gender,
289, a.
agreement of
239
past part., 239 and
obs.; agent after, 240;
415.
que,
distinguished
from tandis
que, 459, 2.
penser,
a,
dir. infin.,
reflexives,
noun,
partitive
passive voice, formation,
6.
only, translated, 420, 4.

or,
286;
pres.,
use,
289, a.
jugation, 255,
1.
287; past, 288-292;
passe,
once, 425. 2.
one,
1,
445; a friend of mine,
etc.,
on
participles,
partir
309.
ceuvre, gender, 304, 3,

of,
438,
403, 3;
with ne,
1;
periphrastic forms, in con-
parler francais, 321, a.
parmi,
paye,
impers.
after
290, o; remarks,
for plupf.,
as adjs., position,
281, 16.
octante,
passive,
/.
pendant
1.
Eng.
15.
occuper(s'),
in
etre,
406,
+ infin.,
240;
275,
261; subjunctive sequence after, 273, 2, a.

past participle, agreement
in passive, 239 and
obs.;
without
aux.,
289; as prep., 289,
a;
with etre, 290,
244; with avoir, 291;
2;
1,
by
in 'if
past indefinite, 259; in

narrative,
examples,
292.
pas un,
449,
2,
258, 8;
443, 2,
3,ff.
par, 441,
impf.,
invar,
pal, pi., 309.
examples,
replaced
261;
clauses,
a.
1,
2S9, a.
narrative,
421;
collec-
fractions,
425; adverb,
remarks on use,
430;
oui,
oui,
nullement, with ne,
pron.), 395; use,
(rel.
399, 398, 6.
in
peut-etre
que,
constr.,
INDEX
269, 5, n.
no inver-
sion, 237, 3.
412,
pis,
invar.,
343,
agreement of verb,
232, 2, a, b; with par325,
titive,
pluperfect (indie.), 262;

replaced by plupf. subj.,
272,
by
replaced
by
replaced
3;
indie,
impf.
27.5,
<-;
qualifier de, 330, 3, 6.
perf. subj.,
infin.,
279,
replacing
prendre garde,
plupf.
indie,
or condl.
281, 18.
ant.,
272,
se-
preposition,
3,
3;
273,
quence,
plupf.
replacing
412,
parison
com-
in
2;
345,
412;
de,
with ne,
412,
1,
415;
plus and davan-
tage,
6;
plusieurs,
406.
d'un,
420, 3;
agreement,
232, 2,
403,
c.
use,
3;
with ne,
419,
3,
position,
and
416.
agreement,
1;
375; repetition,
a;
use,
1;
376;
+ def
en,
375,
def.
376,
328,
for,
art.
art. for,
367, 2, (2), 376, 2.
374,
375;
2;
agreement,
use, 377.
pour, 442.
infill.,
forms,
pron.,
possessive
+ subj.,
2;
1,
2,
282, 2;
prepositional complement,
296.
de, 436,
436,
pres:
4;
peu
ex-
for historical past,
by
impf.,
261
replaced
in
258, 5;
present
participle,
pretendre,
455, 271, 4;
constr.,
286.
2S1, 19.
primary tenses,
see prin-
(secundo,
426,
3;
etc.),
principal parts, formation
...
404,
5, n.
quart,
422, n.
also personal, possessive,
1.
421, 6
397;
inversions
in
397, 2,
n.,
past part,
385, a, n.;
que (conj.), condl. after,

265,6; replacing other
271,
conjs.,
2;
6,
than, as, in
parison,
345,
with ne, 415;
que,
+ indie,
271,
quel? 389,
1;
392, 2.
quel! 391,
quelconque,
o.
458,
com412;
for a
419,
or subj.,
6,
not omitted,
quel
1;
455,
458;
458, 3.
use, 391,
with
407;
proper nouns,
pi.,
312;
use of art. with, 332-
403,
292,
4, b.
use,
1;
404, 5; as adv., 404,
5, a,
.
+ subj.,
que,
407.
quelqu'un,
i
426, a.
of
407.
1(15,
103, 2:
question,
vise.
5.
qu'est-ce qui?
3.
pu, agreement,
+ subj.
que,
quelque
agree-
que? 389, 2; use, 393.

que 393, 1, b.
que (relat.), 395; use,
quelque,
puis,
+ de,
quatre-vingt(s),
pronominal advs., 360.

pronoun, 359107, cm
376.
c;
of verb, 232, 2.
etre,
4,
455.
quantite,
of tenses from, 159.
propre,
takes
ne, 415, 2, a.
o.
271,
subj.,
275,
indie, or subj., 271, 4,
269,
281,
cipal parts.
primo
271,
subj.,
moins
+ a, + dir.
+ a, + de,
prier,
273.
condl.
6,
invar, after, 292, 5.
257;
indie,
amples,
4.
present,
265,
(emphatic),
etc.
que
455.
peu que
que,
idiomatic
434;
20.
forms,
adj.,
possessive
tion,
infin.,
n.
point, with ne, 415,
374,
of simple,
list
1.
sometimes
e;
c,
431; position, 433;

locutions, 432; repeti-
459,
(meme),
ment
present subj.,
3, n.
n. 1;
a.
3,
+ a, + de,
condl. sentences, 275.
4.
plus tot, with ne, 419,
plutot,
+
+
distinctions, 435454.
b.
(adj.),
(adv.),
indie,
or 'result'
in 'if' clause
clause, 275,
plus,
b;
2,
etc.,
330, 4, a;
a
270, 3;
427,
quand
after,
dates,
in
quand, distinguished from

lorsque,
complement,
295, 330, 3.
subj.,
459,
3.
1,
of art., 330, 3.
premier,
distinguished
alone,
4.
c;
273,
252,
predicate noun, omission

predicative
1, c.
230,
ne
with
41S,
4, a.
plupart,
j
+ infin.,
obs.;
puisque,
from depuis que,
3.
impers.,
3;
2.
when
plein,
+ subj.,
que,
455, 271,
pouvoir,
310.
pire,
pourvu
561
393,
direct,
indirect, 238.
2.
236;
INDEX
562
qui?
392,
6,
sache, irreg. use,
use, 397; re-
placing
qui,
celui
uns ...
+ subj.
que,
of
qui que ce soit,
qui que ce soit
+ ne, 415, 2, a.
quoi,
395;
407;
407;
que ce
soit.
269,
5,
6,
251,
septante, 421, n.
seul,
273.
455,
271, 4.
366.
verb, formation
reflexive
of
comp.
with
past part.,
of
of
244; omis-
passive, 241, 2,
281,
forms,
pron.,
use,
marks,
397-402;
clause
ative
rclat.,
resoudre,
287,
re-
1;
for
3;
rel-
Eng.
indef.
407.
+ a, + de, 281,
403, 2; use, 405,
4; with ne, 415.

rompre, conjugation^ 153.
for
275, g;
bien que,
455,
peu que,
or subj.,
455,
si... (que),
4;
constr., 404, 5, n.
si
(=
and
a;
1,
273.
n.
+ pour + infin.,
279, 6, a.
superlative (adjs.), .347-
412, 3;
(advs.),
347;
abso-
remarks,
348;
que, +
suppose, 289, a; que,
en
subj., 455, 271, 3.
+ subj.,
=
sur
455,
son),
436,
441,
3;
by
dimension),
(relative
271, 3.
with, about (the per-
3;
on,
upon,
446; of 'motion above,'
448, 2.
si,
420,
1, a.
365,
le,
que
soit
286,
2,
soit
que Cou
+ subj.,
n. 2.
455,
1;
sa, 374,
a.
1,
tandis que, distinguished
from pendant que,
459,
tant, 420, 2.
tel,
403,3; use, 406,
or
que,
subj.,
5.
in-
455,
271, 2, a.
temoin,
344, a.
tenses, formation of comp.,

155,
227-229; for-
mation from principal
271, 4.
son for
inserted in interrog.,
236,
die,
6.
soi, reflex, pron., 366, 2.
soi-disant,
tenement
six-vingt(s), 421, n.
so
-t-,
2.
yea), si fait, 420,
que
1;
que),
22.
rien,
271,
396;
not
402;
omitted, 402,
-inff,
271, 4;
+ indie,
395; agreement,
275,
whether) 4- fut.
+ indie, or subj.,
21.
relative
6;
271, 3, a;
b.
+ a, + de,
refuser,
271,
272,
tense sequence,
+ indie, or subj., 455,
replacing
246;
si (
or cond.,
245; comparison with
Eng.,
+ subj.,
in princi-
aussi, 345, a, 412, a;
obj.,
reflex,
after,
replaced by
6;
274; omission,
d;
clause, 271
pal clause, 272; as im-
349.
supposant
in conditional sentence,
force,
agreement
275,
que
tenses, 242;
reciprocal
243;
sion
subjunctive
si,
clause,
adverbial
in
lute,
1,6.
prons.,
pers.
270;
3,
420, 4.
subordi-
adjective
in
relative,
should, distinctions, 265,
reflexive
in
nate clause, 268-271;

in noun clause, 269
3;
a.
seulement,
reciprocal verbs, 243.
1.
subjunctive,
349,
+subj., 270,
infin., 279,
a
455,
271, 2, a.
sous, 453,
sequence, of subj. tenses,
+ indie, or subj.,
suffire,
5.
with ne, 415,

subj.,
271, 2, o;
such, 406, 5
247.
que.
455,
en que,
(telle)
or subj.,
perative,
conjugation,
aller,
s'en falloir,
2, a.
quoique,
418, 4.
6, c.
s'en
401;
+ subj.,
230, 4,
semble, con-
il
after,
str.
use,
que
271,
with ne alone,
sembler
389, 2; use, 393.
+ infin.,
savoir,
quinze-vingt(s), 421, n.
quoi?
455,
5.
422, n. 2.
se, reflex, pron., 366, 1.
quiconque, 407.
quint,
272, 2.
doute que, constr.,

que,
5, n.;
+ subj.,
qui
407;
282, 3;
269,
etre,
407;
ce
qui, 397, 1, a, b;
+infin.,
sans,
les
autres,
les
de
+ indie,
391,
6.
qui, 395;
sorte
use, 392;
389, 2;
replaced by quel,
1,
obs.
for indef., 375,
b.
parts, 159;
255-266;
of indie,
periphras-
INDEX
Eng., 255; ellipti-
tic
Eng.,
cal
in
256;
$258-261;
tense sequence of subj.,
narration,
under, 453.
underneath,
337,
ily a,
time,
446.
voir,
2, (3).
how expressed,
249,
b.
impers.,
1,
valoir,
370, 3, obs.
deux,
(les)
252,
1,
1.
obs.
406, 6.
9;
+ infin.,
+ de,
infin.,
a,
230,
-f-
dir.
226; formation of comp.
que, constr.,
404,
153; auxiliaries,
tenses,
155,
verbs,
449,
au
de,
you, thou, in address,
373,
1,
2.
248-253;
254-292;
use
of, lot;, 7.
un (num.),
421, a.
1, (3).
of
pers.
pron. obj., 369, 2, n.

2, 433, a.
372, 5, a;
in address, 373.
289, a,
292, 4, a.
W
what
what
as subject,
393, 2.
that which), 401.
whatever, 407.
f 392, 2.
with, 454.
would, distinctions,
265,
1, b.
y,
position
406, 2, c;
will, distinctions, 263, 1.
im267; subjunctive,
268-273
infinitive,
276-285
participles, 286-292
government,
293-
337,
indica-
2.54-266;
voici,
autres,
pleonastic,
whose
perative,
vieil,
405, 3, c;
tenses,
299.
403, 3;
placing on,
voice,
vers, 436, 4, 451, 3.
(adj. pron.),
re-
2,
posi-
imper-
un
244,
340, b;
n.
2,
sub-
reflexives,
un, see indef. art.
361,
voyons, special force, 267.
and
moods
tive,
+ de,
-fa,
281, 23.
tu
309.
vu,
passive
238;
239-241;
242-247;
sonals,
1.
trembler,
3.
travail, pL,
travers
293,
+ prep.,
verb
Eng.
296,
Fr.
in
n.;
agreement,
239, obs., 2,
230;
tion of subject, 235-
294,
227-
traiter de, 330, 3, b.
292,
towards, 452.
transitive
1.
4, 6.
154;
agreement with
ject, 231-234;
tout-puissant, 406, 6, a.
230,
phrases,
229;
5, b, n.
5.
agreement,
vous,
verb, regular conjugations,
304,
k.
376,
b,
use of auxs., 227-229;

irreg.
verbs,
156-
tout
of
2, b.
vouloir, 4- infin.,
281, 24.
403, 3; use, 406,

as adv. (variable),
6;
406, 6, a; with gens,
tout,
3,
constr.
infin.,
293,
voulu,
obs.
ton, for ta, 374,
tous
va. special force, 267,
venir de
for te,
toi,
369,
votre (vos), for politeness,
450.
451.
to,
-+-
obj.,
429.
1,
433, a; with
ne, 419, 6.
tiers, 422, n. 1.
S
250, 3; position
2, n. 2,
through, 449.
till,
of pers. pron. obj.,
3.
untQ, 450.
distinguished from
voila,
453.
unique, 4- subj., 270,
upon,
273.
-teur, fcm. of,
563
y,
pron. adv.,
+ avoir,
360.
250.
y (pron. adv.), 360; use,

368, 372,6, n.; position, 369, 1,
c,
n.
-yer, verbs in, 157.
APPENDIX
The following are the deviations permitted by the decree of the
French Minister of Public Instruction referred to in the Preface:
The hyphen may be omitted.
29.
232, 2.
Verb
232,
c.
2,
have verb in
may agree with pi. complement of de.

Plus d'un, when followed by a pi. complement,
232, 3. Either est or sont

pron. in 3d pers.
pi.
233,
b, c, e, f.
236,
1.
289, a,
2D2,
304,
304,
may
sing, or pi.
Verb
may
may
be used before a
be either
sing, or pi. in
pi.
subst. or a
such cases.
The hyphen may be omitted.
Agreement optional in either position.

4, a. Past part, may, in all such cases, be invariable.
1 and 3, a. Enfant and automne, masc. or fern.
3, b, d. Amour and orgue masc. in sing., and masc. or fern,
b.
4 and
in pi.
304,
3, e.
304,
3,
Hymne, masc.
or fem. in all senses.
Paques may be fem., either as a date or as a church
g.
festival.
304, 3, h, k. Any adj. agreeing with orge or gens may be fem.

310. Such nouns, if fully naturalized, may have pi. in -s,
e.g.,
deficits, exeats.
compound nouns may be written without hyphen.

proper noun preceded by a pi. art. maj take the
311.
All
312.
Any
pi.
sign.
is permissible to us3 du, de la, des, before adj. + noun.
mistake in this usage is not to be counted an error.
341, 1, b. Adj. may be masc. pi., no matter which noun is nearest.
342. Phrases like l'histoire ancienne et la moderne may omit the
second art.
343, 1, a. Fort may agree like an adj.
343, 2. Compound adjs., e.g., nouveau-ne, court-vetu, etc., may
be written as one word, and may form fem. and pi. by the general rule.
343, 4, a. Franc, agreement optional when preceding.
343, 4, a, b. Nu, demi, feu, may agree when preceding their subst.
343, 4, c. Adj. may agree either with the subst. fem. or with air.
324,
1.
It
332, 2.
348.
376, 6.
The def. art. may agree.

The object possessed may be
419,
421,
421,
421,
either sing, or pi.
Either son or leur may be used indifferently.

Hyphen may be omitted.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Ne may be omitted in all such cases.
obs. 1. The hyphen may be omitted.
b. Vingt and cent may take -s even before another numeral.
Mille or mil may be used.
c.
405, 2, a, c.
405, 3 (2).
564

Complete French GR 00 Fras

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Complete French GR 00 Fras

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Complete French GR 00 Fras

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Y

THE NEW FRASER AND SQUA1K

ROMANCE DEPARTMENT, UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO

WITH NEW EXERCISES IN PART

FRASER AND SQU AIR'S

Complete French Grammar

revised edition of the original book, containing:

Elementary French Grammar

Complete French Grammar

Reader; IV. Vocabularies.

Elementary French Grammar

Verbs and Reader.

Abridged French Grammar

but inclu312 pages.

the French Reader.

Shorter French Course

Alternative English Exercises

PREFACE TO THE REVISED EDITION

revision has been undertaken for the purpose of

introducing such changes as time and experience have suggested

without however disturbing the original

character of the book, or changing the paragraph numbers.

use of the phonetic symbols adopted by the Association Phonetique

considerable changes have been

which have been rewritten by Professor A.

has been revised;

words which are not

use have been excluded, and liberal provision has been

on the uses and meanings

called to the following important

learning of the forms

and the use

especially dealt with,

particularly the functions of the present, the imperfect,

past indefinite forms in past narration.

work and abundant opportunity

Oral Practice, based on continuous reading passages, have been

by abundant repetition and review of the vocabulary

are also the photographic reproductions of important buildings,

the appearance of which here

due to the courtesy

thirty-nine lessons of Part I contain

material for four semesters with younger pupils beginning in the

Secondary School and for two semesters with beginning classes

great care; for

go through them, or most of them, twice with

beginners can acquire that trained sense for

By virtue of a decree of the French Minister of Public

explaining the bearing of these deviations upon the

various sections of the

does not appear that careful users of the language, outside

for English-speaking students they

be regarded as practically non-existent.

with a manual on French

so comprehensive in its theo-

treatment and so varied and abundant in the exercises

whether in the elementary or

advanced stages of the study of modern or classical French.

H. C. Lancaster of Johns Hopkins University